Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout01-14-19-RAPPROVAL OF AGENDA PUBLIC INQUIRIES/INFORMATIONAL This is an opportunity for citizens to bring to the Council ’s attention any items not currently on the agenda which are relevant to the City. In addressing the Council, you must first state your name and address for the record. To allow adequate time for each person wishing to address the Council, speakers must limit their comments to three (3) minutes. Written documents may be distributed to the Council prior to the meeting to allow a more timely presentation. Speakers should not use obscene, profane, or threatening language, or make personal attacks. The Council may not respond to speaker comments, engage in a debate, or take any action on the issues raised by citizens, but may direct City staff to research or follow up on an issue, if desired by Council. If Council directs further review by staff, the results of that review will be presented at a following regular Council meeting. RESPONSE TO PUBLIC INQUIRIES Response To Public Inquiry From December 10, 2018 City Council Meeting Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF PRESENTATION Swearing In Ceremony For Mayor David Grant, Councilmember Fran Holmes And Councilmember Steve Scott Julie Hanson, City Clerk MEMO.PDF STAFF COMMENTS Rice Creek Commons (TCAAP) And Joint Development Authority (JDA) Update Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF APPROVAL OF MINUTES December 10, 2018 Regular City Council 12 -10 -18 -R.PDF December 17, 2018 City Council Work Session 12 -17 -18 -WS.PDF December 17, 2018 Special Regular City Council 12 -17 -18 -SR.PDF CONSENT CALENDAR Those items listed under the Consent Calendar are considered to be routine by the City Council and will be enacted by one motion under a Consent Calendar format. There will be no separate discussion of these items, unless a Councilmember so requests, in which event, the item will be removed from the general order of business and considered separately in its normal sequence on the agenda. Motion To Approve Claims And Payroll Gayle Bauman, Finance Director Pang Silseth, Accounting Analyst MEMO.PDF Motion To Adopt Resolution 2019 -001 –Relating To The 2019 Organization Of The City Of Arden Hills Julie Hanson, City Clerk MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF Motion To Approve Resolution 2019 -002 –Relating To The Appointments To The Commissions And Committees Of The City Julie Hanson, City Clerk MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF Motion To Approve Northeast Youth And Family Services 2019 Contract Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF Motion To Approve Ramsey County Shared Service Agreement Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF Motion To Approve Resolution 2019 -003 –Approving The State Of Minnesota Public Works Mutual Aid Pact And Agreement Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF ATTACHMENT B.PDF ATTACHMENT C.PDF Motion To Approve Hydrant Tool Purchase Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF Motion To Approve State Of Minnesota Invoice –Trunk Highway No. 10 Watermain Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF ATTACHMENT B.PDF Motion To Approve Change Order No. 5 And Payment No. 7 –Northwest Asphalt, Inc., -2018 Street And Utility Improvement Project Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF ATTACHMENT B.PDF ATTACHMENT C.PDF Motion To Accept Resignation Of Building Official Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF Motion To Appoint Building Official Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF Motion To Authorize Advertising For Building And Code Enforcement Inspector Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF Motion To Approve Agreement For Building Inspection Services With North Star Inspections Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF Motion To Approve Resolution 2019 -005 –Authorizing Submittal Of The Comprehensive Plan Update To The Met Council Mike Mrosla, City Planner Jane Kansier, Bolton & Menk MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF MET COUNCIL 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN SUBMITTAL.PDF Motion To Approve Resolution 2019 -004 –Ramsey County Cooperative Agreement –County Road I/Old Highway 8 Roundabout And Old Highway 8 Extension Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF ATTACHMENT B.PDF Motion To Approve Liquor License (Nutmeg Brewing) Julie Hanson, City Clerk MEMO.PDF PULLED CONSENT ITEMS Those items that are pulled from the Consent Calendar will be removed from the general order of business and considered separately in its normal sequence on the agenda. PUBLIC HEARINGS NEW BUSINESS UNFINISHED BUSINESS COUNCIL COMMENTS ADJOURN Mayor: David Grant Councilmembers: Brenda Holden Fran Holmes Dave McClung Steve Scott      Regular City Council Agenda   January 14, 2019 7:00 p.m. City Hall Address: 1245 W Highway 96 Arden Hills MN 55112 Phone: 651 -792 -7800 Website : www.cityofardenhills.org City Vision Arden Hills is a strong community that values its unique environmental setting, strong residential neighborhoods, vital business community, well -maintained infrastructure, fiscal soundness, and our long -standing tradition as a desirable City in which to live, work, and play. CALL TO ORDER 1. 2. 3. 3.A. Documents: 4. 4.A. Documents: 5. 5.A. Documents: 6. 6.A. Documents: 6.B. Documents: 6.C. Documents: 7. 7.A. Documents: 7.B. Documents: 7.C. Documents: 7.D. Documents: 7.E. Documents: 7.F. Documents: 7.G. Documents: 7.H. Documents: 7.I. Documents: 7.J. Documents: 7.K. Documents: 7.L. Documents: 7.M. Documents: 7.N. Documents: 7.O. Documents: 7.P. Documents: 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. APPROVAL OF AGENDAPUBLIC INQUIRIES/INFORMATIONALThis is an opportunity for citizens to bring to the Council ’s attention any items not currently on the agenda which are relevant to the City. In addressing the Council, you must first state your name and address for the record. To allow adequate time for each person wishing to address the Council, speakers must limit their comments to three (3) minutes. Written documents may be distributed to the Council prior to the meeting to allow a more timely presentation. Speakers should not use obscene, profane, or threatening language, or make personal attacks. The Council may not respond to speaker comments, engage in a debate, or take any action on the issues raised by citizens, but may direct City staff to research or follow up on an issue, if desired by Council. If Council directs further review by staff, the results of that review will be presented at a following regular Council meeting.RESPONSE TO PUBLIC INQUIRIESResponse To Public Inquiry From December 10, 2018 City Council MeetingDave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDFPRESENTATIONSwearing In Ceremony For Mayor David Grant, Councilmember Fran Holmes And Councilmember Steve ScottJulie Hanson, City Clerk MEMO.PDF STAFF COMMENTS Rice Creek Commons (TCAAP) And Joint Development Authority (JDA) Update Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF APPROVAL OF MINUTES December 10, 2018 Regular City Council 12 -10 -18 -R.PDF December 17, 2018 City Council Work Session 12 -17 -18 -WS.PDF December 17, 2018 Special Regular City Council 12 -17 -18 -SR.PDF CONSENT CALENDAR Those items listed under the Consent Calendar are considered to be routine by the City Council and will be enacted by one motion under a Consent Calendar format. There will be no separate discussion of these items, unless a Councilmember so requests, in which event, the item will be removed from the general order of business and considered separately in its normal sequence on the agenda. Motion To Approve Claims And Payroll Gayle Bauman, Finance Director Pang Silseth, Accounting Analyst MEMO.PDF Motion To Adopt Resolution 2019 -001 –Relating To The 2019 Organization Of The City Of Arden Hills Julie Hanson, City Clerk MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF Motion To Approve Resolution 2019 -002 –Relating To The Appointments To The Commissions And Committees Of The City Julie Hanson, City Clerk MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF Motion To Approve Northeast Youth And Family Services 2019 Contract Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF Motion To Approve Ramsey County Shared Service Agreement Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF Motion To Approve Resolution 2019 -003 –Approving The State Of Minnesota Public Works Mutual Aid Pact And Agreement Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF ATTACHMENT B.PDF ATTACHMENT C.PDF Motion To Approve Hydrant Tool Purchase Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF Motion To Approve State Of Minnesota Invoice –Trunk Highway No. 10 Watermain Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF ATTACHMENT B.PDF Motion To Approve Change Order No. 5 And Payment No. 7 –Northwest Asphalt, Inc., -2018 Street And Utility Improvement Project Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF ATTACHMENT B.PDF ATTACHMENT C.PDF Motion To Accept Resignation Of Building Official Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF Motion To Appoint Building Official Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF Motion To Authorize Advertising For Building And Code Enforcement Inspector Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF Motion To Approve Agreement For Building Inspection Services With North Star Inspections Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF Motion To Approve Resolution 2019 -005 –Authorizing Submittal Of The Comprehensive Plan Update To The Met Council Mike Mrosla, City Planner Jane Kansier, Bolton & Menk MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF MET COUNCIL 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN SUBMITTAL.PDF Motion To Approve Resolution 2019 -004 –Ramsey County Cooperative Agreement –County Road I/Old Highway 8 Roundabout And Old Highway 8 Extension Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF ATTACHMENT B.PDF Motion To Approve Liquor License (Nutmeg Brewing) Julie Hanson, City Clerk MEMO.PDF PULLED CONSENT ITEMS Those items that are pulled from the Consent Calendar will be removed from the general order of business and considered separately in its normal sequence on the agenda. PUBLIC HEARINGS NEW BUSINESS UNFINISHED BUSINESS COUNCIL COMMENTS ADJOURN Mayor:David Grant Councilmembers:Brenda Holden Fran HolmesDave McClungSteve Scott     Regular City Council Agenda  January 14, 20197:00 p.m. City Hall Address:1245 W Highway 96 Arden Hills MN 55112 Phone:651 -792 -7800 Website : www.cityofardenhills.org City VisionArden Hills is a strong community that values its unique environmental setting, strong residential neighborhoods, vital business community, well -maintained infrastructure, fiscal soundness, and our long -standing tradition as a desirable City in which to live, work, and play.CALL TO ORDER1.2.3.3.A.Documents:4.4.A.Documents: 5. 5.A. Documents: 6. 6.A. Documents: 6.B. Documents: 6.C. Documents: 7. 7.A. Documents: 7.B. Documents: 7.C. Documents: 7.D. Documents: 7.E. Documents: 7.F. Documents: 7.G. Documents: 7.H. Documents: 7.I. Documents: 7.J. Documents: 7.K. Documents: 7.L. Documents: 7.M. Documents: 7.N. Documents: 7.O. Documents: 7.P. Documents: 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. APPROVAL OF AGENDAPUBLIC INQUIRIES/INFORMATIONALThis is an opportunity for citizens to bring to the Council ’s attention any items not currently on the agenda which are relevant to the City. In addressing the Council, you must first state your name and address for the record. To allow adequate time for each person wishing to address the Council, speakers must limit their comments to three (3) minutes. Written documents may be distributed to the Council prior to the meeting to allow a more timely presentation. Speakers should not use obscene, profane, or threatening language, or make personal attacks. The Council may not respond to speaker comments, engage in a debate, or take any action on the issues raised by citizens, but may direct City staff to research or follow up on an issue, if desired by Council. If Council directs further review by staff, the results of that review will be presented at a following regular Council meeting.RESPONSE TO PUBLIC INQUIRIESResponse To Public Inquiry From December 10, 2018 City Council MeetingDave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDFPRESENTATIONSwearing In Ceremony For Mayor David Grant, Councilmember Fran Holmes And Councilmember Steve ScottJulie Hanson, City Clerk MEMO.PDFSTAFF COMMENTSRice Creek Commons (TCAAP) And Joint Development Authority (JDA) UpdateDave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDFAPPROVAL OF MINUTESDecember 10, 2018 Regular City Council12-10 -18 -R.PDFDecember 17, 2018 City Council Work Session 12 -17 -18 -WS.PDFDecember 17, 2018 Special Regular City Council12-17 -18 -SR.PDFCONSENT CALENDARThose items listed under the Consent Calendar are considered to be routine by the City Council and will be enacted by one motion under a Consent Calendar format. There will be no separate discussion of these items, unless a Councilmember so requests, in which event, the item will be removed from the general order of business and considered separately in its normal sequence on the agenda.Motion To Approve Claims And PayrollGayle Bauman, Finance DirectorPang Silseth, Accounting Analyst MEMO.PDFMotion To Adopt Resolution 2019 -001 –Relating To The 2019 Organization Of The City Of Arden HillsJulie Hanson, City Clerk MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF Motion To Approve Resolution 2019 -002 –Relating To The Appointments To The Commissions And Committees Of The City Julie Hanson, City Clerk MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF Motion To Approve Northeast Youth And Family Services 2019 Contract Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF Motion To Approve Ramsey County Shared Service Agreement Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF Motion To Approve Resolution 2019 -003 –Approving The State Of Minnesota Public Works Mutual Aid Pact And Agreement Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF ATTACHMENT B.PDF ATTACHMENT C.PDF Motion To Approve Hydrant Tool Purchase Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF Motion To Approve State Of Minnesota Invoice –Trunk Highway No. 10 Watermain Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF ATTACHMENT B.PDF Motion To Approve Change Order No. 5 And Payment No. 7 –Northwest Asphalt, Inc., -2018 Street And Utility Improvement Project Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF ATTACHMENT B.PDF ATTACHMENT C.PDF Motion To Accept Resignation Of Building Official Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF Motion To Appoint Building Official Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF Motion To Authorize Advertising For Building And Code Enforcement Inspector Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF Motion To Approve Agreement For Building Inspection Services With North Star Inspections Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF Motion To Approve Resolution 2019 -005 –Authorizing Submittal Of The Comprehensive Plan Update To The Met Council Mike Mrosla, City Planner Jane Kansier, Bolton & Menk MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF MET COUNCIL 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN SUBMITTAL.PDF Motion To Approve Resolution 2019 -004 –Ramsey County Cooperative Agreement –County Road I/Old Highway 8 Roundabout And Old Highway 8 Extension Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF ATTACHMENT B.PDF Motion To Approve Liquor License (Nutmeg Brewing) Julie Hanson, City Clerk MEMO.PDF PULLED CONSENT ITEMS Those items that are pulled from the Consent Calendar will be removed from the general order of business and considered separately in its normal sequence on the agenda. PUBLIC HEARINGS NEW BUSINESS UNFINISHED BUSINESS COUNCIL COMMENTS ADJOURN Mayor:David Grant Councilmembers:Brenda Holden Fran HolmesDave McClungSteve Scott     Regular City Council Agenda  January 14, 20197:00 p.m. City Hall Address:1245 W Highway 96 Arden Hills MN 55112 Phone:651 -792 -7800 Website : www.cityofardenhills.org City VisionArden Hills is a strong community that values its unique environmental setting, strong residential neighborhoods, vital business community, well -maintained infrastructure, fiscal soundness, and our long -standing tradition as a desirable City in which to live, work, and play.CALL TO ORDER1.2.3.3.A.Documents:4.4.A.Documents:5.5.A.Documents:6.6.A.Documents:6.B.Documents:6.C.Documents:7.7.A.Documents:7.B. Documents: 7.C. Documents: 7.D. Documents: 7.E. Documents: 7.F. Documents: 7.G. Documents: 7.H. Documents: 7.I. Documents: 7.J. Documents: 7.K. Documents: 7.L. Documents: 7.M. Documents: 7.N. Documents: 7.O. Documents: 7.P. Documents: 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. APPROVAL OF AGENDAPUBLIC INQUIRIES/INFORMATIONALThis is an opportunity for citizens to bring to the Council ’s attention any items not currently on the agenda which are relevant to the City. In addressing the Council, you must first state your name and address for the record. To allow adequate time for each person wishing to address the Council, speakers must limit their comments to three (3) minutes. Written documents may be distributed to the Council prior to the meeting to allow a more timely presentation. Speakers should not use obscene, profane, or threatening language, or make personal attacks. The Council may not respond to speaker comments, engage in a debate, or take any action on the issues raised by citizens, but may direct City staff to research or follow up on an issue, if desired by Council. If Council directs further review by staff, the results of that review will be presented at a following regular Council meeting.RESPONSE TO PUBLIC INQUIRIESResponse To Public Inquiry From December 10, 2018 City Council MeetingDave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDFPRESENTATIONSwearing In Ceremony For Mayor David Grant, Councilmember Fran Holmes And Councilmember Steve ScottJulie Hanson, City Clerk MEMO.PDFSTAFF COMMENTSRice Creek Commons (TCAAP) And Joint Development Authority (JDA) UpdateDave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDFAPPROVAL OF MINUTESDecember 10, 2018 Regular City Council12-10 -18 -R.PDFDecember 17, 2018 City Council Work Session 12 -17 -18 -WS.PDFDecember 17, 2018 Special Regular City Council12-17 -18 -SR.PDFCONSENT CALENDARThose items listed under the Consent Calendar are considered to be routine by the City Council and will be enacted by one motion under a Consent Calendar format. There will be no separate discussion of these items, unless a Councilmember so requests, in which event, the item will be removed from the general order of business and considered separately in its normal sequence on the agenda.Motion To Approve Claims And PayrollGayle Bauman, Finance DirectorPang Silseth, Accounting Analyst MEMO.PDFMotion To Adopt Resolution 2019 -001 –Relating To The 2019 Organization Of The City Of Arden HillsJulie Hanson, City Clerk MEMO.PDFATTACHMENT A.PDFMotion To Approve Resolution 2019 -002 –Relating To The Appointments To The Commissions And Committees Of The CityJulie Hanson, City Clerk MEMO.PDFATTACHMENT A.PDFMotion To Approve Northeast Youth And Family Services 2019 ContractDave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDFATTACHMENT A.PDFMotion To Approve Ramsey County Shared Service AgreementSue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDFATTACHMENT A.PDFMotion To Approve Resolution 2019 -003 –Approving The State Of Minnesota Public Works Mutual Aid Pact And AgreementSue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDFATTACHMENT A.PDFATTACHMENT B.PDFATTACHMENT C.PDFMotion To Approve Hydrant Tool PurchaseSue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDFATTACHMENT A.PDFMotion To Approve State Of Minnesota Invoice –Trunk Highway No. 10 WatermainSue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF ATTACHMENT B.PDF Motion To Approve Change Order No. 5 And Payment No. 7 –Northwest Asphalt, Inc., -2018 Street And Utility Improvement Project Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF ATTACHMENT B.PDF ATTACHMENT C.PDF Motion To Accept Resignation Of Building Official Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF Motion To Appoint Building Official Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF Motion To Authorize Advertising For Building And Code Enforcement Inspector Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF Motion To Approve Agreement For Building Inspection Services With North Star Inspections Dave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF Motion To Approve Resolution 2019 -005 –Authorizing Submittal Of The Comprehensive Plan Update To The Met Council Mike Mrosla, City Planner Jane Kansier, Bolton & Menk MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF MET COUNCIL 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN SUBMITTAL.PDF Motion To Approve Resolution 2019 -004 –Ramsey County Cooperative Agreement –County Road I/Old Highway 8 Roundabout And Old Highway 8 Extension Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF ATTACHMENT B.PDF Motion To Approve Liquor License (Nutmeg Brewing) Julie Hanson, City Clerk MEMO.PDF PULLED CONSENT ITEMS Those items that are pulled from the Consent Calendar will be removed from the general order of business and considered separately in its normal sequence on the agenda. PUBLIC HEARINGS NEW BUSINESS UNFINISHED BUSINESS COUNCIL COMMENTS ADJOURN Mayor:David Grant Councilmembers:Brenda Holden Fran HolmesDave McClungSteve Scott     Regular City Council Agenda  January 14, 20197:00 p.m. City Hall Address:1245 W Highway 96 Arden Hills MN 55112 Phone:651 -792 -7800 Website : www.cityofardenhills.org City VisionArden Hills is a strong community that values its unique environmental setting, strong residential neighborhoods, vital business community, well -maintained infrastructure, fiscal soundness, and our long -standing tradition as a desirable City in which to live, work, and play.CALL TO ORDER1.2.3.3.A.Documents:4.4.A.Documents:5.5.A.Documents:6.6.A.Documents:6.B.Documents:6.C.Documents:7.7.A.Documents:7.B.Documents:7.C.Documents:7.D.Documents:7.E.Documents:7.F.Documents:7.G.Documents:7.H. Documents: 7.I. Documents: 7.J. Documents: 7.K. Documents: 7.L. Documents: 7.M. Documents: 7.N. Documents: 7.O. Documents: 7.P. Documents: 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. APPROVAL OF AGENDAPUBLIC INQUIRIES/INFORMATIONALThis is an opportunity for citizens to bring to the Council ’s attention any items not currently on the agenda which are relevant to the City. In addressing the Council, you must first state your name and address for the record. To allow adequate time for each person wishing to address the Council, speakers must limit their comments to three (3) minutes. Written documents may be distributed to the Council prior to the meeting to allow a more timely presentation. Speakers should not use obscene, profane, or threatening language, or make personal attacks. The Council may not respond to speaker comments, engage in a debate, or take any action on the issues raised by citizens, but may direct City staff to research or follow up on an issue, if desired by Council. If Council directs further review by staff, the results of that review will be presented at a following regular Council meeting.RESPONSE TO PUBLIC INQUIRIESResponse To Public Inquiry From December 10, 2018 City Council MeetingDave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDFPRESENTATIONSwearing In Ceremony For Mayor David Grant, Councilmember Fran Holmes And Councilmember Steve ScottJulie Hanson, City Clerk MEMO.PDFSTAFF COMMENTSRice Creek Commons (TCAAP) And Joint Development Authority (JDA) UpdateDave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDFAPPROVAL OF MINUTESDecember 10, 2018 Regular City Council12-10 -18 -R.PDFDecember 17, 2018 City Council Work Session 12 -17 -18 -WS.PDFDecember 17, 2018 Special Regular City Council12-17 -18 -SR.PDFCONSENT CALENDARThose items listed under the Consent Calendar are considered to be routine by the City Council and will be enacted by one motion under a Consent Calendar format. There will be no separate discussion of these items, unless a Councilmember so requests, in which event, the item will be removed from the general order of business and considered separately in its normal sequence on the agenda.Motion To Approve Claims And PayrollGayle Bauman, Finance DirectorPang Silseth, Accounting Analyst MEMO.PDFMotion To Adopt Resolution 2019 -001 –Relating To The 2019 Organization Of The City Of Arden HillsJulie Hanson, City Clerk MEMO.PDFATTACHMENT A.PDFMotion To Approve Resolution 2019 -002 –Relating To The Appointments To The Commissions And Committees Of The CityJulie Hanson, City Clerk MEMO.PDFATTACHMENT A.PDFMotion To Approve Northeast Youth And Family Services 2019 ContractDave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDFATTACHMENT A.PDFMotion To Approve Ramsey County Shared Service AgreementSue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDFATTACHMENT A.PDFMotion To Approve Resolution 2019 -003 –Approving The State Of Minnesota Public Works Mutual Aid Pact And AgreementSue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDFATTACHMENT A.PDFATTACHMENT B.PDFATTACHMENT C.PDFMotion To Approve Hydrant Tool PurchaseSue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDFATTACHMENT A.PDFMotion To Approve State Of Minnesota Invoice –Trunk Highway No. 10 WatermainSue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDFATTACHMENT A.PDFATTACHMENT B.PDFMotion To Approve Change Order No. 5 And Payment No. 7 –Northwest Asphalt, Inc., -2018 Street And Utility Improvement ProjectSue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDFATTACHMENT A.PDFATTACHMENT B.PDFATTACHMENT C.PDFMotion To Accept Resignation Of Building OfficialDave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDFMotion To Appoint Building OfficialDave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDFMotion To Authorize Advertising For Building And Code Enforcement InspectorDave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDFMotion To Approve Agreement For Building Inspection Services With North Star InspectionsDave Perrault, City Administrator MEMO.PDFATTACHMENT A.PDFMotion To Approve Resolution 2019 -005 –Authorizing Submittal Of The Comprehensive Plan Update To The Met CouncilMike Mrosla, City PlannerJane Kansier, Bolton & Menk MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF MET COUNCIL 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN SUBMITTAL.PDF Motion To Approve Resolution 2019 -004 –Ramsey County Cooperative Agreement –County Road I/Old Highway 8 Roundabout And Old Highway 8 Extension Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer MEMO.PDF ATTACHMENT A.PDF ATTACHMENT B.PDF Motion To Approve Liquor License (Nutmeg Brewing) Julie Hanson, City Clerk MEMO.PDF PULLED CONSENT ITEMS Those items that are pulled from the Consent Calendar will be removed from the general order of business and considered separately in its normal sequence on the agenda. PUBLIC HEARINGS NEW BUSINESS UNFINISHED BUSINESS COUNCIL COMMENTS ADJOURN Mayor:David Grant Councilmembers:Brenda Holden Fran HolmesDave McClungSteve Scott     Regular City Council Agenda  January 14, 20197:00 p.m. City Hall Address:1245 W Highway 96 Arden Hills MN 55112 Phone:651 -792 -7800 Website : www.cityofardenhills.org City VisionArden Hills is a strong community that values its unique environmental setting, strong residential neighborhoods, vital business community, well -maintained infrastructure, fiscal soundness, and our long -standing tradition as a desirable City in which to live, work, and play.CALL TO ORDER1.2.3.3.A.Documents:4.4.A.Documents:5.5.A.Documents:6.6.A.Documents:6.B.Documents:6.C.Documents:7.7.A.Documents:7.B.Documents:7.C.Documents:7.D.Documents:7.E.Documents:7.F.Documents:7.G.Documents:7.H.Documents:7.I.Documents:7.J.Documents:7.K.Documents:7.L.Documents:7.M.Documents:7.N. Documents: 7.O. Documents: 7.P. Documents: 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Page 1 of 1 RESPONSE TO PUBLIC INQUIRIES – 3A MEMORANDUM DATE: January 14, 2019 TO: Honorable Mayor and City Councilmembers FROM: Dave Perrault, City Administrator SUBJECT: Public Inquiry Response from December 10, 2018 City Council meeting Budgeted Amount: Actual Amount: Funding Source: $ $ $ A verbal update will be provided at the City Council meeting. DATE: January 14, 2019 TO: Mayor Grant and City Councilmembers Dave Perrault, City Administrator FROM: Julie Hanson, City Clerk SUBJECT: Oaths of Office Discussion Mayor David Grant and Councilmembers Fran Holmes and Steve Scott have been re-elected to serve four-year terms. Each will receive their Oath of Office at the January 14, 2019, City Council meeting. PRESENTATION – 4A MEMORANDUM Page 1 of 1 STAFF COMMENTS – 5A MEMORANDUM DATE: January 14, 2019 TO: Honorable Mayor and City Councilmembers FROM: Dave Perrault, City Administrator SUBJECT: Rice Creek Commons (TCAAP) and Joint Development Authority (JDA) Update Budgeted Amount: Actual Amount: Funding Source: $ $ $ A verbal update will be provided at the City Council meeting. Approved: January 14, 2019 CITY OF ARDEN HILLS, MINNESOTA REGULAR CITY COUNCIL MEETING DECEMBER 10, 2018 7:00 P.M. - ARDEN HILLS CITY COUNCIL CHAMBERS CALL TO ORDER/ROLL CALL Pursuant to due call and notice thereof, Mayor David Grant called to order the regular City Council meeting at 7:00 p.m. Present: Mayor David Grant, Councilmembers Brenda Holden, Fran Holmes, Dave McClung and Steve Scott Absent: None Also present: City Administrator Dave Perrault; Finance Director Gayle Bauman; Andy Brotzler, WSB & Associates; Mike Mrosla, City Planner; and City Clerk Julie Hanson PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE 1. APPROVAL OF AGENDA Councilmember McClung requested Item 6I be pulled from the Consent Agenda for further discussion as Item 7A. MOTION: Councilmember Holden moved and Councilmember Holmes seconded a motion to approve the meeting agenda as amended. The motion carried unanimously (5-0). 2. PUBLIC INQUIRIES/INFORMATIONAL Gregg Larson, 3377 North Snelling Avenue, spoke briefly regarding an article he saw in the Shoreview Arden Hills Bulletin regarding a meeting that was held at the Ramsey County Public Works Facility where the Civic Site was discussed. He stated he has not heard from the Council what the need was for a Civic Center. He indicated the article spoke to the free land that would be given to the City from the developer. However, he noted the City already had City-owned land available that was near existing facilities. He encouraged the Council to consider using this land versus locating up in Rice Creek Commons. He reminded the Council that there would be long- term debt and operating expenses the City would have to cover for the proposed Civic Center. He questioned if the Civic Site was a good deal and if there was a need in the community. He was of ARDEN HILLS CITY COUNCIL – DECEMBER 10, 2018 2 the opinion the Council would not be acting in a fiscally conservative manner by taxing the public to provide these services. He stated he would like to better understand how the Council saw there was a need for a second Civic Site and how much the architect was costing the City. Mayor Grant requested staff to provide Council with a response to this Public Inquiry at the next Council meeting. 3. RESPONSE TO PUBLIC INQUIRIES None. 4. STAFF COMMENTS A. Rice Creek Commons (TCAAP) and Joint Development Authority (JDA) Update City Administrator Perrault provided an update on TCAAP stating the Council held a Public Forum on November 15. He estimated 50 people attended this meeting. He noted the City’s Communication Coordinator was tabulating the data collected from this meeting and explained this information would be presented to the Council at a future worksession meeting. City Administrator Perrault reported the December 3, 2018 JDA meeting was canceled. He indicated the next meeting was to be determined by the JDA Chair. He explained the 2019-2020 JDA Chair appointment would be considered by the City Council next week. B. Transportation Update Andy Brotzler, WSB & Associates, reported the Old Snelling Trail was substantially complete. He explained the trail was now open to the public. He noted only minor restoration and striping work remained and would be completed in the spring of 2019. Mr. Brotzler stated the bulk of the work for the 2018 Street Improvement Project was complete. He indicated final paving and restoration would be completed next spring. Mr. Brotzler explained the Snelling Bridge would be open to traffic yet this week. Mr. Brotzler commented the Highway 96 traffic improvements were operational and in place. Mayor Grant requested staff investigate the trail connection that occurs at McCracken and the Old Snelling Trail to ensure there was a proper connection. Councilmember McClung requested staff speak with Ramsey County and ask when the light at Innovation Lane and County Road F would be operational. 5. APPROVAL OF MINUTES A. October 24, 2018, Special City Council Work Session B. November 5, 2018, Special City Council Work Session ARDEN HILLS CITY COUNCIL – DECEMBER 10, 2018 3 C. November 13, 2018, Special City Council Work Session D. November 13, 2018, Regular City Council E. November 19, 2018 City Council Work Session Councilmember Scott requested a change to the November 13, 2018 Regular City Council meeting minutes under Item 8 noting the title should be changed to reflect a discussion that was held regarding the tobacco age. Councilmember Holden discussed several changes to the October 24 and November 19, 2018, meetings and noted she had provided staff with her corrections. MOTION: Councilmember Holden moved and Councilmember Holmes seconded a motion to approve the October 24, 2018, Special City Council Work Session meeting minutes as amended, November 5, 2018, Special City Council Work Session meeting minutes, November 13, 2018, Special City Council Work Session meeting minutes; November 13, 2018, Regular City Council meeting minutes as amended; and November 19, 2018, City Council Work Session meeting minutes as amended. The motion carried unanimously (5-0). 6. CONSENT CALENDAR A. Motion to Approve Consent Agenda Item - Claims and Payroll B. Motion to Approve Transfer of Fund Balance from General Fund to Capital Equipment & Building Replacement Fund C. Motion to Approve Resolution 2018-069 Extending Fire Protection Service Contract with Lake Johanna Fire Department D. Motion to Approve the 2019 Non-Union Employee Compensation Plan E. Motion to Approve Resolution 2018-068 Accepting the Liability Coverage Limits from the League of Minnesota Cities Insurance Trust (LMCIT) F. Motion to Adopt Ordinance 2018-004 Approving the 2019 Fee Schedule and Authorizing Publication of the Ordinance Summary G. Motion to Approve Change Order No. 4 and Payment No. 6 – Northwest Asphalt, Inc. – 2018 Street and Utility Improvement Project H. Motion to Cancel the December 24, 2018 Regular City Council Meeting I. Motion to Approve Resolution 2018-070 – Appointing 2019 City Council Liaisons for Commissions and Committees and Mayor Pro Tem J. Motion to Approve Resolution 2018-071 Approving Off-Site Gambling for Merrick, Inc. at Flaherty’s K. Motion to Approve Payment No. 4 – Sunram Construction, Inc. – Johanna Marsh Park Improvement Project L. Motion to Approve Payment No. 1 – VEIT & Company – Old Snelling Bridge Replacement Project M. Motion to Approve Change Order No. 4 and Payment No. 7 – Sunram Construction – Old Snelling Watermain and Trail Improvements Project MOTION: Councilmember Holden moved and Councilmember Holmes seconded a motion to approve the Consent Calendar as amended removing Item 6I and to ARDEN HILLS CITY COUNCIL – DECEMBER 10, 2018 4 authorize execution of all necessary documents contained therein. The motion carried unanimously (5-0). 7. PULLED CONSENT ITEMS A. Motion to Approve Resolution 2018-070 – Appointing 2019 City Council Liaisons for Commissions and Committees and Mayor Pro Tem Councilmember McClung stated he would not be supporting the City Council appointments for 2019 as presented. MOTION: Councilmember Holmes moved and Councilmember Holden seconded a motion to Adopt Resolution 2018-070, Appointing 2019 City Council Liaisons for Commissions and Committees and Mayor Pro Tem. The motion carried 4-1 (Councilmember McClung opposed). 8. PUBLIC HEARINGS A. Quarterly Special Assessments for Delinquent Utilities Mayor Grant indicated this was a regular, quarterly public hearing regarding delinquent utilities and opened the public hearing at 7:19 p.m. With no one coming forward to speak, Mayor Grant closed the public hearing at 7:20 p.m. B. Special Assessment for Abatement of Nuisance at 3246 New Brighton Road Finance Director Bauman stated on August 27, 2018, the Council approved Resolution 2018- 051 ordering nuisance abatement of 3246 New Brighton Road for excessive vegetation growth and accumulation of tree branches. The resolution authorized the City to have the necessary work completed to remediate the nuisance(s) and charge 125% of the cost of the work, including administrative costs, back to the property owner. The charge to complete the work plus administrative costs was 648.00. Finance Director Bauman explained the property owner was properly notified by mail and given thirty (30) days to remit payment. She stated that to date payment had not been received; therefore, the City intended to certify these charges to Ramsey County to be collected with property taxes. Mayor Grant opened the public hearing at 7:21 p.m. With no one coming forward to speak, Mayor Grant closed the public hearing at 7:22 p.m. C. Truth-In-Taxation Hearing Finance Director Bauman provided the City Council with a presentation on the 2019 budget and tax levy. She explained a Truth in Taxation hearing was required yearly. She described why tax ARDEN HILLS CITY COUNCIL – DECEMBER 10, 2018 5 bills change on a yearly basis and discussed how property tax values were set in Minnesota. She commented further on the general fund budget, anticipated revenues and expenditures, the Capital Improvement Plan, and the proposed 4% tax levy. She discussed resources available to residents for property tax relief. Mayor Grant commented in September the Council set the preliminary levy at 5% and noted this has since been decreased to 4%. Councilmember Holmes requested the Council provide the property tax increase information in 5% increments instead of 10% increments. Councilmember Holden reported the information that was presented to the Council was available on the City’s website. She questioned what percentage of the levy increase would cover Public Safety increases. Finance Director Bauman stated she did not have this information available but estimated half of the increase would go to cover Public Safety increases which amounted to approximately $78,000. Councilmember Holden commented the City has also added a Senior Engineering Tech position as well as a Recreation Programmer position and noted these positions had been in place in the past. Councilmember McClung reported if property taxes increase by more than 12% homeowners were eligible for a property tax refund from the State. He encouraged the County to run how many residential properties were at 12% or greater. Mayor Grant opened the public hearing at 7:44 p.m. Chris Hughes, 3515 Snelling Avenue North, thanked the Council for their time. He stated he has learned a lot about attending this meeting. He asked if Ramsey County tax statement was prepared with a 5% levy increase. Mayor Grant reported this was the case and noted residents would see a slight decrease in their property taxes from the City if the 4% levy is approved. Mayor Grant closed the public hearing at 7:45 p.m. 9. NEW BUSINESS A. Resolution 2018-065 Adopting and Confirming Quarterly Special Assessments for Delinquent Utilities Finance Director Bauman stated delinquent utility amounts are certified to Ramsey County quarterly. A list of utility accounts with a delinquent balance was compiled and notices dated November 5, 2018 were mailed. These customers were informed of their delinquent status and were asked to make payment of the delinquent balance by December 5, 2018. Utility accounts ARDEN HILLS CITY COUNCIL – DECEMBER 10, 2018 6 with an unpaid delinquent balance after December 5, 2018 would be certified to Ramsey County to be added to property taxes payable in 2019. The certification amount is equal to the unpaid delinquent balance plus an eight percent penalty. It was noted the City will request that Ramsey County levy the delinquent balances against the respective properties. MOTION: Councilmember Holden moved and Councilmember Holmes seconded a motion to adopt Resolution 2018-065 – Adopting and Confirming Quarterly Special Assessments for Delinquent Utilities with Ramsey County. The motion carried (5-0). B. Resolution 2018-064 Adopting Special Assessment for Abatement of Nuisance at 3246 New Brighton Road Finance Director Bauman reported the Council held a public hearing regarding this matter and requested adoption of a Special Assessment for the abatement of nuisance at 3246 New Brighton Road. Councilmember Holmes asked if this property had a previous special assessment. City Administrator Perrault explained this was a special assessment for an abatement that was approved by the Council in August. MOTION: Councilmember Holden moved and Councilmember Holmes seconded a motion to adopt Resolution 2018-064 approving special assessments related to unpaid nuisance abatement charges for the property located at 3246 New Brighton Road. The motion carried (5-0). C. Adoption of the 2019 Budget and Tax Levy • Approve the 2019-2023 CIP and Proposed Budget • Resolution 2018-067 Adopting the Proposed 2019 Budget in the amount of $13,972,990 • Resolution 2018-066 Setting the Final Tax Levy for Taxes Payable in 2019 in the amount of $3,938,420 Finance Director Bauman stated a budget workshop was held with the Council on August 20, 2018. Staff was not directed to make any changes to the proposed 2019 General Fund Budget and Council adopted a maximum tax levy increase of 5% on September 10, 2018. Another budget workshop was held with the Council on November 19, 2018, in which staff was directed to make a few changes to the 5-year CIP and bring back a tax levy increase of 4%, reduced from the maximum tax levy increase of 5% adopted in September. Staff reviewed the proposed budget in further detail with the Council and recommended adoption of the 2019 budget and tax levy. MOTION: Councilmember Holmes moved and Councilmember Holden seconded a motion to approve the 2019-2023 Capital Improvements Plan and Proposed Budget. The motion carried (5-0). ARDEN HILLS CITY COUNCIL – DECEMBER 10, 2018 7 MOTION: Councilmember Holmes moved and Councilmember McClung seconded a motion to adopt Resolution 2018-066 Setting the Final Tax Levy for Taxes Payable in 2019 in the amount of $3,938.420. Councilmember Holden indicated the proposed budget had a deficit predicted for 2019 and requested comment on this from staff. Finance Director Bauman explained initial projections show the City just over $200,000 in the black for 2018 and these funds would be carried over to 2019. Councilmember Holden questioned what the difference would be between a 3.5% and 4% tax levy increase. Mayor Grant commented this would only be a $20,000 difference. Councilmember Holden stated she understood the majority of the increases in the levy were due public safety increases. She questioned how the Council would manage a surplus in the coming year. Councilmember Holmes supported the Council placing all surpluses into the City’s Capital Funds. Mayor Grant discussed the City’s fund balance and financial policy for surpluses. Finance Director Bauman commented further on the City’s fund balance policy noting this policy was in place because the City only received property taxes twice a year. Mayor Grant requested that all future surplus transfers be completed shortly after the audit and not at year end. Councilmember Holmes stated she would have supported a tax levy at 5% given the fact the City was operating at a deficit. She understood this would be made up through a surplus but did not believe this was the best practice. She explained she supported the City having a balanced budget. She reported the City had achieved a AAA bond rating which was related to the City’s fund balance. For this reason, she encouraged the City to not have an operating deficit and should consider a 5% tax levy. Councilmember McClung commented over the past three years, the City has used it surplus to balance the budget. He commended the City for getting fairly close each year and for not overtaxing its residents. The motion carried 4-1 (Councilmember Holmes opposed). MOTION: Councilmember Holden moved and Councilmember Holmes seconded a motion to adopt Resolution 2018-067 Adopting the proposed 2019 Budget in the amount of $13,972,990. ARDEN HILLS CITY COUNCIL – DECEMBER 10, 2018 8 Councilmember Holmes commented on the budget numbers and described how the Council set the levy based on revenues and expenditures. She explained the City will not have a windfall of additional money due to the expenditures the City would incur for the Rice Creek Commons development. The motion carried (5-0). 10. UNFINISHED BUSINESS None. 11. COUNCIL COMMENTS Councilmember Scott stated last week he attended the grand opening for Jimmie’s Old Southern BBQ and Smokehouse. He also commented on the closing of the Perkins restaurant located in Arden Hills. Councilmember Scott invited the public to attend Breakfast with Santa at City Hall on Saturday, December 15, 2018. Mayor Grant noted he would be attending the Ribbon Cutting Ceremony for Jimmie’s Old Southern BBQ and Smokehouse on Tuesday, December 11 at 10:30 a.m. Councilmember Holmes reported she would also be attending the ribbon cutting event. Councilmember Holmes stated last Friday she and Councilmember Holden attended the Ribbon Cutting Ceremony of Pet Evolution. Councilmember Holden commented on the Civic Site and explained the developer had set aside 1.6 acres for a civic area. She reported the developer wanted the City to move City Hall to this property. She indicated the City was not interested in this. She explained the Council was interested in learning from the public if there was interest in putting a Civic facility on TCAAP. She stated the Council has been doing its due diligence for the developer to see if there was interest in a Civic facility. She explained she was pleased with the input that was gathered at the Civic Site Open House. Councilmember Holden described why Ryan Companies had pulled out from the TCAAP development in 2008. She noted the property value dropped by 1/3 because of the economy and Ryan Companies could not make a deal given the $45 million price tag. Mayor Grant discussed the intent of the Civic Site Open House and stated he appreciated the feedback that was provided at this event. He understood that the information that was gathered would be presented to the Council at a future worksession meeting. He thanked the Task Force for their time and service to the community. ARDEN HILLS CITY COUNCIL – DECEMBER 10, 2018 9 ADJOURN MOTION: Councilmember Holmes moved and Councilmember Holden seconded a motion to adjourn. The motion carried unanimously (5-0). Mayor Grant adjourned the Regular City Council Meeting at 8:21 p.m. __________________________ __________________________ Julie Hanson David Grant City Clerk Mayor Approved: January 14, 2019 CITY OF ARDEN HILLS, MINNESOTA CITY COUNCIL WORK SESSION DECEMBER 17, 2018 5:00 P.M. - ARDEN HILLS CITY COUNCIL CHAMBERS CALL TO ORDER/ROLL CALL Pursuant to due call and notice thereof, Mayor Grant called to order the City Council Work Session at 5:00 p.m. Present: Mayor David Grant, Councilmembers Brenda Holden, Fran Holmes, Dave McClung and Steve Scott Absent: None Also present: City Administrator Dave Perrault, Public Works Director/City Engineer Sue Polka, City Planner Mike Mrosla, Bolton and Menk Planner Jane Kansier, Communications Coordinator Dawn Skelly, Deputy City Clerk Jolene Trauba, Wold Architects and Engineers Partners Paul Aplikowski and Douglas Kahl, Moundsview School District Assistant Superintendent John Ward and Summit Development Land Acquisition Partner Jamison Kohout 1. AGENDA ITEMS A. Concept Plan MVHS Bolton and Menk Planner Jane Kansier noted that Moundsview High School has recently purchased the site on the north side of Lake Valentine Road which was the First Student bus garage. Plans are to add a gymnasium addition and two classrooms, plus interior renovation. Parking will be removed due to the additions and the idea is to utilize the First Student lot for student parking. The property is currently zoned low density residential. The proposal would require a Comprehensive Plan Amendment for the First Student site to Public and Institutional, and a Planned Unit Development to allow the use on non-contiguous parcels as a single use. Wold Architects and Engineers Partner Paul Aplikowski began his presentation by saying that the Moundsview High School site is constrained and it is a challenge to add on to it. The site is currently deficient on parking and they are trying to address that as part of the additions. He noted that a parking lot currently used primarily for staff is being proposed to be made into bus parking and the front drive will be parent drop off parking only. A three story addition is proposed for the ARDEN HILLS CITY COUNCIL WORK SESSION – DECEMBER 17, 2018 2 northeast corner that will contain classrooms and mechanical. A new field house with an elevated walking track is proposed and interior remodeling to correct classroom size. Mr. Aplikowski explained that the proposed bus loop will be single parked, no other vehicles would be allowed in the bus loop area, creating a safer environment. A significant piece of existing parking will be used for the bus loop, which is the reason for using the First Student lot for additional parking. Discussions have been ongoing regarding safety concerns that may be addressed by possibly narrowing the road, adding islands and flashing lights and crosswalks. Mr. Aplikowski mentioned they are proposing some field work be done to make up for loss from the new addition. They will not be lights on the new fields. He continued to review other drawings of the proposed additions. Councilmember Fran Holmes expressed concern about traffic congestion as students are crossing to the new parking lot. Mr. Aplikowski responded that in most cases the traffic load is about 15-20 minutes long and because of the concentrated load traffic doesn’t warrant a signal light. Councilmember Holmes said she feels traffic is an issue for about an hour each morning. Planner Kansier said a traffic impact study has been requested to know how many cars are school driven. Mayor Grant asked for more information about how the buses will go in and out. Mr. Aplikowski demonstrated on a map provided that the buses will come in and park in their designated spot at an angle and leave again in order. Mayor Grant asked where the staff would be parking. Moundsview School District Assistant Superintendent John Ward said they would like adult staff to park across the street in the new parking lot. Councilmember Dave McClung wondered what is the current number of onsite parking spots, how many are they losing for the new bus loop and how many will be added across the street. Planner Kansier replied that there are approximately 500 parking spots on the current site, they would reduce that to about 210 and add 500 spaces in the new lot. So in total approximately 200 new parking spaces will be added. Mayor Grant asked if there would be a sidewalk to Janet Court. Public Works Director/City Engineer Sue Polka said she felt a sidewalk is necessary at that location. City Planner Mike Mrosla noted that staff did observe the afternoon release and there were a good number of students that cross the road onto Janet Court. Janet Court is marked for two hour parking. ARDEN HILLS CITY COUNCIL WORK SESSION – DECEMBER 17, 2018 3 Mayor Grant wondered if the architects had looked at a bridge over Lake Valentine Road or a tunnel under the road. Mr. Aplikowski said those options were discussed. A bridge is an expensive option and in other areas people don’t use a bridge when they can just cross the road without one. There were safety issues that come from having a tunnel, and utilities that may be in the way of a tunnel. Councilmember Holden asked how this fits into the 2040 Comprehensive Plan. Planner Kansier responded that technically we should wait until the 2040 Comprehensive Plan is approved and then submit for an amendment. City Planner Mrosla said the Comprehensive Plan, once given final approval by the Council, could be submitted for Met Council approval and then the City could ask for an amendment. Staff has discussed that idea with Met Council so they are aware. Mr. Aplikowski stated the plan is to bid in March and begin construction as soon as possible. Kraus Anderson’s plan is to begin working on the additions right away to try to have some of it enclosed by winter. They also hope to submit plans to Rice Creek Watershed in January. Councilmember Holden expressed concern about tree removal in the Janet Court area. City Planner Mrosla said Staff has directed them to do a tree study and ensure adequate landscaping adjacent to residential properties. Councilmember Holmes again expressed concern about students crossing the street to the new parking lot. Public Works Director/City Engineer Polka felt the architects would need to provide solutions based on the traffic study. Councilmember McClung also stated concern for the safety of the students crossing back and forth but also the free flow of traffic on the street throughout the entire course of the day. Mayor Grant said he can support the plan but a sidewalk to Janet Court also needs to be part of the plan. Councilmember Steve Scott said he is generally in support of the plan but the overriding concern is the safety of the students getting to and from the parking lot. Mr. Aplikowski said Krauss Anderson will manage the construction and develop bid packages for other contractors that will do the work. Planner Kansier noted that this project will need to be highly coordinated with City staff and contractors as it is a tight schedule for approval and construction. City Planner Mrosla said they have also asked Moundsview School District for a construction phasing plan and employee construction parking plan. ARDEN HILLS CITY COUNCIL WORK SESSION – DECEMBER 17, 2018 4 Mr. Ward said Krauss Anderson has told them they won’t be staging across the street but would like to park across the street. Mayor Grant reiterated the fields aren’t a concern, the building design isn’t a concern but they need more discussion regarding student safety, pedestrian traffic and a tree study. B. Concept Plan Summit Development City Planner Mrosla stated the applicant is requesting to develop the vacant lot along the south side of Parkshore Drive and is bringing a revised Concept Plan for review. They are proposing 120 units of senior living; independent living, assisted living and memory care. The plan would require a Preliminary Plat and Final Plat for subdivision, a Comprehensive Plan Amendment to change from Medium Density Residential to High Density Residential, rezoning from R-1 – Single- Family Residential District to R-4 – Multiple Dwelling District, a Conditional Use Permit for Nursing Home and Assisted Living, and a Planned Unit Development for the flexibility and density requested. The applicant is proposing to do a land swap, encroaching onto .13 acres of cit y property. In return they are proposing to dedicate .43 acres along the subject properties western property line to the City. Summit Development Land Acquisition Partner Jamison Kohout said the neighbors have seen the new proposal, a building with a roughly 35,000 square foot foundation. The former plan had the building at an angle following the drainage easement along the Winiecki property. This plan is for a more tradition L layout with 60-65 underground parking stalls for staff and residents, and a small surface lot for visitors. They are proposing a land swap to accommodate the length of the building and in exchange allow for a trail on the adjoining City property. He noted he would also like to see a few additional parking stalls close to the trail loop. Mr. Kohout felt the proposal utilized the site well, has lighter traffic impact than other multi -unit facilities, they will bring amenities that building residents as well as other community members could use. Discussion ensued around the traffic impact of residents and staff. Mr. Kohout said the initial response is that people would like to see more 2 bedroom apartments which would take away units from the 120 in this proposal. Generally parking space is calculated at .75 stalls per unit. Councilmember Holden stated her concern about the land swap and creating a precedent. Mr. Kohout said he felt it would benefit both parties to have the lot lines more square. Mayor Grant asked staff if squaring the property would make it easier to develop. City Planner Mrosla responded that it would make more room for a trail. Public Works Director/City Engineer Polka said she liked the idea of Summit providing the amenity of a trail in our park. If the original configuration remains in palce, the loop won’t be as nice as is laid out in the proposal. ARDEN HILLS CITY COUNCIL WORK SESSION – DECEMBER 17, 2018 5 Councilmember Holmes said she doesn’t have a problem with the land swap but wants to know what Mr. Winiecki thinks. Mayor Grant wondered what might happen if someone bought the Winiecki property years from now and wanted to redevelop it. The design being proposed makes the property rectangular in shape. City Planner Mrosla stated that approximately 12 people were in attendance at the informal neighborhood meeting held by Summit. Most of the comments were about the timing of the project, screening of the parking lot and other parking questions, setbacks, density and traffic access onto Old Highway 10. Most residents at the meeting were in general support of the plan. Another neighborhood meeting with more information will be held at a later date. Councilmember McClung noted that the land is oddly shaped, the swap would allow us to make improvements to the city owned park land and gain the asset of a trail segment, so he thought the Council would be setting a pretty high precedent that would have to be met by others that may want to land swap. He is leaning toward supporting the swap but would love the building to be closer to 100 units. And he wanted to be sure there would be enough landscape buffering. Mr. Kohout said buffering is a concern for them as well and that some berming and tree plantings will not be an issue. As a next step, they will figure out the unit combination so they can give a firm response to parking needs. Councilmember Holden asked if there was a category for the Comprehensive Plan that would allow 22 units per acre without making it generally high density, and what would that classification be? City Planner Mrosla responded that the current land us is 12 units per acre, they are asking for 22.5 units per acre. Memory care units are often looked at as .5 units so that would give flexibility to the number of units. Councilmember Holden said she was also interested in making sure a sidewalk was put in from Old Highway 10 to the cul-de-sac. City Planner Mrosla stated as part of the application Staff was going to require some kind of dedication or trail easement area so if the trail system ever gets built down Old Highway 10 that property easement on Parkshore Drive would be available. Councilmember Scott said that he doesn’t feel as restrictive on the 120 units, but what sells this for him is the underground parking concept, as that minimizes the footprint of asphalt. Mr. Kohout gave an explanation of building heights and midpoint measurements. They are planning to build the facility as low as possible on the lot. From I-694 it may look like a three story structure with a half of a basement. He also explained what some of the interior features of the facility may look like. Mayor Grant said he was OK with the land swap and didn’t feel the additional units would add that much to traffic in the area. ARDEN HILLS CITY COUNCIL WORK SESSION – DECEMBER 17, 2018 6 Councilmember McClung said his support for the land swap would be contingent on getting a trail constructed, not at City expense. Mr. Kohout stated that his plan is to come back with a layout of what they project to put in the facility and how many units they will have, investigate what it will cost to build the trail, work with Staff to determine a sidewalk to Old Highway 10, get elevation drawings, illustrate buffer landscaping and have another neighborhood meeting. He also suggested putting the sidewalk on the north side of Parkshore Drive versus the south side, due to residents of the townhomes having more access on that side of the road. Discussion ensued regarding roof height and pitch, while noting the Council is sensitive to height. C. TCAAP Survey Results Communications Coordinator Dawn Skelly presented a summary of the two surveys from the TCAAP Public Form. The City survey was two open ended questions, the second survey was multiple choice related to the Civic Site and put together by HGA. Surveys were handed out at the forum and online via the City website and Facebook page. Most responses came from the forum. There were 41 responses to the City survey and 34 responses to the Civic Site survey. Communications Coordinator Dawn Skelly reviewed the main themes from the responses as shown on the PowerPoint presentation, including the following: overall concerns with the TCAAP/Rice Creek Commons redevelopment proposal including concerns about density, traffic, impact to schools, and loss of small town feel. Attendees wanted a better understanding of costs/financing and the open space plan. They cautioned the City to avoid duplication of amenities with neighboring cities, chains/franchises, management and facilities, and the pace of building a civic facility. The majority wanted a civic site that included rinks for skating, walking track, fitness classes, gym, meeting spaces, banquet space, outdoor trails for cross-country skiing, a restaurant and underground parking. In light of Ramsey County announcing a pull-back in resources the week prior, many residents wanted more information and open discussion. Mayor Grant wondered how far the Council would like to take the Civic Site discussion with Ramsey County taking a hiatus in TCAAP discussions. Councilmember Holmes felt there needs to be numbers attached to the construction and maintenance in order to warrant more Civic Site Task Force meetings. Councilmember Holden suggested having HGA attend one more Task Force meeting, present the survey results and tying up the Task Force. Councilmember McClung said he felt the City has a basis to start should the next step present itself but there is no need for obtaining numbers until then. Councilmember Holden stated the purpose of the Task Force was to determine if we were interested in utilizing the land and what we might use it for, not discuss the costs. Councilmember McClung said he didn’t want to spend a lot of money putting numbers together in case it doesn’t go anywhere. Due diligence has been done but until there is more positive progress it is appropriate to put the Civic Site discussion on hold. ARDEN HILLS CITY COUNCIL WORK SESSION – DECEMBER 17, 2018 7 Mayor Grant suggested the Civic Site be built into the MDA instead of an MOU. Councilmember Holmes said Task Force could have a meeting in January with a presentation of the survey results and then temporarily suspend the Task Force until further notice. D. Council Request Tracker City Administrator Perrault reviewed the request tracker in detail with the Council. After discussion, Thom Drive Issues was removed from the tracker. 2. COUNCIL/STAFF COMMENTS Councilmember Holden wondered what the City Planner’s priorities will be. City Planner Mrosla said he has been looking at infill development and developing a smoother process. They are looking at several property development plans, including the old fire department property. Councilmember Holden suggested the City not renew their membership with the St. Paul Area Chamber of Commerce. Three other Councilmembers agreed. Councilmember Scott said the Ramsey County League of Local Governments had their annual meeting and has new leadership, he will be the representative for Beyond the Yellow Ribbon. City Administrator Perrault asked if the Council would like a work session with Alatus and set a tentative date for January 16. City Administrator Perrault asked if they wanted to have a reception along with swearing in of Councilmembers. Consensus was no. ADJOURN Mayor Grant adjourned the City Council Work Session at 8:06 p.m. __________________________ __________________________ Jolene Trauba David Grant Deputy City Clerk Mayor Approved: January 14, 2019 CITY OF ARDEN HILLS, MINNESOTA SPECIAL REGULAR CITY COUNCIL MEETING DECEMBER 17, 2018 IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING CITY COUNCIL WORK SESSION ARDEN HILLS CITY COUNCIL CHAMBERS CALL TO ORDER/ROLL CALL Pursuant to due call and notice thereof, Mayor David Grant called to order the regular City Council meeting at 8:06 p.m. Present: Mayor David Grant, Councilmembers Brenda Holden, Fran Holmes, Dave McClung and Steve Scott Absent: None Also present: City Administrator Dave Perrault, Public Works Director/City Engineer Sue Polka, City Planner Mike Mrosla, Jane Kansier, Bolton & Menk, and Deputy City Clerk Jolene Trauba 1. APPROVAL OF AGENDA MOTION: Councilmember Holden moved and Councilmember Holmes seconded a motion to approve the meeting agenda. The motion carried unanimously (5- 0). 2. CONSENT CALENDAR A. Motion to Approve 2019 Tobacco License Renewals B. Motion to Approve 2019 Liquor License Renewals C. Motion to Authorize Appointment of Public Works Maintenance Worker MOTION: Councilmember Holden moved and Councilmember Holmes seconded a motion to approve the Consent Calendar and authorize execution of all necessary documents contained therein. The motion carried unanimously (5- 0). 3. PULLED CONSENT ITEMS ARDEN HILLS SPECIAL REGULAR CITY COUNCIL – DECEMBER 17, 2018 2 4. NEW BUSINESS A. Appointment of Joint Development Authority (JDA) Chair MOTION: Councilmember Holden moved and Councilmember McClung seconded a motion to approve the appointment of Brian Holmes as the new Joint Development Authority Chair. The motion carried (5-0). 5. UNFINISHED BUSINESS None. 6. COUNCIL COMMENTS None. ADJOURN MOTION: Mayor Grant moved and Councilmember McClung seconded a motion to adjourn. The motion carried unanimously (5-0). Mayor Grant adjourned the Special Regular City Council Meeting at 8:08 p.m. __________________________ __________________________ Jolene Trauba David Grant Deputy City Clerk Mayor Page 1 of 1 CONSENT ITEM 7A MEMORANDUM DATE: January 14, 2019 TO: Honorable Mayor and City Councilmembers Dave Perrault, City Administrator FROM: Gayle Bauman, Finance Director Pang Silseth, Accounting Analyst SUBJECT: Claims & Payroll Budgeted Amount: Actual Amount: Funding Source: NA NA NA Council Should Consider the Following Options: A.Approve Claims and Payroll Or B. Reject Claims and Payroll Supporting Documents: Payroll 2018 Payroll #25 ....................................................................................... $ 102,805.86 2018 Payroll #26 ....................................................................................... $ 70,721.45 2019 Payroll #1 ......................................................................................... $ 104,745.74 Total Payroll ....................... $ 278,273.05 Accounts Payable Claims Through 01/11/2019 Paid Claims---12/08/2018 through 01/11/2019 (Check Nos. 48063-48171 and ACH Checks) .......................................... $ 1,637,471.93 Total Accounts Payable ..... $ 1,637,471.93 Total Claims ..... $ 1,915,744.98 CITY OF ARDEN HILLS PAYROLL # 25 CHECKS DATED: 12/14/18 Biweekly: 11/24/18 - 12/07/18 EMPLOYEE DEDUCTIONS AMT.Payment Method FIT 6,263.29 EFT SIT 3,105.53 EFT FICA Oasdi 4,288.23 EFT FICA Medicare 1,002.91 EFT TOTAL TAXES 14,659.96 Health Premium 1,297.14 A/P Check* Dental Premium 238.95 A/P Check* FSA Health Care Reimb. 0.00 A/P Check* FSA Dependent Care Reimb. 0.00 A/P Check* TOTAL FLEXIBLE SPENDING 1,536.09 HSA Health Saving 250.00 Health Care Savings Plan-Retirement EFT Health Care Savings Plan-2% 426.43 EFT Health Care Savings Plan-4% 504.72 EFT TOTAL HEALTH SAVINGS 1,181.15 PERA 4,203.87 EFT ICMA 1,968.38 EFT Central Pension Fund-Union 537.60 A/P Check* MN State Retirement System 477.92 EFT TOTAL RETIREMENT 7,187.77 IUOE 49 Dues (Union) 122.50 A/P Check* LTD/STD Insurance 1,138.17 A/P Check* PERA Life Insurance 40.00 A/P Check* Life/Addl/Dep Life 55.40 A/P Check* UNUM 19.51 A/P Check* AFLAC 53.18 EFT TOTAL VOLUNTARY 1,428.76 Total Employee Deductions 25,993.73 Net Payroll 0.00 Direct Deposit 45,583.18 EFT Gross Payroll Tie-Out 71,576.91 STD/LTD Gross - Up Plus City Paid Benefit 31,228.95 ICMA Benefit Held 0.00 TOTAL PAYROLL COST 102,805.86 FICA TIE-OUT Gross Payroll 71,576.91 Less Total FSA 1,536.09 Plus Employer Match ICMA 0.00 Plus ICMA Benefit Held 0.00 Net P/R Subject to FICA 70,040.82 FICA Oasdi @ 6.20% 4,288.23 FICA Medicare @ 1.45% 1,002.91 Note: Federal and State Payroll Tax obligations are satisfied by means of utilizing the "Taxtel" Electronic Tax Deposit Service. Trans- fers are typically made two business days after the payroll date. * A/P Checks can be found on the ACCOUNTS PAYABLE Check Approval report. Checks may be paid this week or the following week. 88.80 5,209.07 88.80 358.44 17,970.55 634.39 18,604.94 2,035.00 2,035.00 4,850.63 5,291.14 CITY BENEFIT 4,288.23 1,002.91 CITY OF ARDEN HILLS PAYROLL # 26 CHECKS DATED: 12/28/18 Biweekly: 12/08/18 - 12/21/18 EMPLOYEE DEDUCTIONS AMT.Payment Method FIT 4,881.96 EFT SIT 2,464.69 EFT FICA Oasdi 3,590.53 EFT FICA Medicare 846.53 EFT TOTAL TAXES 11,783.71 Health Premium 1,545.14 A/P Check* Dental Premium 238.95 A/P Check* FSA Health Care Reimb. 0.00 A/P Check* FSA Dependent Care Reimb. 0.00 A/P Check* TOTAL FLEXIBLE SPENDING 1,784.09 HSA Health Saving 250.00 Health Care Savings Plan-Retirement EFT Health Care Savings Plan-2% 314.17 EFT Health Care Savings Plan-4% 420.58 EFT TOTAL HEALTH SAVINGS 984.75 PERA 3,542.57 EFT ICMA 1,907.49 EFT Central Pension Fund-Union 560.64 A/P Check* MN State Retirement System 477.92 EFT TOTAL RETIREMENT 6,488.62 IUOE 49 Dues (Union) 157.50 A/P Check* LTD/STD Insurance 0.00 A/P Check* PERA Life Insurance 40.00 A/P Check* Life/Addl/Dep Life 55.40 A/P Check* UNUM 19.51 A/P Check* AFLAC 53.18 EFT TOTAL VOLUNTARY 325.59 Total Employee Deductions 21,366.76 Net Payroll 0.00 Direct Deposit 39,479.61 EFT Gross Payroll Tie-Out 60,846.37 STD/LTD Gross - Up Plus City Paid Benefit 9,875.08 ICMA Benefit Held 0.00 TOTAL PAYROLL COST 70,721.45 FICA TIE-OUT Gross Payroll 60,846.37 Less Total FSA 1,784.09 Plus Employer Match ICMA 0.00 Plus ICMA Benefit Held 0.00 Net P/R Subject to FICA 59,062.28 FICA Oasdi @ 6.20% 3,590.53 FICA Medicare @ 1.45% 846.53 Note: Federal and State Payroll Tax obligations are satisfied by means of utilizing the "Taxtel" Electronic Tax Deposit Service. Trans- fers are typically made two business days after the payroll date. * A/P Checks can be found on the ACCOUNTS PAYABLE Check Approval report. Checks may be paid this week or the following week. 0.00 4,446.02 0.00 358.44 992.00 0.00 992.00 0.00 0.00 4,087.58 4,437.06 CITY BENEFIT 3,590.53 846.53 CITY OF ARDEN HILLS PAYROLL # 1 CHECKS DATED: 01/11/19 Biweekly: 12/22/18 - 01/04/19 EMPLOYEE DEDUCTIONS AMT.Payment Method FIT 6,424.90 EFT SIT 3,122.02 EFT FICA Oasdi 4,396.31 EFT FICA Medicare 1,028.18 EFT TOTAL TAXES 14,971.41 Health Premium 1,657.30 A/P Check* Dental Premium 244.26 A/P Check* FSA Health Care Reimb. 0.00 A/P Check* FSA Dependent Care Reimb. 208.33 A/P Check* TOTAL FLEXIBLE SPENDING 2,109.89 HSA Health Saving 258.33 Health Care Savings Plan-Retirement EFT Health Care Savings Plan-2% 412.30 EFT Health Care Savings Plan-4% 631.66 EFT TOTAL HEALTH SAVINGS 1,302.29 PERA 4,246.45 EFT ICMA 1,979.46 EFT Central Pension Fund-Union 614.40 A/P Check* MN State Retirement System 482.69 EFT TOTAL RETIREMENT 7,323.00 IUOE 49 Dues (Union) 140.00 A/P Check* LTD/STD Insurance 1,233.53 A/P Check* PERA Life Insurance 40.00 A/P Check* Life/Addl/Dep Life 81.75 A/P Check* UNUM 19.51 A/P Check* AFLAC 54.36 EFT TOTAL VOLUNTARY 1,569.15 Total Employee Deductions 27,275.74 Net Payroll 101.58 Direct Deposit 46,648.29 EFT Gross Payroll Tie-Out 74,025.61 STD/LTD Gross - Up Plus City Paid Benefit 30,821.71 ICMA Benefit Held 0.00 TOTAL PAYROLL COST 104,745.74 FICA TIE-OUT Gross Payroll 74,025.61 Less Total FSA 2,109.89 Plus Employer Match ICMA 0.00 Plus ICMA Benefit Held 0.00 Net P/R Subject to FICA 71,915.72 FICA Oasdi @ 6.20% 4,396.31 FICA Medicare @ 1.45% 1,028.18 Note: Federal and State Payroll Tax obligations are satisfied by means of utilizing the "Taxtel" Electronic Tax Deposit Service. Trans- fers are typically made two business days after the payroll date. * A/P Checks can be found on the ACCOUNTS PAYABLE Check Approval report. Checks may be paid this week or the following week. 107.50 5,261.77 107.50 362.02 17,706.28 618.54 18,324.82 1,703.13 1,703.13 4,899.75 5,424.49 CITY BENEFIT 4,396.31 1,028.18 Accounts Payable User: Printed: pang.silseth 1/10/2019 11:23 AM Checks by Date - Detail by Check Date Check No Check DateVendor NameVendor No Check Amount Invoice No ReferenceDescription 0189 Gopher State One-Call, Inc.12/14/2018ACH 8110173 November 18 Locates November 18 Locates 53.10 8110173 November 18 Locates November 18 Locates 53.10 8110173 November 18 Locates November 18 Locates 53.10 159.30Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0189: 0192 Grainger, Inc 12/14/2018ACH 9024861776 Garage Supplies Garage Supplies 131.94 131.94Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0192: 0210 Kath Fuel Oil Service 12/14/2018ACH 640339 Garage Supplies Garage Supplies 139.00 139.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0210: 0225 Lillie Suburban Newspapers 12/14/2018ACH 173.112618 JDA Volunteer Ad November Notices 234.40 173.112818 Del UB/Spec Assessment Hearing Notice Del UB/Spec Assessment Hearing Notice 20.13 254.53Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0225: 0243 Metropolitan Council-Waste Water 12/14/2018ACH 0001076776-2 Waste Water-Add'l for February 2018 Waste Water-Add'l for February 2018 4,000.00 4,000.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0243: 0285 Xcel Energy 12/14/2018ACH 616885994 10/14/18-11/12/18 10/14/18-11/12/18 1,097.14 616885994 10/14/18-11/12/18 10/14/18-11/12/18 1,432.60 616885994 10/14/18-11/12/18 10/14/18-11/12/18 1,567.81 616885994 10/14/18-11/12/18 10/14/18-11/12/18 823.77 616885994 10/14/18-11/12/18 10/14/18-11/12/18 173.75 5,095.07Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0285: 0319 City of Roseville 12/14/2018ACH 0225361 Adobe Subscription Adobe Subscription 1,245.00 1,245.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0319: 0320 Health Partners 12/14/2018ACH 85991715 Nov & Dec 18 Premiums 1,440.20 85991715 January 19 Premiums 1,107.00 85991715 Nov & Dec 18 Premiums 191.74 2,738.94Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0320: 0339 Ferguson Waterworks 2516 12/14/2018ACH 0313388 Sewer Supplies Sewer Supplies 596.24 Page 1AP Checks by Date - Detail by Check Date (1/10/2019 11:23 AM) Check No Check DateVendor NameVendor No Check Amount Invoice No ReferenceDescription 596.24Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0339: 0382 ICMA Retirement Trust - 106944 12/14/2018ACH PR Batch 00100.12.2018 ICMA Employee Percent 401PR Batch 00100.12.2018 ICMA Employee Percent 401 310.65 PR Batch 00100.12.2018 ICMA Employer Percent 401PR Batch 00100.12.2018 ICMA Employee Percent 401 358.44 669.09Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0382: 0387 ICMA Retirement Trust- #302482 12/14/2018ACH PR Batch 00100.12.2018 ICMA Employee PercentPR Batch 00100.12.2018 ICMA Employee Deduction 321.19 PR Batch 00100.12.2018 ICMA Employee DeductionPR Batch 00100.12.2018 ICMA Employee Deduction 1,336.54 1,657.73Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0387: 0453 Continental Research Corp.12/14/2018ACH 471871-CRC-1 Garage Supplies Garage Supplies 465.00 465.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0453: 0478 Truck Utilities Mfg. Company 12/14/2018ACH 0331452 Headlight Headlight 496.39 496.39Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0478: 0576 TimeSaver Off Site Secretarial 12/14/2018ACH M24284 Council Meetings CC Meetings 318.50 318.50Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0576: 0922 North Suburban Access Corporation 12/14/2018ACH 2018-0159 TCAAP 11-5-18 245.00 2018-156 November 2018 Contract 257.40 2018-157 State of the City 9-27-18 297.50 2018-158 JDA Meeting 9-4-18 175.00 2018-158 Audio Splitter 100.00 1,074.90Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0922: 10268 David Swearingen 12/14/2018ACH 12102018 Expense Reimbursement Expense Reimbursement 168.95 168.95Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 10268: 11107 Gayle Bauman 12/14/2018ACH 12052018GB Expense Reimbursement Expense Reimbursement 10.90 10.90Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 11107: 1252 Campbell Knutson - Attorneys at Law 12/14/2018ACH 3231G-1118 November Legal Services November Legal Services 1,105.14 3231G-1118 November Legal Services November Legal Services 232.50 3231G-1118 November Legal Services November Legal Services 2,659.90 3,997.54Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 1252: 1408 Supply Solutions 12/14/2018ACH 20922 CH Supplies CH Supplies 25.17 25.17Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 1408: 4889 Community Footworks 12/14/2018ACH 12052018 December Foot Clinic December Foot Clinic 364.00 Page 2AP Checks by Date - Detail by Check Date (1/10/2019 11:23 AM) Check No Check DateVendor NameVendor No Check Amount Invoice No ReferenceDescription 364.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 4889: 5180 The Tessman Company 12/14/2018ACH S284622-IN Ice Melt Ice Melt 71.40 71.40Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 5180: 5587 CES Imaging 12/14/2018ACH INV094064 November Rental November Rental 60.00 60.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 5587: 6060 Batteries Plus 12/14/2018ACH P8857696 Street Signs Street Signs 359.98 359.98Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 6060: 6239 Har Mar Lock & Service Center 12/14/2018ACH 2188964 Perry Park Warming House Lock Install Perry Park Warming House Lock Install 325.50 325.50Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 6239: 7025 On Site Companies -OSSTC 12/14/2018ACH 0000694905 Restrooms-December Restrooms-December 284.00 284.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 7025: 7501 Kelly & Lemmons, P.A.12/14/2018ACH 50188 November Prosecution November Prosecution 3,170.19 3,170.19Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 7501: 8870 Chet's Shoes 12/14/2018ACH 40027 Uniforms-Seasonal Uniforms-Seasonal 125.00 125.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 8870: FPTC Flexible Pipe Tool Company 12/14/2018ACH 23201 Sewer Supplies Sewer Supplies 205.00 205.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor FPTC: LACI Sports Unlimited 12/14/2018ACH 08022018 Football Camp Football Camp 292.00 292.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor LACI: TOII Tokle Inspections, Inc 12/14/2018ACH 12012018TOII Electrical Inspections-Nov18 Electrical Inspections-Nov18 1,472.80 1,472.80Total for this ACH Check for Vendor TOII: 0292 Oxygen Service Company, Inc.12/14/2018ACH 03422002 November Rental November Rental 22.80 22.80Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0292: 0319 City of Roseville 12/14/2018ACH 0225389 2018 Application Services 2018 Application Services 2,721.00 2,721.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0319: Page 3AP Checks by Date - Detail by Check Date (1/10/2019 11:23 AM) Check No Check DateVendor NameVendor No Check Amount Invoice No ReferenceDescription 3698 Shaila Cunningham 12/14/2018ACH 11292018 Adult Yoga Adult Yoga 867.20 867.20Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 3698: 8032 Pace Analytical Field Svc 12/14/2018ACH 1218-1264 November 18 Drinking Water November 18 Drinking Water 695.50 695.50Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 8032: 0131 Beisswenger's How-To Store 12/14/201848063 110254 Garage Supplies Garage Supplies 33.49 110341 Garage Supplies Garage Supplies 18.36 51.85Total for Check Number 48063: 10244 Comcast Business 12/14/201848065 73315213 December Service December Service 486.00 486.00Total for Check Number 48065: 1193 Further 12/14/201848067 1305541 December Participant Fees December Participant Fees 55.30 55.30Total for Check Number 48067: 10218 HR Green 12/14/201848069 122999 Engineering Services-November 2018 Engineering Services-November 2018 2,620.05 2,620.05Total for Check Number 48069: 0390 INT'L Union Operating Engineers-Union Dues12/14/201848070 12032018IUOE December Dues December Dues 245.00 245.00Total for Check Number 48070: 8170 Michels Pipe Services 12/14/201848073 200070 1445 Forest Lane 1445 Forest Lane 6,555.00 6,555.00Total for Check Number 48073: 10271 MN PEIP 12/14/201848074 783179 January 2019 Premiums January 2019 Premiums 9,698.88 9,698.88Total for Check Number 48074: 0811 Ramsey County 12/14/201848077 PRK-001482 Q3 2018 Inspections Q3 2018 Inspections 71.64 PRK-001482 Q3 2018 Inspections Q3 2018 Inspections 4,040.08 SHRF-001746 Sheriff Contract December 2018 Sheriff Contract December 2018 99,397.96 103,509.68Total for Check Number 48077: 10211 Sunram Construction 12/14/201848078 011454-000 P4 Johanna Marsh Park Improvements Payment #4 Johanna Marsh Park Improvements Payment #4 25,793.78 011454-000 P4 Johanna Marsh Park Improvements Payment #4 Johanna Marsh Park Improvements Payment #4 -1,289.69 03455-14 P7 Old Snelling Trail & Watermain Payment #7 Old Snelling Trail & Watermain Payment #7 -5,894.09 03455-14 P7 Old Snelling Trail & Watermain Payment #7 Old Snelling Trail & Watermain Payment #7 117,881.84 136,491.84Total for Check Number 48078: 0925 T-Mobile 12/14/201848079 841463567 November Service November Service 28.70 Page 4AP Checks by Date - Detail by Check Date (1/10/2019 11:23 AM) Check No Check DateVendor NameVendor No Check Amount Invoice No ReferenceDescription 28.70Total for Check Number 48079: 3099 Tri-State Bobcat, Inc.-Little Canada 12/14/201848080 A51293 Broom Broom 2,286.96 2,286.96Total for Check Number 48080: 9755 Verizon Networkfleet Inc 12/14/201848082 OSV000001623700 November Service November Service 322.15 322.15Total for Check Number 48082: 10272 C. S. McCrossan 12/14/201848084 2018-01130 Hydrant Deposit Refund Hydrant Deposit Refund 2,000.00 2,000.00Total for Check Number 48084: 0841 Ehlers & Associates, Inc.12/14/201848085 78803 Utility Rate Study Utility Rate Study 240.00 78804 TCAAP November 2018 TCAAP November 2018 5,040.00 5,280.00Total for Check Number 48085: 1450 League of MN Cities Inc. Trust (SP)12/14/201848086 2016-03REST Restitution March 2018 Restitution -0.94 2016-03REST Restitution March 2016 Restitution 1,036.82 1,035.88Total for Check Number 48086: 7067 Scott Neu 12/14/201848087 12132018 Breakfast with Santa Breakfast with Santa 140.00 140.00Total for Check Number 48087: 0811 Ramsey County 12/14/201848088 PRMG-004157 2nd Half 2018 PW Rental 2nd Half 2018 PW Rental 59,002.00 59,002.00Total for Check Number 48088: 364,089.85Total for 12/14/2018: 2171 Action Plastic Sales, Inc 12/19/201848089 205424 Water Supplies Water Supplies 137.08 137.08Total for Check Number 48089: 10270 Collins Electrical Construction Co 12/19/201848090 4882 Perry Hockey Rink Lights Perry Hockey Rink Lights 370.50 370.50Total for Check Number 48090: 0176 Frattallone's Hardware, Inc.12/19/201848091 081654/A Garage Supplies Garage Supplies 39.54 39.54Total for Check Number 48091: 0766 Greatland Corporation 12/19/201848092 6155076 RI 1099/W2 Forms 1099/W2 Forms 118.53 118.53Total for Check Number 48092: Page 5AP Checks by Date - Detail by Check Date (1/10/2019 11:23 AM) Check No Check DateVendor NameVendor No Check Amount Invoice No ReferenceDescription 1055 Kodiak Power Systems 12/19/201848093 KPS0295 Lift Station Generator Lift Station Generator 588.35 588.35Total for Check Number 48093: 5443 Metro Products, Inc.12/19/201848094 139629 Garage Supplies Garage Supplies 80.63 80.63Total for Check Number 48094: 10216 Northwest Asphalt, Inc 12/19/201848095 R-010111-000 P6 2018 PMP-Payment 6 2018 PMP-Payment 6 7,200.00 R-010111-000 P6 2018 PMP-Payment 6 2018 PMP-Payment 6 260.00 R-010111-000 P6 2018 PMP-Payment 6 2018 PMP-Payment 6 67,188.92 R-010111-000 P6 2018 PMP-Payment 6 2018 PMP-Payment 6 -5,145.00 R-010111-000 P6 2018 PMP-Payment 6 2018 PMP-Payment 6 28,251.00 97,754.92Total for Check Number 48095: 1208 Premium Waters, Inc 12/19/201848096 610207-11-18 November Water November Water 49.43 613317-11-18 November Water November Water 130.33 179.76Total for Check Number 48096: 6368 Veit & Company, Inc.12/19/201848097 PW 2018-0102 P1 Old Snelling Bridge Payment #1 Old Snelling Bridge Payment #1 -14,083.84 PW 2018-0102 P1 Old Snelling Bridge Payment #1 Old Snelling Bridge Payment #1 281,676.76 267,592.92Total for Check Number 48097: 366,862.23Total for 12/19/2018: 0008 Joseph Mooney 12/28/2018ACH 12262018 Expense Reimbursement Expense Reimbursement 130.39 130.39Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0008: 0192 Grainger, Inc 12/28/2018ACH 9029379022 Ear Plugs Ear Plugs 100.14 100.14Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0192: 0242 Met Council Environ. Service-SAC 12/28/2018ACH 12272018SAC November 2018 SAC November 2018 SAC 91,945.00 12272018SAC November 2018 SAC November 2018 SAC -919.45 91,025.55Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0242: 0285 Xcel Energy 12/28/2018ACH 619103051 City Hall 11/12-12/13 Utilities 2,057.83 619193863 Hwy 8 11/12-12/13 Utilities 103.19 619197382 Siren 11/12-12/13 Utilities 29.80 619215165 Siren 11/12-12/13 Utilities 26.35 2,217.17Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0285: 0319 City of Roseville 12/28/2018ACH 0225433 Cisco wireless access point IT 300.00 Page 6AP Checks by Date - Detail by Check Date (1/10/2019 11:23 AM) Check No Check DateVendor NameVendor No Check Amount Invoice No ReferenceDescription 300.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0319: 0382 ICMA Retirement Trust - 106944 12/28/2018ACH PR Batch 00200.12.2018 ICMA Employee Percent 401PR Batch 00200.12.2018 ICMA Employee Percent 401 310.65 PR Batch 00200.12.2018 ICMA Employer Percent 401PR Batch 00200.12.2018 ICMA Employee Percent 401 358.44 669.09Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0382: 0387 ICMA Retirement Trust- #302482 12/28/2018ACH PR Batch 00200.12.2018 ICMA Employee PercentPR Batch 00200.12.2018 ICMA Employee Deduction 260.30 PR Batch 00200.12.2018 ICMA Employee DeductionPR Batch 00200.12.2018 ICMA Employee Deduction 1,336.54 1,596.84Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0387: 0576 TimeSaver Off Site Secretarial 12/28/2018ACH M24321 CC mtgs 11/19 & 12/10 Meetings 491.63 491.63Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0576: 0750 Verizon Wireless 12/28/2018ACH 9819838863 PW hotspots 12/08-01/07 Cell service 105.03 9820076469 Cell Phones 12/11-1/10 1,053.58 1,158.61Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0750: 0922 North Suburban Access Corporation 12/28/2018ACH 2018-163 Sept press coverage CTV 59.34 59.34Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0922: 10268 David Swearingen 12/28/2018ACH 12212018 Expense Reimbursement Expense Reimbursement 136.25 136.25Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 10268: 1125 Bolton & Menk, Inc.12/28/2018ACH 0225574 Colleen Ave Drainage Impr 6,975.50 0226219 GE 2018-01149 Army Reserve Nov 2018 Engineering 382.50 0226219 Hazelnut Park Nov 2018 Engineering 1,058.50 8,416.50Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 1125: 1330 MN CLN SERVICES LLC 12/28/2018ACH 0119NN01 Janitorial Dec 2018 Janitorial 1,554.58 1,554.58Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 1330: 1889 David Perrault 12/28/2018ACH 12152018 Exp reimbursement Exp reimbursement 82.13 82.13Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 1889: 3270 Innovational Concepts, Inc.12/28/2018ACH 4079 Safety jackets Safety jackets 1,072.56 1,072.56Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 3270: 5493 Jolene Trauba 12/28/2018ACH 12212018 Expense Reimbursement Expense Reimbursement 43.06 43.06Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 5493: Page 7AP Checks by Date - Detail by Check Date (1/10/2019 11:23 AM) Check No Check DateVendor NameVendor No Check Amount Invoice No ReferenceDescription 5596 Jamar Company 12/28/2018ACH 524054 Marking sticks Marking Sticks 20.09 524054 Marking sticks Marking Sticks 20.09 524238 Marking Paint Marking Paint 40.94 524238 Marking Paint Marking Paint 40.94 122.06Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 5596: 7508 Med Compass 12/28/2018ACH 34478 Hearing tests/OSHA training Hearing tests/OSHA training 595.00 595.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 7508: ALPI Allegra Print & Imaging 12/28/2018ACH 155986 Business Cards Business Cards 129.13 129.13Total for this ACH Check for Vendor ALPI: CANON Canon Financial Services 12/28/2018ACH 19509140 Copier Jan 2019 Copier 1,215.08 19509140 Copier Jan 2019 Copier 214.42 1,429.50Total for this ACH Check for Vendor CANON: advs Advantage Signs & Graphics, Inc 12/28/201848098 36528 Street signs Street signs 151.20 151.20Total for Check Number 48098: UB*00291 Kimberly Anderson 12/28/201848099 Refund Check 201.45 201.45Total for Check Number 48099: ARNT Arnt Construction Company, Inc 12/28/201848100 30458 Water Main Break Water Main Break 2,788.80 2,788.80Total for Check Number 48100: 0131 Beisswenger's How-To Store 12/28/201848101 111539 Garage Supplies 12.99 111656 Garage Supplies Garage Supplies 18.98 31.97Total for Check Number 48101: CPF1 Central Pension Fund 12/28/201848102 184503.1218 December Pension December Pension 1,098.24 1,098.24Total for Check Number 48102: 10276 City of Coon Rapids 12/28/201848103 12472 2018 Sealcoating 2018 Sealcoating 1,163.75 1,163.75Total for Check Number 48103: 0342 City of Shoreview 12/28/201848104 0238 Intersection Control Intersection Control 259.38 259.38Total for Check Number 48104: 1033 Comcast 12/28/201848106 44271.1218 Cable 12/21-1/20 Cable 6.29 Page 8AP Checks by Date - Detail by Check Date (1/10/2019 11:23 AM) Check No Check DateVendor NameVendor No Check Amount Invoice No ReferenceDescription 6.29Total for Check Number 48106: 10218 HR Green 12/28/201848107 123000 Utility Monitoring Nov 18 Engineering 1,241.00 123000 Utility Monitoring Nov 18 Engineering 1,241.00 2,482.00Total for Check Number 48107: 0447 I.U.O.E Local 49 Benefit Fund-Insurance 12/28/201848108 12-2018I.U.O.E January 2019 Insurance 1,240.00 12-2018IUOE December 2018 Insurance 1,240.00 2,480.00Total for Check Number 48108: 8081 Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc 12/28/201848109 12473120 TCAAP thru Oct 18 2,490.99 12532476 Old Snelling Bridge thru Oct 18 Engineering 20,747.41 23,238.40Total for Check Number 48109: 1055 Kodiak Power Systems 12/28/201848110 KPS0297 Lift 11 Emerg Generator Lift 11 Emerg Generator 296.39 296.39Total for Check Number 48110: 10277 Modular Space Corporation 12/28/201848111 502636771 Rental: Building/Chair Rental: Building/Chair 887.00 887.00Total for Check Number 48111: 0155 Office of MN IT Services 12/28/201848112 W18110588 November Phone Services November Phone Services 777.27 777.27Total for Check Number 48112: 0811 Ramsey County 12/28/201848113 FLEET-000442 Fuel November Contracts 2,286.86 FLEET-000443 Equipment Services & Parts November 4,845.00 FLEET-000443 Equipment Services & Parts November 1,653.17 PRRRV-001004 Q4 Elections Contracts 4,682.00 13,467.03Total for Check Number 48113: 10273 Regency Homes 12/28/201848114 2017-00072 Escrow Refund 2017-00072; 3517 Siems Court Escrow Refund 2017-00072; 3517 Siems Court 10,000.00 10,000.00Total for Check Number 48114: 0335 Scherer Bros. Lumber Co.12/28/201848115 126883 Garage supplies Garage supplies 258.13 258.13Total for Check Number 48115: 7243 Southview Design 12/28/201848116 GE2017-01050 Escrow Refund GE 2017-01050; 1294 Ingerson RdEscrow Refund GE 2017-01050; 1294 Ingerson Rd 3,533.36 3,533.36Total for Check Number 48116: 0327 Staples Business Advantage 12/28/201848117 3397448973 Supplies Supplies 244.95 3397448973 Supplies Supplies 43.97 3397448974 Supplies Supplies 29.99 Page 9AP Checks by Date - Detail by Check Date (1/10/2019 11:23 AM) Check No Check DateVendor NameVendor No Check Amount Invoice No ReferenceDescription 3397655366 Supplies Supplies 184.21 3397655369 Supplies Supplies 19.99 3398514611 Supplies Supplies 14.78 3398514611 Supplies Supplies 57.77 3399079181 Office Supplies Office Supplies 36.59 3399079181 Office Supplies Office Supplies 308.81 941.06Total for Check Number 48117: 6555 TKDA 12/28/201848118 2018004909 Hwy 10 watermain thru 11/24 Engineering 176.85 176.85Total for Check Number 48118: 1300 UniFirst Corporation 12/28/201848119 0900455406 Mats Dec 18 Mat service 126.53 126.53Total for Check Number 48119: 10274 Whittaker Construction 12/28/201848120 2015-00180 Escrow Refund 2015-00180, 3581 Ridgewood RoadEscrow Refund 2015-00180, 3581 Ridgewood Road 2,030.07 2,030.07Total for Check Number 48120: 10231 Wonderful Home Builders LLC 12/28/201848121 2017-01179 Escrow Refund 2017-01179; 1248 Amble Rd Escrow Refund 2017-01179; 1248 Amble Rd 10,000.00 10,000.00Total for Check Number 48121: 10278 Steven Olson 12/28/201848122 2017-00368 Escrow Refund FE2017-00368, 1220 Ingerson CourtEscrow Refund FE2017-00368, 1220 Ingerson Court 2,751.42 2,751.42Total for Check Number 48122: 190,476.12Total for 12/28/2018: 0189 Gopher State One-Call, Inc.01/11/2019ACH 8120173 December 18 Locates December 18 Locates 21.60 8120173 December 18 Locates December 18 Locates 21.60 8120173 December 18 Locates December 18 Locates 21.60 64.80Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0189: 0192 Grainger, Inc 01/11/2019ACH 9028207802 Garage Supplies Garage Supplies 164.90 164.90Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0192: 0242 Met Council Environ. Service-SAC 01/11/2019ACH 01082019SAC December 2018 SAC December 2018 SAC -24.85 01082019SAC December 2018 SAC December 2018 SAC 2,485.00 2,460.15Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0242: 0285 Xcel Energy 01/11/2019ACH 620575156 Service 11/12/18-12/13/18 Service 11/12/18-12/13/18 1,712.01 620575156 Service 11/12/18-12/13/18 Service 11/12/18-12/13/18 185.89 620575156 Service 11/12/18-12/13/18 Service 11/12/18-12/13/18 968.81 620575156 Service 11/12/18-12/13/18 Service 11/12/18-12/13/18 2,174.91 620575156 Service 11/12/18-12/13/18 Service 11/12/18-12/13/18 1,468.35 Page 10AP Checks by Date - Detail by Check Date (1/10/2019 11:23 AM) Check No Check DateVendor NameVendor No Check Amount Invoice No ReferenceDescription 6,509.97Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0285: 0319 City of Roseville 01/11/2019ACH 0225447 IT Support-December 2018 IT Support-December 2018 4,120.00 0225481 Phone Services-December 2018 IT Support-December 2018 392.57 4,512.57Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0319: 0731 MIDWAY FORD 01/11/2019ACH 120248 2019 Ford F350 2019 Ford F350 38,362.91 38,362.91Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0731: 1115 WSB & Associates, Inc.01/11/2019ACH 0-003450-000-15 TCAAP-November 18 TCAAP-November 18 692.00 0-003455-000-24 Acting DPW/CE-November 18 2018 GIS Services-November 18 1,107.00 0-003455-000-24 Acting DPW/CE-November 18 2018 GIS Services-November 18 554.00 0-003455-000-24 Acting DPW/CE-November 18 2018 GIS Services-November 18 664.00 0-003455-000-24 Acting DPW/CE-November 18 2018 GIS Services-November 18 166.00 0-003455-000-24 Acting DPW/CE-November 18 2018 GIS Services-November 18 1,107.00 0-003455-000-24 Acting DPW/CE-November 18 2018 GIS Services-November 18 277.00 0-003455-000-24 Acting DPW/CE-November 18 2018 GIS Services-November 18 1,107.00 0-003455-000-24 Acting DPW/CE-November 18 2018 GIS Services-November 18 277.00 0-003455-000-24 Acting DPW/CE-November 18 2018 GIS Services-November 18 277.00 0-003455-000-24 General Engineering-November 18 2018 GIS Services-November 18 294.00 0-003455-200-21 2040 Comp Plan-November 18 2040 Comp Plan-November 18 1,545.50 R-011126-000-1 Planning Services-November 18 Planning Services-November 18 154.00 R-011443-000-11 Graduate Engineer Services-November 18 Graduate Engineer Services-November 18 617.50 R-011454-000-11 Johanna Marsh Park-November 18 Johanna Marsh Park-November 18 81.50 R-011975-000-7 2018 GIS Services-November 18 2018 GIS Services-November 18 654.50 R-012452-000-4 Cummings Park Playground-November 18 TCAAP-November 18 1,093.75 10,668.75Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 1115: 1125 Bolton & Menk, Inc.01/11/2019ACH 0227139 Colleen Ave Drainage Imp Colleen Ave Drainage Imp 6,436.00 6,436.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 1125: 1223 Adam's Pest Control, Inc.01/11/2019ACH 2734593 December 18 Pest Control December 18 Pest Control 66.29 66.29Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 1223: 5587 CES Imaging 01/11/2019ACH INV095139 December Rental December Rental 60.00 60.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 5587: 6060 Batteries Plus 01/11/2019ACH P9329281 Sewer Supplies Sewer Supplies 23.95 P9517726 Sewer Supplies Sewer Supplies 55.80 P9787489 Garage Supplies Sewer Supplies 187.90 267.65Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 6060: 7501 Kelly & Lemmons, P.A.01/11/2019ACH 50342 December Prosecution December Prosecution 3,034.81 3,034.81Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 7501: Page 11AP Checks by Date - Detail by Check Date (1/10/2019 11:23 AM) Check No Check DateVendor NameVendor No Check Amount Invoice No ReferenceDescription 8032 Pace Analytical Field Svc 01/11/2019ACH 1218-1387 December 18 Water Survey December 18 Water Survey 590.50 590.50Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 8032: 8614 Minneapolis Saw Company 01/11/2019ACH 76247 Pro Mark Ratchet 2019 Ford F350 315.80 315.80Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 8614: 8870 Chet's Shoes 01/11/2019ACH 40259 PW Boots-MG PW Boots-MG 175.00 175.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 8870: ALPI Allegra Print & Imaging 01/11/2019ACH 156052 December 18 Newsletter December 18 Newsletter 1,089.45 1,089.45Total for this ACH Check for Vendor ALPI: JOHC Johnson Controls 01/11/2019ACH 1-83616771946 Booster Station Furnace Booster Station Furnace 2,217.21 2,217.21Total for this ACH Check for Vendor JOHC: TOII Tokle Inspections, Inc 01/11/2019ACH 010319TOII December 18 Electrical Inspections December 18 Electrical Inspections 4,399.20 4,399.20Total for this ACH Check for Vendor TOII: 0478 Truck Utilities Mfg. Company 01/11/2019ACH 0331997 Truck Plow Truck Plow 8,400.00 0332221 Truck Rental-Unit# 3241 Truck Rental-Unit# 3241 2,421.00 10,821.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0478: 1115 WSB & Associates, Inc.01/11/2019ACH R-010111-000-18 2018 Street & Utility-November 18 2018 Street & Utility-November 18 9,063.00 9,063.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 1115: 1125 Bolton & Menk, Inc.01/11/2019ACH 226551 8/25 - 11/2 Planning Services 1,673.23 226551 3246 New Brighton PC 18-001 145.00 226551 3385 Snelling PC 18-020 370.50 226551 8/25 - 11/2 Planning Services 362.50 226551 8/25 - 11/2 Planning Services 26,771.60 226551 8/25 - 11/2 Planning Services 3,346.45 226551 Parkshore PC 18-024 1,432.50 226551 1377 Arden Oaks PC 18-011 72.50 226551 8/25 - 11/2 Planning Services 145.00 226551 8/25 - 11/2 Planning Services 1,673.22 226551 Bethel PC 18-003 255.00 226551 Horita Acres GE 18-00424 2,124.50 226551 MV School PC 18-014 1,767.00 226551 Northwestern PC 18-016 1,076.00 226551 Lex Station PC 17-008 357.00 226551 1248 Amble Rd GE 17-01201 472.50 42,044.50Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 1125: 0382 ICMA Retirement Trust - 106944 01/11/2019ACH Page 12AP Checks by Date - Detail by Check Date (1/10/2019 11:23 AM) Check No Check DateVendor NameVendor No Check Amount Invoice No ReferenceDescription PR Batch 00100.01.2019 ICMA Employee Percent 401PR Batch 00100.01.2019 ICMA Employee Percent 401 313.75 PR Batch 00100.01.2019 ICMA Employer Percent 401PR Batch 00100.01.2019 ICMA Employee Percent 401 362.02 675.77Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0382: 0387 ICMA Retirement Trust- #302482 01/11/2019ACH PR Batch 00100.01.2019 ICMA Employee PercentPR Batch 00100.01.2019 ICMA Employee Deduction 329.17 PR Batch 00100.01.2019 ICMA Employee DeductionPR Batch 00100.01.2019 ICMA Employee Deduction 1,336.54 1,665.71Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0387: 0823 David Scherbel 01/11/2019ACH 01092019 Expense Reimbursement Expense Reimbursement 9.00 9.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0823: 1785 EcoEnvelopes 01/11/2019ACH 01012019 Postage-January 2019 UB Billing Postage-January 2019 UB Billing 314.00 01012019 Postage-January 2019 UB Billing Postage-January 2019 UB Billing 314.00 01012019 Postage-January 2019 UB Billing Postage-January 2019 UB Billing 314.00 942.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 1785: 2654 GoodPointe Technology 01/11/2019ACH 3855 2019 Support Agreement 2019 Support Agreement 3,490.00 3,490.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 2654: 4445 Pioneer Rim and Wheel Co.01/11/2019ACH 01BH2996 Pintle Mount/Trailer Hitch Pintle Mount/Trailer Hitch 394.19 394.19Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 4445: 4949 GIS Workshop 01/11/2019ACH 12675 2019 Support & Maintenance 2019 Support & Maintenance 420.00 420.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 4949: 5173 Badger Meter, Inc.01/11/2019ACH 80028382 Q1 2019 Gateway Communication Fee Q1 2019 Gateway Communication Fee 216.00 216.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 5173: 7025 On Site Companies -OSSTC 01/11/2019ACH 0000703754 Restroom January 19 Restroom January 19 285.00 285.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 7025: 7084 OmniSite 01/11/2019ACH 62878 2019 Monitoring Fee 2019 Monitoring Fee 4,140.00 4,140.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 7084: 9841 Tracker Software Corporation 01/11/2019ACH 310-003 2019 Software Subscription 2019 Software Subscription 4,800.00 4,800.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 9841: ESRI ESRI 01/11/2019ACH 25881873 2019 ArcGIS License and Maintenance 2019 ArcGIS License and Maintenance 5,656.00 5,656.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor ESRI: Page 13AP Checks by Date - Detail by Check Date (1/10/2019 11:23 AM) Check No Check DateVendor NameVendor No Check Amount Invoice No ReferenceDescription TCCC Twin Cities North Chamber of Commerce 01/11/2019ACH 2018311 2019 Membership Dues 2019 Membership Dues 415.00 415.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor TCCC: 0243 Metropolitan Council-Waste Water 01/11/2019ACH 0001089807 January 19 Wastewater January 19 Wastewater 63,477.00 63,477.00Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 0243: 4375 Accela 01/11/2019ACH INV-ACC43166 2019 Maintenance Agreement 2019 Maintenance Agreement 24,708.93 24,708.93Total for this ACH Check for Vendor 4375: BOND Bond Trust Services Corp 01/11/2019ACH 45071 Utility Revenue Bonds 2018A Ref: 331734 Utility Revenue Bonds 2018A 42,218.75 45071 Utility Revenue Bonds 2018A Ref: 331734 Utility Revenue Bonds 2018A 6,567.36 47137 Utility Revenue Bonds 2018A Agent Fee Ref: 47137-PAUtility Revenue Bonds 2018A 64.00 47137 Utility Revenue Bonds 2018A Agent Fee Ref: 47137-PAUtility Revenue Bonds 2018A 411.00 49,261.11Total for this ACH Check for Vendor BOND: UB*00316 Alexander & Alissa Abraham 01/11/201948123 Refund Check 6.88 6.88Total for Check Number 48123: 10280 Advanced Graphix Inc 01/11/201948124 200918 Neighborhood Signs Neighborhood Signs 397.50 397.50Total for Check Number 48124: UB*00310 Karl Anderson 01/11/201948125 Refund Check 208.30 208.30Total for Check Number 48125: 0131 Beisswenger's How-To Store 01/11/201948126 112017 Garage Supplies Garage Supplies 24.98 114312 Garage Supplies Garage Supplies 123.20 114688 Garage Supplies Garage Supplies 47.97 196.15Total for Check Number 48126: UB*00307 Glen Dawson 01/11/201948127 Refund Check 101.27 101.27Total for Check Number 48127: UB*00306 Rebecca Engelby 01/11/201948128 Refund Check 7.15 7.15Total for Check Number 48128: UB*00312 Christopher Favo 01/11/201948129 Refund Check 24.83 24.83Total for Check Number 48129: UB*00303 Joan Fehlen 01/11/201948130 Refund Check 1.30 Page 14AP Checks by Date - Detail by Check Date (1/10/2019 11:23 AM) Check No Check DateVendor NameVendor No Check Amount Invoice No ReferenceDescription 1.30Total for Check Number 48130: 0176 Frattallone's Hardware, Inc.01/11/201948131 081843/A Garage Supplies Garage Supplies 77.96 77.96Total for Check Number 48131: UB*00301 Henry Hanson 01/11/201948132 Refund Check 5.36 5.36Total for Check Number 48132: 3063 Stephanie Harms 01/11/201948133 12312018 Mailbox Repair Mailbox Repair 80.00 80.00Total for Check Number 48133: 10281 Keller Electric 01/11/201948134 01082019 Refund Electrical Permit Overpayment Refund Electrical Permit Overpayment 14.00 14.00Total for Check Number 48134: 8081 Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc 01/11/201948135 12676870 TCAAP-November 18 TCAAP-November 18 2,178.30 2,178.30Total for Check Number 48135: UB*00313 Cory Krizak 01/11/201948136 Refund Check 32.04 32.04Total for Check Number 48136: 0495 Lake Johanna Fire Department Inc.01/11/201948137 677 2018 Capital Equip: AED's 2018 Capital Equip: Charcoal Fire Hoods 864.83 680 2018 Capital Equip: IP Phones 2018 Capital Equip: IP Phones 3,782.00 683 2018 Capital Equip: Charcoal Fire Hoods Charcoal Fire Hoods 1,887.34 6,534.17Total for Check Number 48137: UB*00300 Steve Lange 01/11/201948138 Refund Check 9.36 9.36Total for Check Number 48138: UB*00314 Jay Lou 01/11/201948139 Refund Check 27.28 27.28Total for Check Number 48139: 5443 Metro Products, Inc.01/11/201948140 139986 Garage Supplies Garage Supplies 48.72 48.72Total for Check Number 48140: UB*00311 Bryan Mills 01/11/201948141 Refund Check 203.00 203.00Total for Check Number 48141: comt MN Department of Transportation 01/11/201948142 P00009826 Plant Inspections Plant Inspections 349.09 Page 15AP Checks by Date - Detail by Check Date (1/10/2019 11:23 AM) Check No Check DateVendor NameVendor No Check Amount Invoice No ReferenceDescription 349.09Total for Check Number 48142: UB*00309 Amanda Oanh My Nguyen 01/11/201948143 Refund Check 8.03 8.03Total for Check Number 48143: UB*00315 Emily Ockwig 01/11/201948144 Refund Check 11.72 11.72Total for Check Number 48144: UB*00302 Michele Owen 01/11/201948145 Refund Check 30.14 30.14Total for Check Number 48145: 3100 Provident Life and Accident Ins Co 01/11/201948146 E0471136.1218 December 18 Premiums December 18 Premiums 39.02 39.02Total for Check Number 48146: 0811 Ramsey County 01/11/201948147 EMCOM-007377 Fleet Support-December 18 Fleet Support-December 18 24.96 EMCOM-007413 911 Dispatch-December 18 911 Dispatch-December 18 4,573.62 EMCOM-007430 CAD Services-December 18 CAD Services-December 18 857.66 5,456.24Total for Check Number 48147: 10282 Safe Step LLC 01/11/201948148 3177 Sidewalk Repair Sidewalk Repair 1,179.00 1,179.00Total for Check Number 48148: UB*00308 Bill Schultz 01/11/201948149 Refund Check 155.00 155.00Total for Check Number 48149: 10283 Rich Shepley 01/11/201948150 12312018 Mailbox Repair Mailbox Repair 80.00 80.00Total for Check Number 48150: UB*00304 Paul & Catherine Spencer 01/11/201948151 Refund Check 25.90 25.90Total for Check Number 48151: 3099 Tri-State Bobcat, Inc.-Little Canada 01/11/201948152 A51585 Garage Supplies Garage Supplies 173.40 A51586 Garage Supplies Garage Supplies 19.81 193.21Total for Check Number 48152: 1161 Valley-Rich Co., Inc.01/11/201948153 113018.1 Water Main Repair Water Main Repair 3,969.50 1242018.1 Sanitary Sewer Repair Sewer Repair 6,258.70 10,228.20Total for Check Number 48153: UB*00317 Nicholas Watson 01/11/201948154 Page 16AP Checks by Date - Detail by Check Date (1/10/2019 11:23 AM) Check No Check DateVendor NameVendor No Check Amount Invoice No ReferenceDescription Refund Check 211.38 211.38Total for Check Number 48154: UB*00305 Thomas & Mary Weiske 01/11/201948155 Refund Check 128.32 128.32Total for Check Number 48155: 8081 Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc 01/11/201948156 12734962 Old Snelling Bridge-November 18 Old Snelling Bridge-November 18 19,242.30 19,242.30Total for Check Number 48156: 0282 Republic Services #899 01/11/201948157 0899-003317283 Recycling-December 18 Recycling-December 18 8,062.08 8,062.08Total for Check Number 48157: 1161 Valley-Rich Co., Inc.01/11/201948158 112618-1 Watermain Break Repair Watermain Break Repair 15,001.19 15,001.19Total for Check Number 48158: AMFI American Fire & Safety 01/11/201948159 20733 Annual Fire Extinguisher Maintenance Annual Fire Extinguisher Maintenance 67.78 20734 Annual Fire Extinguisher Maintenance Annual Fire Extinguisher Maintenance 263.48 331.26Total for Check Number 48159: 0131 Beisswenger's How-To Store 01/11/201948160 118220 Park Supplies Parks Supplies 15.23 15.23Total for Check Number 48160: GFOA Government Finance Officers Association 01/11/201948161 0154001 2019 Annual Membership 2019 Annual Membership 170.00 170.00Total for Check Number 48161: 0447 I.U.O.E Local 49 Benefit Fund-Insurance 01/11/201948162 01092019 IUOE February 19 Insurance February 19 Insurance 9,920.00 01092019IUOE February 19 Insurance February 19 Insurance 1,402.00 11,322.00Total for Check Number 48162: 0240 Metropolitan Area Mgmt. Assn.01/11/201948163 2019MAMADues 2019 Membership Dues 2019 Membership Dues 45.00 45.00Total for Check Number 48163: 0556 Minnesota City/County Mgmt. Assoc.01/11/201948164 01092019 MCMA 2019 Winter Workshop-Perrault MCMA 2019 Winter Workshop-Perrault 100.00 100.00Total for Check Number 48164: 10277 Modular Space Corporation 01/11/201948165 502694949 Hazelnut Park Rental Hazelnut Park Rental 375.00 375.00Total for Check Number 48165: 0600 NCPERS Group Life Ins 01/11/201948166 315800-0119 January 19 Premiums January 19 Premiums 80.00 Page 17AP Checks by Date - Detail by Check Date (1/10/2019 11:23 AM) Check No Check DateVendor NameVendor No Check Amount Invoice No ReferenceDescription 80.00Total for Check Number 48166: 6748 Reliance Standard 01/11/201948167 GL154938-0119 January 19 Premiums January 19 Premiums 3.30 GL154938-0119 January 19 Premiums January 19 Premiums 1,566.95 1,570.25Total for Check Number 48167: STII Strategic Insights, Inc 01/11/201948168 282 2019 Plan-It License Renewal 2019 Plan-It License Renewal 725.00 725.00Total for Check Number 48168: 0495 Lake Johanna Fire Department Inc.01/11/201948169 673 2019 Fire Contract - first half payment 2019 Fire Contract - first half payment 286,839.82 286,839.82Total for Check Number 48169: 5138 League of MN Cities Ins. Trust 01/11/201948170 40002626-0119 2019 Worker's Comp 2019 Worker's Comp 39,694.00 39,694.00Total for Check Number 48170: 10284 Old Southern BBQ 01/11/201948171 01102019 Annual Employee Training Annual Employee Training 341.61 341.61Total for Check Number 48171: 716,043.73Total for 1/11/2019: Report Total (190 checks): 1,637,471.93 Page 18AP Checks by Date - Detail by Check Date (1/10/2019 11:23 AM) Page 1 of 1 CONSENT ITEM – 7B MEMORANDUM DATE: January 14, 2019 TO: Honorable Mayor and City Councilmembers Dave Perrault, City Administrator FROM: Julie Hanson, City Clerk SUBJECT: Resolution 2019-001 Relating to the Organization of the City of Arden Hills Budgeted Amount: Actual Amount: Funding Source: $ $ $ Council Should Consider Approving Resolution 2019-001 Relating to the Organization of the City of Arden Hills. Background Per State law, the organization of the City of Arden Hills is re-established yearly. The City is required to designate official depositories, the official newspaper, statutory authority, and appointments. Discussion At its meeting on December 10, 2018, the City Council approved Resolution 2018-070 appointing City Council liaisons for commissions and committees as well as Mayor Pro Tem for 2019. Resolution 2019-001 requests the appointment of all other required designations relating to Arden Hills’ organization as required by law. Attachments Attachment A: Resolution 2019-001 CITY OF ARDEN HILLS COUNTY OF RAMSEY STATE OF MINNESOTA RESOLUTION NO. 2019-001 Resolution Relating to the Organization of the City of Arden Hills BE IT RESOLVED by the City of Arden Hills, Ramsey County, Minnesota (City) as follows: Section 1. Official Depository. Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 118A.02, Subdivision 1, the City Council designates the following financial institutions as official depositories for municipal funds: a) US Bank b) Affinity Plus Federal Credit Union c) Wells Fargo Bank d) RBC Wealth Management e) 4M Fund (PMA Financial Network, Inc.) Section 2. Official Newspaper. Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, Section 412.831, the City Council designates the following newspaper as official newspaper of the City: a) Shoreview-Arden Hills Bulletin The Mayor and Clerk are authorized and directed to enter into agreements with the official newspapers for the publication of items required by law to be published. Section 3. Mayor Pro-Tem. Approved by Resolution 2018-070 on December 10, 2018. Section 4. Officers: Employees: Appointment. The following persons are appointed to the offices indicated. City Administrator Dave Perrault City Clerk Julie Hanson Finance Director/Treasurer Gayle Bauman Section 5. Acting Officers; Deputies. The following are appointed to the office indicated. Acting Administrator: Sue Polka Deputy Clerk Jolene Trauba Deputy Treasurer: Dave Perrault Section 6. Liaisons. Approved by Resolution 2018-070 on December 10, 2018. The following are additional liaison designations: Karth Lake Improvement District Staff: Sue Polka, Public Works Director Northeast Youth and Family Services Representative: Miriam Ward Staff: Dave Perrault, City Administrator Cable Commission Representative: Craig Wilson Alternate: Dave Perrault, City Administrator Section 7. Regular Council Meetings. The regular meeting of the City Council of Arden Hills is to be held on the second and fourth Monday of each month at 7:00 p.m. in the City Hall. Section 8. City Attorney. The firm of Campbell Knutson, P.A. is appointed City Attorney with Joel Jamnik as primary City Attorney. Section 9. Financial Consultant. The firm Ehlers & Associates, Inc. is appointed financial consultant. Section 10. Engineer. Sue Polka is appointed as the City Engineer. Section 11. Auditor. The firm Malloy, Montague, Karnowski, Radosevich and Company (MMKR) is appointed City Auditor. Section 12. Insurance Consultant. Bearance Management is appointed insurance consultant with Mark Lenz as principal consultant. Section 13. Emergency Management Director. Lake Johanna Fire Department is appointed Emergency Management Director. Section 14. Police. Ramsey County is appointed as the City police and law enforcement agency. Section 15. Fire. Lake Johanna Fire Department is appointed as the City Fire Safety Officer. Section 16. Fee Schedule. The fee schedule for the year 2019 was adopted as Ordinance number 2018-004. Section 17. Animal Control. Ramsey County is appointed as the City animal control officer. Section 18. Elections. Ramsey County is appointed to administer Elections. Adopted this 14th day of January, 2019. ____________________________________ David Grant, Mayor ATTEST: ______________________________________ Julie Hanson, City Clerk Page 1 of 1 CONSENT ITEM – 7C MEMORANDUM DATE: January 14, 2019 TO: Honorable Mayor and City Councilmembers Dave Perrault., City Administrator FROM: Julie Hanson, City Clerk SUBJECT: 2019 City Commissions and Committees Appointments Budgeted Amount: Actual Amount: Funding Source: N/A N/A N/A Council Should Consider Approving Resolution 2019-002 Relating to the Appointments to the Commissions and Committees of the City. Background The following sets forth the Commissioners and Committee members whose terms expired December 31, 2018, and whether or not they are seeking reappointment for an additional three-year term: Planning Commission Nick Gehrig is seeking reappointment and wishes to continue in his role as Planning Commission Chair. James Lambeth and Clayton Zimmerman are also seeking reappointment. There is a vacant seat on the Planning Commission at this time. Staff anticipates that interviews for the vacant seat will occur on January 28th prior to the regular City Council meeting. Staff will bring forward a resolution for formal reappointments and any new appointment to the Planning Commission in February. Economic Development Commission Liz Johnson and Evan Cordes are not seeking reappointment. Financial Planning and Analysis Committee Katharine Peters is not seeking reappointment. Parks, Trails and Recreation Committee John Van Valkenburg and Terry Finlay are seeking reappointment. Josh Bloyer and Keri Bloyer are not seeking reappointment. For those seeking reappointment, their term will expire December 31, 2021. Attachments Attachment A: Resolution 2019-002 CITY OF ARDEN HILLS COUNTY OF RAMSEY STATE OF MINNESOTA RESOLUTION NO. 2019-002 RESOLUTION RELATING TO THE APPOINTMENTS TO THE COMMISSIONS AND COMMITTEES OF THE CITY WHEREAS, the City Council annually appoints residents to serve in an advisory capacity to the City Council for planning and zoning issues on the Planning Commission, for the development and redevelopment in the City of Arden Hills on the Economic Development Commission; for financial planning on the Financial Planning and Analysis Committee; and for the parks, trails and recreation issues on the Parks, Trails, and Recreation Committee; THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED The Arden Hills City Council appoints or reappoints the following people to serve on the following Commission and Committee with three-year terms ending as noted at this time: Parks, Trails, and Recreation Committee: John Van Valkenburg – December 31, 2021 Terry Finlay – December 31, 2021 Adopted this 14th day of January 2019. ____________________________________ David Grant, Mayor ATTEST: ______________________________________ Julie Hanson, City Clerk DATE: January 14, 2019 TO: Honorable Mayor and City Councilmembers FROM: Dave Perrault, City Administrator SUBJECT: Northeast Youth and Family Services 2019 Contract Budgeted Amount: Actual Amount: Funding Source: N/A N/A N/A Council Should Consider The Council should consider approving the Shared Service Agreement with Northeast Youth and Family Services for 2019 and authorize the Mayor to execute it. Background NYFS is a non-profit social service agency whose mission is to meet the unmet developmental needs of at-risk youth and families within their community environment with emphasis on providing services through collaboration and coordination with existing community resources. These services are available to youth and families residing in the northern suburbs of Ramsey County, including, but not limited to, the municipalities which are signatory to agreements which are identical to this Agreement (attached) and students and families from Independent School Districts 621, 622, 623, 624, 282 and 832. The City has traditionally supported this organization. Attachment Attachment A: NYFS 2019 Contract CONSENT ITEM –7D MEMORANDUM t!. AGREEMENT PARTIES This agreement is made and entered into by and between the City of Arden Hills Minnesota ("City") and Northeast Youth and Family Services ("NYFS"). RECITALS A. NYFS is a non-profit social service agency whose mission is to meet the unmet developmental needs of at-risk youth and families within their community environment with emphasis on providing services through collaboration and coordination with existing community resources. These services are available to youth and families residing in the northern suburbs of Ramsey County, including, but not limited to, the municipalities which are signatory to agreements which are identical to this Agreement ("participating municipalities") and students and families from lndependent School Districts 621, 622, 623, 624, 282 and 832. B. Through this Agreement the City intends to contract with NYFS to provide such services to its residents and to act as a sponsor of NYFS by providing financial support, a method to establish appropriate services to be provided and policy guidance for its activities. C. This Agreement shall be used as the formal agreement between NYFS and each of the participating municipalies. This Agreement is intended to continue the spirit of cooperation and collaboration in the provision of social services between the City and NYFS. TERMS AND CONDITIONS ln consideration of the mutual understandings of this Agreement, the parties hereby agree as follows: A. Prior Agreements Cancelled. By execution of this Agreement any prior agreements and amendments thereto between the parties are hereby cancelled. B. Services Provided. NYFS shall provide the City and its residents with youth and family programs set forth in the Addendum attached hereto. C. Principles of Service and Program Establishment and Operations. On a yearly basis and prior to submission of its annual budget, as provided for hereafter, NYFS shall: 1. Report regarding proposed changes in services and programs to the City; and ilt. 2. Establish afair and open bidding/request for proposal (RFP) process to contract, manage or provide such services and programs, which are not directly provided by NYFS staff. D. Fundinq 1. !n addition to the participating municipalities' share of the annual budget, funds for the operation of NYFS will be raised by NYFS endeavoring to secure user fees, grants and appropriations from private organizations, the State of Minnesota, Federal and County agencies, and other legal and appropriate sources. 2. The City shall pay annually to NYFS the base amount listed in Exhibit A. This base amount will be adjusted annually for inflation/deflation using the Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area Consumer Price lndex for All Urban Consumers (CPl-U). Such adjustment shall not exceed plus or minus 3% in any year. Any adjustment in the payment beyond those indicated by reference to the CPI-U shall require approval of each of the participating municipalities. 3. Any new City joining into this agreement will pay a base amount annually to NYFS that is on par with the amount paid by current participating municipalities. 4. Amounts payable by the City shall be paid to NYFS on or before January 30th of each year, or at a date mutually agreed upon by both parties, to cover the City's share for that year. Board of Directors. This agreement is contingent upon the City having the right to a seat on the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall be limited to not more than 30 Board members. Further Obliqations of NYFS. ln addition to the obligations set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, this Agreement is further contingent upon NYFS doing the following: 1. The Bylaws of NYFS shall be amended to add provisions requiring an open process for contracting services as provided for in paragraph C.2., above, and prohibiting NYFS from supporting or opposing individual candidates for election to public office in any of the participating municipalities; and adding the requirement that IRS 501.C3 status be maintained. 2. On or before June 30, of any year NYFS shall submit the proposed city budgeted amount for the subsequent year. E. F. G. 3. On or before November 30, of any year NYFS shall submit a written report to the City including an Annual Report, the audited financial statement, and a program specific summary of services provided to the municipality; in addition, 30 days from the end of each calendar quarter, NYFS shall submit a written report to the participating municipality. 4. Periodically advising the City of services available through NYFS to the City's residents; 5. Establishing a sliding scale for services available through NYFS to the City's residents and periodically advising the City of such fees; 6. Providing other reasonable information requested by the City; 7. Purchasing a policy of liability insurance in the amount of at least $1,500,000.00, naming the City as an additional insured and providing a copy of the insurance certificate evidencing such policy to the City; 8. Provide the City with a copy of its Articles of lncorporation, Bylaws, Amendments thereto, and the lRS tax exempt status letter; 9. NYFS shall defend and indemnify the City from any and all claims or causes of actions brought against the City of any matter arising out of this Agreement or the services provided pursuant to this Agreement; and, 10. Without the written approval of the City, NYFS will not enter into any agreement with any other city which differs from the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Term. The term of this agreement will be through December 31, 2019. Unless either party gives at least 6 months written notice of its intent to cancel this Agreement effective December 31 of the year in which the notice is made, NYFS will continue to provide services to the City if a successor agreement has not been executed prior to the end of the term. (A) Distribution of Assets Upon Dissolution. If NYFS ceases to operate, the Board of Directors will do one of the following: 1. Give the assets to one or more non-profit agencies providing similar social services in the northern suburbs of Ramsey County; or, 2. Form a new Foundation to fund appropriate social service programming in the northern suburbs of Ramsey County. H. The final Distribution of Assets Plan must be approved by the Ramsey County District Court. (B) Deviation from the Mission. lf the City Council determines that NYFS has materially deviated from its mission (See Il. Recitals, A.), the City Council may ask the NYFS Board of Directors to consider dissolving the agency and liquidating the assets. The Board will do one of the following: 1. Consider the request and by a majority vote deny it. 2. Consider the request and by a majority vote agree to modify the programs to be consistent with the mission. 3. Consider the request and by a majority vote agree with the request and move to dissolve the agency and liquidate the assets. lN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on this date set forth below. CITY OF ARDEN HILLS By: Elected Official Its: Dated: ClerUManager NORTHEASTIYOUTH & FAMILY SERVICES .,... :J--zz" H\,. ,H-, Dated: r of the Board ol lvl >t1,6 Its: PresidenUCEO 12t2018 Northeast Youth & Family Services NYFS services fall into two categories: mental health services and youth development programs. By serving both areas within our agency, we can provide a continuum of care. This has proven beneficial because although mental health and youth development have similar goals, their distinctions also complement each other. Contracted Services Mental Health Services: t Mental Health Counseling - licensed mental health staff provide therapy for the emotional health of children, teens and adults. Community Service Programs:. Youth Diversion - a coordinated range of services for youth who have committed minor offenses (e.g. shoplifting, chemical/alcohol use, vandalism) to help them focus on positive behavior and prevent recidivism.t Senior Chore Program - youth and other adults complete seasonal and household tasks to help seniors remain independent. Non Contracted Services Mental Health Services: . Northeast Educational & Therapeutic Services QvIETS) - provides academics and therapy for youth with mental illnesses who can not function in traditional school environments in grades 6-12. Community Service Programs:. Out of School Time - underperforming youth receive support to increase grades, explore career and educational opportunities, and develop leadership in the community. ()nq-d6\i;ot BX { =l .= \i/ \o,gI c..rl s ?oo=c\ rr e! a =r EB rUl .--Nl ro -? -.o or) o3< C! NI E\O V^ :-l 9 G) r) ^tLv#9l'- -C-ll .o .? Oi^_U oV)ta)pT I,^, I \o \- Yl Iet tl ^tLvNl .o '? <f^eu ov $6r(!r=. o\o N l^l L =l 3a) : Nl -o -? c.l L) oca [.-H; ==+r 99 v^;l 9 e) (.) -tLv-Nl .o '?o'J -u ss K36 q '11 brar +'-t EvUl .-- Nl .oP t\n -U +or\\oNt ii5 i5l E: ; Nt .:bo\&aa cn H oElr (hoQ bnatr .ra oo tr tridcf&o€E EO OE*!(Bto- q>\(gPo '.4-q l, t< z Page 1 of 1 CONSENT ITEM – 7E MEMORANDUM DATE: January 14, 2019 TO: Honorable Mayor and City Councilmembers Dave Perrault, City Administrator FROM: Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer SUBJECT: Ramsey County (Formerly Ramsey County Conservation District) Shared Service Agreement Budgeted Amount: Actual Amount: Funding Source: *Note: This is a pass-through cost Council Should Consider Approving the Shared Service Agreement with Ramsey County for 2019 and authorize the Mayor to execute the Agreement. Background/Discussion Since 2009, Ramsey Conservation District has been assisting the City with inspections required by the City’s Grading and Erosion Control Permits under Chapter 15, Erosion and Sediment Control Ordinance. The service provided by Ramsey Conservation District has been working very well. Attached is the Shared Service Agreement between the City of Arden Hills and Ramsey Conservation District to continue this service through 2019. There are minor changes to the Agreement from 2019 that have been reviewed and approved by the City Attorney. The hourly rate remains at $72/hour. Staff is recommending approval of the Shared Service Agreement for 2019. Attachments Attachment A: Shared Services Agreement with Ramsey County SHARED SERVICE AGREEMENT CITY OF ARDEN HILLS RAMSEY COUNTY 1.0 Agreement. This Shared Service Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into by and between the City of Arden Hills, a Minnesota municipal corporation (“City”); and Ramsey County (“County”), a political subdivision of the State of Minnesota, on behalf of its Parks & Recreation Department – Soil & Water Conservation Division (SWCD), 1425 Paul Kirkwold Drive, Arden Hills, MN 55112. 2.0 Authorization. This Agreement is authorized pursuant to the provisions of Minnesota Statutes §Chapter 412, Minnesota Statutes §Chapter 103(C), and Minnesota Statutes §471.59. 3.0 Purpose. The City is requesting the County to provide personnel to perform erosion and sediment control permit inspections, reporting and enforcement services, as defined herein. 4.0 Terms. In consideration of the mutual undertakings herein expressed, the parties agree as follows: A. City Responsibility. The City will: 1. Accept, process, and maintain records in connection with Grading and Erosion Control Permit (“GEC Permit”) applications. 2. Collect and account for GEC Permit fees and escrows. 3. The completed GEC Permit application shall include the following information: a. Name, address and phone number of permittee. b. Description and expected duration of project. c. Any special considerations identified by the City. 4. Issue GEC Permit upon receipt of a positive recommendation from the County. GEC Permits shall be issued subject to compliance with approved Plans and Specifications and other conditions of approval recommended by the County or the City. 5. Authorize County to issue Stop Work Orders where appropriate. 2 6. Compensate the County for services rendered by County staff at the County’s hourly rate (currently $72 per hour), including services rendered by County staff in connection with any litigation arising out of the issuance of a Stop Work Order at the direction of the City pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The City acknowledges that the County’s hourly rate is adjusted annually. 7. County staff shall receive mileage reimbursement at the current IRS rate. B. County Responsibilities. The County will: 1. Provide inspections by qualified staff. Unless otherwise requested by the City, inspections shall be conducted during regular business hours, 8:00 AM – 4:30 PM, Monday to Friday, excluding State holidays. 2. Provide the following regular inspections for the sites identified by the City: a. Initial Best Management Practice inspection prior to site disturbance, as scheduled by the City. b. Weekly inspections during the period of site disturbance. c. Routine inspections after a 0.5-inch rainfall event. d. Re-inspection to verify that corrections have been made, as required by the City. 3. Provide the City with a copy of the inspection report within seventy- two (72) hours of the inspection. If a re-inspection identifies that corrections have not been made and enforcement action is needed, the County shall notify the City as soon as possible of the violation but, in all cases, within twenty-four (24) hours of the re-inspection. 4. Issue Stop Work Orders, as directed by the City, in those cases where GEC Permittees have not complied with the erosion and sediment control regulations and/or with the conditions attached to the GEC Permit. 5. Invoice the City on a quarterly basis for services rendered. 3 5.0 Indemnification. The City shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the County for any damages to third parties arising out of services provided by the County pursuant to the terms of this Agreement provided, however, that the City’s maximum liability shall be as stated in Minnesota Statutes §Chapter 466. 6.0 Amendment. This Agreement may not be amended without the written consent of each of the parties. 7.0 Termination. This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties from its effective date until December 31, 2019 provided that either party may terminate this Agreement upon sixty (60) days written notice to the other party. 8.0 Effective Date. This Agreement shall become effective January 1, 2019 – December 31, 2019. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City and the County have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written. CITY OF ARDEN HILLS, a Minnesota municipal corporation David Grant, MAYOR RAMSEY COUNTY, a political subdivision of the state of Minnesota By: Printed Name: Ryan O’Connor Title: County Manager ______ By: Printed Name: Mark McCabe 4 Title: Parks & Recreation Director______ By: Printed Name: Amy Schmidt Title: Assistant County Attorney____ Arden Hills\Forms\Shared Service Agr.v11.doc Page 1 of 1 CONSENT ITEM – 7F MEMORANDUM DATE: January 14, 2019 TO: Honorable Mayor and City Councilmembers Dave Perrault, City Administrator FROM: Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer SUBJECT: Authorizing the State of Minnesota Public Works Mutual Aid Pact Budgeted Amount: Actual Amount: Funding Source: N/A $0 N/A Council Should Consider Adopt Resolution 2019-003 (Attachment A) approving the State of Minnesota Public Works Mutual Aid Pact and authorize the Mayor to execute the Agreement. Background/Discussion The purpose of this agreement is to provide a process for local units of government to share public works personnel and equipment with participating agencies. There is no membership or fixed cost to participate in this Public Works Mutual Aid Pact (Attachment B). This agreement should not be interpreted as being limited to only use during catastrophic situations, rather may be leveraged for routine circumstances such as training efforts and maintenance operations. The decision as to when to request assistance or provide assistance is left entirely to the discretion of the requesting and or sending party. The sending party has discretion as to whether to provide personnel or equipment and can recall such assistance at any time. If resources are requested, it should be expected that those costs would be invoiced. However, the agreement states that “charges may be levied”, so it is the decision of the sending party as t whether or not to invoice the receiving party. The agreement also speaks to responsibility and liability. Each party shall be responsible for its own personnel or damaged equipment for example. Responding personnel shall be deemed to be performing regular duties for each respective sending party for purposes of workers compensation. Page 2 of 2 Hennepin County Emergency Management (HCEM) is serving as the administrative coordinator for this agreement among local units of government. This agreement will better position Arden Hills to coordinate and work with its partnering agencies through a formalized agreement. To date, Shoreview, Edina, Brooklyn Center, Crystal, Eden Prairie, Plymouth, and Minnetonka have entered into the agreement which went into effect October 1, 2018. A fact sheet summarizing the agreement is included as Attachment C. The City Attorney has reviewed the mutual aid pact. Attachments Attachment A: Resolution 2019-003 Attachment B: State of Minnesota Public Works Mutual Aid Pact Attachment C: Mutual Aid Fact Sheet CITY OF ARDEN HILLS COUNTY OF RAMSEY STATE OF MINNESOTA RESOLUTION NO. 2019-003 Resolution Relating to the State of Minnesota Public Works Mutual Aid Pact WHEREAS, the pact provides a process for units of government to share public works personnel and equipment with other agencies within the State of Minnesota; WHEREAS, the City of Arden Hills desires to enter into said pact; THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED The Arden Hills City Council authorizes the State of Minnesota Public Works Mutual Aid Pact and authorizes the Mayor and City Administrator to execute the pact. Adopted this 14th day of January 2019. ____________________________________ David Grant, Mayor ATTEST: ______________________________________ Julie Hanson, City Clerk 1 STATE OF MINNESOTA PUBLIC WORKS MUTUAL AID PACT TABLE OF CONTENTS FOREWORD 2 PUBLIC WORKS JOINT POWERS MUTUAL AID AGREEMENT 4 I. GENERAL PURPOSE 4 II. DEFINITION OF TERMS 4 III. PARTIES 5 IV. PROCEDURE 5 V. RESPONSIBILITY AND LIABILITY 6 VI. EFFECTIVE DATE AND MODIFICATIONS 7 VII. WITHDRAWAL AND TERMINATION 7 2 PUBLIC WORKS JOINT POWERS MUTUAL AID AGREEMENT FOREWORD The general purpose of this Public Works Joint Powers Mutual Aid Agreement (“Agreement”) is to provide a process for units of government to share public works personnel and equipment with other agencies within the State of Minnesota. This Agreement specifically allows a requesting party to select the resources that best meets the needs of a given situation. A requesting party may call upon any other participating party for mutual aid. There is no requirement to make requests through a particular party. In addition, this Agreement should not be interpreted as being limited to providing resources to deal with only major catastrophic situations. Participating parties can utilize the resources for many reasons including routine circumstances such as training efforts, maintenance operations, joint-projects, and back-up support service. This Agreement provides the flexibility for all units of government to use the resources located among all participating parties in the State of Minnesota. The decision as to when to invoke mutual aid and whether to respond is left to the discretion of the requesting or sending party. Each unit of government should acquaint supervisory personnel with any internal procedures used for mutual aid. While the Joint Powers Agreement does not require particular words or actions to initiate mutual aid, agencies should be clear about whether mutual aid is being requested and what type of assistance is requested. The responding agency should also be clear about what, if any, assistance they will provide in response to the request. Parties should not self-deploy. Furthermore, each staff member within a department should have a basic familiarity with mutual aid, the responsibilities when reporting to another unit of government and the protections afforded under the unit of government’s workers’ compensation. For liability reasons, management of a mutual aid situation is under the control of the requesting party. However, the sending party has discretion whether to provide personnel or equipment and can recall such assistance at any time. While there is no hard and fast time limit related to requests for mutual aid, the commitment of resources can be taxing on agencies. In addition, in some situations an advantage can be gained by ending a mutual aid request and entering into a different form of contractual assistance. In order to keep this mutual aid agreement closer to local level of government, Hennepin County Emergency Management (“HCEM”) has volunteered to serve as the administrative coordinator for the units of government entering into this Agreement. When a community adopts this Agreement a fully executed copy of the Agreement needs to be forwarded to HCEM. Each unit of government is responsible for entering and updating available unit of government resources. Resources will now be listed online in a mutually agreed upon resource management database. The parties to this Agreement are solely responsible for updating their available resources in the agreed upon database. 3 The effective date for this Agreement is October 1, 2018. This date was established to allow enough time for agencies to receive the appropriate authority. Participation can be started upon execution of the Agreement and is effective for a unit of government upon its submission of the signed Agreement to HCEM. Agencies that elect not to participate in the Agreement may be bound by other existing mutual aid agreement or state statutes. 4 PUBLIC WORKS JOINT POWERS MUTUAL AID AGREEMENT This Public Works Joint Powers Mutual Aid Agreement (“Agreement”) is formed and entered into effective as of the 1st day of October, 2018 by and among the governmental units that have executed this document as evidenced by the signature pages attached hereto (individually, a “Party” and collectively, the “Parties”). I. GENERAL PURPOSE The general purpose of this Agreement is to provide a means by which a Party may request and obtain public works assistance from one or more other Parties when the Party determines such public works assistance is necessary. This Agreement is made pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, section 471.59, which authorizes the joint or cooperative exercise of powers common to the Parties. II. DEFINITION OF TERMS For the purposes of this Agreement, the terms defined in this section shall have the following meanings: Subd. 1. Eligible Party. “Eligible Party” means a “governmental unit” as defined by Minnesota Statues, section 471.59, subdivision 1. Subd. 2. Public Works Assistance. “Public Works Assistance” means equipment and personnel including, but not limited to, licensed staff, professional engineers, and non-licensed personnel that are used for activities related to streets, water, stormwater, wastewater, sewers, parks, transit, buildings/facilities, airports, and all other public works programs. Subd. 3. Party and Parties. “Party” means an Eligible Party that elects to participate in this Agreement by the authorization of its governing body. “Parties” means more than one Party to this Agreement. Subd. 4. Requesting Official. “Requesting Official” means a person who is designated by the Requesting Party to request Public Works Assistance from another Party. Subd. 5. Requesting Party. “Requesting Party” means a Party that requests Public Works Assistance from another Party. Subd. 6. Sending Official. “Sending Official” means a person who is designated by a Party to determine whether and to what extent that Party should provide Public Works Assistance to a Requesting Party. Subd. 7. Sending Party. “Sending Party” means a Party that provides Public Works Assistance to a Requesting Party. Subd. 8. HCEM. “HCEM” means the Hennepin County Emergency Management or designee. 5 III. PARTIES The Parties to this Agreement shall consist of as many Eligible Parties that have approved this Agreement by October 1, 2018. Additional Eligible Parties shall become a Party on the date this Agreement is approved and executed by the Party’s governing body. Upon approval by a Party, the executed signature page of this Agreement shall be sent to the HCEM along with a resolution approving this Agreement. IV. PROCEDURE Subd. 1. Designate Officials. Each Party shall designate, and keep on file with the HCEM, the name of the person(s) of that Party who shall be its Requesting Official and Sending Official. A Party may designate the same person as both the Requesting Official and the Sending Official. Also, a Party may designate one or more persons to serve as an alternate in the absence of a designated official. Subd. 2. Request for Assistance. Whenever, in the opinion of a Requesting Official of a Party, there is a need for Public Works Assistance from another Party, such Requesting Official may, at his or her discretion, call upon the Sending Official of any other Party to furnish Public Works Assistance. Subd. 3. Response. Upon the receipt of a request for Public Works Assistance from a Party, the Sending Official may authorize and direct personnel and equipment of the Sending Party be sent to the Requesting Party. Whether the Sending Party provides such Public Works Assistance to the Requesting Party and, if so, to what extent such Public Works Assistance is provided shall be determined solely by the Sending Official (subject to such supervision and direction as may be applicable within the governmental structure of the Party by which they are employed). Failure to provide Public Works Assistance will not result in liability to a Party and each Party hereby waives all claims against another Party for failure to provide Public Works Assistance. Subd. 4. Back-Up Assistance. When a Sending Party provides Public Works Assistance under the terms of this Agreement, it may in turn request Public Works Assistance from other Parties as “back-up” during the period it is it outside of its jurisdiction providing Public Works Assistance to the original Requesting Party. Subd. 5. Recalling Assistance. Whenever a Sending Party has provided Public Works Assistance to a Requesting Party, the Sending Official may at any time recall its personnel and equipment, or any part thereof, if the Sending Official in his or her best judgment deems such recall is necessary to provide for the best interests of the Sending Party’s community. Such action will not result in liability to any Party and each Party hereby waives all claims against another Party for recalling Public Works Assistance. 6 Subd. 6. Command of Scene. The Requesting Party shall be in command of all situations where Public Works Assistance is provided. The personnel and equipment of the Sending Party shall be under the direction and control of the Requesting Party until the Sending Party withdraws Public Works Assistance or the Public Works Assistance is no longer needed. Subd. 7. Charges. Charges may be levied by a Sending Party for Public Works Assistance rendered to a Requesting Party under the terms of this Agreement. The Sending Party may submit to the Requesting Party an itemized bill for the actual cost of any Public Works Assistance provided, including salaries, overtime, materials, and supplies, equipment operation, and other necessary expenses. The Requesting Party will reimburse the Sending Party providing the Public Works Assistance for that amount or other such amount as mutually negotiated. Such charges are not contingent upon the availability of federal or state government funds. A Party may request a list of rates from another Party prior to requesting assistance. No charges shall apply to joint training events unless the Parties participating in the particular event agree to a charge in writing prior to the event. V. RESPONSIBILITY AND LIABILITY Subd. 1. Personnel. Each Party shall be responsible for its own personnel and equipment, and for injuries or death to any such personnel or damage to any such equipment. Responding personnel shall be deemed to be performing their regular duties for each respective Sending Party for purposes of workers’ compensation. Subd. 2. Worker’s Compensation. Each Party will maintain workers’ compensation insurance or self-insurance coverage, covering its own personnel while they are providing Public Works Assistance pursuant to this Agreement. Each Party, and where applicable its insurer or coverage provider, waives the right to sue any other Party for any worker’s compensation benefits paid to its own employee or volunteer or their dependents, even if the injuries or death were caused wholly or partially by the negligence of any other Party or its officers, employees, or volunteers. Subd. 3. Damage to Equipment. Each Party shall be responsible for damages to or loss of its own equipment. Each Party, and where applicable its insurer or coverage provider, waives the right to sue any other Party for any damages to or loss of its equipment, even if the damages or losses were caused wholly or partially by the negligence of any other Party or its officers, employees or volunteers. Subd. 4. Liability. For the purposes of the Minnesota Municipal Tort Liability Act (Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 466), the employees and officers of the Sending Party are deemed to be employees (as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 466.01, subdivision 6) of the Requesting Party. The Requesting Party agrees to defend and indemnify the Sending Party against any claims brought or actions filed against a Sending Party or any officers, employees, or volunteers of a Sending Party for injury or death to any third person or persons or damage to the property of third persons arising out of the performance and provision of Public Works Assistance pursuant to the Agreement. Under no 7 circumstances, however, shall a Party be required to pay, on behalf of itself and other Parties, any amount in excess of the limits of liability established in Minnesota Statutes, chapter 466, applicable to any one Party. The limits of liability for some or all of the Parties may not, as provided in Minnesota Statutes, section 471.59, subdivision 1a, be added together to determine the maximum amount of liability for any Party. The intent of this subdivision is to impose on each Requesting Party a limited duty to defend and indemnify a Sending Party for claims arising within the Requesting Party’s jurisdiction subject to the limits of liability under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 466. The purpose of creating this duty to defend and indemnify is to simplify the defense of claims by eliminating conflicts among the Parties and to permit liability claims against the Parties from a single occurrence to be defended by a single attorney. However, the Sending Party, at is option and its own expense, shall have the right to select its own attorney or approve a joint attorney as appropriate, considering potential conflicts of interest. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to constitute a waiver of any immunities and privileges from liability available under federal law or the laws of Minnesota. If a court determines that the liability of a Party or Parties is not subject to the tort caps and liability exceeds the tort cap maximum, a Party shall be subject to liability only for the acts of its officers, employees and volunteers. No Party to this Agreement nor any official, employee or volunteer of any Party shall be liable to any other Party or to any other person for failure of any Party to furnish Public Works Assistance or for recalling Public Works Assistance. VI. EFFECTIVE DATE AND MODIFICATIONS This Agreement shall become effective and operative beginning at 12:01 A.M., local time on October 1, 2018. The HCEM shall maintain a current list of the Parties to this Agreement and, whenever there is a change, shall notify the designated Sending Officials. Notice may be sent to the Sending Officials via email or through the United States Postal Service. No modification of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is reduced to writing and is approved by action of the governing body of each of the then current Parties. VII. WITHDRAWAL AND TERMINATION A Party may withdraw from this Agreement by its governing body adopting a resolution to withdraw. Withdrawal is effective after 30 days’ written notice is provided to the HCEM. HCEM shall thereupon give notice of such withdrawal, and the effective date thereof, to all other Parties. Parties that have withdrawn may rejoin by following the procedure set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement will terminate with respect to all Parties if the total number of Parties to the Agreement falls below 11. HCEM shall notify the remaining Parties that the Agreement has terminated. 8 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties, by action of their respective governing bodies, caused this Agreement to be approved on the dates below. (Each Party must attach a dated and signed signature page consistent with that Party’s method of executing contracts.) 9 Entity:_______________________________ Mailing Address: ____________________________________ ____________________________________ Adopted on the ___ day of ___________________, 2018. By:_______________________________ Its:_______________________________ By:_______________________________ Its:_______________________________ Attest: By:______________________________ Its:______________________________ Minnesota Statewide Public Works Mutual Aid Agreement Quick Facts • There is no membership or other fixed cost to participate in this agreement. • The Joint Powers Agreement specifically allows a requesting party to select the resources that best meets the needs of a given situation. • Only governmental units as defined by Minnesota Statues, Section 471.59, subd. 1 or a “municipality” as defined by Minnesota Statutes, Section 466.01, subd. 1 are eligible to participate. • A requesting party may individually call upon any other participating party for mutual aid. There is no requirement to make requests through a particular party. • The Joint Powers Agreement should not be interpreted as restrictive in providing resources to deal with only major catastrophic situations. Participating parties can utilize the resources for many reasons including routine circumstances such as training efforts, maintenance operations, and back-up support service. • The decision as to when to invoke mutual aid and whether to respond is left to the discretion of the requesting or sending party. • For liability reasons, management of a mutual aid situation is under the control of the requesting party. • The sending party has discretion whether to provide personnel or equipment and can recall such assistance at any time. • Hennepin County Emergency Management (“HCEM”) has volunteered to serve as the administrative coordinator of the pact. They have the largest EM staff of any County EM Department in the State. • There is no grace period for costs, so if mutual aid is requested the cost clock can start as soon as resources roll. That said, the agreement says that “charges may be levied”, so it is optional for the sending City to bill. The reason that it is written this way is that traditionally Cities help each other in-kind. But in some extraordinary situation, costs may need to be recovered due to the scope of the response provided. That said, any joint training effort is exempt from billing. • Each Party shall be responsible for its own personnel and equipment and for injuries or death to any such personnel or damage to any such equipment. Responding personnel shall be deemed to be performing their regular duties for each respective Sending Party for purposes of workers’ compensation. Page 1 of 1 DATE: January 14, 2019 TO: Honorable Mayor and City Councilmembers David Perrault, City Administrator FROM: Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer SUBJECT: Hydrant Tool Purchase Budgeted Amount: Actual Amount: Funding Source: $30,000 (total) $7,505.00 Water Utility Fund Council Should Consider Approval of the purchase of a truck mounted Stanley impact wrench from Truck Utilities in the amount of $7,505.00. Background/Discussion In the past, staff has borrowed this truck-mounted equipment from the City of Roseville to use when repairing and modernizing fire hydrants. Roseville has sold the equipment and it was not viable for the City to purchase the used equipment. The impact wrench allows staff to remove the underground hydrant seating without the need for excavation (8’ depth). In the past, staff has utilized manual equipment which is labor intensive. This type of tool is ergonomically efficient and lessens the risk of back injuries, potentially reducing claims to the City. Staff is able to fabricate the frame that will allow the wrench to be placed in a truck bed for use. Staff recommends Council approve the purchase of the tool. Attachments ATTACHMENT A: Truck Utilities Proposal CONSENT ITEM – 7G MEMORANDUM Page 1 of 1 DATE: January 14, 2019 TO: Honorable Mayor and City Councilmembers David Perrault, City Administrator FROM: Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer SUBJECT: Resolution 2018-060 - Cooperative Agreement for Trunk Highway No. 10 Budgeted Amount: Actual Amount: Funding Source: $500,000.00 $568,808.34 State of Minnesota Grant Funding, Water Utility Fund Council Should Consider The Council is requested to approve an invoice with the State of Minnesota, Department of Transportation for the City’s share of the frontage road and watermain construction along Trunk Highway No. 10 from CSAH 96 to Trunk Highway No. 35W in the amount of $568,808.34. Background/Discussion At the October 22, 2018 Council meeting, the Council approved Resolution 2018-060 approving the Cooperative Agreement No. 1031738 with the State of Minnesota, Department of Transportation for the City’s share of the frontage road and watermain construction along Trunk Highway No. 10 from CSAH 96 to Trunk Highway No. 35W. Funding for construction of the watermain in the amount of $500,000 was identified in the State’s 2018 bonding bill. Replacement of the 12” trunk watermain along TH 10 was be included in MnDOT’s contract to widen TH 10 between CSAH 96 and I-35W. TKDA prepared plans on behalf of the City. The project was let by MnDOT on November 16th has been awarded to Meyer Contracting. Revised Schedule “I” of the Cooperative Agreement (Attachment A), shows the City’s financial contribution to the project using contract bid prices to be $526,674.39. In addition, the agreement identifies an overhead rate of 8% for construction services bringing the total amount to $568,808.34. This is the amount based on bid prices and quantities. The final costs will be calculated upon completion of construction and could be higher or lower based on final quantities utilized to complete the work. Attachments Attachment A: Cooperative Agreement No. 1031738 Attachment B: State of Minnesota Invoice CONSENT ITEM – 7H MEMORANDUM Page 1 of 2 DATE: January 14, 2019 TO: Honorable Mayor and City Councilmembers David Perrault, City Administrator FROM: Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer SUBJECT: 2018 Street and Utility Improvement Project – Change Order No. 5 and Payment No. 7 Budgeted Amount: Actual Amount: Funding Sources: $3,300,000 $2,573,644.39 PIR, Special Assessments, Utility Funds Council Should Consider The City Council is requested to approve: • Change Order No. 5 for the 2018 Street and Utility Improvement Project in the amount of $3,128.00. • Payment No. 7 for the 2018 Street and Utility Improvement Project to Northwest Asphalt, Inc.in the amount of $66,787.38. Background/Discussion On March 26, 2018, the City Council adopted Resolution 2018-034 Awarding the 2018 Street and Utility Improvement Project to Northwest Asphalt, Inc. in the amount of $2,491,595.86. On June 25, 2018, the City Council approved the first payment in the amount of $83,641.23. On August 13, 2018, the City Council approved the second payment in the amount of $323,681.84. On September 10, 2018, the City Council approved the third payment in the amount of $415,613.28. On October 8, 2018, the City Council approved the fourth payment in the amount of $500,053.88. On November 13, 2018, the City Council approved the fifth payment in the amount of $701,522.89. On December 10, 2018, the City Council approved the sixth payment in the amount of $97,754.92. CONSENT ITEM – 7I MEMORANDUM Page 2 of 2 As the project progressed, it was determined that additional clearing and grubbing was needed to complete the project that were over and above those originally marked. In addition, the city staff requested that Northwest Asphalt jet an existing storm sewer in the project area due to a back-up in the line. WSB has provided a recommendation to approve Change Order No. 5 in the amount of $3,128.00. (Attachment A). Change Order No. 5 is included as Attachment B. The project is approximately 89% complete with all work complete except for final wear course paving and final restoration items. Five percent is being withheld from the work completed in accordance with the contract documents. The sixth payment is in the amount of $66,787.38. WSB has provided a recommendation to pay the seventh voucher (Attachment A). Staff recommends that Council approve Payment No. 7 (Attachment C). Attachments Attachment A: WSB Letter – Payment No. 7 & Change Order No. 5 Attachment B: Change Order No. 5 Attachment C: Payment No. 7 January 8, 2019 Ms. Sue Polka, PE Public Works Director/City Engineer City of Arden Hills 1245 West Highway 96 Arden Hills, MN 55112 Re: Change Order No. 5 and Construction Pay Voucher No. 7 2018 Street and Utility Improvement Project City Project No. PW-17-0102 City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. R-010111-000 Dear Ms. Polka: Please find enclosed for your review and approval Change Order No. 5 and Construction Pay Voucher No. 7 for the above-referenced project. Change Order No. 5 is for the additional mobilization needed for clearing and grubbing trees that were not originally marked for removal and for jetting the existing storm sewer that was holding water near the project. The total amount of Change Order No. 5 is $3,128.00, resulting in a revised contract amount of $2,573,644.39. The quantities completed to date have been reviewed and agreed upon by the contractor, and we hereby recommend that the City of Arden Hills approve Change Order No. 5 in the amount of $3,128.00, and Construction Pay Voucher No. 7 in the amount of $66,787.38, for Northwest Asphalt, Inc. Once processed, please keep one copy of each document for your records and return two copies of each document to our office, one for the contractor and one for our files. If you have any questions or comments regarding the enclosed, please contact me at 763.762.2801. Thank you. Sincerely, WSB Kelsey Gelhar, EIT Project Engineer Attachments srb 701 XENIA AVENUE S | SUITE 300 | MINNEAPOLIS, MN | 55416 | 763.541.4800 | WSBENG.COM DATE: January 14, 2019 TO: Honorable Mayor and City Councilmembers FROM: Dave Perrault, City Administrator SUBJECT: Accept Resignation of Building Official Budgeted Amount: Estimated Amount: Funding Source: N/A N/A N/A Council Should Consider Council should consider accepting the resignation of Dave Scherbel. Background Dave Scherbel submitted his letter of resignation to the City, his last day of employment was January 11, 2019. CONSENT ITEM – 7J MEMORANDUM DATE: January 14, 2019 TO: Honorable Mayor and City Councilmembers FROM: Dave Perrault, City Administrator SUBJECT: Appointment of Building Official Budgeted Amount: Estimated Amount: Funding Source: N/A N/A N/A Council Should Consider Council should consider appointing Rob Ward to the Building Official position effective January 15, 2019 at Grade 15 Step 7; all associated benefits will remain the same. Background The Building Official position was recently vacated by Dave Scherbel. Rob Ward has served the City as a Residential Inspector since July of 2013. Both Staff and the Personnel Committee are supportive of this recommendation. CONSENT ITEM – 7K MEMORANDUM DATE: January 14, 2019 TO: Honorable Mayor and City Councilmembers FROM: Dave Perrault, City Administrator SUBJECT: Authorize to Post for Building and Code Enforcement Inspector Budgeted Amount: Actual Amount: Funding Source: N/A N/A N/A Council Should Consider The Council should consider authorizing City Staff to post for a Building and Code Enforcement Inspector. Background The City will have a vacancy for a Building and Code Enforcement Inspector position, if Council authorizes staff to move forward to post for the position, the anticipated process is below: -Council approves authorization to post -Staff advertises job opening -Staff reviews applications, interviews candidates, and selects a finalist -Staff will add their recommendation to the consent calendar of a future meeting This position will not be brought forward to the Personnel Committee or City Council for future consideration, except for final approval at a City Council meeting. Attachment N/A CONSENT ITEM – 7L MEMORANDUM DATE: January 14, 2019 TO: Honorable Mayor and City Councilmembers FROM: Dave Perrault, City Administrator SUBJECT: Agreement For Building Inspection Services with North Star Inspections Budgeted Amount: Estimated Amount: Funding Source: N/A N/A N/A Council Should Consider Council should consider entering into a contract with North Star Inspections for Building Inspection Services for State projects within the City. Background The City has a delegation agreement with the State of Minnesota to inspect State projects, with the transition of the City’s Building Official this agreement will ensure the City is able to provide inspection services for State projects. North Star Inspections has been previously assisted the City as needed, and also provides other surrounding cities with Building Official services. The City Attorney has reviewed the agreement. Attachments Attachment A: Agreement for Building Inspection Services CONSENT ITEM – 7M MEMORANDUM AGREEMENT FOR BUILDING INSPECTION SERVICES THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this _____ day of ________, 2019 between the City of Arden Hills, State of Minnesota, (hereinafter referred to as “City”) and Northstar Inspection Services, Inc. It is mutually agreed by and between City and Northstar Inspection Services, Inc as follows: I. SCOPE OF SERVICES 1. Northstar Inspection Services Inc. agrees to provide building, mechanical, and plumbing inspection services for State Projects within the City. 2. The standard of performance and method of providing building inspection services shall be determined by Northstar Inspection Services, Inc. upon consultation with the City. 3. The City will receive all applications for building, mechanical, and plumbing permits for projects within its boundaries. Applications will then be forwarded to Northstar Inspection Services Inc. who shall review the application materials for conformance to applicable building, plumbing, and mechanical, zoning, and fire codes. Northstar Inspection Services Inc. shall be responsible for enforcing dimensional requirements of the zoning code. Other zoning code issues such as land use and drainage, shall be referred to City staff for consultation. 4. Northstar Inspection Services Inc. shall provide necessary plan check services as requested by the City. 5. The City will be responsible for making sure the Contractor has the proper licenses (city and/or state) in place prior to issuance of any building, mechanical, or plumbing permits. 6. Northstar Inspection Services, Inc. shall provide a job site inspection on projects under permit as required by the MN State Building Code and under the City Zoning Code upon request of City Staff. Daily inspections shall be logged by Northstar Inspection Services Inc. in a manner established by the City. Inspection times shall be established between Northstar Inspection Services, Inc., property owners, and the City: requests for inspection shall, to the extent possible, be performed within 24 hours of the request for inspection. 7. Northstar Inspection Services Inc. Building Official shall have the exclusive initial authority to determine interpretations and application of the appropriate codes for projects within the City. However, Northstar Inspection Services, Inc. shall confer with the City’s Building Official before issuing any such interpretations and applications of these codes that might have a significant or unusual effect on projects within the City. Page 2 II. COMPENSATION TO NORTHSTAR INSPECTION SERVICES INC. 1. Northstar Inspection Services Inc. shall be compensated 50% of fees collected by the City for mechanical, plumbing, and building permits and plan reviews for State Projects. 2. Payment of these fees shall be made to Northstar Inspection Services Inc. as follows: 50% of the fees at time of issuance 25% of the fees at mid point of project 25% of the fees upon final 3. The above amounts are the only amounts due to Northstar Inspection Services, Inc. Northstar Inspection Services, Inc. is responsible for all costs associated with the conduct of its business operation, including but not limited to, transportation and insurance costs. 4. Requests for work not related to State Projects shall be compensated at the hourly rate of $75/hour. 5. Northstar Inspection Services Inc. shall be entitled to no reimbursement or allowances from the City with respect to mileage, travel expenses, supplies, or other such items. III. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS The parties further agree as follows: 1. Northstar Inspection Services Inc. shall at all times during the term of this agreement provide a Certified Building Official by the State of Minnesota to perform inspections and plan reviews, and to provide evidence of the same to the City. Any sub-contractors who assist the Building Official in the performance of service to the City shall be likewise certified. 2. The City shall not assume any liability for the direct payment of any salary, wage, worker’s compensation, income tax withholding, or any other type of compensation to Northstar Inspection Services Inc. for performing services under this agreement. This remains the responsibility of Northstar Inspection Services Inc. 3. Northstar Inspection Services Inc. is an independent contractor. None of the employees employed by Northstar Inspection Services Inc. shall be considered employees of the City. No employees of the City shall be considered employees of Northstar Inspection Services Inc. Page 3 4. The City, its officers, agents, and employees do not assume liability for any negligent or intentional acts of Northstar Inspection Services Inc., its officers, agents, or employees. Northstar Inspection Services Inc. shall indemnify and defend City, its officers, agents, and employees against and hold city, its officers, agents and employees harmless from any claims, causes of action, damages, loss, cost, or expense resulting from or related to the actions of Northstar Inspections Services Inc., its officers, agents, or employees in the performance of this agreement. 5. Northstar Inspection Services Inc., its officers, agents, and employees do not assume liability for any negligent or intentional acts of the City or any of its officers, agents, and employees. The City shall indemnify and defend Northstar Inspection Services Inc., its officers, agents, or employees against and hold City, its officers, agents, and employees harmless from any claims, causes of action, damages, loss, cost, or expense resulting from or related to the actions of the City, its officers, agents, or employees in the performance of this agreement. The indemnification obligation of the City shall not exceed the limits of liability set forth in Minnesota Statutes Chapter 466 or other applicable laws. 6. It is understood that the enforcement and administration of the Minnesota State Building Code is a public service and is of necessity limited in nature. Consequently, building permits and the subsequent building inspections are not to be construed or relied upon as any type of warranty, guarantee, or representation on the part of Northstar Inspections Services Inc. 7. The City shall defend Northstar Inspections Services Inc. in matters of liability as required by the MN State Building Code (Section 1300.0110. Subp. 9) The indemnification obligation of the City shall not exceed the limits of liability set forth in Minnesota Statutes Chapter 466 or other applicable laws. IV. INSURANCE Northstar Inspection Services Inc. shall secure and maintain the following minimum insurance coverage: 1. Workers’ Compensation as required by Minnesota Law. 2. General liability insurance in the amount of $1,000,000 per claimant and $1,000,000 per occurrence. 3. Commercial auto liability insurance in the amount of $1,000,000 per claimant and $1,000,000 per occurrence. Page 4 4. Professional liability insurance covering Northstar Inspection Services Inc. for liability incurred in performing its professional services. Coverage shall be in the amount of $1,000,000 per claimant and $1,000,000 aggregate per occurrence. 5. The general liability insurance and professional liability insurance shall include a statement that such policies will not be cancelled until after thirty (30) days written notice to the City of the insurance company’s intention to cancel the insurance coverage. 6. Northstar Inspection Services Inc. shall provide the City with Certificates of Insurance of Insurance evidencing that the required insurance is in effect and will continue in effect during the term of this agreement. 7. The City shall be named as an additional insured under the general liability insurance policy. V. EFFECTIVE AND TERMINATION DATES 1. Effective Date: This agreement shall be effective no later than _____________, and shall continue in full force and effect until terminated pursuant to paragraph V.2 below. This agreement shall supersede all previous contracts or arrangements for building inspection services. 2. Termination: This agreement shall continue in full force and effect unless: A. Either party gives thirty (30) days written notice of cancellation to the other party. B. Northstar Inspection Services Inc. allows its State of Minnesota certification to expire, in which case the City may cancel the agreement upon the effective date of the expiration. ———————————————— _____________________________ DAVE PERRAULT, CITY ADMINISTRATOR DATE ________________________________ _____________________________ KEVIN D. WHITE DATE NORTHSTAR INSPECTION SERVICES INC. City of Arden Hills City Council Meeting for January 14, 2019 P:\Planning\Planning Cases\2018\PC 18-006 - 2040 Comprehensive Plan Amendment\Memos_Reports_18-006 Page 1 of 4 CONSENT – 7N MEMORANDUM DATE: January 14, 2019 TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council Dave Perrault, City Administrator FROM: Mike Mrosla, City Planner Jane Kansier, Consulting Planner SUBJECT: Planning Case #18-006 Applicant: City of Arden Hills Request: 2040 Comprehensive Plan Update Budgeted Amount: Actual Amount: Funding Source: N/A N/A N/A Council Should Consider the Following Options 1. Approve: Motion to approve Resolution 2019-005 Authorizing the Submittal of the Comprehensive Plan Update to the Metropolitan Council. 2. Approve with Changes: Motion to approve Resolution 2019-005 Authorizing the Submittal of the Comprehensive Plan Update to the Metropolitan Council, with the following changes… 3. Table: Motion to table Resolution 2019-005 Authorizing the Submittal of the Comprehensive Plan Update to the Metropolitan Council for the following reasons… Background Minnesota state law requires that all communities within the Minneapolis-St. Paul metropolitan area update their Comprehensive Plans every ten years. The statutory deadline for submittal is December 31, 2018; however, the City requested some additional time for review, and notified its Metropolitan Council Sector Representative that we anticipated the plan would be submitted in January, 2019. There is no penalty for late submittal. City of Arden Hills City Council Meeting for January 14, 2019 P:\Planning\Planning Cases\2018\PC 18-006 - 2040 Comprehensive Plan Amendment\Memos_Reports_18-006 Page 2 of 4 The purpose of the Comprehensive Plan is to establish the policies that guide the future physical and community development of Arden Hills. It also serves as a reference document for the Planning Commission and City Council when evaluating private development projects, and helps with the City’s budgeting process. In addition to identifying local community goals, the Comprehensive Plan must reflect the adopted regional policies in the Metropolitan Council’s system and policy plans. Local planning efforts are linked to the larger regional infrastructure of parks and trails, road networks, and wastewater infrastructure, and the City’s plan must conform to the regional vision. Comprehensive Plan Organization The 2040 Comprehensive Plan is divided into the following chapters and appendices: 1. Introduction 2. Community Profile 3. City Vision 4. Active Living 5. Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) 6. Land Use 7. Housing 8. Economic Development and Redevelopment 9. Parks and Recreation 10. Protected Resources 11. Transportation 12. Resilience and Sustainability 13. Public Facilities, Services, and Infrastructure 14. Implementation Appendices: A. Draft Capital Improvements Plan B. Transportation System Principles and Standards C. Transportation Plan Forecasts D. Water Supply Plan E. Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan F. Stormwater Management Plan G. Zoning District Regulations Chapters 4 through 13 include a general goal statement at the beginning of each chapter. The goal statement is supported by background data, policies, and strategies that are designed to advance the goal and the overall City vision. The appendices are primarily used for technical reports and plans required by the Metropolitan Council City of Arden Hills City Council Meeting for January 14, 2019 P:\Planning\Planning Cases\2018\PC 18-006 - 2040 Comprehensive Plan Amendment\Memos_Reports_18-006 Page 3 of 4 Community Involvement and Review Process The Comprehensive Plan update process included a significant amount of input and review from the City Council, Planning Commission, Economic Development Commission (EDC), and the Parks, Trails, and Recreation Committee (PTRC). In all, the City Council held five work sessions on the Comprehensive Plan, the Planning Commission held three, the EDC two, and the PTRC one. During the update process, draft versions of the plan were provided on the City’s website and a project website was set up to solicit public comments. The Planning Commission held the required public hearing on the draft Comprehensive Plan at their meeting on April 4, 2018 and they unanimously recommended approval of the plan with no changes. No public comments were provided during the public hearing. The City Council reviewed the plan on April 23, 2018, and again on May 29, 2018. The City Council authorized release of the plan for the required 6-month affected jurisdiction review on May 29, 2018. Minnesota statutes require the City allow affected jurisdictions up to six months to review the Comprehensive Plan. The City Council last reviewed the Comprehensive Plan at their Work Session on October 15, 2018. At this time, the Council reviewed the comments received to date, and provided direction to the staff. Revisions to the Land Use and Housing chapters made as a result were distributed to the City Council at the Work Session on December 17, 2018, and the Council was asked to provide their comments to staff. No additional comments were received. The six-month review period expired on December 1, 2018. All comments have been addressed and, where necessary, incorporated into the plan. The draft of the 2040 Comprehensive Plan submitted to the Metropolitan Council has been posted on the City’s Comprehensive Plan website at http://cityofardenhills.org/index.aspx?NID=415. Remaining Schedule Once the Comprehensive Plan has been submitted, the Metropolitan Council has fifteen business days to determine whether the plan is complete. City staff and consultants have made every effort to address all Metropolitan Council requirements to ensure that the plan is accepted by the Metropolitan Council. At this time, staff does not anticipate any problems with conforming to those requirements. Once the plan has been determined to be complete, the Metropolitan Council has 120 days to complete its review. The plan must be considered by the Community Development Committee, the Environmental Committee, and finally, the complete Metropolitan Council. After the Metropolitan Council has completed its review process, the City Council will be asked to adopt a resolution officially approving the Comprehensive Plan and placing it into effect. City of Arden Hills City Council Meeting for January 14, 2019 P:\Planning\Planning Cases\2018\PC 18-006 - 2040 Comprehensive Plan Amendment\Memos_Reports_18-006 Page 4 of 4 Implementation After the Comprehensive Plan has been officially adopted, the City is required to review and update its official controls within nine months to bring the City’s ordinances into conformance with the Comprehensive Plan. While a few changes will be needed, significant changes to the zoning and subdivision ordinances are not anticipated because there are only minor land use changes proposed. Options and Motion Language 1. Approve: Motion to approve Resolution 2019-005 Authorizing the Submittal of the Comprehensive Plan Update to the Metropolitan Council. 2. Approve with Changes: Motion to approve Resolution 2019-005 Authorizing the Submittal of the Comprehensive Plan Update to the Metropolitan Council, with the following changes… 3. Table: Motion to table Resolution 2019-005 Authorizing the Submittal of the Comprehensive Plan Update to the Metropolitan Council for the following reasons… Attachments A. Resolution 2019-005 Authorizing Submittal of the Comprehensive Plan Update to the Metropolitan Council CITY OF ARDEN HILLS COUNTY OF RAMSEY STATE OF MINNESOTA RESOLUTION NO. 2019-005 RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING SUBMITTAL OF THE 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN TO THE METROPOLITAN COUNCIL FOR REVIEW WHEREAS, Minnesota Statutes section 473.864 requires each local governmental unit to review and, if necessary, amend its entire comprehensive plan and its fiscal devices and official controls at least once every ten years to ensure its comprehensive plan conforms to metropolitan system plans and ensure its fiscal devices and official controls do not conflict with the comprehensive plan or permit activities that conflict with metropolitan system plans; and WHEREAS, Minnesota Statutes sections 473.858 and 473.864 require local governmental units to complete their “decennial” reviews by December 31, 2018; and WHEREAS, the City Council, Planning Commission, and the City Staff have prepared a proposed Comprehensive Plan intended to meet the requirements of the Metropolitan Land Planning Act and Metropolitan Council guidelines and procedures; and WHEREAS, pursuant to Minnesota Statutes section 473.858, the proposed Comprehensive Plan was submitted to adjacent governmental units and affected special districts and school districts for review and comment on May 31, 2018, and the statutory six- month review and comment period has elapsed; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission has considered the proposed Comprehensive Plan and all public comments, and thereafter submitted its recommendations to this Council; and WHEREAS, the City conducted a public hearing(s) on April 4, 2018 relative to the adoption of the proposed Comprehensive Plan; and WHEREAS, the City Council has reviewed the proposed Comprehensive Plan and those recommendations, public comments, and comments from adjacent jurisdictions and affected districts; and WHEREAS, Minnesota Statutes section 473.858 requires a local governmental unit to submit its proposed comprehensive plan to the Metropolitan Council following recommendation by the planning commission and after consideration but before final approval by the governing body of the local governmental unit. WHEREAS, based on its review of the proposed Comprehensive Plan and Planning Commission and staff recommendations, the City Council is ready to submit its proposed plan to the Metropolitan Council for review pursuant to Minnesota Statutes section 473.864; and NOW THERE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF ARDEN HILLS, MINNESOTA, AS FOLLOWS: 1. The City Planner is directed to distribute said Comprehensive Plan to the Metropolitan Council by January 18, 2019 pursuant to Minnesota Statutes section 473.864. ADOPTED this 14th day of January, 2019, by the City Council of the City of Arden Hills. CITY OF ARDEN HILLS By: ________________________________ David Grant, Mayor ATTEST: Julie Hanson, City Clerk ARDEN HILLS 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. Introduction 1.1 Comprehensive Planning 1.2 Thrive MSP 2040 2. Community Profile 2.1 Forecasts 2.2 Population Forecasts 2.3 Housing 2.4 Employment & Income 2.5 Place to Work/Work to Place 2.6 Education 3. City Vision 4. Active Living 4.1 Active Living Principles 4.2 Applying Active Living Principles 5. Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) Property Redevelopment 5.1 TCAAP Decommissioning and Land Transfers 5.1.1 Ramsey County Parks and Recreation 5.1.2 Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS) and Army Reserve 5.1.3 Ramsey County 5.1.4 City of Arden Hills 5.1.5 State of Minnesota 5.2 TCAAP Master Plan 5.2.1 Environmental Cleanup 5.2.2 Redevelopment Timeline 6. Land Use 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Future Land Use – 2008 Comprehensive Plan 6.3 Existing Land Use – 2016 6.4 Future Land Use – 2040 6.4.1 Future Land Use Classifications 6.4.2 Guiding Plan for the B-2 District 6.4.3 Red Fox/Grey Fox/Lexington Avenue Business Area Guiding Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 TC-2 6.4.4 B-4: Retail Center Zoning District 6.4.5 Neighborhood Business 6.4.6 Developable Gateway Business Properties 6.4.7 Employment Zones and Consumer Zones 6.4.8 Manufactured Home Community 6.4.9 TCAAP Redevelopment 6.4.10 Development Capacity and Net Residential Density 6.4.11 Staged Development 6.5 Implementation Strategies 7. Housing 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Context 7.3 Household Forecasts 7.4 Housing Diversity 7.5 Housing Affordability 7.5.1 Existing Affordable Housing Need 7.5.2 2021-2030 Affordable Housing Allocation 7.5.3 Programs 7.5.4 Fiscal Devices 7.5.5 Official Controls 7.6 Housing Quality 7.7 Future Opportunities 7.8 Implementation Strategies 8. Economic Development and Redevelopment 8.1 Economic Development Authority (EDA) 8.2 Economic Development Commission (EDC) 8.3 Guiding Plans and Redevelopment 8.4 Implementation Strategies 9. Parks and Recreation 9.1 Parks, Trails and Open Space Planning Process 9.2 Regional Park and Recreation System 9.3 Arden Hills Park and Recreation System 9.4 Parks and Recreation Maintenance, Upgrades, and Expansions 9.4.1 Park Renovation and Upgrades 9.4.2 Recreation 9.4.3 Pathway Expansion and Upgrades 9.4.4 Park and Open Space Acquisitions 9.4.5 TCAAP Redevelopment Area Approved: January 14, 2019 TC-3 9.5 Implementation Strategies 9.5.1 Priority Setting 9.5.2 Partnerships 9.5.3 Financing 9.5.4 Additional Strategies 10. Protected Resources 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Water Resources 10.2.1 Lakes and Water Bodies 10.2.2 Rice Creek Watershed District & Water Quality Management 10.3 Protected Species/Habitat 10.4 Cultural Resources 10.5 Natural Resource Inventory Map 10.5.1 Natural Resources Assessment 10.5.2 Wetland Restoration Assessment 10.5.3 Lake Water Quality Assessment 10.5.4 Priority Areas 10.5.5 Aggregate Resources 10.5.6 Solar Resource Development and Protection 10.6 Invasive Species 10.7 Implementation Strategies 11. Transportation 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Existing Transportation System Evaluation 11.2.1 Existing Traffic Volumes and Capacity Issues 11.2.2 Safety 11.2.3 Jurisdictional Issues 11.2.4 Relevant Transportation Studies 11.2.5 Multimodal Transportation Opportunities 11.3 Future Transportation System Plan 11.3.1 Forecasted Traffic Volumes & Capacity Needs 11.3.2 Roadway Safety & Mobility Needs 11.3.3 Functional Classification Needs 11.3.4 Multimodal Transportation Opportunities 11.3.5 Long-term Transportation Planning 11.4 Implementation Strategies 11.5 Programmed Transportation Improvements Approved: January 14, 2019 TC-4 12. Resilience and Sustainability 12.1 What is Sustainability and Sustainable Design? 12.2 Green Building Practices 12.3 Low Impact Design 12.4 Carbon Reduction 12.5 Implementation Strategies 13. Public Facilities, Services, and Infrastructure 13.1 Water Resource Management 13.1.1 Water Supply (Appendix D) 13.1.2 Sanitary Sewer (Appendix E) 13.1.3 Stormwater/Surface Water Management 13.1.3.1 Stormwater Management Plan (Appendix F) 13.1.3.2 Local Ordinances (Appendix F) 13.1.3.3 National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (Appendix F) 13.1.3.4 Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) 13.1.3.5 Additional Water Quality Plans and Tools 13.2 Other Utilities 13.3 City Street and Right-of-Way Maintenance 13.4 Emergency Preparedness 13.5 City Buildings 13.5.1 City Hall 13.5.2 Public Works/Joint Maintenance Facility 13.6 City Services 13.6.1 Police 13.6.2 Fire 13.6.3 Administration 13.7 Postal Services 13.8 Public Schools 13.9 Higher Education 14. Implementation 14.1 Implementation Strategies 14.2 Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) 14.3 Ordinances 14.4 Additional Planning Efforts 14.5 Community Involvement 14.6 Intergovernmental Coordination 14.7 Future Comprehensive Plan Amendments Approved: January 14, 2019 TC-5 Appendix A – Draft CIP Appendix B – Transportation System Principles and Standards Appendix C – Transportation Plan Forecasts Appendix D – Water Supply Plan Appendix E – Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan Appendix F – Stormwater Management Plan Appendix G – Zoning District Regulations City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 1-1 1. INTRODUCTION Incorporated in 1951, the City of Arden Hills lies approximately eight miles north of downtown Saint Paul and downtown Minneapolis in the northwestern portion of Ramsey County. The City covers 9.4 square miles and, in 2016, was home to an estimated 9,966 people. The residents of Arden Hills enjoy a high quality of living with access to neighborhood and regional parks and trails; superb access to regional road transportation; nearby commercial services; and stable neighborhoods. In addition to the City’s high quality neighborhoods, Arden Hills is home to a number of large corporations, many small businesses, two private colleges, a high school, an elementary school, and more than 11,000 jobs1. Arden Hills is a strong community that attracts residents and businesses because of its close-knit neighborhoods, parks, responsible government, and open spaces. Additionally, the Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) property provides the City with an opportunity for new development to help service the City’s current and future residents. While Arden Hills is a stable community with a bright future, the City does face some challenges. The median age has risen dramatically in recent years, a large percentage of the City’s land area is tax-exempt, fewer families with children are able to afford a home in the City, and the regional transportation infrastructure is at or beyond capacity in many places. With 824,000 new residents expected in the Twin Cities area between 2010 and 2040, Arden Hills will undoubtedly feel the pressure for development and the impact of development in other communities. 1.1 COMPREHENSIVE PLANNING The Comprehensive Plan is a policy document that asks: where are we now, where do we want to go, and how do we get there? This do cument reflects the City’s value system and creates a framework for the future by providing an overall vision for the City. As a guiding tool, the Plan provides a system for measuring progress, direction for day- to-day and long-term decision-making, and a framework for setting priorities in several key areas that are vital to the successful and efficient functioning of the community. Each of the chapters in this Plan is examined in a comprehensive and community-wide manner in order to take advantage of opportunities, increase efficiency, and work toward building a stronger community. The City recognizes the importance of planning and setting community-wide goals; however, this Plan is also being prepared as a requirement of the Metropolitan Land 1 Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development – 2nd Quarter 2017 QCEW Data City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 1-2 Planning Act. Arden Hills completed its first Comprehensive Plan in 1966 with updates in 1976, 1980, 1998, and 2008. It is anticipated that the next Comprehensive Plan review will take place in 2028. While this Plan is a guide for development through 2040, it is intended to be a flexible and responsive document that can be amended to acknowledge changing conditions and new opportunities. To best achieve the City’s vision, this Plan must be continually referenced, updated, and used on a regular basis. This document provides a path for the City but does not dictate specific activities or absolute decisions; instead, this Plan is intended to help City leaders in developing policies, programs, ordinances, capital improvement plans, and budgets that reflect the overall values and priorities of the residents and businesses. 1.2 THRIVE MSP 2040 On May 28, 2014 the Metropolitan Council adopted the Thrive MSP 2040 to guide growth in the seven county metropolitan area through 2040. Thrive MSP 2040 includes regional growth policies based on community designation for achieving these policies. Arden Hills is identified as Suburban. Some of the Suburban policies that are applicable to Arden Hills include: • Integrate natural resource conservation and restoration strategies into the comprehensive plan. • Implement best management practices to control and treat stormwater as redevelopment opportunities arise. • Designate land in the comprehensive plan to support household growth forecasts and address the community’s share of the region’s affordable housing need through development and redevelopment at a range of densities. • Use state, regional, and federal sources of funding and/or financing and development tools allowed by state law to facilitate the development of new lifecycle and affordable housing. • Develop local policies, plans, and practices that improve pedestrian and bicycle circulation, including access to regional transit services, regional trails, and regional bicycle corridors. • Seek opportunities to improve local street and pedestrian connections to improve access for local trips. • Plan for land uses that support the growth of businesses that export goods and services outside the region, important regional economic clusters, and living wage jobs. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 1-3 The City of Arden Hills supports these policies. The vision, goals, and policies identified in the City’s Comprehensive Plan seek to advance the Metropolitan Council’s Thrive MSP 2040 where applicable to Arden Hills. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 2-1 2. COMMUNITY PROFILE In order to plan for the future of Arden Hills, it is important to understand where the City has been, where the City is now, and how the City is likely to change. Understanding the history of Arden Hills and the trends that affect the City can provide a basis from which to make better decisions. While the past is not a perfect indicator of future changes, it does give perspective on the status of the community and suggests where Arden Hills may be heading. Since 2000, population has remained fairly stable, the median household income has remained higher than Ramsey County as a whole, a greater percentage of residents have a higher education, and the number of jobs in the City has remained stable. Arden Hills is a stable community and many residents are choosing to remain in Arden Hills as long as possible. However, high property values and the relative lack of turnover in the housing stock have made it difficult for some younger households to move into the City. Of the thirteen age groupings, seven of them increased and six decreased from 2000 to 2015. The most notable were a 107% increase in the 60 -64 age group, and a 52% decrease in the 10-14 age group. Overall, the city saw an increase of 1.5% in total population during that time. This chapter provides demographic and economic information about Arden Hills and some of the changes the community has seen in the last 10, 20, and 30 years. While there is a tendency to only look within the City borders, Arden Hills is part of a larger metropolitan area of seven counties with 181 cities and townships. Therefore, a comparison of Arden Hills’ demographic information to adjacent municipalities, Ramsey County, and the metropolitan area is provided where appropriate. The comparison helps provide context for this Plan and helps explain the role that Arden Hills plays in the larger metropolitan community. 2.1 FORECASTS The Metropolitan Council prepared population, household, and employment forecasts for all counties, cities, and townships in the metropolitan area. The forecasts were based on anticipated future land uses from previous plans, vacant land that is developable, and other factors. The forecasts provided by the Metropolitan Council are as follows: City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 2-2 Table 2.1 – Forecasts Census Estimate Thrive MSP 2040 Forecasts 2010 2015 2020 2030 2040 Population 9,552 9,797 10,000 12,000 13,500 Households 2,957 3,116 3,200 4,100 4,600 Employment 12,402 11,885 15,000 16,300 17,500 2.2 POPULATION FORECASTS Figure 2.1 – 1990 - 2040 Population Change Source: Metropolitan Council, US Census 0 2,000 4,000 6,000 8,000 10,000 12,000 14,000 1990 2000 2010 2014 2020 2030 2040 Table 2.2 – Population Change 1970-2040 Source: Metropolitan Council, US Census 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 % change 2000- 2010 2015 Estimate 2020 2030 2040 % change 2010- 2040 Arden Hills 5,149 8,012 9,199 9,652 9,552 -1.04% 9,797 10,000 12,000 13,500 41.33% Mounds View 10,599 12,593 12,541 12,738 12,155 -4.58% 12,584 12,300 12,300 12,400 2.02% New Brighton 19,507 23,269 22,207 22,206 21,456 -3.38% 22,080 22,300 23,100 24,100 12.32% Roseville 34,438 35,820 33,485 33,690 33,660 -0.09% 34,948 33,800 34,000 34,500 2.50% Shoreview 10,978 17,300 24,587 25,924 25,043 3.40% 25,951 27,400 27,400 27,500 9.81% Ramsey County 476,255 459,784 485,765 511,035 508,640 -0.47% 527,411 550,120 572,510 595,220 17.02% 7 county Metro 1,874,612 1,985,873 2,288,721 2,642,062 2,849,567 7.85% 3,005,419 3,160,000 3,459,000 3,738,000 31.18% City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 2-3 ▪ From 2000 to 2010, Arden Hills experienced a slight decline in population. This is consistent with all other communities in the vicinity. However, the Seven County Metro Area grew 7.85% during this same time period. ▪ The City’s most rapid growth occurred during the 1970s when the City grew b y 56 percent. ▪ The City’s population nearly doubled between 1970 and 2000 when it increased approximately 87 percent. ▪ Arden Hills is forecasted to experience a 41% jump in population between 2010 and 2040. Most of the projected growth is anticipated to occur on the proposed TCAAP property redevelopment. Figure 2.2 – Arden Hills Age Distribution 2000, 2010, 2015 Source: US Census & American Community Survey 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Under 5 5 to 9 10 to 14 15 to 19 20 to 24 25 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 59 60 to 64 65 to 74 75 to 84 85 and over 2000 2010 2015 ▪ The median age of Arden Hills residents has remained stable over the last fifteen years. In the year 2000, it was 36.2. By 2010, it had dropped down to 34.8. The latest population estimates show that it has increased back to 36.7 in the year 2015. ▪ The proportion of people over age 55 is anticipated to increase greatly from 2000 to 2015, increasing from 23 percent to 32 percent of the population. ▪ The relatively stable and higher percentage of population in the 18-24 age group from 2000 to 2015 is likely due to the student populations at Bethel University and Northwestern College. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 2-4 ▪ Except for the 15 – 24 age groups, Arden Hills’ population tended to shift into the older age groups in 2015. This growth in the older age groups, as noted in Figure 2.2, is anticipated to continue. 2.3 HOUSING Table 2.3 – Household Forecasts 2000 2010 % change 2000- 2010 2020 2030 2040 % change 2010- 2040 Arden Hills 2,959 2,957 -0.07% 3,200 4,100 4,600 55.56% Mounds View 5,018 4,954 -1.28% 5,100 5,200 5,200 4.97% New Brighton 9,013 8,915 -1.09% 9,500 10,000 10,400 16.66% Roseville 14,598 14,623 0.17% 15,300 15,700 16,100 10.10% Shoreview 10,125 10,402 2.74% 11,000 11,200 11,300 8.63% Ramsey County 201,236 202,691 0.72% 223,460 236,090 246,050 21.39% 7 county Metro 1,021,456 1,117,749 9.42% 1,257,730 1,378,830 1,490,470 33.35% ▪ The forecasted increase in housing units from 2020 to 2040 is largely due to the proposed redevelopment of the TCAAP property. ▪ The adjacent communities and Ramsey County grew much slower between 1990 and 2000 and are anticipated to grow less than the seven county metropolitan area as a whole, which reflects the highly developed nature of Ramsey County. ▪ The developed portion of Arden Hills is likely to experience infill development and redevelopment in the coming years, particularly around the lakes. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 2-5 Figure 2.3 – Age of Housing Stock *Does not include the manufactured home community Source: 2015 ACS 73 152 542 220 857 738 260 86 117 63 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 ▪ Most of the housing units in Arden Hills were built between 1970 and 1989. ▪ Sixty percent of the homes in Arden Hills were built before 1980. ▪ At nearly 150 homes, more homes were built in 1979 than in any other year. ▪ There has been a significant drop in the number of housing units constructed as the availability of undeveloped land has significantly decreased. ▪ The large forecasted increase in housing in Arden Hills is largely focused in the TCAAP redevelopment area. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 2-6 Figure 2.4 - Housing Type (2015) Source: Met Council Estimates 66.1% 12.6% 0.9% 12.2% 8.1%Single- Family Detach edTownh omes ▪ 78.7 percent of the housing in Arden Hills is single-family housing (attached and detached). ▪ 12.2 percent if the housing in Arden Hills is multi-family housing. ▪ 8.1 percent of the housing in Arden Hills is manufactured/mobile homes. Table 2.4 Housing Type (2015) Source: Met Council Estimates Housing Type Estimate 2015 Single-Family Detached 2,114 Townhomes 404 Duplex, triplex and quad 30 Multifamily (5 units or more) 390 Manufactured Homes 260 Chapter seven includes additional housing information. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 2-7 2.4 EMPLOYMENT & INCOME Table 2.5 – Employment Forecasts 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030 2040 Arden Hills 10,929 12,429 12,402 15,000 16,300 17,500 Mounds View 3,142 4,382 6,386 6,800 7,100 7,200 Shoreview 5,771 9,829 11,665 13,200 14,100 14,700 Roseville 33,046 39,103 35,104 37,300 38,300 39,300 ▪ In 2010, Arden Hills had 23 percent more jobs than residents. ▪ Arden Hills is anticipated to have more jobs than people through 2040. ▪ Much of the employment growth after 2010 is anticipated to be on the TCAAP property. Figure 2.5 – Household Income Source: US Census $0 $10,000 $20,000 $30,000 $40,000 $50,000 $60,000 $70,000 $80,000 $90,000 1990 2000 2010 2015 Arden Hills Ramsey County 7 County Metro ▪ The median household income in Arden Hills in 2015 was $80,200. ▪ The Arden Hills median household income was $64,800 in 2000 (2000 dollars). ▪ The median household income in Arden Hills is higher than both Ramsey County and the seven county metro area. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 2-8 2.5 PLACE TO WORK/WORK TO PLACE Table 2.6 – Top 10 Work Destinations in 2015 Workplaces Workers Percent Minneapolis 751 20.8% St. Paul 509 14.1% Arden Hills 232 6.4% Roseville 217 6.0% Shoreview 161 4.5% New Brighton 108 3.0% Blaine 106 2.9% Bloomington 99 2.7% Fridley 85 2.3% Coon Rapids 74 2.0% Remaining Destinations 1,260 35.0% Total 3,603 100% Source: US Census Table 2.7 – Top 10 Sources of Employees in 2015 Residences Workers Percent St. Paul 1,150 10.6% Minneapolis 993 9.2% Blaine 580 5.4% Shoreview 517 4.8% Brooklyn Park 377 3.5% Coon Rapids 375 3.5% Roseville 329 3.0% Woodbury 285 2.6% Lino Lakes 258 2.4% New Brighton 242 2.2% Remaining Sources 5,705 52.8% Total 10,811 100% Source: US Census In 2015, the City had over 7,000 people of working age and approximately, 12,188 jobs. Although the City had almost two jobs for each resident, a majority of people commuted out of the City for employment in 2015 (Table 2.7 and 2.8). City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 2-9 ▪ 232 Arden Hills residents also work in Arden Hills. ▪ Over 34 percent of residents (of working age) worked in either Saint Paul or Minneapolis (Table 2.6). ▪ Saint Paul was the largest supply of workers for employers in Arden Hills (Table 2.7). 2.6 EDUCATION Figure 2.6 – Educational Attainment of the Population 25 Years and Over (2015) 3.5% 15.9% 15.1% 6.9% 37.2% 21.4% Some high school High school diploma Some college Associate's degree Bachelor's degree Graduate or professional degree ▪ Over 58 percent of Arden Hills residents have obtained a bachelor’s degree or higher. ▪ 96.5 percent of Arden Hills residents have obtained at least a High School Diploma. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2018 3-1 3. CITY VISION On a day-to-day basis, the City provides many services that are needed to maintain a high-quality of living and contribute to the overall success of Arden Hills. This Plan is divided into fourteen chapters that address a range of topics, including land use, housing, and transportation among others. While each chapter has its own goals and policies, the chapters are not independent of each other. This Plan should be viewed as an integrated whole in order to take advantage of opportunities that may be able to advance the goals and policies from more than one chapter. The chapters, goals, and policies in this Comprehensive Plan are not presented in order of importance or priority. Each goal and policy has been identified as a tool to advanc e the overall City vision. The primary purpose of this Plan is to support and advance the City’s long-term vision: City Vision – Arden Hills is a strong community that values its unique environmental setting, strong residential neighborhoods, vital business community, well-maintained infrastructure, fiscal soundness, and our long-standing tradition as a desirable City in which to live, work, and play. The community seeks to achieve this overall City vision by working to advance the following goals in this Comprehensive Plan: Active Living – Enhance the health, safety, and well-being of all who live, work, and play in the City. TCAAP Redevelopment – Develop TCAAP in a way that accommodates a mix of land uses that is sensitive to the natural environment, economically sustainable, and of benefit to the community. Land Use – Develop and maintain a land use pattern that strengthens the vitality, quality, and character of our residential neighborhoods, commercial districts, and industrial areas while protecting the community’s natural resources and developing a sustainable pattern for future development. Housing - Develop and maintain a strong, vital, diverse and stable housing supply for all members of the community. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2018 3-2 Economic Development and Redevelopment – Promote the development, redevelopment, and maintenance of a viable, innovative, and diverse business environment serving Arden Hills and the metropolitan area. Parks and Recreation – Create a comprehensive, maintained, and interconnected system of parks, pathways, and open spaces as well as a balanced program of recreational activities for residents of all ages, incomes, and abilities. Protected Resources – Preserve, protect, and restore the community’s natural resources, including open spaces, lakes, wetlands, other significant natural features, and historic resources. Transportation – Provide a transportation system that has convenient and effective multi-modal connections within Arden Hills and to adjacent municipalities, the remainder of the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area, and greater Minnesota. Resilience and Sustainability – Promote resiliency and sustainable design practices in the preservation, development, redevelopment, and maintenance of the City’s natural and built environment. Public Facilities, Infrastructure, and Services – Provide efficient and high-quality public facilities, services, and infrastructure. Each chapter in this Plan includes the background information for each goal, policies to advance the goal, and suggested implementation options. The policies and other implementation techniques listed in this Plan are not intended to be all-inclusive and there is overlap between chapters. New opportunities or tools that arise over time should be considered even if not included in this Comprehensive Plan. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 4-1 4. ACTIVE LIVING Goal: Enhance the health, safety, and well-being of all who live, work, and play in the City. In 2006, the City received a grant from Blue Cross Blue Shield of Minnesota to incorporate active living principles into the 2030 Comprehensive Plan. The purpose of the grant was to encourage cities to create a natural and built environment that encourages more physical activity and, subsequently, leads to an increase in overall public health. There is no single solution to increasing physical activity or public health, and the City does not seek to change personal choices. However, the City can work to remove obstacles to physical activity and increase opportunities for healthy living choices. The City continues to support the active living goals and policies identified during the last Comprehensive Plan update and has elected to retain this chapter in the 2040 Comprehensive Plan. 4.1 ACTIVE LIVING PRINCIPLES A principal goal of active living is to create opportunities that integrate physical activity into daily routines. Removing obstacles in the built environment and encouraging a built environment that promotes physical activity can be achieved through the planning process. In committing to promote and increase physical activity, the following principles, based on principles prepared by the Active Living by Design group (www.activelivingbydesign.org), serve as a guide to advancing the active living movement: 1. Physical activity is a behavior that can favorably improve health and quality of life. 2. Everyone should have safe, convenient and affordable choices for physical activity. 3. The City and new developments should be designed to provide a variety of opportunities for physical activity and should accommodate a wide range of individual preferences and abilities. 4. Development patterns should encourage opportunities for active living where appropriate as well as a variety of transportation choices. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 4-2 5. Buildings should be designed and oriented to promote opportunities for active living, especially non-motorized transportation. 6. Transportation systems, including transit, should provide safe, convenient and affordable access to housing, worksites, schools and community services. 7. Parks and green space, including pathways, should be safe, accessible and part of a transportation network that connects destinations of interest, such as housing, worksites, schools, community services and other places with high population density. 8. The City, in cooperation with other public and private entities, are encouraged to plan for ongoing interdisciplinary collaboration, promotion of facilities, behavioral supports, policies that institutionalize the vision of active living, and routine maintenance that ensures continued safety, quality and attractiveness of the physical infrastructure. 9. City planning processes should address the multiple impacts of the built environment and transportation choices on residents' ability to be physically active. These principles can help serve as an evaluation framework for new developments, ordinances, and policies. 4.2 APPLYING ACTIVE LIVING PRINCIPLES This chapter does not encompass all of the goals or policies related to the active living movement. Where applicable, active living principles have been incorporated throughout this Plan to encourage coordination between goals, policies, and strategies. For example, reconstructing a road in the transportation chapter is related to creating a new pathway in the parks and recreation chapter, which increases opportunities for physical activity and healthy living. In addition to the goals and policies throughout this Comprehensive Plan, the city seeks to advance the overall active living goal with the following additional policies: o Encourage the incorporation of active living principles into new developments and redevelopments where feasible. o Consider active living principles when evaluating new policies, ordinances, procedures, and proposals. o Work with the adjacent communities, school districts, public & private institutions, and employers to encourage and advance the active living principles. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 4-3 o Evaluate the City’s regulations to identify and remove obstacles to active living where feasible for residents of all ages and abilities. The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s active living goal and principles. In addition to the local strategies listed above, the City will continue to partner with the coalition members of Active Living Ramsey Communities to encourage and support efforts to improve active living at the regional level through changes in public and private design, transportation, and policies. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 5-1 5. TWIN CITIES ARMY AMMUNITION PLANT (TCAAP) PROPERTY REDEVELOPMENT Goal: Develop TCAAP in a way that accommodates a mix of land uses that is sensitive to the natural environment, economically sustainable, and a benefit to the community. In 1941, the federal government started construction on the Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP), which occupied about 3.7 square miles (2,370 acres) in what was then Mounds View Township (Figure 5.1). During a 16 month period, over 300 buildings were constructed to manufacture and test munitions for World War II. The plant also produced munitions for the Korean conflict, Vietnam conflict, and the first Gulf War. At its peak, the property had 40 miles of electric and telephone wire, 83 miles of sewer, 37 miles of road and railroad track, and employed more than 25,000 people. The entire TCAAP property was included in the Arden Hills municipal border when the City incorporated in 1951, and now occupies approximately the northern third of Arden Hills. The TCAAP property is bounded by Highway 96 on the south, Highways 10 and 35W on the west, Lexington Avenue on the east, and County Road I on the north. 5.1 TCAAP DECOMMISSIONING AND LAND TRANSFERS Between 1974 and 1985, the federal government started decommissioning TCAAP. While munitions production by private entities continued into the early 2000s, operations were a fraction of peak production. Plans to transfer portions of the property and redevelop it have been in the works since the 1980s. Redevelopment plans for the former TCAAP property have continued to evolve and become more detailed: Table 5.1 – TCAAP Land Reuse Proposals 1982 1998 2008 2016 Residential 970 445 168 146 Commercial/Industrial 500 222 182 198 Parks and Other Open Space 805 252 168 24 Institutional, Roads, & Other Public Use 95 215 65 53 na na 113 221 na 1,237 1,562 1,611 na na 113 113 2,370 2,370 2,371 2,371Redevelopment AreaRice Creek Trail Corridor Parks Preserve/Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS)/US Army Reserve Other (MnDot, Ramsey County, Arden Hills) Total Acerage is approximate. Much of the former TCAAP property has already been transferred or leased to other public entities, including the Minnesota Department of Transportation, Ramsey County, City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 5-2 City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 5-3 Arden Hills, and the Minnesota National Guard (Figure 5.2). In April of 2013, Ramsey County purchased 427 acres of the TCAAP site from the General Services Administration (GSA) for redevelopment. 5.1.1 Ramsey County Parks and Recreation Rice Creek traverses the northwestern corner of the former TCAAP property and is an important animal habitat and recreation area. Approximately 113 acres adjacent to the creek were transferred to Ramsey County in 2006 for the development of the Rice Creek North Regional Trail (Figure 5.2). Ramsey County is currently working with the GSA to have an additional 108 acres of land transferred for the purpose of expanding the Rice Creek trail corridor. Ramsey County Parks and Recreation also owns a parcel that is approximately 5 acres in size adjacent to Lexington Avenue near the Marsden Lake and wetland complex. This site is known as the Marsden Archery Range. 5.1.2 Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS) and Army Reserve Approximately 1,611 acres will remain under federal ownership; however, the Minnesota National Guard has a long-term lease for most of the land. A small portion is used for the Army Reserve station in the far southeastern corner of the property. This land is expected to remain under federal ownership for the foreseeable future. The Minnesota National Guard has designated their leased area as the Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS). Although live munitions firing are prohibited on the site, the Minnesota National Guard does use the property for training purposes. Much of AHATS is anticipated to remain as open space, but the National Guard is in the process of developing a long-term master plan for the property. The Arden Hills Army Training Site is anticipated to include a field maintenance shop, training area management building, division headquarters, state joint force headquarters, billeting, and a number of ancillary buildings. The project is also expected to include an armory/training center that could have a community center component. The future buildings would be located on the north and west sides of the Ramsey County/Arden Hills Public Works Facility at the northwest corner of the Hamline Avenue and Highway 96 intersection. The potential impacts of the AHATS master plan have not been fully evaluated, but it will increase use and workers on the National Guard property. The City City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 5-4 City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 5-5 seeks to maintain a working relationship with the Minnesota National Guard on planning activities and to potentially collaborate on a community center as part of the training facility. 5.1.3 Ramsey County In 2002, the General Services Administration (GSA) formally declared 585 acres of the TCAAP property as excess that was to be sold. In 2013, Ramsey County purchased 427 acres of the site from the U.S. Government with the intent to clean up the property and put it back into productive economic use. The property purchased by Ramsey County is adjacent to Interstate 35W and Highway 10 (Figure 5.2). The City of Arden Hills is partnering with Ramsey County on the redevelopment project, with the City being responsible for preparing the master plan and other land use control documents. 5.1.4 City of Arden Hills The City of Arden Hills owns 6.9 acres of the former TCAAP property adjacent to Highway 96 (Figure 5.2). This property was transferred to the City for use as a new City Hall, which was completed in 2001. 5.1.5 State of Minnesota The State of Minnesota controls nearly 62 acres of the former TCAAP property in the northwestern corner adjacent to County Road I and Interstate 35W. The Minnesota Department of Transportation has a facility on the site, including a driver licensing center. 5.2 TCAAP Master Plan The City of Arden Hills in partnership with Ramsey County approved a Joint Powers Agreement (JPA) that created a Joint Development Authority (JDA) govern the redevelopment of 427 acres of the TCAAP property. The JDA initiated a master planning process for the 427 acre parcel purchased by the County in April 2013. Over the course of the subsequent year, the City held a series of public open houses to solicit community preferences and met with local developers and other relevant stakeholders to help inform the Master Plan. The long-term vision for the site that came out of this process emphasized the need for regional employment, a variety of housing options, well-designed and pedestrian-friendly commercial areas, and a network of parks and open spaces. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 5-6 The City Council approved the Master Land Use Map for the site in June 2014, and the Alternative Urban Areawide Review (AUAR) and Mitigation Plan in July 2014. Following these approvals, the City began work on the regulations and policies component of the Master Plan in August 2014. This document, officially titled the TCAAP Redevelopment Code (TRC), was adopted by the City Council in July 2015, and establishes the development regulations for the parcel purchased by Ramsey County. In 2016, the JDA initiated a request for proposals (RFP) process to solicit developers interested in redeveloping the 427 acres site in keeping with the approved TCAAP Master Plan. Following review of the RFPs, the JDA selected Alatus LLC as the Master Developer on May 2, 2016. Over the next six months, Alatus and the City discussed changes necessary to the TCAAP Master Plan to accommodate the plans of Alatus and their partners. To gather public input, an Open House was conducted on November 16, 2016 and the Planning Commission conducted a Public Hearing on December 7, 2016. The City Council approved amendments to the TCAAP Master Plan on December 12, 2016. The goals of the TRC are to promote a more functional and attractive community through the use of recognized design principles and to allow property o wners and developers flexibility in land use while prescribing a higher level of detail in building design and form. The City, along with the consultant team, drafted the TRC to codify the goals and vision for the site that were identified through the public engagement process. Included in the TRC is the TCAAP Redevelopment Regulating Plan, which has been adopted as the official zoning map for the site. The Regulating Plan was amended by the City Council on December 12, 2016. Since it is the City’s goal to fully incorporate the TCAAP property into the fabric of the community, the land use, housing, parks and open space, transportation, and other components of the proposed TCAAP redevelopment have been integrated into their respective chapters in the Comprehensive Plan. The overall City vision, goals, and policies of each chapter also apply to the entire TCAAP redevelopment. 5.2.1 ENVIRONMENTAL CLEANUP Portions of the TCAAP property were subject to environmental contamination during its four decades as a munitions manufacturing plant and testing area. The United States Army initiated environmental cleanup in the 1980s and cleanup of the groundwater is likely to continue for the next 40 years. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 5-7 In 2013, Ramsey County entered into a contract with Carl Bolander & Sons Co. for hazardous material abatement, demolition, and site remediation services for the TCAAP property. The remediation project was completed in November 2015. Remediation has complied with the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency’s residential standard and the Agency issued a certificate of completion in August 2016. 5.2.2 REDEVELOPMENT TIMELINE Demolition and remediation of the site was completed in November 2015. Grading of the site and construction of the main roadway and trunk utilities is expected to begin in 2019. At this time, it is expected that private development will begin in late 2019 or 2020. The project is anticipated to be completed in phases over the next 10 to 20 years; however, the development timeline will depend on a number of conditions, including the market, transportation improvements, and other related factors. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-1 6. LAND USE Goal: Develop and maintain a land use pattern that strengthens the vitality, quality, and character of our residential neighborhoods, commercial districts, and industrial areas while protecting the community’s natural resources and developing a sustainable pattern for future development. To advance this land use goal, the following policies are proposed: o Evaluate and amend the land use regulations to achieve the highest possible development standards, enhance the natural environment, protect public health, support a vital mix of land uses, and promote flexible approaches to implement the Comprehensive Plan. o Ensure that land use regulations promote development that is compatible with nearby properties, neighborhood character, and natural features; minimize pedestrian and vehicular conflict; and visually enhance development. o Preserve the stability and quality of the city's neighborhoods while allowing for redevelopment that is complimentary to existing development. o Provide a balanced mix of residential, park, open space, and commercial land uses. o Construct new development at an average density of at least five residential units per net residential acre. o Explore the possibility of creating additional community gathering space in conjunction with public or private organizations, including AHATS. 6.1 INTRODUCTION Land use is a defining characteristic of a community. While land use does not operate independently from the other characteristics that create a community, it is a binding factor between transportation, housing, parks, paths, and other characteristics. Through zoning, subdivision, and other land use regulations, a city has powerful tools to guide the long-term, look, feel, and vitality of their community. Despite the vacant TCAAP property (see Chapter 5), Arden Hills is classified as a fully developed community with the community designation of “suburban” by the Metropolitan Council’s Thrive MSP 2040 (Figure 6.1). The City is also entirely within the Metropolitan Urban Service Area (MUSA). The areas south of Highways 96 and 10 were mostly developed by the end of the 1970s, and less than three percent of the developable land in that part of Arden Hills is vacant. Significant land use changes are not anticipated in the developed part of Arden Hills; however, study areas have been identified in the Future Land Use section of this chapter. The City seeks to take a proactive stance to protect the high quality of life that residents have come to expect and to prepare for potential redevelopment opportunities on TCAAP and throughout the community. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-2 City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-3 6.2 FUTURE LAND USE – 2008 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN The 2008 Comprehensive Plan included a future land use map (Figure 6.2) and proposed mix of land uses for future development, including potential land uses for the proposed TCAAP redevelopment: Table 6.1 – 2008 Future Land Use Acres Low Density Residential 978 Medium Density Residential 136 High Density Residential 12 Neighborhood Business 19 Mixed Business 79 Commercial 26 Community Mixed Use 100 Light Industrial and Office 303 Parks and Open Space 576 Park Preserve 1,472 Public & Institutional 461 Utilities 15 Subtotal 4,178 Neighborhood Residential 146 Town Center 16 Campus Commercial 40 Office Mixed Use 20 Retail Mixed Use 34 Flex Business 42 Public & Institutional (Civic)2 Parks and Open Space 24 Utilities 46 TCAAP Right-of-way 51 Subtotal 427 Water 796 Railroad Right-of-Way 35 Right-of-way 685 Total 6,121 Land Use OtherTCAAPArden Hills except TCAAP2008 Comprehensive Plan - Future Land Use City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-4 City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-5 The following descriptions were used to define the future land use categories in the 2008 Comprehensive Plan: 1. Very Low Density Residential (VLDR) – traditional single-family residential land use category. A density range of one and one -half (1.5) to three (3) units per acre. 2. Low Density Residential (LDR) – traditional single-family residential land use category. A density range of three (3) to five (5) units per acre may be allowed. 3. Medium Density Residential (MDR) – apartment and townhome land use category for providing densities of six (6) to nine (9) units per acre. 4. High Density Residential (HDR) – apartment and townhome land use category providing for densities of nine (9) to twelve (12) units per acre. 5. Neighborhood Residential (NR) – Provides for a range of attached and detached single-family and small multi-family uses at a density of one and one-half (1.5) to eight (8) units per acre. 6. Town Center (TC) – Provides for a range of commercial and residential uses that offer housing, assisted living, senior housing, office, retail, restaurant, and civic uses. Medium and large residential uses are permitted at a density of fifteen (15) to sixty-seven (67) units per acre. 7. Neighborhood Business (NB) – neighborhood business designates small, isolated areas for neighborhood commercial land uses when they are compatible with surrounding residential uses. Commercial uses that are high traffic generators, noise generators, or otherwise not compatible with residential neighborhoods, are inappropriate. Typically, Neighborhood Business areas will be located on intersections or nodes that are on the edge of residential areas, are less desirable sites for housing, or have traditionally been occupied with neighborhood services. Dwelling units of three (3) units per acre or more may be permitted. 8. Mixed Business (MB) – areas designated for a variety of businesses, including commercial, certain light industrial uses, warehousing, office, general business, retail. 9. Commercial (C) – areas designated for a broad range of retail, shopping, and services to meet the needs of the community and region. Compatible uses such as office buildings are also intended for this area. 10. Community Mixed Use (CMU) – areas designated for a broad range of retail, shopping, services, and office space to meet the needs of the community and surrounding areas. This area may also include medium to high density housing with a potential density of three (3) to twenty (20) units per acre. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-6 11. Campus Commercial (CC) – Provides for multiple, single tenant buildings or campuses within a business park atmosphere. 12. Retail Mixed-Use (RMU) – Promotes retail as a primary use and allows for other commercial uses to be incorporated as vertical mixed-use buildings. 13. Office Mixed-Use – (OMU) – Focuses on office as a primary use, but also permits other commercial uses to be incorporated as vertical mixed-use buildings. 14. Flex Office (FO) – Permits large scale development for employment and light manufacturing uses that take advantage of highway frontage and automobile access. 15. Light Industrial and Office (I/O) – areas designated for a broad range of light industrial uses such as warehousing with manufacturing. This land use may also include offices. 16. Public & Institutional (P/I) – areas designated for uses such as government buildings, colleges, schools, and religious uses, but not medical uses. 17. Utility (UTL) – Public or private land occupied by a power substation, water tower, municipal well, pumping station, drainage infrastructure, or similar use. 18. Park and Open Space (P/OS) – areas designated as public parks. 19. Park Preserve (PP) – areas designated as natural or scenic areas that are to be preserved for public use or open space. 20. Water – includes permanently flooded open water, rivers and streams, and wetlands (wetlands not included in the national wetland inventory data may not be displayed). 21. Railroad right-of-way (RR) – public or private freight or passenger rail activities. 22. Right-of-way (ROW) – public vehicular, transit and/or pedestrian rights- of-way. 6.3 EXISTING LAND USE – 2016 The 2016 existing land use data is based on City and County property records and known land uses (Figure 6.3). The land uses are classified into the following categories: 1. Single Family Attached – includes all attached single family homes such as townhomes with separate entrances. 2. Single Family Detached – includes all detached single family homes. 3. Multifamily – includes apartment buildings and condominiums of more than one story. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-7 City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-8 4. Manufactured Housing Parks – includes manufactured and mobile homes in specialized parks. 5. Mixed Use Residential - Land containing a building with multiple uses in combination with at least a residential unit(s). 6. Retail and Other Commercial – areas designated for a broad range of retail, shopping, and services to meet the needs of the community and region. Compatible uses such as office buildings are also intended for this area. 7. Office – Predominantly administrative, professional, or clerical services; includes medical clinics. 8. Mixed Use Industrial – Land containing a building with multiple uses in combination with industrial uses and NO residential units, such as light manufacturing and/or processing, warehousing, distribution, and offices. 9. Industrial and Utility - Land containing manufacturing, transportation, construction companies, communications, utilities (including water towers) or wholesale trade. This category includes publicly owned industrial lands (e.g. waste water treatment plant). 10. Park, Recreational or Preserve– areas designated as public parks. 11. Institutional– areas designated for uses such as government buildings, colleges, schools, and religious uses but not medical uses. 12. Undeveloped– Private land not occupied with a building or use. 13. Open Water– includes permanently flooded open water, rivers and streams, and wetlands (wetlands not included in the national wetland inventory data may not be displayed). 14. Railroad– Railroad right-of-way. 15. Major Highway– Major roadway strips of land or area, on which a vehicular rights-of-passage exists under the following conditions: all interstate highways; all 4-lane divided highways with rights-of-way of 200 feet or greater in width; or all 4-lane roads with a Metropolitan Council functional class designation of "Principal Arterial". City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-9 Figure 6.4 – 2016 Generalized Land Use 1363 ac; 22% 210 ac; 3% 229 ac; 4% 580 ac; 9%488 ac; 8% 2245 ac; 36% 626 ac; 10% 414 ac; 7% Generalized Land Use Residential Commercial Industrial Park and Open Space Institutional Undeveloped Water ROW Figure 6.4 above shows land uses in Arden Hills in the generalized categories of: residential, industrial, institutional, water, commercial, park and open space, undeveloped, and right-of-way. Over one third of the land in Arden Hills is designated for undeveloped use, which is new from the 2008 land use categories. This is due to the former Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant property and the vacant areas on college and corporate campuses. The next most prominent land use is all types of residential at 22 percent of the City’s total land area. The smallest land use categories are commercial and industrial at three percent and four percent, respectively. 6.4 FUTURE LAND USE - 2040 While redevelopment may occur on some parcels throughout the City, no significant land use changes in the developed areas of Arden Hills are anticipated (Figure 6.5). Most of the City’s projected population, household, and employment growth will occur on the TCAAP redevelopment site. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-10 City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-11 Table 6.2 – 2040 Future Land Use 6.4.1 Future Land Use Classifications There are twenty-two future land use classifications: 1. Very Low Density Residential (VLDR) – traditional single-family residential land use category. A density range of one and one-half (1.5) to three (3) units per acre may be allowed. 2. Low Density Residential (LDR) – traditional single-family residential land use category. A density range of three (3) to five (5) units per acre may be allowed. 3. Medium Density Residential (MDR) –townhome and multi-family residential land use category for providing densities of six (6) to nine (9) units per acre. 4. High Density Residential (HDR) –townhome and multi-family residential land use category providing for densities of nine (9) to twelve (12) units per acre. Acres Land Use (TCAAP)Acres 27 Neighborhood Residential (TCAAP)*146 946 Town Center (TCAAP)*16 145 Campus Commercial (TCAAP)*40 14 Office Mixed Use (TCAAP)*20 10 Retail Mixed Use (TCAAP)*34 33 Flex Business (TCAAP)*42 26 Public & Institutional (Civic - TCAAP)2 100 Parks and Open Space (TCAAP)24 346 Utilities (Water Infrastructure - TCAAP)46 461 Right-of-way (TCAAP)51 20 579 1,327 1,253 35 73 5,427 Total** (TCAAP)427 *Includes future right-of-way. **May not equal 5,427 or 427 due to rounding. Total** (Not Including TCAAP) Railroad Right-of-way Right-of-way Neighborhood Business Water Public & Institutional Commercial Community Mixed Use Park Preserve Light Industrial and Office Park and Open Space Utilities 2040 Future Land Use Low Density Residential Medium Density Residential High Density Residential Mixed Business Very Low Density Residential Land Use (Not Including TCAAP) City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-12 5. Neighborhood Residential (NR) – Provides for a range of attached and detached single-family and small multi-family uses at a density of one and one-half (1.5) to eight (8) units per acre. 6. Town Center (TC) – Provides for a range of commercial and residential uses that offer housing, assisted living, senior housing, office, retail, restaurant, and civic uses. Medium and large residential uses are permitted at a density of fifteen (15) to sixty-seven (67) units per acre. The expected share of uses within this area are as follows: 5% to 25% Retail; 0% to 25% Office; and 100% High Density Residential. 7. Neighborhood Business (NB) – neighborhood business designates small, isolated areas for neighborhood commercial land uses when they are compatible with surrounding residential uses. Commercial uses that are high traffic generators, noise generators, or otherwise not compatible with residential neighborhoods, are inappropriate. Typically, Neighborhood Business areas will be located on intersections or nodes that are on the edge of residential areas, are less desirable sites for housing, or have traditionally been occupied with neighborhood services. Dwelling units of three (3) units per acre or more may be permitted. The expected share of uses within this area are as follows: 0% to 100% Retail; 0% to 100% Office; 0% to 25% High Density Residential; 0% to 50% Medium Density Residential; and 0% to 25% Low Density Residential. A development intensity of .7 FAR may be allowed. 8. Mixed Business (MB) – areas designated for a variety of businesses, including commercial, certain light industrial uses, office, general business, and retail. A development intensity of up to .8 FAR may be allowed. The expected share of uses within this area are as follows: 0% to 50% Light Industrial; 0% to 50% Retail; and 25% to 100% Office. 9. Commercial (C) – areas designated for a broad range of retail, shopping, and services to meet the needs of the community and region. Compatible uses such as office buildings are also intended for this area. A development intensity of intensity of up to .8 FAR may be allowed. 10. Community Mixed Use (CMU) – areas designated for a broad range of retail, shopping, services, and office space to meet the needs of the community and surrounding areas. This area may also include medium to high density housing with a potential density of nine (9) to twenty (20) units per acre. The expected share of uses within this area are as follows: 10% to 50% Light Industrial; 10% to 100% Retail; 10% to 100% Office; 10% to 50% High Density Residential; and 0% to 25% Medium Density Residential City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-13 11. Campus Commercial (CC) – Provides for multiple, single tenant buildings or campuses within a business park atmosphere. Development intensity of up to 4 FAR may be allowed. 12. Retail Mixed-Use (RMU) – Promotes retail as a primary use and allows for other commercial uses to be incorporated as vertical mixed-use buildings. A development intensity of up to .8 Far may be allowed. The expected share of uses within this area are as follows: 50% to 100% Retail and 0% to 50% Office. 13. Office Mixed-Use – (OMU) – Focuses on office as a primary use, but also permits other commercial uses to be incorporated as vertical mixed-use buildings. A development intensity of up to 2 FAR may be allowed. The expected share of uses within this area are as follows: 0% to 50% Retail and 50% to 100% Office. 14. Flex Office (FO) – Permits large scale development for employment and light manufacturing uses that take advantage of highway frontage and automobile access. A development intensity of up to 1.5 FAR may be allowed. 15. Light Industrial and Office (I/O) – areas designated for a broad range of light industrial uses such as manufacturing, processing, and warehousing. This land use may also include offices. A Development intensity of up to .8 may be allowed. The expected share of uses within this area are as follows: 50% to 100% Light Industrial and 0% to 100% Office. 16. Public & Institutional (P/I) – areas designated for uses such as government buildings, colleges, schools, and religious uses, but not medical uses. A Development intensity of up to .8 may be allowed. 17. Utility (UTL) – Public or private land occupied by a power substation, water tower, municipal well, pumping station, drainage infrastructure, or similar use. 18. Park and Open Space (P/OS) – areas designated as public parks. 19. Park Preserve (PP) – areas designated as natural or scenic areas that are to be preserved for public use or open space. 20. Water – includes permanently flooded open water, rivers and streams, and wetlands (wetlands not included in the national wetland inventory data may not be displayed). 21. Railroad right-of-way (RR) – public or private freight or passenger rail activities. 22. Right-of-way (ROW) – public vehicular, transit and/or pedestrian rights- of-way. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-14 6.4.2 Guiding Plan for the B-2 District In March 2008, the City completed a visioning and planning process for the B-2 District, which generally includes the properties near County Road E between Lexington Avenue and Hamline Avenue/Highway 51 (Figure 6.6). Long considered the “downtown” of Arden Hills, the district is a mix of newer and older buildings and primarily retail, service, and office uses. As this corridor ages, market initiated redevelopment is anticipated. The “Guiding Plan for the B-2 District” includes a long-term vision for the future redevelopment of this corridor and addresses transportation issues, land uses, infrastructure improvements, landscaping, pedestrian facilities, building design, and site layout among other issues. While the primary uses along this corridor are likely to remain retail, commercial, and office, the Guiding Plan and subsequent land use changes add the possibility for multi-family residential housing in this area. Since the completion of the plan in 2008, the area has seen substantial redevelopment with the opening of new retail, restaurant, and multi-family residential housing uses. The City and Ramsey County completed infrastructure improvements on County Road E in 2015, including streetscape enhancements and improved pedestrian and bicycle facilities. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-15 City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-16 6.4.3 Red Fox/Grey Fox/Lexington Avenue Business Area Guiding Plan Immediately north of the B-2 District is a significant industrial, office, and retail area for the City. This area includes Red Fox and Grey Fox roads and is bounded by Lexington Avenue, Highway 51, Interstate 694, and the Canadian Pacific railway (Figure 6.6). This area is used by a number of small and large businesses for a variety of retail, manufacturing, distribution, warehousing, and office uses. This area was largely developed between the 1950s and 1970s , though the retail area along Lexington Avenue has had some new development and redevelopment in the last 15 years. While good access to regional transportation has helped to continue to make this area viable, some of the buildings are becoming functionally obsole te for modern manufacturing, warehousing, and business uses. As redevelopment pressure increases, the overall redevelopment and transportation needs of this area of the City will need to be comprehensively addressed. The City recognizes that a small area plan will need to be completed to determine the appropriate mix of land uses in this area. 6.4.4 B-4: Retail Center Zoning District The B-4 Zoning District is comprised of the properties with frontage on Dunlap Street between Grey Fox Road and Red Fox Road. There are no undeveloped parcels in the B-4 District and all the buildings are currently occupied. The properties are not generally retail in nature and therefore do not achieve the purpose statements of the B-4 District. The businesses are mostly wholesale sales, office/warehouse, light manufacturing, or repair orientated that are more typically industrial uses. The City should consider whether zoning changes in this area of the City would be appropriate in order to achieve the City’s vision for the district and to support existing businesses in the area. 6.4.5 Neighborhood Business The purpose of the Neighborhood Business land use concept is to promote the development of commercial nodes that were compatible with the surrounding residential uses and provided services to residential areas. Commercial uses that generate high traffic, noise, or other negative impacts were considered undesirable. Neighborhood business areas are located at intersections or nodes at the edge of residential areas, on properties not considered desirable for City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-17 housing, or properties that have traditionally been occupied with neighborhood services. Housing can be a component of the development but would not necessarily be the focal point. To date, the success of the Neighborhood Business district has been mixed. Two projects have been developed under this zoning designation, and both resulted in the construction of small office buildings with a variety of services. However, neither of the projects focused on providing neighborhood level services. There are a number undeveloped Neighborhood Business properties on Cleveland Avenue south of County Road E-2 and the former City Hall/Public Works site south of Highway 96 at Hamline Avenue. The size, shape and proximity to residential uses limits the commercial redevelopment opportunities, and the City may choose to consider appropriate residential uses for these sites. 6.4.6 Developable Gateway Business Properties There is about 35 acres of undeveloped land in the Gateway Business Zoning District northeast quadrant of Interstates 35W and 694. There are some wetlands and woodland that may influence future development, but considerate design may mitigate most impacts of development. The designation of this area is currently I/O – Light Industrial & Office. The City’s vision is for these undeveloped properties to be developed for a corporate office or similar type use. 6.4.7 Employment Zones and Consumer Zones The uses allowed in all the existing industrial zones and most of the commercial zones would allow for high economic activity uses adjacent to low economic activity uses. The uses allowed in some industrial zoning districts should be limited to create high economic activity districts with an emphasis on employment activities. Certain commercial zoning districts should be limited to encourage consumer-orientated uses. This employment versus consumer activity should be considered when revising the uses allowed in the various commercial and industrial zones. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-18 6.4.8 Manufactured Home Community The Arden Manor neighborhood has been identified as an important community and the primary supply of affordable housing options in the City. Bounded by Interstate 35W, Highway 96, and Highway 10, the neighborhood is facing pressure from adjacent highways and land uses. The City anticipates this property will remain as a medium density residential use for the foreseeable future. 6.4.9 TCAAP Redevelopment As noted in Chapter 5, the City of Arden Hills hired a consultant team in 2013, to create a Master Plan for the redevelopment of the TCAAP site. A central component of this work was the development of a Master Land Use Plan that allocated an appropriate mix of residential, commercial, industrial, civic, and open space uses on the site. The TCAAP Master Plan was approved by the City Council in July 2015 and amended by the City Council in December 2016, and has been incorporated in the 2040 Future Land Use data (Figure 6.5 and Table 6.2). The City began work on the zoning and design standards to implement the Master Land Use Plan in August 2014. These regulations and policies are found in the TCAAP Redevelopment Code (TRC), which was approved in July 2015 and amended in December 2016. The TRC puts in place land use regulations that will achieve the community’s goals for the TCAAP redevelopment including: high development and design standards; defined residential neighborhoods and commercial districts interconnected by streets, trails, and sidewalks; energy resiliency and sustainability; and abundant parks and open space. Though the TCAAP Master Plan establishes a proposed allocation of the various uses throughout the TCAAP area and illustrates the current preferred development pattern for the area, the City has considered the proposal from Alatus LLC and its partners for modifications to the TCAAP Master Plan that proposed different locations for the allocated uses and amended the TCAAP Master Plan accordingly in December 2016. The City may consider on its own initiative to consider amendments to the adopted plan as development occurs or circumstances change in order to promote high quality development of the area consistent with City goals and this Plan. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-19 6.4.10 Development Capacity and Net Residential Density The Metropolitan Council’s Thrive MSP 2040 assigns a community designation of “suburban” which requires an average net residential density of at least five units per net residential acre. Densities lower than this are not an efficient use of the region’s sanitary sewer infrastructure. Net residential acreage is calculated by subtracting wetlands, water bodies, public parks, arterial streets, and identified natural resources that are protected by ordinance from gross acres. The number of net residential acres is then divided by the number of lots to determine net residential density. According to the 2016 land use data provided by the Metropolitan Council, there were 1,362 acres of net residential land in Arden Hills, which includes the rights- of-way of adjacent City streets. The Metropolitan Council lists 3,198 housing units in Arden Hills in 2015. Based on that information, the residential density in the developed portion of Arden Hills is approximately 2.35 residential units per net residential acre. While this is below the five units per net residential acre required by the Metropolitan Council, the City is not required to raise densities in the built portion of Arden Hills. However, all future land uses should be able to accommodate development in average of five units per net residential acre. There are no expected land use changes that would result in a reduction in net residential density in the developed part of Arden Hills. Furthermore, the remaining vacant residential land that is south of Highway 96 and 10 is guided for development that could be built at a density of an average of five residential units per acre. The approved Master Plan for the TCAAP property includes 1 62.2 acres of residential land and a maximum of 1,460 residential units for an overall maximum gross density of 9.00 units per acre. The gross density includes the neighborhood collector roads; however, it excludes parks, arterial roads, and the water infrastructure. 6.4.11 Staged Development Since the areas south of Highways 96 and 10 are considered fully developed and there is relatively little vacant property, a five year staged development has not been developed. While a small amount of vacant land exists in the developed portion of the City, development on the vacant land is unlikely to have a significant impact on the City’s or region’s infrastructure. However, the City has City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-20 identified areas likely available for redevelopment or new development during the 2040 planning period (Figure 6.7). As previously noted in Chapter 5 the demolition and remediation of the TCAAP site was completed in November 2015. Grading of the site and the construction of the main roadway are expected to begin in 2019. At this time, it is expected that private development will begin in late 2019 or 2020. The project is anticipated to be completed in phases over the next 10 to 20 years; however, the development timeline will depend on a number of conditions, including the market, transportation improvements, and other related factors. The B2 Zoning District and the Gateway Business areas are anticipated to be developed/redeveloped by 2030. Additionally, the City anticipates a 7-acre Medium-Density zoned area bound by Interstate 694 to the south and Snelling to be redeveloped during this time period. Within 20 years the City anticipates redevelopment within the Red Fox/Grey Fox/Lexington Avenue Business Area Again, the specific timing is dependent on a number of factors, but Table 6.3 summarizes the anticipated redevelopment acreage in the city by decade. Table 6.3 – Areas of Possible Redevelopment Land Use (Not Including TCAAP)Land Use (TCAAP) 2030 2040 2030 2040 Medium Density Residential 7.0 Neighborhood Residential (TCAAP)109.5 36.8 High Density Residential 5.3 Town Center (TCAAP)15.8 Mixed Business 49.5 Campus Commercial (TCAAP)40.7 Commercial 25.8 Office Mixed Use (TCAAP)20.0 Community Mixed Use 100.0 Retail Mixed Use (TCAAP)34.4 Light Industrial and Office 43.3 55.0 Flex Business (TCAAP)41.8 Public & Institutional (Civic - TCAAP)1.6 Parks and Open Space (TCAAP)17.9 5.7 Utilities (Water Infrastructure - TCAAP)45.6 Total (Not Including TCAAP)155.6 130.3 Total (TCAAP)286.6 83.2 Areas of Possible Redevelopment with the 2040 Planning Time Frame Acres Acres Total Acres Present - 2030: Total Acres 2030 - 2040: 442.2 213.5 City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-21 City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 6-22 6.5 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES In order to advance implementation of this land use chapter, the below activities are proposed. This list is not intended to be all-inclusive and additional activities that advance the land use goal are encouraged to be developed. o Update the City’s Zoning Code to bring it into conformance with the land uses in the Comprehensive Plan. o Evaluate zoning regulations to ensure that sufficient buffers are provided between commercial, industrial, and residential uses to protect the character of the City’s residential neighborhoods. o Develop a small area plan for the Red Fox/Grey Fox/Lexington Avenue business area to provide a more detailed redevelopment vision for incorporation into this Comprehensive Plan. o Develop design standards for commercial, industrial, and residential developments to ensure the construction of high-quality, sustainable, and aesthetically enhancing development. o Develop zoning regulations that restrict housing construction that is not sensitive to the character of the existing neighborhood. o Continue to enforce property maintenance codes to protect quality and property values in the City. o Implement design standards for the TCAAP development to create a cohesive character that compliments the established neighborhoods in the City. o Work to protect significant environmental features on the AHATS property as park preserve. o Work with the National Guard on the AHATS property to develop synergistic uses such as a community center. o Consider zoning changes to the B-4 District based on the City’s vision for this area. o Determine the highest and best use for the vacant properties on the south end of Gateway Blvd along I-694 and rezone the properties accordingly. o Evaluate the uses within the industrial zoning districts to emphasize employment uses. o Evaluate the uses within the commercial zoning districts to ensure that there are an appropriate amount of retail and hospitality opportunities within Arden Hills. The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s land use goal and policies. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-1 7. Housing Goal: Develop and maintain a strong, vital, diverse and stable housing supply for all members of the community. To achieve this housing goal, the following policies are proposed: o Promote the development of a variety of housing options by preserving and increasing high-quality housing opportunities that are suitable for a mix of ages, incomes and household types. o Encourage the incorporation of affordable and life-cycle housing into new development and redevelopment where feasible. o Maintain the quality, safety, and unique character of the City’s housing stock. o Preserve and strengthen the community’s neighborhoods to maintain a high - quality of life for residents. o Encourage housing development and redevelopment that is complimentary to and enhances the character of the City’s established neighborhoods. 7.1 INTRODUCTION One of the principal roles of a community is to serve as a place to live. In Arden Hills, 21.2 percent of all of the land area in the community is currently used for housing (not including TCAAP). The approved TCAAP Master Plan envisions that 38.0 percent of the total 427 acre site will be developed for residential uses. Because housing is such an important part of Arden Hills, maintaining the quality of the current housing stock while providing long-term opportunities for new housing is important to the ongoing vitality of the community and to retaining Arden Hills’ reputation as a highly desirable place to live. 7.2 CONTEXT According to the Metropolitan Council, Arden Hills had 3,198 housing units in 2015. A housing unit is the actual structure while a household refers to the people living in a housing unit. Approximately 66 percent of the housing units in Arden Hills are detached single-family homes, 13 percent are attached single family homes (commonly referred City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-2 to as townhomes), 12 percent are multifamily, with five units or more, and finally eight percent of units are manufactured homes. Figure 7.1 – Arden Hills Housing Type Source: Metropolitan Council Household composition will play a role in defining future housing needs in Arden Hills. Between 2000 and 2015, increases were seen in both the number of non-family households and in householders living alone. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-3 Figure 7.2 – Arden Hills Household Type Source: US Census Additionally, the age of Arden Hills’ residents will also impact housing choices. From 2000 to 2015, there was a significant decrease in residents between 45 and 54 years of age. Additionally, there have also been notable increases in the population between 65 and 74 as well as the 75+ age group. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-4 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Under 5 5 to 9 10 to 14 15 to 19 20 to 24 25 to 34 35 to 44 45 to 54 55 to 59 60 to 64 65 to 74 75 to 84 85 and over 2000 2010 2015 Figure 7.3 – Arden Hills Age Distribution 2000, 2010 and 2015 Source: US Census and American Community Survey The age of the existing housing stock is also an indicator of potential future needs. From 1970 to 1979, 920 housing units were built in Arden Hills, the most of any decade to date. Of note is the fact that 50 percent of the housing in the community was constructed prior to 1974 (not including the manufactured homes). Homes that are older than 30 years may typically need more repairs and renovations. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-5 73 152 542 220 857 738 260 86 117 63 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 Figure 7.4 – Age of Housing Stock Source: 2015 American Community Survey Group quarters, which include college dormitories, n ursing homes, and group homes, are calculated separately from traditional types of housing such as single family homes, townhomes, and apartments. Since 1990, group quarters and the number of people living in group quarters have increased: TABLE 7.1 – ARDEN HILLS GROUP QUARTERS POPULATION 1990 2000 2016 College Dormitories 631 1,557 1,655 Nursing Homes 384 411 623 Other Group Quarters 10 20 20 Total 1,025 1,988 2,298 Source: US Census, Bethel University, Presbyterian Homes City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-6 Almost the entire group quarters population is at Bethel University or Johanna Shores, a senior housing community owned and operated by Presbyterian Homes & Services. For the 2016/2017 school year, Bethel University had an occupancy of 1,655 students. The Johanna Shores housing facility has 126 units and is typically at capacity. The remaining group quarters population lives in group homes in residential areas of the City. The University of Northwestern is partially located in Arden Hills; however, the residence halls for the university are located in the adjacent community of Roseville. While group quarters housing is calculated separately from traditional housing, it i s important to recognize this type of housing can impact the City’s sewer, water, transportation, parks, and recreation systems differently than traditional types of housing. It is likely that the number of people living in group quarters at Bethel University, Johanna Shores, and other group homes will increase as those facilities do have additional land to expand. Therefore, it is important for the City to work with these institutions to manage the potential impacts as well as promote a diversity of housing. 7.3 Household Forecasts The total number of households in Arden Hills is forecasted to increase by 1,300 households between 2020 and 2040. TABLE 7.2 - HOUSEHOLD FORECASTS BY CITY 2000 2010 2020 2030 2040 % Change 2010-2040 Arden Hills 2,959 2,957 3,200 4,100 4,600 55.6% Mounds View 5,018 4,954 5,100 5,200 5,200 4.7% New Brighton 9,013 8,915 9,500 10,000 10,400 14.3% Roseville 14,598 14,623 15,300 15,700 16,100 9.2% Shoreview 10,125 10,402 11,000 11,200 11,300 7.9% Ramsey County 201,236 202,691 223,460 236,090 246,050 21.4% 7 county Metro 1,021,456 1,117,749 1,257,730 1,378,830 1,490,470 33.3% City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-7 The rate of forecasted household growth in Arden Hills surpasses all adjacent communities as well as Ramsey County. In establishing its forecasts, the Metropolitan Council is assuming full development of the buildable portion of the TCAAP property by 2030 which will also represent essentially a full build-out of Arden Hills. TABLE 7.3 - PEOPLE PER HOUSEHOLD 2010 2020 2030 2040 2.45 3.13 2.93 2.93 Arden Hills’ households are projected to grow by more than 50% between 2010 and 2040. It is expected that most of those new households would be occupied by young families which would increase the persons per household. Three primary housing issues will need to be addressed by Arden Hills in t he next 20 years. They include housing diversity, housing affordability, and housing quality. Each is discussed below. 7.4 Housing Diversity Life-cycle housing, which was referenced in the housing goals, is a common term used to describe the provision of housing types for all stages of life. Life-cycle housing is based on the premise that as people go through life, their housing needs change. A young person getting out of school and just starting out usually cannot afford to own a home so they often begin by renting. As a person grows older, they often establish a family and buy their first home, sometimes either a starter home or townhome. As a family’s income grows, they may move up to a larger home. Once the children leave and FIGURE 7.5 - LIFE CYCLE HOUSING City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-8 the family size decreases, parents often move back to a smaller home with fewer maintenance needs or to one of the growing number of either single -family or multi- family housing options that has an association that take care of home and property maintenance. Eventually, as a person ages, there is often a need for assisted living or an extended care facility. Housing in Arden Hills today is primarily focused on one stage of the housing life-cycle, move-up housing. Ironically, a significant number of units constructed in Arden Hills during the 1970s were oriented to the first-time homebuyer market. As housing prices have risen over the past three to four decades, what was once priced for a first -time buyer is now classified as move-up housing due to escalated prices. Arden Hills does still have a limited supply of more entry level housing. In 2014, there were 283 units in the Arden Manor manufactured home community, serving approximately 840 residents. Rental housing is another component of life-cycle housing that needs to be addressed. Rental housing is an important component of the overall housing supply since it provides options for both the beginning and later stages of the life -cycle chain. It may also serve the needs of several segments of the population including ret ail service employees, seniors, young adults just entering the workplace and economically disadvantaged households. Based on the homestead data from Ramsey County, 10 percent of the housing in Arden Hills is classified as non-homesteaded, which is a rough indicator for rental housing. According to the 2010 Census, slightly more than 86 percent of the occupied single family homes and townhomes (not including manufactured homes or condominiums) were owner occupied in 2010. Arden Hills promotes housing diversity through its long-term goals, policies, and strategies. The market is also expected to exert pressure on the City for more housing diversity. As was noted earlier, factors such as an aging population, a population that has more non-family households, and increased numbers of householders living alone is expected to drive demand for more attached, multi-family housing. Multi-family units expected to be in demand are likely to be oriented toward both owners and renters. 7.5 Housing Affordability Affordable housing is an issue in every Twin Cities area community. With housing costs outpacing many wages, it is becoming increasingly important to focus on affordable City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-9 housing. Because of the disparity of housing costs and wages throughout the Twin Cities, affordable housing continues to be a major initiative of the Metropolitan Council. According to the Metropolitan Council, housing is considered affordable if it is priced at or below 30 percent of the gross income of a household earning 50 percent of the Twin Cities median family income. In 2017, the area median income for the seven-county Minneapolis-St. Paul area adjusted by the Department of Housing and Urban Development for a family of four was $90,400. Therefore, in 2017, housing was considered affordable if annual housing costs for a family of four do not exceed 30 percent of $45,200, which translates to $13,560 per year or $1,130 per month for housing. While the purchasing power of $1,130 per month depends on interest rates and other household factors, it could be sufficient to purchase a home that is priced in the range of $150,500. To implement the Livable Communities Act in 2007, the Metropolitan Council uses as the upper limit of affordability for ownership purchase price and monthly rents, t he following dollar amounts: TABLE 7.4 - 2015 OWNED OCCUPIED AFFORDABLE HOUSING PRICES Household Income Level:Affordable Home Price 80% of area median income $238,500 50% of area median income $151,500 30% of area median income $84,500 Source: Metropolitan Council Table 7.5 - Rental Housing Affordable Prices Number of Bedrooms Affordable Rent at 30% of AMI Affordable Rent at 50% of AMI Affordable Rent at 80% of AMI Studio $450 $751 $1,201 1-BR $483 $805 $1,288 2-BR $579 $966 $1,545 3-BR $669 $1,115 $1,784 4-BR $747 $1,245 $1,992 City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-10 The average housing value in 2015 was $281,300. Based on 2015 assessed property values from Ramsey County (Figure 7.6) 34.3 percent of the housing was at or below the affordable home price of $238,500 and approximately 12.5 percent was at or below $150,500. The following table illustrates the assessed values of owner-occupied housing units in Arden Hills. Values are differentiated above and below the 80% Area Median Income of $240,000. Table 7.6 – Owner Occupied Housing in Arden Hills by Affordability Bands Housing Values Affordability Band Parcels Percent $1 - $84,500 30% and Below AMI 21 1.0% $84,501 - $150,500 30% - 50% AMI 252 11.5% $150,501 - $238,500 50% - 80% AMI 480 21.8% $238,501 - $409,000 81% - 135% AMI 1051 47.8% $409,001 - $694,000 136% - 200% 312 14.2% $604,001 and Above Greater than 200% AMI 81 3.7% Total Owner Occupied Housing Units 2,197 100% City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-11 City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-12 In December of 2014, the Metropolitan Council released a report entitled “Thrive 2040 Housing Policy Plan” The report not only forecasts the regional need by 2030 for newly constructed, affordable housing but it allocates each community’s share of the regional need. The total need for newly constructed affordable housing in the Twin Cities is estimated to be 37,900 units between 2021 and 2030.Each community’s share of the regional need is allocated based on a number of factors. According to the Metropolitan Council, 33.2 percent of new housing units in all cities should be affordable. Allocations are then adjusted by the balance of low-wage jobs and workers and the and existing affordable housing stock. Based on the formula, the Metropolitan Council has allocated a need for 373 affordable housing units to Arden Hills between now and the year 2030. Housing—along with food, clothing, transportation and medical care—is a necessity. For many households, it is their largest monthly expense. When households spend more than 30% of their monthly income on housing costs, they are considered “cost - burdened.” 7.5.1 Existing Affordable Housing Need While the Census Bureau does not report household incomes in the ranges identical to the affordable income limits of the Metropolitan Council, Tables 7.8 and 7.9, represents an approximation of the number of Arden Hills households that fall within the three AMI ranges. On a pro-rated basis, there is 302 households with incomes at 30% of AMI and below, 334 households with incomes between 30% and 50% of AMI, and 500 households with incomes between 50% and 80% of AMI. Initially the 242 cost burdened households with incomes of 30% of AMI or below, the 150 cost burdened households with incomes between 50% an d 80% AMI, and the 201 cost burdened households with incomes between 50% and 80% AMI listed in Table 7.11 would indicate that Arden Hills would need more affordable housing units. The 318 existing housing units affordable at 30% AMI and below exceeds the approximately 302 households in Arden Hills with incomes at 30% and below. The 384 existing housing units affordable between 30% and 50% AMI exceeds the approximately 334 households in Arden Hills with incomes between 30% and 50% AMI. The 790 existing housing units affordable between 50% and 80% AMI exceeds the approximately 500 households in Arden Hills with incomes between 50% and 80% AMI. What appears to be happening is that households with incomes greater than affordability bands are occupying the affordable housing units. In summary, Arden Hills’ existing housing stock is City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-13 adequate to address the needs of households with in the affordable income bands. TABLE 7.7 2015 PUBLICLY SUBSIDIZED UNITS All publicly subsidized units Publicly subsidized senior units Publicly subsidized units for people with disabilities Publicly subsidized units: All others 0 0 0 0 Source: HousingLink Streams TABLE 7.8 - 2015 AFFORDABLE HOUSING UNITS AND COST BURDENED HOUSEHOLDS Affordability Housing Units Cost Burdened Households3 Owner Occupied1 Rental Total2 30% AMI and Below 21 297 318 242 30% to 50% AMI 252 132 384 150 50% to 80% AMI 480 310 790 201 AMI = Area Median Income Source 1: Ramsey County 2015 Source 2: Metropolitan Council 2015 Housing Stock Estimates Source 3: U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development 2009-2013 Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy TABLE 7.9 – 2015 AFFORDABLE INCOME LIMITS Affordability Income Limits 30% AMI and Below $26,000 30% to 50% AMI $43,300 50% to 80% AMI $65,800 Source: Metropolitan Council TABLE 7.10 – 2015 HOUSEHOLD INCOME Income Range Households $24,999 and Below 289 $25,000 - $44,999 381 $45,000 - $74,999 714 $75,00 and Above 1,640 Source: U.S. Census Bureau City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-14 TABLE 7.11 - 2015 AFFORDABLE HOUSING UNITS AND 2015 HOUSEHOLD INCOME Affordability Total Housing Units1 Households (Pro-Rated)2 Excess Housing Units 30% AMI and Below 318 302 +16 30% to 50% AMI 384 334 +50 50% to 80% AMI 790 500 +290 AMI = Area Median Income Source 1: Metropolitan Council 2015 Housing Stock Source 2: WSB Pro-Rated from U.S. Census Bureau 7.5.2 2021-2030 Affordable Housing Allocation Thrive MSP 2040 states that communities must guide a sufficient amount of land at minimum densities to provide opportunities for affordable housing to be developed. Communities have two options to provide this density: Option 1 is to guide sufficient land at a minimum of 8 dwelling units per net acre (du/ac), and Option 2 is to guide sufficient land at a minimum of 12 du/ac for the affordable housing allocation of 50% AMI and below and sufficient land at a minimum of 6 du/ac for the affordable housing allocation between 51% and 80% AMI. Arden Hills has proposed to use Option 2 to achieve the affordable housing allocation. Table 7.12 – 2021-2030 Affordable Housing Allocation Affordability Units At or Below 30% AMI 129 31 to 50% AMI 100 51 to 80% AMI 144 Total Units 373 In order to ensure that the 50% AMI or below housing need can be met, Arden Hills has 15.9 acres guided for Town Center zoning within the TCAAP development. At the minimum density required, this could provide 239 units. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-15 Table 7.13 – Option 2 – 50% AMI and Below Likely Development 50% AMI and Below Requirement Arden Hills Designation Acres Minimum Density Minimum Units Difference 229 Units Town Center 15.9 Acres 15 Units/Acre 239 Units +10 Units In order to ensure that the 51% to 80% AMI housing need can be met, Arden Hills has guided several areas of the City with land uses that require a minimum of 6 dwelling units per acre or greater. These areas include the surplus Town Center units from TCAAP, the Parkshore Drive and Old Highway 10 area, which is guiding Medium Density Residential (MDR), and the B-2 District around County Road E, which is guided Community Mixed Use (CMU). The City expects that 10.5% of the CMU area will redevelop between 2021 and 2030 for residential uses. These area that are likely to redevelop are shown on Figure 7.7. At the minimum required densities, these areas could provide 147 units. The City would not seek to concentrate affordable housing in any particular area. Table 7.14 – Option 2 – 51% to 80% AMI Likely Development or Redevelopment 51% to 80% AMI Requirement Arden Hills Designation Acres Minimum Density Minimum Units Difference 144 Units Surplus Town Center Units N/A 15 Units/Acre 10 Units +3 Units MDR 7.0 Acres 6 Units/Acre 42 Units CMU (10.5% Residential) 100.2 Acres 9 Units/Acre 95 Units Total 114.0 Acres ≥6 Units/Acre 147 Units City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-16 City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-17 In addition to ensuring that there is sufficient land designated that has the potential to provide affordable housing, the City of Arden Hills is continuing its participation in the Metropolitan Livable Community Program. As a participant, the City of Arden Hills continues to be eligible to compete for grant funding provided by the Livable Communities Act (LCA) to assist with clean-up operations for polluted land for redevelopment, creating development or redevelopment opportunities that demonstrate efficient use of land and infrastructure through connected development patterns, and opportunities to create more affordable housing. 7.5.3 Programs Numerous programs are available to help cities meet their housing goals and policies. Cities can consider utilizing certain programs such as fee waivers and/or adjustments to facilitate affordability. In addition, cities may also consider encouraging and working with potential developers who plan to use federal low income housing tax credits to construct affordable rental housing. Other options include: affordable housing assistance or development and preservation programs available through the local, county, state, and federal government. Cities may consider the following programs in order to meet its housing goals: Minnesota Housing Consolidated Request for Proposals: The Minnesota Housing Finance Agency provides a once annually request for proposal (RFP) where affordable housing developers can apply for funding to construct affordable housing. Developers can apply to the Consolidated RFP to provide affordable housing for those Arden Hills residents in need. The RFP is a useful tool to support the development of rental housing units affordable at 50% AMI or below. Community Development Block Grants (CDBG): The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) provides CDBG funds to communities with over 45,000 residents for the use of providing and maintaining affordable housing. Ramsey County Community and Economic Development (CED) administers these CDBG funds for the City of Arden Hills. Ramsey County CED can use CDBG funds to provide affordable housing for those Arden Hills residents in need. CDBG is a useful tool to preserve both rental and ownership units affordable at 80% AMI and below. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-18 HOME Funds: The HOME Investment Partnerships Program (HOME) is a flexible federal grant program that allows Ramsey County to fund affordable housing activities for very low and low-income families or individuals, homeless families, and persons with special needs. Ramsey County CED can use HOME funds to provide affordable housing for those Arden Hills residents in need. HOME funds are a useful tool for both the preservation and development of both rental and ownership units affordable at 50% AMI and below. Neighborhood Stabilization Program (NSP) Grants: The NSP was established by HUD for the purpose of stabilizing communities that have suffered from foreclosures and abandonment. The focus of this program is the purchase, rehabilitation and resale of foreclosed and abandoned properties. NSP is currently not funded. NSP funds were a useful tool to preserve ownership units affordable at 80% AMI and below. Homebuyer Assistance Programs: Homebuyer assistance programs funded directly by Ramsey County CED are available to first time homebuyers. Arden Hills residents can contact the Minnesota Homeownership Center regarding homebuyer assistance programs that are currently available. Homebuyer assistance funds are a useful tool to preserve ownership units affordable at 80% AMI and below. Repair and Rehabilitation Support: Ramsey County offers a residential rehabilitation deferred loan program to assist homeowners with home repair projects. Repair and rehabilitation support is a useful tool to preserve ownership units affordable at 80% AMI and below. Foreclosure Prevention: The Housing Crisis Response in Ramsey County provides foreclosure counseling to Arden Hills residents. The Minnesota Home Ownership Center and Lutheran Social Services may also be resources to the residents of Arden Hills. Foreclosure prevention funds are a useful tool to preserve ownership units affordable at 80% AMI and below. Energy Assistance: Ramsey County offers an energy conservation deferred loan program to Arden Hills residents. EnergySmartsPays.com is also an energy conservation program that is available. Energy assistance is a useful tool to preserve both rental and ownership units affordable at 80% AMI and below. Rental Assistance: Renters interested in suburban rental housing assistance can contact the Metro Housing and Redevelopment Autho rity, which is the City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-19 program that administers the Section 8/Housing Voucher program to Arden Hills residents. Rental assistance is a useful tool to preserve rental units affordable at 80% AMI and below. Livable Communities Grants: Arden Hills is a participating community in the Metropolitan Council’s Livable Community Act (LCA) programs. Arden Hills can apply for livable communities grant on behalf of developers who are provide level of affordable housing and the guaranteed length of affordability that gene rates a public benefit greater than the resources required to apply for and administer the livable community grants. LCA grants are a useful tool for the development of both rental and ownership units affordable at 80% AMI and below. Local Fair Housing Policy: Ramsey County works with the Twin Cities Metro Area Fair Housing Implementation Council to stop discrimination and promote integration. Any Arden Hills residents that feel they have been subjected to unfair housing practices should contact this organization. Ramsey County CED can continue the implementation of its fair housing policy. Local fair housing policy is a useful tool for the preservation of both rental units affordable at 80% AMI and below. Land Trusts: There is no established Land Trust serving the City of Arden Hills currently. Should a Land Trust be established, the Rondo Community Land Trust in St. Paul would be a good model to use. A land trust can be a useful tool for both the development and preservation of ownership units affordable a t 80% AMI and below. 7.5.4 Fiscal Devices Fiscal devices, such as revenue bonds, tax increment, financing, or tax abatement can be used to help ease the construction and availability of affordable housing in the City of Arden Hills. Development Authorities: Arden Hills does not have its own Housing and Redevelopment Authority (HRA) and depends on Ramsey County Coordinate HRA for affordable housing and redevelopment services. Ramsey County can construct, finance and/or partner with private developers to p rovide affordable housing for those Arden Hills residents in need. Development authorities are a City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-20 useful tool to support the development of both rental and ownership housing units affordable at 50% AMI or below. Housing Bonds: Minnesota State Statute allows HRAs the ability to issue housing bonds to provide affordable housing. Ramsey County HRA can issue housing bonds to provide affordable housing for those Arden Hills residents in need. Housing bonds are a useful tool to support the development of both re ntal and ownership housing units affordable at 50% AMI or below. Tax Abatement: Arden Hills may consider supporting the construction of affordable housing and through the use a portion of the property tax received (tax abatement) from the development to finance the affordable housing. This removes this property taxes revenue from paying for the services needed for this property, its residents and the community in general. Tax abatement should only be considered when the level of affordability, the guaranteed length of affordability and the long-term quality of the affordable housing provides a benefit greater than the services needed that go unpaid during the abatement term. Tax abatement is a useful tool to support the development of both rental and ownership housing units affordable at 80% AMI or below. Tax Increment Financing: Arden Hills may consider creating a housing district to create a tax increment financing (TIF) district. The TIF bonds issued, or a pay- as-you-go finance arrangement, on this district are to be used to support the construction of affordable housing and entire property taxes received above the original tax value (increment) from the development to finance these bonds. This removes this property taxes revenue from paying for the services needed for this property, its residents and the community in general. TIF should only be considered when the level of affordability, the guaranteed length of affordability and the long-term quality of the affordable housing provides a benefit grea ter than the services needed that go unpaid during the TIF term. TIF is a useful tool to support the development of both rental and ownership housing units affordable at 50% AMI or below. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-21 7.5.5 Official Controls Official controls and land use regulation can be used to assist in the construction of affordable housing units. Controls and regulations can also be used to simplify the process of expanding local housing options also. Fee Waivers or Adjustments: Arden Hills may consider waiving or reducing fee to reduce the cost of construction of affordable housing. Conversely, State rules require that the fee that a city charges be related to the cost of providing the services for which the fee are collected. This waiver or reduction could create a deficiency in the funding for services which would be required the use of general funds to resolve. Arden Hills can develop a fee waiver or reduction policy to determine when the level of affordable housing and the guaranteed length of affordability provide a public benefit great enough to justify the reduction or waiver of development fees. Fee waivers or adjustments are a useful tool to support the development of both rental and ownership housing units affordable at 80% AMI or below. Zoning and Subdivision Policies: Cities have the ability to adjust their zoning and subdivision regulations through a planned unit development (PUD). Zoning and subdivision regulation are created in part to mitigate the impacts that a development may have on adjoining properties . When considers a PUD for affordable housing, Arden Hills should determine when the level of affordable housing and the guaranteed length of affordability provide a public benefit great enough to justify the potential impacts that would result from a dev iation in the zoning or subdivision regulations. PUD is a useful tool to support the development of both rental and ownership housing units affordable at 80% AMI or below. 4(d) Tax Program: Rental properties may receive a property tax break provided that the property has income and rent restricted units serving households at 60% AMI and below. Arden Hills may consider using 4d tax incentives to further promote the preservation of affordable multifamily housing. 4(d) tax bond funds are a useful tool to support the development of rental housing units affordable at 50% AMI or below. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-22 TABLE 7.15 – AFFORDABLE HOUSING TOOLS Arden Hills Housing Goals/Policies Arden Hills EDA Tax Abatement Tax Increment Finance Fee waivers or adjustments Zoning and subdivision policies Ramsey County HRA Housing Bonds MN Housing Consolidated RFP 4(d) tax program CDBG grants HOME funds NSP Funds Livable Communities grant Land trusts Homebuyer assistance programs Repair & Rehab Support programs Foreclosure prevention programs Energy Assistance programs Rental Assistance Local Fair Housing Policy Promote the development of a variety of housing options by preserving high-quality housing opportunities that are suitable for a mix of ages, incomes and household types. X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Encourage the incorporation of affordable, life-cycle, and workforce housing into new development and redevelopment where feasible. X X X X X X X X X X X X Preserve and strengthen the community’s neighborhoods to maintain a high-quality of life for residents. X X X X X X X X X X X Encourage housing development and redevelopment that is complimentary to and enhances the character of the City’s established neighborhoods. X X X X X X X X X X X City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-23 7.6 Housing Quality Except for the TCAAP property, much of Arden Hills is considered developed. As was pointed out earlier, the age of the majority of the current housing stock makes ongoing maintenance a community concern. If Arden Hills’ existing neighborhoods are going to remain attractive places to live, owners will need to continue maintenance and reinvestment efforts. Encouraging housing maintenance can be done in two ways, either through voluntary efforts or through regulatory requirements. Many communities rely on both. Ideally, all residents will maintain their property in a sound and attractive manner. Realistically, however, a small percentage of properties will not be adequately maintained and in such cases, they can have a significant negative impact on surrounding properties and even the neighborhood as a whole. Arden Hills relies primarily on individual owners to maintain property. The City has nuisance provisions in its local code, it enforces the Minnesota State Building Code, and the International Property Maintenance Code was adopted in 2015. In 2009, the City approved the Rental Registration Ordinance that requires owners of rental units to register with the City annually. Additionally, Arden Hills will continue to work with programs offered by county, regional, state and federal agencies as appropriate. Such programs are more limited than they were in the past due to changes in priorities and reductions in funding. 7.7 Future Opportunities While Arden Hills does have a limited number of smaller, infill vacant parcels south of Highway 96, future housing opportunities will largely come from the development of the TCAAP site. TCAAP offers an unparalleled opportunity to create a mix of housing integrated with employment, entertainment, recreation and transit service. The flexibility included in the design and development regulations for the site will help the community address its goals of housing diversity and housing affordability. The TCAAP site will include approximately 427 acres of gross development area. Of this total, approximately 162.2 acres of land has been designated specifically for residential development. Residential areas are divided between several zoning districts with varying gross density requirements. A range of different housing types will be accommodated, including single-family detached homes, twin homes, townhomes, manor homes, apartments, condominiums, and senior housing. The City expects that up to 1,460 housing units will be constructed on the site at the time of full development. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-24 The residential component of the TCAAP site will offer a future mix of housing that will compliment Arden Hills’ current supply of predominately single-family detached housing. It will provide opportunities to address the changing needs of the local population and it will attract new people to the community. Combined with the City’s efforts to maintain the current supply of housing, the development of the TCAAP site will continue Arden Hills’ position in the marketplace as a highly desirable place to live. 7.8 Implementation Strategies In order to advance the policies and ideas identified in this chapter, the following implementation strategies could be used: o Review City codes to consider and encourage a range of housing opportunities and innovative site design. o Pursue grants or other opportunities that promote the construction of affordable housing. o Implement the adopted rental regulations to ensure the functionality and maintenance of rental properties. o Explore the adoption of an administrative fine program to deter ongoing nuisance and property maintenance issues. o Promote the use of high quality materials in new housing construction to minimize long-term deterioration of the housing stock. o Ensure safety, livability and durability of the housing stock through enforcement of the Minnesota State Building Code, which includes educating property owners and residents on housing and property maintenance codes. o Develop regulations that prohibit the construction of housing that is not compatible with the scale of the existing neighborhood. o Implement adopted standards to protect lakes, wetlands, trees, and other open spaces during redevelopments and infill projects. o Establish architectural/design guidelines for new developments and redevelopments. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 7-25 o Identify programs, policies, and strategies that encourage aging in place for senior citizens. The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s housing goal and policies. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 8-1 8. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AND REDEVELOPMENT Goal: Promote the development, redevelopment, and maintenance of a viable, innovative, and diverse business environment serving Arden Hills and the metropolitan area. To achieve this economic development and redevelopment goal, the following policies are proposed: o Work to create and strengthen existing partnerships between public and private agencies and institutions. o Engage the private sector to encourage development and redevelopment projects that are beneficial to the City and identify incentives or programs where applicable that promote private sector investment. o Encourage communication and cooperation between businesses, educational institutions, and the public sector. o Promote business retention and expansion to enhance the existing economic base and provide applicable and appropriate resources. o Capitalize on existing community strengths, such as location, freeway access, and a well-educated population. o Identify marketing and promotion tools and techniques to attract commercial, office, residential, and industrial uses. o Identify incentives or programs that provide housing choice. Arden Hills has a strong local economy supported by a mix of size and types of businesses with an educated population, desirable residential neighborhoods, a central location in the north part of the metropolitan area, and relatively easy access to the freeway system. With more than 11,000 jobs in 2017, Arden Hills has more jobs than residents. While the City places a high value on its residential neighborhoods, the business community is an important component to the City’s long-term success. The long-term economic health of Arden Hills is not without its challenges. While the City’s economic base is relatively strong, the City recognizes the need to maintain and enhance the economic base over the long-term. Except for the TCAAP redevelopment, the City has few vacant commercial or industrial properties remaining. Furthermore, some of the commercial and industrial buildings may not be cost-effective to convert to other uses and consequently may be nearing obsolescence. Redevelopment in certain parts of the City is almost certain to occur. Economic development and redevelopment is linked to the other chapters of this Comprehensive Plan. Land use, housing, transportation, and public amenities impact the City’s ability to retain its economic base and attract desired development. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 8-2 8.1 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY (EDA) In 1996, the City established the Economic Development Authority (ED A) with the following mission: o Preserve and create jobs; o Enhance the City’s tax base; and, o Promote the general welfare of the people of Arden Hills. Minnesota State Statutes guide the powers of the EDA; however, the EDA is generally able to purchase property, redevelop property, create economic development districts, study economic development needs, and perform other duties related to economic development. The members of the City Council make up the full EDA. The EDA is an important tool in projects where the City seeks to take an active role in purchasing property, redevelopment, and/or public financing of projects. 8.2 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT COMMISSION (EDC) The Economic Development Commission is a nine member body that advises the City Council on economic development activities. The Commission was established to facilitate positive interaction with the business community and to advise the City Council and Economic Development Authority on economic development, redevelopment, and related community development issues. The Commissioners may be residents or non- resident business representatives; however, at least four of the Commissioners must be Arden Hills’ residents. 8.3 GUIDING PLANS AND REDEVELOPMENT Guiding Plan for the B2 District In 2008, the City accepted the “Guiding Plan for the B2 District.” This Guiding Plan provides a vision for the entire B2 Zoning District, which generally includes those properties along County Road E between Highway 51 and Lexington Avenue, Connelly Avenue, and Pine Tree Drive. The City seeks to promote high-quality redevelopment in this district as the market allows to enhance its value for the overall community. The City and Ramsey County completed infrastructure improvements along County Road E in 2015, including streetscape enhancements and pedestrian and bicycle facilities. TCAAP Master Plan The TCAAP Master Plan was approved by the City in July 2015 and amended in December 2016. The Master Plan will guide the redevelopment of the TCAAP site to achieve the City’s goals of high development and design standards, defined residential City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 8-3 neighborhoods and commercial districts linked by streets, trails, and sidewalks, energy resiliency and sustainability, and ample parks and open space. Commercial, Industrial, and Higher Education Study In September 2017, the City accepted the “Commercial, Industrial, and Higher Education Study” report. The study examined the existing commercial and industrial climate in the community, the plans of Bethel University and the University of Northwestern, the existing zoning regulations for higher education uses, and how other communities regulate higher education uses. The findings included: o That the existing commercial and industrial markets are strong in Arden Hills; o There are few sites available for redevelopment; o A mix of employment and consumers uses are important; and, o That Arden Hills has more higher education students per capita than a ny other community in Minnesota. The result of the study was the creation of an INST – Institutional zoning district for the higher education institutions and the removal of the higher education use from all other zones in Arden Hills. Chapter 6 (Land Use) identifies several other areas where the City may benefit from completing small area plans or reviews of existing zoning regulations. These efforts would also help in improving the economic competiveness of the City. The following list is not intended to be all inclusive and other opportunities may arise over time: o A Guiding Plan for the Red Fox/Grey Fox/Lexington Avenue Area; o Review of B-4 Retail Center Zoning District regulations; o Establishing vison for the developable Gateway Business properties; Review of existing industrial and commercial zones to ensure correct balance of employment versus consumer uses. 8.4 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES In order to advance the policies and ideas identified in this chapter, the following implementation strategies could be used: o Identify the desired long-term mix of businesses. o Identify and promote the market strengths of Arden Hills. o Use the small area planning process or a similar planning process to develop more detailed long-term plans for the business areas to better manage redevelopment as it occurs. o Develop design standards to encourage the construction of high -quality buildings and designs. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 8-4 o Work to strengthen and encourage communication and collaboration between businesses and institutions, such as Bethel University, Northwestern College, and other significant hiring establishments. o Promote community education for residents of all ages and utilize the skills of residents where feasible. o Identify infrastructure deficiencies and work to resolve deficiencies. o Identify potential partnerships and/or developments that could enhance the City’s infrastructure and/or quality of life. o Identify constraints to development, redevelopment, and retention. o Evaluate the City’s existing Business Retention and Expansion efforts and establish long-term goals for the program. o Encourage the creation of a pedestrian friendly environment--link major roadways, destinations, and businesses to transit, pathways, and neighborhoods. o Evaluate the land use regulations in the commercial zones to provide flexibility for economic development while requiring high -quality and mixed- use buildings and uses with minimal impact on residential areas. o Develop a database to assist businesses in identifying appropriate and available locations within the City. o Provide information for businesses and developers on the City web site. o Assess the Business Subsidy Criteria and City Public Financing Guidelines as needed to ensure the adopted policies are aligned with community goals. The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s economic development and redevelopment goal and policies. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 9-1 9. PARKS AND RECREATION Goal: Create a comprehensive, maintained, and interconnected system of parks, pathways, and open spaces as well as a balanced program of recreational activities for residents of all ages, incomes, and abilities. To achieve this parks and recreation goal, the following policies are proposed: o Develop, maintain, and encourage the use of a system of neighborhood parks and pathways that are safe and engaging, which includes: ▪ Developing, maintaining, and encouraging the use of north -south and east-west arterial pathways that connect neighborhood paths within the City and to regional paths. ▪ Connecting neighborhoods, parks, and other destination points through a City-wide pathway system. ▪ Strengthening the park and path system by making improvements as feasible through the annual budgeting and CIP process. o Provide recreation programs and activities that address the interests of all segments of the community, including children, adolescents, adults, families, and seniors. o Encourage non-motorized transportation and commuting in and outside of Arden Hills to reduce reliance on motor vehicles and increase physical activity. o Work to connect the pathway system to transit facilities. o Protect and maintain access to lakes, marshes, and wooded areas for active and passive recreation. o Plan for parks, paths, and recreation on the TCAAP property that addresses the interests of Arden Hills’ residents. o Explore financing and funding options to improve and expand the City’s parks and recreation system. o Promote the removal of invasive species throughout the park and recreational system. o Construct way-finding signage for parks and paths. o Explore options for collaboration with other governmental, educational, and private entities to provide an array of high-quality recreational programs. o Work and coordinate with Ramsey County, the Metropolitan Council, the school districts and other applicable organizations to enhance the park, pathway, and recreation system. 9.1 PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE PLANNING PROCESS The City recognizes that demographic, recreation, and environmental trends will impact park, recreation, trail, and open space user needs. To prepare for future needs, the City of Arden Hills’ Parks, Trails, and Recreation Committee (PTRC) provides City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 9-2 recommendations for continuing development, expansion, and improvement of parks, trails, recreation and natural resources. Through collaboration with other City committees, the PTRC has aided in the development of a long-term vision for the City’s parks and recreation system. The following information in this chapter was developed in consultation with the PTRC. As part of previous planning efforts, the City identified long-term trends to help determine future park, trail, and recreation needs. Recreation interests and pa rticipation are influenced by a number of factors, including, age, access to facilities, income, available leisure time, interest in the environment, new recreation technology, and social trends. In general, people are looking for quality recreation that is close to home, but they are willing to travel to obtain higher quality or more specialized activities or environments. 9.2 REGIONAL PARK AND RECREATION SYSTEM Although the Arden Hills Comprehensive Plan focuses on local needs, the community recognizes that Arden Hills is connected to and participates in a larger, regional network of parks, pathways, and open spaces. As of 2014, the Metropolitan Council’s regional park system includes 62 regional parks and park preserves that cover more than 52,000 acres. The regional system also boasts 40 regional trails that span 340 miles. Arden Hills is linked to three regional trails and is home to one regional park (Figure 9.1). The Highway 96 Regional Trail crosses the City from east to west adjacent to Highway 96. Recent improvements to this trail now provide a continuous connection along the southern side of the roadway to the City of New Brighton. Regional trail planned improvements include a north south segment of trail located near the intersection of Snelling Avenue North and Highway 96. This planned trail will be critical, providing users with direct access to the Rice Creek North Regional Trail. In addition, Ramsey County is in the planning process and anticipates amending the Rice Creek Regional Corridor of Fall 2017. The Lexington Parkway Regional Trail spans the entire length of the Shoreview and Arden Hills border on the eastern side of the City. While the trail is complete on the Shoreview side of Lexington Avenue, the city pathway along the western side of Lexington Avenue contains several incomplete sections within the city limits. In the past, the City of Arden Hills had requested the construction of several sections of the pathway on the western side of Lexington Avenue that were not approved by the Minnesota Department of Transportation. As redevelopment occurs and other opportunities arise, the City does seek to complete the trail to both the north and south on the Arden Hills side of Lexington Avenue. In addition, the Metropolitan Council has City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 9-3 identified Lexington Avenue as a regional trail search corridor. The future alignmen t will be determined by Ramsey County through completion of a regional master plan for the Lexington Avenue corridor anticipated to be completed in 2018. This extent of t his corridor is expected to extend from County Road J to Larpenteur Avenue. In 2006, Ramsey County acquired 113 acres of land within the Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) property for the Rice Creek North Regional Tail Corridor. The new trail corridor is located in the northwestern corner of the TCAAP site adjacent to Rice Creek and Interstate 35W. This land was transferred to the County by the National Park Service as part of the Federal Lands to Parks Program. An amendment to the Rice Creek North Regional Trail Corridor Master Plan in 2003, identified an additional 49 acres to the east of the existing area to be acquired as a wildlife corridor. Following the County’s purchase of 427 acres of the TCAAP site for redevelopment, a subsequent amendment was made to the Master Plan identifying 60 additional acres for the Rice Creek North Regional Trail Corridor. This area generally extends from Highway 96 to County Road I and would facilitate a trailhead entry, additional trails, and a 150 foot wide trail corridor along the eastern side of the TCAAP development through the 500’ access from County I to the wildlife corridor. Designated a regional park in 2006, the 217 acre Tony Schmidt Regional Park extends from the northern shore of Lake Johanna to the west side of Mounds View High School on Lake Valentine Road. Recent improvements include the completion of a trail underpass connecting the north and south sides of the park, which were previously bisected by the railroad. While much of the park is open space, the park offers a variety of amenities and is connected to local paths. There are a number of regional parks within a short distance of Arden Hills. Long Lake Regional Park is located in New Brighton, and the Snail Lake Regional Park is in Shoreview. The Rice Creek Chain of Lakes Park Preserve is in Shoreview, Circle Pines, and Lino Lakes. 9.3 ARDEN HILLS PARK AND RECREATION SYSTEM Arden Hills has 14 City parks ranging in size from one acre to 28 acres and other open areas that cover more than 145 acres (Figure 9.1 and Table 9.1). There is also approximately 17 miles of paths, which are primarily located on or adjacent to County roads. The surface of these paths varies between asphalt, concrete, gravel, wood chip mulch, and grass. The parks in Arden Hills provide a variety of amenities ranging from tennis courts and playgrounds to baseball diamonds and picnic shelters (Table 9.1). The City parks are well-distributed throughout Arden Hills south of Highways 96 and 10 and most residents are within one mile of a City park; however, controlled access roads interfere with convenient access to some parks that would otherwise be close by. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 9-4 South of Highways 96 and 10, there are four lakes entirely within Arden Hills and one lake shared by Arden Hills and Roseville. Lake Johanna and Lake Josephine have public access and beaches, though the public access and beach for Lake Josephine is in Roseville. Lake Valentine is a relatively shallow lake adjacent to Bethel University with some limited public use and access. Karth Lake, which is located southwest of the Highway 96 and Lexington Avenue intersection, is adjacent to a public park but is primarily used for non-motorized recreation by the surrounding property owners. Round Lake is unusable for recreation purposes due to contamination from the former Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant. The entire shoreline of Round Lake is owned by the federal government, and there is no public access. The City has approved the TCAAP Redevelopment Code (TRC) to guide development on 427 acres purchased by Ramsey County of the former Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant site. Three City parks are planned to serve the new population on TCAAP and to complement the City’s existing park and recreation amenities. Additional private parks and open space including size and amenities have been identified through the TCAAP planning process. As planning and development progresses, these private parks and open space may be relocated, but will still meet acreage and amenities identified in the TCAAP master plan. Trails will also be constructed throughout the development to serve the site and to provide access to adjacent park and open space areas. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 9-5 City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 9-6 Table 9.1 - Current and Proposed Park Amenities (2040) Existing Parks Acres Softball / Baseball Field Soccer Tennis Sand Volleyball Court Basketball Court Area Gaga Pit Water Fountain Play Equipment Amphitheater Pavillio n Picnic Building / Shelter Warming House Permanent Restrooms Hockey Rink Skating Rink Dog Park Trail(s) 1 Arden Manor Park 4601 Prior Avenue 2.5 X X X 2 Arden Oaks Park 1413 Arden Oaks Drive 1.5 X X 3 Charles Perry Park 3700 New Brighton Road 20 X X X X X X X X X X X 4 Crepeau Nature Preserve* 1224 Harriet Avenue 12.5 X 5 Cummings Park 1220 Wyncrest Court 17.5 X X X X X X X X X X X X 6 Floral Park 1423 West Floral Drive 20 X X X X X X X 7 Freeway Park 1370 West County Road E 1 X X X X X 8 Hazelnut Park 3301 New Brighton Road 12 X X X X X X X X X X X X 9 Ingerson Park 3255 North Lexington Avenue 5 X X X 10 Johanna Marsh Park 3168 Ridgewood Drive 8.5 X X 11 Lindey's North Snelling & County Road E 1.5 12 Royal Hills Park 4375 Snelling Avenue 4.5 X X X X X 13 Sampson Park 1900 Lake Lane 1 X X X 14 Valentine Park 1650 West County Road F 3 X X X X Key: *Nature Conservancy Park City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 9-7 Proposed Parks Acres Softball / Baseball Field Soccer Tennis Sand Volleyball Court Basketball Court Area Gaga Pit Water Fountain Play Equipment Amphitheater Pavillio n Picnic Building / Shelter Warming House Permanent Restrooms Hockey Rink Skating Rink Dog Park Trail(s) 1 Creek Park (CNP-1) 4.73 X X X X X X X X X X X 2 Town Center Park TNP-1 Space B (Phase I) 3.1 X X X X X X X X X 3 Hill Park (HNP-2) 2.72 X X X X X X X X X City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 9-8 9.4 PARKS AND RECREATION MAINTENANCE, UPGRADES, AND EXPANSIONS The proposed park and pathway upgrades are based on input gathered through consultation of the PTRC (Figure 9.1). 9.4.1 Park Renovation and Upgrades In an effort to meet changing demographics, public safety, and the desires of the community, the City of Arden Hills will continue to use a multi-year capital improvement plan (CIP) to plan for park upgrades and renovations. The improvement recommendations are intended to improve public safety, aesthetics, function, and efficiency of individual parks as well as to promote overall public health and activity. The City also seeks to meet American with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. In order to minimize park disruption, reduce costs through efficiency of construction, and improve park function, park renovation is recommended to be done all at once in each park, whenever possible. Individual park renovation recommendations are summarized below by park: o Arden Manor Park – Provide connections within the park and from the park to the potential future paths along Highway 96 when reconstruction of this highway occurs. Add benches near park features. o Arden Oaks Park – Recent improvements include the addition of benches, trash containers and trees. Consider providing pedestrian pathway connections to amenities. o Charles Perry Park – Consider moving the entrance drive to line up with Thom Drive. This will eliminate the conflict that exists with the ice rink where skaters have to cross the entrance drive, and will create space for a pleasure rink. Explore the possibility of paving the existing skating rink for inline skating and half-court basketball. Recent improvements include a new playground as well as a dog park through repurposing of a previously underutilized existing ballfield. o Crepeau Nature Preserve – Add additional unpaved paths within the park. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 9-9 o Cummings Park –Add benches along the paths and park amenities. Recent improvements included relocating bleachers and repurposing entrance sign. o Floral Park –Additional unpaved looped paths could be constructed in the park to provide more walking and nature watching opportunities. Add benches along the paths and park amenities. Provide pedestrian pathway connections/accessibility to amenities. o Freeway Park - Consider paving the hockey rink for year-round use. Explore additional pedestrian routes to provide enhanced circulation to amenities in the park. o Hazelnut Park –Install benches near recreational features. Add lights from parking lot to skating rink. Improve the picnic shelter or add a pavilion to meet the usage demands of the park. Recent improvements include the addition of a gaga pit and dog park through reuse of the existing ice rink. The City is also considering acquiring a portion of the parking lot from the adjacent trinity Lutheran Church for potential redevelopment in this location. o Ingerson Park – Add a connecting path to Lexington Avenue, Fernwood Court, and Lake Lane. Consideration should be given to providing additional pedestrian walkways to existing amenities. o Johanna Marsh – The existing tennis courts will be removed and replaced with a new multiple age playground and Johanna Marsh overlook. o Lindey’s Park – The addition of a trail planned for 2018 construction on the south side of County Road E will provide increased connectivity to the park for potential users. Consider providing access into the park from this planned trail, additional pedestrian connections into the park, and seating opportunities. o Round Lake Open Space – Explore the possibility of adding a path connecting Old Highway 10 to the path west of Round Lake by easement or land acquisition. Determine what type of amenities/fields meet the needs of the community and develop the park. o Royal Hills – Add a fence along the outfield and sideline of the ball field to minimize balls going into the woods. The addition of pathways should also City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 9-10 be considered to meet ADA accessibility to amenities and connect to the proposed trail connection along Snelling Avenue North. o Sampson Park – Add landscaping within the park to provide interest and improve aesthetics. Consideration should also be given to providing pedestrian accessibility to amenities and the addition of a shelter for additional seating opportunities. o Valentine Park – Park was recently redeveloped in 2013 which includes a new shelter, parking lot, play equipment, half basketball court and pedestrian pathways. o TCAAP Proposed Parks – Three city parks have been identified for incorporation within the TCAAP site. The parks range in scale from approximately three to five acres in size and include amenities a s shown in Table 9.1 based on the master plan process. 9.4.2 Recreation The City currently has an extensive youth recreation program. While the programs have been primarily focused on youth and adolescent activities, an increased need for teen, adult, and senior activities was identified through feedback gathered from the PTRC as well as the community meetings held for the 2030 Comprehensive Plan update. To help inform the recreation program development process, the City may consider creating advisory groups for seniors, teens, children, and other interested groups. 9.4.3 Pathway Expansion and Upgrades A number of neighborhoods in Arden Hills have pathways; however, in order to provide a connected and complete pathway system in Arden Hills, additional arterial and neighborhood paths are needed (Figure 9.1). While paths are popular for recreational purposes, there is also a growing demand for utilitarian pathways that connect residential areas to destinations such as commercial areas, offices, parks, and other popular places. Providing multiple destinations on a pathway system can increase use, promote physical activity, and reduce motorized travel. The tables on the following page provides a list of proposed trail segments for expansions and upgrades (segments presented on this list are not listed based on priority): City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 9-11 Table 9.2 - Trail Improvement List (outside of TCAAP Site) (2040) Feet Miles A Cleveland Ave. (County Road "D" to Stowe Ave.)2,623 0.50 A.1 Cleveland Ave. (Thom Ct. to existing path off Cty E2)1,672 0.32 B County Road D (Cleveland to New Brighton Road)2,380 0.45 C New Brighton Road (County Rd. D to Stowe Ave.)2,957 1.54 C.1 New Brighton Road (Stowe Ave. to County Road E2)5,333 1.01 D R.C. Open Space (from City path to MVHS)2,940 0.56 D.1 R.C. Open Space (from County Rd. E2 to MVHS)3,095 0.58 E County Road E (Indian Pl. to Lk. Joh. Blvd. to Tony Schmidt U. Trail to end of park - north side)1,675 0.32 E.1 Lake Johanna Blvd. (From Segment G to Old 10 - Snelling)2,845 0.54 F Snelling Ave. (Highway 51 to County Road E)5,672 1.07 F.1 Old Highway 10-Snelling (from Cty. Road E2 to Hwy. 96)7,880 1.50 G Lake Valentine Road (Mounds View H.S. to Old 10-Snelling)1,600 0.30 H Parkshore Dr. (from Old Hwy 10-Snelling to beginning of Rd. Lake Trail)2,051 0.39 H.1 Gateway Blvd. (from proposed segment K to Round Lk. Road)1,985 0.38 H.2 Round Lake Trail (Complete the loop that has a gap behind Nott Co.)2,433 0.46 I County Road 96 (Complete trail west from Hamilne Avenue near Snelling Avenue North)3,100 0.59 J North Snelling Ave. (From County Road 96 to Briarknoll)2,652 0.50 K County Road F (From Existing Sidewalk from Lexington to Hamline)403 0.08 L Lexington Ave. (From County Road D to County Road E)4,398 0.83 L.1 Lexington Ave. (From County Road E to Grey Fox Road)973 0.19 L.2 Lexington Ave. (From Red Fox Road to Gramsie Road)1,088 0.21 L.3 Lexington Ave. (From Tanglewood to County Road I - West Side)7,839 1.49 M Crepeau Preserve (From Cannon to Crepeau Nature Preserve)680 0.13 Total Proposed Future Trails 68,274 13.94 Segment Proposed Trail Location Outside of TCAAP Site Length Table 9.3 - Trail Improvement List (within TCAAP Site) (2040) Feet Miles T.1 Spine Road Trail (From HWY 96 to County Road H)8,656 1.64 T.2 Spine Road Trail (From HWY 96 to County Road I)12,843 2.43 T.3 Town Center Trail (Along Water Infrastructure)5,142 0.97 T.4 Rice Creek North Trail Corridor Addition (From HWY 96 to Rice Creek North Regional Trail)9,263 1.76 T.5 Rice Creek North Trail Corridor Addition (Crossing at Interstate 35W)637 0.40 Total Proposed Future Trails 36,541 7.20 Segment Proposed Trail Location within TCAAP Site Length City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 9-12 Recent and planned improvements, based upon proposed s egments identified in the 2030 Comprehensive Plan, have been planned for extending trail segments that are crucial for developing needed north-south and east-west path connections. Through these efforts trail improvements are anticipated for 2018 construction to include providing a continuous connection from County Road E to County Road E2 through the addition of a trail along Snelling Avenue North (Old S.T.H. 10). In coordination with the capital improvements plan (CIP), the City may benefit from setting specific trail priorities to take advantage of grants, road reconstruction projects, and other opportunities as they arise. In conjunction with Ramsey County and MnDOT, grade separated crossings of major roads and railroads is one of the more important actions the City can take to improve the path network, increase safety, enhance access to parks, encourage increased physical activity, and help tie the community together (Figure 9.2). The following connections and improvements for pedestrian and bicyclists (non-motorized users), some of which are noted in the above list, are recommended through discussion with the PTRC and community meetings: o Snelling Avenue North (Old S.T.H. 10)– A proposed trail (Figure 9.1) from the Hwy. 96 regional trail is recommended to provide a north-south connection the intersection of Snelling Avenue North and County Road E2 (segment F.1). Due to major highways, this route provides a critical connection to several city parks, schools, and the Tony Schmidt Regional Park. This would also provide a connection of the Round Lake proposed trail connection if an easement was acquired south of Round Lake. o Lake Valentine Road – The connection of a city path (segment G) on the southern side of Lake Valentine Road is recommended to provide a safe route for adjacent neighborhoods to the Mounds View High School and a connection to newly redeveloped Valentine Park. o County Road E (Lake Johanna Blvd) – The addition of providing a trail connection (segment E & E.1) along the north side of County Road E between Indian Place and Snelling Avenue North (Old S.T.H. 10) is recommended to create accessibility to the Tony Schmidt Regional Park and improve east-west trail connections. o Highway 96 – A grade separated trail connection (segment I) may be needed at a location between Highway 10 and Hamline Avenue North. The grade-separated connection would provide access to Ramsey County and Arden Hills facilities and the TCAAP area. In addition, a trail crossing City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 9-13 at the intersection of Snelling Avenue North would provide an essential trail crossing to the planned regional trail and the neighborhoods adjacent to south of Highway 96. o Snelling Avenue North (Old S.T.H. 10) – A proposed trail segment (segment F) from the intersection of County Road E and Snelling Aven ue North to Glenhill Road is recommended to provide accessibility and potential future connections with city parks and amenities beyond the city limits including the adjacent University of Northwestern Campus. Construction is anticipated for 2019. o Trail Signage – added small trail identification maps that include distance, name, and standard city identification where needed. Implementing the pathway expansion and improvement plan will require cooperation with Ramsey County, MnDOT, the school districts, and other private and public entities. The City recognizes that the entire network cannot be completed at once; however, the above list represents the long-term goal of a comprehensive pathway network to facilitate recreational and utilitarian uses. 9.4.4 Park and Open Space Acquisitions While there is very little vacant land available in the City outside of the TCAAP property, four locations were identified for potential incorporation into the City’s park and recreational system (Figure 9.1). Two land parcels remain to be acquired within the boundary of Tony Schmidt Regional Park. Additional public lands adjacent to the park are proposed to be used for trails and trail connections under cooperative agreements. o Charles Perry Park – The City may consider acquiring the residential property adjacent to Charles Perry in order to minimize the potential conflict caused by reflected light, noise and trespassing while providing an opportunity to expand the recreational offerings in the park and to provide better park access. o Round Lake Open Space - The land to the west of the existing Round Lake Open Space area could provide adequate space for soccer fields, community gardens, ball fields, or other recreational uses. The amount of property to acquire would be determined by what programming needs exist at that time. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 9-14 o Round Lake Trail Easements - The remaining easements are needed to complete the trail around the west and south sides of Round Lake. o Tony Schmidt Regional Park – While Tony Schmidt Regional Park is a Ramsey County park, the City encourages the County to expand its facility in accordance with their facility and land needs. The Tony Schmidt Regional Park Master Plan lists potential land acquisitions, which are shown on Figure 9.1. 9.4.5 TCAAP Redevelopment Area Ramsey County purchased 427 acres of the TCAAP property in April 2013. The City has approved the TCAAP Redevelopment Code to regulate zoning and land uses. Approximately 24.3 acres are planned to be used for City parks and public open space. Ramsey County is acquiring an additional 30 acres from the federal government for a north-south trail and 78 acres for a future wildlife corridor and trailhead. Three City parks will be located within or adjacent to residential neighborhoods. Amenities will be planned for each park based on the population served and to complement existing amenities in the developed portion of the City. The timing of park development will be aligned to the development of adjacent neighborhoods. In order to provide flexibility the exact boundary and location of each park include on the TCAAP property may move within its given district. However, each park will be required to include the identified amenities within the City’s TCAAP Master Parks and Open Space Plan. Green space will be provided along a pedestrian corridor linking the primary retail area west of the Spine Road to a City park on the eastern edge of the site. Trails will be provided along the Spine Road and along a collector road adjacent to the natural resources corridor. In cases where private development is immediately adjacent to park and open space areas, the TCAAP Redevelopment Code requires frequent pedestrian connections to open space. Connections to the north-south trail corridor and trails in the wildlife corridor will be provided from adjacent neighborhoods. Ramsey County has prepared and the City has approved the Rice Creek North Regional Trail Wildlife Corridor Habitat Restoration plan. Improvements, remediation, restoration and other development of the wildlife corridor property, prior to and following transfer to Ramsey County, will be guided by this plan. Trail connections for public use may be incorporated into the wildlife corridor. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 9-15 However, they must be designed and aligned so as not to impede the movement of wildlife. 9.5 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES 9.5.1 Priority Setting One tool to advance this chapter is to create a flexible priority list for improvements and expansions. With the priorities laid out, the City would be able better able to assess fund balances and make informed spending decisions and coordinate improvements with other projects such as road improvements. The priority list will need to be regularly evaluated to measure progress and to adjust the list to accommodate funding availability, changing circumstances, and changing priorities. A fully functioning and complete park and pathway system adds to the attractiveness of the City and to the values of property owners. While a long-term priority list will help the City in the decision-making process and help plan for future expenses, the list must be flexible. As new local and regional projects, needs, and opportunities arise, it may be necessary to adjust the list to take advantage of opportunities that may not yet be known. 9.5.2 Partnerships Developing partnerships with other public and private organizations is an important tool for implementing this and other chapters of the Comprehensive Plan. With scarce resources and increasing demands, searching for partnerships to reduce costs, increase efficiency, and expand services is necessary. Working with adjacent cities, the Metropolitan Council, Ramsey County, businesses, school districts, higher education institutions, and other stakeholders may lead to better and more efficient implementation of this Chapter. MNDOT & Ramsey County Transportation – Coordinating with MnDOT and Ramsey County Public Works will help ensure that pathway additions and crossings are in their transportation master plans, included in reconstruction projects, and are a priority for funding and implementation in their capital improvement plans (CIP). Ramsey County Parks and Recreation – With regional facilities in Arden Hills and connecting to City pathways, it is important to coordinate with the County. The County is working to implement the Tony Schmidt Master Plan, the Rice Creek City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 9-16 trail system, and other regional park and trail projects that connect to or impact Arden Hills. Mounds View and Roseville School Districts – The City has an opportunity to work with the school districts and the two facilities in Arden Hills to increase pedestrian and bike access to the schools, promote safe routes to school, and increase physical activity. Bethel University and Northwestern College – Both of these campuses have trails that can be accessed by the public. The City should consider working with these institutions to ensure continued access to these trails and to make connections with City trails. Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) Redevelopment Partner and the Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS) – The proposed redevelopment on the TCAAP property offers an opportunity to greatly expand the City’s park and pathway network. The City seeks to continue working with the developers, AHATS, and private entities to ensure a park and pathway system is constructed that meets the needs of current and future residents. Although the AHATS property is not freely open to the public, it could play a role in future park and recreation opportunities. 9.5.3 Financing While the City supports the park and recreation system, it is recognized that other needs in the City compete for funds and funding will continue to be a challenge. In order to implement the parks and recreation plan, yearly priorities are being identified in the City’s capital improvement plan (CIP), which can be adjusted annually as funding, opportunities, and needs change. Flexibility in implementation will be necessary. Since much of the City is developed, park and recreation expansion improvements cannot rely on park dedication fees alone. Therefore, the City may need to explore other financing options. Pursuing funding opportunities may help advance implementation of this plan at a faster rate than would otherwise be able to occur. 9.5.4 Additional Strategies The strategies in the previous sections should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s parks and recreation goal and policies. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 10-1 10. PROTECTED RESOURCES Goal: Preserve, protect, and restore the community’s natural resources, including open spaces, lakes, wetlands, other significant natural features, and historic resources. To achieve this protected resources goal, the following policies are proposed: o Identify and work to protect the sensitive natural resources within the City. o Develop or enhance regulations to protect the City’s natural resources, including trees, lakes, wetlands, and other unique or significant natural resources. o Work with the appropriate agencies to assure that surface and ground water quality is protected. o Support public educational opportunities to foster a better understanding of the natural environment as well as ways to restore and protect the natural environment. o Work with the Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS) to protect the unique natural resources and open spaces as park and/or open space. o Encourage the identification and protection of historically significant sites and structures. 10.1 INTRODUCTION The beautiful lakes, diverse topography, and wooded character of Arden Hills provide exceptional residential, recreational, and business environments. The community has carefully guarded these resources in the past; however, they are constantly threatened by human activities. Protecting these areas requires diligence, including adherence to strong protection policies and requirements, studying the most up -to-date preservation methods, and educating the public on environmentally sound development and maintenance practices. Lakes are a significant resource in the City and will continue to be if water quality can be enhanced and maintained. Lakes and their surrounding watersheds need to be managed as sensitive and limited resources, requiring purposeful planning and action. The lack of management of these limited resources can lead to diminished water quality and can negatively affect public health, recreational activities, wildlife, and fishing, community quality of life, and ultimately tax revenues through diminished property values. Arden Hills is located entirely within the Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD). The RCWD addresses water issues, administers regulatory programs, and undertakes projects to improve water quality. The City has a number of protective ordinances and policies in place that enhance RCWD activities; however, those policies require City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 10-2 monitoring to ensure that they are meeting community needs and effectively protecting the City’s natural resources. In addition to lake protection, several high-priority natural areas, endangered and protected species, and historic sites have been identified as significant in the City. These significant resources are highly valuable and have features that may require special levels of protection. Preserving the City’s natural setting is of the utmost importance to residents of Arden Hills. 10.2 WATER RESOURCES Covering nearly 550 acres in Arden Hills, the seven lakes and many wetlands have always been a focal point in the community (Figure 10.1). Early settlers and development took advantage of the recreational and scenic qualities of the lakes, and they continue to be an attractive characteristic for residents and visitors. Most of the shoreland development took place prior to the adoption of modern development regulations; and the City is experiencing redevelopment pressure along the City’s shorelines. The Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (DNR) requires communities to adopt shoreland ordinances, which typically regulate lot size, minimum shoreline width, lot coverage, and structure setbacks for development along water bodies. Development regulations vary depending on the lake classification set by the DNR: o Natural Environment Lakes and Streams (NE) – usually have less than 150 total acres, less than 60 acres per mile of shoreline, and less than three dwellings per mile of shoreline. They may have some winter kill of fish; may have shallow, swampy shoreline; and are less than 15 feet deep. o Recreational Development Lakes (RD) – usually have between 60 and 225 acres of water per mile of shoreline, between three and 25 dwellings per mile of shoreline, and are more than 15 feet deep. o General Development Lakes (GD) – usually have more than 225 acres of water per mile of shoreline and 25 dwellings per mile of shoreline, and are more than 15 feet deep. 10.2.1 Lakes and Water Bodies As noted above, the City has seven lakes in or partially in Arden Hills. All water bodies in the City are highly valued and warrant continued protection. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 10-3 City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 10-4 Lake Johanna Lake Johanna is the biggest lake in Arden Hills at 230 acres with a 4.25 square mile watershed. It is up to 41 feet deep and has an average depth of 17 feet. The lake is classifies as a GD lake. The land on the north, west, and east sides of Lake Johanna is largely developed with single family homes. Tony Schmidt Regional Park, located on the northwest side of the lake, includes a swimming beach and boat ramp. Presbyterian Homes, a senior housing facility, is located on the southwest corner. Northwestern College occupies the peninsula on the southern side of the lake. A wide variety of recreational opportunities exist on Lake Johanna, including swimming, skiing, and fishing. Boats are restricted to five miles per hour within 250 feet of the shoreline, and there are restricted hours for speeds in the rest of the lake. A wide variety of fish exist in the lake, including Bass, Bluegills, Bullheads, Carp, Crappies, Muskies, Northern Pike, Perch, Sunfish, and Walleye. Storm water flows into Lake Johanna from Little Lake Johanna via Ramsey County Ditch 4, which originates north of County Road C in Roseville. City storm water is also routed into Lake Johanna on its west and east sides. As part of the City’s pavement management program, the City is working to provide stormwater treatment systems to improve the water quality of the stormwater that reaches Lake Johanna. The Lake Johanna Improvement Society is an organization made up of lake area property owners. The group coordinates lake issues with the City, including the boat speed limits. The Rice Creek Watershed District has noted that Lake Johanna has the potential to become impaired without additional protection and attention to water quality. The lake is listed on the impaired list for mercury contamination. Although the source and long-term impacts are unknown, fish in Lake Johanna were found to have elevated levels of the chemical perfluorooctane sulfonate (PFOS) in 2007. No additional fish consumption or swimming warnings have been issued. Lake Josephine Lake Josephine is approximately 114 acres in size with a subwatershed of 1.31 square miles. The northern 60 acres are located in Arden Hills while the southern 54 acres are located in the City of Roseville. The lake has a maximum City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 10-5 depth of 44 feet and an average depth of 20 feet. Lake Josephine is classified as a GD lake. The land around the lake is fully developed with single family homes. There is a concrete boat access and public beach immediately south of the municipal border in the City of Roseville on the east side of the lake. The lake is used for boating swimming, and fishing. Bullheads, Crappies, Bluegills, Carp, Sunfish, Bass, Northern Pike, and Walleye can be found in the lake. The outlet of Lake Josephine is located at the northwestern part of the lake and flow to Lake Johanna through a storm sewer and ditch system. The Lake Josephine Improvement Association consists of lake area property owners. The City of Roseville and the City of Arden Hills have adopted joint regulations for Lake Josephine, which includes a maximum speed limit and a no wake zone of 150 feet from the shoreline. The Rice Creek Watershed District has noted that Lake Josephine has the potential to become impaired without additional protection and attention to water quality. The lake is listed on the impaired list for mercury contamination. The fish in Lake Josephine were tested for perfluorooctane sulfonate (PFOS) in 2007; however, the results of those tests were not available in time for the release of this Plan. Little Johanna Lake Little Johanna Lake is approximately 18 acres in size and has a maximum depth of 22 feet. The lake is classified as an NE and RD lake by the DNR and Ramsey County, but as a GD lake by the City. It is a non -swimming lake, there are no formal public access points, and recreational uses are limited. The northern eight acres are within the City of Arden Hills, and the southern ten acres are within the City of Roseville. Northwestern College occupies much of the lake’s eastern, northern, and southern shoreline and single family homes are on the west side of the lake. Drainage into Little Johanna Lake comes from Ramsey County Ditch 4, which originates north of County Road C in the City of Roseville and flows out to Lake Johanna. Little Johanna Lake and the ditch function as a settling area for stormwater prior to flowing into Lake Johanna. During larger storm events, however, water flows through the water bodies rapidly, which allows little time for City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 10-6 unwanted nutrients to settle out of the water. As a result, the quality of Little Johanna Lake and Lake Johanna are compromised. Valentine Lake Covering approximately 74 acres with a 2.4 square mile watershed, Valentine Lake is an NE lake located just south of Interstate 694. Bethel University owns almost all of the lakeshore; however, the lake can be viewed from Old Highway 10 along the western shoreline. While there is not any formal boat or public access points, the lake is used for fishing by the public. In the future, it may b e necessary to develop a formal agreement with Bethel University for public use and a parking lot for users. The lake has a dominance of blue-green algae and has heavy algal blooms throughout the summer. Water flows southwest out of Lake Valentine into the County Ditch 12 and eventually into Long Lake in the City of New Brighton. Round Lake Round Lake is approximately 125 acres in size and has a subwatershed of 0.83 square miles. The United States Fish and Wildlife Service owns all of the land around the lake. Public use of the lake is prohibited and there are not any public access points due to contamination in the lake bed from operations on the former Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) property. There are single family homes on the east side of the lake, apartments and townhomes on the southeast side, and industrial development on the south and west sides. The north side of the lake is bordered by Highway 96. None of the adjacent property owners have access to the lake. Karth Lake Karth Lake is approximately 15 acres in size and is surrounded by single family homes. There is a City park on the south side of the lake; however, there are not any public boat launches to the lake. Rice Creek Watershed District is conducting water quality monitoring for the lake. The immediate area drains into the lake, and there are also five (5) stormwater inlets draining approximately 170 acres to the lake. Prior to 2004, there was not an outlet for Karth Lake, and the water level steadily increased. T he Karth Lake Improvement District was created in 2003 to manage the water level, and a pump was constructed in 2004 to control the lake level. Water that is pumped out of the lake flows through storm sewer and ditch systems to Valentine Lake. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 10-7 Sunfish Lake Located on the AHATS property, Sunfish Lake is approximately 11 acres in size. No water quality monitoring has been conducted for the lake. City Hall is southeast of the lake, and the joint Ramsey County/Arden Hills Public Works facility is west of the lake. There is not any residential development around the lake. The lake is not accessible to the public, and public access is not anticipated because the land is owned by the federal government and used for Minnesota National Guard training. Marsden Lake Covering more than 275 acres, Marsden Lake is a large wetland complex (wet meadow) that has been identified by the Minnesota DNR as an important natural community. The entire lake is within the federally owned property that is leased by the Minnesota National Guard. There are not any public access points to the lake. The lake is part of the critical habitat for the Blanding’s Turtle, which is classified as “threatened” by the State of Minnesota. Rice Creek Rice Creek flows through the far northwest corner of the City and is the only natural watercourse in the City. There are a number of County drainage ditches connecting the major lakes and providing connections to Rice Creek. Approximately 112 acres of land was transferred to Ramsey County alo ng the creek, and the Rice Creek North Regional Trail has been constructed. The trail connects to adjacent cities, the regional park system, and likely to the TCAAP redevelopment property. Wetlands Arden Hills has many wetlands of various sizes and types spread throughout the City. The wetlands are an integral part of the natural environment and are important component of healthy lakes, streams, and animal habitat. Development impacts to wetlands are regulated by Federal and State laws. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers – Saint Paul Office implements the federal wetland laws, and the Minnesota DNR and the Rice Creek Watershed District implement State wetland laws. Alterations to wetlands almost always require a permit, and the City seeks to protect wetlands wherever possible. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 10-8 10.2.2 Rice Creek Watershed District & Water Quality Management Arden Hills is located entirely within the Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD). The RCWD requires permits for land development, site grading, wetland and shoreland alterations, and drainage plans and systems. Water quality for Lake Josephine, Lake Johanna, Round Lake, and Valentine Lake is monitored by Ramsey County. The RCWD utilizes this data. The City’s Floodplain and Shoreland Ordinances govern development activities in areas that contribute storm water runoff to the City’s lakes. In addition, the lake use ordinances on Lake Johanna and Lake Josephine help to control erosion and water quality. Unfortunately, water quality has decreased in recent years and additional efforts are needed to maintain and improve water quality. 10.3 PROTECTED SPECIES/HABITAT The City is home to at least two species that have a legally protected status, and two habitats that have been identified by the DNR as in need of being protected (Figure 10.2). Blanding’s Turtles have “threatened” species status in Minnesota, which means that the State has determined that the species is likely to become endangered within the foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its range within Minnesota. While it is outside of the City’s regulatory authority, Illinois Tick Trefoil is a rare plant that was identified in the AHATS area. Both high value habitats are located on the AHATS property outside of the City’s regulatory authority. Marsden Lake is a large wetlands complex (wet meadow) and has been identified by the Minnesota DNR as an important natural community. The kame, also located on the AHATS property, is a relict of the glacial landscape and has also been identified by the DNR as an important geological feature. The kame is the highest geographical point in Ramsey County. 10.4 CULTURAL RESOURCES Although little information has been compiled regarding historic sites or buildings in Arden Hills the Minnesota Historical Society and Ramsey County Historical Society identified one structure that may be worthy of being placed on the National Register of Historic Places (Figure 10.2). The 1998 Comprehensive Plan identified two additional buildings and one site as historic and/or architecturally significant to the community. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 10-9 City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 10-10 Charles Perry House The Charles Perry House, located at 3491 Lake Johanna Boulevard, has been identified by the Minnesota Historical Society and Ramsey County Historical Society as historically important. While there has been consideration of placing this house on the National Register of Historic Places, additional research and community interest is needed. Farrell Homestead The Farrell Homestead at 1963 County Road E2 is a large, Victorian farm ho me just north of the intersection of County Road E2 and New Brighton Road. The Homestead was constructed in 1874. John Farrell, of Irish descent, settled and farmed more than 500 acres. A friend once asked him why he brought such a hilly farm, to which John replied, “Because it reminds me of Ireland.” An interesting side note is from Mary (May) Marston, granddaughter of John Farrell, who grew up on the farm in the 1890s. Ms. Marston stated that, “Across from the farm was a hill with Indian grave platforms and artifacts.” Nazareth Hall on the Northwestern College Campus Nazareth Hall was constructed in 1921-22 on the Northwestern College campus. It was constructed in the “Lombardic Romanesque” style from northern Italy. It faces east to overlook Lake Johanna. It includes six buildings constructed as one, with several courtyards styled after the Vatican. The building covers approximately 37,400 square feet of ground and was designed to fit into its natural lakeshore setting. Round Lake Prehistoric Site The Round Lake prehistoric site is located on a small knoll on a peninsula on the southwestern shore of Round Lake. Archaeological exploration has determined that the knoll on the peninsula is most likely of natural origin. Artifacts relating to t he manufacture or maintenance of stone tools were observed on the site, and it appears that it may be eligible for the National Register of Historic Places. This site was threatened by development in 1997; however, the City was able to obtain a conservation easement over the peninsula to preserve it in its current condition. Further research, as well as community interest, is required before actual placement on the National Register of Historic Places. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 10-11 10.5 NATURAL RESOURCE INVENTORY MAP Although the portion of Arden Hills south of Highways 96 and 10 is considered fully developed, there is an abundance of mature trees, lakes, wetlands, open spaces, parks, and other natural amenities that give the City its highly valued natural and well- landscaped character. The southern two thirds of Arden Hills contain more than 363 acres of public parks and undevelopable open spaces. Northwestern College, Bethel University, and Mounds View High School also contain highly valued natural areas of varying character and quality. The Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS) property is also home to some of the most significant natural resources in Arden Hills, including lakes, wetlands, woodlands, meadows, rolling terrain, and vistas. The kame, which is a geological formation made by retreating glaciers, is located in the central part of the property and is the highest point in Ramsey County. While some institutional development from the Minnesota National Guard may occur on the southern part of the AHATS property, much of t hat area is anticipated to remain as open space. The AHATS property is not open freely to the public, but the National Guard does allow some scheduled visits on the property. Of the 585 acres on the TCAAP property that are anticipated to be sold to the C ity for redevelopment, preliminary plans include approximately 168 acres for use as open space in the form of parks, wetlands, stormwater areas, recreational areas, and a wildlife corridor. The Rice Creek Watershed District has compiled data and generated a resource protection map to show areas of significant natural resources (Figure 10.3). The map is only intended to be a guide and is not detailed enough for site specific planning as there may be inaccuracies due to the scale of the assessment. Additional information regarding feasibility and site condition should be collected before utilizing this information at a smaller scale. This resource protection map has two primary purposes. First, it is meant to help develop regulations to protect significant natural resources where it is feasible to do so. Second, it is meant to help make more informed development decision in places where there may be significant resources. The map displays the following information: o Remaining natural areas within your community o Results of a natural resource assessment o Results of a wetland restoration assessment o Lakes and streams currently listed on the 303(d) list of impaired waters o Results of lake water quality assessment City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 10-12 City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 10-13 10.5.1 Natural Resources Assessment The Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD) evaluated the natural areas within its jurisdiction, which includes all of Arden Hills, to determine the relative quality of remaining natural areas. The RCWD evaluated the natural resource data based on the following characteristics: o Health of natural area: High quality areas with native vegetation were considered more important than areas with partial or total dominance by invasive species. o Size: Large natural areas (five acres or greater) were considered more important that small natural areas (less than five acres). o Rarity of community type within the watershed: Natural community types that are rare due to specific site requirements (fens, bogs, etc.), or have become rare due to historic land use changes or degradation (prairie, o ak savanna, etc.) were considered more important than more common natural community types. o Adjacency to other natural areas: Natural areas that are immediately adjacent to several other natural areas were considered to be more important than natural areas that are adjacent to one or no other natural areas. o Proximity of healthy natural areas to other healthy natural areas: Healthy natural areas that are in close proximity to each other (within 1/8 of a mile) were considered more important than isolated healthy natural areas, healthy natural areas in close proximity to degraded natural areas, or degraded natural areas in close proximity to each other. These natural resource characteristics were combined to form the overall natural resource assessment ranking for each area shown on Figure 10.3. 10.5.2 Wetland Restoration Assessment All wetland areas within the RCWD were evaluated to determine their potential for vegetation and/or hydrologic restoration. A wetland’s potential for either type of restoration was determined in the following manner: o Vegetation Restoration: The Minnesota Land Cover Classification System (MLCCS) data includes information on whether or not a natural area is dominated by invasive species. Wetlands dominated by invasive species represent an opportunity to restore native vegetation. Taking this into account, wetland communities that were recorded in the MLCCS as City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 10-14 dominated by invasive species and greater than two acres in size were included in this category and displayed on the map. o Hydrologic Restoration: National wetland inventory (NWI) data and ditch inventory data were used to identify wetlands with the potential for hydrologic restoration. The location of partially drained wetlands in the NWI data and the location of known ditches were used to identify wetlands that have been partially drained and could be restored to more natural, flow through hydrology without necessarily changing the hydrologic regime. Only polygons one acre or larger were included and displayed on the map. Wetland areas with these characteristics that were in close proximity to existing infrastructure (homes, businesses and roads) were removed from consideration. 10.5.3 Lake Water Quality Assessment Each lake located within the Rice Creek Watershed District was evaluated to determine its potential for water quality impairment due to excessive nutrients (Table 10.1). The lakes fell into one of three categories: o No data: Not enough water quality data available for evaluation. o Listed on 303(d) list of impaired waters: Lake is cu rrently on the impaired waters list (TMDL list) for excessive nutrients. (Lakes that are on the impaired waters list only due to high levels of mercury, and not due to excessive nutrients, are not included in this category.) o Potential to become impaired: Available water quality data suggest that the lake is currently not impaired. Due to development pressure or to borderline water quality conditions, this lake has the potential to become impaired in the near future. Table 10.1 - Lake Water Quality (Rice Creek Watershed District) Lake No Data Listed on the 303(d) list of impaired waters Potential to become impaired Johanna*X Josephine*X Karth X Little Johanna X Marsden X Round X Sunfish X Valentine X *Listed on the 303(d) list of impaired waters for mercury The 303(d) list is part of the federal Clean Water Act, which requires states to adopt water quality standards to protect waters from pollution. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 10-15 10.5.4 Priority Areas Area 1 – This area contains a relatively diverse assemblage of upland and wetland communities connecting Lake Johanna and Farrel’s Lake. Upland community types in this area include aspen forest, lowland hardwood forest, oak woodland, and mesic prairie. Wetland community types in this area include willow swamp, mixed emergent marsh, and cattail marsh. The majority of these communities were given a “medium” ranking in the natural resource assessment. There are also several potential opportunities for wetland restoration within this area, both hydrologic and vegetation. Lake Johanna has the potential to become impaired due to excess nutrients. Area 2 – This area contains areas a mosaic of upland and wetland community types surrounding Rice Creek. Community types include forest, woodland, and emergent marsh. The majority of these communities were given a “medium” ranking in the natural resource assessment. The portion of Rice Creek within the City of Arden Hills is currently on the 303(d) list of impaired waters. A portion of this area near Interstate 35W on the west side of Rice Creek is included in the TCAAP redevelopment plans. Area 3 – This area contains areas of forest, woodland, and emergent marsh surrounding Marsden Lake. All of the lake’s shoreline is in natural vegetation. This complex of natural areas is unique because of its large size and lack of fragmentation. The majority of these areas were given a “medium” ranking in the natural resource assessment. Marsden Lake does not have sufficient water quality information to determine its potential for water quality impairment due to excess nutrients. Area 4 – As part of the TCAAP redevelopment, a 49 acre wildlife corridor will be designated to connect the Rice Creek corridor to the AHATS property. While the RCWD did not include the wildlife corridor in their analysis, the City and Ramsey County have identified it as a significant natural resource and as a priority area. Ramsey County will own and maintain the wildlife corridor. 10.5.5 Aggregate Resources There are no accessible aggregate resources in Arden Hills. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 10-16 10.5.6 Solar Resource Development and Protection As part of further implementing a strategy of promoting a more environmentally sustainable community, the City will increase energy conservation where possible and the promote the development of distributed solar energy. In Arden Hills, the latter will largely be accomplished through the preservation of access to solar resource throughout the community. City has set the following goals that promote the adaptability of city resources and the ability for residents and developers to implement solar technology: a) Encourage residential solar development that maintains community character. b) Increase energy resilience of critical facilities such as police, fire, and emergency and hazard response centers. c) Fairly balance the development rights of land owners with solar resource with the community character rights of adjacent landowners. d) Protect access to solar resources in new developments and subdivisions, enabling individual land owners to choose to self-generate energy. To accomplish this strategy, the City shall evaluate the zoning ordinance and other regulations for where amendments can be made to implement the above solar goals. Solar Resource Much like natural gas and oil, solar energy is a resource that can be quantified and measured geographically. In 2016 the University of Minnesota published a high-resolution map measuring solar insolation potential for the entire state of Minnesota. Using this data, the amount of solar energy available to Arden Hills has been calculated (see Gross Solar Potential figure 10.4). City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 10-17 Figure 10.4 Gross Solar Potential City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 10-18 Calculation The gross solar potential and gross solar rooftop potential are expressed in megawatt hours per year (mwh/yr), and these estimates are based on the solar map above. These values represent gross totals; in other words, they are not intended to demonstrate the amount of solar likely to develop within the community. Instead, the calculations estimate the total potential resource before removing areas unsuitable for solar development or factors related to solar energy efficiency. The gross solar generation potential and the gross solar rooftop generation potential are estimates of how much electricity could be generated using existing technology and assumptions on the efficiency of conversion. The conversion efficiency of 10% is based on benchmarking analyses for converting the Solar Suitability Map data to actual production, and solar industry standards used for site level solar assessment. Gross Potential (mwh/yr) Rooftop Potential (mwh/yr) Gross Generation Potential (mwh/yr)^2 Rooftop Generation Potentail (mwh/yr)^2 13,320,595 925,656 1,332,059 92,565 10.6 INVASIVE SPECIES While many of the open spaces in Arden Hills are of high quality, invasive species such as buckthorn are a problem in many parks and open spaces throughout Minnesota. Unfortunately, a number of parks and open spaces in Arden Hills contain buckthorn. In cooperation with residents and service groups, the City has instituted a buckthorn removal program. The City plans to continue to control buckthorn on an ongoing basis as needed and as resources are available. The City will also continue to encourage the removal of buckthorn and other invasive species from p rivate land. 10.7 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES In order to advance the protected resources goal, the below activities are proposed : o Maintain tree preservation standards and landscaping requirements. o Review existing and develop new policies or regulations to protect identified natural resource protection areas, including historical areas. o Encourage new development to respect the natural features and to minimize damage to the natural environment. o Update the shoreland and floodplain development regulations to be i n compliance with Minnesota Department of Natural Resources regulations, Rice City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 10-19 Creek Watershed District regulations, and to encourage the protection of the City’s water resources. o Work cooperatively with private landowners and other governmental agencies to preserve and enhance open spaces. o Explore the inclusion of an environmental library and/or education center on the TCAAP property. o Support public educational opportunities to foster a better understanding of the natural environment. o Work with the Rice Creek Watershed District to increase water quality and to complete Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) studies. o Identify and adopt best management practices to protect the water quality of lakes, streams, wetlands, and groundwater. o Work to reduce nonpoint pollution sources, including educating residents and using best management practices. o City encourages development of distributed solar energy systems that are in keeping with the community’s character and use community solar resources. o City supports the development of zero net energy buildings and use of local renewable and energy efficiency resources. o City sets a local renewable energy goal to meet 10% of community-wide electric energy use with on-site renewable energy. The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s protected resources goal and policies. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-1 11. TRANSPORTATION Goal: Provide a transportation system that has convenient and effective multi -modal connections within Arden Hills and to adjacent municipalities, the remainder of the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area and greater Minnesota. To achieve this transportation goal, the following policies are proposed: o Approach transportation in a comprehensive manner by giving attention to all travel modes and related facilities, linking transit and land use and by combining or concentrating various land use activities to reduce the need for transportation facilities. o Coordinate transportation plans with adjacent communities and the County, State, and Federal governments to assure system continuity, determine priorities, increase safety, and to efficiently use resources and reduce congestion. o Create/provide a safe, cost effective, and efficient transportation system that is adequate for car, transit, pedestrian, bicycle, and truck transportation for the movement of people and goods and services in the community. o Encourage transportation methods that are less dependent on motor vehicles such as walking, biking, and transit. o Maintain the existing transportation infrastructure to protect the existing investments, increase efficiency, and delay the need for improvement or expansion. Where necessary, expand the City’s transportation system to meet current and future transportation needs. o Continue to work with the County and State elected and appointed officials to include County road reconstruction projects to address needed reconstruction and potential trails along the roadways when improved. o Work with developers to construct needed improvements prior to development. o Work to manage traffic in residential neighborhoods to not overburden any particular City street. 11.1 INTRODUCTION The transportation system in the City of Arden Hills is largely established, made up of metropolitan freeways and highways, County roads, and City streets. Except for the proposed TCAAP redevelopment, the City’s transportation system is not likely to see major changes in the next 10 to 20 years. The fact that the network is established, however, does not diminish the importance of continually monitoring the system to ensure that it performs adequately. As such, whether an existing roadway is proposed for upgrading or a land use change is proposed on a property, this Plan provides the framework for decisions regarding the nature of roadway infrastructure improvements necessary to achieve safety, adequate access, mobility, and performance of the existing and future roadway system. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-2 Arden Hills is classified by the Metropolitan Council under the Suburban community designation. Suburban communities typically have automobile-oriented development patterns. Suburban communities are expected to plan for forecasted population and household growth at average densities of at least five units per acre for new development and redevelopment. In addition, Suburban communities are expected to target opportunities for more intensive development near regional transit investments identified in the Metropolitan Council 2040 Transportation Policy Plan. This chapter includes established local goals, policies, standards, and guidelines to implement a future roadway network and transit vision that is coordinated with respect to county, regional, and state plans in such a way that the transportation system enhances quality economic and residential development within the City of Arden Hills. This chapter also includes two appendices. Appendix B describes the general transportation system principles and standards, including functional classification, roadway capacity by type, access management guidelines, geometric design standards, and roadway jurisdiction. Appendix C includes the full transportation forecast and traffic modeling methodology. 11.2 EXISTING TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM EVALUATION The transportation system in Arden Hills includes a roadway system that accommodates a variety of vehicles including cars, trucks, and public transit. Transportation also includes pedestrian movement and bicycles, which is also discussed in Chapter 9 (Parks & Recreation) of this Plan. While upgrades will need to be made over time, existing City controlled roads provide sufficient transportation service to the City. 11.2.1 Existing Traffic Volumes and Capacity Issues Roadway capacity and roadway safety are two key indicators of how well the roadway system is meeting the city’s transportation needs. The sections below provide information to better understand capacity and safety issues within Arden Hills. A roadway’s capacity indicates how many vehicles may use a roadway before it experiences congestion. Capacity is largely dependent upon the number of lanes. Table 11.1 below lists planning-level thresholds that indicate a roadway’s capacity. Additional variation (more or less capacity) on an individual segment is influenced by a number of factors including: amount of access, type of access, peak hour percent of traffic, directional split of traffic, truck percent, opportunities to pass, amount of turning traffic, the availability of dedicated turn lanes, parking availability, intersection spacing, signal timing and a variety of other factors. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-3 Table 11.1 – Planning-Level Roadway Capacity Facility Type Daily Two-Way Volume Lower Threshold Higher Threshold Arterials Two-lane undivided 10,000 12,000 Two-lane divided or three-lane undivided 15,000 17,000 Four-lane undivided 18,000 22,000 Four-lane divided or five-lane undivided 28,000 32,000 Freeways Four-lane freeway 60,000 80,000 Six-lane freeway 90,000 120,000 Eight-lane freeway or higher Calculated on a segment by segment basis At the planning level, capacity problems are identified by comparing the existing number of lanes with current traffic volumes. Table 11.2 and Figure 11.1 illustrate the existing number of lanes on arterial roadways within the city. Figure 11.2 illustrates existing traffic volumes on Principal Arterial, A-Minor Arterial and other significant roadways within the city. Congestion analysis shows I-35W and I-694 as the roadways with significant congestion. The rest of the existing transportation system throughout Arden Hills is primarily periodically congested, with areas that are near congested. Of primary concern to the City of Arden Hills is the congestion on TH 51/Hamline Avenue, south of I-694 and the county roadways at the interchanges with I-35W. This indicates that the congestion on I-35W is impacting the county roadways that have access to it. As I-35W becomes more congested, more traffic will likely use TH 51 or other adjacent minor arterials as an alternate route, which may also become congested. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-4 Table 11.2 – Existing Number of Lanes on Arterial Roads Functional Classification Roadway Name Location Number of Lanes Principal Arterial I-35W Western border 6-8 I-694 I-35W to Lexington Avenue 4 “A” Minor Augmentor TH 51 (Snelling Avenue) Southern border to I-694 4 Lexington Avenue (CSAH 51) Southern border to I-694 3-5 “A” Minor Expander Lexington Avenue (CSAH 51) I-694 to County Road I 4-5 County Highway 96 I-35W to Lexington Avenue 4 Hamline Avenue (CSAH 50) I-694 to County Highway 96 3 “A” Minor Reliever US Highway 10 I-35W to I-694 4 Cleveland Avenue (CSAH 46) County Road D to County Road E2 2 City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-5 Figure 11.1 – Existing Number of Lanes City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-6 Figure 11.2 – Existing Traffic Volumes City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-7 11.2.2 Safety A planning-level analysis of the existing transportation system in Arden Hills was completed and included evaluating crash records for crash trends, the types of crashes most commonly occurring, and where crash trends may exist. In the five-year time period from January 1, 2011, through December 31, 2015, there were 2,340 crashes on the roadways within or adjacent to the City of Arden Hills. The locations with high crash rates are primarily on the county and state highway intersections (Figure 11.3). Locations with the highest crash frequency are on I- 694 with TH 51, and I-694 with I-35W. Additionally, there are high crash rates along I-35W and I-694 at every interchange location. Other locations off the freeway with high crash frequency are the intersections of TH 10/Old Highway 10 with CSAH 96, TH 51 with County Road E, CSAH 96 with Hamline Avenue, and Hamline Avenue with CR F. Of the 2,340 crashes, there were 4 fatalities, 113 included injuries, 353 had possible injuries, and 1,870 involved property damage only. Rear end crashes represented 52 percent of the crashes, and 5 percent were right angle crashes. Half of the total crashes occurred at intersections. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-8 Figure 11.3 – 2011-2015 Crash Density by Location City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-9 11.2.3 Jurisdictional Issues There are no planned jurisdictional transfers planned between Arden Hills and Ramsey County. The City desires active participation in any jurisdictional discussion. 11.2.4 Relevant Transportation Studies A number of studies have been completed or are in the process of being completed to provide direction relative to the development of the City of Arden Hills’ transportation system. Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) Alternative Urban Areawide Review: An Alternative Urban Areawide Review (AUAR) and Mitigation Plan was approved for the TCAAP site in 2014, including "Minimum" and "Maximum" development scenarios. A separate traffic study was conducted as part of the preparation of the AUAR. This included a more comprehensive summary of the analysis results than what was provided in the AUAR. To determine the impacts on the local roadway network, a traffic operations analysis was conducted for intersections within the vicinity of the TCAAP site for various development scenarios, and mitigation measures were identified based on the results. In addition to Existing and 2030 No Build Scenarios, the future development scenarios for TCAAP included a Year 2030 Minimum Development Scenario and a Year 2030 Maximum Development Scenario. The minimum development scenario was based on the City’s existing zoning requirements for the site, which provided a constrained analysis. A Maximum Development Scenario for 2030 was also analyzed to evaluate a land use mix that maximized the acceptable use of available and potential infrastructure, seeking a balance of financial feasibility, while maintaining community livability and sustainability. Due to increases in background traffic and the proposed TCAAP redevelopment, transportation network changes are anticipated to occur in the future. Several long-term improvements are being implemented in and around the project study area. Improvements at the Interstate 35W interchanges with Highway 96, County Road H, and County Road I have been constructed. In addition, Old Hwy 8 and the “Spine Road” will provide regional connections through the TCAAP site and to the regional roadways. These improvements will influence trip distribution for the TCAAP redevelopment project. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-10 I-35W North Reconstruction Project: Several transportation studies have been completed over the past decade evaluating improvements to the I-35W North corridor to address safety, mobility, and pavement condition. Studies include the I-35 Corridor Management Plan, the MnPASS System Studies Phase 1 and Phase 2, and the Metropolitan Highway System Investment Study. Most recently, the 2013 I -35W North Managed Lanes Study recommended construction of an additional lane on I -35W from Roseville to Blaine. Based on these study recommendations, the Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) has identified a major reconstruction project for I-35W between County Road C in Roseville north to Sunset Avenue in Blaine/Lino Lakes. The project is anticipated to begin in late 2018, and is expected to last three to four years. The project includes roadway rehabilitation, the addition of a managed lane (MnPASS), auxiliary lane extensions at various locations, and noise walls. US Highway 10 Auxiliary Lane Project: To address safety issues and improve mobility and access along eastbound US Highway 10, MnDOT is planning to construct an auxiliary third lane on eastbound US Highway 10 between I-35W and CSAH 96 and a second lane to the ramp from southbound I-35W to eastbound US Highway 10. In addition, the project will straighten and realign Prior Avenue to connect the intersection at a right angle to US Highway 10 at Arden Manor and build a new right turn only exit to eastbound US Highway 10 from Arden Manor/Big Ten Tavern. Construction is expected to begin in late 2018 be completed in 2019. County Road F Improvements: Ramsey County is planning a construction project in 2018 on County Road F between Lexington Avenue and Hamline Avenue to install a center turn lane, add intersection improvements at County Road F and Innovation Way including a traffic signal and turn lanes, and complete the ten-foot wide trail along the south side of the road. This project is expected to improve safety and mobility. Lexington Avenue Improvements: Ramsey County is planning a construction project in 2020 on Lexington Avenue between County Road E and Interstate 694. This project is expected to include the reconstruction of the roadway and the inclusion of traffic control improvements. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-11 11.2.5 Multimodal Transportation Opportunities It is recognized that various methods of travel impact the economic vitality of a city, county, or broader region. In addition to the traditional road system, multimodal transportation includes transit, aviation, railway, and paths. Transit Service The City of Arden Hills is located within Transit Market Areas III and IV in the Transit Capital Levy District as shown in the Metropolitan Council’s 2040 Transportation Policy Plan. Market Area III supports transit services prima rily comprised of commuter express bus service. Market Area IV can support peak period express bus services if there is a sufficient concentration of commuters likely to use transit service located along a corridor. General public dial -a-ride services are available where fixed-route service is not viable. Service characteristics include peak-period express buses, one-to-two hour midday frequencies, dial-a-ride advance registration, service spans of 10-14 hours per day on weekdays and limited weekends, and a ccess primarily tied to park-and ride lots and hubs. The closest Park and Ride facilities are located at I-35W and County Road H, Highway 10 and County Road H in Mounds View, I-35W and County Road C in Roseville, and at the Shoreview Community Center on County Road 96. The near Transit Center to Arden Hills is located at the Rosedale Center in Roseville, and is served by the A Line bus rapid transit (BRT) high-frequency bus route. Bus-only shoulders exist along I-35W and along US Highway 10 between I-35W and I-694. Figure 11.4 – Existing and Planned Transit Routes and Passenger Facilities displays the current services available, including route and park and ride locations in and around the City of Arden Hills. Regular route service in the City as currently provided is described below: o Routes 225 and 227 are local bus routes operated by Metro Transit. These route provides connectivity to the Rosedale Transit Center in the City of Roseville, and serves Shoreview, Arden Hills, and Roseville. Major destinations for Route 225 include Land O’Lakes, Deluxe, Super Target, Cub Foods, Roseville Medical and Dental Center, and Rosedale Center. Route 227 also serves the Roseville Skating Center. Schedules vary from 30 to 60 minutes between trips during rush hour, and hourly midday and weekend service. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-12 o Route 250 is an express bus route operated by Metro Transit. The route provides connectivity to downtown Minneapolis from Lino Lakes, Circle Pines, Lexington, Blaine, Shoreview, and Mounds View, primarily along I-35W, I-694, and I-94. Arden Hills’ residents can access the route from the park and ride lot in Mounds View along County Road H, just west of I-35W. Schedules with stops at the park and ride lot vary from five to fifteen minutes between trips during the peak hours. Two midday trips are also provided. o Route 261 is an express route to downtown Minneapolis operated by Metro Transit. The route provides connectivity between Shoreview, Roseville, and Minneapolis, along with Arden Hills along Lexington Avenue. There are five-six total peak hour trips during weekdays only. o Route 801 is a local bus route operated by Metro Transit. This route provides service between the Brooklyn Center Transit Center and the Rosedale Center. There is a bus stop that serves the southwestern corner of Arden Hills at County Road D and Cleveland Avenue. Hourly weekday service is provided. o Route 860 is an express bus route operated by Metro Transit. This route provides connectivity to downtown St. Paul from Coon Rapids, Blaine, and Mounds View. Arden Hills’ residents can access the route from the park and ride lot in Mounds View along County Road H and Highway 10, just west of I-35W. Schedules vary from 15 to 20 minutes between trips during the peak hours. It has seven trips each peak hour during the weekdays only. Local ADA service is provided by Metro Mobility. Metro Mobility is a shared public transportation service for certified riders who are unable to use regular fixed-route buses due to a disability or health condition. Rides are provided with ADA-equipped vans, and need to be scheduled ahead of time. General public dial-a-ride service is provided by Transit Link, a small bus service for the general public where regular route transit service is not available. Trans it Link is for trips that can’t be accomplished on fixed route bus service alone, and may combine regular route and Transit Link service. Both Metro Mobility and Transit Link are services provided by the Metropolitan Council serving the seven - county region. Arden Hills residents also have opportunities to participate in the Metro Vanpool program. This program provides financial assistance for vanpools to serve areas with limited regular-route transit service. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-13 Figure 11.4 – Existing and Proposed Transit Routes and Passenger Facilities City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-14 Aviation Plans/Facilities There are no existing or planned aviation facilities within Arden Hills, but the Anoka County/Blaine Airport is located approximately 1.5 miles northwest of the City of Arden Hills, west of I-35W and north of TH 10. Railway There is one railway line within the City of Arden Hills. The rail line is active and operated by the Canadian Pacific Rail System (CPR) with an average of four trains per day using the line. It runs east-west through the southern portion of Arden Hills, north of County Road E with a speed threshold of 40 mph. The line includes a spur into the Red Fox/Grey Fox business area. Minnesota Commercial Railway (MNNR) operates a north-south railway line in New Brighton west of I-35W . One MNRR rail spur provides service to the Scherer Brothers Lumber Yard and ends west of Highway 10 in Arden Hills. The rail spur previously accessed the Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) site, but has since been abandoned at Highway 10 to the east. A second rail spur that accessed the Gateway Business District has also been removed and abandoned. Ramsey County has Regional Rail Authority, which reviews, recommends, proposes, and buys abandoned rail lines for future transportation purposes. It has identified a transitway corridor through the northeast metropolitan area. The Northeast Diagonal transitway corridor follows the partially abandoned and existing Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad tracks from northeast Minneapolis through St. Anthony, Roseville, Shoreview, Little Canada, Vadnais Heights, Gem Lake, White Bear Township, and ending in White Bear Lake. The potential route does not directly impact Arden Hills. Truck Freight Truck freight transportation in Arden Hills is served by the arterial highways, I- 35W, I-694 and US 10. Figure 11.5 shows the City’s freight system. There are no large freight traffic generators within the City as identified by the Metropolitan Council. Freight generators within the City include a conce ntration of light industrial, office, and commercial land uses east of TH 51/Snelling Avenue and along the I-35W corridor. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-15 The Metropolitan Council’s Regional Truck Highway Corridor Study (completed in 2017) identified I-35W, I-694, and US 10 as Tier 1 regional key truck corridors. County Road D (between I-35W and Fairview Avenue) was identified as a Tier 2 regional key truck corridor, and TH 51/Snelling Avenue (south of I-694) was identified as a Tier 3 regional key truck corridor. In addition, nearby Old Highway 8, County Road E2 west of I-35W, and County Road H west of I-35W were defined as regional key truck corridors. As defined in the Regional Truck Highway Corridor Study, the interstate system serves as the freight backbone, and other tiered roadways provide redundancy to the interstate system, as well as provide door-to-door access to manufacturing facilities, distribution centers, intermodal freight hubs, and ultimately, retailers and customers. Figure 11.5 shows Heavy Commercial Average Annual Daily Traffic (HCAADT) within Arden Hills on the Principal Arterial and “A” Minor Arterial system. Within the City, the largest amount of heavy commercial vehicles travel on I-694 and I- 35W (14,000 and 7,000-9,000 trucks per day, respectively). City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-16 Figure 11.5 – Freight and HCAADT City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-17 Pathways The City includes a number of pedestrian and bike pathways that are an integral part to the City’s transportation system as shown in Figure 11.6. While paths are popular for recreational purposes, there is also a growing demand for utilitarian pathways that connect residential areas to destinations such as commercial areas, offices, parks, and other popular places. Providing multiple destinations on a pathway system can increase use, promote physical activity, a nd reduce motorized travel in suburban communities. The existing system is more fully described in Chapter 9. Active Living Ramsey Communities (ALRC) is an initiative designed to encourage and support active living by bringing about and sustaining change s in public and private design, transportation and policies. A LRC encourages healthy lifestyles by bringing people and resources together to build active, bikeable and walkable communities. In 2015, ALRC completed the Ramsey County-Wide Pedestrian and Bicycle Plan. The plan provides a framework for development of a connected Ramsey County where walking and biking are regular everyday parts of people's lives. This plan provides a set of tools, analysis and actions to engage Arden Hills and community members at all levels in supporting a place where people of all ages and abilities can safely and comfortably walk and bicycle. The City will utilize this resource in the further development of its pathway network. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-18 Figure 11.6 – Bicycle and Pedestrian Facilities City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-19 11.3 FUTURE TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM PLAN Except for the future roads on the TCAAP property, the transportation system within Arden Hills is generally considered developed, and improvements are anticipated as reconstruction of aging infrastructure is pursued. As reconstruction occurs, it will be important for the City to improve the roadway system and non -motorized travel opportunities consistent with the recommended Transportation System Principles and Standards in this Chapter and the pathways recommendations in Chapter 9 to the extent possible. 11.3.1 Forecasted Traffic Volumes & Capacity Needs In the City of Arden Hills, the major roadways carrying traffic are county and state roadways, ranging from arterials to collectors. The City roadways are primarily local city streets that only carry local traffic. Generally, the roadways in Arden Hills serve areas that are fully developed, and the land use patterns in Arden Hills are not expected to significantly change, except on the TCAAP property. However, an increase in traffic on these corridors is expected due to the future growth in the northern part of the City and the future growth in adjacent communities. The existing pattern of rights-of-way and development setbacks present challenges for significantly improving the existing level of service on some roadways through roadway capacity improvements. The forecasted 2040 average annual daily traffic volumes are illustrated in Figure 11.7 – Existing and Forecasted 2040 Traffic Volumes and also in Appendix C. I-35W and I-694 are expected to continue experiencing congestion based on the forecasted Metropolitan Council 2040 travel demands. Recent and programmed improvements on these roadways will ease but not alleviate congestion levels over the 20-year planning horizon due to regional population growth. The recently completed reconstruction of the Interstate 35W interchanges at County Road 96, County Road I, and County Road H are critical to support development intensities on TCAAP. In addition, the planned I-35W North reconstruction project (which includes adding managed lanes) and I -694 expansion (underway) from Lexington Avenue to I -35E will provide additional capacity to support TCAAP development. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-20 Figure 11.7 – Existing and Forecasted 2040 Traffic Volumes City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-21 11.3.2 Roadway Safety & Mobility Needs Many of the roadways within and adjacent to the City of Arden Hills are in need of capacity improvements by 2040 due to the anticipated growth throughout the area. This is due not only to growth within the City of A rden Hills but also growth within adjacent cities and other cities along the freeway and highway corridors. With this increase in development and increase in traffic, an increase in congestion is expected for most roadways throughout Arden Hills. Improve ments are recommended for Hamline Avenue, Lexington Avenue, Old Highway 10, and the interstate freeways. The expansion and reconstruction of I -694 will improve operations, especially from I-35W to TH 10, even with the increased traffic expected by 2040. The other areas of I-694 will likely be congested as much as they are today by 2040. Since the primary roadways providing significant mobility within the City of Arden Hills are county and state roadways, the City will need to coordinate with the State and County on roadway improvements. Collector roadways carrying greater than 1,500 vehicles per day have volumes that tend to create potential conflicts between vehic les, bicycles, and pedestrians. The City, in cooperation with Ramsey County, will need to monitor pedestrian and bicycle issues, crashes, near misses, and complaints, and prioritize roadway improvements with pavement rehabilitation needs. Strategies to improve safety and mobility will be considered, including the consideration of adding pedestrian facilities at intersections, non-motorized facilities both along and separate from roadways, additional roadway width for wider lanes or shoulders, or when possible, turn lanes to City collector roadways intersecting with County roadways. To accommodate necessary turn lanes or roadway widening, additional right-of-way may be required at the intersection. As reconstruction of aging infrastructure is pursued on City collector streets the recommended geometric design standards will assist in improving safety and mobility (Appendix B). Additionally, as traffic volumes approaching an intersection increase, an intersection control evaluation may be necessary. Triggers for an evaluation may include an increase in correctable crashes or an unacceptable traffic back up. Higher volume roadways that could show traffic signal benefits are under the jurisdiction of the County. As the jurisdictional authority, the County would make decisions on appropriate traffic control. The intersection control evaluation would identify the traffic control option (e.g. all way stop, roundabout, possible signalization) and capacity improvements (e.g. turn lanes) necessary to accommodate the traffic volumes in a safe and efficient manner. Future reconstruction may require modifications of existing access to include strategies such as access consolidation, right–in, right–out access only, or the development City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-22 of a frontage road to improve the safety and mobility of the corridor. Additional right-of-way should be acquired for future improvements as properties in the area develop or redevelop. The high crash locations along I-694 at I-35W, TH 10, and TH 51 should be partially rectified by recent and proposed improvements on I-35W and I-694 through the area. Further improvements should be studied with the Minnesota Department of Transportation and Ramsey County at the problem intersections. 11.3.3 Functional Classification Needs Due to the developed nature of the City of Arden Hills, together with the community’s pattern of water features and freeway facilities, there are minimal opportunities to expand the local roadway system in the developed areas of the City and develop additional continuous routes through the City. Two roadways, the Spine Road and Old Hwy 8, are proposed to provide access to the TCAAP redevelopment area as detailed below. As redevelopment occurs on the TCAAP property, the internal roadway system will be expanded to serve this area of the City. The internal roadway system for TCAAP will consist of a north/south A-Minor Expander arterial (referred to as the Spine Road) in addition to a network of local streets. The Spine Road will be consistent with County State Aid Standards (CSAH) for intersection spacing which is 1/4 mile minimum spacing for full access intersections and 1/8 minimum spacing for right-in/right-out accesses. The minor streets will primarily provide access to residences and private businesses. These local roads will be constructed on the property as future development occurs. Old Hwy 8 is identified as Major Collector roadway that provides access through the TCAAP property between County Road H and County Road I (CSAH 3). Old Hwy 8 outside of the TCAAP site is approximately 2,000 feet long extending from County Road I to the north TCAAP property line. Old Hwy 8 will be under the jurisdiction of Ramsey County and is also expected to be part of the County State Aid Highway system (CSAH 13). The proposed typical section consists of a single travel lane in each direction with a center median or left turn lane. The intersection control at County Road I is a single lane roundabout. Other roadway continuity improvements in Arden Hills are not anticipated. The City will review redevelopment plans with the option to consider opportunities to improve continuity or improve/consolidate accesses. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-23 The City of Arden Hills does not support an additional road connection over Interstate 35W between Interstate 694 and CSAH 96 due to the likely traffic impact on Round Lake Road. 11.3.4 Multimodal Transportation Opportunities It is important for the community to plan for the ability to accommodate multimodal activities (i.e. transit, pedestrian, and bicycle) on non-local roadways to provide other opportunities to move about the City and beyond. Transit Service While significant changes to existing transit opportunities in Arden Hills are not planned by the Metropolitan Council, the City recognizes the growing need for transit services in Arden Hills, and the City supports exploring additional transit options. With increasing fuel costs, worsening congestion, and an aging population, the demand for transit will increase. The City will continue to be supportive of the park-and-ride lots used by Arden Hills’ residents, such as the lots on County Road H in Mounds View and at Rosedale in Roseville. The City will evaluate the need for future park -n-ride opportunities along with redevelopment proposals where feasible. The City supports efforts to add or expand transit options to Northwestern College, Bethel University, Mounds View High School, and employers, such as Boston Scientific, Land O’ Lakes, and the businesses along Round Lake Road and Gateway Boulevard. As the City’s population ages, the City will continue to work with Metro Transit and senior community services to ensure needs are being met. Para-transit, which is provided by Metro Mobility, is also an important resource for members of the community, particularly the disabled and seniors. The Metropolitan Council 2040 Transportation Policy Plan does not show any transitway investments planned within Arden Hills under the current revenue scenario. Under the increased revenue scenario, two corridors within Arden Hills are identified: A Line BRT Extension and I-35W North Transitway. These two corridors are discussed below and are shown in Figure 11.4. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-24 A Line BRT Extension Ramsey County plans to redevelop the TCAAP site into a net -zero energy, mixed-use, high-density transit oriented development with the A Line connecting the site to the region’s high frequency transit network. In 2016, Metro Transit evaluated the feasibility of extending the A Line BRT route from Rosedale Center to TCAAP. As part of the study, a recommended alignment for the A Line extension was defined using Snelling Avenue, Coun ty Road E, Lexington Avenue, County Road 96, and the Spine Road at TCAAP (see Figure 11.8). The study identified that resources are currently not available and ridership is unlikely support an immediate A Line extension. However, the City, Ramsey County, private developers, and Metro Transit can plan for and implement transit oriented development and other transit ready infrastructure to support the A Line BRT extension to TCAAP. Study recommendations include: • Include transit ready infrastructure and amenities in road reconstruction plans • Continued development of pedestrian friendly street designs • Evaluate using existing resources to provide more transit service • Construct needed bus system infrastructure for service growth • Plan for changes in density and land use patterns through comprehensive plan updates City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-25 Figure 11.8 – A Line Extension Map - Draft Preferred Alignment Source: Metro Transit. A Line Corridor Extension Evaluation, Rosedale Center to Rice Creek Commons, September 2016. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-26 35W North Transitway The 35W North corridor links downtown Minneapolis with communities along I-35W north of downtown to Forest Lake. The corridor was studied through a feasibility study led by MnDOT in 2013. The study focused primarily on the highway managed-lane vision but included an analysis of BRT potential coordinated with that vision. The managed lane will be constructed as part of the major I-35W reconstruction project between Highway 36 and Sunset Avenue in Blaine starting in 2018. Additional study is neede d to explore BRT implementation and transitway extension north of Blaine. Aviation Plans/Facilities Although there are not any aviation facilities within Arden Hills, standards for airspace protection are required to maintain a clear path for helicopter s and for aviation related facilities. Federal Regulation Title 14, Part 77 establishes standards and notification requirements for objects affecting navigable airspace. This notification serves as the basis for evaluating the effect of the construction or alteration on operating procedures, determining the potential hazardous effect of the proposed construction on air navigation, identifying mitigation measures to enhance safe air navigation, and charting of new objects. Notification allows the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to identify potential aeronautical hazards in advance, thus preventing or minimizing the adverse impacts to the safe and efficient use of navigable airspace. Title 14, Part 77.13 requires any person/organization who intends to sponsor any of the following construction or alterations to notify the Administrator of the FAA when: o Any construction or alteration exceeding 200 feet above ground level; o Any construction or alteration: • Within 20,000 feet of a public use or military a irport which exceeds a 100:1 surface from any point on the runway of each airport with at least one runway more than 3,200 feet • Within 10,000 feet of a public use or military airport which exceeds 50:1 surface from any point on the runway of each airport with its longest runway no more than 3,200 feet • Within 5,000 feet of a public use heliport which exceeds a 25:1 surface; o Any highway, railroad or other traverse way whose prescribed adjusted height would exceed that above noted standards; City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-27 o When requested by FAA; and; o Any construction or alteration located on a public use airport or heliport regardless of height or location. Persons or organizations intending to sponsor construction or alterations require notification to the FAA under Title 14, Part 77.13 using FAA form 7460–1 and associated amendments. Any structure meeting the requirements in Title 14, Part 77.13 must receive permission from the Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) and the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). Structures will be compatible with the Anoka County/Blaine Airport Long Term Comprehensive Plan. Freight The Metropolitan Council 2040 Transportation Policy Plan acknowledges several freight challenges that impact the City and the region. Freight traffic and congestion are expected to increase and place pressure on the region’s highway and rail systems. Additionally, there are concerns about compatibility between freight traffic and adjacent land use. While the City’s light industrial areas are located adjacent to primary freight corridors (I-35W, I-694, and US 10), it will be important to ensure that future development is also compatible with freight operations. Pathways A more detailed plan for expanding the City’s non -motorized pathway system is discussed in Chapter 9. Non-motorized pathways are an integral part of the City’s transportation system. The improvements and expansions in Chapter 9 work to ensure a sound transportation system within Arden Hills. Pursuing pathway projects in combination with road reconstruction projects is a primary method for implementing pathway expansion and improvement recommendations in Chapter 9. For each of the County highways within Arden Hills, roadway shoulders, in addition to pathways, are recommended on both sides of the roadway to accommodate pedestrian, bicycle, and other non-motorized travel where feasible. The City will also review pedestrian facilities and school routings to determine their adequacy as traffic conditions change. Shoulders and paths should be integrated with the roadway system to provide routes for non-motorized traffic to access existing and future controlled intersections where feasible. Non - motorized facilities are to be incorporated into road projects and land City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-28 redevelopments to safely accommodate pedestrians and bicycles with vehicle traffic in the City, as the City grows. In conjunction with Ramsey County and MnDOT, grade separated crossings of major roads and railroads is one of the more important actions the City can take to improve the path network, increase safety, enhance access to parks, encourage increased physical activity, and help tie the community together . Recent interchange and road reconstruction projects have included pathway facilities to allow or enhance the crossing of major highway barriers like I-35W and US 10. Additional opportunities to improve connections for pedestrians and bicyclists across major physical barriers is provided in Chapter 9. Regional Bicycle Transportation Network (RBTN) The Metropolitan Council established a Regional Bicycle Transportation Network (RBTN) in 2015. The RBTN establishes regional priorities for bicycle transportation so that regional destinations are accessible by bicycle. The Metropolitan Council established RBTN alignments in areas where existing facilities created a clear connection between regional destinations. RBTN corridors were identified in areas where there are several options for connections between regional destinations. The RBTN is further divided into two tiers. Tier 1 alignments/corridors are expected to attract the most bicycle use and are the highest priority for regional investments. Tier 2 alignments/corridors are the second priority for regional investments. Within Arden Hills, the RBTN identifies three Tier 1 RBTN alignments. These alignments follow Lexington Avenue, Highway 96, and the western segment of the Rice Creek North Regional Trail between County Road H to County Road I. In addition, two Tier 1 RBTN corridors and one Tier 2 RBTN corridor were identified. The first Tier 1 corridor runs east-west along the southern part of the city, generally following the Elmer L. Andersen Memorial Trail, Lake Johana Boulevard, and County Road D. The second Tier 1 corridor runs north-south, generally following Old Snelling Avenue and Lake Valentine Road to connect to the Rice Creek North Regional Trail in Mounds View. The Tier 2 corridor generally follows the planned Rice Creek North Regional Trail between Highway 96 and the existing regional trail segment. With these corridors, existing land use patterns and major roadway barriers limit other opportunities for an efficient and successful bikeway route. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-29 Through the comprehensive planning update process, Metropolitan Council has requested communities to recommended specific alignments for planned bikeway connections that meet the intent of the RBTN corridors. The City proposes the following alignment for the RBTN corridor identified within the City. These alignments are also shown in Figure 11.9. • The existing and planned pathways along the Elmer L. Andersen Memorial Trail, Lake Johana Boulevard, and County Road E. • The existing and planned pathways along Hamline Avenue, Old Snelling Avenue, and Lake Valentine Road connecting to Long Lake Regional Park and Rice Creek Regional Trail in New Brighton. • The planned Rice Creek North Regional Trail using the dedicated trail corridor between Highway 96 and the existing Rice Creek Regional Trail segment. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-30 Figure 11.9 – Regional Bicycle Transportation Network City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-31 11.3.5 Long-term Transportation Planning It is fundamental to rethink transportation plans and systems through at least 2040 as infrastructure needs and demands will inevitably change. Due to changing demographics and increasing energy costs, the demand for mass transit is likely to increase. While efficient transit requires different growth and development patterns, transit corridors can be developed to compliment and be integrated with a community. Transit corridors may offer growth potential for residential, retail, and business. While the City does not have a significant influence on the nation’s energy infrastructure and it is difficult to predict future energy infrastructure needs, the City will be impacted by outside forces beyond its control. It will be necessary to be flexible when implementing this Comprehensive Plan and other developments in order to be responsive to changing conditions. 11.4 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES The following below strategies are proposed to help advance the goal of the transportation chapter: o Utilize the Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) and Pavement Management Program (PMP) to plan for long-term improvements. o Require right-of-way dedication along County and local roads to meet future capacity needs as redevelopment is proposed. o Consider the use of flexible street design standards when reconstructing roadways in parts of the City with unique topographical or environmental features. o Develop standards to increase the safety of pedestrian crossings throughout the City. o Update the Zoning and Subdivision Ordinances consistent with the Transportation Plan. o Establish a policy outlining when a traffic impact study should be conducted, including acceptable information to be contained within the study. o Maintain a Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) that contains elements for reconstruction of the roadway system, with scheduled maintenance included in annual budgets. Street maintenance includes routine patching, crack filling, and storm sewer cleaning. Implement a schedule for roadway maintenance and reconstruction, street widening/realignment, etc. o Seek to partner and collaborate with Ramsey County, MnDOT, adjacent cities, and other agencies on transportation planning, upgrades, and other issues. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 11-32 The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s transportation goal and policies. 11.5 PROGRAMMED TRANSPORTATION IMPROVEMENTS The regional transportation system will require continued improvements to satisfy current and future demands, particularly due to planned growth related to the TCAAP development. Table 11.3 lists programmed transportation improvement projects, along with the estimated timing and costs anticipated by the City of Arden Hills as a local partner agency. Table 11.3 – Programmed Transportation Improvements Project Lead Agency Estimated City Local Match Contribution Year County Road F Improvements Ramsey County $600,000 2018 Spine Road Project Ramsey County To be Assessed 2019 I-35W North Reconstruction Project MnDOT $0 2019 US Highway 10 Auxiliary Lane Project MnDOT $0 2019 Lexington Avenue Improvements Ramsey County $306,500 2020 Pavement Management Plan City of Arden Hills $2,500,000 Biennial City of Arden Hills – 2030 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 12-1 12. RESILIENCE AND SUSTAINABILITY Goal: Promote resiliency and sustainable design practices in the preservation, development, redevelopment, and maintenance of the City’s natural and built environment. To achieve this resilience and sustainability goal, the following policies are proposed: o Promote best practices for sustainable design in the construction and operations of new development, additions, and building renovations. o Evaluate energy use that contributes to energy and climate uncertainty. o Encourage the use of site sensitive planning and design to protect significant natural features throughout the City. o Support the use of renewable energy. o Support the efficient use of land and development that reduces reliance on fossil fuels. o Work to reduce carbon emissions at City facilities, from City vehicles, and overall City design. o Work to protect air, water quality, and healthier indoor environment. o Encourage programs that reduce waste and increase recycling. o Ensure the stability of public infrastructure systems in consideration of changing climate trends. The need for communities to address environmental sustainability, green building practices, energy efficiency, and conservation is becoming more apparent in the face of energy uncertainty and climate change. While Arden Hills has a relatively small impact, the City does play a role in protecting the environment and encouraging sustainable development and redevelopment. If more cities adopt environmentally sustainable practices, the combined impact is substantial regardless of city size. Resiliency and sustainability incorporates a range of techniques, such as environmentally sensitive site planning, using resource efficient building materials, enhancing indoor and outdoor air quality, enhancing the use of daylight, reducing the need for automotive travel. In addition to the environmental benefits associated with implanting these practices, they also bring benefits to the community in terms of improved public health and economic competitiveness. The City joined the Minnesota GreenStep Cities program in 2016. This voluntary program is managed by the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency and is designed to assist cities achieve sustainability and quality-of-life goals. Many of the goals outlined in this chapter are also identified as best practices by the GreenStep Cities program. The City is committed to continuing its participation in this program. City of Arden Hills – 2030 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 12-2 This particular chapter discusses the overarching policies, practices, information, and implementation techniques that apply throughout the Plan. There are policies, tools, and implementation techniques in other chapters that directly relate to resilience and sustainability, though may not be repeated in this chapter. The goal of this chapter is to recognize the importance of resilience and sustainability as well as to coordinate these efforts throughout the Comprehensive Plan. 12.1 WHAT IS SUSTAINABILITY AND SUSTAINABLE DESIGN? Sustainability: The concept of meeting present needs without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their needs. Sustainable Design: Design that seeks to avoid depletion of energy, water and raw material resources; prevent environmental degradation caused by facility and infrastructure development over their life cycle; and create environments that are livable, comfortable, and safe and that promote productivity. 12.2 GREEN BUILDING PRACTICES The industry focus is toward overall improved design of buildings to conserve energy and produce a healthier living environment. Leading programs are Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED), and the US Green Building Council. Additional organizations working on these efforts include the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, MN Pollution Control Agency, and American Institute of Architects. The most notable rating system currently in use is the LEED rating system, which is organized to promote action in the following areas: o Location and Transport o Sustainable Sites o Water Efficiency o Energy and Atmosphere o Materials and Resources o Indoor Environmental Quality While gaining LEED certification has become important for the environmental aspects, it has also become a marketing tool Encouraging the use of LEED standards may help the City be more competitive over the long term. With redevelopment in commercial and industrial districts and redevelopment of the TCAAP property, the City and developers have the opportunity to employ LEED standards and other sustainable techniques. City of Arden Hills – 2030 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 12-3 Existing structures and practices can also be modified or upgraded to reduce their environmental impact. For example, using energy efficient lighting, increasing insulation, reducing automobile usage, and other similar measures can reduce a person’s impact at home and at work. 12.3 LOW IMPACT DESIGN Municipal land use and transportation planning decisions directly influence whether people and businesses will have mobility choices that allow them to save energy and money. Through zoning codes, building codes, public incentives, and the permitting process, municipalities can encourage building and site design that reduces energy needs, resources, and greenhouse gas emissions. Environmental sustainability and low impact design also includes ecology and open space planning. Some of the practices and tools that coordinate development with protecting the environment and open spaces include: o LEED and other similar design standards; o Water gardens, porous or structured parking, and minimizing paved areas; o Storm water control, collection, and filtration before entering storm sewers; o Wetlands preservation and control; o Access to local foods, materials, building supplies; o Walkable and bikeable community; o Increased landscaping with more trees and vegetation; o Smart design and location for structures – east, west, south exposure for solar gain, natural ventilation to reduce air-conditioning, recycled and natural building products. o Transportation hubs and depots – walkable, bikeable, electric vehicle distance to local community centers or business districts. This section does not include all low impact design practices and tools. As technology and ideas are available, they should be evaluated to determine if they could advance the City’s goals. The above practices and tools could be encouraged or required through the City’s regulations. 12.4 CARBON REDUCTION Planning for energy uncertainty and climate change will require proactive planning at every level of government. In Arden Hills, a significant contributor of carbon and greenhouse gas emissions is traffic passing through on Inte rstates I-694, I-35W, Highway 10, Highway 96, Snelling Avenue, and Lexington Avenue. Although the City has limited ability to regulate these roads, the City can encourage other governmental units to use these tools to help lower emissions: City of Arden Hills – 2030 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 12-4 o Lowering speed limits o Higher mpg vehicles o Using fuel efficient, hybrid and/or alternative fuel buses o Using electric cars or personal vehicles o Traffic roundabouts that slow speeds but do not stop traffic o Improving public transit options for residents and employees in Arden Hills Cities, counties, and the state need to work cooperatively on other regulatory measures that encourage carbon emission reduction. Reducing carbon emissions will take cooperation at all levels to be successful, and Arden Hills is in support of finding ways to reduce carbon emissions. 12.5 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES Future sustainability projects that will benefit the City and region include, but are not limited to: o Develop an energy conservation policy for City buildings and equipment. o Encourage geothermal heating and cooling for individual buildings and for district heating/cooling size installations. o Increase recycling at all uses. o Develop regulations that encourage the use of pervious surfaces, green roofs, and other environmentally sensitive site and building design practices. o Promote LEED/green building practices through, zoning, codes, and possible incentives. o Encourage the use of renewable energy and work to protect access to direct sunlight for solar energy systems. o Work with Metro Transit on opportunities to improve public transit facilities. o Develop zoning regulations and public infrastructure systems that support healthy community transportation and access to recreation and open space. Advocate for the use of renewable energy on AHATS. The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s resilience and sustainability goal and policies. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 13-1 13. PUBLIC FACILITIES, SERVICES, AND INFRASTRUCTURE Goal: Provide efficient and high-quality public facilities, services, and infrastructure. To achieve this public facilities, services, and infrastructure goal, the following policies are proposed: o Provide reliable and high-quality water facilities, sanitary sewer, and stormwater systems. o Prepare long-term plans to identify, prioritize, and determine the costs to maintain and/or replace City water and sewer facilities. o Maintain and keep the emergency preparedness plan updated. o Work to provide efficient, low-cost services through ongoing evaluation and intergovernmental coordination. o Utilize the Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) and annual budgeting process for prioritizing major public expenditures. o Work to reduce inflow and infiltration into the City’s sanitary sewer system. o Coordinate with the public and private school system on programs and activities where feasible. o Continuously evaluate all contracted services to assure that efficient and high- quality services are being provided. The Arden Hills City government provides a variety of public facilities and services. While some services are used or seen on a daily basis, such as streets, sanitary sewer, and water, other services are less noticed, but are absolutely necessary for the efficient functioning of the City. Utility services are vital to the health, safety and welfare of the citizens of Arden Hills. The physical infrastructure of the Arden Hills is aging; the City recognizes the need to track and evaluate the condition of the existing infrastructure. The Capital Improvement Plan and annual budgeting process are two tools used to plan for improvements to the infrastructure. 13.1 WATER RESOURCE MANAGEMENT In the developed portion of Arden Hills, the City is not anticipating any significant land use changes that would result in increased demand on the City’s water supply, stormwater management, or sanitary sewer system. Redevelopment of the TCAAP property is expected to be completed in ten to twenty years. Infrastructure for water, sanitary sewer, stormwater, and other utilities are anticipated to be implemented during the construction of the main boulevard through TCAAP construction in calendar year 2019. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 13-2 13.1.1 Water Supply (Appendix D) The Water Supply Plan provides the City of Arden Hills and its residents with assurance that an adequate supply of safe water is available for use, guidance and procedures for water system emergencies are in place, and measures are being implemented to conserve the City’s water supply. The Water Supply Plan is divided into four parts (Appendix D): Part I: Water Supply System Description and Evaluation Part II: Emergency Preparedness Procedures Part III: Water Conservation Plan Part IV: Items for Metropolitan Area Communities The City of Arden Hills purchases potable water from the City of Roseville, who purchases water from the Saint Paul Regional Water Services. Saint Paul Regional Water Services provides the required treatment processes before the water is introduced into the water distribution system in Arden Hills; no further treatment is required by the City of Arden Hills. Once in the City, the system is under the jurisdiction of the City’s water utility. The City has three connection points with the City of Roseville: 1. Cleveland Avenue and County Road D, 2. Fairview Avenue and County Road D, and 3. Glenhill Road and Hamline Avenue. Historically, the water utility has managed to be self-supporting, with future replacement needs financed from revenues generated from the fees paid by users. The City periodically reviews the arrangement with the City of Roseville and the Saint Paul Regional Water Services to ensure that the City is obtaining the most cost-effective services. The City operates and maintains approximately 55 miles of mainline, two water towers, one booster station (water pumping facility) and three emergency cross connections with adjacent communities (Table 13.1). These interconnections are normally closed, but can be opened to meet emergency needs . Table 13.1 - Intercommunity Water Connections   City Size Location Shoreview 8" North of Grey Fox Road on Lexington Avenue Shoreview 8" North of Cummings Park Drive on Lexington Avenue New Brighton 8" East of Cleveland Avenue on Stowe Avenue City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 13-3 13.1.2 Sanitary Sewer (Appendix E) The entire City of Arden Hills is within the Metropolitan Urban Service Area (MUSA), therefore sanitary sewer interceptor and treatment is provided to the City via the Metropolitan Council Environmental Se rvices (MCES) system. Within the City, the system is under the jurisdiction of the City’s sanitary sewer utility. Historically, the sanitary sewer utility has managed to be self -supporting; with future infrastructure replacement needs financed from revenues generated from the fees paid by users. The Arden Hills sanitary sewer system consists of approximately 49 miles of sanitary sewer, over 1,150 manholes, and fourteen (14) lift stations. The Metropolitan Council Environmental Services (MCES) Water Resources Policy Plan includes policies for reducing inflow and infiltration into the region’s sewage treatment system. The MCES has projected significant growth in the metropolitan area by 2040. This increase, along with current levels of inflow & infiltration (I/I) in the system, would require significant, costly increases to expand the existing MCES treatment facilities to meet the future wastewater flows. As a result, MCES has implemented an I/I Surcharge Program. Communities with excessive I/I are required to develop plans and reduce their I/I. If I/I is not reduced in the community with excessive I/I, the MCES will impose a surcharge. The City of Arden Hills was identified as a community with excessive I/I and assessed a surcharge in 2007. That year, the City initiated an I/I identification program and has since completed flow monitoring, smoke testing, televising, manhole rehabilitation, sump pump inspections, sewer ling, and sewer replacement. Since 2007, the City has conducted numerous significant investments to reduce the amount of I/I introduced into the City’s sanitary sewer system. The City will continue these efforts to monitor and reduce I/I. Appendix E contains general sanitary sewer information and also outlines the City’s objectives, policies, strategies and implementation plan to reduce I&I. 13.1.3 Stormwater/Surface Water Management With nearly 550 acres of water across seven lakes, numerous wetlands, and Rice Creek, protecting water quality and managing stormwater is of the utmost importance in Arden Hills. As part of the City’s water quality goals, the City recognizes the need to establish a plan that is in conformance with the plans and regulations adopted by the Rice Creek Watershed District and the Metropolitan Council’s 2040 Water Resources Policy Plan. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 13-4 As part of the TCAAP redevelopment process, an AUAR was completed that included an analysis of stormwater mitigation needs. According to the AUAR, stormwater will be managed on-site, maintaining the current drainage patterns and utilizing the current outfalls to Rice Creek and Round Lake. Stormwater will be conveyed to Round Lake and Rice Creek by means of underground storm sewer, ponds, vegetated swales, and wetlands. Conveyance systems will be designed in accordance with acceptable industry standards and in conformance with jurisdictional requirements. The primary method of stormwater treatment will be the use of multiple ponds for the removal of total phosphorous and total suspended solids. Water reuse, bio-filtration, filtration, and stormwater wetlands are also suitable for treatment within the Study Area. No discharge water will be directed to surface waters without prior treatment for water quality and a determination that no contamination exists. 13.1.3.1 Stormwater Management Plan (Appendix F) Arden Hills falls entirely within the Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD), which is the regulating authority for stormwater in Arden Hills. The RCWD is responsible for administering the Wetland Conservation Act and related permitting activities. Regulatory agencies, including the RCWD and Metropolitan Council, share Arden Hills’ view on the importance of protecting water quality and storm water management. The City’s 2018 LSWMP discusses local methods to further joint goals and policies regarding surface water management while assessing problems and proposing corrective actions. The primary purpose of the 2018 LSWMP is to: o Assess existing water quantity and quality issues; o Assess potential problems and opportunities for natural resource enhancement in light of anticipated development within each watershed; and, o Formulate practical strategies to correct existing problems to prevent potential problems and to take advantage of opportunities to enhance water related natural resources. In order to advance the above purpose statement, the 2018 LSWMP reviewed the physical environment, performed water quality and hydraulic analyses, established the objectives and policies, and set implementation steps. In summary, the LSWMP objectives are to (Section 3 of the LSWMP): o Improve water quality City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 13-5 o Prevent flooding and erosion from surface water flow o Promote groundwater recharge o Protect and enhance fish and wildlife habitat and water recreation o Pollution control and good housekeeping for municipal operations o Public participation, information, and education o Establish funding sources for management programs The Rice Creek Watershed District will be issuing an update to their Water Resource Management Plan (WRMP) in 2020. The City will incorporate any necessary changes during the next 10-year planning cycle. 13.1.3.2 Local Ordinances (Appendix F) In addition to the LSWMP, the City has adopted regulations to further the City’s goals in protecting water quality, reducing nonpoint source pollution, protecting sensitive natural areas, and managing stormwater (Appendix F): o Erosion and Sediment Control Ordinance o Shoreland Ordinance o Floodplain Ordinance The City’s Stormwater Management Ordinance references Rule C: Stormwater Management Plans of RCWD’s District Rules. The Erosion and Sediment Control Ordinance was adopted in 2008 and the Shoreland and Floodplain ordinances were adopted in 2002 and 2001, respectively. The City intends on reviewing the Shoreland, Floodplain and Erosion Control ordinances regularly to ensure that they are effectively advancing City goals and policies. 13.1.3.3 National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (Appendix F) On March 17, 2014, the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) approved the City’s Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) permit. This permit is set to expire in 2018 and will need to be renewed at this time. The MS4 general permit is mandated by federal regulations under the Clean Water Act and administered by the MPCA. In general terms, MS4s are publicly owned or operated stormwater infrastructure, used solely for stormwater, and which are not part of a publicly owned wastewater treatment system. Examples of stormwater infrastructure include curbs, ditches, City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 13-6 culverts, stormwater ponds and storm sewer pipes . The City of Arden Hills is an MS4. The MS4 general permit focuses on reducing the pollution that enters these public systems and discharges to wetlands, streams and lakes (“waters of the state”). The MS4 permitting program gives owners or operators of municipal separate storm sewer systems approval to discharge stormwater to lakes, rivers and wetlands in Minnesota. All owners or operators of MS4s are required to satisfy the requirements of the MS4 general permit. The MS4 general permit requires the MS4 operator or owner to create a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Program (SWPPP) with six important components (included in the attached MS4 permit): o Public education and outreach, which includes teaching citizens about better stormwater management. o Public participation: Include citizens in solving stormwater pollution problems. This includes a required public annual meeting and an annual report. o A plan to detect and eliminate illicit discharges to the stormwater system (such as chemical dumping and wastewater connections) o Construction-site runoff controls. This includes the implementation of an Erosion and Sedimentation Control ordinance. o Post-construction runoff controls o Pollution prevention and municipal “good housekeeping” measures, such as covering salt piles and street-sweeping. 13.1.3.4 Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Table 2.6 in Section 2 of the LSWMP (Appendix F) includes the TMDL listing status for the major water bodies in Arden Hills or that receive drainage from Arden Hills. Lakes Johanna, Josephine, and South Long Lake are listed for mercury in fish tissue. Little Lake Johanna has a TMDL approved for chloride and nutrients. The Upper Mississippi River has an approved TMDL for fecal coliform. The Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) is underway with the remainder of the TMDLs for the waterbodies in Arden Hills. The City will cooperate with the MPCA and other related agencies as TMDL studies that impact Arden Hills are approved and implemented. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 13-7 Table 13.2 - TMDL Status 13.1.3.5 Additional Water Quality Plans and Tools The City is committed to adopting plans, policies, and tools that effectively advance the City’s, RCWD’s, and regional water quality goals. As part of LSWMP updates, development reviews, regulatory updates, and other related policies, the City will work to address the following issues: o Formally adopt criteria to protect and improve stormwater runoff and quality, such as the Nationwide Urban Runoff Program (NURP); City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 13-8 o Require stormwater plans for new development and redevelopment that requires increased stormwater infiltration and a decreased use of impervious materials; o Identify and adopt best management practices that reduce stormwater runoff using tools such as the Minnesota Stormwater Manual; o Where feasible, require pre-settlement stormwater discharge on new developments and redevelopments; o Identify and adopt methods for minimizing the effects of temperature, especially for streams and wetlands; o In cooperation with the RCWD, collect water quality data on lakes within the City and establish goals for each water body; o Educate residents on the link between surface water and ground water quality; and, o In cooperation with the RCWD, complete a wetland management plan; 13.2 OTHER UTILITIES Electricity, natural gas, and cable television are provided and maintained by private companies; however, they do use the right-of-way for distribution of these services. Electricity and natural gas is provided by Xcel Energy. Comcast provides cable television services to Arden Hills. 13.3 CITY STREET AND RIGHT-OF-WAY MAINTENANCE The City has an on-going Pavement Management Program (PMP) that documents the physical condition of the approximately 31 miles of streets. The condition of each of the streets is evaluated and given a Pavement Condition Index (PCI), which is used to prioritize street reconstruction and maintenance. The PMP reviews roadway pavement condition as well as presence of concrete curb and gutters, storm drainage system, and public utility conditions. These factors are weighted together to generate a prioritized list of roadway improvements. A financial analysis is conducted and the proposed improvements are grouped into annual programs in the Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) and annual budgeting process. Technological advances and development activities are placing increasing strains on the City’s right-of-way. Right-of-way (ROW) is used to provide area for electric, gas, telephone, cable, and other public and private utility lines. Unplanned use of the ROW can lead to a confusing jumble of underground utilities that increase the maintenance and reconstruction costs to all users. It is in the City’s best interest to revise its right-of- way ordinance to provide for a comprehensive approach for the maintenance and construction for all public and private utilities within the City ROW. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 13-9 13.4 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS The City adopted the Ramsey County-wide Emergency Operations Plan in 2005, and updated its City supplemental plan in July 2009The purpose of this Plan is to maximize the protection of life and property, ensure the continuity of government, sustain survivors, and repair essential facilities and utilities. The Plan is intended to assist key City officials and emergency organizations to carry out their responsibilities for protection of life and property under a wide range of emergency conditions. It is also important to be able to efficiently coordinate emergency services and communicate with other governmental organizations. 13.5 CITY BUILDINGS 13.5.1 City Hall The City Hall building was opened in October 2001 and is located at 1245 West Highway 96, which is approximately half way between Lexington and Hamline Avenues on the north side of Highway 96. The building includes a community room, Council chambers, and additional space for future needs. 13.5.2 Public Works/Joint Maintenance Facility In October 2004, the City of Arden Hills, Ramsey County, and the Mounds View School district opened a joint maintenance and operations facility on Paul Kirkwold Drive, which is in the northwest corner of the Highway 96 and Hamline Avenue intersection. The City’s Public Works Department, including staff and equipment is located at this facility. 13.6 CITY SERVICES In addition to basic infrastructure needs, the City provides a variety of public services, including police and fire protection as well as day to day administrative functions. In 2017, the City had 27 full-time employees and 44 seasonal employees. The number of temporary employees changes throughout the year depending on the time of year. Many of the temporary employees are hired by the Public Works Department for park and recreation services. The City continually strives to provide services in an efficient manner. In order to provide services at a low-cost, Arden Hills has sought partnerships with other cities and Ramsey County. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 13-10 13.6.1 Police The City contracts with the Ramsey County Sheriff’s Office for all police services. As with all its vendors, the City periodically reviews this arrangement to ensure that the City is obtaining the most cost-effective services for its residence. The Ramsey County Patrol Division is located in Arden Hills at the Joint Maintenance Facility. As development occurs on TCAAP, the City and Ramsey County will evaluate the services provided to the City to determine if additional facilities or services are needed. 13.6.2 Fire The Lake Johanna Volunteer Fire Department provides fire fighting services to Arden Hills, Shoreview, and North Oaks. The fire department owns three fire stations: o Station 120 in North Oaks at 4676 Hodgson Road; o Station 130 in Shoreview at 5545 Lexington Ave N; and, o Station 140 in Shoreview at 3615 Victoria Street. As with all its vendors, the City periodically reviews this arrangement to ensure that the City is obtaining the most cost-effective services for its residence. As development occurs on TCAAP, the City and Lake Johanna Fire Department will evaluate the services provided to the City to determine if additional facilities are needed. 13.6.3 Administration The City operates under a City Administrator style government, and the administrator manages the function of all other departments as well as implementation of the City Council’s policies and decisions. The City also has had a Joint Powers Agreement with the City of Roseville for information technology services since 2001. 13.7 POSTAL SERVICES The City receives regular mail service via the New Brighton Post Office. If the need or opportunity arises for new or additional facilities, it has been a longstanding desire to have a full service post office within Arden Hills. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 13-11 13.8 PUBLIC SCHOOLS Almost all of Arden Hills is in the Mounds View School District (ISD 621); however, a small area in the southern part of Arden Hills is within the Roseville School District (ISD 623). Two of the eleven Mounds View School District buildings are located in Arden Hills: the Mounds View High School at 1900 Lake Valentine Road and Valentine Elementary at 1770 West County Road E2. The Mounds View School is also a partner in the joint maintenance facility used by the City and Ramsey County. The Mounds View School District is one of the highest rated school districts in the state and is a valued organization in the community. In addition to serving Arden Hills, the Mounds View School District also serves all or part of the cities of Blaine, Mounds View, New Brighton, Roseville, Shoreview, North Oaks, Spring Lake Park, and Vadnais Heights as well as White Bear Township. During the 2015-2016 school year, Mounds View High School had approximately 1,650 students and was the twenty-seventh largest high school in the State. Valentine Elementary currently serves approximately 600 students. The district is anticipating 1,600 additional students over the next seven years and expects to accommodate these additional students by renovating and expanding its existing facilities. The Roseville School District has 10 buildings; however, none of them are located in Arden Hills. In addition to serving Arden Hills, the district also includes all or parts of the cities of Falcon Heights, Lauderdale, Little Canada, Maplewood, Roseville, and Shoreview. 13.9 HIGHER EDUCATION While not technically a public service, Arden Hills is home to two private higher education institutions: Bethel University and University of Northwestern. Bethel University is located south of Interstate 694 and is on the shoreline of Lake Valentine. The University has a long range Master Plan and future expansion on the campus is expected. Bethel University acquired the former Country Financial campus at 2 Pine Tree Drive in 2013 and plans to slowly grow into the facility over the next 5 to 10 years. The site will be used for classrooms and general office uses. Split by the Roseville-Arden Hills border, University of Northwestern is located in the south part of the City on the southern shore of Lake Johanna. The College does not have road access into Arden Hills; however, many of the College’s educational buildings are located in Arden Hills. Both Roseville and Arden Hills approved a long range Master Plan for University of Northwestern in 2007. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 13-12 Bethel University and Northwestern College have abundant natural resources and trails that are open for use to the residents of Arden Hills. The City strives to maintain a strong working relationship with both institutions to help ensure long term recreational access to these campuses and to coordinate any changes or expansions with the adjacent residential areas. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 14-1 14. IMPLEMENTATION The Comprehensive Plan is a guide for decision making, setting priorities, developing new policies, and guiding City business. However, this Plan requires active implementation to be successful. The vision, goals, policies, and informatio n in this document are meant to support the City and provide a strategic framework for accomplishing City goals and maintaining a healthy, vibrant, and stable community. While this Plan provides a policy framework, implementation will require additional review, research, process, and action. 14.1 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES Most of the chapters include recommended implementation strategies and ideas to advance the City’s vision and goals. The strategies are not ranked and are not considered all-inclusive. The potential implementation strategies in the chapters of this Plan are meant to be coordinated where feasible. The information, goals, and policies throughout this Plan are often interrelated and directly impact each other: land uses impact housing, transportation, and protecting natural resources. Coordinating the goals, policies, and strategies from each chapter is a primary strategy of implementing the City’s vision in this Comprehensive Plan. The vision, goals, and policies in this Comprehensive Plan chapter are a starting point for implementation continuing the implementation discussion. As new opportunities and tools arise, new strategies and ideas can be added to help ensure the advancement of the City’s vision. The City will review the Plan on a regular basis to ensure implementation continues on a timely manner. 14.2 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN (CIP) The Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) is the financial planning mechanism used by the City to plan for long range and significant expenditures. Arden Hills has adopted a five- year CIP that is updated on a regular basis. The official Copy is kept on file at the City of Arden Hills, and a copy is included in Appendix A for informational purposes only. The CIP is subject to change. Each year the CIP is reviewed and revised as priorities change, more details are known, and funds become available for capital projects and purchases. The CIP is an important implementation tool for the annual budgeting process because it helps guide the allocation of funds for the upcoming year. The Comprehensive Plan sets forth overall direction for the City; the CIP and the annual budgeting process implement the goals and policies contained within this Plan. Each year, the CIP is evaluated in relation to the goals, policies, and direction in the City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 14-2 Comprehensive Plan. This yearly process allows spending decisions to be made within the overall context and future planned environment for the community. While it is important that the City’s financial tools implement the intent of the Comprehensive Plan, the Comprehensive Plan cannot predict every future need, project, or constraint. The Comprehensive Plan is a dynamic document that can be amended, with careful review, to respond to unanticipated changes in the City. 14.3 ORDINANCES Ordinances are a powerful tool for implementing the Comprehensive Plan since they provide the legal framework for evaluating projects and implementing many policies. The City currently uses a number of ordinances to regulate development and other activities, including, but not limited to: o Erosion – provides regulations for controlling erosion on development throughout the City. o Floodplain – regulates development within the floodplains throughout the City. o Shoreland – regulates development along shorelines of streams and lakes. o Subdivision – regulates the subdivision and consolidation of land. o Zoning (Figure 14.1 and Appendix H) – regulates the use, type, and style of development throughout the City. Ordinances require periodic evaluation to ensure they are meeting the Cit y’s vision, Metropolitan Council requirements, Rice Creek Watershed District regulations, and State Statutes. State law requires the official controls to be amended to conform to the Comprehensive Plan. Implementing this Comprehensive Plan will require the review and possibly the updating of a number of ordinances. Although no significant changes to the existing zoning classifications are anticipated, it is the City’s intent to revise ordinances where needed. The Zoning Code will be updated in preparation for the TCAAP redevelopment upon selection of a land use plan. 14.4 ADDITIONAL PLANNING EFFORTS While this Comprehensive Plan provides overall policy direction for the City, additional planning detail is needed in select areas. In October 2008, the City approved on a small area plan for the County Road E corridor. This small area plan addressed land use, future redevelopment, and transportation issues in greater detail in this area. In September 2017, the City accepted the Commercial, Industrial, and Higher Education study. The study recommended the creation of an INST – Institutional District for the Bethel University and University of Northwestern campuses, which was adopted in September 2017. The City may consider if additional campuses, such as t he Mound City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 14-3 View High School or the Ramsey County multiple jurisdictional public works facility, could be included into the INST – Institutional District. The City may also move forward with a more detailed plan for the Lexington Avenue/Red Fox/Grey Fox business area. Although there has been some new development in this area, many of the buildings are aging and are likely to be redeveloped in the future. An additional plan to address issues in this area may be warranted. 14.5 COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT Community involvement is an important part of implementing this Comprehensive Plan. While the City can adopt policies and programs, successful implementation requires solid communication as well as input and participation from residents and businesses. The City currently utilizes a number of methods to facilitate communication between the residents, elected officials, and City staff, including surveys, direct mailings, regular City newsletters, public comment times at Council meetings, Town Hall meetings, cable television, and the City’s website. The City also uses volunteer commissions, committees, and special task forces to include residents and businesses in the project development and decision -making process: o Communications Committee; o Economic Development Commission; o Financial Planning and Analysis Committee; o Parks, Trails, and Recreation Committee; o Planning Commission; These groups allow more direct involvement and participation from the community to help advance and create programs that work toward implementing the Comprehensive Plan. In addition to these groups, the City can create other types of committees as needed to work on specific projects or policies. These committees are created by the City Council and exist throughout the duration of the project. 14.6 INTERGOVERNMENTAL COORDINATION Coordinating with the adjacent communities, Ramsey County, the Metropolitan Council, and the State are needed to help advance local as well as regional goals. The City’s water, sewer, transportation, park, and recreation systems are linked to other public entities. Where feasible, the City seeks to cooperate with other governments to help ensure efficient use of public resources and reduce overlapping government services. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 14-4 14.7 FUTURE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN AMENDMENTS As a policy and planning document, text and/or map amendments to this Comprehensive Plan will be needed. This Plan is meant to be a dynamic document that can respond to unforeseen changes, priorities, and opportunities. Amendments may be needed for a future Lexington Avenue/Red Fox/Grey Fox Guiding Plan. Additional amendments may be considered where appropriate to advance the overall City vision and goals. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 14-5 APPENDIX A City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 B-1 APPENDIX B: TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM PRINCIPLES AND STANDARDS The transportation system principles and standards included in this Plan create the foundation for improving the transportation system, evaluating its effectiveness, determining future system needs, and implementing strategies to fulfill the goals and policies identified. 1. FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION It is recognized that individual roads and streets do not operate independently in any major way. Most travel involves movement through a network of roadways. It becomes necessary to determine how this travel can be channelized within the network in a logical and efficient manner. Functional classification defines the nature of this channelization process by defining the part that any particular road or street should play in serving the flow of trips through a roadway network. It is the process by which streets and highways are grouped into classes according to the character of service they are intended to provide. Functional classification involves determining what function each roadway should perform prior to determining its design features, such as street widths, speed, and intersection control. The functional classification system typically consists of five major classes of roadways: Principal Arterials, Minor Arterials, Major Collectors, Minor Collectors, and Local roadways. The existing roadways are described in this section and illustrated in Figure B.1 – Existing Roadway Functional Classification. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 B-2 Figure B.1 – Existing Roadway Functional Classification City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 B-3 1.1 PRINCIPAL ARTERIALS Roadways of this classification typically connect large urban areas to other large urban areas or they connect metro centers to regional business concentrations via a continuous roadway without stub connections. They are designed to accommodate the longest trips. Their emphasis is focused on mobility rather than access and as such , private access should not be allowed. They connect only with other Principal Arterials, interstate freeways, some Minor Arterials, and Collector Streets. There are two Principal Arterials within Arden Hills, Interstates I-35W and I-694. 1.2 MINOR ARTERIALS Roadways of this classification typically link urban areas and rural Principal Arterials to larger towns and other major traffic generators capable of attracting trips over similarly long distances. Minor Arterials service medium length trips, and their emphasis is on mobility as opposed to access in urban areas. They connect with Principal Arterials, other Minor Arterials, and Collector Streets. Connections to Local Streets should be avoided if possible, and private access should not be allowed. Minor Arterials are responsible for accommodating through-trips, as well as trips beginning or ending outside the Arden Hills area. Minor Arterial roadways are typically spaced approximately one to two miles apart in urbanized communities similar to Arden Hills. Within Arden Hills there are 15 roadways classified as Minor Arterials. These roadways are US Highway 10, TH 51, Old US-10, County State Aid Highway (CSAH) 46/Cleveland Avenue, CSAH 47/New Brighton Road, CSAH 50/Hamline Avenue, CSAH 51/Lexington Avenue, CSAH 76/Snelling Avenue, CSAH 96 (CR G), CSAH 149/Lake Johanna Boulevard, County Road (CR) D (CSAH 19), CR E (CSAH 15, CSAH 149, CR 99), CR E2 (CSAH 73), CR F (CSAH 12), CR H (CSAH 9), and CR I (CSAH 3). The Spine Road is a Planned A Minor Arterial. In the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area, there is a further breakdown of Minor Arterial roadways to establish federal funding priorities, “A Minor” and “Other” (previously referred to as “B Minor”). The A Minor Arterial classifications include Relievers, Expanders, Connectors, and Augmenters. As defined by the Twin Cities Metropolitan Council, Relievers provide ‘open up’ capacity for traffic on Metropolitan Highway Principal Arterials. Augmenters supplement the Principal Arterials within the beltway. Expanders provide connection between developing areas outside the beltway, and connect Principal Arterials. Connectors provide links between rura l town centers in the urban reserve and rural area. Other Minor Arterials have a lower priority than A Minor Arterials and are not eligible for federal funding. Within Arden Hills, the A Minor Arterial Relievers are US Highway 10, CSAH 46/Cleveland Avenue, CSAH 73/CR E2 (west of CSAH 46), and CSAH 96 (west of US City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 B-4 Highway 10). The A Minor Arterial Expanders are CSAH 51/Lexington Avenue (north of I-694) and CSAH 96 (east of US Highway 10). The Spine Road is a Planned A Minor Expander. The A-Minor Arterial Augmenters are TH 51, CR D (west of I - 35W), and CSAH 51/Lexington Avenue (south of I-694). The Other Minor Arterials are Old US-10, CR E, CR E2 (east of Cleveland Avenue), Hamline Avenue, Snelling Avenue (north of CR E), and New Brighton Road. 1.3 MAJOR COLLECTORS Roadways of this classification typically link neighborhoods together within a city or they link neighborhoods to business concentrations. In highly urban areas, they also provide connectivity between major traffic generators. A trip length of less than five miles is most common for Major Collector roadways. A balance between mobility and access is desired. Major Collector street connections are predominately to Minor Arterials, but they can be connected to any of the other four roadway funct ional classes. Local access to Major Collectors should be provided via public streets and individual property access should be avoided. Major Collector streets are predominantly responsible for providing circulation within a city. Major Collectors that are a part of the road network in Arden Hills includes Valentine Lake Road, west of CSAH 76/Snelling Avenue; and CSAH 149/Lake Johanna Boulevard from CR D to CR E. Old Hwy 8 is designated as a Major Collector. 1.4 MINOR COLLECTORS Roadways of this classification facilitate the collection of local traffic and convey it to Major Collectors and Minor Arterials. Minor Collector streets serve short trips at relatively low speeds. Their emphasis is focused on access rather than mobility. Minor Collectors are responsible for providing connections between neighborhoods and the Major Collector/Minor Arterial roadways. There are no roadways designated as Minor Collector roadways in the City of Arden Hills. 1.5 LOCAL STREETS Roadways of this classification typically include city streets that facilitate the collection of local traffic and convey it to collectors and Minor Arterials. Their emphasis is to provide direct property access. The City’s Pavement Management Program adopts a four-classification system of local streets generally based on the average length of trip on the street: Community Street, Neighborhood Street, Residential Street, and Special Cases. The street width varies per street classification and the Pavement Management Program includes a list of additional considerations for additional street width deviations. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 B-5 2. ROADWAY CAPACITY Capacities of roadway systems vary based on roadway functional classifications, roadway design (number of lanes, divided or undivided), and system connectivity. A two-lane divided arterial roadway has a daily capacity of 15,000 to 17,000 vehicles per day, a four-lane divided arterial street has a daily capacity of 28,000 to 32,000 vehicles per day, and a four-lane freeway has a daily capacity of approximately 60,000 to 80,000 vehicles per day. The variability in capacities are directly related to many roadway characteristics including access spacing, traffic control, adjacent land uses, as well as traffic flow characteristics, such as percentage of trucks and number of turning vehicles. Therefore, it is important that the peak hour conditions are reviewed to determine the actual volume-to-capacity on roadway segments with average daily traffic volumes approaching these capacity values. Major Collector and Minor Collector streets have physical capacities similar to those of a two-lane arterial street; however the acceptable level of traffic on a residential street is typically significantly less than the street’s physical capacity. The acceptable level of traffic volumes on Major Collectors and Minor Collector streets vary based on available right-of-way width, housing densities and setbacks, locations of parks and schools, and overall resident perceptions. Typically, traffic levels on Major Collector streets in residential/educational areas are acceptable when they are at or below 50 percent of the roadway’s physical capacity, resulting in an acceptable capacity of 6,000 to 9,000 vehicles per day. In most communities, acceptable traffic levels on Minor Collector streets are considerably less. Typically, a daily traffic volume of 1,000 to 1,500 vehicles per day is acceptable on Minor Collector streets in residential areas. In the City of Arden Hills, the roadways that function as Major Collectors currently carry 50 percent or less than the roadway capacity, except Valentine Lake Road, west of Mounds View High School, which has a volume to capacity ratio of 51 Percent. Even though the capacity ratio is over 50 percent, the volumes on the major collectors in Arden Hills are considered to generally be accepted and the roadways are interpreted as operating at or below their capacity. 2.1 ESTIMATED DAILY CAPACITIES Table B.1 – Planning-Level Roadway Capacity in Arden Hills, identifies various roadway types and the estimated daily capacities that the given roadway in the City of Arden Hills can accommodate. A capacity deficiency exists when traffic volumes approach or exceed the capacity of the roadway. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 B-6 Table B.1 – Planning-Level Roadway Capacity Facility Type Daily Two-Way Volume Lower Threshold Higher Threshold Arterials Two-lane undivided 10,000 12,000 Two-lane divided or three-lane undivided 15,000 17,000 Four-lane undivided 18,000 22,000 Four-lane divided or five-lane undivided 28,000 32,000 Freeways Four-lane freeway 60,000 80,000 Six-lane freeway 90,000 120,000 Eight-lane freeway or higher Calculated on a segment by segment basis 2.2 LEVEL OF SERVICE Roadway Level of Service (LOS) is used to assign a value to the level of congestion and efficiency of the roadway. The LOS is determined by the ratio of the actual roadway volume to the established capacity. In general, the higher the volume, the lower the LOS. There are six LOS, depending on the extent of congestion and service on the roadway. The LOS are defined in Table B.2 – Roadway Level of Service as follows: Table B.2 – Roadway Level of Service Level of Service Volume to Capacity Ratio (v/c) A 0.00 to 0.35 B 0.35 to 0.49 C 0.50 to 0.74 D 0.75 to 0.89 E 0.90 to 0.99 F > 1.00 Source: Based on Highway Capacity Manual Generally, the City of Arden Hills should consider capacity improvements on roadways with a LOS D or worse and volume-to-capacity ratios over 0.75 during the peak hours. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 B-7 2.3 ACCESS MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES Access management guidelines are developed to maintain traffic flow on the network so each roadway can provide its functional duties, while providing adequate access for private properties to the transportation network. This harmonization of access and mobility is the keystone to effective access management. Mobility, as defined for this Transportation Plan, is the ability to move people, goods, and services via a transportation system component from one place to another. The degree of mobility depends on a number of factors, including the ability of the roadway system to perform its functional duty, the capacity of the roadway, and the operational level of service on the roadway system. Access, as applied to the roadway system in Arden Hills, is the relationship between local land use and the transportation system. There is an inverse relationship between the amount of access provided and the ability to move through -traffic on a roadway. As higher levels of access are provided, the ability to move traffic is reduced. The graphic below illustrates the relationship between access and mobility. Figure B.2 – Roadway Mobility/Access Relationship Roadway Mobility/Access Relationship City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 B-8 Each access location (i.e. driveway and/or intersection) creates a potential point of conflict between vehicles moving through an area and vehicles entering and exiting the roadway. These conflicts can result from the slowing effects of merging and weaving that takes place as vehicles accelerate from a stop turning onto the roadway, or deceleration to make a turn to leave the roadway. At signalized intersections, the potential for conflicts between vehicles is increased, because through -vehicles are required to stop at the signals. If the amount of traffic moving through an area on the roadway is high and/or the speed of traffic on the roadway is high, the number and nature of vehicle conflicts are also increased. Accordingly, the safe speed of a road, the ability to move traffic on that road, and safe access to cross streets and properties adjacent to the roa dway all diminish as the number of access points increases along a specific segment of roadway. Because of these effects, there must be a balance between the level of access provided and the desired function of the roadway. In Arden Hills, access standards and spacing guidelines are recommended as a strategy to effectively manage existing ingress/egress onto streets and to provide access controls for new development and redevelopment. While the City of Arden Hills has access authority for those roadways under its jurisdiction, Ramsey County and the Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) have access authority for roadways under their jurisdiction. The permitted width of accesses to County or State streets or roads is subject to County or State regulations. The State regulations for access standards and spacing are included in the MnDOT State -Aid design standards and the MnDOT Access Category System and Spacing Guidelines (referenced in Table B.3 and B.4). City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 B-9 Table B.3 – MnDOT Access Management Manual – Summary of Recommended Street Spacing for Interregional Corridors Category Area or Facility Type Typical Functional Class Public Street Spacing Signal Spacing Primary Full-Movement Intersection Secondary Intersection 1 High Priority Interregional Corridors & Interstate System (IRCs) 1F Interstate Freeway Principal Arterials Interchange Access Only 1AF Non-Interstate Freeway Interchange Access Only (see Section 3.2.7 for interim spacing) See Section 3.2.5 for Signalization on Interregional Corridors 1A Rural 1 mile 1/2 mile 1B Urban/Urbanizing 1/2 mile 1/4 mile 1C Urban Core 300-660 feet dependent upon block length 2 Medium Priority Interregional Corridors 2AF Non-Interstate Freeway Principal Arterials Interchange Access Only (See Section 3.2.7 for interim spacing) See Section 3.2.5 for Signalization on Interregional Corridors 2A Rural 1 mile 1/2 mile 2B Urban/Urbanizing 1/2 mile 1/4 mile 2C Urban Core 300-660 feet, dependent upon block length ¼ mile 3 Regional Corridors 3AF Non-Interstate Freeway Principal and Minor Arterials Interchange Access Only (see Section 3.2.7 for interim spacing) Interim 3A Rural 1 mile 1/2 mile See Section 3.2.5 3B Urban/Urbanizing 1/2 mile 1/4 mile 1/2 mile 3C Urban Core 300-660 feet, dependent upon block length 1/4 mile Source: MnDOT City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 B-10 Table B.4 – MnDOT Access Management Manual – Summary of Recommended Street Spacing for Non-Interregional Corridors Category Area or Facility Type Typical Functional Class Public Street Spacing Signal Spacing Primary Full-Movement Intersection Secondary Intersection 4 Principal Arterials in the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area and Primary Regional Trade Centers (Non-IRCs) 4AF Non-Interstate Freeway Principal Arterials Interchange Access Only (see Section 3.2.7 for interim spacing) Interim 4A Rural 1 mile 1/2 mile See Section 3.2.5 4B Urban/Urbanizing 1/2 mile 1/4 mile 1/2 mile 4C Urban Core 300-660 feet dependent upon block length 1/4 mile 5 Minor Arterials 5A Rural Minor Arterials 1/2 mile 1/4 mile See Section 3.2.5 5B Urban/Urbanizing 1/4 mile 1/8 mile 1/4 mile 5C Urban Core 300-660 feet, dependent upon block length 1/4 mile 6 Collectors 6A Rural Collectors 1/2 mile 1/4 mile See Section 3.2.5 6B Urban/Urbanizing 1/8 mile Not Applicable 1/4 mile 6C Urban Core 300-660 feet, dependent upon block length 1/8 mile 7 Specific Area Access Management Plans 7 All All By adopted plan Source: MnDOT Ramsey County has developed a draft set of access management policies. Rather than a set of specific standards, Ramsey County’s draft policies “are intended to apply accepted access management principles in a context-sensitive manner to maximize the possible benefits as development occurs or as existing properties are modified.” The draft policies are as follows. • A parcel has the legal right to one access from a public street. If access can be obtained from an adjacent street, rather than from a County Road or County State Aid Highway, access should be directed to the minor street. • Opportunities to combine or eliminate accesses shall be considered when new accesses are proposed. • Where feasible, the access spacing standards of the MnDOT Access Management Manual shall be met. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 B-11 • Where possible, new driveways shall be aligned with existing driveways or streets. • Any proposed new access or modification of an existing access to a Ramsey County Road or County State Aid Highway requires a County access permit, with approval subject to review by the County Engineer. • Any change in land use of a property with access to any County Road or County State Aid Highway, requires review of the access, in accordance with Minnesota Rules 8810.5200, which states in full, “In the event of a change in the land use or major change in the traffic pattern of the existing facility, existing driveways are not automatically perpetuated and new driveway access applications shall be submitted.” • Unless no other option for access to a property exists, access will not be allowed within the functional area of a street intersection, or within the functional area of another existing access. As defined by MnDOT, the functional areas of intersections are defined as follows: o On roadways with posted speed limits less than 45 MPH, 4 35 feet. o On roadways with posted speed limits of 45 MPH or greater, 650 feet. • The interpretation of the functional area of an intersection shall be made by the County Engineer and adjustments to these distances shall be made, as appropriate to the particular situation. Diagrams of intersection functional areas are shown below: City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 B-12 Figure B.3 – Intersection Functional Areas • If no access to a parcel can be obtained, except from a County Road or County State Aid Highway, Ramsey County acknowledges that a parcel has the right to one access, subject to approval by the County Engineer. More than one access may be approved, but should not be assumed. • The need for turn lanes, bypass lanes, medians or median improvements, signage, or any other accommodations necessary for safe operation of an access shall be determined by the County Engineer and incorporated into access permit provisions. All construction costs shall be paid for by the permit applicant. Ramsey County will not contribute to the costs of necessary improvements. • The need for a Traffic Impact Study for any proposed access shall be determined by the County Engineer. The County Engineer may require installation of any mitigation measures recommended by a Traffic Impact Study. • The County Engineer may require dedication of access control over the remainder of a parcel as a condition of granting access in a particular location. It should be noted that there are existing access points within the City that are inconsistent with Ramsey County’s draft access management policies. In many cases these access points were established prior to agency access spacing guidelines/policies. In other cases the agency has granted an exception to the existing City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 B-13 guidelines. As roadways are reconstructed and as development or redevelopment occurs, Ramsey County and MnDOT generally work to modify and/or relocate access points that do not meet current access spacing guidelines, recognizing that this may not be feasible in all instances. To further the relationship of access and mobility throughout Arden Hills, the City supports managing access consistent with the roadway mobility and access relationship (Figure B.2) and supports the access spacing guidelines of the State and County. The City of Arden Hills agrees to work with Ramsey County and MnDOT to achieve desirable access and spacing standards. Table B.5 presents the access spacing guidelines for the roadway network in Arden Hills. Table B.5 – Access Spacing Guidelines for Collector Roadways in Arden Hill s (1) Type of Access Major Collector (2) Minor Collector (3) Private Residential Not Permitted As Needed Private Commercial/Industrial Not Permitted As Needed Minimum Corner Clearance from a Collector Street 660’ 300’ (1) These guidelines apply to City streets only. Ramsey County has access authority for roadways under their jurisdiction. (2) Access to Major Collectors is limited to public street access. Steps should be taken to redirect private accesses on Major Collectors to other local streets. New private access to Major Collectors is not permitted unless deemed necessary. (3) Private access to Minor Collectors is to be evaluated by other factors. Whenever possible, residential access should be directed to non-continuous streets rather than Minor Collector roadways. Commercial/Industrial properties are encouraged to provide common accesses with adjacent properties when access is located on the Minor Collector system. Cross - traffic between adjacent compatible properties is to be accommodated when feasible. Providing direct access from private property onto collectors and arterials should be minimized in order to minimize conflict points and increase safety and mobility. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 B-14 3. GEOMETRIC DESIGN STANDARDS Geometric design standards are directly related to a roadway’s functional classification and the amount of traffic that the roadway is designed to carry. For the City of Arden Hills, geometric design standards are based on MnDOT State -Aid standards. The following geometric design standards for Major and Minor Collector roadways are illustrated in Figures B.4 and B.5 A and B respectively. These design standards achieve adequate capacity within the roadway network, as well as a level of acceptance by adjacent land uses, given the constraints associated with the existing development pattern. Each component identified in the typical sections helps establish a roadway’s ability to perform its function in the roadway network. Figure B.4 – Major Collector Design Standards City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 B-15 Figure B.5a – Minor Collector Design Standards City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 B-16 Figure B.5b – Minor Collector Design Standards City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 B-17 3.1 ROADWAY WIDTH Roadway and travel lane widths are directly associated with a roadway’s ability to carry vehicular traffic. On Major Collector roadways and Minor Collector streets, a 12’ lane is recommended for each direction of travel. The 24’ total travel width is recommended to accommodate anticipated two-way traffic volumes. In addition to the travel width, a minimum 6’ shoulder lane width accommodates pedestrian and bicycle traffic, parked or stalled vehicles, and maintenance activity. Roadway widths not meeting the Geometric Design Standards results in decreased performance of the particular roadway and additional travel demand on the adjacent roadway network componen ts. For example, a sub-standard Major Collector roadway may result in additional travel demand on an adjacent Minor Collector or local street, resulting in an overburden for adjacent landowners. Similarly, additional local circulation on an adjacent Mino r Arterial results in reduced mobility for regional trips. Due to the varying right -of-way widths present in Arden Hills, Figure B.5A and B.5B identify four different typical sections for Minor Collector roadways to be considered as reconstruction is pursued. 3.2 PATHWAYS Pathways, including bikeways, sidewalks, trails, and some roadway shoulders, are recommended to be on or adjacent to Major Collector and Minor Arterial roadways, and most Minor Collector roadways to accommodate pedestrian, bicycle, and othe r non- motorized travel in a safe and comfortable manner. These roadways carry a considerable amount of vehicular traffic and non-motorized facilities are recommended. Design and accommodations for non-motorized traffic facilities in Arden Hills follow th e MnDOT Bikeway Facility Design Manual; Americans’ with Disabilities Act (ADA); AASHTO Guide for the Planning, Design, and Operation of Pedestrian Facilities; FHWA Designing Sidewalks and Trails, Part II, Best Practices Design Guide; and FHWA Design Guidance, Accommodating Bicycle and Pedestrian Travel: A Recommended Approach. The City will continue to work with Ramsey County and MnDOT to plan, evaluate, and design non-motorized facilities and integrate the facilities into reconstruction efforts. At the discretion of the City, the requirements for trails, sidewalks, bikeways, and shoulders may vary. The non-motorized traffic facilities will provide connectivity as shown in the Arden Hills Parks, Trails, and Open Space Plan. 3.3 DESIGN SPEED The design speed of a roadway is directly related to the roadway’s function in the roadway system. The focus of Minor Arterial roadways is mobility; therefore these roadways should be designed to accommodate higher travel speeds. Likewise, Minor Collector roadways are more focused on accessibility and should be designed to City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 B-18 accommodate lower travel speeds. The function of Major Collectors is balanced between mobility and accessibility; therefore these roadways should be designed accordingly. Table B.6 below presents the recommended design speed for the Arden Hills roadway network: Table B.6 – Roadway Design Speed Guidelines 3.4 RIGHT-OF-WAY WIDTH Right-of-way width is directly related to the roadway’s width and its ability to carry vehicular and pedestrian traffic in a safe and efficient manner. The roadway right-of- way widths identified in Figures B.4 and B.5 A and B are the minimum required for Major and Minor Collector streets, respectively. For Minor Collector streets in residential areas, a minimum right-of-way width of 66’ is necessary for the added roadway width, as well as to provide added setback distance between the roadway and homes along the roadway. Right-of-way widths greater than 66’ may be required on Major Collector roadways within commercial areas to accommodate the potential for higher traffic volumes and the need for additional through or turning lanes. All right -of- way requirements may be increased at the discretion of the City Engineer, with approval by the City Council. Please refer to Ramsey County’s right-of-way requirements for county roads in their current Transportation Plan. The City should obtain identified local and county right-of-way through any proposed redevelopment process to accommodate long-term roadway and sidewalk/trail needs. 3.5 ROADWAY JURISDICTION Roadway jurisdiction directly relates to functional classification of roadways. Generally, roadways with higher mobility functions (such as arterials) should fall under the jurisdiction of a regional level of government. In recognizing thes e roadways serve greater areas resulting in longer trips and higher volumes, jurisdiction of Principal Arterial and Minor Arterial roadways should fall under the jurisdiction of the State and County, respectively. Similarly, roadways with more emphasis on local circulation and Functional Classification Design Speed (1) Minor Collector Street 30 mph Major Collector Roadway 35 – 40 mph Minor Arterial Roadway 45 – 55 mph (1) At the discretion of the City Engineer for City roadways, with approval by the City Council. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 B-19 access (such as collectors) should fall under the jurisdiction of the local government unit. These roadways serve more localized areas and result in shorter trip lengths and lower volumes. Major Collector and Minor Collector roadways should fall under the jurisdiction of the City of Arden Hills. As roadway segments are considered for turn - back to the City, efforts will be taken to evaluate the roadway features for conformance to current standards, structural integrity, and safety. This effort will help the City develop short and long-range programs to assume the responsibilities of jurisdictional authority. In the City of Arden Hills, three jurisdictions have responsibility for the overall road network. The Minnesota Department of Transportation is responsible for I-35W, I- 694, TH 10, and TH 51, while Ramsey County is responsible for routes D, E, E2, F, H, I, 46, 47, 50, 51, 76, 96, and 149. Both the Spine Road and Old Hwy 8 are anticipated to be under Ramsey County’s jurisdiction (CSAH 13) once constructed. The City of Arden Hills is responsible for all remaining roadways. Figure B.6 shows existing roadway jurisdiction. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 B-20 Figure B.6 – Existing Roadway Jurisdiction City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 C-1 APPENDIX C: TRANSPORTATION PLAN FORECASTS To determine future roadway capacity needs, year 2040 traffic forecasts were prepared using the Metropolitan Council travel demand model. The model was refined for application specifically for Arden Hills. The 2040 projections were compared against the assumed 2040 roadway network to see where roadway segment capacity deficiencies may result. The 2040 roadway network assumed capacity improvements to I-35W (managed lane) and I-694 east of Lexington Avenue to I-35E as identified in the 2040 Transportation Policy Plan. While the travel demand model is a valuable tool for identifying future traffic based on the proposed land use impacts, it is not meant for use in detailed traffic operations studies. For a more accurate representation of the transportation impacts from specific developments, detailed traffic studies should be conducted to determine the operational impacts on adjacent roadways and intersections. A central concept of travel demand forecasting is the use of Transportation Analysis Zones (TAZs). Each forecast study area, in this case the City of Arden Hills, is divided into a series of TAZs. Each TAZ has land use data which indicates trip generation and trip attraction including population, household, and employment data. Figure C.1 displays Metropolitan Council TAZs within Arden Hills. The results of the Arden Hills modeling process are summarized on Figure C.2, which displays 2040 projected average daily traffic volumes compared to the existing (2014) traffic volumes. Table C.1 provides the population, household, and employment allocations by TAZ assumed in the Metropolitan Council model. Although not used in the forecasted traffic volumes analysis, Table C.2 provides the population, household, and employment allocations by TAZ based on the Arden Hills Land Use Plan. These revisions incorporate the population, household, and employment assumptions used in the TCAAP AUAR minimum development scenario, which has been utilized by the City and Ramsey County throughout the planning and implementation of the TCAAP development area. The values provided in Table C.2 can be used by the Metropolitan Council to assist in allocating socio-economic data for future updates to the regional travel demand model. Table C.3 provides a summary of changes between Table C.1 and Table C.2. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 C-2 Figure C.1 – TAZs within City of Arden Hills City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 C-3 Figure C.2 – Existing and Forecasted Traffic Volumes City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 C-4 Table C.1 – Metropolitan Council Current TAZ Data - City of Arden Hills (Raw Data - Unadjusted) 2010 Census 2020 Forecast 2030 Forecast 2040 Forecast TAZ Population Households Employment Population Households Employment Population Households Employment Population Households Employment 1698 0 0 36 159 66 94 220 93 98 194 79 91 1699 0 0 0 148 61 22 205 86 57 181 73 99 1700 0 0 64 15 6 152 21 9 181 19 8 167 1708 0 0 0 197 82 23 903 390 170 1721 730 510 1709 0 0 21 199 83 96 612 264 121 924 390 82 1710 757 265 5402 697 273 4906 736 297 5229 753 295 5504 1711 1377 579 54 1237 545 199 1325 607 327 1372 614 443 1712 866 356 902 707 318 895 801 362 967 864 373 1030 1732* 802 320 20 743 318 57 779 348 77 784 345 96 1733* 481 189 482 483 206 847 596 265 1062 688 301 1215 1734* 57 29 80 67 29 60 74 33 103 76 33 140 1735 1065 407 19 1199 405 23 1250 434 29 1264 427 33 1736 561 189 67 439 188 116 463 206 160 467 204 202 1737 581 218 339 505 199 349 561 230 406 597 239 456 1738 1965 62 1152 2083 64 1093 2279 83 1104 2409 94 1107 1739 256 0 2695 360 53 4849 379 58 4859 387 58 4854 1740* 774 338 1069 751 300 1218 785 330 1350 787 332 1471 1857* 10 5 0 11 4 0 11 5 0 13 5 0 Totals 9,552 2,957 12,402 10,000 3,200 15,000 12,000 4,100 16,300 13,500 4,600 17,500 *Portion of TAZ boundaries extend beyond Arden Hills. Va lues only reflect estimates for area within the City of Arden Hills per Metropolitan Council data. This data was used in the forecasted traffic volumes analysis reflected in Figure C.2. Source: Metropolitan Council City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 C-5 Table C.2 – City of Arden Hills 2040 Land Use Plan Allocation of Forecasts by TAZ - TCAAP AUAR Minimum Development Scenario* 2010 Census 2020 Forecast 2030 Forecast 2040 Forecast TAZ Population Households Employment Population Households Employment Population Households Employment Population Households Employment 1698 0 0 36 159 66 94 220 93 98 194 79 91 1699 0 0 0 148 61 22 205 86 57 181 73 99 1700 0 0 64 0 0 344 0 0 2163 0 0 2862 1708 0 0 0 299 115 269 2244 863 2018 2990 1150 2691 1709 0 0 21 80 31 102 605 233 627 805 310 829 1710 757 265 5402 697 273 4906 736 297 5229 753 295 5504 1711 1377 579 54 1237 545 199 1325 607 327 1372 614 443 1712 866 356 902 707 318 895 801 362 967 864 373 1030 1732** 802 320 20 743 318 57 779 348 77 784 345 96 1733** 481 189 482 483 206 847 596 265 1062 688 301 1215 1734** 57 29 80 67 29 60 74 33 103 76 33 140 1735 1065 407 19 1199 405 23 1250 434 29 1264 427 33 1736 561 189 67 439 188 116 463 206 160 467 204 202 1737 581 218 339 505 199 349 561 230 406 597 239 456 1738 1965 62 1152 2083 64 1093 2279 83 1104 2409 94 1107 1739 256 0 2695 360 53 4849 379 58 4859 387 58 4854 1740** 774 338 1069 751 300 1218 785 330 1350 787 332 1471 1857** 10 5 0 11 4 0 11 5 0 13 5 0 2040 Land Use Plan Totals 9,552 2,957 12,402 9,968 3,175 15,444 13,313 4,533 20,636 14,631 4,932 23,123 Metropolitan Council Forecasts 9,552 2,957 12,402 10,000 3,200 15,000 12,000 4,100 16,300 13,500 4,600 17,500 *Light-orange shaded cells highlight growth adjustments made per TCAAP AUAR minimum development scenario. All other numbers shown are from Metropolitan Council. This data was not used in the forecasted traffic volumes analysis reflected in Figure C.2. **Values only reflect estimates for area within the City of Arden Hills per Metropolitan Council data. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 C-6 Table C.3 – Summary of TAZ Adjustments by Forecast Year 2020 Growth Adjustments 2030 Growth Adjustments 2040 Growth Adjustments TAZ 1700: Added 280 employment TAZ 1700: Added 1,819 employment TAZ 1700: Added 699 employment TAZ 1708: Added 115 households TAZ 1708: Added 748 households TAZ 1708: Added 287 households TAZ 1708: Added 299 population TAZ 1708: Added 2,416 population TAZ 1708: Added 746 population TAZ 1708: Added 269 employment TAZ 1708: Added 1,749 employment TAZ 1708: Added 673 employment TAZ 1709: Added 31 households TAZ 1709: Added 202 households TAZ 1709: Added 77 households TAZ 1709: Added 80 population TAZ 1709: Added 525 population TAZ 1709: Added 200 population TAZ 1709: Added 81 employment TAZ 1709: Added 525 employment TAZ 1709: Added 202 employment City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 C-7 1. 2040 FUTURE ROADWAY CAPACITY IMPROVEMENT NEEDS To identify the need for potential future capacity improvements, Metropolitan Council 2040 forecasts were compared to planning-level roadway capacities for Principal and A- Minor Arterial Roadways. Planning-level roadway capacities used for this analysis are illustrated in Table C.4 below. Based on this comparison, I-35W and I-694 are expected to continue experiencing congestion based on the forecasted Metropolitan Council 2040 travel demands. Recent and programmed improvements on these roadways will ease but not alleviate congestion levels over the 20-year planning horizon due to regional population growth. Table C.4 – Planning-Level Roadway Capacity Facility Type Daily Two-Way Volume Lower Threshold Higher Threshold Arterials Two-lane undivided 10,000 12,000 Two-lane divided or three-lane undivided 15,000 17,000 Four-lane undivided 18,000 22,000 Four-lane divided or five-lane undivided 28,000 32,000 Freeways Four-lane freeway 60,000 80,000 Six-lane freeway 90,000 120,000 Eight-lane freeway or higher Calculated on a segment by segment basis Comprehensive Water Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS APPENDIX D - Arden Hills 2040 Comprehensive Water Plan TABLE OF CONTENTS EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ................................................................................................ 1 Introduction.................................................................................................................................................... 1 Existing System ............................................................................................................................................. 1 Population and Water Demand ..................................................................................................................... 1 Growth and Demand Projections .................................................................................................................. 1 Proposed Improvements ............................................................................................................................... 1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................. 2 Purpose ......................................................................................................................................................... 2 Background ................................................................................................................................................... 2 Data Available ............................................................................................................................................... 2 General Contact Information ......................................................................................................................... 3 Water Use Categories and Definitions .......................................................................................................... 3 EXISTING SYSTEM ........................................................................................................ 4 Water Sources and Treatment ...................................................................................................................... 4 Water Storage ............................................................................................................................................... 4 Water Distribution .......................................................................................................................................... 4 POPULATION AND WATER DEMAND ......................................................................... 6 Existing Water Conservation Policies ........................................................................................................... 7 GROWTH AND DEMAND PROJECTIONS .................................................................... 8 Future Water Conservation Policies ............................................................................................................. 9 PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS .................................................................................... 11 Proposed Sources and Treatment .............................................................................................................. 11 Proposed Storage ....................................................................................................................................... 11 Proposed Booster Station ........................................................................................................................... 11 Proposed Distribution .................................................................................................................................. 11 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURES ...................................................... 13 Federal Emergency Response Plan ........................................................................................................... 13 Operational Contingency Plan .................................................................................................................... 13 Emergency Response Procedures ............................................................................................................. 13 Procedures for Augmenting Water Supplies ............................................................................................... 14 FIGURES Figure 1 Existing Water Supply System Figure 2 Proposed Water Supply System Comprehensive Water Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS APPENDIX Appendix A Water Supply Plan Appendix 1 Well Records and Maintenance Summaries (Not Applicable) Appendix 2 Water Level Monitoring Plan (Not Applicable) Appendix 3 Water Level Graphs Appendix 4 Capital Improvement Plan Appendix 5 Emergency Telephone List Appendix 6 Cooperative Agreements for Emergency Services Appendix 7 Municipal Critical Water Deficiency Ordinance Appendix 8 Water Demand by Customer Category Appendix 9 Water Rate Structure Appendix 10 Water Conservation Regulations Appendix 11 Implementation Checklist Comprehensive Water Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Introduction The City of Arden Hills’ Comprehensive Water Supply Plan describes the City’s existing water distribution system and water demand, projects future water demand through the year 2040, and proposes infrastructure improvements to meet that demand. This Plan has been prepared according to the guidelines established by the Metropolitan Council and the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (DNR). The Water Supply Plan immediately following this report follows the template provided by the DNR, while this Comprehensive Water Supply Plan expands upon the template and provides further information for City and Metropolitan Council planning. Existing System The City of Arden Hills’ water distribution system provides over 300 million gallons of water each year to approximately 2,600 service connections. The City purchases its water from the City of Roseville, which in turn purchases it from Saint Paul Regional Water Services (SPRWS). The treated water received through three service connections along the southern boundary of the City is distributed in two pressure zones, south and north. Each pressure zone has one water tower, and a booster station located beside the South Tower supplies the north pressure zone. Population and Water Demand The population of the City of Arden Hills has been growing steadily since 2008. Despite this growth, total water use and per capita water use in the City have been decreasing since 2012. High efficiency appliances, decreased irrigation, general attitudes toward conservation, rainfall and climate likely all play a role in these trends. Growth and Demand Projections The Metropolitan Council projects that the City of Arden Hills wi ll continue to develop and grow over the lifetime of this Plan. The population served by the City of Arden Hills’ water distribution system is expected to increase to 13,500 people by the year 2040, at which time the projected total per capita water use of 123 gallons per capita per day will result in an average day demand of 2.41 million gallons per day and a maximum day demand of 7.23 million gallons per day. Proposed Improvements In addition to regular system maintenance and rehabilitation, the development of the TCAAP site in the north part of the City will require significant improvements to the water supply system. The recommended improvements include the installation of a new booster station, the extension of trunk watermain, and the construction of a new one million gallon water tower. Comprehensive Water Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 2 INTRODUCTION Purpose This Comprehensive Water Supply Plan is a section of the City’s 2040 Comprehensive Plan. The purpose of the Comprehensive Water Supply Plan is to provide an overview of the City’s current drinking water resources, infrastructure, policies, and challenges, and to present future plans. This Comprehensive Water Supply Plan has been prepared according to the guidelines established by the Metropolitan Council and the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (DNR) per Minnesota Statute 473.859, which requires that Water Supply Plans be completed by all local units of government in the seven-county Metropolitan Area. The attached Water Supply Plan conforms to the template provided by the DNR, while this Comprehensive Plan expands upon the template and provides further information for City and Metropolitan Council planning. Background The City of Arden Hills, ten square miles in area, is located in Ramsey County to the north of the Twin Cities. All of the properties within the City limits are currently serviced by the City’s water distribution system which receives its water supply from the City of Roseville, which in turn receives its supply from SPRWS. This study uses population projections consistent with the MCES System Statement for the City of Arden Hills. Historical data and projected water demands are used to estimate water demand through the year 2040 and to evaluate the existing water distribution system with respect tothose demands. The planned 2040 land use from the Land Use Plan was used to identify specific areas of development and the associated improvements that will be required to serve those areas. Data Available The following sources of information were used to prepare this report:  Water Supply Plan for the City of Arden Hills, prepared by WSB & Associates, Inc.  MCES System Statement for the City of Arden Hills  MCES Community Profile for the City of Arden Hills  Water usage data as reported by the City to the DNR’s Minnesota Permitting and Reporting System (MPARS) Comprehensive Water Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 3 General Contact Information City of Arden Hills Water System DNR Water Appropriation Permit Numbers: 1975-6227 Ownership: Public Metropolitan Council Area, Hennepin County MDH Supplier Classification: Municipal Public Works Director & City Engineer: Sue Polka 1245 W Highway 96 Arden Hills, MN 55112 Phone: (651) 792-7846 Water Use Categories and Definitions General water use categories and definitions used in this report, as defined by the Department of Natural Resources, are as follows:  Residential uses consist of water being used for normal household purposes, such as drinking, food preparation, bathing, washing clothes and dishes, flushing toilets, and watering lawns and gardens.  Institutional uses consist of those for hospitals, nursing homes, day care centers, and other facilities that use water for essential domestic requirements. This includes public facilities and public metered uses. Institutional water-use records are typically maintained for emergency planning and allocation purposes.  Commercial uses consist of water used by motels, hotels, restaurants, office buildings, and commercial facilities.  Industrial uses consist of water used for thermoelectric power (electric utility generation) and other industrial uses such as steel, chemical and allied products, food processing, paper and allied products, mining, and petroleum refining.  Wholesale deliveries consist of bulk water sales to other public water suppliers.  Unaccounted water is the volume of water withdrawn from all sources minus the volume sold.  Non-essential water uses as defined by Minnesota Statutes 103G.291, include lawn sprinkling, vehicle washing, golf course and park irrigation, and other non-essential uses. Some of the above categories also include non-essential uses of water. Comprehensive Water Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 4 EXISTING SYSTEM The existing water distribution system for the City of Arden Hills is shown in Figure 1. It currently serves nearly 9,800 customers. The system consists of approximately 55 miles of watermain, including CIP, DIP, and PVC pipe ranging from 4-inch to 16-inch diameter. The existing water system is divided into two pressure zones, north and south. The north zone is supplied by a booster station, and each pressure zone has one elevated storage facility. Water Sources and Treatment The City of Arden Hills receives its water supply from the City of Roseville, which in turn receives its supply from SPRWS. The SPRWS Water Supply Plan is included with this report by reference. Water treatment is provided by SPRWS, and no further treatment is required by the City of Arden Hills. The City has three service connection points with the City of Roseville: 1. Cleveland Avenue and County Road D (12-inch) 2. Fairview Avenue and County Road D (16-inch to 12-inch) 3. Hamline Avenue North and Glenhill Road (16-inch) In addition to the three service connection points with the City of Roseville, Arden Hills also has three emergency interconnections: 1. City of Shoreview – North of Grey Fox Road on Lexington Avenue (8-inch) 2. City of Shoreview – North of Cummings Park Drive on Lexington Avenue (8-inch) 3. City of New Brighton – East of Cleveland Avenue on Stowe Avenue (8-inch) Water Storage Each pressure zone in the system has one elevated storage facility. The North Tower at the intersection of Innovation Way and Cummings Park Drive was constructed in 1968 and has a capacity of 500,000 gallons. The South Tower on Red Fox Road was constructed in 1986 and has a capacity of 1,000,000 gallons. The east side booster station is located at the site of the South Tower. Water Distribution The City’s water distribution system includes CIP, DIP, and PVC watermain of 4-inch to 16-inch nominal diameter. The trunk watermain between the two towers is 16-inch, the trunk watermain elsewhere is 12-inch, and the remainder of the watermain is largely 6-inch and 8-inch diameter. !( !(!( !( !( !( !® !® %&d( %&d( %&d( %&h( %&h( )m ?ÖA@ GâWX GiWX ?ÖA@ RosevilleNew BrightonShoreviewMounds ViewShoreview County Rd I WCounty Rd I W Lexington AveLexington AveCleveland Ave SWCounty Rd E2 Lake Valentine R d Sn e l l i n g A v e N County Rd EHamline AveCounty Rd 96 W Old Highway 8 NWCounty Rd D W County Rd F W LangtonLake OwassoLake JosephineLakeLittleJohannaLake MarsdenLake TurtleLake BrennansPond Lake MarthaLake SunfishLake LongLake RushLake PikeLake RoundLake ValentineLake KarthLake SnailLake IslandLake JonesLake PoplarLake JohannaLake ShoreviewLake EmilyLake JudyLake Farrel'sLake PolynesianLake LittleJosephineLake GramsiePond Lake 1 inch = 2,000 feet Document Path: K:\03455-200\GIS\Maps\CompPlan\WaterSupply_Existing.mxd Date Saved: 8/9/2017 10:37:06 AM2040 Comprehensive PlanArden Hills, MN Watermain Diameter 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 16" Other !®Water Tower !(Intercommunity Connection Arden Hills City Boundary Figure 1 - Existing Water Supply System 0 2,000Feet¯ Comprehensive Water Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 6 POPULATION AND WATER DEMAND The population served by the City of Arden Hills water system has grown steadily over the last five years. The total population served by the system in 2015 was 9,780. Population and water use and demand data from the past ten years are listed in Table 1. Despite the growth in the population served by the City’s water system, residential and total per capita water demands have decreased over the last five years. It is likely that high efficiency appliances, decreased irrigation, general attitudes toward conservation, rainfall and climate all play a role in this trend. Table 1 – Historical Water Demand Year Pop. Served Total Connections Total Water Use (MG) Total Water Pumped (MG) Percent Unmetered/ Unaccounted Average Daily Demand (MGD) Residential Per Capita Demand (GPCD) Total Per Capita Demand (GPCD) 2005 9,565 est. 2,564 - 452 - 1.24 50 130 2006 9,564 est. 2,429 - 480 - 1.31 53 137 2007 9,563 est. 2,521 421 465 9.5% 1.27 60 133 2008 9,562 est. - 374 454 17.6% 1.24 55 130 2009 9,561 est. - 375 483 22.4% 1.32 57 138 2010 9,560 2,558 349 424 17.6% 1.16 47 122 2011 9,604 est. 2,558 355 415 14.6% 1.14 50 118 2012 9,648 est. 2,581 386 464 16.8% 1.27 54 132 2013 9,692 est. 2,596 321 424 24.2% 1.16 46 120 2014 9,736 est. 2,601 300 359 16.5% 0.98 39 101 2015 9,780 est. 2,608 306 322 4.8% 0.88 37 90 Avg. 2010- 2015 9,670 2,584 336 401 15.7% 1.10 46 114 MG – Million Gallons MGD – Million Gallons per Day GPCD – Gallons per Capita per Day Comprehensive Water Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 7 Table 2 lists the top 10 water users by volume, from largest to smallest, for the City of Arden Hills. Table 2 – Large Volume Users Customer Category Water Use (gallons per year) Percent of Total Water Use Bethel University Institutional 19,559,954 6.2% Arden Manor Mobile Home Residential 19,282,614 6.1% University of Northwestern Institutional 9,776,996 3.1% Boston Scientific (Bldg. 5, 7, 9) Industrial 9,684,739 3.1% Boston Scientific (Bldg. B & C) Industrial 9,657,338 3.0% Johanna Shores Residential 9,071,148 2.9% International Paper Industrial 6,774,002 2.1% Land O' Lakes Industrial 5,720,401 1.8% Boston Scientific (Bldg 10) Industrial 4,418,409 1.4% Mounds View High School Institutional 4,124,607 1.3% Existing Water Conservation Policies Although Minnesotans benefit from the state’s abundant water supplies, those supplies are finite and potential threats exist that could impact the quality of our drinking water. Factors that can potentially limit water supply include population increases, economic trends, uneven statewide availability of groundwater, climate change, and degraded water quality. There are many benefits to enacting water conservation policies that the City has already implemented and will continue to pursue. The average total water used per year in the City of Arden Hills from 2010 to 2015 was 336 million gallons, with an average of 15.7 percent of that usage being unmetered or unaccounted. The average residential per capita demand has been decreasing steadily since 2012. From 2010 to 2015 the average residential per capita use was 46 gallons per day, which is well below the DNR’s recommended residential demand target of 75 gallons per capita per day. As previously discussed, the decrease in residential per capita demand may be attributed to high efficiency appliances, decreased irrigation, general attitudes toward conservation, rainfall and climate. Comprehensive Water Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 8 GROWTH AND DEMAND PROJECTIONS The City of Arden Hills is currently experiencing new development and growth. The City’s projected population and demands are listed in Table 3. The population projections were linearly extrapolated from the Metropolitan Council estimates for the years 2020, 2030, and 2040. It was assumed that all new population growth will be serviced by the municipal water system. The projected total per capita water demand was obtained from MCES and the peaking factor used to calculate maximum day demand was determined from the City’s historical water use data. The maximum day demand is expected to increase to 7.23 MGD by the year 2040. Table 3 – Projected Annual Water Demand Year Projected Total Population Projected Population Served Projected Total Per Capita Water Demand (GPCD) Projected Average Day Demand (MGD) Projected Maximum Day Demand (MGD) 2017 9,870 9,870 123 1.21 3.64 2018 9,910 9,910 123 1.22 3.66 2019 9,960 9,960 123 1.23 3.68 2020 10,000 10,000 123 1.23 3.69 2021 10,200 10,200 123 1.33 3.99 2022 10,400 10,400 123 1.43 4.29 2023 10,600 10,600 123 1.53 4.59 2024 10,800 10,800 123 1.63 4.89 2025 11,000 11,000 123 1.73 5.18 2030 12,000 12,000 123 2.23 6.68 2040 13,500 13,500 123 2.41 7.23 GPCD – Gallons per Capita per Day MGD – Million Gallons per Day Comprehensive Water Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 9 Future Water Conservation Policies The Minnesota DNR has established eight water conservation objectives and strategies. These are listed below with comments on the City of Arden Hills’ progress towards the completion of each. 1. Reduce unaccounted (non-revenue) water loss to less than 10 percent. • The City’s average unaccounted water use from 2010 to 2015 was 15.7 percent, which is above the recommended target of 10 percent. The City performs leak detection and water audits periodically as needed and will consider metering water use during hydrant flushing, ice rink flooding, and other water supplier service activities. • A total of 2,620 metered connections in Arden Hills are tested as needed. The average age of the City’s existing meters is three years, and meters are replaced as needed. 2. Achieve residential demand of less than 75 gallons per capita per day. • The average residential per capita water demand for the City of Arden Hills from 2010 to 2015 was 46 gallons per capita per day (gpcd), which is less than the 75 gpcd target. This demand has been decreasing steadily since 2012. • In order to continue reducing residential demand, the City will revise its ordinances on water efficient landscaping and water reuse, revise its ordinance to limit irrigation, continue to make water system improvements, continue to provide incentives for installing water efficient appliances and fixtures, and continue to conduct water conservation education and outreach. 3. Achieve at least a 15 percent reduction in per capita daily demand across all customer categories over the next 10 years. • Although the City of Arden Hills residential per capita water demand is already quite low and achieving this level of reduction may be infeasible, the City will conduct facility water use audits annually, install enhanced water meters, install conservation fixtures and appliances, repair leaking system components, investigate water reuse, reduce outdoor water use, and train employees on how to conserve water. 4. Achieve a decreasing trend in total per capita demand. • Total per capita, residential, and commercial/industrial/institutional water demands have all shown a decreasing trend since 2012. Residential demand has shown a more marked trend, and conservation measures that target household water use are likely the reason for this trend. A graph showing total per capita water demand by customer category is included in Appendix 8. 5. Reduce peak day demand so that the ratio of maximum to average day demand is less than 2.6. • The City does not have the ability to measure maximum day demands, so this ratio is unknown. Comprehensive Water Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 10 6. Implement a conservation water rate structure • The water rates in Arden Hills are based on an increasing block rate structure. This rate structure promotes water conservation because the price is volume-tiered. W ater billing in Arden Hills is done on a quarterly schedule, and the billing structure is evaluated every year with the last change made in January 2016, included in Appendix 9. 7. Additional strategies to reduce water use and support wellhead protection planning • The City of Arden Hills will participate in the GreenStep Cities program, implement a water conservation outreach program, and implement a rebate program for water efficient appliances and fixtures. 8. Tracking success • The City will continue to monitor water usage by customer category and participate in the GreenStep Cities program. Regulation The City of Arden Hills has implemented several regulations to reduce demand and improve efficiency in its water system. Water efficient plumbing fixtures are required in new development, air conditioning systems connected to the public water system must be equipped with water conserving and water regulating devices, and a critical water deficiency ordinance is in place. A summary of these regulations is included in Appendix 10. Retrofitting Programs The Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD) has cost-share funds available for stormwater management projects that improve surface water quality, such as rain gardens, rain barrels, and water efficient landscaping. Education and Outreach The City has implemented, or plans to implement, the following education and outreach programs: • Consumer Confidence Reports prepared annually • Press releases to local news outlets every six months • Staff training includes awareness of conservation goals • Arden Notes newsletters prepared every four months • Information available on the City website (http://www.cityofardenhills.org/) • Additional programs by SPRWS Comprehensive Water Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 11 PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS The City of Arden Hills’ existing water system will require improvements to satisfy future development and demand, particularly related to the TCAAP development in the north part of the City. Table 4 lists the improvements proposed, along with their estimated timing and costs. The proposed system is shown in Figure 2. In addition, a copy of the City’s Capital Improvement Plan for 2017-2021 is included in Appendix 4. Table 4 – Proposed Capital Improvements Year(s) Improvement Estimated Cost* Annual Valve Replacement $35,000 Biennial Hydrant Replacement $40,000 2018 Water Tower Repair and Repainting $900,000 County Road E2/Old Hwy 10 Water Loop $855,000 2019 TCAAP Booster Station $1,000,000 TCAAP Trunk Improvements $1,000,000 TCAAP Water Tower $3,400,000 *Values listed include both direct and indirect costs. Proposed Sources and Treatment There are no improvements planned for the City’s three existing service connections to the City of Roseville, which in turn receives its water supply from SPRWS. Proposed Storage As a result of water system modeling with WaterCAD by WSB & Associates, Inc. using the projected water demands with the TCAAP development, it was determined that the system will require an additional one million gallons of storage capacity in the north pressure zone. It is recommended that the City begin the planning process for this 1 MG water tower as soon as possible. Modeling also indicated that the existing North Tower will require the installation of an altitude valve concurrent with the construction of the TCAAP Tower. Proposed Booster Station The north pressure zone is currently maintained by the east side booster station. The projected water demand with the TCAAP development will require an additional west side booster station along Snelling Ave N / Old Hwy 10, with a firm capacity of 1,500 gpm. Proposed Distribution In order to satisfy projected water demands and fire flows for the TCAAP development, modeling indicates that two 12-inch trunk watermains will be required. The approximate routing of the proposed watermain is shown in Figure 2. !( !(!( !( !( !( !® !® !® %&d( %&d( %&d( %&h( %&h( )m ?ÖA@ GâWX GiWX ?ÖA@ RosevilleNew BrightonShoreviewMounds ViewShoreview County Rd I WCounty Rd I W Lexington AveLexington AveCleveland Ave SWCounty Rd E2 Lake Valentine R d Sn e l l i n g A v e N County Rd EHamline AveCounty Rd 96 W Old Highway 8 NWCounty Rd D W County Rd F W LangtonLake OwassoLake JosephineLakeLittleJohannaLake MarsdenLake TurtleLake BrennansPond Lake MarthaLake SunfishLake LongLake RushLake PikeLake RoundLake ValentineLake KarthLake SnailLake IslandLake JonesLake PoplarLake JohannaLake ShoreviewLake EmilyLake JudyLake Farrel'sLake PolynesianLake LittleJosephineLake GramsiePond Lake 1 inch = 2,000 feet Document Path: K:\03455-200\GIS\Maps\CompPlan\WaterSupply_Proposed.mxd Date Saved: 8/9/2017 10:32:52 AM2040 Comprehensive PlanArden Hills, MN Proposed WatermainDiameter 6" 8" 12"Existing WatermainDiameter 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 16" Other !®Proposed Water Tower !®Existing Water Tower !(Intercommunity Connection Arden Hills City Boundary Figure 2 - Proposed Water Supply System 0 2,000Feet¯ Comprehensive Water Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 13 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURES Water emergencies can occur as a result of vandalism, sabotage, accidental contamination, mechanical problems, power failures, drought, flooding, and other natural disasters. The purpose of emergency planning is to develop emergency response procedures and to identify actions needed to improve emergency preparedness. In the case of a municipality, these procedures should be in support of, and part of, an all-hazard emergency operations plan. Federal Emergency Response Plan Community water suppliers serving over 3,300 people are required to prepare an Emergency Response Plan by Section 1433(b) of the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended by the Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002 (Public Law 107- 188, Title IV – Drinking Water Security and Safety). The City of Arden Hills has a Federal Emergency Response Plan that was certified in 2005. The contacts for this plan are: Emergency Response Lead: Bill Joynes Phone: (651) 792-7810 Email: wjoynes@cityofardenhills.org Alternate Emergency Response Lead: Jeff Frid Phone: (651) 755-1461 Email: jfrid@cityofardenhills.org Operational Contingency Plan The State recommends that all utilities develop an operational contingency plan that describes measures to be taken for water supply mainline breaks and other common system failures, as well as for routine maintenance. A contact list for contractors and suppliers and a water emergency telephone list that act as an Operational Contingency Plan are included in Appendix 5. Emergency Response Procedures In the case of an emergency, City staff must have quick access to concise and detailed information on the water supply system, including maps and operation and maintenance manuals. This information should be maintained in secured central and back-up locations, in both electronic and hard copy formats. The City of Arden Hills maintains records and maps of the water system. City staff can access these resources from a central secured location in the event of an emergency, and appropriate staff know where these resources are located. Comprehensive Water Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 14 Procedures for Augmenting Water Supplies The City of Arden Hills has three emergency interconnections with other communities, in addition to its three service connections with the City of Roseville. Two emergency interconnections are with the City of Shoreview at the intersections of Lexington & Grey Fox and Lexington & Cummings Park through 8-inch watermain, each with a capacity of 500 gpm. The third emergency interconnection is with the City of New Brighton at the intersection of Cleveland & Stowe through 8-inch watermain, also with a capacity of 500 gpm. Copies of the cooperative agreements for these interconnections are included in Appendix 6. In the case of an emergency, the City will coordinate its response with SPRWS. Additional information can be found in the SPRWS Water Supply Plan. Allocation and Demand Reduction Procedures and Triggers The City must prepare procedures to address gradual decreases in water supply, as well as emergencies and the sudden loss of water due to line breaks, power failures, sabotage, etc. These allocation and demand reduction procedures must be consistent with Minnesota State Statute 103G.261, that identifies and defines the priorities in which water usage will be allocated in the event of an emergency. They are defined as follows: 1. Domestic water supply only, excluding industrial and commercial uses of municipal water supply. The first priority also includes uses for power production that meet contingency requirements. Domestic use is defined by MN Rules 6115.0630, Subp. 9, as use for general household purposes for human needs such as cooking, cleaning, drinking, washing, and waste disposal, and uses for on-farm livestock watering excluding commercial livestock operations which use more than 10,000 gallons per day or one million gallons per year. 2. Consumption of less than 10,000 gallons per day. 3. Agricultural irrigation and processing of agricultural products of more than 10,000 gallons per day. 4. Power production in excess of the use provided for in the contingency plan. 5. All other water use of more than 10,000 gallons per day. 6. Non-essential uses. These uses are defined by Minnesota Statutes 103G.291 as lawn sprinkling, vehicle washing, golf course and park irrigation, and other non-essential uses. Comprehensive Water Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 15 Table 5 lists the priority ranking, average day demand, and demand reduction potential for each customer category in the City. Table 5 – Water Use Priorities Customer Category Allocation Priority Average Day Demand (GPD) Short-Term Emergency Demand Reduction Potential (GPD) Residential 1 440,900 * Comm./Ind./Inst. 2 480,200 * Non-Essential 3 - 177,200 Total - 921,100 177,200 GPD – Gallons per Day * Non-essential use calculated as increased summer demand across all customer categories The City of Arden Hills will use the following conditions to trigger an emergency response:  Contamination  Loss of Production  Infrastructure Failure  Governor’s Executive Order The City of Arden Hills has identified the following short-term and long-term actions to be implemented as part of an emergency response: Short-term Actions Long-term Actions  Enforce its critical water deficiency ordinance  Allocate water through emergency action of the City Council  Encourage voluntary reduction through public service announcements  Supply augmentation through interconnections  Enforce its critical water deficiency ordinance  Allocate water through emergency action of the City Council  Meet with large water users to discuss their contingency plan Comprehensive Water Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 16 Notification Procedures The City of Arden Hills has developed the following plan to inform customers regarding conservation requests, water use restrictions, and suspensions; with the support of City staff, neighboring communities, and local news outlets: Short-term demand reduction declared (within one year) Long-term demand reduction declared (over one year) Governor’s Critical water deficiency declared Frequency: Monthly Frequency: Annually Frequency: As Needed  Website  Social media (e.g. Twitter, Facebook)  Direct customer mailing  Press release (TV, radio, newspaper)  Website  Social media (e.g. Twitter, Facebook)  Direct customer mailing  Press release (TV, radio, newspaper)  Website  Social media (e.g. Twitter, Facebook)  Direct customer mailing  Press release (TV, radio, newspaper) Enforcement Minnesota Statutes require public water supply authorities to adopt and enforce water conservation restrictions during periods of critical water shortages. As stated in Minnesota Statutes 103G.291, Subdivision 1, regarding public water supply appropriation during deficiency, if the governor determines and declares by executive order that there is a critical water deficiency, public water supply authorities appropriating water must adopt and enforce water conservation restrictions within their jurisdiction that are consistent with rules adopted by the commissioner. The restrictions must limit lawn sprinkling, vehicle washing, golf course and park irrigation, and other nonessential uses, and have appropriate penalties for failure to comply with the restrictions. The City has a critical water deficiency ordinance defined in Arden Hills City Code, Chapter 10 – Utilities, Section 1000 – Water. A copy of this ordinance is included in Appendix 7. The City has authorized the City Administrator to have standing authority to implement water restrictions, which improves response times for dealing with water emergencies. Appendix A Water Supply Plan Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 1 Local Water Supply Plan Template Third Generation for 2016 -2018 Formerly called Water Emergency & Water Conservation Plan Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 2 Cover photo by Molly Shodeen For more information on this Water Supply Plan Template, please contact the DNR Division of Ecological and Water Resources at (651) 259-5034 or (651) 259-5100. Copyright 2015 State of Minnesota, Department of Natural Resources This information is available in an alternative format upon request. Equal opportunity to participate in and benefit from programs of the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources is available to all individuals regardless of race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, public assistance status, age, sexual orientation, disability or activity on behalf of a local human rights commission. Discrimination inquiries should be sent to Minnesota DNR, 500 Lafayette Road, St. Paul, MN 55155-4049; or the Equal Opportunity Office, Department of the Interior, Washington, DC 20240. Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 3 Table of contents INTRODUCTION TO WATER SUPPLY PLANS (WSP) ............................................................. 6 Who needs to complete a Water Supply Plan .......................................................................................... 6 Groundwater Management Areas (GWMA) ............................................................................................. 6 Benefits of completing a WSP ................................................................................................................... 6 WSP Approval Process .............................................................................................................................. 7 PART 1. WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND EVALUATION ................................ 9 A. Analysis of Water Demand................................................................................................................ 9 B. Treatment and Storage Capacity .................................................................................................... 11 Treatment and storage capacity versus demand ................................................................12 C. Water Sources ................................................................................................................................. 12 Limits on Emergency Interconnections ...............................................................................13 D. Future Demand Projections – Key Metropolitan Council Benchmark ............................................ 13 Water Use Trends ..............................................................................................................13 Projection Method ..............................................................................................................14 E. Resource Sustainability ................................................................................................................... 14 Monitoring – Key DNR Benchmark ....................................................................................14 Water Level Data ...............................................................................................................15 Potential Water Supply Issues & Natural Resource Impacts – Key DNR & Metropolitan Council Benchmark ............................................................................................................15 Wellhead Protection (WHP) and Source Water Protection (SWP) Plans ............................18 F. Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) ...................................................................................................... 19 Adequacy of Water Supply System ....................................................................................19 Proposed Future Water Sources ........................................................................................20 Part 2. Emergency Preparedness Procedures ..........................................................................22 A. Federal Emergency Response Plan ................................................................................................. 22 B. Operational Contingency Plan ........................................................................................................ 22 C. Emergency Response Procedures ................................................................................................... 22 Emergency Telephone List ................................................................................................23 Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 4 Current Water Sources and Service Area ..........................................................................23 Procedure for Augmenting Water Supplies ........................................................................23 Allocation and Demand Reduction Procedures ..................................................................24 Notification Procedures ......................................................................................................26 Enforcement ......................................................................................................................26 PART 3. WATER CONSERVATION PLAN ...............................................................................28 Progress since 2006 ................................................................................................................................ 28 A. Triggers for Allocation and Demand Reduction Actions ................................................................. 29 B. Conservation Objectives and Strategies – Key benchmark for DNR ............................................... 30 Objective 1: Reduce Unaccounted (Non-Revenue) Water loss to Less than 10% ..............30 Objective 2: Achieve Less than 75 Residential Gallons per Capita Demand (GPCD) .........32 Objective 3: Achieve at least a 1.5% per year water reduction for Institutional, Industrial, Commercial, and Agricultural GPCD over the next 10 years or a 15% reduction in ten years. .................................................................................................................................33 Objective 4: Achieve a Decreasing Trend in Total Per Capita Demand ..............................34 Objective 5: Reduce Peak Day Demand so that the Ratio of Average Maximum day to the Average Day is less than 2.6..............................................................................................34 Objective 6: Implement a Conservation Water Rate Structure and/or a Uniform Rate Structure with a Water Conservation Program ...................................................................35 Objective 7: Additional strategies to Reduce Water Use and Support Wellhead Protection Planning .............................................................................................................................37 Objective 8: Tracking Success: How will you track or measure success through the next ten years? ................................................................................................................................37 A. Regulation ....................................................................................................................................... 38 B. Retrofitting Programs ..................................................................................................................... 39 Retrofitting Programs .........................................................................................................39 C. Education and Information Programs ............................................................................................. 40 Proposed Education Programs ..........................................................................................40 Part 4. ITEMS FOR METROPOLITAN AREA COMMUNITIES .................................................43 A. Water Demand Projections through 2040 ...................................................................................... 43 Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 5 B. Potential Water Supply Issues ........................................................................................................ 43 C. Proposed Alternative Approaches to Meet Extended Water Demand Projections ....................... 43 D. Value-Added Water Supply Planning Efforts (Optional) ................................................................. 44 Source Water Protection Strategies ...................................................................................44 Technical assistance ..........................................................................................................44 GLOSSARY ..............................................................................................................................45 Acronyms and Initialisms ........................................................................................................................ 47 APPENDICES TO BE SUBMITTED BY THE WATER SUPPLIER ............................................49 Appendix 1: Well records and maintenance summaries – see Part 1C ................................................. 49 Appendix 2: Water level monitoring plan – see Part 1E ........................................................................ 49 Appendix 3: Water level graphs for each water supply well - see Part 1E ............................................. 49 Appendix 4: Capital Improvement Plan - see Part 1E ............................................................................. 49 Appendix 5: Emergency Telephone List – see Part 2C ........................................................................... 49 Appendix 6: Cooperative Agreements for Emergency Services – see Part 2C ....................................... 49 Appendix 7: Municipal Critical Water Deficiency Ordinance – see Part 2C ............................................ 49 Appendix 8: Graph showing annual per capita water demand for each customer category during the last ten-years – see Part 3 Objective 4.................................................................................................... 49 Appendix 9: Water Rate Structure – see Part 3 Objective 6 .................................................................. 49 Appendix 10: Adopted or proposed regulations to reduce demand or improve water efficiency – see Part 3 Objective 7 .................................................................................................................................... 49 Appendix 11: Implementation Checklist – summary of all the actions that a community is doing, or proposes to do, including estimated implementation dates – see www.mndnr.gov/watersupplyplans ................................................................................................................................................................ 49 Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 6 DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES – DIVISION OF ECOLOGICAL AND WATER RESOURCES AND METROPOLITAN COUNCIL INTRODUCTION TO WATER SUPPLY PLANS (WSP) Who needs to complete a Water Supply Plan Public water suppliers serving more than 1,000 people, large private water suppliers in designated Groundwater Management Areas, and all water suppliers in the Twin Cities metropolitan area are required to prepare and submit a water supply plan. The goal of the WSP is to help water suppliers: 1) implement long term water sustainability and conservation measures; and 2) develop critical emergency preparedness measures. Your community needs to know what measures will be implemented in case of a water crisis. A lot of emergencies can be avoided or mitigated if long term sustainability measures are implemented. Groundwater Management Areas (GWMA) The DNR has designated three areas of the state as Groundwater Management Areas (GWMAs) to focus groundwater management efforts in specific geographies where there is an added risk of overuse or water quality degradation. A plan directing the DNRs actions within each GWMA has been prepared. Although there are no specific additional requirements with respect to the water supply planning for communities within designated GWMAs, communities should be aware of the issues and actions planned if they are within the boundary of one of the GWMAs. The three GWMAs are the North and East Metro GWMA (Twin Cities Metro), the Bonanza Valley GWMA and the Straight River GWMA (near Park Rapids). Additional information and maps are included in the DNR webpage at http://www.dnr.state.mn.us/gwmp/areas.html Benefits of completing a WSP Completing a WSP using this template, fulfills a water supplier’s statutory obligations under M.S. M.S.103G.291 to complete a water supply plan. For water suppliers in the metropolitan area, the WSP will help local governmental units to fulfill their requirements under M.S. 473.859 to complete a local comprehensive plan. Additional benefits of completing WSP template: • The standardized format allows for quicker and easier review and approval. • Help water suppliers prepare for droughts and water emergencies. • Create eligibility for funding requests to the Minnesota Department of Health (MDH) for the Drinking Water Revolving Fund. • Allow water suppliers to submit requests for new wells or expanded capacity of existing wells. • Simplify the development of county comprehensive water plans and watershed plans. • Fulfill the contingency plan provisions required in the MDH wellhead protection and surface water protection plans. • Fulfill the demand reduction requirements of Minnesota Statutes, section 103G.291 subd 3 and 4. Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 7 • Upon implementation, contribute to maintaining aquifer levels, reducing potential well interference and water use conflicts, and reducing the need to drill new wells or expand system capacity. • Enable DNR to compile and analyze water use and conservation data to help guide decisions. • Conserve Minnesota’s water resources If your community needs assistance completing the Water Supply Plan, assistance is available from your area hydrologist or groundwater specialist, the MN Rural Waters Association circuit rider program, or in the metropolitan area from Metropolitan Council staff. Many private consultants are also available. WSP Approval Process 10 Basic Steps for completing a 10-Year Water Supply Plan 1. Download the DNR/Metropolitan Council Water Supply Plan Template www.mndnr.gov/watersupplyplans 2. Save the document with a file name with this naming convention: WSP_cityname_permitnumber_date.doc. 3. The template is a form that should be completed electronically. 4. Compile the required water use data (Part 1) and emergency procedures information (Part 2) 5. The Water Conservation section (Part 3) may need discussion with the water department, council, or planning commission, if your community does not already have an active water conservation program. 6. Communities in the seven-county Twin Cities metropolitan area should complete all the information discussed in Part 4. The Metropolitan Council has additional guidance information on their webpage http://www.metrocouncil.org/Handbook/Plan-Elements/Water- Resources/Water-Supply.aspx. All out-state water suppliers do not need to complete the content addressed in Part 4. 7. Use the Plan instructions and Checklist document to insure all data is complete and attachments are included. This will allow for a quicker approval process. www.mndnr.gov/watersupplyplans 8. Plans should be submitted electronically – no paper documents are required. https://webapps11.dnr.state.mn.us/mpars/public/authentication/login 9. DNR hydrologist will review plans (in cooperation with Metropolitan Council in Metro area) and approve the plan or make recommendations. 10. Once approved, communities should complete a Certification of Adoption form, and send a copy to the DNR. Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 8 Complete Table 1 with information about the public water supply system covered by this WSP. Table 1. General information regarding this WSP Requested Information Description DNR Water Appropriation Permit Number(s) 1975-6227 Ownership Public Metropolitan Council Area Ramsey County Street Address 1245 W. Highway 96 City, State, Zip Arden Hills, MN, 55112 Contact Person Name Sue Polka Title Public Works Director/City Engineer Phone Number 651-792-7846 MDH Supplier Classification Municipal Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 9 PART 1. WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND EVALUATION The first step in any water supply analysis is to assess the current status of demand and availability. Information summarized in Part 1 can be used to develop Emergency Preparedness Procedures (Part 2) and the Water Conservation Plan (Part 3). This data is also needed to track progress for water efficiency measures. A. Analysis of Water Demand Complete Table 2 showing the past 10 years of water demand data. • Some of this information may be in your Wellhead Protection Plan. • If you do not have this information, do your best, call your engineer for assistance or if necessary leave blank. If your customer categories are different than the ones listed in Table 2, please describe the differences below: The City’s customer categories are only residential and commercial. Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 10 Table 2. Historic water demand (see definitions in the glossary after Part 4 of this template) Year Pop. Served Total Connections Residential Water Delivered (MG) C/I/I Water Delivered (MG) Water used for Non- essential Total Water Delivered (MG) Total Water Pumped (MG) Percent Unmetered/ Unaccounted Average Daily Demand (MGD) Max. Daily Demand * (MGD) Date of Max. Demand Residential Per Capita Demand (GPCD) Total per capita Demand (GPCD) 2005 9,565 est. 2,564 174.50 - - 452.40 - 1.24 n/a n/a 49.98 129.58 2006 9,564 est. 2,429 185.90 - - 479.50 - 1.31 n/a n/a 53.25 137.36 2007 9,563 est. 2,521 210.38 210.41 420.79 464.84 9.48% 1.27 n/a n/a 60.27 133.17 2008 9,562 est. - 190.63 183.80 374.43 454.20 17.56% 1.24 n/a n/a 54.62 130.14 2009 9,561 est. - 197.52 177.32 374.84 483.05 22.40% 1.32 n/a n/a 56.60 138.42 2010 9,560 2,558 164.03 185.41 349.45 424.24 17.63% 1.16 n/a n/a 47.01 121.58 2011 9,604 est. 2,558 174.29 180.22 354.51 414.93 14.56% 1.14 n/a n/a 49.72 118.37 2012 9,648 est. 2,581 191.82 194.04 385.86 463.52 16.75% 1.27 n/a n/a 54.47 131.62 2013 9,692 est. 2,596 162.05 159.38 321.43 424.09 24.21% 1.16 n/a n/a 45.81 119.88 2014 9,736 est. 2,601 139.76 159.92 299.68 358.93 16.51% 0.98 n/a n/a 39.33 101.00 2015 9,780 est. 2,608 133.66 172.27 306.31 321.70 4.78% 0.88 n/a n/a 37.44 90.12 Avg. 2010- 2015 9,670 2,584 160.94 175.27 336.21 401.24 15.74% 1.10 n/a n/a 45.63 113.76 MG – Million Gallons MGD – Million Gallons per Day GPCD – Gallons per Capita per Day; *City does not record daily readings on interconnection with Roseville See Glossary for definitions Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 11 Complete Table 3 by listing the top 10 water users by volume, from largest to smallest. For each user, include information about the category of use (residential, commercial, industrial, institutional, or wholesale), the amount of water used in gallons per year, the percent of total water delivered, and the status of water conservation measures. Table 3. Large volume users Customer Use Category (Residential, Industrial, Commercial, Institutional, Wholesale) Amount Used (Gallons per Year) Percent of Total Annual Water Delivered Implementing Water Conservation Measures? (Yes/No/Unknown) Bethel University Institutional 19,559,954 6.16% Unknown Arden Manor Mobile Home Residential 19,282,614 6.08% Unknown University of Northwestern Institutional 9,776,996 3.08% Unknown Boston Scientific (Bldg. 5, 7, 9) Industrial 9,684,739 3.05% Unknown Boston Scientific (Bldg. B & C) Industrial 9,657,338 3.04% Unknown Johanna Shores Residential 9,071,148 2.86% Unknown International Paper Industrial 6,774,002 2.13% Unknown Land O' Lakes Industrial 5,720,401 1.80% Unknown Boston Scientific (Bldg 10) Industrial 4,418,409 1.39% Unknown Mounds View High School Institutional 4,124,607 1.30% Unknown B. Treatment and Storage Capacity Complete Table 4 with a description of where water is treated, the year treatment facilities were constructed, water treatment capacity, the treatment methods (i.e. chemical addition, reverse osmosis, coagulation, sedimentation, etc.) and treatment types used (i.e. fluoridation, softening, chlorination, Fe/MN removal, coagulation, etc.). Also describe the annual amount and method of disposal of treatment residuals. Add rows to the table as needed. Table 4. Water treatment capacity and treatment processes Treatment Site ID (Plant Name or Well ID) Year Constructed Treatment Capacity (GPD) Treatment Method Treatment Type Annual Amount of Residuals Disposal Process for Residuals Do You Reclaim Filter Backwash Water? See Saint Paul Regional Water Service (SPRWS) Total NA NA NA NA Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 12 Complete Table 5 with information about storage structures. Describe the type (i.e. elevated, ground, etc.), the storage capacity of each type of structure, the year each structure was constructed, and the primary material for each structure. Add rows to the table as needed. Table 5. Storage capacity, as of the end of the last calendar year Structure Name Type of Storage Structure Year Constructed Primary Material Storage Capacity (Gallons) North Tower Elevated storage 1968 Steel 500,000 South Tower Elevated Storage 1986 Steel 1,000,000 Total NA NA NA 1,500,000 Treatment and storage capacity versus demand It is recommended that total storage equal or exceed the average daily demand. Discuss the difference between current storage and treatment capacity versus the water supplier’s projected average water demand over the next 10 years (see Table 7 for projected water demand): The City of Arden Hills currently has 1.5 MG of storage between two elevated storage tanks. Ten State Standards recommends that a city’s storage capacity be equal to or greater than the average day demand. From 2010 to 2015, the average day demand was 1.10 MG; the City’s current storage capacity exceeds the average day demand by 0.40 MG. It is anticipated that the highest average day demand over the proceeding ten years will be approximately 2.13 MG, which will require additional storage capacity. The City proposes to add a 1.0 MG elevated storage facility in the northern section of the City. The City purchases water from the City of Roseville, who directly purchases the water from the Saint Paul Regional Water Utility Service (SPRWS). C. Water Sources Complete Table 6 by listing all types of water sources that supply water to the system, including groundwater, surface water, interconnections with other water suppliers, or others. Provide the name of each source (aquifer name, river or lake name, name of interconnecting water supplier) and the Minnesota unique well number or intake ID, as appropriate. Report the year the source was installed or established and the current capacity. Provide information about the depth of all wells. Describe the status of the source (active, inactive, emergency only, retail/wholesale interconnection) and if the source facilities have a dedicated emergency power source. Add rows to the table as needed for each installation. Include copies of well records and maintenance summary for each well that has occurred since your last approved plan in Appendix 1. Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 13 Table 6. Water sources and status Resource Type (Groundwater, Surface water, Interconnection) Resource Name MN Unique Well # or Intake ID Year Installed Capacity (Gallons per Minute) Well Depth (Feet) Status of Normal and Emergency Operations (active, inactive, emergency only, retail/wholesale interconnection)) Does this Source have a Dedicated Emergency Power Source? (Yes or No) Interconnection City of Roseville n/a n/a 19,445 n/a Wholesale Interconnection Yes Limits on Emergency Interconnections Discuss any limitations on the use of the water sources (e.g. not to be operated simultaneously, limitations due to blending, aquifer recovery issues etc.) and the use of interconnections, including capacity limits or timing constraints (i.e. only 200 gallons per minute are available from the City of Prior Lake, and it is estimated to take 6 hours to establish the emergency connection). If there are no limitations, list none. The City has an agreement with the City of Roseville that the water supplied at interconnections will be at Roseville’s line pressure and that Arden Hills shall provide supplemental pumpage to meet pressure requirements for the Arden Hills system. D. Future Demand Projections – Key Metropolitan Council Benchmark Water Use Trends Use the data in Table 2 to describe trends in 1) population served; 2) total per capita water demand; 3) average daily demand; 4) maximum daily demand. Then explain the causes for upward or downward trends. For example, over the ten years has the average daily demand trended up or down? Why is this occurring? The historic trend shows a consistent increase in population served within the City of Arden Hills. As the population served increased, the total number of connections also increased. The City has seen an overall decreasing trend in total per capita and average day water demands which can be observed from Table 2. Since the City is not able to record the amount of water pumped on individual days, trends in maximum daily demands are not available. It is likely that improved appliances, decrease in irrigation, general attitude towards conservation, rainfall and climate play a much larger role in water usage than other factors. Use the water use trend information discussed above to complete Table 7 with projected annual demand for the next ten years. Communities in the seven-county Twin Cities metropolitan area must also include projections for 2030 and 2040 as part of their local comprehensive planning. Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 14 Projected demand should be consistent with trends evident in the historical data in Table 2, as discussed above. Projected demand should also reflect state demographer population projections and/or other planning projections. Table 7. Projected annual water demand Year Projected Total Population1 Projected Population Served Projected Total Per Capita Water Demand (GPCD) Projected Average Daily Demand1 (MGD) Projected Maximum Daily Demand (MGD) 2016 9,820 9,820 123 1.21 3.62 2017 9,870 9,870 123 1.21 3.64 2018 9,910 9,910 123 1.22 3.66 2019 9,960 9,960 123 1.23 3.68 2020 10,000 10,000 123 1.23 3.69 2021 10,200 10,200 123 1.33 3.99 2022 10,400 10,400 123 1.43 4.29 2023 10,600 10,600 123 1.53 4.59 2024 10,800 10,800 123 1.63 4.89 2025 11,000 11,000 123 1.73 5.18 2030 12,000 12,000 123 2.23 6.68 2040 13,500 13,500 123 2.41 7.23 GPCD – Gallons per Capita per Day MGD – Million Gallons per Day; 1Projected average daily demands include MetCouncil projections with the addition of 0.75 MGD for fully developed TCAAP site Projection Method Describe the method used to project water demand, including assumptions for population and business growth and how water conservation and efficiency programs affect projected water demand: Population projections were obtained from the Metropolitan Council and from the assumption that the TCAAP redevelopment project will increase the average daily demand by 0.75 MGD by 2030. An average total per capita demand was determined from the City’s historic water usage data and was assumed to remain constant at 123 gallons per capita per day through 2040. Since the City is unable to record the amount of water pumped on individual days, trends were in maximum day demands were not available. Therefore, a maximum day peaking factor of 3.0 was assumed to calculate the City’s projected maximum day water demands. E. Resource Sustainability Monitoring – Key DNR Benchmark Complete Table 8 by inserting information about source water quality and quantity monitoring efforts. List should include all production wells, observation wells, and source water intakes or reservoirs. Add rows to the table as needed. Find information on groundwater level monitoring program at: http://www.dnr.state.mn.us/waters/groundwater_section/obwell/index.html Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 15 Table 8. Information about source water quality and quantity monitoring MN Unique Well # or Surface Water ID Type of monitoring point Monitoring program Frequency of monitoring Monitoring Method See SPRWSP ☐ production well ☐ observation well ☐ source water intake ☐ source water reservoir ☐ routine MDH sampling ☐ routine water utility sampling ☐ other ☐ continuous ☐ hourly ☐ daily ☐ monthly ☐ quarterly ☐ annually ☐ SCADA ☐ grab sampling ☐ steel tape ☐ stream gauge Water Level Data A water level monitoring plan that includes monitoring locations and a schedule for water level readings must be submitted as Appendix 2. If one does not already exist, it needs to be prepared and submitted with the WSP. Ideally, all production and observation wells are monitored at least monthly. Complete Table 9 to summarize water level data for each well being monitored. Provide the name of the aquifer and a brief description of how much water levels vary over the season (the difference between the highest and lowest water levels measured during the year) and the long-term trends for each well. If water levels are not measured and recorded on a routine basis, then provide the static water level when each well was constructed and the most recent water level measured during the same season the well was constructed. Also include all water level data taken during any well and pump maintenance. Add rows to the table as needed. Provide water level data graphs for each well in Appendix 3 for the life of the well, or for as many years as water levels have been measured. See DNR website for Date Time Water Level http://www.dnr.state.mn.us/groundwater/hydrographs.html Table 9. Water level data Unique Well Number or Well ID Aquifer Name Seasonal Variation (Feet) Long-term Trend in water level data Water level measured during well/pumping maintenance Unique # 225652 MTPL 2.4-feet ☐ Falling ☒ Stable ☐ Rising See Appendix 3 See SPRWS ☐ Falling ☐ Stable ☐ Rising MM/DD/YY:____ MM/DD/YY:____ MM/DD/YY:____ Potential Water Supply Issues & Natural Resource Impacts – Key DNR & Metropolitan Council Benchmark Complete Table 10 by listing the types of natural resources that are or could be impacted by permitted water withdrawals. If known, provide the name of specific resources that may be impacted. Identify what the greatest risks to the resource are and how the risks are being assessed. Identify any resource protection thresholds – formal or informal – that have been established to identify when actions should be taken to mitigate impacts. Provide information about the potential mitigation actions that may be Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 16 taken, if a resource protection threshold is crossed. Add additional rows to the table as needed. See glossary at the end of the template for definitions. Some of this baseline data should have been in your earlier water supply plans or county comprehensive water plans. When filling out this table, think of what are the water supply risks, identify the resources, determine the threshold and then determine what your community will do to mitigate the impacts. Your DNR area hydrologist is available to assist with this table. For communities in the seven-county Twin Cities metropolitan area, the Master Water Supply Plan Appendix 1 (Water Supply Profiles, provides information about potential water supply issues and natural resource impacts for your community. Table 10. Natural resource impacts Resource Type Resource Name Risk Risk Assessed Through Describe Resource Protection Threshold* Mitigation Measure or Management Plan Describe How Changes to Thresholds are Monitored ☒ River or stream ☐ Flow/water level decline ☐ Degrading water quality trends and/or MCLs exceeded ☐ Impacts on endangered, threatened, or special concern species habitat or other natural resource impacts ☐ Other: _____ ☐ GIS analysis ☐ Modeling ☐ Mapping ☐ Monitoring ☐ Aquifer testing ☐ Other: ___ ☐ Revise permit ☐ Change groundwater pumping ☐ Increase conservation ☐ Other See SPRWS ☒ Calcareous fen ☐ Flow/water level decline ☐ Degrading water quality trends and/or MCLs exceeded ☐ Impacts on endangered, threatened, or special concern species habitat or other natural resource impacts ☐ GIS analysis ☐ Modeling ☐ Mapping ☐ Monitoring ☐ Aquifer testing ☐ Other: ___ ☐ Revise permit ☐ Change groundwater pumping ☐ Increase conservation ☐ Other See SPRWS Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 17 Resource Type Resource Name Risk Risk Assessed Through Describe Resource Protection Threshold* Mitigation Measure or Management Plan Describe How Changes to Thresholds are Monitored ☐ Other: _____ ☒ Lake ☐ Flow/water level decline ☐ Degrading water quality trends and/or MCLs exceeded ☐ Impacts on endangered, threatened, or special concern species habitat or other natural resource impacts ☐ Other: _____ ☐ GIS analysis ☐ Modeling ☐ Mapping ☐ Monitoring ☐ Aquifer testing ☐ Other: ___ ☐ Revise permit ☐ Change groundwater pumping ☐ Increase conservation ☐ Other See SPRWS ☐ Wetland ☐ Flow/water level decline ☐ Degrading water quality trends and/or MCLs exceeded ☐ Impacts on endangered, threatened, or special concern species habitat or other natural resource impacts ☐ Other: _____ ☐ GIS analysis ☐ Modeling ☐ Mapping ☐ Monitoring ☐ Aquifer testing ☐ Other: ___ ☐ Revise permit ☐ Change groundwater pumping ☐ Increase conservation ☐ Other ☐ Trout stream ☐ Flow/water level decline ☐ Degrading water quality trends and/or MCLs exceeded ☐ Impacts on endangered, threatened, or special concern species habitat or other natural resource impacts ☐ Other: _____ ☐ GIS analysis ☐ Modeling ☐ Mapping ☐ Monitoring ☐ Aquifer testing ☐ Other: ___ ☐ Revise permit ☐ Change groundwater pumping ☐ Increase conservation ☐ Other Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 18 Resource Type Resource Name Risk Risk Assessed Through Describe Resource Protection Threshold* Mitigation Measure or Management Plan Describe How Changes to Thresholds are Monitored ☒ Aquifer ☐ Flow/water level decline ☐ Degrading water quality trends and/or MCLs exceeded ☐ Impacts on endangered, threatened, or special concern species habitat or other natural resource impacts ☐ Other: ☐ GIS analysis ☐ Modeling ☐ Mapping ☐ Monitoring ☐ Aquifer testing ☐ Other: ___ ☐ Revise permit ☐ Change groundwater pumping ☐ Increase conservation ☐ Other See SPRWS ☐ Endangered, threatened, or special concern species habitat, other natural resource impacts ☐ Flow/water level decline ☐ Degrading water quality trends and/or MCLs exceeded ☐ Impacts on endangered, threatened, or special concern species habitat or other natural resource impacts ☐ Other: _____ ☐ GIS analysis ☐ Modeling ☐ Mapping ☐ Monitoring ☐ Aquifer testing ☐ Other: ___ ☐ Revise permit ☐ Change groundwater pumping ☐ Increase conservation ☐ Other * Examples of thresholds: a lower limit on acceptable flow in a river or stream; water quality outside of an accepted range; a lower limit on acceptable aquifer level decline at one or more monitoring wells; withdrawals that exceed some percent of the total amount available from a source; or a lower limit on acceptable changes to a protected habitat. Wellhead Protection (WHP) and Surface Water Protection (SWP) Plans Complete Table 11 to provide status information about WHP and SWP plans. The emergency procedures in this plan are intended to comply with the contingency plan provisions required in the Minnesota Department of Health’s (MDH) Wellhead Protection (WHP) Plan and Surface Water Protection (SWP) Plan. Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 19 Table 11. Status of Wellhead Protection and Surface Water Protection Plans Plan Type Status Date Adopted Date for Update WHP ☐ In Process ☐ Completed ☒ Not Applicable SWP ☐ In Process ☒ Completed1 ☐ Not Applicable May, 2005 N/A 1 City of St. Paul Source Water Protection Plan F. Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) Please note that any wells that received approval under a ten-year permit, but that were not built, are now expired and must submit a water appropriations permit. Adequacy of Water Supply System Complete Table 12 with information about the adequacy of wells and/or intakes, storage facilities, treatment facilities, and distribution systems to sustain current and projected demands. List planned capital improvements for any system components, in chronological order. Communities in the seven- county Twin Cities metropolitan area should also include information about plans through 2040. The assessment can be the general status by category; it is not necessary to identify every single well, storage facility, treatment facility, lift station, and mile of pipe. Please attach your latest Capital Improvement Plan as Appendix 4. Table 12. Adequacy of Water Supply System System Component Planned action Anticipated Construction Year Notes Wells/Intakes ☐ No action planned - adequate ☐ Repair/replacement ☐ Expansion/addition Water Storage Facilities ☐ No action planned - adequate ☒ Repair/replacement ☒ Expansion/addition 2016-2020 -South and North Water Tower repairs -TCAAP Water Tower Water Treatment Facilities ☐ No action planned - adequate ☐ Repair/replacement ☐ Expansion/addition Distribution Systems (pipes, valves, etc.) ☐ No action planned - adequate ☒ Repair/replacement ☐ Expansion/addition 2017-2021 -Trunk water improvements Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 20 System Component Planned action Anticipated Construction Year Notes Pressure Zones ☐ No action planned - adequate ☐ Repair/replacement ☒ Expansion/addition 2017 -Booster station Other: ☐ No action planned - adequate ☐ Repair/replacement ☐ Expansion/addition Proposed Future Water Sources Complete Table 13 to identify new water source installation planned over the next ten years. Add rows to the table as needed. Table 13. Proposed future installations/sources Source Installation Location (approximate) Resource Name Proposed Pumping Capacity (gpm) Planned Installation Year Planned Partnerships Groundwater See SPRWS Surface Water Interconnection to another supplier Water Source Alternatives - Key Metropolitan Council Benchmark Do you anticipate the need for alternative water sources in the next 10 years? Yes ☐ No ☒ For metro communities, will you need alternative water sources by the year 2040? Yes ☐ No ☒ If you answered yes for either question, then complete table 14. If no, insert NA. Complete Table 14 by checking the box next to alternative approaches that your community is considering, including approximate locations (if known), the estimated amount of future demand that could be met through the approach, the estimated timeframe to implement the approach, potential partnerships, and the major benefits and challenges of the approach. Add rows to the table as needed. For communities in the seven-county Twin Cities metropolitan area, these alternatives should include approaches the community is considering to meet projected 2040 water demand. Table 14. Alternative water sources Alternative Source Considered Source and/or Installation Location (approximate) Estimated Amount of Future Demand (%) Timeframe to Implement (YYYY) Potential Partners Benefits Challenges ☐ Groundwater N/A ☐ Surface Water N/A Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 21 Alternative Source Considered Source and/or Installation Location (approximate) Estimated Amount of Future Demand (%) Timeframe to Implement (YYYY) Potential Partners Benefits Challenges ☐ Reclaimed stormwater N/A ☐ Reclaimed wastewater N/A ☐ Interconnection to another supplier N/A Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 22 Part 2. Emergency Preparedness Procedures The emergency preparedness procedures outlined in this plan are intended to comply with the contingency plan provisions required by MDH in the WHP and SWP. Water emergencies can occur as a result of vandalism, sabotage, accidental contamination, mechanical problems, power failings, drought, flooding, and other natural disasters. The purpose of emergency planning is to develop emergency response procedures and to identify actions needed to improve emergency preparedness. In the case of a municipality, these procedures should be in support of, and part of, an all-hazard emergency operations plan. Municipalities that already have written procedures dealing with water emergencies should review the following information and update existing procedures to address these water supply protection measures. A. Federal Emergency Response Plan Section 1433(b) of the Safe Drinking Water Act, (Public Law 107-188, Title IV- Drinking Water Security and Safety) requires community water suppliers serving over 3,300 people to prepare an Emergency Response Plan. Do you have a federal emergency response plan? Yes ☒ No ☐ If yes, what was the date it was certified? ____2005_________ Complete Table 15 by inserting the noted information regarding your completed Federal Emergency Response Plan. Table 15. Emergency Preparedness Plan contact information Emergency Response Plan Role Contact Person Contact Phone Number Contact Email Emergency Response Lead Bill Joynes 651.792.7810 wjoynes@cityofardenhills.org Alternate Emergency Response Lead Jeff Frid 651.755.1461 jfrid@cityofardenhills.org B. Operational Contingency Plan All utilities should have a written operational contingency plan that describes measures to be taken for water supply mainline breaks and other common system failures as well as routine maintenance. Do you have a written operational contingency plan? Yes ☒ No ☐ At a minimum, a water supplier should prepare and maintain an emergency contact list of contractors and suppliers. C. Emergency Response Procedures Water suppliers must meet the requirements of MN Rules 4720.5280 . Accordingly, the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (DNR) requires public water suppliers serving more than 1,000 people to submit Emergency and Conservation Plans. Water emergency and conservation plans that have been approved by the DNR, under provisions of Minnesota Statute 186 and Minnesota Rules, part 6115.0770, will be considered equivalent to an approved WHP contingency plan. Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 23 Emergency Telephone List Prepare and attach a list of emergency contacts, including the MN Duty Officer (1-800-422-0798), as Appendix 5. A template is available at www.mndnr.gov/watersupplyplans The list should include key utility and community personnel, contacts in adjacent water suppliers, and appropriate local, state and federal emergency contacts. Please be sure to verify and update the contacts on the emergency telephone list and date it. Thereafter, update on a regular basis (once a year is recommended). In the case of a municipality, this information should be contained in a notification and warning standard operating procedure maintained by the Emergency Manager for that community. Responsibilities and services for each contact should be defined. Current Water Sources and Service Area Quick access to concise and detailed information on water sources, water treatment, and the distribution system may be needed in an emergency. System operation and maintenance records should be maintained in secured central and back-up locations so that the records are accessible for emergency purposes. A detailed map of the system showing the treatment plants, water sources, storage facilities, supply lines, interconnections, and other information that would be useful in an emergency should also be readily available. It is critical that public water supplier representatives and emergency response personnel communicate about the response procedures and be able to easily obtain this kind of information both in electronic and hard copy formats (in case of a power outage). Do records and maps exist? Yes ☒ No ☐ Can staff access records and maps from a central secured location in the event of an emergency? Yes ☒ No ☐ Does the appropriate staff know where the materials are located? Yes ☒ No ☐ Procedure for Augmenting Water Supplies Complete Tables 16 – 17 by listing all available sources of water that can be used to augment or replace existing sources in an emergency. Add rows to the tables as needed. In the case of a municipality, this information should be contained in a notification and warning standard operating procedure maintained by the warning point for that community. Municipalities are encouraged to execute cooperative agreements for potential emergency water services and copies should be included in Appendix 6. Outstate Communities may consider using nearby high capacity wells (industry, golf course) as emergency water sources. WSP should include information on any physical or chemical problems that may limit interconnections to other sources of water. Approvals from the MDH are required for interconnections or the reuse of water. Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 24 Table 16. Interconnections with other water supply systems to supply water in an emergency Other Water Supply System Owner Capacity (GPM & MGD) Note Any Limitations On Use List of services, equipment, supplies available to respond City of Shoreview (Lexington & Grey Fox) 500/0.72 Different supply source 8-inch watermain connection City of Shoreview (Lexington & Cummings Park) 500/0.72 Different supply source 8-inch watermain connection City of New Brighton (Cleveland & Stowe) 500/0.72 Different supply source 8-inch watermain connection GPM – Gallons per minute MGD – million gallons per day Table 17. Utilizing surface water as an alternative source Surface Water Source Name Capacity (GPM) Capacity (MGD) Treatment Needs Note Any Limitations On Use See SPRWS If not covered above, describe additional emergency measures for providing water (obtaining bottled water, or steps to obtain National Guard services, etc.) See SPRWS Allocation and Demand Reduction Procedures Complete Table 18 by adding information about how decisions will be made to allocate water and reduce demand during an emergency. Provide information for each customer category, including its priority ranking, average day demand, and demand reduction potential for each customer category. Modify the customer categories as needed, and add additional lines if necessary. Water use categories should be prioritized in a way that is consistent with Minnesota Statutes 103G.261 (#1 is highest priority) as follows: 1. Water use for human needs such as cooking, cleaning, drinking, washing and waste disposal; use for on-farm livestock watering; and use for power production that meets contingency requirements. 2. Water use involving consumption of less than 10,000 gallons per day (usually from private wells or surface water intakes) 3. Water use for agricultural irrigation and processing of agricultural products involving consumption of more than 10,000 gallons per day (usually from private high-capacity wells or surface water intakes) 4. Water use for power production above the use provided for in the contingency plan. 5. All other water use involving consumption of more than 10,000 gallons per day. Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 25 6. Nonessential uses – car washes, golf courses, etc. Water used for human needs at hospitals, nursing homes and similar types of facilities should be designated as a high priority to be maintained in an emergency. Lower priority uses will need to address water used for human needs at other types of facilities such as hotels, office buildings, and manufacturing plants. The volume of water and other types of water uses at these facilities must be carefully considered. After reviewing the data, common sense should dictate local allocation priorities to protect domestic requirements over certain types of economic needs. Water use for lawn sprinkling, vehicle washing, golf courses, and recreation are legislatively considered non-essential. Table 18. Water use priorities Customer Category Allocation Priority Average Daily Demand (GDP) Short-Term Emergency Demand Reduction Potential (GPD) Residential 1 440,900 C/I/I 2 480,200 Non-Essential 3 177,200* TOTAL NA NA 177,200* GPD – Gallons per Day; *Non-essential calculated as increased summer demand between all customer categories Tip: Calculating Emergency Demand Reduction Potential The emergency demand reduction potential for all uses will typically equal the difference between maximum use (summer demand) and base use (winter demand). In extreme emergency situations, lower priority water uses must be restricted or eliminated to protect priority domestic water requirements. Emergency demand reduction potential should be based on average day demands for customer categories within each priority class. Use the tables in Part 3 on water conservation to help you determine strategies. Complete Table 19 by selecting the triggers and actions during water supply disruption conditions. Table 19. Emergency demand reduction conditions, triggers and actions (Select all that may apply and describe) Emergency Triggers Short-term Actions Long-term Actions ☒ Contamination ☒ Loss of production ☒ Infrastructure failure ☒ Executive order by Governor ☐ Other: _____________ ☐ Supply augmentation through ____ ☒ Adopt (if not already) and enforce a critical water deficiency ordinance to penalize lawn watering, vehicle washing, golf course and park irrigation & other nonessential uses. ☒ Water allocation through emergency action of City Council ☒ Voluntary reduction measures encouraged by public service. ☒ Supply augmentation through interconnection ☒ Adopt (if not already) and enforce a critical water deficiency ordinance to penalize lawn watering, vehicle washing, golf course and park irrigation & other nonessential uses. ☒ Water allocation through emergency action of City Council ☒ Meet with large water users to discuss their contingency plan. Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 26 Notification Procedures Complete Table 20 by selecting trigger for informing customers regarding conservation requests, water use restrictions, and suspensions; notification frequencies; and partners that may assist in the notification process. Add rows to the table as needed. Table 20. Plan to inform customers regarding conservation requests, water use restrictions, and suspensions Notification Trigger(s) Methods (select all that apply) Update Frequency Partners ☒ Short-term demand reduction declared (< 1 year) ☒ Website ☐ Email list serve ☒ Social media (e.g. Twitter, Facebook) ☒ Direct customer mailing, ☒ Press release (TV, radio, newspaper), ☐ Meeting with large water users (> 10% of total city use) ☐ Other: ________ ☐ Daily ☐ Weekly ☒ Monthly ☐ Annually • City Staff • Neighboring communities • Local news outlets ☒ Long-term Ongoing demand reduction declared ☒ Website ☐ Email list serve ☒ Social media (e.g. Twitter, Facebook) ☒ Direct customer mailing, ☒ Press release (TV, radio, newspaper), ☐ Meeting with large water users (> 10% of total city use) ☐ Other: ________ ☐ Daily ☐ Weekly ☐ Monthly ☒ Annually • City Staff • Neighboring communities • Local news outlets ☒ Governor’s critical water deficiency declared ☒ Website ☐ Email list serve ☒ Social media (e.g. Twitter, Facebook) ☒ Direct customer mailing, ☒ Press release (TV, radio, newspaper), ☐ Meeting with large water users (> 10% of total city use) ☐ Other: ________ ☐ Daily ☐ Weekly ☐ Monthly ☐ Annually ☒ As needed • City Staff • Neighboring communities • Local news outlets Enforcement Prior to a water emergency, municipal water suppliers must adopt regulations that restrict water use and outline the enforcement response plan. The enforcement response plan must outline how conditions will be monitored to know when enforcement actions are triggered, what enforcement tools will be used, who will be responsible for enforcement, and what timelines for corrective actions will be expected. Affected operations, communications, and enforcement staff must then be trained to rapidly implement those provisions during emergency conditions. Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 27 Important Note: Disregard of critical water deficiency orders, even though total appropriation remains less than permitted, is adequate grounds for immediate modification of a public water supply authority’s water use permit (2013 MN Statutes 103G.291) Does the city have a critical water deficiency restriction/official control in place that includes provisions to restrict water use and enforce the restrictions? (This restriction may be an ordinance, rule, regulation, policy under a council directive, or other official control) Yes ☒ No ☐ If yes, attach the official control document to this WSP as Appendix 7. If no, the municipality must adopt such an official control within 6 months of submitting this WSP and submit it to the DNR as an amendment to this WSP. Irrespective of whether a critical water deficiency control is in place, does the public water supply utility, city manager, mayor, or emergency manager have standing authority to implement water restrictions? Yes ☒ No ☐ If yes, cite the regulatory authority reference: ______Chapter 10, Section 1000.05 & 1000.13_______. If no, who has authority to implement water use restrictions in an emergency? Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 28 PART 3. WATER CONSERVATION PLAN Minnesotans have historically benefited from the state’s abundant water supplies, reducing the need for conservation. There are however, limits to the available supplies of water and increasing threats to the quality of our drinking water. Causes of water supply limitation may include: population increases, economic trends, uneven statewide availability of groundwater, climatic changes, and degraded water quality. Examples of threats to drinking water quality include: the presence of contaminant plumes from past land use activities, exceedances of water quality standards from natural and human sources, contaminants of emerging concern, and increasing pollutant trends from nonpoint sources. There are many incentives for conserving water; conservation: • reduces the potential for pumping-induced transfer of contaminants into the deeper aquifers, which can add treatment costs • reduces the need for capital projects to expand system capacity • reduces the likelihood of water use conflicts, like well interference, aquatic habitat loss, and declining lake levels • conserves energy, because less energy is needed to extract, treat and distribute water (and less energy production also conserves water since water is use to produce energy) • maintains water supplies that can then be available during times of drought It is therefore imperative that water suppliers implement water conservation plans. The first step in water conservation is identifying opportunities for behavioral or engineering changes that could be made to reduce water use by conducting a thorough analysis of: • Water use by customer • Extraction, treatment, distribution and irrigation system efficiencies • Industrial processing system efficiencies • Regulatory and barriers to conservation • Cultural barriers to conservation • Water reuse opportunities Once accurate data is compiled, water suppliers can set achievable goals for reducing water use. A successful water conservation plan follows a logical sequence of events. The plan should address both conservation on the supply side (leak detection and repairs, metering), as well as on the demand side (reductions in usage). Implementation should be conducted in phases, starting with the most obvious and lowest-cost options. In some cases one of the early steps will be reviewing regulatory constraints to water conservation, such as lawn irrigation requirements. Outside funding and grants may be available for implementation of projects. Engage water system operators and maintenance staff and customers in brainstorming opportunities to reduce water use. Ask the question: “How can I help save water?” Progress since 2006 Is this your community’s first Water Supply Plan? Yes ☐ No ☒ Priority 1: Significant water reduction; low cost Priority 2: Slight water reduction, low costs (low hanging fruit) Priority 2: Significant water reduction; significant costs Priority 3: Slight water reduction, significant costs (do only if necessary) Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 29 If yes, describe conservation practices that you are already implementing, such as: pricing, system improvements, education, regulation, appliance retrofitting, enforcement, etc. If no, complete Table 21 to summarize conservation actions taken since the adoption of the 2006 water supply plan. Table 21. Implementation of previous ten-year Conservation Plan 2006 Plan Commitments Action Taken? Change water rates structure to provide conservation pricing ☒ Yes ☐ No Water supply system improvements (e.g. leak repairs, valve replacements, etc.) ☒ Yes ☐ No Educational efforts ☒ Yes ☐ No New water conservation ordinances ☐ Yes ☒ No Rebate or retrofitting Program (e.g. for toilet, faucets, appliances, showerheads, dish washers, washing machines, irrigation systems, rain barrels, water softeners, etc. ☒ Yes ☐ No Enforcement ☐ Yes ☒ No Describe other ☐ Yes ☐ No What are the results you have seen from the actions in Table 21 and how were results measured? The City updated the master meters tracking water that is being delivered from the City of Roseville. Based on utility billing City wide total per capita demand has been trending down. A. Triggers for Allocation and Demand Reduction Actions Complete table 22 by checking each trigger below, as appropriate, and the actions to be taken at various levels or stages of severity. Add in additional rows to the table as needed. Table 22. Short and long-term demand reduction conditions, triggers and actions Objective Triggers Actions Protect surface water flows ☐ Low stream flow conditions ☒ Reports of declining wetland and lake levels ☒ Other: declining surface water quality ☒ Increase promotion of conservation measures ☒ Other: Consider water reuse/stormwater irrigation projects Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 30 Objective Triggers Actions Short-term demand reduction (less than 1 year ☒ Extremely high seasonal water demand (more than double winter demand) ☐ Loss of treatment capacity ☒ Lack of water in storage ☒ State drought plan ☐ Well interference ☐ Other: _____________ ☒ Adopt (if not already) and enforce the critical water deficiency ordinance to restrict or prohibit lawn watering, vehicle washing, golf course and park irrigation & other nonessential uses. ☒ Supply augmentation through emergency interconnections ☒ Water allocation through emergency interconnections ☐ Meet with large water users to discuss user’s contingency plan. Long-term demand reduction (>1 year) ☒ Per capita demand increasing ☐ Total demand increase (higher population or more industry) Water level in well(s) below elevation of _____ ☒ Other: Declared emergency ☒ Develop a critical water deficiency ordinance that is or can be quickly adopted to penalize lawn watering, vehicle washing, golf course and park irrigation & other nonessential uses. ☒ Enact a water waste ordinance that targets overwatering (causing water to flow off the landscape into streets, parking lots, or similar), watering impervious surfaces (streets, driveways or other hardscape areas), and negligence of known leaks, breaks, or malfunctions. ☐ Meet with large water users to discuss user’s contingency plan. ☒ Enhanced monitoring and reporting: audits, meters, billing, etc. Governor’s “Critical Water Deficiency Order” declared ☒ Governor declaration as needed ☒ Take action as directed by the governor B. Conservation Objectives and Strategies – Key benchmark for DNR This section establishes water conservation objectives and strategies for eight major areas of water use. Objective 1: Reduce Unaccounted (Non-Revenue) Water loss to Less than 10% The Minnesota Rural Waters Association, the Metropolitan Council and the Department of Natural Resources recommend that all water uses be metered. Metering can help identify high use locations and times, along with leaks within buildings that have multiple meters. It is difficult to quantify specific unmetered water use such as that associated with firefighting and system flushing or system leaks. Typically, water suppliers subtract metered water use from total water pumped to calculate unaccounted or non-revenue water loss. Is your five-year average (2005-2014) unaccounted Water Use in Table 2 higher than 10%? Yes ☒ No ☐ Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 31 What is your leak detection monitoring schedule? (e.g. monitor 1/3rd of the city lines per year) Periodic as needed. Water Audits - are intended to identify, quantify and verify water and revenue losses. The volume of unaccounted-for water should be evaluated each billing cycle. The American Water Works Association (AWWA) recommends that ten percent or less of pumped water is unaccounted-for water. Water audit procedures are available from the AWWA and MN Rural Water Association www.mrwa.com . Drinking Water Revolving Loan Funds are available for purchase of new meters when new plants are built. What is the date of your most recent water audit? _n/a___ Frequency of water audits: ☐ yearly ☒ other (specify frequency) _periodic as needed__ Leak detection and survey: ☐ every year ☐ every other year ☒ periodic as needed Year last leak detection survey completed: ___n/a____ If Table 2 shows annual water losses over 10% or an increasing trend over time, describe what actions will be taken to reach the <10% loss objective and within what timeframe City will consider metering water during hydrant flushing, flooding ice rinks, etc.. Metering -AWWA recommends that every water supplier install meters to account for all water taken into its system, along with all water distributed from its system at each customer’s point of service. An effective metering program relies upon periodic performance testing, repair, maintenance or replacement of all meters. AWWA also recommends that water suppliers conduct regular water audits to ensure accountability. Some cities install separate meters for interior and exterior water use, but some research suggests that this may not result in water conservation. Complete Table 23 by adding the requested information regarding the number, types, testing and maintenance of customer meters. Table 23. Information about customer meters Customer Category Number of Customers Number of Metered Connections Number of Automated Meter Readers Meter testing intervals (years) Average age/meter replacement schedule (years Residential 2,486 2,486 2,486 As needed 3 years / Replace as needed Commercial 134 134 134 As needed 3 years / Replace as needed TOTALS 2,620 2,620 2,620 N/A N/A Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 32 For unmetered systems, describe any plans to install meters or replace current meters with advanced technology meters. Provide an estimate of the cost to implement the plan and the projected water savings from implementing the plan. None, the entire system is metered. Table 24. Water source meters Number of Meters Meter testing schedule (years) Number of Automated Meter Readers Average age/meter replacement schedule (years Water source (wells/intakes) See SPRWS ___ / ___ Treatment plant N/A ___ / ___ Objective 2: Achieve Less than 75 Residential Gallons per Capita Demand (GPCD) The 2002 average residential per capita demand in the Twin Cities Metropolitan area was 75 gallons per capita per day. Is your average 2010-2015 residential per capita water demand in Table 2 more than 75? Yes ☐ No ☒ What was your 2010 – 2015 five-year average residential per capita water demand? 45.63 gallons/person/day Describe the water use trend over that timeframe: Residential per capita water use did not show a strong trend from 2005-2012, but it has been decreasing steadily since 2012. At no time in the last ten years was the residential per capita water use higher than the DNR’s recommended maximum of 75 gallons per capita per day. Complete Table 25 by checking which strategies you will use to continue reducing residential per capita demand and project a likely timeframe for completing each checked strategy (Select all that apply and add rows for additional strategies): Table 25. Strategies and timeframe to reduce residential per capita demand Strategy to reduce residential per capita demand Timeframe for completing work ☒ Revise city ordinances/codes to encourage or require water efficient landscaping. 1-3 years following adoption of this plan ☒ Revise city ordinance/codes to permit water reuse options, especially for non-potable purposes like irrigation, groundwater recharge, and industrial use. Check with plumbing authority to see if internal buildings reuse is permitted Annually ☒ Revise ordinances to limit irrigation. Describe the restricted irrigation plan: 3-6 years following adoption of this plan Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 33 Strategy to reduce residential per capita demand Timeframe for completing work ☐ Revise outdoor irrigation installations codes to require high efficiency systems (e.g. those with soil moisture sensors or programmable watering areas) in new installations or system replacements. ☒ Make water system infrastructure improvements Ongoing ☐ Offer free or reduced cost water use audits) for residential customers. ☐ Implement a notification system to inform customers when water availability conditions change. ☒ Provide rebates or incentives for installing water efficient appliances and/or fixtures indoors (e.g., low flow toilets, high efficiency dish washers and washing machines, showerhead and faucet aerators, water softeners, etc.) Ongoing ☐ Provide rebates or incentives to reduce outdoor water use (e.g., turf replacement/reduction, rain gardens, rain barrels, smart irrigation, outdoor water use meters, etc.) ☐ Identify supplemental Water Resources ☒ Conduct audience-appropriate water conservation education and outreach. Ongoing ☐ Describe other plans Objective 3: Achieve at least a 1.5% per year water reduction for Institutional, Industrial, Commercial, and Agricultural GPCD over the next 10 years or a 15% reduction in ten years. Complete Table 26 by checking which strategies you will used to continue reducing non-residential customer use demand and project a likely timeframe for completing each checked strategy (add rows for additional strategies). Where possible, substitute recycled water used in one process for reuse in another. (For example, spent rinse water can often be reused in a cooling tower.) Keep in mind the true cost of water is the amount on the water bill PLUS the expenses to heat, cool, treat, pump, and dispose of/discharge the water. Don’t just calculate the initial investment. Many conservation retrofits that appear to be prohibitively expensive are actually very cost-effective when amortized over the life of the equipment. Often reducing water use also saves electrical and other utility costs. Note: as of 2015, water reuse, and is not allowed by the state plumbing code, M.R. 4715 (a variance is needed). However several state agencies are addressing this issue. Table 26. Strategies and timeframe to reduce institutional, commercial industrial, and agricultural and non-revenue use demand Strategy to reduce total business, industry, agricultural demand Timeframe for completing work ☒ Conduct a facility water use audit for both indoor and outdoor use, including system components Annually ☒ Install enhanced meters capable of automated readings to detect spikes in consumption Ongoing ☐ Compare facility water use to related industry benchmarks, if available (e.g., meat processing, dairy, fruit and vegetable, beverage, textiles, paper/pulp, metals, technology, petroleum refining etc.) Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 34 Strategy to reduce total business, industry, agricultural demand Timeframe for completing work ☒ Install water conservation fixtures and appliances or change processes to conserve water Ongoing ☒ Repair leaking system components (e.g., pipes, valves) Ongoing ☒ Investigate the reuse of reclaimed water (e.g., stormwater, wastewater effluent, process wastewater, etc.) Ongoing ☒ Reduce outdoor water use (e.g., turf replacement/reduction, rain gardens, rain barrels, smart irrigation, outdoor water use meters, etc.) Ongoing ☒ Train employees how to conserve water Ongoing – include for new employee training ☐ Implement a notification system to inform non-residential customers when water availability conditions change. ☐ Rainwater catchment systems intended to supply uses such as water closets, urinals, trap primers for floor drains and floor sinks, industrial processes, water features, vehicle washing facilities, cooling tower makeup, and similar uses shall be approved by the commissioner. Proposed plumbing code 4714.1702.1 http://www.dli.mn.gov/PDF/docket/4714rule.pdf ☐ Describe other plans: Objective 4: Achieve a Decreasing Trend in Total Per Capita Demand Include as Appendix 8 one graph showing total per capita water demand for each customer category (i.e., residential, institutional, commercial, industrial) from 2005-2014 and add the calculated/estimated linear trend for the next 10 years. Describe the trend for each customer category; explain the reason(s) for the trends, and where trends are increasing. There is a decreasing trend in total per capita water demand, as well as decreasing trends for both the residential and the C/I/I customer categories. The decreasing trend has been most pronounced in the last five years, since 2012. Residential demand shows a slightly clearer decreasing trend, so conservation and education efforts that impact household water use, such as rebate programs for improved fixtures and appliances and ordinance governing water use for air conditioning, are likely the reason for this trend. Objective 5: Reduce Peak Day Demand so that the Ratio of Average Maximum day to the Average Day is less than 2.6 Is the ratio of average 2005-2014 maximum day demand to average 2005-2014 average day demand reported in Table 2 more than 2.6? Yes ☐ No ☐ Unknown ☒ Calculate a ten year average (2005 – 2014) of the ratio of maximum day demand to average day demand: _Unknown_ The position of the DNR has been that a peak day/average day ratio that is above 2.6 for in summer indicates that the water being used for irrigation by the residents in a community is too large and that efforts should be made to reduce the peak day use by the community. Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 35 It should be noted that by reducing the peak day use, communities can also reduce the amount of infrastructure that is required to meet the peak day use. This infrastructure includes new wells, new water towers which can be costly items. Objective 6: Implement a Conservation Water Rate Structure and/or a Uniform Rate Structure with a Water Conservation Program Water Conservation Program Municipal water suppliers serving over 1,000 people are required to adopt demand reduction measures that include a conservation rate structure, or a uniform rate structure with a conservation program that achieves demand reduction. These measures must achieve demand reduction in ways that reduce water demand, water losses, peak water demands, and nonessential water uses. These measures must be approved before a community may request well construction approval from the Department of Health or before requesting an increase in water appropriations permit volume (Minnesota Statutes, section 103G.291, subd. 3 and 4). Rates should be adjusted on a regular basis to ensure that revenue of the system is adequate under reduced demand scenarios. If a municipal water supplier intends to use a Uniform Rate Structure, a community-wide Water Conservation Program that will achieve demand reduction must be provided. Current Water Rates Include a copy of the actual rate structure in Appendix 9 or list current water rates including base/service fees and volume charges below. Volume included in base rate or service charge: _1,000_ gallons or ____ cubic feet ___ other Frequency of billing: ☐ Monthly ☐ Bimonthly ☒ Quarterly ☐ Other: _________________ Water Rate Evaluation Frequency: ☒ every year ☐ every ___ years ☐ no schedule Date of last rate change: __January 2016__ Table 27. Rate structures for each customer category (Select all that apply and add additional rows as needed) Customer Category Conservation Billing Strategies in Use * Conservation Neutral Billing Strategies in Use ** Non-Conserving Billing Strategies in Use *** Residential ☐ Monthly billing ☒ Increasing block rates (volume tiered rates) ☐ Seasonal rates ☐ Time of use rates ☐ Water bills reported in gallons ☐ Individualized goal rates ☐ Excess use rates ☐ Drought surcharge ☐ Use water bill to provide comparisons ☐ Uniform ☐ Odd/even day watering ☐ Service charge based on water volume ☐ Declining block ☐ Flat ☐ Other (describe) Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 36 Customer Category Conservation Billing Strategies in Use * Conservation Neutral Billing Strategies in Use ** Non-Conserving Billing Strategies in Use *** ☐ Service charge not based on water volume ☐ Other (describe) Commercial/ Industrial/ Institutional ☐ Monthly billing ☒ Increasing block rates (volume tiered rates) ☐ Seasonal rates ☐ Time of use rates ☐ Water bills reported in gallons ☐ Individualized goal rates ☐ Excess use rates ☐ Drought surcharge ☐ Use water bill to provide comparisons ☐ Service charge not based on water volume ☐ Other (describe) ☐ Uniform ☐ Service charge based on water volume ☐ Declining block ☐ Flat ☐ Other (describe) ☐ Other * Rate Structures components that may promote water conservation: • Monthly billing: is encouraged to help people see their water usage so they can consider changing behavior. • Increasing block rates (also known as a tiered residential rate structure): Typically, these have at least three tiers: should have at least three tiers. o The first tier is for the winter average water use. o The second tier is the year-round average use, which is lower than typical summer use. This rate should be set to cover the full cost of service. o The third tier should be above the average annual use and should be priced high enough to encourage conservation, as should any higher tiers. For this to be effective, the difference in block rates should be significant. • Seasonal rate: higher rates in summer to reduce peak demands • Time of Use rates: lower rates for off peak water use • Bill water use in gallons: this allows customers to compare their use to average rates • Individualized goal rates: typically used for industry, business or other large water users to promote water conservation if they keep within agreed upon goals. Excess Use rates: if water use goes above an agreed upon amount this higher rate is charged • Drought surcharge: an extra fee is charged for guaranteed water use during drought • Use water bill to provide comparisons: simple graphics comparing individual use over time or compare individual use to others. • Service charge or base fee that does not include a water volume – a base charge or fee to cover universal city expenses that are not customer dependent and/or to provide minimal water at a lower rate (e.g., an amount less than the average residential per capita demand for the water supplier for the last 5 years) • Emergency rates -A community may have a separate conservation rate that only goes into effect when the community or governor declares a drought emergency. These higher rates can help to protect the city budgets during times of significantly less water usage. **Conservation Neutral** • Uniform rate: rate per unit used is the same regardless of the volume used Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 37 • Odd/even day watering –This approach reduces peak demand on a daily basis for system operation, but it does not reduce overall water use. *** Non-Conserving *** • Service charge or base fee with water volume: an amount of water larger than the average residential per capita demand for the water supplier for the last 5 years • Declining block rate: the rate per unit used decreases as water use increases. • Flat rate: one fee regardless of how much water is used (usually unmetered). Provide justification for any conservation neutral or non-conserving rate structures. If intending to adopt a conservation rate structure, include the timeframe to do so: Objective 7: Additional strategies to Reduce Water Use and Support Wellhead Protection Planning Development and redevelopment projects can provide additional water conservation opportunities, such as the actions listed below. If a Uniform Rate Structure is in place, the water supplier must provide a Water Conservation Program that includes at least two of the actions listed below. Check those actions that you intent to implement within the next 10 years. Table 28. Additional strategies to Reduce Water Use & Support Wellhead Protection ☒ Participate in the GreenStep Cities Program, including implementation of at least one of the 20 “Best Practices” for water ☐ Prepare a master plan for smart growth (compact urban growth that avoids sprawl) ☐ Prepare a comprehensive open space plan (areas for parks, green spaces, natural areas) ☐ Adopt a water use restriction ordinance (lawn irrigation, car washing, pools, etc.) ☐ Adopt an outdoor lawn irrigation ordinance ☐ Adopt a private well ordinance (private wells in a city must comply with water restrictions) ☐ Implement a stormwater management program ☐ Adopt non-zoning wetlands ordinance (can further protect wetlands beyond state/federal laws- for vernal pools, buffer areas, restrictions on filling or alterations) ☐ Adopt a water offset program (primarily for new development or expansion) ☒ Implement a water conservation outreach program ☐ Hire a water conservation coordinator (part-time) ☒ Implement a rebate program for water efficient appliances, fixtures, or outdoor water management ☐ Other Objective 8: Tracking Success: How will you track or measure success through the next ten years? Continue to monitor water usage by customer category and participation in the GreenStep Cities program. Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 38 Tip: The process to monitor demand reduction and/or a rate structure includes: a) The DNR Hydrologist will call or visit the community the first 1-3 years after the water supply plan is completed. b) They will discuss what activities the community is doing to conserve water and if they feel their actions are successful. The Water Supply Plan, Part 3 tables and responses will guide the discussion. For example, they will discuss efforts to reduce unaccounted for water loss if that is a problem, or go through Tables 33, 34 and 35 to discuss new initiatives. c) The city representative and the hydrologist will discuss total per capita water use, residential per capita water use, and business/industry use. They will note trends. d) They will also discuss options for improvement and/or collect case studies of success stories to share with other communities. One option may be to change the rate structure, but there are many other paths to successful water conservation. e) If appropriate, they will cooperatively develop a simple work plan for the next few years, targeting a couple areas where the city might focus efforts. A. Regulation Complete Table 29 by selecting which regulations are used to reduce demand and improve water efficiencies. Add additional rows as needed. Copies of adopted regulations or proposed restrictions or should be included in Appendix 10 (a list with hyperlinks is acceptable). Table 29. Regulations for short-term reductions in demand and long-term improvements in water efficiencies Regulations Utilized When is it applied (in effect)? ☐ Rainfall sensors required on landscape irrigation systems ☐ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared Emergencies ☒ Water efficient plumbing fixtures required (All air conditioning systems which are connected directly or indirectly with the public water system shall be equipped with water conserving and water regulating devices as approved by the City Administrator.) ☒ New development ☒ Replacement ☐ Rebate Programs ☒ Critical/Emergency Water Deficiency ordinance ☒ Only during declared Emergencies ☐ Watering restriction requirements (time of day, allowable days, etc.) ☐ Odd/even ☐ 2 days/week ☐ Only during declared Emergencies ☐ Water waste prohibited (for example, having a fine for irrigators spraying on the street) ☐ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared Emergencies ☐ Limitations on turf areas (requiring lots to have 10% - 25% of the space in natural areas) ☐ New development ☐ Shoreland/zoning ☐ Other ☐ Soil preparation requirement s (after construction, requiring topsoil to be applied to promote good root growth) ☐ New Development ☐ Construction Projects ☐ Other ☐ Tree ratios (requiring a certain number of trees per square foot of lawn) ☐ New development ☐ Shoreland/zoning ☐ Other Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 39 Regulations Utilized When is it applied (in effect)? ☐ Permit to fill swimming pool and/or requiring pools to be covered (to prevent evaporation) ☐ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared Emergencies ☐ Ordinances that permit stormwater irrigation, reuse of water, or other alternative water use (Note: be sure to check current plumbing codes for updates) ☐ Describe B. Retrofitting Programs Education and incentive programs aimed at replacing inefficient plumbing fixtures and appliances can help reduce per capita water use, as well as energy costs. It is recommended that municipal water suppliers develop a long-term plan to retrofit public buildings with water efficient plumbing fixtures and appliances. Some water suppliers have developed partnerships with organizations having similar conservation goals, such as electric or gas suppliers, to develop cooperative rebate and retrofit programs. A study by the AWWA Research Foundation (Residential End Uses of Water, 1999) found that the average indoor water use for a non-conserving home is 69.3 gallons per capita per day (gpcd). The average indoor water use in a conserving home is 45.2 gpcd and most of the decrease in water use is related to water efficient plumbing fixtures and appliances that can reduce water, sewer and energy costs. In Minnesota, certain electric and gas providers are required (Minnesota Statute 216B.241) to fund programs that will conserve energy resources and some utilities have distributed water efficient showerheads to customers to help reduce energy demands required to supply hot water. Retrofitting Programs Complete Table 30 by checking which water uses are targeted, the outreach methods used, the measures used to identify success, and any participating partners. Table 30. Retrofitting programs (Select all that apply) Water Use Targets Outreach Methods Partners ☐ Low flush toilets, ☐ Toilet leak tablets, ☐ Low flow showerheads, ☐ Faucet aerators; ☐ Education about ☐ Free distribution of ☐ Rebate for ☐ Other ☐ Gas company ☐ Electric company ☐ Watershed organization ☐ Water conserving washing machines, ☐ Dish washers, ☐ Water softeners; ☐ Education about ☐ Free distribution of ☐ Rebate for ☐ Other ☐ Gas company ☐ Electric company ☐ Watershed organization ☒ Rain gardens, ☒ Rain barrels, ☒ Native/drought tolerant landscaping, etc. ☒ Education about grant and cost share opportunities ☐ Free distribution of ☐ Rebate for ☒ Other: grants and cost- share programs ☐ Gas company ☐ Electric company ☒ Watershed organization: RCWD ☒ Blue Thumb Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 40 Briefly discuss measures of success from the above table (e.g. number of items distributed, dollar value of rebates, gallons of water conserved, etc.): RCWD has cost-share funds available to assist cities and individual landowners to implement stormwater management projects that will improve the quality of surface waters. C. Education and Information Programs Customer education should take place in three different circumstances. First, customers should be provided information on how to conserve water and improve water use efficiencies. Second, information should be provided at appropriate times to address peak demands. Third, emergency notices and educational materials about how to reduce water use should be available for quick distribution during an emergency. Proposed Education Programs Complete Table 31 by selecting which methods are used to provide water conservation and information, including the frequency of program components. Select all that apply and add additional lines as needed. Table 31. Current and Proposed Education Programs Education Methods General summary of topics #/Year Frequency Billing inserts or tips printed on the actual bill ☐ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Consumer Confidence Reports Report of City’s water quality 1/year ☒ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Press releases to traditional local news outlets (e.g., newspapers, radio and TV) 2/year ☒ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Social media distribution (e.g., emails, Facebook, Twitter) ☐ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Paid advertisements (e.g., billboards, print media, TV, radio, web sites, etc.) ☐ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Presentations to community groups See SPRWS ☒ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 41 Education Methods General summary of topics #/Year Frequency Staff training General awareness among staff about the City’s goals for conservation ☒ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Facility tours See SPRWS ☐ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Displays and exhibits RCWD Stormwater Reuse workshop ☐ Ongoing ☒ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Marketing rebate programs (e.g., indoor fixtures & appliances and outdoor practices) ☐ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Community news letters Arden Notes newsletter 3/year ☒ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Direct mailings (water audit/retrofit kits, showerheads, brochures) ☐ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Information kiosk at utility and public buildings 2/year ☒ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Public service announcements ☐ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Cable TV Programs ☐ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Demonstration projects (landscaping or plumbing) ☐ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies K-12 education programs (Project Wet, Drinking Water Institute, presentations) See SPRWS ☐ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Community events (children’s water festivals, environmental fairs) See SPRWS ☐ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 42 Education Methods General summary of topics #/Year Frequency Community education classes See SPRWS ☐ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Water week promotions ☐ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Website (include address: http://www.cityofardenhills.org ) Description of projects the City has completed, as well as future projects; Sustainability Report; Consumer Confidence Report ☒ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Targeted efforts (large volume users, users with large increases) ☐ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Notices of ordinances See SPRWS ☐ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Emergency conservation notices See SPRWS ☐ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Other: ☐ Ongoing ☐ Seasonal ☐ Only during declared emergencies Briefly discuss what future education and information activities your community is considering in the future: The City of Arden Hills will continue to provide educational opportunities for residents on water conservation through different forms of media. See SPRWS for additional educational information. Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 43 Part 4. ITEMS FOR METROPOLITAN AREA COMMUNITIES Minnesota Statute 473.859 requires WSPs to be completed for all local units of government in the seven-county Metropolitan Area as part of the local comprehensive planning process. Much of the information in Parts 1-3 addresses water demand for the next 10 years. However, additional information is needed to address water demand through 2040, which will make the WSP consistent with the Metropolitan Land Use Planning Act, upon which the local comprehensive plans are based. This Part 4 provides guidance to complete the WSP in a way that addresses plans for water supply through 2040. A. Water Demand Projections through 2040 Complete Table 7 in Part 1D by filling in information about long-term water demand projections through 2040. Total Community Population projections should be consistent with the community’s system statement, which can be found on the Metropolitan Council’s website and which was sent to the community in September 2015. Projected Average Day, Maximum Day, and Annual Water Demands may either be calculated using the method outlined in Appendix 2 of the 2015 Master Water Supply Plan or by a method developed by the individual water supplier. B. Potential Water Supply Issues Complete Table 10 in Part 1E by providing information about the potential water supply issues in your community, including those that might occur due to 2040 projected water use. The Master Water Supply Plan provides information about potential issues for your community in Appendix 1 (Water Supply Profiles). This resource may be useful in completing Table 10. You may document results of local work done to evaluate impact of planned uses by attaching a feasibility assessment or providing a citation and link to where the plan is available electronically. C. Proposed Alternative Approaches to Meet Extended Water Demand Projections Complete Table 12 in Part 1F with information about potential water supply infrastructure impacts (such as replacements, expansions or additions to wells/intakes, water storage and treatment capacity, distribution systems, and emergency interconnections) of extended plans for development and redevelopment, in 10-year increments through 2040. It may be useful to refer to information in the community’s local Land Use Plan, if available. Complete Table 14 in Part 1F by checking each approach your community is considering to meet future demand. For each approach your community is considering, provide information about the amount of Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 44 future water demand to be met using that approach, the timeframe to implement the approach, potential partners, and current understanding of the key benefits and challenges of the approach. As challenges are being discussed, consider the need for: evaluation of geologic conditions (mapping, aquifer tests, modeling), identification of areas where domestic wells could be impacted, measurement and analysis of water levels & pumping rates, triggers & associated actions to protect water levels, etc. D. Value-Added Water Supply Planning Efforts (Optional) The following information is not required to be completed as part of the local water supply plan, but completing this can help strengthen source water protection throughout the region and help Metropolitan Council and partners in the region to better support local efforts. Source Water Protection Strategies Does a Drinking Water Supply Management Area for a neighboring public water supplier overlap your community? Yes ☒ No ☐ If you answered no, skip this section. If you answered yes, please complete Table 32 with information about new water demand or land use planning-related local controls that are being considered to provide additional protection in this area. Table 32. Local controls and schedule to protect Drinking Water Supply Management Areas Local Control Schedule to Implement Potential Partners ☐ None at this time ☒ Comprehensive planning that guides development in vulnerable drinking water supply management areas Comprehensive Plan update St. Anthony Village, New Brighton, Mounds View, Shoreview ☐ Zoning overlay ☐ Other: Technical assistance From your community’s perspective, what are the most important topics for the Metropolitan Council to address, guided by the region’s Metropolitan Area Water Supply Advisory Committee and Technical Advisory Committee, as part of its ongoing water supply planning role? ☒ Coordination of state, regional and local water supply planning roles ☐ Regional water use goals ☒ Water use reporting standards ☒ Regional and sub-regional partnership opportunities ☐ Identifying and prioritizing data gaps and input for regional and sub-regional analyses ☐ Others: ___________________________________________________________________ Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 45 GLOSSARY Agricultural/Irrigation Water Use - Water used for crop and non-crop irrigation, livestock watering, chemigation, golf course irrigation, landscape and athletic field irrigation. Average Daily Demand - The total water pumped during the year divided by 365 days. Calcareous Fen - Calcareous fens are rare and distinctive wetlands dependent on a constant supply of cold groundwater. Because they are dependent on groundwater and are one of the rarest natural communities in the United States, they are a protected resource in MN. Approximately 200 have been located in Minnesota. They may not be filled, drained or otherwise degraded. Commercial/Institutional Water Use - Water used by motels, hotels, restaurants, office buildings, commercial facilities and institutions (both civilian and military). Consider maintaining separate institutional water use records for emergency planning and allocation purposes. Water used by multi- family dwellings, apartment buildings, senior housing complexes, and mobile home parks should be reported as Residential Water Use. Commercial/Institutional/Industrial (C/I/I) Water Sold - The sum of water delivered for commercial/institutional or industrial purposes. Conservation Rate Structure - A rate structure that encourages conservation and may include increasing block rates, seasonal rates, time of use rates, individualized goal rates, or excess use rates. If a conservation rate is applied to multifamily dwellings, the rate structure must consider each residential unit as an individual user. A community may have a separate conservation rate that only goes into effect when the community or governor declares a drought emergency. These higher rates can help to protect the city budgets during times of significantly less water usage. Date of Maximum Daily Demand - The date of the maximum (highest) water demand. Typically this is a day in July or August. Declining Rate Structure - Under a declining block rate structure, a consumer pays less per additional unit of water as usage increases. This rate structure does not promote water conservation. Distribution System - Water distribution systems consist of an interconnected series of pipes, valves, storage facilities (water tanks, water towers, reservoirs), water purification facilities, pumping stations, flushing hydrants, and components that convey drinking water and meeting fire protection needs for cities, homes, schools, hospitals, businesses, industries and other facilities. Flat Rate Structure - Flat fee rates do not vary by customer characteristics or water usage. This rate structure does not promote water conservation. Industrial Water Use - Water used for thermonuclear power (electric utility generation) and other industrial use such as steel, chemical and allied products, paper and allied products, mining, and petroleum refining. Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 46 Low Flow Fixtures/Appliances - Plumbing fixtures and appliances that significantly reduce the amount of water released per use are labeled “low flow”. These fixtures and appliances use just enough water to be effective, saving excess, clean drinking water that usually goes down the drain. Maximum Daily Demand - The maximum (highest) amount of water used in one day. Metered Residential Connections - The number of residential connections to the water system that have meters. For multifamily dwellings, report each residential unit as an individual user. Percent Unmetered/Unaccounted For - Unaccounted for water use is the volume of water withdrawn from all sources minus the volume of water delivered. This value represents water “lost” by miscalculated water use due to inaccurate meters, water lost through leaks, or water that is used but unmetered or otherwise undocumented. Water used for public services such as hydrant flushing, ice skating rinks, and public swimming pools should be reported under the category “Water Supplier Services”. Population Served - The number of people who are served by the community’s public water supply system. This includes the number of people in the community who are connected to the public water supply system, as well as people in neighboring communities who use water supplied by the community’s public water supply system. It should not include residents in the community who have private wells or get their water from neighboring water supply. Residential Connections - The total number of residential connections to the water system. For multifamily dwellings, report each residential unit as an individual user. Residential Per Capita Demand - The total residential water delivered during the year divided by the population served divided by 365 days. Residential Water Use - Water used for normal household purposes such as drinking, food preparation, bathing, washing clothes and dishes, flushing toilets, and watering lawns and gardens. Should include all water delivered to single family private residences, multi-family dwellings, apartment buildings, senior housing complexes, mobile home parks, etc. Smart Meter - Smart meters can be used by municipalities or by individual homeowners. Smart metering generally indicates the presence of one or more of the following: • Smart irrigation water meters are controllers that look at factors such as weather, soil, slope, etc. and adjust watering time up or down based on data. Smart controllers in a typical summer will reduce water use by 30%-50%. Just changing the spray nozzle to new efficient models can reduce water use by 40%. • Smart Meters on customer premises that measure consumption during specific time periods and communicate it to the utility, often on a daily basis. • A communication channel that permits the utility, at a minimum, to obtain meter reads on demand, to ascertain whether water has recently been flowing through the meter and onto the Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 47 premises, and to issue commands to the meter to perform specific tasks such as disconnecting or restricting water flow. Total Connections - The number of connections to the public water supply system. Total Per Capita Demand - The total amount of water withdrawn from all water supply sources during the year divided by the population served divided by 365 days. Total Water Pumped - The cumulative amount of water withdrawn from all water supply sources during the year. Total Water Delivered - The sum of residential, commercial, industrial, institutional, water supplier services, wholesale and other water delivered. Ultimate (Full Build-Out) - Time period representing the community’s estimated total amount and location of potential development, or when the community is fully built out at the final planned density. Unaccounted (Non-revenue) Loss - See definitions for “percent unmetered/unaccounted for loss”. Uniform Rate Structure - A uniform rate structure charges the same price-per-unit for water usage beyond the fixed customer charge, which covers some fixed costs. The rate sends a price signal to the customer because the water bill will vary by usage. Uniform rates by class charge the same price-per- unit for all customers within a customer class (e.g. residential or non-residential). This price structure is generally considered less effective in encouraging water conservation. Water Supplier Services - Water used for public services such as hydrant flushing, ice skating rinks, public swimming pools, city park irrigation, back-flushing at water treatment facilities, and/or other uses. Water Used for Nonessential Purposes - Water used for lawn irrigation, golf course and park irrigation, car washes, ornamental fountains, and other non-essential uses. Wholesale Deliveries - The amount of water delivered in bulk to other public water suppliers. Acronyms and Initialisms AWWA – American Water Works Association C/I/I – Commercial/Institutional/Industrial CIP – Capital Improvement Plan GIS – Geographic Information System GPCD – Gallons per capita per day Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 48 GWMA – Groundwater Management Area – North and East Metro, Straight River, Bonanza, MDH – Minnesota Department of Health MGD – Million gallons per day MG – Million gallons MGL – Maximum Contaminant Level MnTAP – Minnesota Technical Assistance Program (University of Minnesota) MPARS – MN/DNR Permitting and Reporting System (new electronic permitting system) MRWA – Minnesota Rural Waters Association SWP – Source Water Protection WHP – Wellhead Protection Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016 49 APPENDICES TO BE SUBMITTED BY THE WATER SUPPLIER Appendix 1: Well records and maintenance summaries – see Part 1C Appendix 2: Water level monitoring plan – see Part 1E Appendix 3: Water level graphs for each water supply well - see Part 1E Appendix 4: Capital Improvement Plan - see Part 1E Appendix 5: Emergency Telephone List – see Part 2C Appendix 6: Cooperative Agreements for Emergency Services – see Part 2C Appendix 7: Municipal Critical Water Deficiency Ordinance – see Part 2C Appendix 8: Graph showing annual per capita water demand for each customer category during the last ten-years – see Part 3 Objective 4 Appendix 9: Water Rate Structure – see Part 3 Objective 6 Appendix 10: Adopted or proposed regulations to reduce demand or improve water efficiency – see Part 3 Objective 7 Appendix 11: Implementation Checklist – summary of all the actions that a community is doing, or proposes to do, including estimated implementation dates – see www.mndnr.gov/watersupplyplans Appendix 3 Water Level Graphs for Production and Observation Wells 836837838839840841842843844845846Water Level Eleavation (ft)DateDNR Observation Well: Unique # 225652 Appendix 4 Capital Improvements Plan Appendix 5 Emergency Telephone List City of Arden Hills Water Emergency Telephone List Emergency Response Team Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone Emergency Response Lead Bill Joynes 651.792.7810 612.860.4950 Alternate Emergency Response Lead Jeff Frid 651.792.7852 651.755.1461 Water Operator Joe Mooney 651.755.0211 Alternate Water Operator Max Arvidson 651.755.0217 Alternate Water Operator Michael Christofore 651.755.0209 Alternate Water Operator Thomas Mikacevich 651.755.0221 Alternate Water Operator Mark Moser 651.755.0223 Alternate Water Operator Tony Nowlan 651.755.0229 Alternate Water Operator Darien Schifsky 651.755.0213 Public Communications William S. Joynes 651.792.7811 State and Local Emergency Response Contacts Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone State Incident Duty Officer Minnesota Duty Officer 800.422.0798 Out State 651.649.5451 Metro County Emergency Director Judd Freed 651.266.1014 952.203.5919 National Guard Minnesota Duty Officer 800.422.0798 Out State 651.649.5451 Metro Mayor David Grant 651.538.0747 Fire Chief Tim Boehlke 651.481.7024 911 Sheriff Jack G. Serier 651.484.3366 911 Ambulance Jeff Lanenberg 952.894.5492 911 Hospital Regions 651.254.3456 Hospital St. Johns 651.232.7000 Hospital Unity 763.421.2222 State and Local Agencies Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone MDH District Engineer Chad Kolstad 651.201.5000 651.201.3972 MDH Drinking Water Protection 651.201.4700 State Testing Laboratory Minnesota Duty Officer 800.422.0798 Out State 651.649.5451 Metro MPCA 651.296.8100 DNR Area Hydrologist Kate Drewry 651.259.5753 St. Paul Regional Water Utility Steve Schneider 651.266.6274 651.266.6868 Utilities Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone Electric Company Xcel Energy 800.895.1999 Gas Company Xcel Energy 800.895.2999 Telephone Company Qwest 800.954.1211 Gopher State One Call Utility Locations 800.252.1166 651.454.0002 Highway Department MnDOT 651.779.1168 Mutual Aid Agreements Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone Neighboring Water System Mark Maloney – City of Shoreview 651.490.4650 Neighboring Water System Scott Boller - City of New Brighton 651.638.2119 Emergency Water Connection Marc Culver – City of Roseville 651.792.7196 Materials Technical/Contracted Services/Supplies Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone MRWA Technical Services MN Rural Water Association 800.367.6792 Pump Repair Pete Rearden - Electric Pump 952.758.7778 952.220.1611 Electrician Peoples Electric 651.227.7711 Excavation/Repair Mike Frost – Nova Frost 612.919.7177 Excavation/Repair Scott Coffin – Valley-Rich Co. 952.448.3002 612.839.8504 Meter Repair Robin Boros – Midwest Meter Repair 763.561.7681 612.799.4348 Security Alarm Johnson Controls 800.753.4524 Pipe & Fittings/Valves Ferguson 763.560.5200 Leak Detection Tony – Water Conservation 612.600.8716 Tree Removal Precision 651.484.2726 MRWA Technical Services MN Rural Wa. Association 800.367.6792 Insurance Mark Lenz – Bearance 651.379.7843 Insurance Phil Trebattoski – LMCIT 651.215.4060 651.357.5699 Engineering Sue Polka – City of Arden Hills 651.792.7846 651.612.1175 Engineering firm WSB & Associates – Andy Broztler 763.287.7191 612.360.1291 Communications Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone News Paper Radio Station MPR 651.290.1500 School Superintendent Chris Lennox 651.621.6000 Critical Water Users Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone Bethel College Bruce Kunkel 651.638.6999 651.638.6259 Boston Scientific 651.582.6295 651.895.0548 Land O Lakes Kevin Taaffe 651.481.2087 612.685.8218 Moundview High School 651.633.4031 Valentine Elementary School 651.631.0737 Presbyterian Homes Wayne Hardison 651.636.5042 651.238.2555 Appendix 6 Cooperative Agreements for Emergency Services Appendix 7 Municipal Critical Water Deficiency Ordinance Arden Hills, MN Code of Ordinances Chapter 10 - Utilities Section 1000 - Water 1000.01 General Operation and Administration. Subd. 1 Public Utility. The City water system, hereinafter called "the water system," shall be operated as a public utility and convenience from which revenue will be derived, subject to the provisions of this section. Subd. 2 General Administration. The general administration of the water system shall be under the direction and control of the City Administrator, who shall report to the Council upon request of the Council. The City Administrator is hereinafter referred to as the Administrator. He or she shall be authorized to appoint representatives, either salaried or nonsalaried, to discharge the duties provided by this section and such other responsibilities as may arise in administration of the water system. The City Administrator shall be promptly and fully advised as to the appointment of the representatives. Subd. 3 Records. The City Administrator shall be responsible for the keeping of records relating to the water system, including records of permits and finances in connection therewith. Subd. 4 Engineer. The City Engineer shall perform the duties provided for him or her in this section and shall provide additional consultation and advice as the City Administrator shall request from time to time. Subd. 5 Private Wells. References in this section to the water system shall not be deemed to apply to privately owned wells unless the language used specifically requires such application. 1000.02 Use of Water Restricted to Authorized Persons. No person shall make, construct or install any water service installation or make use of any water service which is connected to the water system except in the manner provided in this section. 1000.03 Willful Damage to Water System. No person shall remove, alter, damage or trespass upon any structure, appurtenance or property of the water system, or cause water to be consumed, diverted, restricted, wasted or contaminated in any manner unless permitted pursuant to written authorization or a permit from the City. 1000.04 Discontinuance of Service for Violations. Subd. 1 General. Subject to the provisions of this subsection, water service may be shut off at any stop box connection whenever: A. The owner or occupant of the premises served, or any other person working on any pipes or equipment thereon connected with the water system, has violated or threatens to violate any of the provisions of this section. B. Any charge for water, service meter, or any other financial obligations imposed on the present or former owner or occupant of premises served by the connection are unpaid. C. Fraud or misrepresentation by the owner or occupant of the premises served in connection with the application for service. D. The property is unsecured and/or vacant. Subd. 2 Notice. A. Water shall not be shut off under Subd. 1 above until notice and an opportunity for a hearing shall have first been given to the owner and/or occupant (the "customer") of the premises involved. The notice shall be personally served in the same manner as summonses in civil actions and shall state that if payment, proof of payment or proof of no violation of Subd. 1 above have not been made before a date specified in the notice, but not less than thirty (30) days after the date on which the notice has been given, the water supply to the premises shall be shut off. B. The notice shall clearly inform the customer of the available opportunities to present to the City his or her objections to the bill or the violation claimed in the notice and shall identify the telephone number, address and officer or employee of the City who will receive the customer's payment and/or review the customer's facts and files and has authority to decide whether payment has in fact been made or a violation has not occurred, to correct any errors in billing and to arrange for credit terms. The notice shall also state that the customer may, before the date, demand in writing (which shall contain the customer's return address) a hearing on the matter. C. If the property is unsecured and/or vacant, then Subd. 2 A and B above shall not apply and the City may shut off the water to protect the safety of the premise or property. A good faith effort will be made by the City to notify the owner prior to the water being shut off. Subd. 3 Restriction on Shut-off. If, by the date specified in the notice, the City has received the customer's demand for a hearing, then the City shall not shut off the customer's water supply until after the hearing has been held, and the panel required by this subsection has determined that the water supply should be discontinued. If the customer has paid to the City his or her delinquencies, plus the cost of serving the aforesaid notice upon him or her, or has furnished the City with proof of the payment satisfactory to the officer specified in the notice, or has cured any nonmonetary violations to the satisfaction of the officer by the date specified in the notice, then the City shall not shut off the customer's water supply. Subd. 4 Hearing. A. If the customer demands a hearing in writing, the demand must be received by the City before the date specified in the notice provided in Subd. 2 and must specify the customer's return address or post office address for purposes of the notice of hearing. The City Administrator shall bring it to the City Council. The notice of hearing shall specify the date, time and place of the hearing and the purpose thereof. It shall be sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. The date it is deposited in the U.S. mail system is the date that it shall be deemed to have been given. B. If, as a result of the hearing, the City Council finds that the amount claimed to be owed is actually due or that the customer has committed one (1) of the nonmonetary violations described in Subd. 1 above, and that there is no legal reason why the water supply of the delinquent customer may not be shut off in accordance with this section, then the City shall be authorized to shut off the supply. Where the violation is a nonmonetary one, the panel shall specify the cure for the violation, if any, and give the customer a reasonable opportunity to effect the cure before authorizing the City to disconnect the water supply. Subd. 5 Cold Weather Rule. Where a customer's water service is essential to his or her primary heating service, water shall not be shut off between October 15 of any year and the following April 15 except in accordance with the Minnesota Cold Weather Rule found in M.S. § 216B.097, as amended from time to time. Subd. 6 Restoration of Service. When water service to any premises has been discontinued, service shall not be restored except upon payment of all delinquent amounts due, or correction of the nonmonetary violation of Subd. 1 hereof to the satisfaction of the City Administrator, plus the costs for serving the notices required herein above and plus a fee for disconnection and reconnection in the amounts as are from time to time established by resolution of the Council. 1000.05 Deficiency and Temporary Shut-off Water. The City shall not be liable for any deficiency or failure in the supply of water to consumers, whether occasioned by shutting the water off for the purpose of making repairs or connections, or from any other cause whatever. In case of fire, or alarm of fire, or in making repairs or construction of new works, water may be shut off at any time and kept shut off as long as necessary. 1000.06 Supply from One Service. No more than one housing unit or building shall be supplied from one service connection except by special permission of the City Administrator. Whenever two (2) or more housing units or buildings are supplied from one pipe connecting to a distribution main each building or part of building shall have a separate stop box and a separate meter. 1000.07 Tapping of Mains Prohibited. No person except those duly authorized by the City shall tap any distributing main or pipe of the water supply system, or insert stop cocks or ferrules in any such pipe. 1000.08 Repair of Leaks. It shall be the responsibility of the consumer or owner to maintain the service pipe from the curb box into the house or building. In case of failure upon the part of any consumer or owner to repair any leak occurring in his or her pipe within twenty four (24) hours after verbal or written notice thereof, the water shall be shut off and shall not be turned on until the sum listed in the fee schedule appendix to this code has been paid and the leak repaired. When the waste of water is great, or when damage is likely to result from the leak, the water may be turned off immediately pending repairs. 1000.09 Abandoned Services. Subd. 1 Disconnection. All service installations that have been abandoned or have not been used for three (3) years shall be disconnected at the main by the City. All pipe and appurtenances removed from such connections shall be the property of the City and any expense of the City in connection with the disconnection shall be charged to the property. Subd. 2 New Buildings. When new buildings are erected on the site of abandoned services, and it is desired to increase or change the old water service, no connections with the mains shall be made until all the old service shall have been removed and the main connection plugged by the property owner. City inspection of the plug will be required. The City Administrator shall have the power, in his or her discretion, to permit continuance of the old service until the new service is connected to the property, when immediate removal of the old service would constitute a hardship 1000.10 Service Pipes. Every service pipe shall be laid in such manner as to allow not less than one foot of extra length and in such manner as to prevent rupture by settlement or otherwise. The service pipe shall be placed no less than seven (7) feet below the surface and in all cases so arranged as to prevent rupture by freezing. Joints in service pipe or tubing shall be kept to a minimum, with no slice or coupling allowed in service lines less than one hundred (100) feet in length on one-inch lines. Large diameter service lines may be spliced as necessary according to available manufactured lengths. 1000.11 Use Confined to Premises. No person shall permit water from the water system to be used for any purpose except upon his or her own premises unless written consent is obtained from the City Administrator. 1000.12 Connections at or Beyond City Limits. Where water mains of the City or an adjacent municipality are in any street or alley adjacent to or outside the corporate limits of the City, the City Administrator may issue permits to the owners or occupants of properties at or beyond the City limits and accessible to the water mains to make water service pipe connections with the mains and to be supplied with water from the mains in accordance with the applicable provisions of this section and all pertinent and applicable contract provisions. 1000.13 Restrictions and Limitations of Water Use. All water customers shall be subject to applicable regulations of the City or other regulations to which the City is subject by contract relating to limitations in the time and manner of using water or relating to the preservation, regulation and protection of the water supply. Appendix 8 Graph Showing Historical and Projected Annual Water Demand for Each Customer Category 0.0020.0040.0060.0080.00100.00120.00140.00160.002005 2010 2015 2020 2025 2030Per Capita Demand (gallons per capita per day)YearCity of Arden Hill's Historical and Projected Water Use by Customer CategoryResidential Per CapitaC/I/I Per CapitaTotal Per CapitaResidentialTrendC/I/I TrendTotal Trend Appendix 9 Water Rate Structure Meter Charge 3/4” Meter Size or Smaller $23.88 Meter Charge 1” Meter Size $57.69 Meter Charge 1.5” Meter Size $122.02 Meter Charge 2” Meter Size $196.58 Meter Charge 3” Meter Size $427.89 Meter Charge 4” Meter Size $641.43 Meter Charge 6” Meter Size $1,068.45 Meter Charge 8” Meter Size $2,153.91 Meter Charge 10” Meter Size $3,061.33 Meter Charge 12” Meter Size $4,342.49 Consumption: 1-10,000 gals. per 1,000 gallons (pro-rated)$2.65 Consumption: 10,001-35,000 gals. per 1,000 gallons (pro-rated)$3.45 Consumption: Over 35,000 gals. per 1,000 gallons (pro-rated)$6.10 Water Test Fee set by MN State Health Dept $1.59 Base Charge – Single Family per lot $90.79 Base Charge – Multiple Family per dwelling $90.79 Usage Over 15,000 gals. – Single Family/Multiple Family per 1,000 gallons (pro-rated)$5.23 Sanitary Sewer – Commercial Apartment/Condominium per 1,000 gallons (pro-rated) $5.66 Sanitary Sewer - Mobile Home per unit $98.20 Residential - Single Family per lot $14.29 Residential – Multiple Family per dwelling $18.52 Apartment / Condominium per acre $116.61 Industrial / Commercial per acre $182.06 Undeveloped per acre $21.42 Standby 1” Service Line or smaller $8.16 Standby 1.25” Service Line $11.78 Standby 1.5” Service Line $16.24 Standby 2” Service Line $24.81 Standby 3” Service Line $55.97 Standby 4” Service Line $99.81 Standby 6” Service Line $223.80 Standby 8” Service Line $398.29 Standby 10” Service Line $623.02 Standby 12” Service Line $895.40 Standby Shared 6.95 $26.68 Surface Water Per Quarter: Standby Per Quarter: 2016 WATER AND SEWER UTILITY RATES Water Per Quarter: Sanitary Sewer Per Quarter: (Effective January 1, 2016) Appendix 10 Adopted or Proposed Regulations to Reduce Demand or Improve Water Efficiency Regulations to Reduce Demand or Improve Water Efficiency Arden Hills City Code, Chapter 10 – Utilities (http://www.cityofardenhills.org/Index.aspx?NID=136) 1000.13 Restrictions and Limitations of Water Use. All water customers shall be subject to applicable regulations of the City or other regulations to which the City is subject by contract relating to limitations in the time and manner of using water or relating to the preservation, regulation and protection of the water supply. 1000.16 Use of Water for Air Conditioning. All air conditioning systems which are connected directly or indirectly with the public water system shall be equipped with water conserving and water regulating devices as approved by the City Administrator. Appendix 11 Implementation Checklist Action Description ongoingannually1-3 yrs1-5 yrs3-6 yrsReview city ordinances/codes To encourage or require water efficient landscaping.P Review city ordinance/codes To permit water reuse options, especially for non- potable purposes like irrigation, groundwater recharge, and industrial use. P Revise ordinances to limit irrigation Review outdoor irrigation installations codes to require high efficiency systems (e.g. those with soil moisture sensors or programmable watering areas) in new installations or system replacements P Make water system infrastructure improvements P Provide rebates or incentives for installing water efficient appliances and/or fixtures indoors e.g. low flow toilets, high efficiency dish washers and washing machines, showerhead and faucet aerators, water softeners, etc. P Conduct audience-appropriate water conservation education and outreach P Conduct a facility water use audit For both indoor and outdoor use, including system components P Install enhanced meters Capable of automated readings to detect spikes in consumption P Install water conservation fixtures and appliances or change processes to conserve water Toilets, faucets, etc. P Repair leaking system components (e.g., pipes, valves) P Investigate the reuse of reclaimed water (e.g., stormwater, wastewater effluent, process wastewater, etc.)P Reduce outdoor water use (e.g., turf replacement/reduction, rain gardens, rain barrels, smart irrigation, outdoor water use meters, etc.) P Train employees how to conserve water Include for new employee training P Increasing block rates billing strategy Rate structure for Residential, Commercial, Industrial, and Institutional customers P Consider participating in the GreenStep Cities Program Voluntary program to aid cities in achieving their sustainability and quality-of-life goals P City of Arden Hills Implementation Checklist Timeframe Water Conservation Outreach Implement a water conservation outreach program P Consumer Confidence Reports Report of City’s water quality P Community education Press releases to traditional local news outlets; Arden Notes newsletters; information kiosks at utility and public buildings; website P RCWD Stormwater Reuse Workshop Rice Creek Watershed District workshop to educate on stormwater reuse P Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 Table of Contents APPENDIX E - Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................ 1 BACKGROUND ......................................................................................... 2 EXISTING SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM .................................................. 2 Service Districts ...................................................................................................................... 2 Gravity Sewer ......................................................................................................................... 2 Lift Stations ............................................................................................................................ 3 Community Treatment Systems .............................................................................................. 3 Intercommunity Flows ............................................................................................................. 3 Individual Sewage Treatment Systems ................................................................................... 6 FORECASTS ............................................................................................. 8 Population .............................................................................................................................. 8 Wastewater Flows .................................................................................................................. 9 SANITARY SEWER DESIGN CRITERIA ................................................. 10 Land Use ...............................................................................................................................10 Estimated Average Flows – Existing ......................................................................................10 Estimated Average Flows – 2040 Build Out ...........................................................................10 Peak Flow Factors .................................................................................................................11 SANITARY SEWER TRUNK RECOMMENDATIONS .............................. 12 Lift Station Analysis ...............................................................................................................12 Trunk Sewer Analysis ............................................................................................................13 MCES Interceptor Facility Forecasts .....................................................................................13 Individual Sewage Treatment Systems ..................................................................................13 INFLOW AND INFILTRATION ................................................................. 15 General .................................................................................................................................15 I/I Analysis .............................................................................................................................16 I/I Reduction ..........................................................................................................................17 COST ESTIMATES AND FINANCING ..................................................... 19 SUMMARY AND OUTCOMES ................................................................. 19 FIGURES Figure 1 Existing Sanitary Sewer System Figure 2 Sanitary Sewer Districts Figure 3 Individual Sewage Treatment Systems Figure 4 MCES Peak Factors Figure 5 2040 Sanitary Sewer System APPENDIX Appendix 1 I/I Study Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 1 INTRODUCTION The City of Arden Hills is required to prepare a Comprehensive Plan that aligns with the Metropolitan Council’s Metropolitan System Plan every ten years per Minnesota Rule 473.858. One component of the Comprehensive Plan is the Sanitary Sewer Plan, which describes the existing sanitary sewer system and outlines the timing and sequence of future improvements. The Sanitary Sewer Plan allows the City and the Metropolitan Council to build and improve their sanitary sewer collection and treatment systems in the most efficient and cost-effective manner. The City of Arden Hills is entirely within the 2040 Metropolitan Urban Service Area (MUSA), so sanitary sewer interceptors and treatment are provided by the Metropolitan Council Environmental Services (MCES) system. The City is responsible for local wastewater collection and conveyance, which has historically been self-supporting through fees paid by users. The City of Arden Hills’ Sanitary Sewer Plan was developed to conform to the Metropolitan Council’s Thrive MSP 2040 Water Resources Policy Plan. The Thrive MSP 2040 Plan was approved in May 2015 and outlines regional goals for the wastewater system, including environmental sustainability, water reuse, and water conservation. Additionally, the Thrive MSP 2040 Plan includes population, household, and employment projections, and projected wastewater flows. As a result of projected population and land use changes in Arden Hills, the Metropolitan Council estimates that sanitary sewer flows will increase approximately 19 percent between now and 2040. The greatest increase in flow is expected from the development of the Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) site in the north part of the City. This Sanitary Sewer Plan outlines the locations in which the Metropolitan Council can expect to see increased wastewater flows, allowing the Council to determine if capacity upgrades will be required at regional wastewater treatment plants and interceptors. This plan also serves as a guiding document for City infrastructure improvements and expansion. Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 2 BACKGROUND The City of Arden Hills is located in Ramsey County north of the Twin Cities. Arden Hills is bordered by the Cities of Shoreview, Roseville, New Brighton, and Mounds View. Much of Arden Hills is residential, with commercial, industrial, and office development located along its eastern border and Interstate Highway 694. Approximately 11 percent of the area of the City is occupied by lakes and wetlands. Arden Hills has been designated entirely as a suburban community. This designation indicates that the City experienced continued growth through the 1980s and 1990s. The Metropolitan Council expects Arden Hills to, “plan for forecasted population and household growth at average densities of at least 5 units per acre for new development and redevelopment … and to target opportunities for more intensive development near regional transit investments.” EXISTING SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM The City of Arden Hills’ sanitary sewer system is a collection system only, as described previously. The existing sanitary sewer system is shown in Figure 1. The system collects and conveys the City’s wastewater to five MCES Meters (M051, M052, M054, M059, and M203) and their associated MCES Interceptors (1-RV-432, 1-RV-432, 1-RV-431, 2-NB-100, and 4-NS-524), as shown in Figure 2. MCES Meter M203 does not currently receive flow from Arden Hills, but is planned to receive future flows from the TCAAP development. All of the wastewater collected in the City of Arden Hills is conveyed through the MCES system to the MCES Metropolitan Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP) located southeast of St. Paul on the Mississippi River. The Metropolitan WWTP has a capacity of 251 MGD, provides advanced secondary treatment with chlorination/dechlorination, and discharges treated effluent to the Mississippi River. It also generates energy from the residual biosolids for in-plant use. Service Districts The sanitary sewer system has been divided into eighteen (18) sewer districts. These districts, shown in Figure 2, correspond to the fourteen (14) lift stations, two existing gravity networks (MCES 54, MCES 59), and two future networks for the TCAAP development (North, South). The Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS) discharges via a private forcemain into district MCES 59. Gravity Sewer The City of Arden Hills’ gravity sewer system consists of 8-inch to 21-inch diameter polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe, reinforced concrete pipe (RCP), vitrified clay pipe (VCP), and cured-in- place pipe (CIPP). Nearly the entire system has been televised over the last twenty years, and approximately one quarter of the pipes in the system have been lined over the last fifteen years. Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 3 Lift Stations The City’s current system includes fourteen lift stations, as summarized in Table 1. All but one of the City’s lift stations are either new or have been rehabilitated since 1990; the rehabilitation of Lift Station 11 was completed in 2017. Table 1. Existing Lift Station Summary Lift Station Location Year Built Pump Rehab. Wet Well Rehab. Controls Rehab. LS 1 Cleveland Ave N near Elmer L. Anderson Memorial Tr 1961 2012 2012 2012 LS 2 New Brighton Rd in Charles Perry Park 1983 2011 2003 2011 LS 3 Lake Johanna Blvd near Siems Court 1999 - - - LS 4 Ridgewood Rd and Arden Pl 1998 2013 2005 2013 LS 5 Tony Schmidt Regional Park and Lake Johanna Blvd 1977 2011 2003 2011 LS 6 Lake Johanna Blvd south of Stowe Ave Unknown 1996 - 1996 LS 7 Shorewood Dr Unknown 2004 2004 2013 LS 8 Ingerson Rd 1976 2011 2001 2011 LS 9 Ridgewood Rd and Edgewater Ave Unknown 2013 2005 2013 LS 10 Cleveland Ave N and County Rd E2 1989 - - - LS 11 Hwy 96 and Prior Ave N near Arden Manor Park 1971 2017 2017 2017 LS 12 Thom Dr and New Brighton Rd 1970 2012 2012 2012 LS 13 Karth Lake Dr and Pleasant Dr Unknown 2012 2012 2012 LS 14 Hamline Ave N and Paul Kirkwood Dr 1995 - - - Community Treatment Systems There are no public or private community treatment system within the City of Arden Hills. All properties within the City are served by the public collection system or by individual sewage treatment systems. Intercommunity Flows The City of Arden Hills has intercommunity sanitary sewer connections with three other communities, as listed in Table 2 and indicated in Figure 2. The City has not entered into any intercommunity service agreements since Dec. 31, 2008. However, the City does plan to enter into a new Joint Powers Agreement with Mounds View and MCES for TCAAP sewer ownership, maintenance, and billing. Table 2. Intercommunity Flows City Flow TO Arden Hills Flow FROM Arden Hills Mounds View - TCAAP Area Roseville 58 services 53 services Shoreview - 2 services Total 58 services 55 services + TCAAP """""Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä %&d( %&d( %&d( %&h( %&h( )m ?ÖA@ GâWX GiWX ?ÖA@ RosevilleNew BrightonShoreviewMounds ViewShoreview County Rd I WCounty Rd I W Lexington AveLexington AveCleveland Ave SWCounty Rd E2 Lake Valentine Rd Snelling Ave N County Rd EHamline AveCounty Rd 96 W Old Highway 8 NWCount y Rd D W County Rd F W LangtonLake OwassoLake JosephineLakeLittleJohannaLake MarsdenLake TurtleLake BrennansPond Lake MarthaLake SunfishLake LongLake RushLake PikeLake RoundLake ValentineLake KarthLake SnailLake IslandLake JonesLake PoplarLake JohannaLake ShoreviewLake EmilyLake JudyLake Farrel'sLake PolynesianLake LittleJosephineLake GramsiePond Lake LS 3 LS 1 LS 7 LS 4 LS 9 LS 13LS 11 LS 10 LS 2 LS 5 LS 12 LS 6 LS 8 LS 14 1 inch = 2,000 feet Document Path: K:\03455-200\GIS\Maps\CompPlan\SanitarySewer_Existing.mxd Date Saved: 9/1/2017 10:50:06 AM2040 Comprehensive PlanArden Hills, MN Gra vity Main Dia mete r8"10" 12"15" 18"21"Unkno wn Forcema in Xä Lift Station Figure 1 - Existing Sanitary Sewer System 0 2,000Feet¯ """"""Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä !( !( !( !( %&d( %&d( %&d( %&h( %&h( )m ?ÖA@ GâWX GiWX ?ÖA@ RosevilleNew BrightonShoreviewMounds ViewShoreview County Rd I WCounty Rd I W Lexington AveLexington AveCleveland Ave SWCounty Rd E2 Lake Valentine Rd Snelling Ave N County Rd EHamline AveCounty Rd 96 W Old Highway 8 NWCount y Rd D W County Rd F W Flow into Arden Hillsfrom Roseville Flow into Arden Hillsfrom RosevilleFlow out of Arden Hillsto RosevilleFlow out of Arden Hillsto Roseville Future flow out of Arden Hillsto Mounds View (TCAAP) Flow out of Arden Hillsto Shoreview Flow out of Arden Hillsto Shoreview SunfishLake BrennansPond Lake EmilyLake Marsden Lake MarthaLake Turtle Lake Johanna Lake LangtonLake PolynesianLake Rush Lake LittleJosephineLake OwassoLake GramsiePond Lake Long Lake Round Lake Farrel's Lake ValentineLake PoplarLake JosephineLake Island Lake LittleJohannaLake JonesLake Snail Lake Karth Lake ShoreviewLake Judy Lake PikeLake MCES 54 MCES 59 MCES 51 MCES 52 LS 3 LS 1 LS 7 LS 4 LS 9 LS 13 LS 11 LS 10 LS 2 LS 5 LS 12 LS 6 LS 8 LS 14 M054 M052 M051 M059 M203 1 inch = 2,000 f eet Document Path: K:\03455-200\GIS\Maps\CompPlan\SanitarySewer_Districts.mxd Date Saved: 9/4/2018 10:15:28 AM2040 Comprehensive PlanArden Hills, MN Meter Service Area M051 M052 M054 M059 M203 Sanitary Sewer District Intercom m unity Flow Into Arden Hills Out of Arden Hills Gravity Main Forcemain Xä Lift S tation !(MCES Flow Meter Figure 2 - Sanitary Sewer Districts 0 2,000Feet¯ Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 6 Individual Sewage Treatment Systems Nearly all properties within the City of Arden Hills are served by the public collection system. Currently, there are only two (2) individual sewage treatment systems (ISTS) in operation in the northwest corner of the City. The locations of these ISTS are shown in Figure 3. The two properties are: • 5400 Highway 8 (State of Minnesota) • 5420 Highway 8 (State of Minnesota) These two State of Minnesota properties are exempt from City requirements. The TCAAP development includes a proposed sanitary sewer extension which will be able to serve these two facilities, enabling the abandonment of their ISTS. The City Code requiring connection to the public collection system is excerpted below. 1010.02 Connections Required. Subd. 1 Existing Buildings. Any building used for human habitation and located on property adjacent to a sewer main, or in a platted block through which the system extends, shall be connected to the municipal sanitary sewer system within two (2) years from the date on which a connection is available to the building. Subd. 2 New Buildings. All buildings constructed after the adoption of this code within the City on property adjacent to a sewer main or in a platted block through which the municipal sanitary sewer system extends, shall be provided with a connection to the sewer system for the disposal of all human wastes. !( !( %&d( %&d( %&d( %&h( %&h( )m ?ÖA@ GâWX GiWX ?ÖA@ RosevilleNew BrightonShoreviewMounds ViewShoreview County Rd I WCounty Rd I W Lexington AveLexington AveCleveland Ave SWCounty Rd E2 Lake Valentine Rd Snelling Ave N County Rd EHamline AveCounty Rd 96 W Old Highway 8 NWCount y Rd D W County Rd F W Two (2) State of Minne sotaIndividual Sewage Tr eatment Sys te msTwo (2) State of Minne sotaIndividual Sewage Tr eatment Sys te ms LangtonLake OwassoLake JosephineLakeLittleJohannaLake MarsdenLake TurtleLake BrennansPond Lake MarthaLake SunfishLake LongLake RushLake PikeLake RoundLake ValentineLake KarthLake SnailLake IslandLake JonesLake PoplarLake JohannaLake ShoreviewLake EmilyLake JudyLake Farrel'sLake PolynesianLake LittleJosephineLake GramsiePond Lake 1 inch = 2,000 feet Document Path: K:\03455-200\GIS\Maps\CompPlan\SanitarySewer_ISTS.mxd Date Saved: 8/15/2017 9:45:31 AM2040 Comprehensive PlanArden Hills, MN !(Individual SewageTreatment System Figure 3 - Individual Sewage Treatment Systems 0 2,000Feet¯ Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 8 FORECASTS Population The Metropolitan Council publishes population and sewer usage forecasts for each city in the Metropolitan Area. These forecasts serve to help cities prepare infrastructure for growth and to promote continued maintenance of municipal infrastructure. The forecast data in Table 3 is from the Metropolitan Council’s Local Planning Handbook Community Page for Arden Hills and includes the total and sewered population, number of households, and employment. In the case of Arden Hills, where effectively the entire City is sewered, these values are the same. Table 3. Population Projections Total & Sewered Year Population Households Employment 2010 9,552 2,957 12,402 2020 10,000 3,200 15,000 2030 12,000 4,100 16,300 2040 13,500 4,600 17,500 These projections are separated by MCES Meter Service Area in Tables 4-A and 4-B. Table 4-A. Projections by Meter Service Area & Interceptor M051 1-RV-432 M052 1-RV-432 M054 1-RV-431 Year Pop. Hhds. Empl. Pop. Hhds. Empl. Pop. Hhds. Empl. 2010 1,999 619 7,158 264 82 1,579 3,334 1,032 1,361 2020 1,999 619 7,258 264 82 1,579 3,334 1,032 1,361 2030 2,184 682 7,278 264 82 1,579 3,334 1,032 1,361 2040 2,184 682 7,298 264 82 1,579 3,334 1,032 1,361 Table 4-B. Projections by Meter Service Area & Interceptor M059 2-NB-100 M203 4-NS-524 Year Pop. Hhds. Empl. Pop. Hhds. Empl. 2010 3,955 1,224 2,304 0 0 0 2020 3,956 1,264 2,324 447 203 2,478 2030 4,008 1,368 2,414 2,210 936 3,668 2040 4,008 1,368 2,504 3,710 1,460 4,758 Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 9 Wastewater Flows All of the wastewater flow from the City of Arden Hills is treated at the Metropolitan WWTP, and any increase in wastewater flow will be treated at the Metropolitan WWTP as well. Table 5 lists the projected total average wastewater flow for Arden Hills from MCES and from this Sanitary Sewer Plan. Note that the projections used in this report are greater than the MCES projections since they rely on flow estimates for each parcel of developable land. Table 5. Total Wastewater Projections 2020 Average Flow (MGD) 2030 Average Flow (MGD) 2040 Average Flow (MGD) MCES 0.93 1.04 1.09 Sanitary Sewer Plan 0.90 1.13 1.37 MGD = millions of gallons per day Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 10 SANITARY SEWER DESIGN CRITERIA Land Use The City’s existing and 2040 land use maps were used in the development of this plan. Detailed information and figures regarding Arden Hills’ land use is included in the City’s 2040 Comprehensive Land Use Plan. Using existing land use, metering data, and future land use information, current and future flows were calculated and divided by service area as described below. Estimated Average Flows – Existing To estimate the flows in trunk mains throughout the City, metering data was obtained from the Metropolitan Council. Flows were assigned proportionally to each service district based on the acreage of residential, mixed use, commercial/industrial/office, and institutional land within each area and typical flows per acre for each particular land use. Estimated Average Flows – 2040 Build Out Once average flows were estimated, future flows were projected based on the planned 2040 land use from the Land Use Plan. Parcels that are planned to be developed were assigned wastewater flow rates in accordance to their land use type. Table 6 lists the assigned flows, which include design considerations for inflow and infiltration (I/I). Refer to the Inflow and Infiltration section of this report for more information about I/I as it relates to Arden Hills’ sanitary sewer system. Table 6. Assumed Wastewater Generation by Land Use Type Land Use Average Flow (gpd/acre) Low Density Residential 720 Neighborhood Residential 900 Medium Density Residential 1,350 High Density Residential 1,890 Town Center 7,380 Public/Institutional 250 Commercial/Industrial/Office 800 Future flows from areas of redevelopment were added to existing flows to determine if existing pipe capacities will be sufficient. In locations in which development will lead to pipes that are under capacity, recommendations are made to address the issue. Areas that will need to be served in the future were evaluated to determine the required sewer diameters and improvements to serve these areas. Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 11 Peak Flow Factors To ensure that the sanitary sewer system is capable of handling flow fluctuations throughout the day, peak flow factors are assigned based on average flows. The peak factors are provided by the Metropolitan Council and are based on average flow volumes. Pipes that serve small generator customers are more likely to experience large fluctuations in flows. Therefore, the peak factor decreases as average flow increases. The Metropolitan Council peak flow factors used in this report are shown in Figure 4 below. These factors include consideration of inflow and infiltration. Figure 4. MCES Peak Factors for Sanitary Sewer Design 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 0 5 10 15 20 25 30MCES Peak Flow FactorAverage Flow (MGD) Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 12 SANITARY SEWER TRUNK RECOMMENDATIONS The proposed future sewer system for the City of Arden Hills, including gravity mains, forcemains, and lift stations, is shown in Figure 5, as follows. The required infrastructure additions were determined based on the areas that the City is planning to redevelop by 2040. This report includes only oversized sewer lines (greater than 8-inch) and does not depict lateral lines. The design and siting for lateral lines should be completed in conjunction with development plans and platting. The location of such lines will be dependent on parcel layout and the design of new roads. It is possible that small scale lift stations will be required within developments. The exact alignment of the proposed mains and lift stations may change during the design phase of each project. The purpose of this report is to provide the City with a document that can be used to plan for large infrastructure additions and replacements. Lift Station Analysis The estimated 2040 peak flows and subsequent remaining capacity for each of the City’s fourteen (14) lift stations are shown in Table 7. The peak flows listed include the pumping rates of any lift stations directly upstream in order to be conservative. All lift stations are projected to have adequate pumping capacity to convey peak wastewater flows through the year 2040. Table 7. Projected 2040 Peak Flows by Lift Station Lift Station Pumping Capacity (gpm) 2040 Peak Flow (gpm) Remaining Capacity (gpm) LS 1 240 28 212 LS 2 970 647 323 LS 3 240 52 188 LS 4 240 218 22 LS 5 660 473 187 LS 6 80 3 77 LS 7 220 86 134 LS 8 1,170 1,050 120 LS 9 280 81 199 LS 10 80 21 59 LS 11 350 204 146 LS 12 120 33 87 LS 13 460 87 373 LS 14 180 16 164 LS 15 * 1,010 * gpm = gallons per minute *Future lift station to serve the TCAAP development south of County Road H. The 2040 peak flow projected in this report is less than that listed in the TCAAP Site Redevelopment Infrastructure Preliminary Design Report from June 2015 because a lower flow per SAC unit of 180 gallons per day was used. Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 13 Trunk Sewer Analysis The estimated 2040 peak flows and subsequent remaining capacity in the City’s trunk sewer lines are shown in Table 8. Trunk sewers of sub-districts served by a small network of 8-inch gravity main are not included in this analysis. None of the trunk gravity sewers are expected to exceed their capacity by the year 2040. Table 8. Trunk Sewer Capacity Analysis District Location Diameter Capacity (gpm) 2040 Peak Flow (gpm) Remaining Capacity (gpm) LS 2 Perry Park 15" 1,120 647 473 LS 5 Yard Waste Collection Site 15" 1,120 473 647 LS 8 Ingerson Rd 18" 1,630 1,050 580 LS 9 Ridgewood Rd 10" 520 81 439 MCES 54 N Prior Ave 21" 2,250 605 1,645 MCES 59 Gateway Blvd 18" 1,630 1,223 407 gpm = gallons per minute MCES Interceptor Facility Forecasts The MCES Interceptors used by the City of Arden Hills and the 2040 forecasted flows to those interceptors are listed in Table 9. The wastewater flow projections listed include only the flow generated within the City of Arden Hills. Table 9. Projected 2040 MCES Interceptor Use MCES Meter MCES Interceptor 2040 Average Flow (MGD) 2040 Max Flow (MGD) M051 1-RV-432 0.37 1.34 M052 1-RV-432 0.03 0.12 M054 1-RV-431 0.19 0.73 M059 2-NB-100 0.31 1.13 M203 4-NS-524 0.46 1.61 Individual Sewage Treatment Systems As future development occurs and the sanitary sewer system is expanded to cover the northern portion of the City, the two (2) remaining State of Minnesota ISTS in the northwest corner of the City can be disconnected and properly abandoned. """""Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä Xä %&d( %&d( %&d( %&h( %&h( )m ?ÖA@ GâWX GiWX ?ÖA@ RosevilleNew BrightonShoreviewMounds ViewShoreview County Rd I WCounty Rd I W Lexington AveLexington AveCleveland Ave SWCounty Rd E2 Lake Valentine Rd Snelling Ave N County Rd EHamline AveCounty Rd 96 W Old Highway 8 NWCount y Rd D W County Rd F W LangtonLake OwassoLake JosephineLakeLittleJohannaLake MarsdenLake TurtleLake BrennansPond Lake MarthaLake SunfishLake LongLake RushLake PikeLake RoundLake ValentineLake KarthLake SnailLake IslandLake JonesLake PoplarLake JohannaLake ShoreviewLake EmilyLake JudyLake Farrel'sLake PolynesianLake LittleJosephineLake GramsiePond Lake LS 3 LS 1 LS 7 LS 4 LS 9 LS 13LS 11 LS 10 LS 2 LS 5 LS 12 LS 6 LS 8 LS 14 1 inch = 2,000 feet Document Path: K:\03455-200\GIS\Maps\CompPlan\SanitarySewer_Proposed.mxd Date Saved: 9/1/2017 10:51:34 AM2040 Comprehensive PlanArden Hills, MN Proposed Gravity Main Diam eter8" 12" 15" 18" Proposed Forcemain Xä Proposed Lift Station Existing Gravity Main Diam eter8" 10" 12" 15" 18" 21" Unknow n Existing Forcemain Xä Existing Lift Station Figure 5 - Proposed Sanitary Sewer System 0 2,000Feet¯ Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 15 INFLOW AND INFILTRATION General Inflow is water, typically stormwater, which enters the sewer system through broken manhole covers, sewer cleanouts, sump pumps, foundation drains, and rain leaders. Infiltration is water, typically groundwater, which leaks into the sewer system through cracks in the sewer mains, laterals, joints, and manholes. Water from inflow and infiltration (I/I) can consume available capacity in the wastewater collection system and increase the flow into treatment facilities. In extreme cases, the added flow can cause bypasses or overflows of raw wastewater. This extra flow also requires a larger capacity in the city’s collection and treatment components, which results in increased capital, operation and maintenance, and replacement costs. As a sewer system ages and deteriorates, I/I can become an increasing burden on a City’s system. Therefore, it is imperative that I/I be reduced whenever it is cost effective to do so. In 2006, the MCES began an Ongoing I/I Program which requires communities within their service area to eliminate excessive I/I. The MCES establishes annual I/I goals for each community discharging wastewater into the Metropolitan Disposal System (MDS) based on average daily flows, adjustments for community growth, and I/I mitigation peaking factors. The City of Arden Hills was assessed a surcharge in 2007 and initiated an I/I identification program that year to diagnose the extent and location of the I/I and to prepare a reduction plan. The City also had exceedances in MCES Metershed M051 from a June 21, 2013 storm and in MCES Metersheds M051 and M054 from a June 19, 2014 storm. Over the past ten years, the City has performed flow monitoring, smoke testing, televising, manhole rehabilitation, sump pump inspections, sewer lining, and sewer replacement. The City has relied on the Metropolitan Council’s Municipal I/I Grant Program to accomplish many of these activities and will continue to apply for these grants as funding becomes available. More details on these activities is provided in the I/I Reduction section. Flow metering data is available for the MCES Meters that measure the City’s wastewater flow, and an analysis of this data as it relates to I/I is presented on the following page. The City’s strategies, programs, investments, and goals for reducing I/I are listed in this section as well. Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 16 I/I Analysis Arden Hills’ sanitary sewer system currently consists of approximately 49 miles of gravity main, 14 lift stations, and 3.6 miles of forcemain. Approximately 26 percent of the gravity mains have been lined in the last fifteen years, primarily in the southern half of the system. Approximately 38 percent of the residential housing in the City was constructed before 1970. The only I/I evaluation that has been done for pre-1970 era private services is the televising of their wye connection during the trunk main televising listed in Table 11 in the next section. I/I reduction activities are discussed in greater detail in the next section. The amount of clearwater flow generated within the City was estimated by calculating the average annual and peak month I/I rates, equal to the average wastewater flow minus the base wastewater flow, using data from 2012-2016. The average flow, both annual and monthly, was calculated from MCES meter data. The peak month flow was determined for each year from 2012-2016, and then those peak month flows were averaged to give the value listed in Table 10. The base flow was calculated as the difference between average dry weather flow and groundwater infiltration, based on hourly meter data from a period of nine days of dry weather (three days since a rain event) and high groundwater level (spring) in March 2017. The groundwater infiltration rate was calculated as the average flow from 1:00-6:00 AM over the same nine-day period. Table 10. Estimated I/I Rate Metershed M051 M052 M054 M059 Total Average Flow (MGD) 0.345 0.029 0.192 0.261 0.826 Peak Month Flow (MGD) 0.498 0.039 0.278 0.318 1.134 Base Flow (MGD) 0.142 0.015 0.078 0.108 0.344 Average Annual I/I Rate (MGD (%)) 0.202 (59%) 0.014 (48%) 0.114 (59%) 0.153 (58%) 0.482 (58%) Peak Month I/I Rate (MGD (%)) 0.356 (71%) 0.024 (62%) 0.201 (72%) 0.210 (66%) 0.790 (70%) There are approximately 11 miles of vitrified clay pipe (VCP) in the City that have not yet been lined, located primarily in the residential areas east of Lake Johanna and west of Valentine Lake. These pipe segments are more susceptible to infiltration and are likely the most significant public I/I source. All of these pipes are planned to be lined over the next five years. Private sources, such as leaking service laterals or unidentified, illicit sump pump or foundation drain connections, likely contribute a minimal portion of the remaining I/I. The City televises the wye connection of service laterals in conjunction with its sewer lining and rehabilitation projects in an effort to identify private I/I sources, however there may be faults in private systems that are not captured at the time of televising. The City may consider conducting flow monitoring immediately before and after its sewer lining projects to quantify the impact of the lining and to identify private I/I sources. Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 17 I/I Reduction The City’s strategy for preventing excess I/I includes requiring all development to conform to City standards. Arden Hills City Code prohibiting the discharge of stormwater to the sanitary sewer system and requiring the disconnection of existing I/I sources is excerpted below. Subd. 8 Prohibited Connections of Surface Water and Ground Water Discharge Facilities to the City's Sanitary Sewer System. A. No person, owner, lessee or occupant of any parcel of land, building, or premises shall discharge, or permit to be discharged, directly or indirectly, into the sanitary sewer system any surface water or groundwater including water from roofs, yards, lawns, streets, a lleys, groundwater sump pumps, footing tile, or other natural precipitation. … Subd. 10 Removal of Prohibited Connections; Surcharge; City Reimbursement. Any person, owner, lessee or occupant, and any plumber or building contractor who has presently made or permitted to be made, or shall make or permit to be made, any connection or installation in violation of subdivision 8, shall immediately remove such connection or correct such an installation. … The City has several programs in place to both identify and reduce I/I and has completed projects nearly every year since 2007 to that end. A summary of these I/I reduction projects and their costs, as known, is given in Table 11. Several of these projects were made possible by grant funding through the Metropolitan Council’s Municipal I/I Grant Program. The City will continue to apply for these grants as funding becomes available. Table 11. I/I Reduction Activities Year Project Cost (if known) 2008 I/I Investigation, I/I Study by Bonestroo Flow monitoring, smoke testing, televising, lift station pump calibration Manhole Rehabilitation Project Sewer Lining Project 2009 Sump pump inspections, manhole inspections, televising Manhole Rehabilitation Project Sewer Lining Project $82,989.50 2010 Sump pump inspections, manhole inspections Sewer Lining & Replacement Project (chimney seals) $111,765.00 2011 Sump pump inspections Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 18 Sewer Lining Project $399,444.50 2012 Grant applications for 2013 2013 Sewer Lining Project $625,526.05 2014 Grant applications for 2015 2015 Sewer Lining Project $507,465.50 2017 Sewer Lining Project $200,000.00 2018 Street & Utility Project (sewer lining and spot repairs) Est. $285,600 I/I Implementation The City will continue to implement the investigation and rehabilitation activities listed in Table 12.The City has ongoing reviews of flows and discussions with consulting engineers to develop the next stage of improvement plans and has planned for the I/I reduction investments listed in Table 13. As mentioned previously, the approximately 11 miles of remaining unlined VCP pipe will be a priority for rehabilitation over the next five years. In addition, the system will continue to be televised and repaired every other even year in conjunction with the City’s street improvement projects. Significant improvements have been made over the last ten years, and the City of Arden Hills remains committed to identifying and eliminating sources of I/I in its sanitary sewer system. Table 12. I/I Implementation Investigation Rehabilitation Smoke testing to reveal direct inflow sources Disconnect catch basins, realign manholes covers Physical survey of manholes Properly seal manholes Internal televising of sewers CIPP line or replace sewers Rain leader inspections Reroute roof drains to ground Sump pump inspections Reroute sump pump discharge to ground Foundation drain inspections Reroute to sump pump discharging to ground Service lateral inspections Repair or replace leaking services Follow up inspections As necessary Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 19 COST ESTIMATES AND FINANCING The bulk of the improvements to the City’s sanitary sewer system will be made in conjunction with TCAAP development, including new trunk gravity mains and one lift station. The City has also budgeted for routine I/I reduction work and other system maintenance and rehabilitation. The proposed capital improvements to the sanitary sewer system and their estimated costs are listed in Table 13. Table 13. Capital Improvements Year Item Estimated Cost 2019 Sewer Lining and Rehabilitation $200,000 2019 TCAAP Spine Rd Trunk Sewer & Lift Station $1,200,000 2020 Sewer Lining and Rehabilitation $200,000 2021 Sewer Lining and Rehabilitation $400,000 SUMMARY AND OUTCOMES The analysis provided in this Sanitary Sewer Plan is aimed to provide the City of Arden Hills and the Metropolitan Council assistance in planning for wastewater collection and treatment, including the planned development of the TCAAP area. It is anticipated that the design flows and criteria outlined will be used for utility planning as development continues within the City. Tables and figures can be utilized to create budget-level estimates and schematic representations of infrastructure improvements, with specific sizing and routing to be determined during the design phase. Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan City of Arden Hills, MN WSB Project No. 3455-20 Appendix APPENDIX 1 I/I Study LOCAL SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR THE CITY OF ARDEN HILLS, MINNESOTA WSB Project No. 3455-200 January 2019 PREPARED BY City of Arden Hills 1245 West Highway 96 Arden Hills, MN 55112 (651) 792-7800 WSB & Associates, Inc. 701 Xenia Avenue – Suite 300 Minneapolis, MN 55416 (763) 541-4800 TABLE OF CONTENTS Surface Water Management Plan Table of Contents City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Title Page Table of Contents SECTION 1: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY SECTION 2: LAND AND WATER RESOURCE INVENTORY SECTION 3: AGENCY COOPERATION SECTION 4: ASSESSMENT OF ISSUES SECTION 5: GOALS AND POLICIES SECTION 6: IMPLEMENTATION PROGRAM SECTION 7: ADMINISTRATION LIST OF TABLES Table 2-1 – Average Monthly Temperature and Precipitation Data Table 2-2 – Atlas 14 Rainfall Frequencies Table 2-3 – Summary of City Soil Groups Table 2-4 – Lake Tier Classification Table 2-5 – Lake Recreational Suitability Measures (Southwest Urban Lakes Study) Table 2-6 – MPCA Impaired Waters Summary Table 2-7 – Benchmark Inter-community Flow Rates Table 5-1 – Summary Data on Lakes in Arden Hills Table 5-2 – Minimum Control Measures (MCM) and Best Management Practices (BMPs) Summary Sheets Table 6-1 – Advantages and Disadvantages of Different Funding Alternatives Table 6-2 – Surface Water Management Implementation Plan LIST OF APPENDICES Appendix A – Figures Figure 1 – Location Map Figure 2 – Soils Map Figure 3 – 2010 Existing Land Use Figure 4 – 2040 Future Land Use Figure 5 – MLCCS Figure 6 – Protected Waterways Map Figure 7 – Subwatersheds and Drainage System Figure 8 – Flood Hazard Areas Map Figure 9 – Drinking Water Supply Management Areas (DWSMA) Figure 10 – Special and Impaired Waters Map Figure 11 – Groundwater Appropriations Figure 12 – Pollutant Source Location Map Figure 13 – Subwatershed Areas Appendix B – Relevant City Ordinances Appendix C – Regulatory Responsibilities and Developer Guidelines Appendix D – Karth Lake Improvement District Appendix E – MPCA Listed Pollutant Sources Appendix F – Previous Pond Modeling and Reference Materials Appendix G – Southwest Urban Lakes Study – Arden Hills Lake Assessments and MAPs Appendix H – Previous Study Summary – Lake Josephine Appendix I – Grant Opportunities Appendix J – Current MPCA MS4 Coverage Letter Appendix K – Current City SWPPP SECTION 1 Surface Water Management Plan Section 1: Executive Summary City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 1 1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1.1. Local Surface Water Management Plan Purpose This Local Surface Water Management Plan (LSWMP, SWMP, Plan, local plan) for the City of Arden Hills has been developed to meet local watershed management planning requirements of Minnesota Statutes 103B.201-103B.255 (Appendix B), Minnesota Rule Chapter 8410 (Appendix B), the Metropolitan Council, and the Rice Creek Watershed Management Plan. Local water management plans must be prepared by the respective local governments and be consistent with the watershed’s plan. The Arden Hills LSWMP has been prepared according to State statutory and rule requirements. This document and its referenced literature is intended to provide a comprehensive inventory of pertinent water resource related information that affects the City and management of those resources as well as serve as a guide to reach goals related to water quality, volume reduction, and flood management. The purposes of the water management programs are to: • Protect, preserve, and use natural surface and groundwater storage and retention systems; • Minimize public capital expenditures needed to correct flooding and water quality problems; • Identify and plan for means to effectively protect and improve surface and groundwater quality; • Establish more uniform local policies and official controls for surface and groundwater management; • Prevent erosion of soil into surface water systems; • Promote groundwater recharge, where beneficial; • Protect and enhance fish and wildlife habitat and water recreational facilities; and • Secure the other benefits associated with the proper management of surface and groundwater. The Arden Hills Local Surface Water Management Plan addresses these purposes. The boundaries of Arden Hills lie entirely within the RCWD. The objectives and policies adopted by the City are consistent with those of RCWD and represent the shared goals between the City and watershed district. Since the City and RCWD will share authority in implementing surface water management objectives, the City will reference the RCWD rules for development projects. The City is currently developing the 2040 Comprehensive Plan, which must include the LSWMP as required by Minnesota Statutes, Section 473.859, Subdivision 2, and be reviewed by the Metropolitan Council and RCWD. 1.2. Executive Summary The Arden Hills Local Surface Water Management Plan is organized as follows: • Section 1 Executive Summary provides background information and summarizes the plan contents. • Section 2 Land and Water Resource Inventory describes the physical setting; the history, natural resources and land uses within the City. SECTION 1 Surface Water Management Plan Section 1: Executive Summary City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 2 • Section 3 Agency Cooperation outlines other governmental controls and programs that affect stormwater management. • Section 4 Assessment of Problems and Issues presents the City's water management related problems and issues. • Section 5 Goals and Policies outlines the City's goals and policies pertaining to water management. • Section 6 Implementation Program describes the implementation program for the City of Arden Hills, which includes defining responsibilities, prioritizing, and listing the program elements. • Section 7 Administration outlines the continued administration of this plan with respect to plan updates and amendments. Figures are referenced in the plan and can be found before the appendices. Appendices are included in the back of the plan and are summarized below. These documents are included because they provide supporting information to the main body of the plan. Appendix A: Figures. All figures referenced in the report. Appendix B: Relevant City Ordinances. A copy of the City’s water resource related ordinances. Appendix C: Regulatory Responsibilities and Developer Guidelines. A summary of the various agency responsibilities in reviewing water analysis data and reporting. Appendix D: Karth Lake Improvement District. The resolution establishing the Karth Lake Improvement District and adopting the board bylaws. Appendix E: MPCA Listed Pollutant Sources. Active and inactive pollutant sites in Arden Hills. Appendix F: Previous Pond Modeling and Reference Materials. A summary of hydraulic and water quality analysis of regional ponds that were identified in a past comprehensive drainage study. Appendix G: Southwest Urban Lakes Study – Arden Hills Lake Assessments and MAPs. Rice Creek Watershed District’s study on lake water quality and the development of management action plans for each lake. Appendix H: Previous Study Summary – Lake Josephine. Summarizes findings on Lake Josephine’s Lake Assessment Report. Appendix I: Grant Opportunities. State grant opportunities for future projects within the City. Appendix J: Current MPCA MS4 Coverage Letter. The Issuance of Coverage letter under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System/State Disposal System (NPDES/SDS) General Permit MNR040000 for Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems for the City of Arden Hills MS4. Appendix K: Current City SWPPP. SECTION 1 Surface Water Management Plan Section 1: Executive Summary City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 3 Additional material is referenced within this report and is available from the Engineering Department. 1.3. Background The land that became the City of Arden Hills was originally part of Mounds View Township. The area was first settled in the mid-1800s. In 1906, Joseph Hackney, a State senator and millionaire, settled on the land and built Arden Farms. This farm and the terrain would eventually give the City its name. In 1951, the City of Arden Hills was created. The City of Arden Hills is in Ramsey County, approximately eight miles north of the downtown areas of Minneapolis and St. Paul (Figure 1). The City’s area covers approximately 9.4 square miles. The lakes have always been the focus of the Arden Hills community. There are eight lakes that lie entirely or partially within the City limits. Lake Johanna is the largest lake in the City, covering approximately 230 acres. There are also public ditches and wetland complexes throughout the City. Because the lakes have always been a focus of the City, the protection of its water resources is a high priority. The City has ordinances for shoreland protection, floodplain management and sediment and erosion control in place, which can be reviewed in Appendix B. The southern portion of Arden Hills is fully developed. Plans for redevelopment of the Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) property in the northern portion of the City continue to evolve at the time of this report. The redevelopment of TCAAP will have a significant impact on the future nature of the City. A large portion of the City is residential, but Arden Hills also consists of lakes and parks, and serves as home to many businesses of multiple sizes, along with two private colleges. The City of Arden Hills aims to maintain its existing residential neighborhoods, strengthen its commercial and industrial areas, and incorporate the redevelopment of T CAAP into the City’s long range planning. A sketch plan for the reuse of the TCAAP property was first developed as part of the City’s 2030 Comprehensive Plan to address up-to-date planning efforts for the property. The TCAAP Redevelopment Code was approved by City Council on July 13, 2015 and revised on December 12, 2016. This plan establishes goals and objectives associated with the TCAAP redevelopment. Additional information regarding the TCAAP redevelopment can be found in the City’s 2040 Comprehensive Plan. SECTION 2 Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 1 2. LAND AND WATER RESOURCE INVENTORY In conformance with the Metropolitan Surface Water Management Act and as required in Minnesota Rules Section 8410.0060, this section of the plan provides a general description and summary of the climate, geology, surficial topography, surface and ground water resource data, soils, land use, public utilities services, water-based recreation, fish and wildlife habitat, unique features, scenic areas, and pollutant sources. This section also identifies where detailed information can be obtained for many of these areas of concern. 2.1. Physical Setting 2.1.1. Climate The climate within the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area is described as a humid continental climate with moderate precipitation, wide daily temperature variations, warm humid summers, and cold winters. The total average annual precipitation is approximately 31 inches, of which approximately one-third occurs in the months of June, July, and August. The annual snowfall average is about 54 inches and is equivalent to approximately 5.4 inches of water. Average monthly temperature and precipitation are shown in Table 2-1. Additional climatological information for the area can be obtained from State Climatologist website at http://climate.umn.edu/. Table 2-1 Average Monthly Temperature and Precipitation Data Months Average Temp (F°) Precipitation (inches) Snowfall (inches) January 15.6 0.9 12.2 February 20.8 0.77 7.7 March 32.8 1.89 10.3 April 47.5 2.66 2.4 May 59.1 3.36 0 June 68.8 4.25 0 July 73.8 4.04 0 August 71.2 4.3 0 September 62 3.08 0 October 48.9 2.43 0.6 November 33.7 1.77 9.3 December 19.7 1.16 11.9 Totals 46.2 30.61 54.4 Source: Minnesota Climatology Working Group, MSP Airport (1981-2010) 2.1.2. Precipitation Rainfall frequency estimates are used as design tools in water resource projects. In 2013, the National Oceanic Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) published the Atlas 14 Precipitation- Frequency document that showed an increase in rainfall intensity and design storms from the SECTION 2 Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 2 previous Technical Paper 40 precipitation values. Selected rainfall frequencies for Arden Hills are listed in Table 2-2. Table 2-2 Atlas 14 Rainfall Frequencies Recurrence Interval (years) 24-hr Rainfall Depth (in) Chance of Occurrence Each Year 1 2.45 99% 2 2.82 50% 10 4.21 10% 50 6.27 2% 100 7.35 1% 100-year 10-day Runoff 7.3 1% Additional precipitation information for the area can be obtained from the NOAA website at http://hdsc.nws.noaa.gov/. 2.1.3. Geology and Topography Arden Hills is located in Ramsey County, which is dominated by the Eastern St. Croix Moraine. This glacial and terminal moraine is characterized by steep hills interspersed with deep depressions. The depressions are occupied by small lakes or are filled with peat. The topography of the City is relatively diverse, with undulating to steep slopes. The highest point in Ramsey County is in Arden Hills on the TCAAP property. The entire City is ultimately a tributary to Rice Creek. The specific drainage patterns, which depict topography for areas within the City, are shown on the subwatershed delineation map (Figure 7). As can be observed from the subwatershed delineation map, the City is divided into many small watersheds . Detailed descriptions of the City’s bedrock geology can be obtained from the RCWD. In addition, the Minnesota Geological Survey can provide maps detailing the bedrock hydrogeology of Minnesota, addressing rock formations and aquifers. 2.1.4. Soils Most of the soils within Arden Hills are glacial tills. The soils tend to be well drained and moderately coarse textured. The main source of information on existing soils found within the City of Arden Hills was prepared by the Natural Resource Conservation Service (NRCS). The hydrologic soil classification map is shown in Figure 2. The NRCS has established four general types of soil groups based on texture and slope as described below: Group A - These soils have high infiltration rates even when thoroughly wet ted. The infiltration rates generally range from 0.8 to 1.63 inches per hour. These soils consist chiefly of deep, well drained to excessively drained sands and gravel. Group A soils have a high rate of water transmission, therefore resulting in a low runoff potential. SECTION 2 Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 3 Group B - These soils have moderate infiltration rates generally ranging from 0.3 to 0.45 inches per hour when thoroughly wetted. Group B soils consist of deep moderately well to well drained soils with moderately fine to moderately coarse textures. Group C - These soils have slow infiltration rates generally ranging from 0.06 to 0.2 inches per hour when thoroughly wetted. Group C soils have a moderately fine to fine texture. Group D - These soils have very slow infiltration rates generally ranging from 0 to 0.06 inches per hour when thoroughly wetted. Group D soils are typically clay soils with high swelling potential, soils with high permanent water table, soils with a clay layer at or near the surface, or shallow soils over nearly impervious material. The runoff potential of an area is determined using these general soil characteristics in combination with land use classifications, vegetation of the area , and rainfall intensity determined from charts for the various design storms. A summary of the soil group classifications in Arden Hills can be found in Table 2-3. Figure 2 shows a soils map for the City. Urban Land generally consists of fill that has been placed in urban areas. It tends to not fit under a soil group. Areas where the land was unable to be surveyed fall under the “unknown” category, due to the inability to classify the soil groups. Soil characteristics are also considered when developing erosion control plans. Special procedures for erosion and sediment control should be incorporated into all construction projects per the City’s Erosion and Sediment Control Ordinance (Appendix B). Table 2-3 Summary of City Soil Groups Soil Group Percentage of Total A 7.8% A/D 6.0% B 20.9% B/D 4.6% C 0.1% C/D 0.0% D 0.0% Urban 46.5% Water 7.9% Unknown 6.2% Various resources on sediment and erosion control are available through several agencies, institutions, and trade groups as follows: • Minnesota Local Road Research Board (LRRB): The 2003 Erosion Control Handbook for Local Roads. SECTION 2 Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 4 • Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA): Design guidance is available through several MPCA publications. o The Minnesota Stormwater Manual o The March 1, 2000 document entitled Protecting Water Quality in Urban Areas: Best Management Practices for Dealing with Storm Water Runoff from Urban, Suburban and Developing Areas of Minnesota. • University of Minnesota (U of M): The U of M offers training seminars and certification classes for various entities involved in stormwater regulation compliance and enforcement. Courses include training for Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Certification, NPDES courses, and training on water quality modeling and monitoring. These courses are available through the U of M Internet website at http://www.erosion.umn.edu. • Minnesota Erosion Control Association (MECA): MECA is an organization comprised of design professionals, contractors, vendors and government agencies devoted to encouraging the use of erosion control and stormwater management practices. They offer various resources such as workshops, conferences and a directory of vendors. This information is available through the MECA Internet website at http://mnerosion.org. 2.1.5. Land Use 2.1.5.1. General Arden Hills is a stable community and foresees minimal amount of development and population growth with exception of the TCAAP property. Disregarding the TCAAP area, most the City of Arden Hills is residential. There are also many large corporations, various sized businesses, two private colleges, and parks and open areas in the City. Figure 3 shows the 2010 existing land use, while the potential 2040 future land use is shown in Figure 4. Figure 5 shows the Minnesota Land Cover Classification System (MLCCS) for the portion of the City where it has been created . 2.1.5.2. Parks The City of Arden Hills has 14 City-maintained parks and designated open spaces totaling approximately 145 acres. Within the City limits is Tony Schmidt Regional Park, which is 217 acres of Ramsey County-maintained park space along the northern shore of Lake Johanna. As part of the TCAAP Park and Open Space Plan, the City has tentatively planned for approximately 25 acres of parks, with additional acreage reserved for open spaces and wildlife corridor lands. The City intends to maintain their designated park areas, make necessary improvements to the park system, continue to expand the trail system to connect the neighborhoods to these parks, and collaborate with other agencies to connect the system to area regional trails. The parks are a vital part of the Arden Hills community. 2.1.5.3. TCAAP The Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant property occupies northernmost portion of the city. The TCAAP redevelopment area amounts to 427 acres of the total area of 2,371 acres according to the 2015 approved land reuse proposal: • 151 acres of residential SECTION 2 Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 5 • 168 acres of commercial/industrial • 24 acres of parks and other open space • 84 acres of institutional, roads, and other public use The other 1,944 acres outside of the proposed redevelopment area is preliminarily proposed for the following uses: • 221 acres owned by Ramsey County for the Rice Creek Trail Corridor • 1,611 acres will remain as the Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS) and kept as park preserve space. • 113 acres adjacent to the creek were transferred to Ramsey County in 2006 for the development of the Rice Creek North Regional Trail. 2.1.5.4. MLCCS The Minnesota Land Cover Classification System, or MLCCS, categorizes urban and built up areas in terms of land cover rather than land use. MLCCS serves as a tool for City staff to integrate natural area preservation into land planning, land use, and zoning decisions. Figure 5 provides MLCCS coverage for Arden Hills for the portion of the City where it has been created. 2.2. Surface Water Resources Residents of Arden Hills enjoy a variety of high quality natural resources with numerous lakes, creeks and wetlands within the City limits. Available surface water resource data within the City is summarized in this section. Detailed information has been included either in the appendices to this report or has been identified by reference and is available from the Engineering Department. 2.2.1. Unique Features and Scenic Areas Unique features and scenic areas include State-designated Scientific and Natural Areas, designated scenic areas, areas containing rare and endangered species, biologically diverse areas, and historic areas. The City has many natural areas, water bodies, and city or regional parks. Some of these areas contain a moderate significance of biodiversity and special habitats. Reference Figure 3 for the existing land use which indicates park locations. Reference Figure 6 for the protected waters map indicating wetlands, ponds, and public waters. The City does not have historical and architectural resources as identified by the Minnesota State Historical Preservation Office. 2.2.2. Fish and Wildlife Habitat The City provides habitat for a variety of small mammals, reptiles, birds, amphibians, and insects. Maintenance of habitat for wildlife species is important in maintaining the ecological stability of the City’s natural areas. The Department of Natural Resources (DNR) has developed fish management plans for Lake Johanna and Lake Josephine within the City of Arden Hills. The plans include existing or proposed management practices such as fish stocking, winter oxygen monitoring, lake SECTION 2 Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 6 investigations, and other similar practices. Further information can be found on the DNR’s Lake Finder website at www.dnr.state.mn.us/lakefind/index.html. The DNR has also prepared limited lake depth maps for certain lakes. The reports, management plans, and lake depth maps are available at DNR’s Lake Finder at www.dnr.state.mn.us/lakefind/index.html. 2.2.3. DNR Protected Waterbodies The DNR Designated Public Waters which lie within the City limits are shown in Figure 6. The DNR Protected Waters are comprised of watercourses such as Rice Creek, lakes, and wetlands as defined in Minnesota State Statutes 103G.005. The DNR has jurisdiction over these water bodies at and below the Ordinary High Water (OHW) level, which is defined as the elevation delineating the highest water level which has been maintained for sufficiently long periods of time to leave evidence upon the landscape. 2.2.4. Creeks Rice Creek traverses the extreme northwestern portion of the City through the TCAAP area. The location of Rice Creek is shown in Figure 6. 2.2.5. Lakes There are eight lakes which lie entirely or partially within the Arden Hills city limits: Lake Johanna, Lake Josephine, Little Lake Johanna, Valentine Lake, Round Lake, Karth Lake, Sunfish Lake, and Marsden Lake. RCWD has prioritized lakes within the district into four management tiers based on trophic state indices, recreational facilities, and lake capability: • Tier I lakes consistently provide regional public recreation opportunities including boating activities and swimming facilities. Tier I lakes also represent a high-quality resource for fisheries and wildlife. • Tier II lakes have the capability to provide passive regional public recreation opportunities including aesthetic enjoyment or other special purpose uses. • Tier III lakes have minimal public access and have negligible regional recreational opportunities unless improvements are made to increase access or install facilities. The quality of fisheries within these lakes are limited by depth, presence of inv asive species, and area land use. • Tier IV lakes are all other lakes that do not fit into Tiers I, II and III. These lakes are typically unable to provide public access and are suited primarily for stormwater conveyance. Table 2-4 lists the tier identification of the lakes within the City of Arden Hills, according to the Rice Creek Watershed District Watershed Management Plan. Table 2-4 Lake Tier Classification Lake Tier Johanna I Josephine I Karth II SECTION 2 Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 7 Little Johanna II Round II Marsden IV Sunfish Not Assigned Valentine II 2.2.6. Monitored Water Quality and Quantity Data Water quality data for the City has been obtained from the MPCA’s Environmental Data Access site at https://www.pca.state.mn.us/environmental-data. This database is utilized by participating agencies to compile water quality testing data and is almost entirely used for the storage of water quality parameters. Table 2-5 provides summary data from the Southwest Urban Lakes Study on each of the lakes in Arden Hills. Table 2-5 Lake Recreational Suitability Measures (Southwest Urban Lakes Study) Lake Name MnDNR Number TP (µg/L) Chl (µg/L) Secchi Depth (m) Josephine 62-0057 36 11 2.0 Round 62-0070 -- -- -- Valentine 62-0071 70 18 1.7 Sunfish 62-0065 37 -- -- Marsden 62-0059 -- -- -- Karth 62-0072 54 18 1.0 Johanna 62-0078 31 12 2.0 Little Johanna 62-0058 80 25 1.5 Shading indicates that the measurement does not meet State Water Quality Standards. Also available is a 1998 Lake Assessment Report on Lake Josephine (Appendix H) – the result of a collaboration between Ramsey County, RCWD, MPCA and the Lake Josephine Improvement Association. 2.2.7. Impaired Waters The MPCA lists the following waterbodies/water courses in Table 2-6 within and near the City as having impaired uses due to excess pollutant(s): SECTION 2 Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 8 Table 2-6 MPCA Impaired Waters Summary Waterbody/Watercourse Year Added to List Affected Use Pollutant/Stressor TMDL Status Lake Johanna 2002 Aquatic Consumption Mercury in fish tissue Approved Lake Johanna 2010 Aquatic Consumption PFOS in fish tissue Underway Lake Josephine 1998 Aquatic Consumption Mercury in fish tissue Approved Little Johanna Lake 2004 Aquatic Recreation Nutrient/eutrophication biological indicators Approved Little Johanna Lake 2012 Aquatic Consumption PFOS in fish tissue Underway Little Johanna Lake 2014 Aquatic Life Chloride Approved Pike Lake 2002 Aquatic Recreation Nutrient/eutrophication biological indicators Approved Pike Lake 2014 Aquatic Life Chloride Approved Rice Creek 2004 Aquatic Life Fishes bioassessments Approved Rice Creek 2006 Aquatic Life Aquatic macroinvertebrate bioassessments Approved Rice Creek 2014 Aquatic Recreation E. coli Approved South Long Lake 1998 Aquatic Consumption Mercury in fish tissue Underway South Long Lake 2002 Aquatic Recreation Nutrient/eutrophication biological indicators Approved South Long Lake 2014 Aquatic Life Chloride Underway Upper Mississippi River 1996 Aquatic Recreation Fecal Coliform Approved Upper Mississippi River 1998 Aquatic Consumption Mercury in fish tissue Underway Upper Mississippi River 1998 Aquatic Consumption Mercury in water column Underway Upper Mississippi River 1998 Aquatic Consumption PCB in fish tissue Underway Upper Mississippi River 2014 Aquatic Life Total suspended solids Underway Valentine Lake 2002 Aquatic Recreation Nutrient/eutrophication biological indicators Approved Valentine Lake 2014 Aquatic Life Chloride Approved Figure 10 shows the location of the impaired waters within Arden Hills. A full list of both active and inactive MPCA listed pollutant sources in Arden Hills can be found in Appendix E. RCWD’s Southwest Urban Lakes Study developed Lak e Management Action Plans to summarize lake characteristics and existing lake data, provide a diagnostic assessment of the data, summarize public input, identify water quality issues, and recommend remedial strategies on a lake-watershed basis. These Lake Management Action Plans will be used as guidance for retrofit water quality improvements to address TMDL goals. An opportunity to improve resource SECTION 2 Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 9 management exists with the redevelopment of the TCAAP site, which requires an environmental overhaul due to contaminated soils and groundwater. With the office, retail, and housing redevelopment, the natural resources are brought back into compliance. The master development concept incorporates more than 50 acres of green space and connections to parks and trails. The MPCA and DNR also maintain lake information databases. The MPCA database is located at http://www.pca.state.mn.us under Water > Water Types and Programs > Surface Water > Lakes > Data and Reporting. The DNR Lakefinder is located at http://www.dnr.state.mn.us/lakefind/. Summary water quality data is available for all the lakes in Arden Hills except Sunfish Lake (no data) on the AHATS property. 2.2.8. Shoreland and Floodplain Ordinances Arden Hills has DNR-approved Shoreland and Floodplain Ordinances (Appendix B). It is important that the shoreland of lakes be protected and developed in a manner consistent with the DNR management standards to maintain or improve the quality of the water bodies within the City. The relevant Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) panels prepared by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) are attached in the City’s Official Zoning Map. This material is on file in the Office of the City Administrator. The floodplain boundaries for the Cit y are shown in Figure 8. Flood maps are available showing the different flood zones mentioned in the ordinance by going to FEMA’s website at https://msc.fema.gov/portal. Based on the FEMA flood insurance study, the City has adopted a Shoreland Management District. This District regulates the development of public water shoreland to preserve and enhance surface water quality. A copy of these regulations can be found on the City’s website at in Chapter 13 of the Zoning Code and in Appendix B. 2.2.9. Flood Hazard Zones Figure 8 shows areas of flood hazard according to the FEMA FIRMs. These areas surround waterbodies and watercourses that are subject to inundation by the one percent annual chance flood event (100-year). Zone AE areas have established base flood elevations, while Zone A areas do not. Valentine Lake, Lake Johanna, Little Lake Johanna, and Lake Josephine have established base flood elevations according to FEMA and are labeled on Figure 8. RCWD has developed a District-wide model establishing floodplain elevations. The model is routinely updated and maintained by the District to determine the critical event; typically the 100- yr, 24-hr rainfall event or the 100-yr, 10-day snowmelt runoff event. RCWD regulates the floodplain under its own rules independent from the administration of FEMA or other regulations. 2.2.10. Wetlands Figure 6 shows the wetlands within the City of Arden Hills that are included in the National Wetlands Inventory (NWI) prepared by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Areas shown on the DNR and NWI maps indicate the presence of wetlands, but show only their general locations. Site visits for delineation of wetland boundaries are required for permitting. It should be noted that some of these wetlands may have been created as stormwater detention basins in conjunction with urban development. SECTION 2 Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 10 2.3. Surface Drainage Utilities 2.3.1. Public Ditches (RCWD) The City of Arden Hills has public ditches within the City limits. RCWD is the drainage authority in the City for these public ditches. Most of the ditches in the RCWD were constructed primarily to drain land for agricultural purposes. Ramsey County Ditch 4 drains into Little Johanna Lake and subsequently outlets into Lake Johanna where it ends. A Public Watercourse then extends northwest from the outlet of Lake Johanna to Long Lake in New Brighton. 2.3.2. City-maintained Drainage Systems The existing drainage system for Arden Hills is shown in Figure 7. The system consists of various city-maintained catch basins, piping conveyances, and constructed stormwater ponds. Drainage systems are evaluated, installed, upgraded, and maintained as feasible and practical on a project-by-project basis. Evaluations for new projects are conducted during yearly CIP planning cycles. 2.3.3. Inter-Community Flows Three points of discharge from the City of Arden Hills into other municipalities have been identified by the RCWD as part of their district-wide modeling. These points of inter-community discharge, as well as their associated peak flow rates, are identified in Table 2-7 and in Appendix F. These flows have been established by RCWD as benchmark flow rates based on current land use. Through its goals and policies as well as deference to RCWD rules , the City will regulate to either maintain or reduce flow rates relative to the established benchmarks. RCWD is continuously updating the district model. Any significant outcomes of the model may need to be addressed in this SWMP. Table 2-7 Benchmark Inter-Community Flow Rates Receiving City Watercourse Peak Flows (cfs) 2- year/24- hour Rainfall 10- year/24- hour Rainfall 100- year/24- hour Rainfall 100- year/10- day Snowmelt Mounds View Rice Creek 186 419 803 1330 New Brighton Lake Johanna Outfall 44 75 100 106 Shoreview RCD 1 Main Trunk 13 15 21 27 2.4. Hydrologic Modeling There are 13 proposed potential regional ponds in Arden Hills that were identified in a 1999 comprehensive drainage study by BRW Inc. TCAAP property was not considered or modeled as part of this plan. Two ponds on TCAAP property were completed as part of the reconstruction of Highway 96. Conceptual HydroCAD modeling was completed for the remaining eleven proposed regional ponds. The hydrologic modeling effort quantifies the 5-, 10-, and 100-year, 24-hour design storms using antecedent moisture conditions. The 100-year design storm was used to calculate the peak SECTION 2 Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 11 height of each pond and to determine if any potential damage or flooding could occur in neighboring structures. Stormwater quality and treatment modeling was undertaken using the P8 Urban Catchment model. The ponds were designed to meet Nationwide Urban Runoff Program (NURP) standards, which are removal of 90 percent of total suspended solids (TSS) and 65 percent of total phosphorus (TP). The ponds were modeled using only the immediate drainage areas, therefore, it is recommended to model the entire drainage system during either a feasibility study or final design to calculate the pollutant removal efficiencies of the entire system. Additional hydrological modeling is needed to identify subdrainage basins within the RCWD. Also needed is expanded modeling of the City as the current model does not analyze or determine flood elevations along the creeks streams or ditches. The City will work with RCWD if additional modeling is completed within Arden Hills and any updated modeling will be provided to RCWD as part of a data sharing initiative. The results of these models can be seen in Appendix F. 2.5. Water-Based Recreation Areas Lakes Johanna and Josephine provide the most in terms of water-based recreation within the City of Arden Hills. The main public access points are through Ramsey County regional parks. Tony Schmidt Regional Park, located on Lake Johanna Blvd, provides a swimming beach and boat ramp to Lake Johanna. Lake Josephine Park along Lexington Avenue within the City of Roseville provides a swimming beach and boat ramp to Lake Josephine. Rice Creek also offers recreational opportunities through a major recreational canoe route from George Watch Lake to Long Lake. A portion of this canoe route traverses the western portion of the TCAAP property owned and operated by Ramsey County Parks and Recreation. Lakes Valentine, Little Johanna, and Karth have limited use and public access with non- motorized boat recreation from surrounding property owners. Round Lake has no public access due to bottom sediment contamination. Marsden and Sunfish Lakes are within the AHATS property, and are currently inaccessible to public use. Maintenance access for some of the TCAAP development’s stormwater features will be provided in the form of a recreational, multi- use trail. 2.6. Groundwater Information on groundwater protection in Ramsey County is available on the Ramsey County website at https://www.ramseycounty.us/residents/environment/ramsey-conservation- district/groundwater-protection. The Ramsey County Groundwater Protection Plan (RCGPP) was developed in 2010 and is still considered a draft. However, the RCGPP provides relevant information pertaining to municipal drinking water wells, which extract water from the deep Prairie du Chien-Jordan aquifer, and how they are susceptible to contamination from the shallow groundwater table providing recharge to the aquifer. The main area of point-source within the City of Arden Hills responsible for groundwater contamination is the TCAAP area. The Groundwater Plume Map (Figure 1-1, p. 4 of the RCGPP) indicates a contamination plume extending westward from the site. Saint Paul Regional Water Services (SPRWS) provides water to the Arden Hills water utility through the City of Roseville. Apart from the TCAAP land, all areas of the City have access to the municipal water supply. When the TCAAP land is developed, it will have access to the same SECTION 2 Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 12 municipal water supply. Since SPRWS provides water service to the City, a wellhead protection plan for municipal wells is not necessary. Even though the City does not extract its water supply from wells, the City and RCWD will need to consider the possible down-gradient impacts of infiltrated storm water on groundwater quality. Development and redevelopment within the City relies more on infiltration best management practices for treatment of stormwater runoff and increases risks for contamination of down- gradient wellheads in other municipalities. The Minnesota Department of Health (MDH) has developed guidelines for evaluating stormwater infiltration projects in vulnerable wellhead protection areas (July 2007). MDH provides a flow chart with six steps focusing on the location of the infiltration BMPs as well as land use and spill containment. Questions ask if the proposed infiltration site is in a vulnerable wellhead protection area or Drinking Water Supply Management Area (DWSMA). Figure 9 illustrates the locations of Drinking Water Supply Management Areas in the City of Arden Hills. 2.6.1. Groundwater Appropriations Ground water resource data for areas within the City is contained with in the Ramsey County Geologic Atlas. The primary aquifers within the City are the Prairie Du Chien-Jordan Aquifer, the St. Peter Aquifer, the Franconia-Ironton-Galesville Aquifer, and the Mt. Simon Aquifer. The Prairie Du Chien-Jordan Aquifer is of special concern since it is the most heavily used ground water source in Ramsey County. Figure 11 shows the types and locations of the DNR permitted ground water appropriation sites within the City. 2.7. Resources of Interest Arden Hills has many public waters wit hin the City. The lakes and wetlands provide an environmental habitat for fish and wildlife within the City. 2.7.1. Protection of Natural Resources A natural resources assessment conducted by the RCWD is included in the City of Arden Hills 2040 Comprehensive Plan. This includes a natural resource inventory and species of interest. Approximately 168 acres of the redeveloping TCAAP property are anticipated for sale to the City for the purposes of parks, wetlands, stormwater areas, recreational areas , and a wildlife corridor. 2.7.2. Protected Species and Habitat The DNR maintains a list of animal and plant species of interest through its Natural Heritage Information System (NHIS) database. The RCWD Watershed Management Plan references several species of interest within the district. The City of Arden Hills is home to several species with legally protected status by the DNR. These are Black Huckleberry (threatened plant), Blanding’s Turtle (threatened animal), Plains Pocket Mouse (special animal of concern), Small Green Wood Orchid (special plant of concern), Swamp Blackberry (threatened plant), and Trumpeter Swan (special animal of concern). The Upland Sandpiper is on the watch list. The Kame glacial formation is a high value habitat residing on the TCAAP property (under the AHATS jurisdiction). It has been identified as an important natural community. SECTION 2 Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 13 2.8. Water Appropriation Permits There are 35 water appropriation permits issued by the DNR in the City of Arden Hills. Water appropriation permits are issued to the perm ittees who pump greater than 10,000 gallons per day or over one million gallons of water per year. The locations of the City’s water appropriation permits and other water use information is located on the DNR website at http://www.dnr.state.mn.us/waters/watermgmt_section/appropriations/wateruse.html. 2.9. Pollutant Sources The MPCA maintains lists of the generators of hazardous waste, decommissioned municipal dumps, above ground and underground storage tanks, and leaking underground storage tanks. A map of this information is shown on Figure 12. There is no known water quality information about these sites. Many of the sites on the figure have been cleaned up or are in the process of being cleaned up. The MPCA should be contacted for site-specific details. Maps of active and inactive sites is located on the MPCA website at http://www.pca.state.mn.us. 2.9.1. TCAAP The most well-known of these pollution sources within the City limits is the TCAAP land, which has been deemed a federal Superfund cleanup site. As stated on the MPCA website devoted to the TCAAP remediation: “Contamination resulting from past ammunition manufacturing operations at the facility has been identified in groundwater, soil, sediment and surface water. The U.S. Army, U.S. EPA, and MPCA have worked jointly to determine the contaminants involved, the extent of the contamination, and the cleanup that is required. TCAAP operated for several decades during a time when there were no laws governing disposal of chemicals. During these years, the Army generated industrial wastes that were disposed of using accepted practices of the times, which included on -site dumping, burial, and open burning. The manufacturing processes and historical disposal areas at the facility caused contamination of groundwater, soil, sediment, and to a lesser extent surface water.” More specific information and answers to frequently asked questions are available on the MPCA website at https://www.pca.state.mn.us/waste/superfund-program. Specific information on the groundwater contamination from the site are availab le in the RCGPP. SECTION 3 Surface Water Management Plan Section 3: Agency Cooperation City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 1 3. AGENCY COOPERATION There are a number of local, State, and Federal agencies that have rules and regulations related to local water management. The City recognizes the roles of these other agencies and will cooperate, coordinate, and, when possible, partner with these agencies. This section describes the City’s current surface water management program and practices and identifies the agencies and organizations having roles in the City’s management of these resources. 3.1. Support Agencies The City recognizes these other agencies’ role in this endeavor and will cooperate and coordinate with these agencies as necessary. This Plan is in conformance with but does not restate all other agency rules that are applicable to water quality and natural resource protection. The other agency rules and policies include rules, policies, and guidelines associated with the following organizations: ● Rice Creek Watershed District (www.ricecreek.org) ● Minnesota Department of Health (www.health.state.mn.us) ● Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (www.pca.state.mn.us) ● Board of Water and Soil Resources (www.bwsr.state.mn.us) and the Wetland Conservation Act (www.bwsr.state.mn.us/wetlands/wca/index.html) ● Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (www.dnr.state.mn.us) ● US Army Corps of Engineers (www.mvp.usace.army.mil) ● Minnesota Department of Agriculture (www.mda.state.mn.us) ● US Fish and Wildlife Service (www.fws.gov) ● Minnesota Environmental Quality Board (www.eqb.state.mn.us) ● Metropolitan Council (www.metrocouncil.org) ● Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) (www.dot.state.mn.us) ● U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) (www.epa.gov) ● Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) (https://msc.fema.gov/portal) ● Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) (https://www.nrcs.usda.gov) ● U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) (https://www.usgs.gov/) While these other agency rules, policies, and guidelines are not restated in this Plan, they are applicable to projects, programs, and planning within the City. The Minnesota Stormwater Manual, which is a document intended to be frequently updated, is incorporated and referenced into this Plan and can be found at https://stormwater.pca.state.mn.us/index.php?title=Main_Page. SECTION 3 Surface Water Management Plan Section 3: Agency Cooperation City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 2 3.1.1. Regulation The policies developed in this strategy outline specific stormwater management elements that are required to be implemented through the development and/or permitting process . The regulation strategy is targeted at the public, developers, City Staff, and City Council . The City’s website (http://www.cityofardenhills.org/) contains information about how to obtain a permit from the City. Permits and/or approvals from the RCWD may also be necessary. They should be contacted for additional permitting information. If there is a conflict between the City requirements and RCWD, a variance from RCWD will need to be obtained by the applicant or the project will need to be revised. 3.2. NPDES Permitting Process The NPDES Stormwater Permit Program is a federal regulator y program that requires owners of MS4s to prepare and implement a Storm water Pollution Prevention Program (SWPPP) and apply for the permit with the administrative agency. The MPCA administers the Phase II MS4 program in the state. The MPCA has designated the City of Arden Hills as an NPDES Phase II Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems (MS4) community (MN Rules Chapter 7090). A revised coverage letter was issued by the MPCA on March 17, 2014 and can be reviewed in Appendix J. The MS4 contains six minimum control measures by which a SWPPP must comply: 1. Public Education and Outreach on Stormwater Impacts 2. Public Involvement/Participation 3. Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination 4. Construction Site Stormwater Runoff Control 5. Post-Construction Stormwater Management in New Development and Redevelopment 6. Pollution Prevention/Good Housekeeping for Municipal Operations The SWMP does not specifically incorporate all the best management practices identified in the City’s SWPPP. Instead, the Plan builds on the existing activities by specifying projects and management approaches to achieve the City’s water resource goals. A copy of the City’s SWPPP is included in Appendix K. The City will continue to file annual reports and collect the data necessary for compliance wit h the NPDES MS4 permit. The Minimum Control Measures (MCM) and associated goals are described in Section 5. 3.3. Comparison of Regulatory Standards 3.3.1. Rice Creek Watershed District Rules Rice Creek Watershed District approved their Watershed Management Plan in 2010 and amended the Plan in November 2016. The most recent RCWD rules were approved in December 2016. A significant revision added limits on the volume of runoff leaving development sites. This is consistent with regional trends discussed in the Minnesota Stormwater Manual. In particular, low-impact development, better site design, and on-site infiltration of runoff are recommended to offset the adverse impacts created by additional impervious surfaces. The City will continue to defer to RCWD for review and permitting of the stormwater management and wetland aspect of developments. SECTION 3 Surface Water Management Plan Section 3: Agency Cooperation City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 3 3.3.2. Wetland Management RCWD is the Local Government Unit (LGU) for the Wetland Conservation Act, and will continue to administer WCA permits. WCA regulations generally focus on the prevention or mitigation of wetland fill. RCWD also regulates wetland alteration through Rule F of their watershed rules. Rule F does not include the wetland buffer requirements for the City of Arden Hills. 3.3.3. Consistency The City is committed to working with RCWD in facilitating their land disturbance permits. The City is also committed to coordinating with the watershed as they administer WCA permits. 3.3.4. Summary of Findings In the months and years ahead, the City will face multiple challenges in surfac e water management. Having received NPDES permit coverage, the City must now begin to implement new programs to address stormwater pollution. Completion of local TMDL studies will lead to challenging implementation projects throughout the City. Growth in and around the City will put additional pressure on local surface water resources. SECTION 4 Surface Water Management Plan Section 4: Assessment of Issues City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 1 4. ASSESSMENT OF ISSUES Outlined below is an assessment of existing and potential local water resource-related problems. These problems have been identified based on an analysis of the land and water resource data collected during the preparation of this plan and through information provided by the City, its residents, and the watershed organizations. A description of any existing or potential problem within the City has been listed and potential future corrective actions have been incorporated into an implem entation plan. This Plan documents city-wide drainage issues identified by City staff. The City will evaluate each drainage issue as part of a feasibility study and address them accordingly. 4.1. Water Quality Problem 4.1.A. The City discharges to the following impaired waters as listed by the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA): • Rice Creek • Valentine Lake • Lake Johanna • Little Lake Johanna • Lake Josephine • Upper Mississippi River • Long Lake South • Pike Lake Section 2.2.7 provides additional information on the impairments for each water body. Corrective Action 4.1.A The MPCA completed a statewide mercury TMDL in 2007. As stormwater point sources account for less than 1% of the mercury (majority is atmospheric), the City contributes an insignificant amount to this TMDL. The MPCA has since prepared a plan to reduce mercury releases by 2025. This plan describes specific strategies that the State will employ to achieve the goals of the TMDL. No additional action by the City is needed. This TMDL is relevant for Lake Johanna and Lake Josephine. In 2009, RCWD completed the Southwest Urban Lakes Study to identify Lake Management Action Plans and BMP options to address water quality. The City has since completed numerous projects identified in this study for Lake Johanna, Lake Josephine, Karth Lake, Little Lake Johanna, Marsden Lake, Round Lake, and Valentine Lake. No projects were identified in the City of Arden Hills for Lake Josephine and Little Lake Johanna as part of this Study. Additional projects identified have been added to Section 6 in Table 6.1. The RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes TMDL Study was completed in 2014. The City has been given a categorical waste load allocation (WLA) for Little Lake Johanna, Long Lake South, Pike Lake and Lake Valentine for excess nutrients; requiring a 55% reduction for Little Lake Johanna, 36% reduction for Long Lake South, 46% reduction for Pike Lake, and 29% reduction for Lake Valentine from the base year (2003). The City has completed projects identified in the Lake Management Action Plans and have identified additional projects to meet load reduction requirements for the categorical WLA. Improvements constructed since 2003 will be used in MPCA reporting to demonstrate compliance and the City will continue to construct, where feasible and necessary, improvements aimed at improving water quality discharged toward these lakes. The City will continue to partner with neighboring communities and RCWD to complete future projects. SECTION 4 Surface Water Management Plan Section 4: Assessment of Issues City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 2 The City will work with the MPCA, RCWD, and neighboring communities to address any future impairments, TMDLs, and discharge to impaired waters as necessary. Problem 4.1.B A TMDL was recently completed for the Upper Mississippi River to address the water quality standard for E. coli. Corrective Action 4.1.B The Upper Mississippi River TMDL addresses reducing E. coli loading for different stream reaches in the metro area, including Rice Creek. The City continues to educate its residents on the importance of cleaning up after their pets to reduce pollutants entering the stormwater system. The City also has in place an ordinance requiring adequate disposal of animal waste on public and private property. BMPs that are constructed will continue to provide some removal of E. coli prior to stormwater discharge into receiving water bodies. The City also continues to promote goose management around waterbodies throughout the City. 4.2. Flooding and Stormwater Rate Control Problem 4.2.A. Charles Perry Park trail floods, and this trail is the access to Lift Station #2. Corrective Action 4.2.A. The City will investigate causes for the flooding and work both internally and with designers to fix the flooding. Problem 4.2.B. A resident on Floral Drive states that an outlet was raised at the end of Floral Drive, causing standing water on the property. Corrective Action 4.2.B. The City will investigate the outlet and determine if the flooding on the property was intended or not, and if so, will determine potential solutions. Problem 4.2.C. During large storm events, the Indian Oaks Court and Indian Oaks Trail pond outlet overflows across Indian Oaks Court and continues into a drainage easement. The flow can at times become restricted by construction that has occurred within the easement. Corrective Action 4.2.C. In 2017, the City dredged the pond to allow for more water volume. During the 2018 Pavement Management Program (PMP) project, the City constructed storm sewer to and from the pond. The City will continue to analyze solutions to remove the constructed blockage from the drainage easement. Problem 4.2.D. A bituminous swale from Norma Circle drains the street into a drainage easement, which outlets to the MnDOT right-of-way. The resident is concerned about standing water. Corrective Action 4.2.D. The City replaced the bituminous swale with storm sewer and graded the area that held water as part of the 2018 PMP project. The City will continue to analyze the stormwater in the drainage easement. Problem 4.2.E. Stormwater runoff from forested areas south of a home at the intersection of Briarknoll Drive and Norma Avenue at times flows from the forest and into a depressed area, causing drainage issues. Corrective Action 4.2.E. The City is proposing storm sewer, grading, or otherwise redirecting the stormwater away from the home in the 2018 PMP project. SECTION 4 Surface Water Management Plan Section 4: Assessment of Issues City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 3 4.3. Adequacy of Existing Regulations and Programs to Address Adverse Impacts on Local Water Resources Problem 4.3.A The City has adopted a floodplain ordinance, illicit discharge ordinance, stormwater ordinance, wetland buffer ordinance, and shoreland ordinance. These ordinances will need to be regularly updated to reflect current rules and regulations. These ordinances can be found in Appendix B. Corrective Action 4.3.A The City will continue to enforce and update all ordinances as necessary. Problem 4.3.B The adequacy of existing capital improvement programs to correct problems. Corrective Action 4.3.B The implementation program located in Section 6 of this plan presents the projects and other implementation tasks that are considered to actively manage local water resource issues in the City. The City will incorporate into its annually updated CIP these stormwater projects/tasks and any future projects/tasks. The City's CIP, combined with the RCWD implementation program, should be sufficient to address stormwater issues in the City of Arden Hills. 4.4. Erosion and Sediment Control Problem 4.4.A. A parking lot south of Karth Lake serving a manufacturing business drains to a private road into a flume on a steep hillside, severely undercutting the flume and introducing hillside sediment to Karth Lake. Corrective Action 4.4.A. The City has met with RCWD and the business, and the business is drafting plans for fixing the erosion and constructing side slope stabilization. The City will provide guidance as needed. 4.5. Impact of Land Use Practices and Development Problem 4.5.A As Arden Hills nears full development, it can be challenging for the City to implement stormwater management BMPs to efficiently meet watershed requirements on a site by site basis. Corrective Action 4.5.A The City will investigate opportunities to implement water quality and volume reduction BMPs during new development and future reconstruction projects. In areas where project specific BMPs will be unfeasible, the City will look into completing regional water quality improvement projects to help meet future stormwater management requirements. The City currently implements a 5-year pavement management program, the most recent identified areas are listed below: • 2020 - Old Snelling Avenue Reconstruction (includes bridge reconstruction) • 2020 – Lake Valentine Rd • 2022 – Glenpaul Ave, Jerrold Ave, Prior Ave, & Edgewater Ave • 2024– Cummings Ln, Arden Oaks Dr, Arden Oaks Ct, Indian Pl, Indian Cir, & Eide Cir • 2026 – Norma Ave, Dawn Cir W, Dawn Cir E, Thom Ct, & Thom Dr • 2028 – Amble Cir, Amble Dr, Karth Lake Rd, Pleasant Cir, & Pleasant Dr No specific water quality or volume reduction BMPs have yet been identified for these projects. SECTION 4 Surface Water Management Plan Section 4: Assessment of Issues City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 4 Feasible BMPs will be identified closer to the project dates and will be added to Table 6.1 of this SWMP. The City will coordinate with RCWD on any for partnering opportunities with these projects. Problem 4.5.B The Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) site is in the process of being redeveloped. The site was affected by numerous contaminants that ha ve affected soils, sediment, and groundwater. Corrective Action 4.5.B As the redevelopment occurs, the City will coordinate with various agencies including RCWD, MPCA, USACE, and Ramsey County to identify groundwater treatment and surface BMPs to treat runoff from the site. A Comprehensive Stormwater Management Plan (CSMP) was approved in 2015 to determine how development of the TCAAP site will meet RCWD Rule C requirements using a regional stormwater approach. The City recently partnered with Ramsey County and RCWD to complete the Rice Creek Commons Green Infrastructure and Stormwater Reuse Feasibility Study to provide additional analysis and details for the potential green infrastructure projects that go above-and-beyond the baseline requirements. Problem 4.5.C Wetland degradation caused by urbanization. When the quality of the incoming stormwater declines, the wetland’s plant community may become less diverse, retaining only those species that are tolerant of high nutrient and sediment loads. Corrective Action 4.5.C Degraded wetlands will be identified and potential restoration sites will be prioritized. In Arden Hills, RCWD acts as Local Governmental Unit (LGU) in charge of administering the WCA in their respective jurisdictions. Problem 4.5.D Valentine Park rain gardens are not functioning as designed. The rain gardens do not drain when lake levels are high. Corrective Action 4.5.D The City will investigate the reason behind the rain gardens not functioning and will implement improvements as needed. Problem 4.5.E The City of Arden Hills currently has a volume debit with RCWD of -6,989 cubic feet. Corrective Action 4.5.E The RCWD Board of Managers took two actions regarding volume bank system debits: 1. Debit or credit could be addressed or utilized in non-public linear projects; 2. Cities could address debit using nonvolume control practices, with water quality treatment volume calculated in accordance with the current rule methodology. The City will consider potential projects to address this debit as part of future street reconstruction and redeveloping areas, where feasible and cost effective. The City will coordinate with RCWD as potential sites become available for appropriate stormwater BMPs. 4.6. Education Program Problem 4.6.A The City of Arden Hills recognizes the need for local water education programs to increase public awareness of local water management and improve the quality of stormwater runoff. Corrective Action 4.6.A The City will continue to provide educational content and opportunities to residents, businesses, developers, and others. These efforts may include regular notices in the City's monthly newsletter, articles in the local paper, postings on the City website, and flyers in SECTION 4 Surface Water Management Plan Section 4: Assessment of Issues City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 5 the utility bill. The City may work with Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD) to improve the efficiency of educational efforts and reduce duplication. Educational topics may include but are not limited to: • Wetland buffers • Yard/Pet waste management • Illicit discharge to stormwater • Utility easements • Stormwater pond function • Controlling invasive species • Sustainable groundwater and recharge 4.7. Identification of Potential Problems to Occur in the Next 20 Years Problem 4.7.A Inspecting and maintaining existing stormwater infrastructure throughout the City. Corrective Action 4.7.A The City of Arden Hills is responsible for maintenance of its stormwater system in conformance with the MCPA’s MS4 Program. This includes maintenance of pipes, constructed ponds, lakes, wetlands, ditches, swales, and other drainageways. Proper maintenance will ensure that the stormwater system continues to provide the necessary flood control and water quality treatment. Refer to Appendix K for a copy of the City SWPPP. Other units of government are responsible for maintaining the stormwater systems under their control. Problem 4.7.B Prioritizing inspection and maintenance of stormwater ponds as well as determining the performance of existing stormwater ponds throughout the City. Corrective Action 4.7.B The City of Arden Hills will consider establishing a pond program that identifies pond maintenance activities and prioritizes pond inspections. Problem 4.7.C Increasing prevalence of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) in stormwater ponds from runoff of roadways and other surfaces. Corrective Action 4.7.C Identify stormwater ponds that are contaminated and follow protocol for disposal of dredged material on a site-by-site basis. The City also bans the use of materials for paved surfaces that contain PAHs for future development and redevelopment. 4.8. Availability and Adequacy of Existing Technical Information to Manage Local Water Resources Problem 4.8.A Atlas 14 (updated precipitation probability information) was recently released by NOAA (National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration). Corrective Action 4.8.A Previously developed areas within the City (designed to meet TP-40 hydrologic demands) will continue to operate under this design criteria. New development, redevelopment, and areas where problems may exist will be evaluated (as needed) by completing a risk assessment using Atlas 14. The City will update its policies, codes, ordinances, and other appropriate documents accordingly. Problem 4.8.B The City has not yet completed a City-wide wetland functional assessments. Corrective Action 4.8.B Until this City-wide study is complete, the City will continue to require a SECTION 4 Surface Water Management Plan Section 4: Assessment of Issues City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 6 MnRAM assessment on a site-by-site basis for development or construction activity that is impacting wetlands. The City will defer to RCWD for WCA administration and enforcement and will continue to coordinate on potential wetland impacts. Problem 4.8.C The City has mapped a majority of its storm sewer system. As new and redevelopment projects are completed, the storm sewer GIS database needs to continually be updated. Corrective Action 4.8.C The City will annually update its storm sewer GIS database to incorporate recent projects and associated storm sewer improvements. SECTION 5 Surface Water Management Plan Section 5: Goals and Policies City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 1 5. GOALS AND POLICIES The City has developed several goals, strategies, and policies for the management of storm water within the City consistent with the RCWD Watershed Management Plan of 2010. The goals and policies are used as a guide in the design and construction of private and public developments impacting water resources in the City. They also address the routine operations of the City. The RCWD and the City will share authority over all water resource issues within the City of Arden Hills. The City will reference the RCWD rules for development reviews and reference those goals and policies of the RCWD plan as applicable to the operations of the City. The City will inform private developers of RCWD rules while balancing the need to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the community. The City requests the RCWD to continue to implement its rules and regulations and issue permits within the community. The RCWD’s rules, permit application and other pertinent information can be found on the District’s web site at http://www.ricecreek.org. Regulatory responsibilities and developer guidelines specific to the City of Arden Hills can be found in Appendix C. 5.1. Previous Stormwater Pond Models Thirteen regional ponds were proposed as part of a 1999 comprehensive drainage study and modeled for water quality in the 2003 SWMP update. The narrative, treatment pond locations, and modeling from the 2003 study have been included in Appendix F. The City will evaluate the feasibility of implementing regional ponding to meet city-wide surface water management goals and RCWD rules on a project-by-project basis. 5.2. Lakes and Ponds Table 5-1 provides summary data on the lakes within the City. The Southwest Urban Lakes Study (Appendix G) provides relatively new, detailed data on lakes within the City including management action plans for each lake. The study also lays out detailed management action plans for each of the lakes and possible locations for BMP retrofits. All eight lakes within the City of Arden Hills are covered in the RCWD study. The City will consider the feasibility of these management action plans as part of its CIP, balancing the availability of land (i.e., public versus private) with the cost-benefit associated with each retrofit possibility. Table 5-1 Summary Data on Lakes in Arden Hills Lake Name DNR Number Max Depth / Mean Depth (ft) Surface Area (acres) Recreational Suitability Josephine 62-0057 44/20 116 Full Support (M) Round 62-0070 7/shallow 130 Full Support (M) Valentine 62-0071 14/4.5 64 Non-Supported Sunfish 62-0065 5/shallow 14 Non-Supported Marsden 62-0059 5.5/shallow 271 Non-Supported Karth 62-0072 14/shallow 20 Non-Supported Johanna 62-0078 41/17 214 Partial Support Little Johanna 62-0058 28/shallow 17 Non-Supported SECTION 5 Surface Water Management Plan Section 5: Goals and Policies City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 2 Lake Josephine boasts a fully supported swimmable use classification, although it is sensitive to increases in phosphorus nutrient loading. Round Lake has been known to contain pollutants from the former TCAAP plant in the bottom sediment. There is no access to Round Lake for swimming use due to physical restrictions. Lake Johanna only partially supports swimmable use classification due to algae blooms and low transparency for a significant portion of the summer. Karth, Little Lake Johanna, and Valentine lakes do not support swimmable use classification due to severe and frequent algae blooms and low transparency for most of the summer. Round, Karth, Little Lake Johanna and Valentine lakes have either small surface areas or are quite shallow in average depth and therefore would not be considered likely candidates for swimmable use. However, water quality data in support or non-support of this use is important for wildlife management of these water bodies. Under the federal Clean Water Act, the State of Minnesota is required to monitor and assess their waters to determine if they meet water quality standards and support the beneficial uses they are intended to provide. The MPCA has developed a draft Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) list per Title 303(d) of the Clean Water Act. 5.3. NPDES Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Minimum Control Measures The MPCA has identified the goals of the MS4 permit to restore and maintain the chemical, physical, and biological integrity of waters of the state through management and treatment of urban stormwater runoff. This is accomplished by requiring the preparation of a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Program (SWPPP) from MS4’s. Phase II requires municipal separate storm sewer systems (MS4s) in urban areas with populations over 10,000 and under 100,000 to obtain an NPDES permit. Permits for construction sites greater than one acre will also be required as part of the Phase II. The City has submitted its Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan and Notice of Intent in conformance with the MPCA guidelines. The current MPCA MS4 Coverage Letter is included in Appendix J. The City of Arden Hills has identified best management practices (BMPs) and measurable goals associated with specific minimum control m easures (MCM). The following table summarizes the BMPs for each MCM. Reference Arden Hill’s SWPPP for specific information on implementing the BMPs. Table 5-2 MCM and BMPs Summary Sheets Key to Unique BMP ID Numbers Required BMP Title MCM 1: Public Education and Outreach 1a-1 Distribute Educational Materials 1b-1 Implement an Education Program 1c-1 Education Program: Public Education and Outreach 1c-2 Education Program: Public Participation 1c-3 Education Program: Illicit Discharge Detection and Elim ination 1c-4 Education Program: Construction Site Run-off Control SECTION 5 Surface Water Management Plan Section 5: Goals and Policies City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 3 Key to Unique BMP ID Numbers Required BMP Title 1c-5 Education Program: Post-Construction Stormwater Management in New Development and Redevelopment 1c-6 Education Program: Pollution Prevention/Good Housekeeping for Municipal Operations 1d-1 Coordination of Education Program 1e-1 Annual Public Meeting MCM 2: Public Participation & Involvement 2a-1 Comply with Public Notice Requirements 2b-1 Solicit Public Input and Opinion on the Adequacy of the SWPPP 2c-1 Consider Public Input MCM 3: Illicit Discharge, Detection, and Elimination 3a-1 Storm Sewer System Map 3b-1 Regulatory Control Program 3c-1 Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination Plan 3d-1 Public and Employee Illicit Discharge Information Program 3e-1 Identification of Non-Stormwater Discharges and Flows MCM 4: Construction Site Runoff Control 4a-1 Ordinance or other Regulatory Mechanism 4b-1 Construction Site Inspection of Erosion and Sediment Control BMPs 4c-1 Waste Controls for Construction Site Operators 4d-1 Procedure for Site Plan Review 4e-1 Establishment of Procedures for the Receipt and Consideration of Reports of Stormwater Noncompliance 4f-1 Establishment of Procedures for Site Inspections and Enforcement MCM 5: Post-Construction Site Runoff Control 5a-1 Development and Implementation of Structural and/or Nonstructural BMPs 5b-1 Regulatory Mechanism to Address Post Construction Runoff from New Development and Redevelopment 5c-1 Long-Term Operation and Maintenance of BMPs MCM 6: Pollution Prevention & Good Housekeeping 6a-1 Municipal Operations and Maintenance Program 6a-2 Street Sweeping SECTION 5 Surface Water Management Plan Section 5: Goals and Policies City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 4 Key to Unique BMP ID Numbers Required BMP Title 6b-2 Annual Inspection of All Structural Pollution Control Devices 6b-3 Inspection of a Minimum of 20 percent of the MS4 Outfalls, Sediment Basins, and Ponds Each Year on a Rotating Basis 6b-4 Annual Inspection of All Exposed Stockpile, Storage, and Material Handling Areas 6b-5 Inspection Follow-up Including the Determination of Whether Repair, Replacement, or Maintenance Measures are Necessary and the Implementation of the Corrective Measures 6b-6 Record Reporting and Retention of all Inspections and Responses to the Inspections 6b-7 Evaluation of Inspection Frequency 5.4. Goals 5.4.1. Goal #1: Education and Public Involvement The purpose of public participation, information and education is to: • Disseminate information regarding the LSWMP’s content; • Create support for the implementation of the LSWMP’s goals and policies; and • Collaborate with RCWD and other agencies in disseminating information regarding stormwater best management practices. Goal Statement: To increase the awareness, understanding, and involvement in water resource management issues throughout the City. Policy Goal #1: Education and Public Involvement Policies 1 Develop and distribute educational materials to the public and targeted groups about city ordinances, policies, and programs related to surface and ground water resource management. 2 Cooperate and collaborate with RCWD to provide information and educational opportunities to the community. 3 Utilize all available modes of communication including the City newsletter, social media, website, public access television, water bill flyers, signage programs, and other creative methods to disseminate educational materials related to water re source management. 4 Cooperate and collaborate with local Lake Associations and other lake homeowners to encourage participation in lake protection, shoreline restoration/protection, and water quality improvement plans and initiatives. SECTION 5 Surface Water Management Plan Section 5: Goals and Policies City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 5 5 Develop and provide means for distribution of informational materials for property owners and parties interested in development or redevelopment. 5.4.1.1. Karth Lake Improvement District Karth Lake is a landlocked water body and has a pumped outfall. The pump discharge enters a storm sewer system on Fernwood Street, which discharges into a pond and ditch system connected to Valentine Lake. The lift station was upgraded in 2003 and included bank stabilization improvements. The Karth Lake Improvement District was established in 2003 by Resolution No. 03-60 of the Arden Hills City Council. The resolution is attached as Appendix D. The improvement district has many functions relative to Karth Lake which includes the construction and operation of water control structures, improvement projects on the lake itself, and the development of plans for the reduction of lake pollution and management of the lake water levels. The district encompasses those property owners with frontage along Karth Lake. The City will continue to draw upon and utilize this improvement district for the purposes of managing water quality and quantity and disseminating educational information regarding Karth Lake. 5.4.1.2. Lake Johanna Improvement Society The Lake Johanna Improvement Society is an association of lake property owners. This group coordinates lake issues with the City through an informal process. This lake association is a tool the City can use to provide educational opportunities. 5.4.1.3. Lake Josephine Improvement Association The Lake Josephine Improvement Association consists of the area’s lake property owners. The Cities of Roseville and Arden Hills have adopted joint regulations for the lake, which include a maximum speed limit and a no wake zone 150 feet from shoreline . This lake association is a tool the City can work with to provide educational opportunities. 5.4.2. Goal #2: Lakes The City will adopt policy statements to reflect the intent to collaborate with RCWD on the management and treatment of stormwater runoff entering the City’s area lakes. In 2009, the RCWD conducted the Southwest Urban Lakes Study and developed management action plans which encompass all lakes within the southwestern leg of the RCWD with primarily urban runoff contributions. This detailed study collected data and modeled nutrien t loading on the lakes from their respective subwatersheds. The report is attached in Appendix G. The City will analyze and implement opportunities presented in the Southwest Urban Lakes Study’s management action plans for each lake for feasibility and in conjunction with capital improvement projects. SECTION 5 Surface Water Management Plan Section 5: Goals and Policies City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 6 Goal Statement: Manage lake systems for their ecological and community value in a manner consistent with user expectations and technically achievable goals and the resources available for preservation, maintenance, and restoration consistent with RCWD goals and policies. Policy Goal #2: Lakes Policies 1 Utilize and engage citizens to promote sustainable stewardship of lakes. 2 Collaboratively manage lakes and shoreland resources by empowering lake associations, lakeshore residents, and cities, and engaging state agency and watershed management officials. 3 Work with RCWD to develop attainable lake water quality targets while recognizing water quality standards developed by the State of Minnesota and natural year-to-year variability in water quality. 4 Promote and foster activities which result in sustainable and healthy aquatic eco- systems. 5 Manage lake levels in a manner which enhances ecological integrity and function (e.g., shallow lake systems) and acknowledge the effect of water levels on recreational use, lakefront property, and flooding. 5.4.3. Goal #3: Wetlands Rice Creek Watershed District is the Local Governing Unit (LGU) within the City with regards to managing the wetlands under the Wetland Conservation Act. RCWD also currently permits wetland impacts under Rule F Wetland Alteration. Goal Statement: Manage wetlands in a manner which improves diversity and ecological integrity on a city-wide basis consistent with the Wetland Conservation Act (WCA) and opportunities for preservation, enhancement, and restoration while balancing multiple resource issues. Policy Goal #3: Wetlands Policies 1 Reference the goals and policies of the RCWD and collaborate on wetland management and enforcement initiatives consistent with the RCWD goals and policies. 5.4.4. Goal #4: Maintenance, Inspection, and Municipal Operation of City-Owned Drainage Systems Inspections help spot potential problems before they become major problems. Routine maintenance reduces the long-term costs related to drainage system maintenance while helping to achieve water quality and quantity goals. The application of development standards ensures consistency in the work produced and the documentation of the constructed systems. The City will establish policies to develop an effective storm drainage maintenance program that will help it meet water quality and quantity goals as well as meet federal, state, and local SECTION 5 Surface Water Management Plan Section 5: Goals and Policies City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 7 watershed requirements. Goal Statement: Manage and operate municipal drainage systems in a manner which recognizes Federal, State, and watershed regulations, downstream impacts, legally established property rights, and cost-effectiveness. Policy Goal #4: Maintenance, Inspection, and Municipal Operation of City-Owned Drainage Systems Policies 1 Apply methods, procedures, standards, and criteria for the maintenance, repair, restoration, rehabilitation, and improvement of drainage systems within the City. 2 Implement routine maintenance measures to reduce long-term capital improvement costs while achieving water quality and quantity goals. 3 Collaborate with RCWD as they manage public drainage systems in a manner that recognizes the need to provide a functional level of service to benefitted properties within the context of local, state, and federal laws and programs. 4 Require maintenance of privately constructed water quality treatment ponds and infiltration best management practices through formal development or maintenance agreements. The City will collaborate with RCWD programs that may overlap. 5 Collaborate with RCWD as they m anage public drainage systems with original design purposes, periodically review these purposes, and modify operation in consideration of current resource management objectives. 6 Continue to implement a maintenance and inspection program for city-owned and operated water resource facilities meeting the requirements of the NPDES Phase II program. 7 Require adequate maintenance-related access for public and private water resource management facilities. 8 Continue operations and maintenance activities that preserve water quality including street sweeping, pond and grit chamber maintenance, and appropriate application of deicing compounds balancing public safety and environmental protection. 5.4.5. Goal #5: Data and Information Management With more stringent NPDES Phase II reporting requirements on the horizon, the pressure to improve customer service, and the ever-demanding need to properly manage drainage infrastructure, the City recognizes that it will need effective and efficient protocols for collecting, organizing, and managing data. These policies will assist the City in fulfilling these needs. Goal Statement: Provide the most efficient and effective means available for collecting, sharing and managing data and information. Policy Goal #5: Data and Information Management Policies SECTION 5 Surface Water Management Plan Section 5: Goals and Policies City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 8 1 Collect and manage data in an effective and efficient manner in accordance with applicable Federal, State, and Local regulations. 2 Provide a mechanism for organizing and sharing information developed through the MS4 program for City-owned and operated facilities. 3 Provide data in the most efficient manner possible while maximizing use by the public and partner agencies and minimizing duplication of data through cooperative data collection and sharing. 5.4.6. Goal #6: Excess Runoff Management and Flood Control Development can increase runoff rates and volumes due to additional impervious surface. As areas develop or redevelop at a higher density, stormwater runoff generally increases. This increase in runoff rates and volumes can cause localized and/or large scale flooding issues in the downstream system . It is important to control these increased runoff rates and volumes to ensure reduction of flooding in the downstream system and to control the potential effects of erosive flows in streams and waterways. The City of Arden Hills will adopt the rules of the RCWD requiring volume reduction for new development and redevelopment. The City has also adopted a floodplain ordinance, and will be consistent with RCWD rules and regulations that regulate minimum building elevations regarding proximity to surface waters. If RCWD 100-year floodplain elevations are inconsistent with FEMA floodplain elevations, the stricter of the two will apply. Goal Statement: Minimize the potential damage to public and private infrastructure, property, land, and other important water-related natural resources caused by excess runoff and flooding. Policy Goal #6: Excess Runoff Management and Flood Control Policies 1 Minimize, avoid, and reduce flood damages by remaining consistent with the RCWD floodplain management program including analyses focused on identifying and assessing flood prone areas, characterizing flood damages, and re gulating the placement of structures within the floodplain. The more restrictive 100-year floodplain elevation will apply when analyzing freeboard requirements of structures within the floodplain. 2 Defer to RCWD permit rules and permit program to mitigate the increase in rate and volume of runoff resulting from land disturbance, land development, increases in the amount of impervious surface, and other changes to the landscape. 3 Preserve and manage the storage associated with the 100-year floodplain along and within waterbodies to minimize the frequency and severity of flooding caused by high water. 4 Recognize the potential uncertainty associated with managing water resources and understand the implications of emerging issues, the use of monitoring data, and the interpretation of scientific and technical data in the decision-making process. SECTION 5 Surface Water Management Plan Section 5: Goals and Policies City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 9 5 Foster and encourage the use of both regional and small-scale single-property focused best management practices to reduce the rate and volume of runoff. 5.4.7. Goal #7: Groundwater The St. Paul Water Utility provides drinking water to Arden Hills through the City of Roseville. Once in Arden Hills, the City’s Water Utility has jurisdiction over the system. All areas of Arden Hills are served with city water service. Residents who move to the TCAAP redevelopment area will get their drinking water from St. Paul Regional Water Services, so the groundwater contamination will not affect residential water quality. Sanitary sewer interceptor and treatment is provided to the City via the Metropolitan Council Environment Services (MCES) system. The City’s Sanitary Sewer Utility has jurisdiction over the sanitary sewer collection system within the City’s borders. The City owns and operates 14 sanitary lift stations. In 2010, the Ramsey County Conservation District published the Ramsey County Groundwater Protection Plan. It identifies groundwater contaminated areas and predicts areas that are potentially susceptible to groundwater contamination. It also contains a comprehens ive topographic and geological overview describing ground water aquifers in the county. The City, utilizing the guidance of the Ramsey County Groundwater Protection Plan and collaborating with RCWD will proceed with measures to protect groundwater resources within the City that will also have an impact on the groundwater quality of other cities. Goal Statement: Incorporate ground water considerations into the decision -making process. Policy Goal #7: Groundwater Policies 1 Collaborate with the RCWD and Ramsey County on efforts to manage groundwater resources consistent with district and county-wide groundwater protection initiatives. 5.4.8. Goal #8: Erosion and Sediment Control These policies are intended to help the City achieve the erosion and sediment control goals of this Plan. The City has an Erosion and Sediment Control Ordinance as well as its NPDES MS4 Phase II SWPPP. The City partners with the Ramsey Conservation District to implement its construction site erosion control inspection program . Goal Statement: To address and enforce both temporary and permanent sediment and erosion control practices throughout the City. Policy Goal #8: Erosion and Sediment Control Policies 1 Require erosion and sediment control plans for all land disturbance activities as defined by city ordinance. 5.4.9. Goal #9: TCAAP Redevelopment While the future of the exact usage and redevelopment of the TCAAP lands is still in flux, the SECTION 5 Surface Water Management Plan Section 5: Goals and Policies City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 10 City’s SWMP addresses, at least on a high level, the need to plan for storm water quality and quantity provisions within the master planning process for TCAAP. Goal Statement: Provide an effective stormwater management master plan accounting for the redevelopment of the TCAAP lands. Policy Goal #9: TCAAP Redevelopment Policies 1 Promote conformance with the approved Comprehensive Stormwater Management Plan and Green Infrastructure and Stormwater Reuse Feasibility Study for the Rice Creek Commons (also known as TCAAP). 2 Require developers to follow the submittal sequencing steps listed in the CSMP. If the development exceeds the CSMP maximum impervious, the developer application must demonstrate how the additional runoff will be treated to meet RCWD rules. 3 Promote partnering opportunities when implementing stormwater treatment systems or educational components identified in the Green Infrastructure and Stormwater Reuse Feasibility Study. Grant funding should be pursued to assist in project costs. 5.4.10. Goal #10: Financing Paying for water management projects has become more complex. More agencies have begun to utilize partnerships as a method to fund and construct projects. In the past, special assessments against benefitting properties financed most of the necessary improvements. However, the financial options have broadened considerably. The City utilizes a surface water management utility as a component of their overall approach to funding stormwater related projects. These policies are intended to help the City achieve the financing goals of this plan. Goal Statement: Maintain sustainable financing for the City’s stormwater infrastructure. Policy Goal #10: Financing Policies 1 Maintain a financing strategy for surface water improvements including a wide array of financing sources including ad-valorem levies, surface water utility fees, special assessments, connection charges, developer charges, and grants. 2 Encourage partnerships with the RCWD and other agencies to finance drainage projects where appropriate and to participate in the design, planning, and funding where appropriate. 3 Encourage the coordination of City capital improvement projects with RCWD programs and projects. SECTION 6 Surface Water Management Plan Section 6: Implementation Program City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 1 6. IMPLEMENTATION PROGRAM 6.1. Overview The Implementation Plan is the final section of the Plan, and one which is intended to provide guidance in carrying out the Plan goals and policies. This section summarizes ongoing maintenance, inspection, monitoring and other management activities. The Plan is intended to serve the City for at least the next ten years and many of the program activities will continue out to the year 2040. Procedures for amending the Plan are provided. Arden Hills has developed its implementation program to address issues identified earlier in this Local Surface Water Management Plan. This program reflects the needs and concerns of many stakeholders including the City Council, City Staff, citizens, and RCWD. The program also considers Arden Hills’ ability to fund these items through its general levy, environmental fund, or stormwater utility. The implementation program consists of the following components: • Capital Improvement Projects (CIP) • Operation and Maintenance • Official Controls • Monitor and Study Capital Improvement Projects consist of “on-the-ground” projects intended to remedy issues identified as current problems. The capital projects focus on phosphorus reduction within th e TMDL subwatersheds. Operation and Maintenance items consist primarily of the general maintenance of Arden Hills’ drainage system including ponds, storm sewer, and culverts. Operation and maintenance also includes activities related to NPDES MS4 Permit compliance such as annual meetings, SWPPP updates, and SW PPP implementation. Official Controls include ordinance and policy revisions intended to achiev e water quality benefits. Each proposed implementation item has a specific driver, which are identified in the tabulated implementation program later in this section. The overarching goal of Arden Hills’ implementation program is to improve the quality of its surface waters, its surface water discharge, and to achie ve sustainable site development practices. Over time, codes must be updated to remain consistent with goals, policies and practices. City ordinances are revised as needed to stay current with the MS4 permit requirements and revisions to RCWD’s rules. Monitor and Study items consist primarily of projects designed to collect water resource data such as water quality monitoring projects, and projects to evaluate cost benefits for various sto rmwater treatments or planning opportunities. Development of the Implementation Plan follows the guidelines in Minnesota Rules Chapter 8410, the RCWD, and Metropolitan Council. The City identified problem areas to coordinate feasibility studies to address these issues. 6.2. Implementation Priorities and Cost The Implementation Plan includes identification and prioritization of capital improvements, administration, permitting, plan amendments, financing alternatives, and monitoring programs. Public education and operation and maintenance costs are considered separately under annual operating costs. Prioritization of improvements is based on a review of all recommended actions. SECTION 6 Surface Water Management Plan Section 6: Implementation Program City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 2 Planning-level estimates of capital expenditures has been made. Future anticipated projects are also listed. The activities have been distributed throughout a 10-year implementation plan. The Implementation Plan is summarized in Table 6-1. The Implementation Plan is not a hard and fast commitment to complete each and every activity in the time frame suggested. Rather, it is a suggested course of action that will accomplish the major goals of this plan, accommodate growth and redevelopment in the community while protecting the environment and water resources, and complying with local, state, and federal regulations. The basis for cost considerations within the implementation plan are estimates of possible indirect costs associated with a project. Indirect costs may include feasibility studies, drainage studies, or other analyses needed to develop a project that meets a goal. In most cases, the program is either already implemented, is an MS4 requirement, or is something that is addressed on an as- needed basis (i.e., proposed development or redevelopment). Typically, City staff time is involved with most tasks; staff time on individual activities may vary according to workload and other competing priorities outside of this Plan. The City developed a five-year Pavement Management Program, prioritizing projects based on a composite rating which accounts for RCWD Lake Tiers. A significant factor in determining the composite rating is the Stormwater Index, which reflects whether or not the street has drainage infrastructure, whether the runoff from the street enters a natural water body treated or untreated, and whether localized flooding occurs on a regular basis. The City will conduct studies on the feasibility of water treatment areas as part of indivi dual improvement projects. 6.3. Funding Alternatives 6.3.1. Surface Water Management Fund The City currently has a Surface Water Utility Fund, which funds stormwater related costs including educational efforts, construction of treatment systems, and maintenance of the overall stormwater treatment and conveyance systems including storm sewer maintenance, ditch maintenance, and street sweeping. Fees are reviewed on an annual basis to ensure adequate funding for the activities set forth in this Plan and those required by law. 6.3.2. Ad Valorem Tax General taxation is the most common revenue source used to finance government services including minor maintenance measures for drainage and water quality facilities. Using property tax has the effect of spreading the cost over the entire tax base of a community. Special tax districts can also be used to raise revenue. The special tax district is similar to the administrative structure under general taxation except that all or part of the community may be placed in the tax district. The principle is to better correlate improvement costs to benefited or contributing properties. 6.3.3. Special Assessments Municipalities are familiar with the use of special assessments to finance special services from maintenance to construction of capital improvements. The assessments are levied against properties benefiting from the special services. The philosophy of this method is that the benefited properties pay in relation to benefits received. The benefit is the increase in the market value of the properties. SECTION 6 Surface Water Management Plan Section 6: Implementation Program City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 3 6.3.4. Developer Charges Fees required for new development which generate runoff can be charged to finance infrastructure needed to serve the development. This is a useful tool in communities that are rapidly developing. 6.3.5. Grants Grants are available for surface water management and non-point source pollution. However, it is generally not a good financial practice to rely on grants for a service program. This source of revenue is not dependable and requires constant speculation as to availability. Grants are useful but only should be utilized as a supplement to a planned local revenue source. Select grant programs most applicable to City storm water management and their outlets are summarized in Appendix I. W ebsites for grant opportunities are as follows: • MPCA: http://www.pca.state.mn.us. • DNR: http://www.dnr.state.mn.us/grants/ • USEPA: https://www.epa.gov/grants • Minnesota Board of Soil and Water Resources: http://www.bwsr.state.mn.us/grants/ • Metropolitan Council: https://metrocouncil.org/Communities/Grants-Funding- Finance.aspx • U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service: http://www.fws.gov/grants Grant opportunities and cost-share opportunities are most readily available to the City for stormwater improvement projects through the RCWD, which include: • The Water Quality Grant Program created to assist property owners with implementation of BMPs is aimed at improving the quality of surface waters within the District. • The Urban Stormwater Rem ediation Cost-Share Program assistance to counties, townships, school districts, libraries, and other public and private entities located within the District is aimed at redevelopment, roadway, and storm sewer improvement projects. More information and applications for grants through RCWD are available on their website at http://www.ricecreek.org under Grant Opportunities. Assistance and cost-share funding is also available through the Ramsey Conservation Distr ict at their web site https://www.ramseycounty.us/residents/environment/ramsey-conservation- district/cost-share-funding-assistance. Cost share programs include: • Abandoned Water Well Sealing for Ramsey County Residents to assist owners in sealing unused wells within Drinking Water Supply Management Areas (DWSMA) and Wellhead Protection Areas. • Native Plantings, Rain Gardens, and Shoreline Restoration includes technical assistance and funds available for Ramsey County residents interested in implementing projects to protect area lakes, streams, and wetlands. 6.3.6. Pros and Cons Each funding method has its advantages and drawbacks. Table 6-1 provides a summary of the advantages and disadvantages of each type of funding method. Funding alternatives should be viewed as a toolbox of resources and evaluated according to the needs of each specific project. SECTION 6 Surface Water Management Plan Section 6: Implementation Program City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 4 Table 6-1 Advantages and Disadvantages of Different Funding Alternatives Funding Method Advantages Disadvantages Ad Valorem Tax 1. Administrative structure for collection in place. 2. Simple and accepted source of revenue. 3. Allows for a larger revenue base. 4. Contributors pay through tax districts. 1. No incentive to reduce runoff or pollution. 2. No relationship to level of benefits received. 3. Discontinuous source of revenue. 4. Limitations on amount of expenditures due to budget constraints. 5. Competition with other City services (i.e., police, fire). Surface Water Management Utility 1. Charges based on land usage rather than property value. 2. Simple and consistent source of revenue. 3. Contributors pay on their utility bills. 4. Incentive to reduce runoff or pollution if credit procedure is in place. 1. New fees are perceived as taxes. 2. Basis for computing fee may be controversial. 3. May place an unfair burden on some segments of the population. 4. Administrative costs for billing and setup. Special Assessments 1. Only benefited properties pay. 2. Revenues from assessment are applied to a specific project cost. No competition with general services. 3. Benefits directly related to cost for service. 4. Assessment can be deferred in hardship cases. 1. Rigid procedural requirements. 2. Runoff contributions cannot be assessed. 3. Difficult to determine and prove benefit. 4. May place an unfair burden on some segments of the population. Development Charges 1. New development generating runoff pays for runoff management. 2. Administrative structure for reviewing plans and collecting fees is in place. 3. Systems can be tailored to the specific needs through regulatory changes. 4. Revenues are applied to water management. No competition with general services. 1. Only address problems within the vicinity of the new development, not usually existing developments. 2. Only address prevention not correction of major problems. 3. Limited usefulness as a financing mechanism. 4. Limited new development pressure within existing City limits. Grants 1. Reduce cost burden to residents in the community. 1. Undependable source of revenue. 2. Increase administrative costs for securing and managing the funds. 3. Most often grants require cost sharing and thus additional funding source. This results in double administrative costs due to several funding sources. 4. Limited availability on an irregular schedule. 5. Requires considerable lead time from application to receiving funds. SECTION 6 Surface Water Management Plan Section 6: Implementation Program City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 5 6.4. Plan Amendments 6.4.1. Amendment Procedures The Arden Hills Local Surface Water Management Plan is intended to extend through the year 2027. For the plan to remain dynamic, an avenue must be available to implement new information, ideas, methods, standards and management practices. Persons either residing or doing business within the City shall be able to request amendment proposals at any time. 6.4.2. Request for Amendments Written requests for plan amendment are submitted to the City staff. The request shall outline the need for the amendment as well as additional materials that the City will need to consider before making its decision. 6.4.3. Staff Review A decision is made to the validity of the request. Three options exist: a. Reject the amendment b. Accept the amendment as a minor issue, with minor issues collectively added to the plan at a later date c. Accept the amendment as a major issue, with major issues requiring an immediate amendment. In acting on an amendment request, staff shall recommend to City Council whether or not a public hearing is warranted. 6.4.4. City Council Consideration The amendment and the need for a public hearing shall be considered at a regular or special City Council meeting. Staff recommendations should also be considered before decisions on appropriate action(s) are made. 6.4.5. Public Hearing, City Council, and Agency Approval This step allows the public input based on the public sentiment. City Council shall determine when the public hearing should occur in the process. Based on the public hearing, City Council could approve the amendment, and, if necessary, refer the amendments to the Metropolitan Council and RCWD Board for comment and approval. 6.4.6. City Council Adoption Final action on an amendment following approval by the RCWD is Council adoption. However, prior to the adoption, an additional public hearing could be held to review the plan changes and to notify the appropriate stakeholders. 6.4.7. Annual Report to City Council A brief annual report should be made by City staff summarizing development changes, capital improvements and other water management-related issues that have occurred over the past year. The review should also include an update on available funding sources for water resource issues. Grant programs are especially important to review since they may change annually. These changes do not necessarily require indi vidual amendments. The reports can, however, be considered when the plan is brought up to date. The report should be completed by June 1st of SECTION 6 Surface Water Management Plan Section 6: Implementation Program City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 6 each year to allow implementation items to be considered in the normal budget process. Copies of the report should be filed with the RCWD. The annual update can also serve as an important public information tool. A summary could be published in the City’s newsletter. SECTION VI 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 1 Annual Public MS4 Meeting/Event Present the draft MS4 annual report at one public event per year to solicit public input regarding the adequacy of the City's SWPPP. Hold one event per calendar year of the MS4 permit cycle. $8,000 Annually, prior to June 30th Surface Water Utility Fund $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 Problem 4.6.A 2 Provide and update water resources-related information for the public. $100,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 $10,000 Problem 4.6.A 3 Collaboration with agencies and citizen groups on education initiatives.$20,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund $2,000 $2,000 $2,000 $2,000 $2,000 $2,000 $2,000 $2,000 $2,000 $2,000 Problem 4.6.A 4 Education Activity Implementation Plan - Complete yearly outline of education activity implementation program and implementation schedule. Include procedures to meet requirements for the MS4 permit. $15,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 Problem 4.6.A 5 Employee Training - Continue to provide a minimum of one staff training event per year to discuss illicit discharge recognition and reporting. City staff will develop an annual training schedule, record the employee names, topics covered, and date of each event, annually through the end of the MS4 permit cycle (July 31, 2018) $5,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 Problem 4.6.A 6 E.coli Education - Continue to educate residents on the importance of cleaning up after their pets to reduce pollutants entering the stormwater system and promoting the importance of goose management. $5,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 Problem 4.1.B 1 Snelling Avenue (local road) reconstruction (stormwater treatment and drainage) feasibility study.$425,000 2019-2020 Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants $425,000 2 Floral Park area & surrounding streets (stormwater treatment and drainage) feasibility study.$530,206 2019 Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants $530,206 Completed in 2018. 3 Participate in TMDL studies and implementation plan development efforts partnering with RCWD. $25,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 Problem 4.1.A 4 Support water quality monitoring programs on City lakes and key resources.$35,000 Annually Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants $3,500 $3,500 $3,500 $3,500 $3,500 $3,500 $3,500 $3,500 $3,500 $3,500 10 Year Total Cost Estimate 1 Education and Public Involvement (Goal 1) Lakes (Goal 2) TABLE 6.1 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT IMPLEMENTATION PLAN No.Project Description Schedule Comments Possible Funding Sources Proposed Cost By Year1 Local Surface Water Management Plan City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 03455-200 TABLE 6-1 SECTION VI 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 10 Year Total Cost Estimate 1No.Project Description Schedule Comments Possible Funding Sources Proposed Cost By Year1 5 Continue to administer the City's Floodplain and Shoreland Ordinances.$10,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 6 Animal Waste Ordinance - The City will regularly update and enforce their animal ordinance to properly dispose pet waste to limit E.coli discharge to the Mississippi River and other waterbodies. $8,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 Problem 4.1.B 7 Internal Lake Management - Develop an aquatic vegetation management plan to prevent curly-leaf pondweed abundance from increasing within the lake. $45,000 2018-2022 Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants $45,000 Lake Johanna Management Action Plan 8 Wetland Enhancement #2 - Potential excavation/cattail removal. Assess the current water quality treatment being provided by the basin and assess options for improvement, if warranted. Northeast of the intersection of Edgewater Avenue and Ridgewood Road. $45,000 2023-2027 Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants $45,000 Lake Johanna Management Action Plan 9 Open Space BMPs - Complete an assessment for Lake Johanna to identify possible BMPs in open space areas. $25,000 2018-2022 Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants $25,000 Lake Johanna Management Action Plan 10 Wetland Enhancement #3 -Incorporate treatment for adjacent roads (would need to assess current quality and function of the wetland). North of Nursery Hill Court and west of Dellwood Street. $50,000 2023-2027 Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants $50,000 Karth Lake Management Action Plan 11 Parking Lot Flume - The flume for stormwater runoff from the large parking area south of Karth Lake currently discharges offsite untreated. Incorporate stormwater treatment retrofits onsite during pavement maintenance. This is on private property and is subject to site redevelopment. $20,000 2023-2027 Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants $20,000 Karth Lake Management Action Plan 12 Open Space BMPs - Complete an assessment for Round Lake to identify possible BMPs in open space areas. Could include South of County Road 96 and west of Snelling Avenue and East of Round Lake Road and north of Gateway Court. $25,000 2023-2027 Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants $25,000 Round Lake Management Action Plan 13 Valentine Lake Open Space and Ditch Enhancement - Large open space with ditch running to the south under I-694 and then into Valentine Lake (large contributing drainage area). Use space for large regional facility to treat the highways and upstream discharges. Complete a feasibility study to determine the effectiveness of stormwater BMPs. $35,000 2018-2022 Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants $35,000 Valentine Lake Management Action Plan Local Surface Water Management Plan City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 03455-200 TABLE 6-1 SECTION VI 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 10 Year Total Cost Estimate 1No.Project Description Schedule Comments Possible Funding Sources Proposed Cost By Year1 14 Open Space BMPs - Complete an assessment for Valentine Lake to identify possible BMPs in open space areas. Could include North end of Valentine Lake, West of Snelling Avenue and north of Lake Johanna Boulevard, and Dunlap Street between Grey Fox Road and Red Fox Road. $35,000 2018-2022 Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants $35,000 Valentine Lake Management Action Plan 15 Pipe Repair - Rusted out pipe delivering runoff from Mn/DOT right-of-way at the north end of Valentine Lake. Repair pipe and look into upstream BMPs to reduce sediment transport from I-694 to Valentine Lake. $40,000 2018-2022 Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants $40,000 Valentine Lake Management Action Plan 16 Pond Enhancement - Maintain and retrofit existing stormwater pond north of Grey Fox Road and west of Dunlap Street to provide additional treatment. Remove concrete, add native vegetation, and get rid of geese. $80,000 2018-2022 Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants $80,000 Valentine Lake Management Action Plan 1 Update wetland and pond inventory consistent with MS4 Permit requirements.$15,000 Annually Surface Water Utility Fund $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 2 Continue to support RCWD WCA administration and enforcement within the City.$5,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 1 Continue twice per year street sweeping program. $300,000 Annually Surface Water Utility Fund $30,000 $30,000 $30,000 $30,000 $30,000 $30,000 $30,000 $30,000 $30,000 $30,000 2 Continue annual drainage system inspection and maintenance programs in compliance with NPDES MS4 Permit, including cleaning of proprietary hydrodynamic separators.$400,000 Annually Surface Water Utility Fund $40,000 $40,000 $40,000 $40,000 $40,000 $40,000 $40,000 $40,000 $40,000 $40,000 Problem 4.7.A 3 Continue pond inspection and bathymetric pond survey programs.$15,000 Once every 5 years Surface Water Utility Fund $5,000 $5,000 $5,000 Problem 4.7.B 4 Stormwater pond maintenance projects including pond cleanouts and any outlet improvements. To be determined based on pond inspections and surveys. $900,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund $100,000 $100,000 $100,000 $100,000 $100,000 $100,000 $100,000 $100,000 $100,000 Problem 4.7.B 5 Continue implementation of private system maintenance and inspection program.$60,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund $6,000 $6,000 $6,000 $6,000 $6,000 $6,000 $6,000 $6,000 $6,000 $6,000 Problem 4.7.A 6 Collaborate with RCWD on WCA requirements for development projects.$8,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 Maintenance, Inspection, and Municipal Operation of City-Owned Drainage Systems (Goal 4) Wetlands (Goal 3) Local Surface Water Management Plan City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 03455-200 TABLE 6-1 SECTION VI 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 10 Year Total Cost Estimate 1No.Project Description Schedule Comments Possible Funding Sources Proposed Cost By Year1 7 Evaluate and update engineering standards devoted to the improvement and rehabilitation of drainage systems in the City.$15,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 8 Annually review and implement snow and ice control policies and de-icing compound application.$25,000 Annually Surface Water Utility Fund $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 $2,500 9 Construction Site Erosion and Sediment Control Inspections - City staff will continue to implement and enforce the construction site inspection program for erosion control on construction sites one acre or larger. City staff will document the number of site inspections conducted annually. $5,000 Annually Surface Water Utility Fund $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 1 Continue to develop GIS information on City drainage utilities and mapping in compliance with MS4 reporting requirements.$12,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund $1,200 $1,200 $1,200 $1,200 $1,200 $1,200 $1,200 $1,200 $1,200 $1,200 Problem 4.8.C 2 Continue developing efficient and effective means of sharing data with other local agencies.$5,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 1 Evaluate localized flooding and drainage issues. Includes those identified for Floral Drive, Indian Oaks Court, Norma Circle, and Briarknoll Drive. Issues will be addressed on a priority basis with corresponding City projects. $82,500 Annually Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants $7,500 $7,500 $7,500 $7,500 $7,500 $9,000 $9,000 $9,000 $9,000 $9,000 Problem 4.2.B, 4.2.C, 4.2.D, 4.2.E 2 Review easement coverage on City owned and maintained storm sewer systems relative to the 100-year HWL. $10,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund, Grants $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 3 Continue to enforce floodplain ordinance and preserve volumes relative to existing stormwater facilities, waterbodies, and wetlands.$18,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund, Grants $1,800 $1,800 $1,800 $1,800 $1,800 $1,800 $1,800 $1,800 $1,800 $1,800 4 Continue to manage the Karth Lake elevation (no outlet) balancing environmental concerns with property owner considerations.$5,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund, Grants $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 5 Evaluate the feasibility of BMPs for the management of excess runoff, water quality and flooding as part of the CIP pavement management projects.$160,000 Bi-Annually Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants $35,000 $35,000 $45,000 $45,000 Problem 4.5.A Data and Information Management (Goal 5) Excess Runoff Management and Flood Control (Goal 6) Local Surface Water Management Plan City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 03455-200 TABLE 6-1 SECTION VI 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 10 Year Total Cost Estimate 1No.Project Description Schedule Comments Possible Funding Sources Proposed Cost By Year1 6 Complete a feasibility report to analyze Charles Perry Park trail flooding and identify potential solutions.$35,000 2018-2022 Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants $35,000 Problem 4.2.A 7 Complete a study to analyze the Valentine Park rain garden's lack of drainage and identify potential solutions.$35,000 2018-2022 Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants $35,000 Problem 4.5.D 8 Evaluate stormwater BMP options to address the RCWD volume debit.$25,000 Until debit is fulfilled Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants $5,000 $5,000 $5,000 $5,000 $5,000 Problem 4.5.E 1 Evaluate impacts on groundwater relative to BMP installations.$20,000 By project Surface Water Utility Fund, Grants $2,000 $2,000 $2,000 $2,000 $2,000 $2,000 $2,000 $2,000 $2,000 $2,000 1 Continue to apply the City's sediment and erosion control ordinance and collaborate with RCWD on enforcement.$5,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 $500 Problem 4.4.A 1 Planning effort for storm water management on TCAAP lands. $50,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants, Ramsey County, Developers $5,000 $5,000 $5,000 $5,000 $5,000 $5,000 $5,000 $5,000 $5,000 $5,000 Problem 4.5.B Continue to partner with RCWD, Ramsey County and future developers to implement BMPs identified as part of the TCAAP redevelopment site referencing the approved CSMP and Green Infrastructure and Stormwater Reuse Feasibility Study. $30,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund, RCWD, Grants, Ramsey County, Developers $3,000 $3,000 $3,000 $3,000 $3,000 $3,000 $3,000 $3,000 $3,000 $3,000 Problem 4.5.B 1 Review surface water utility fund needs. $8,000 Ongoing Surface Water Utility Fund $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 $800 2 Track grant opportunities and apply for grants as part of improvement projects.$10,000 By project Surface Water Utility Fund $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 Groundwater (Goal 7) Erosion and Sediment Control (Goal 8) TCAAP Redevelopment (Goal 9) Financing (Goal 10) Local Surface Water Management Plan City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 03455-200 TABLE 6-1 SECTION VI 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 10 Year Total Cost Estimate 1No.Project Description Schedule Comments Possible Funding Sources Proposed Cost By Year1 TOTAL $3,844,706 $671,406 $296,200 $851,200 $316,200 $311,200 $277,700 $302,700 $282,700 $297,700 $237,700 1 Cost estimates are preliminary and subject to review and revision as engineer's reports are completed and more information becomes available. Table reflects 2018 costs and does not account for inflation. Costs generally include labor, equipment, materials, and all other costs necessary to complete each activity. Some of the costs outlined above may be included in other operational costs budgeted by the City. Local Surface Water Management Plan City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 03455-200 TABLE 6-1 SECTION 7 Surface Water Management Plan Section 7: Administration City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 1 7. ADMINISTRATION 7.1. Review and Adoption Process Review and adoption of this Surface Water Management Plan will follow the procedure outlined in Minnesota Statutes 103B.235: ‘After consideration but before adoption by the governing body, each local governmen t unit shall submit its water management plan to the watershed management organization[s] for review for consistency with the watershed plan. The organization[s] shall have 60 days to complete its review.’ ‘Concurrently with its submission of its local water management plan to the watershed management organization, each local government unit shall submit its water management plan to the Metropolitan Council for review and comment. The council shall have 45 days to review and comment upon the local plan. The council’s 45-day review period shall run concurrently with the 60-day review period by the watershed management organization. The Metropolitan Council shall submit its comments to the watershed management organization and shall send a copy of its comment s to the local government unit.’ ‘After approval of the local plan by the watershed management organization[s], the local government unit shall adopt and implement its plan within 120 days, and shall amend its official controls accordingly within 180 days.’ 7.2. Plan Amendments and Future Updates This Local Surface Water Management Plan will be incorporated into the City’s 2040 Comprehensive Plan update in 2019. The Plan is intended to be in effect for 10 years , at which time an updated plan will be required. Following review by Met Council and RCWD and the formal adoption process outlined above, the Arden Hills SWMP will be current. The City of Arden Hills my revise/amend the plan in response to City-identified needs. APPENDIX A Figures %&d( %&d( %&d( %&h( %&h( )m ?ÖA@ ?÷A@ GâWX GiWX ?ÖA@ Lake Johanna Round Lake Valentine Lake ArdenHills BirchwoodVillage Blaine Bloomington Centerville CirclePines ColumbiaHeights CottageGrove Dellwood Eagan FalconHeights FortSnelling Fridley GemLake Grant Grey Cloud Island Hilltop Hugo InverGroveHeights LakeElmo Landfall Lauderdale Lexington Lilydale LinoLakes LittleCanada Mahtomedi Maplew ood Mendota MendotaHeights Minne apolis MoundsView New Brighton Newport NorthOaks NorthSaintPaul Oakdale PineSprings Richfield Roseville SaintAnthony SaintPaul SaintPaul Park Shoreview SouthSaintPaul SpringLake Park Sunfis hLake VadnaisHeights WestSaintPaul WhiteBear WhiteBearLake Willernie Woodbury ¬«3 ¬«5 ¬«5 ¬«120 ¬«36 ¬«55 ¬«110 ¬«13 ¬«77 ¬«149 ¬«65 ¬«62 ¬«280 ¬«96 ¬«51 ¬«156 ¬«5 ¬«244 £¤10 £¤52 £¤10 £¤61 £¤952 £¤61 §¨¦94 §¨¦35E §¨¦694 §¨¦35E §¨¦35W §¨¦694 §¨¦494 1 inch = 8,000 feet Document Path: K:\03455-200\GIS\Maps\SWMP\Figure1_LocationMap.mxd Date Saved: 5/31/2017 2:07:33 PMFigure 1 - Location Map Arden Hills, MN Arden Hills City BoundaryCity/Tow nship BoundaryCounty BoundaryLakesStreams/Rivers Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 8,000Feet¯ %&d( %&d( %&d( %&h( %&h( )m ?ÖA@ ?÷A@ GiWX Lake Johanna Round Lake Valentine Lake 1 inch = 1,800 feet Document Path: K:\03455-200\GIS\Maps\SWMP\Figure2_SoilsMap.mxd Date Saved: 5/31/2017 4:57:23 PMFigure 2 - Soils MapArden Hills, MN City BoundaryNot ra te d or not availableAA/DBB/DCC/DD Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯ %&d( %&d( %&d( %&h( %&h( )m ?ÖA@ ?÷A@ GiWX Lake Johanna Round Lake Valentine Lake 1 inch = 1,800 feet Document Path: K:\03455-200\GIS\Maps\SWMP\Figure3_ExistingLandUse.mxd Date Saved: 6/21/2017 7:16:56 AMFigure 3 - 2010 Existing Land UseArden Hills, MN Arden Hills City BoundarySingle Family AttachedSingle Family DetachedMultifamilyManufactured Housing ParksMixed Use ResidentialRetail and Other CommercialOfficeMixed Use IndustrialIndustrial and UtilityPark, Recreational, or PreserveInstitutitionalUndevelopedOpen WaterRailway Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯ %&d( %&d( %&d( %&h( %&h( )m ?ÖA@ ?÷A@ GiWX Lake Johanna Round Lake Valentine Lake 1 inch = 1,800 feet Document Path: K:\03455-200\GIS\Maps\SWMP\Figure4_FutureLandUse.mxd Date Saved: 8/25/2017 10:35:48 AMFigure 4 - 2040 Future Land UseArden Hills, MN Arden Hills City BoundaryVLDR - Very Low Density ResidentialLDR - Low Density ResidentialMDR - Medium Density ResidentialHDR - High Density ResidentialNR - Neighborhood ResidentialTC - Town CenterNB - Neighborhood BusinessMB - Mixed BusinessCOM - CommercialCMU - Community Mixed UseCC - Campus CommercialRMU - Retail Mixed UseOMU - Office Mixed UseFO - Flex OfficeIND - Light Industrial & OfficePI - Public & InstitutionalUTL - UtilityPOS - Park & Open SpacePP - Park PreserveWAT - WaterRR - RailroadROW - Right of Way Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯ %&d( %&d( %&d( %&h( %&h( )m ?ÖA@ ?÷A@ GiWX Lake Johanna Round Lake Valentine Lake 1 inch = 1,800 feet Document Path: K:\03455-200\GIS\Maps\SWMP\Figure5_MLCCS.mxd Date Saved: 6/15/2017 12:14:06 PMFigure 5 - MLCCSArden Hills, MN Arden Hills City BoundaryMLCCS TypeDeveloped AreaForestHerbaceousShrublandSand FlatsWetlandsWater Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯ %&d( %&d( %&h( )m ?ÖA@ ?÷A@ Lake Johanna Round Lake Valentine Lake 1 inch = 1,800 f eet Document Path: K:\03455-200\GIS\Maps\SWMP\Figure6_PotectedWaters.mxd Date Saved: 9/27/2017 10:30:34 AMFigure 6 - Protected W aterbodiesArden Hills, MN Arden Hills City BoundaryPublic Wa ter BasinWatercourseFreshwater Emergent WetlandFreshwater Forested/Shrub WetlandFreshwater PondRiverine Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯ %&d( %&d( %&h( )m ?ÖA@ ?÷A@ Turtle Marsden Long Rush Rush Round Karth Island Valentine Josephine Langton Johanna LittleJohanna Jones Pike 1 inch = 1,800 f eet Document Path: K:\03455-200\GIS\Maps\SWMP\Figure7_SubwatershedsStormSystem.mxd Date Saved: 9/27/2017 2:38:08 PMFigure 7 - Subwatersheds and Drainage SystemArden Hills, MN Storm SewerStorm StructureSubwatershed Area ")PondPond Drainage AreasArden Hills City Boundary Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯ %&d( %&d( %&d( %&h( %&h( )m ?ÖA@ ?÷A@ GiWX Lake Johanna Round Lake Valentine Lake EL 881EL 880EL 879 EL 879 EL 880 EL 886 1 inch = 1,800 feet Document Path: K:\03455-200\GIS\Maps\SWMP\Figure8_FloodHazardAreas.mxd Date Saved: 6/21/2017 10:57:22 AMFigure 8 - Flood Hazard Areas MapArden Hills, MN Arden Hills City BoundaryFlood ZoneZone AZone AE Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯ %&d( %&d( %&d( %&h( %&h( )m ?ÖA@ ?÷A@ GiWX Lake Johanna Round Lake Valentine Lake 1 inch = 1,800 feet Document Path: K:\03455-200\GIS\Maps\SWMP\Figure9_DWSMA.mxd Date Saved: 6/16/2017 2:18:43 PMFigure 9 - Drinking Water Supply Management Areas (DWSMA)Arden Hills, MN Arden Hills City BoundaryWell VulnerabilityVery HighHighModerateLowVery Low Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯ %&d( %&d( %&h( %&h( )m ?ÖA@ ?÷A@ GâWX GiWX Lake Johanna Round Lake Valentine Lake 1 inch = 1,800 feet Document Path: K:\03455-200\GIS\Maps\SWMP\test_SpecialImpairedWaters.mxd Date Saved: 7/13/2017 8:08:13 AMFigure 10 - Special and Impaired Waters MapArden Hills, MN Arden Hills City BoundaryImpaired Streams (2016)Impa ired Wetlands (2016)Impa ired Lakes (2016) Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯ %&d( %&d( %&d( %&h( %&h( )m ?ÖA@ ?÷A@ GiWX Lake Johanna Round Lake Valentine Lake 1 inch = 1,800 f eet Document Path: K:\03455-200\GIS\Maps\SWMP\Figure11_GroundwaterAppropriations.mxd Date Saved: 9/28/2017 8:20:24 AMFigure 11 - Groundwater AppropriationsArden Hills, MN Arden Hills City Boundary #*Air Conditioning #*Non-Crop Irrigation #*Special Categories #*Temporary #*Water Level Maintenance #*Waterw orks #*Industrial Processing Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯ %&d( %&d( %&d( %&h( %&h( )m ?ÖA@ ?÷A@ GiWX Lake Johanna Round Lake Valentine Lake 1 inch = 1,800 feet Document Path: K:\03455-200\GIS\Maps\SWMP\Figure12_PollutantSourceLocation.mxd Date Saved: 7/13/2017 3:47:53 PMFigure 12 - Pollutant Source Location MapArden Hills, MN Arden Hills City BoundaryMPCA "Air !Inv estigation a nd Cle anup #Water "Feedlot "Haza rdous Waste !Solid Was te #Tanks and Leaks !.Multiple Activities Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯ %&d( %&d( %&d( %&h( %&h( )m ?ÖA@ ?÷A@ GiWX Turtle Marsden Long Rush Round Karth Island Valentine Josephine Langton Johanna LittleJohanna Jones Pike 1 inch = 1,800 feet Document Path: K:\03455-200\GIS\Maps\SWMP\Figure13_SubwatershedDelineation.mxd Date Saved: 8/25/2017 11:45:03 AMFigure 13 - Subwatershed AreasArden Hills, MN Lege nd Subwatershed AreaArden Hills City Boundary Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯ APPENDIX B Relevant City Ordinances 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 1/6 Print Arden Hills, MN Code of Ordinances Section 1330 - Shoreland Regulations 1330.01 General Provisions. Subd. 1 Intent. The uncontrolled use of shorelands within the City of Arden Hills affects the public health, safety and general welfare not only by contributing to pollution of public waters, but also by impairing the local tax base. Therefore, it is in the best interest of the public health, safety and welfare to provide for the wise development of shorelands of public waters. The Legislature of Minnesota has delegated responsibility to the municipalities of the State to regulate the subdivision, use, and development of the shorelands of public waters and thus preserve and enhance the quality of surface waters, preserve the economic and natural environmental values of shorelands, and provide for the wise utilization of waters and related land resources. This responsibility shall hereby be recognized by the City of Arden Hills. Subd. 2 Purpose. To achieve the policies described in the City's Comprehensive Plan and State and Federal policies and statutes, the City intends to determine, control and guide future development within and surrounding those land areas which are contiguous to designated bodies of public water and areas of as herein defined and regulated. Specifically, the City of Arden Hills Purports to: A. Regulate the placement of sanitary and storm water disposal facilities on lots; B. Regulate the area of a lot, the length of water frontage suitable for a building site, and setbacks; C. Regulate alteration of the shorelands and wetlands of public waters; D. Control natural environment areas of ecological value to maintain existing aquatic, vegetation, and wildlife conditions to the maximum extent possible; E. Promote the use of native vegetation as a means to increase stormwater infiltration, provide natural view sheds, and screen structures and parking areas as viewed from public waters. 1. Statutory Authorization. This Section is adopted pursuant to the authorization contained in furtherance of the policies declared in Minnesota Statutes Chapters 105 and 462 and Minnesota Regulations Parts 6120.2500- 6120.3900. 2. Abrogation and Greater Restrictions. It shall not be intended by this Section to repeal, abrogate or impair any existing easements, covenants or deed restrictions. However, where this Section imposes greater restrictions, the provisions of this Section shall prevail. 3. Jurisdiction. This Section shall apply to all lands located within the boundaries of the shoreland. 1330.02 Shoreland Management Districts and Uses. Subd. 1 Classification of Lakes. In order to guide the wise development and utilization of shorelands of protected waters for the preservation of water quality, natural characteristics, economic values and general health, safety and welfare, certain protected waters in the City have been given a shoreland management classification. These protected waters of the City have been classified below consistent with the criteria found in Minnesota Regulations, Part 6120.3300, and the Protected Waters Inventory Map for Ramsey County, Minnesota. DNR I.D. No. General Development Lakes: Josephine 62-57 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 2/6 Johanna 62-78 Karth 62-72 Recreational Development Lakes: Little Johanna 62-58 Round Lake 62-70 Natural Environmental Lakes: Sunfish 62-65 Valentine 62-71 Subd. 2 Establishment of Shoreland Management Districts; Zoning Map. The boundaries of the Shoreland Management Districts are hereby continued as shown on the map entitled "Official Zoning Map of Arden Hills, Minnesota," which map shall be properly approved and filed in the office of the City Administrator. The shoreland management districts overlay existing zoning districts of the City also shown on the official zoning map pursuant to this Code and the City of Arden Hills Zoning Code. As indicated in this Section, certain portions of the shorelands in the shoreland management districts are classified general development, recreational development, or natural environment lakes. The map and all of the notations, references and other information shown thereon shall have the same force and effect as if set forth in this Section at length. Subd. 3 Boundaries of Shoreland Management Districts. The boundaries of the shoreland management districts shall be determined by scaling distances on the official zoning map. Where interpretation is needed as to the exact location of the boundaries of a shoreland management district shown on the official zoning map, for example where there appears to be a conflict between a mapped boundary and actual field conditions, the City Council shall make the necessary interpretation based upon topographic elevations and other available technical data. Persons contesting the location of the shoreland management district boundaries shall be given a reasonable opportunity to present their case to the City Council and to submit technical evidence. 1330.03 General Provisions. Subd. 1 District Requirements. The following standards shall apply to all shorelands of the protected waters listed in this Section. Where the requirements of the underlying zoning district as shown on the official zoning map are more restrictive than those set forth in this Section, then the more restrictive standards shall apply: Natural Environmental Waters Recreational Development Waters General Development Waters Lot Area (square feet): Riparian Lot 40,000 20,000 14,000 Lot Area (square feet): Non- Riparian Lot 14,000 14,000 14,000 (for District R-1) 11,000 (for Districts R-2, R-3, R-4) Minimum Water Frontage and Width at Building Line (feet) 125 75 75 Structure Minimum Setback from Ordinary High Water Level (feet) 150*75*50* Structure Minimum Setbacks from Streets and Highways (feet) 40 for Districts R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4 50 for Districts B-1, B-2, I-2 55 for District I-1 Structure Maximum Height (feet) 35 for District R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4, B-1, B-2, I-1 45 for District I-2 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 3/6 Maximum Lot Area Covered by Impervious Surface (%) 35 for District R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4 65 for District I-1 75 for District B-1, B-2, I-2 *See Section 1330.03, Subd. 4 for Exceptions to the Structure Setback Requirement Subd. 2 Roads and Parking Areas. Roads and parking areas shall be located to retard the runoff of surface waters and nutrients in accordance with the following criteria: A. All roads and parking areas shall meet the setback requirements established for structures of this Section. B. Natural vegetation or other natural materials shall be used to screen parking areas when viewed from the water. Subd. 3 Elevation of Lowest Floor. A. Structures shall be placed at an elevation consistent with the City's flood plain management controls as set forth in Section 1335 of this Code. B. In areas not regulated by flood plain management controls, the elevation to which the lowest floor, including basements, shall be placed shall be determined as follows: 1. For lakes, ponds, and flowages, by (a) an elevation of available flood information and consistent with "Statewide Standards and Criteria for Management of Flood Plain Areas of Minnesota," or (b) placing the lowest floor at a level at least three (3) feet above the highest known water level. In those instances where sufficient data on known high water levels are not available, the ordinary high water level shall be used. 2. For streams, by an evaluation of available flood information and consistent with "Statewide Standards and Criteria for Management of Flood Plain Areas of Minnesota." Subd. 4 Adjacent Lots. On any shoreland lot where the adjacent lots have existing dwellings that exceed the minimum setback from the OHW level, the shoreline setback for a new dwelling unit or an addition to an existing dwelling unit shall not be less than the average of the setbacks from the OHW level for such adjacent dwellings minus ten (10) feet subject to the following: A. In no case shall the new structure or addition be within the minimum setback from the OWH level as stated in Section 1330.03 Subd 1. B. In no case shall the new structure or addition be nearer to the OHW level than the nearest adjacent structure. C. The minimum structure setback in Section 1330.03 Subd. 1 shall be used for the adjacent lot when calculating the setback if an adjacent lot is: 1. Vacant; 2. Has a use other than single or two-family residential; or, 3. Has a dwelling unit that encroaches on the minimum structure setback. Subd. 5 Exceptions to Structure Setback Requirements. No structure shall be placed within the structure setback requirements of the shoreland management district. The following are not classified as structures for the purposes of this section: A. Docks and Boatlifts. Setback requirements from the ordinary high water level shall not apply to docks and boatlifts. Location of docks and boatlifts shall be controlled by applicable State and local regulations. B. Stairways, access lifts, and landings. Setback requirements from the ordinary high water level shall not apply to stairways, access lifts, or landings. Stairways and access lifts are the preferred alternative to major topographic alterations for achieving access up and down bluffs and steep slopes to shore areas. Stairways, access lifts and landings located within the Shore Impact Zone shall meet the following design standards: 1. Landings for stairways and lifts shall not exceed 40 square feet in area. 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 4/6 2. Canopies or roofs are not allowed on stairways, access lifts, docks, or landings. C. Uncovered patios. At grade uncovered patios that have an underside surface that is entirely in contact with and wholly supported by the ground may be placed within the structure setback requirements from the ordinary high water level but shall not be placed within the Shore Impact Zone. Uncovered patios shall not be considered landscaped area when calculating lot coverage. D. Fences. Chain link, or other types of fences with a transparency of at least 75 percent, may be placed within the structure setback requirements from the ordinary high water level but shall not be placed within the Shore Impact Zone. E. Lakeshore lots may be permitted one (1) accessory storage shed within the required structure setback from the ordinary high water level, provided that it: 1. Is not located within the Shore Impact Zone. 2. Does not exceed 64 square feet in size and eight (8) feet in height, measured to the highest point of the structure. 3. Is not designed or used for human habitation and does not contain a water supply or sewage treatment facilities. Subd. 6 Maintenance of shoreland. The shoreland shall be protected from adverse conditions affecting the public. Keeping the shoreland in a natural state and the use of native vegetation is encouraged. A. Up to ten (10) percent of the shoreline of a property may be utilized for docks, but no property shall be limited to less than four feet of the shoreline for the utilization of a dock, subject to DNR regulations. B. Docks shall be setback a minimum of five (5) feet from side property lines at the point of attachment to the shoreline. This requirement may be adjusted by the Zoning Administrator in cases where topography or lot width significantly limits the placement of docks. C. Watercraft and other water equipment shall be stored in accordance with Section 1325.12, Recreational Vehicle, Utility Trailer, Riding Lawn Mower, and Watercraft Outdoor Storage, and be kept in a neat and orderly manner. D. Boatlifts, docks, watercraft, accessory structures, and any other equipment that is in a state of disrepair, inoperable, or otherwise unusable shall not be stored outdoors. E. Grading or otherwise removing natural cover from the Shore Impact Zone or cutting or filling which changes the natural shoreline shall be prohibited without proper permits. F. The accumulation of debris, the creation or maintenance of safety hazards, and similar activities shall be prohibited. Subd. 7 Shoreland Alterations. A. Removal of Vegetation. The removal of vegetation shall be restricted to prevent erosion into protected waters, to consume nutrients in the soil, and to preserve shoreland aesthetics. Removal of vegetation in the shoreland management districts shall be subject to the following provisions: 1. In Shore Impact Zones and on steep slopes, limited clearing of trees and shrubs for access to the shoreline, and cutting, pruning, and trimming of trees is allowed provided that a minimum of seventy-five (75) percent of the Shore Impact Zone be left in its natural state. 2. The minimal amount of vegetation shall be altered and sufficient vegetative cover shall remain to screen cars, dwellings and other structures when viewed from public waters. 3. Except for the removal of invasive species, clear cutting of vegetation shall be prohibited. 4. Native vegetation shall be restored insofar as feasible after any construction project is completed to retard surface runoff and soil erosion. 5. All disturbed areas are restored to prevent soil erosion. 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 5/6 6. The above provisions are not applicable to the removal of trees, limbs, or branches that are dead, diseased, or pose safety hazards. B. Grading and Filling. All land disturbance activity in the Shoreland Management District shall be subject to the provisions of Chapter 15 of the City Code, Erosion and Sediment Control. C. Shoreline Alterations. Any work which shall change or diminish the course, current or cross section of a protected water or wetland, or shall alter the shoreline below the ordinary high water level, shall be subject to approval by the Commissioner of Natural Resources, and the approval shall be construed to mean the issuance by the Commissioner of Natural Resources of a permit under the procedures of Minnesota Statutes. D. Permeable Surface Credit. At the discretion of the Zoning Administrator, up to five percent of a lot's required landscaped area, but not exceeding 700 square feet, may be covered with pervious hard surfaces subject to the approval of a Shoreland Mitigation Plan. E. Shoreland Mitigation. A shoreland mitigation plan must be submitted for residential development that requires land use approval including, but not limited to, variances; conditional use permits; subdivisions; rezonings; or a permeable surface credit. The plan shall be designed to mitigate the adverse effects land development has on water quality and the lake environment. The mitigation plan shall be signed by the property owner, approved by the Zoning Administrator, and a Mitigation Affidavit recorded with the Register of Deeds prior to the commencement of development activity. Furthermore, mitigation plans shall be completed within one year of the plan's approval unless otherwise approved by the City. An escrow fee that shall be held for a minimum of two years shall also be submitted. The mitigation plan shall include at a minimum two of the following practices: 1. Vegetation Restoration. Vegetation restoration areas may be established which at a minimum shall include land within the shore and the bluff impact zones or steep slopes. Land area shall be restored from lawn, beach or other disturbances using native or natural landscaping. a) Steep Slope/Bluff Restoration. Steep slopes and bluffs that are vegetated with turf may be restored with deciduous and ornamental trees, evergreens and shrubs that are native to the area. b) Shoreline Buffer Restoration. A buffer zone of at least 25 feet from and parallel to the ordinary high water mark shall be planted or restored and maintained with vegetation native to the area to fullest practicable extent possible with effective erosion and sediment control. Existing natural beaches or beaches which have been permitted by the DNR shall be allowed to continue and be maintained. A minimum of 30 percent of the lot's shoreline area shall be restored. This restoration area shall be contiguous unless otherwise approved as part of the mitigation plan. 2. Architectural Mass. The use of natural color(s) and/or materials on the exterior of the structure shall be used to reduce the visual impact. Natural colors are shades of brown, gray, and green. Natural materials include wood or stone that complement the setting of the structure. 3. Removal of Nonconforming Structures. The mitigation plan may include the removal of structures that do not comply with the required structure setbacks from the ordinary high water line or are located within a shore impact zone or bluff impact zone. 4. Reduction of Impervious Surface Coverage. The mitigation plan may include a minimum five percent reduction of the existing impervious surface coverage. The preferable location of this reduction is within that portion of the lot that drains to the lake. 5. Other Practices. At the discretion of the Zoning Administrator, other restoration or protection activities may be approved as part of a mitigation plan provided they meet the objectives of this ordinance. Examples include the removal of artificial sand beaches, stormwater management and replacement of seawalls with bioengineering structures. Subd. 8 Subdivisions. No land shall be subdivided which shall be held unsuitable by the City for the proposed use because of flooding, inadequate drainage, soil and rock formations with severe limitations for development, severe erosion potential, unfavorable topography, inadequate water supply or sewer access, or any other feature likely to be harmful to the health, safety, or welfare of future residents of the proposed subdivision or of the community. 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 6/6 Subd. 9 Planned Unit Developments. Planned Unit Developments may be permitted in accordance with this Code and the City of Arden Hills Zoning Code, provided that preliminary plans are approved by the Commissioner of Natural Resources prior to their approval by the City, and further provided that: A. Open space is preserved through the use of restrictive deed covenants, public dedications, or other methods. B. The following factors shall be carefully evaluated to ensure the increased density of development shall be consistent with the resource limitations of the protected water: 1. Suitability of the site for the proposed use; 2. Physical and aesthetic impact of increased density; 3. Level of current development; 4. Amount and ownership of undeveloped shoreland; 5. Levels and types of water surface use and public accesses; 6. Possible effects on overall public use. 1330.04 Notification of the Commissioner of Natural Resources. Subd. 1 Variances. A copy of any request for a variance to the provisions of this Section or plats which propose any lots which require variances to the lot area and dimensional requirements of this Section or the notice of a public hearing to consider a conditional use permit or planned unit development permit shall be sent to the Commissioner of Natural Resources such that notice shall be received by the commissioner at least ten (10) days prior to the hearing or action on the request. Subd. 2 Amendments. A copy of all amendments to this Section and final decisions granting variances or conditional uses within the shoreland management districts shall be sent to the Commissioner of Natural Resources within ten (10) days of the amendment or final action. Subd. 3 Plats. Copies of all plats within the shoreland management districts shall be submitted to the Commissioner of Natural Resources within ten (10) days of final approval by the City. 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 1/17 Print Arden Hills, MN Code of Ordinances Section 1335 - Flood Plains 1335.01 Statutory Authorization. The legislature of the State of Minnesota has, in Minnesota Statutes Chapter 103F and Chapter 462 delegated the responsibility to local government units to adopt regulations designed to minimize flood losses. Therefore, the City Council of the City of Arden Hills, Minnesota does ordain as follows: 1335.02 Findings of Fact. Subd. 1 Hazards Exist. The flood hazard areas of the City are subject to periodic inundation which results in potential loss of life, loss of property, health and safety hazards, disruption of commerce and governmental services, extraordinary public expenditures or flood protection and relief, and impairment of the tax base, all of which adversely affect the public health, safety, and general welfare. Subd. 2 Method Used to Analyze Flood Hazards. There regulations of this Section are based upon a reasonable method of analyzing flood hazards which is consistent with the standards established by the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources. Subd. 3 National Flood Insurance Program Compliance. This Ordinance is adopted to comply with the rules and regulations of the National Flood Insurance Program codified as 44 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 59 -78, as amended, so as to maintain the community's eligibility in the National Flood Insurance Program. 1335.03 Statement of Purpose. It shall be the purpose of this Section to promote the public health, safety, and general welfare and minimize those losses described in Section 1335.02 Subd 1. 1335.04 Zoning Code. The City of Arden Hill's Zoning Code is adopted by reference and made a part of this Section as if set out in full. 1335.05 Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation. The Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation shall be an elevation no lower than one foot above the elevation of the regional flood plus any increases in flood elevation caused by encroachments on the flood plain that result from designation of a floodway. 1335.06 Lands to Which Regulations Apply. 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 2/17 These regulations of this Section shall apply to all lands within the City as shown on the Official Zoning Map and/or the attachments thereto as being located within the boundaries of the Floodway, Flood Fringe, or General Flood Plain Districts. 1335.07 Establishment of Official Zoning Map. The Official Zoning Map together with all materials attached thereto shall be adopted by reference and declared to be a part of this Section as if set out here in full. The attached material shall include the Flood Insurance Study for Ramsey County, Minnesota (All Jurisdictions) and Flood Insurance Rate Map panels therein numbered 27123C0004G, 27123C0005G, 27123C0010G, 27123C0012G, 27123C0016G and 27123C0020G, all dated June 4, 2010, and prepared by the Federal Emergency Management Agency. The Official Zoning Map shall be on file in the Office of the City Administrator. 1335.08 Interpretation. Subd. 1 Minimum Standards. In their interpretation and application, these regulations of this Section shall be held to be minimum requirements and shall be liberally construed in favor of the City and shall not be deemed a limitation or repeal of any other powers granted by State Statutes. Subd. 2 Boundaries. The boundaries of the zoning districts shall be determined by scaling distances on the Official Zoning Map. Where interpretation is needed as to the exact location of the boundaries of the district as shown on the Official Zoning Map, as for example where there appears to be a conflict between a mapped boundary and actual field conditions and there is a formal appeal of the decision of the Zoning Administrator, the Board of Adjustment shall make the necessary interpretation. All decisions shall be based on elevations on the regional (100-year) flood profile, the ground elevations that existed on the site at the time the City adopted its initial floodplain ordinance or on the date of the first National Flood Insurance Program map showing the 100-year floodplain if earlier, and other available technical data. Any person contesting the location of the district boundaries shall be given a reasonable opportunity to present his or her case to the Board and to submit technical evidence. 1335.09 Abrogation and Greater Restrictions. It is not intended by this Ordinance to repeal, abrogate, or impair any existing easements, covenants, or deed restrictions. However, where this Ordinance imposes greater restrictions, the provisions of this Ordinance shall prevail. All other ordinances inconsistent with this Ordinance are hereby repealed to the extent of the inconsistency only. 1335.10 Warning and Disclaimer of Liability. This Ordinance does not imply that areas outside the flood plain districts or land uses permitted within such districts will be free from flooding or flood damages. This Ordinance shall not create liability on the part of the City of Arden Hills or any officer or employee thereof for any flood damages that result from reliance on this Ordinance or any administrative decision lawfully made there under. 1335.11 Severability. If any section, clause, provision, or portion of this Ordinance is adjudged unconstitutional or invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Ordinance shall not be affected thereby. 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 3/17 1335.12 Annexations. The Flood Insurance Rate Map panels adopted by reference into Section 1335.07 above may include floodplain areas that lie outside of the corporate boundaries of the City of Arden Hills at the time of adoption of this Ordinance. If any of these floodplain land areas are annexed into the City of Arden Hills after the date of adoption of this Ordinance, the newly annexed floodplain lands shall be subject to the provisions of this Ordinance immediately upon the date of annexation into the City of Arden Hills. 1335.13 Establishment of Zoning Districts. Subd. 1 Floodway District. The floodway District shall include those areas designated as floodway on the Flood Insurance Rate Map adopted in this Section. For lakes, wetlands and other basins, the Floodway District shall include those areas designated as Zone AE (that do not have a floodway designated) and Zone A on the Flood Insurance Rate Map panels adopted in this Section that are below the ordinary high water level as defined in Minnesota Statutes, Section 103G.005, subdivision 14. Subd. 2 Flood Fringe District. The Flood Fringe District shall include those areas designated as floodway fringe, which shall include the areas shown on the Flood Insurance Rate Map, adopted in this Section, as being within Zone AE but being located outside of the floodway. For lakes, wetlands and other basins, the Flood Fringe District shall include those areas designated as Zone AE (that do not have a floodway designated) and Zone A on the Flood Insurance Rate Map panels adopted in this Section that are below the 1% annual chance flood elevation (100-year flood elevation) but above the ordinary high water level as defined in Minnesota Statutes, Section 103G.005, subdivision 14. Subd. 3 General Flood Plain District. The General Flood Plain District shall include those areas designated as Zone A and Zone AE (without a floodway designation) on the Flood Insurance Rate Map adopted in this Section, which are not subject to the criteria in Subd 1 and Subd 2 above. 1335.14 Compliance with District Regulations. No new structure or land shall be used and no structure shall be constructed, located, extended, converted, or structurally altered without full compliance with the terms of this Section and other applicable regulation. Within the Floodway, Flood Fringe and General Flood Plain Districts, all uses not listed as permitted uses or Conditional Uses shall be prohibited. In addition, a caution shall be provided here that: Subd. 1 New manufactured homes, replacement manufactured homes and certain travel trailers and travel vehicles shall be subject to the general provisions of this Zoning Code. Subd. 2 Modifications, additions, structural alterations, normal maintenance and repair, or repair after damage to existing nonconforming structures and nonconforming uses of structures or land are regulated by the general provisions of this Section; and Subd. 3 As-built elevations for elevated or flood proofed structures shall be certified by ground surveys and flood proofing techniques shall be designed and certified by a registered professional engineer or architect as specified in the general provisions of this Section. 1335.15 Floodway District. Subd. 1 Permitted Uses. A. General farming, pasture, grazing, outdoor plant nurseries, horticulture, truck farming, forestry, sod farming, and wild crop harvesting. 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 4/17 B. Industrial-commercial loading areas, parking areas, and airport landing strips. C. Private and public golf courses, tennis courts, driving ranges, archery ranges, picnic grounds, boat launching ramps, swimming areas, parks, wildlife and nature preserves, game farms, fish hatcheries, shooting preserves, target ranges, trap and skeet ranges, hunting and fishing areas, and single or multiple purpose recreational trails. D. Residential lawns, gardens, parking areas, and play areas. Subd. 2 Standards for Floodway Permitted Uses. A. The use shall have low flood damage potential. B. The use shall be permissible in the underlying zoning district if one exists. C. The use shall not obstruct flood flows or increase flood elevations and shall not involve structures, fill, obstructions, excavations or storage of material or equipment. Subd. 3 Conditional Uses. Structures accessory to the uses listed as permitted uses, and the specific uses listed below: A. Structures accessory to the uses listed in Section 1335.16. B. Extraction and storage of sand, gravel, and other materials. C. Marinas, boat rentals, docks, piers, wharfs, and water control structures. D. Railroads, streets, bridges, utility transmission lines, and pipelines. E. Storage yards for equipment, machinery or materials. F. Placement of fill or construction fences. G. Recreational vehicles either on individual lots of record or in existing or new subdivisions or condominium type campgrounds, subject to the exemptions and provisions of this Section. H. Structural works for flood control such as levees, dikes and floodwalls constructed to any height where the intent shall be to protect individual structures and levees or dikes where the intent shall be to protect agricultural crops for a frequency flood event equal to or less than the 10-year frequency flood event. Subd. 4 Standards for Floodway Conditional Uses. A. No structure (temporary or permanent), fill (including fill for roads and levees), deposit, obstruction, storage of materials or equipment, or other uses may be allowed as a conditional use that will cause any increase in the stage of the one hundred (100) year or regional flood or cause an increase in flood damages in the reach or reaches affected B. All floodway conditional uses shall be subject to the procedures and standards contained in this Section. C. The conditional use shall be permissible in the underlying zoning district if one exists. D. Fill. 1. Fill, dredge spoil and all other similar materials deposited or stored in the flood plain shall be protected from erosion by vegetative cover, mulching, riprap or other acceptable method. 2. Dredge spoil sites and sand and gravel operations shall not be allowed in the floodway unless a long term site development plan is submitted which includes an erosion/sedimentation prevention element to the plan. 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 5/17 3. As an alternative, and consistent with Paragraph 2 above, dredge spoil disposal and sand and gravel operations may allow temporary, onsite storage of fill or other materials which would have caused an increase to the stages of the one hundred (100) year or regional flood but only after the City has received an appropriate plan which assures the removal of the materials from the floodway based upon the flood warning time available. The Conditional Use Permit shall be title registered with the property in the Office of the County Recorder. E. Accessory Structures. 1. Accessory structures shall not be designed for human habitation. 2. Accessory structures, if permitted, shall be constructed and placed on the building site so as to offer the minimum obstruction to the flow of flood waters. a) Whenever possible, structures shall be constructed with the longitudinal axis parallel to the direction of flood flow; and b) So far as practicable, structures shall be placed approximately on the same flood flow lines as those of adjoining structures. 3. Accessory structures shall be elevated or fill or structurally dry flood proofed in accordance with the FP-1 or FP-2 flood proofing classifications in the State Building Code. As an alternative, an accessory structure may be flood proofed to the FP-3 or FP-4 flood proofing classification in the State Building Code provided the accessory structure constitutes a minimal investment, does not exceed five hundred (500) square feet in size at its largest projections, and for a detached garage, the detached garage shall be used solely for parking of vehicles and limited storage. All flood proofed accessory structures shall meet the following additional standards: a) The structure shall be adequately anchored to prevent flotation, collapse or lateral movement of the structure and shall be designed to equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls; and b) Any mechanical and utility equipment in a structure shall be elevated to or above the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation or properly flood proofed. c) To allow for the equalization of hydrostatic pressure, there must be a minimum of two "automatic" openings in the outside walls of the structure having a total net area of not less than one square inch for every square foot of enclosed area subject to flooding. There must be openings on at least two sides of the structure and the bottom of all openings must be no higher than one foot above the lowest adjacent grade to the structure. Using human intervention to open a garage door prior to flooding will not satisfy this requirement for automatic openings. F. Storage of Materials and Equipment. 1. The storage or processing of materials that are, in time of flooding, flammable, explosive, or potentially injurious to human, animal, or plant life shall be prohibited. 2. Storage of other materials or equipment may be allowed if readily removable from the area within the time available after a flood warning and in accordance with a plan approved by the City Council. G. Structural works for flood control that will change the course, current or cross section of protected wetlands or public waters shall be subject to the provisions of Minnesota Statute, Section 103G. Community-wide structural works for flood control intended to remove areas from the regulatory flood plain shall not be allowed in the floodway. H. A levee, dike or floodwall constructed in the floodway shall not cause an increase to the 100-year or regional flood and the technical analysis shall assume equal conveyance or storage loss on both sides of a stream. 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 6/17 1335.16 Flood Fringe District. Subd. 1 Permitted Uses. Permitted uses shall be those uses of land or structures listed as Permitted Uses in the underlying zoning use district(s). If no preexisting, underlying zoning use districts exist, then any residential or non-residential structure or use of a structure or land shall be a Permitted Use in the Flood Fringe District provided such use does not constitute a public nuisance. All Permitted Uses shall comply with the standards for Flood Fringe "Permitted Uses" listed in this Section and the "Standards for all Flood Fringe Uses" listed in this Subsection. Subd. 2 Standards for Flood Fringe Permitted Uses. A. All structures, including accessory structures, shall be elevated on fill so that the lowest floor including any basement floor is at or above the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation. The finished fill elevation for structures shall be no lower than one (1) foot below the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation and the fill shall extend at an elevation of at least fifteen (15) feet beyond the outside limits of the structure erected thereon. B. As an alternative to elevation on fill, accessory structures that constitute a minimal investment and that do not exceed five hundred (500) square feet at its largest projection for the outside dimension at ground level may be internally flood proofed in accordance with this Section. C. The cumulative placement of fill where at any one time in excess of one thousand (1,000) cubic yards of fill is located on the parcel shall be allowable only as a conditional use, unless the fill is specifically intended to elevate a structure in accordance with this Section. D. The storage of any materials or equipment shall be elevated on fill to the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation. Subd. 3 Conditional Uses. Any structure that is not elevated on fill or flood proofed in accordance with this Section or any use of land that does not comply with the standards in this Subsection shall only be allowable as a conditional use. An application for a conditional use shall be subject to the standards and criteria and evaluation procedures specified in this Section. Subd. 4 Standards for Flood Fringe Conditional Use A. Alternative elevation methods other than the use of fill may be utilized to elevate a structure's lowest floor above the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation. These alternative methods may include the use of stilts, pilings, parallel walls, etc., or above-grade, enclosed areas such as crawl spaces or tuck under garages. The base or floor of an enclosed area shall be considered above-grade and not a structure's basement or lowest floor if: 1. The enclosed area is above-grade on at least one side of the structure; 2. It is designed to internally flood and is constructed with flood resistant materials; and 3. It is used solely for parking of vehicles, building access or storage. B. The above-noted alternative elevation methods shall be subject to the following additional standards: 1. Design and Certification. The structure's design and as-built condition shall be certified by a registered professional engineer or architect as being in compliance with the general design standards of the State Building Code and, specifically, that all electrical, heating, ventilation, plumbing and air conditioning equipment and other service facilities shall be at or above the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation or be designed to prevent flood water from entering or accumulating within these components during times of flooding. 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 7/17 2. Specific Standards for Above-Grade, Enclosed Areas. Above grade, fully enclosed areas such as crawl spaces or tuck under garages shall be designed to internally flood and the design plans shall stipulate: a) The minimum area of openings in the walls where internal flooding is to be used as a flood proofing technique. There shall be a minimum of two openings on at least two sides of the structure and the bottom of all openings shall be no higher than one-foot above grade. The automatic openings shall have a minimum net area of not less than one square inch for every square foot of enclosed area subject to flooding unless a registered professional engineer or architect certifies that a smaller net area would suffice. The automatic openings may be equipped with screens, louvers, valves, or other coverings or devices provided that they permit the automatic entry and exit of flood waters without any form of human intervention; and b) That the enclosed area shall be designed of flood resistant materials in accordance with the FP-3 or FP-4 classifications in the State Building Code and shall be used solely for building access, parking of vehicles or storage. C. Basements, as defined by this Section, shall be subject to the following: 1. Residential basement construction shall not be allowed below the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation. 2. Non-residential basements may be allowed below the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation provided the basement is structurally dry flood proofed in accordance with this Section. D. All areas of non-residential structures including basements to be placed below the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation shall be flood proofed in accordance with the structurally dry flood proofing classifications in the State Building Code. Structurally dry flood proofing shall meet the FP-1 or FP-2 flood proofing classification in the State Building Code and this shall require making the structure watertight with the walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water and with structural components having the capability of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and the effects of buoyancy. Structures flood proofed to the FP-3 and FP-4 classification shall not be permitted. E. When at any one time more than one thousand (1,000) cubic yards of fill or other similar material is located on a parcel for such activities as on-site storage, landscaping, sand and gravel operations, landfills, roads, dredge spoil disposal or construction of flood control works, an erosion/sedimentation control plan shall be submitted unless the community is enforcing a State-approved shoreland management ordinance. In the absence of a State-approved shoreland ordinance, the plan shall clearly specify methods to be used to stabilize the fill on site for a flood event at a minimum of the 100-year or regional flood event. The plan shall be prepared and certified by a registered professional engineer or other qualified individual acceptable to the City. The plan may incorporate alternative procedures for removal of the material from the flood plain if adequate flood warning time exists. F. Storage of Materials and Equipment. 1. The storage or processing of materials that are, in time of flooding, flammable, explosive, or potentially injurious to human, animal, or plant life shall be prohibited. 2. Storage of other materials may be allowed if readily removable from the area within the time available after a flood warning and in accordance with a plan approved by the City Council. Subd. 5 Standards for All Flood Fringe Uses. A. All new principal structures shall have vehicular access at or above an elevation not more than two (2) feet below the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation. If a variance to this requirement is granted, the Board of Adjustment shall specify limitations on the period of use or occupancy of the structure for times of flooding and only after determining that adequate flood warning time and local flood emergency response procedures exist. 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 8/17 B. Commercial Uses. Accessory land uses, such as yards, railroad tracks, and parking lots may be at elevations lower than the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation. However, a permit for such facilities to be used by the employees or the general public shall not be granted in the absence of a flood warning system that provides adequate time for evacuation if the area would be inundated to a depth and velocity such that when multiplying the depth (in feet) times velocity (in feet per second) the product number exceeds four (4) upon occurrence of the regional flood. C. Manufacturing and Industrial Uses. Measures shall be taken to minimize interference with normal plans operations especially along streams having protracted flood durations. Certain accessory land uses such as yards and parking lots may be at lower elevations subject to requirements set out in Paragraph B above. In considering permit applications, due consideration shall be given to needs of an industry whose business requires that it be located in flood plain areas. D. Fill shall be properly compacted and the slopes shall be properly protected by the use of riprap, vegetative cover or other acceptable method. The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) has established criteria for removing the special flood hazard areas designation for certain structures properly elevated on fill above the 100-year flood elevation - FEMA's requirements incorporate specific fill compaction and side slope protection standards for multi-structure or multi-lot developments. FEMA's standards should be investigated prior to the initiation of site preparation if a change of special flood hazard area designation will be requested. E. Flood plain developments shall not adversely affect the hydraulic capacity of the channel and adjoining flood plain of any tributary watercourse or drainage system where a floodway or other encroachment limit has not been specified on the Official Zoning Map. F. Standards for recreational vehicles are contained in Section 1325.12. G. All manufactured homes shall be securely anchored to an adequately anchored foundation system that resists flotation, collapse and lateral movement. Methods of anchoring may include, but are not to be limited to, use of over-the-top or frame times to ground anchor. This requirement shall be in addition to applicable state of local anchoring requirements for resisting wind forces. 1335.17 General Flood Plain District. Subd. 1 Permitted Uses. A. The uses listed as permitted uses for Floodway Districts, shall be permitted uses in a General Flood Plain District. B. All other uses shall be subject to the 1% annual chance flood (100-Year Flood Elevations) and/or Floodway and Flood Fringe determinations criteria pursuant to Subd 2 below. Section 1335.25 shall apply if the proposed use is in the Floodway District, and Section 1335.26 shall apply is the proposed use is in the Flood Fringe District. Subd. 2 Procedures for 1% annual chance (100-Year Flood Elevations) and/or Floodway and Flood Fringe determinations for streams within the General Flood Plain District. A. Upon receipt of an application for a Conditional Use Permit for a use within the General Flood Plain District, the applicant shall be required to furnish the following information as is deemed necessary by the City Administrator for the determination of the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation and whether the proposed use is within the Floodway or Flood Fringe District. 1. A typical valley cross-section showing the channel of the stream, elevation of land areas adjoining each side of the channel, cross-sectional areas to be occupied by the proposed development, and high water information; and 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 9/17 2. Plan (surface view) showing elevations or contours of the ground; pertinent structure, fill, or storage elevations; size, location, and spatial arrangement of all proposed and existing structures on the site, and location and elevations of streets. 3. Photographs showing existing land uses and vegetation upstream and downstream; and soil types; and 4. Profile showing the slope of the bottom of the channel or flow line of the stream for at least five hundred (500) feet in either direction from the proposed development. B. The applicant shall be responsible to submit one (1) copy of the above information to a designated engineer or other expert person or agency for technical assistance in determining whether the proposed use is in the Floodway or Flood Fringe District and to determine the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation. Procedures consistent with Minnesota Regulations 1983, Parts 6120.5000-6120.6200 and 44 Code of Federal Regulations Part 65 shall be followed in this expert evaluation. The designated engineer or expert is strongly encouraged to discuss the proposed technical evaluation methodology with the respective Department of Natural Resources' Area Hydrologist prior to commencing the analyst. The designated engineer or expert shall: 1. Estimate the peak discharge of the regional flood. 2. Calculate the water surface profile of the regional flood based upon a hydraulic analysis of the stream channel and overbank areas. 3. Compute the floodway necessary to convey or store the regional flood without increasing flood stages more than 0.5 foot. A lesser stage increase than 0.5 foot shall be required if, as a result of the additional State increase, increased flood damages would result. An equal degree of encroachment on both sides of the stream within the reach shall be assumed in computing floodway boundaries. C. The City Administrator shall present the technical evaluation and findings of the designated engineer or expert to the City Council. The City Council shall formally accept the technical evaluation and the recommended Floodway and/or Flood Fringe District boundary or deny the permit application. The City Council, prior to official action, may submit the application and all supporting data and analyses to the Federal Emergency Management Agency, the Department of Natural Resources or the Planning Commission for review and comment. Once the Floodway and Flood Fringe Boundaries have been determined, the City Council shall refer the matter back to the City Administrator who shall process the permit application consistent with the applicable provisions of this Section. 1335.18 Zone A Lakes. Procedures for determining 1% annual chance flood elevations (100-YR flood elevations) for lakes located in Zone A: Subd. 1 Upon receipt of an application for a permit or other approval within a Zone A, the Zoning Administrator will use the 1% annual chance flood elevation for that basin that has previously been determined in accordance with approved FEMA methods, if available. If the 1% annual chance flood elevation has not been previously determined, the applicant shall be required to furnish all necessary information as deemed necessary by the Zoning Administrator for the determination for the 1% annual chance flood elevation in accordance with approved FEMA methods. Subd. 2 The applicant shall be responsible to submit one copy of the above information to a designated engineer or other expert person or agency for technical assistance in determining whether the proposed use is in the Floodway or Flood Fringe District and to determine the 1% annual chance flood elevation (100- year flood elevation). Procedures consistent with Minnesota Regulations 1983, Parts 6120.5000 - 6120.6200 and 44 Code of Federal Regulations Part 65 shall be followed in this expert evaluation. The designated engineer or expert is strongly encouraged to discuss the proposed technical evaluation 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 10/17 methodology with the respective Department of Natural Resources' Area Hydrologist prior to commencing the analysis. Subd. 3 Once the 1% annual chance flood elevation (100-year flood elevation) has been determined, the Zoning Administrator shall process the permit application consistent with the applicable provisions of this Section. 1335.18 Subdivisions. Subd. 1 Review Criteria. No land shall be subdivided which is unsuitable for the reason of flooding, inadequate drainage, water supply or sewage treatment facilities. All lots within the flood plain districts shall be able to contain a building site outside of the Floodway District at or above the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation. All subdivisions shall have water and sewage treatment facilities that comply with the provisions of this Section and have road access both to the subdivision and to the individual building sites no lower than two (2) feet below the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation. For all subdivisions in the flood plain, the Floodway and Flood Fringe boundaries, the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation and the required elevation of all access roads shall be clearly labeled on all required subdivisions drawings and platting documents. Subd. 2 Floodway/Flood Fringe Determinations in the General Flood Plain District. In the General Flood Plain District applicants shall provide the information required to determine the one hundred (100) year flood elevation, the Floodway and Flood Fringe District boundaries and the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation for the subdivision site. Subd. 3 Removal of Special Flood Hazard Area Designation. The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) has established criteria for removing the special flood hazard area designation for certain structures properly elevated on fill above the one hundred (100) year flood elevation. FEMA's requirements incorporate specific fill compaction and side slope protection standards for multi-structure or multi-lot developments. These FEMA standards should be investigated prior to the initiation of site preparation if a change of special flood hazard area designation will be requested. 1335.19 Public Utilities, Railroads, Roads, and Bridges. Subd. 1 All public utilities and facilities such as gas, electrical, sewer, and water supply systems to be located in the flood plain shall be flood proofed in accordance with the State Building Code or elevated to above the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation. Subd. 2 Public Transportation Facilities. Railroad tracks, roads, and bridges to be located within the flood plain shall comply with this code. Elevation to the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation shall be provided where failure or interruption of the transportation facilities would result in danger to the public health or safety of where such facilities are essential to the orderly functioning of the area. Minor or auxiliary roads or railroads may be constructed at a lower elevation where failure or interruption of transportation services would not endanger the public health or safety. Subd. 3 On-Site Sewage Treatment and Water Supply Systems. Where public utilities are not provided: A. On-site water supply systems shall be designated to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters in the systems; and B. New or replacement on-site sewage treatment systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the systems and discharges from the systems into flood waters and they shall not be subject to impairment of contamination during times of flooding. Any sewage treatment system designed in accordance with the State's current statewide standards for on-site sewage treatment systems shall be determined to be in compliance with this Section. 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 11/17 1335.21 Manufactured Homes. The placement of new or replacement manufactured homes in existing manufactured home parks or on individual lots of record that are located in flood plain districts will be treated as a new structure and may be placed only if elevated in compliance with Section 5.0 of this Ordinance. If vehicular road access for pre-existing manufactured home parks is not provided in accordance with Section 5.51, then replacement manufactured homes will not be allowed until the property owner(s) develops a flood warning emergency plan acceptable to the Governing Body. Subd. 1 New manufactured home parks and expansions to existing manufactured home parks shall be subject to the provisions placed on subdivisions by this code. Subd. 2 All manufactured homes must be securely anchored to an adequately anchored foundation system that resists flotation, collapse and lateral movement. Methods of anchoring may include, but are not to be limited to, use of over-the-top or frame ties to ground anchors. This requirement is in addition to applicable state or local anchoring requirements for resisting wind forces. 1335.22 Recreational Vehicles. Subd. 1 Exemption. Recreational vehicles are exempt from the provisions of this Ordinance if they are placed in any of the areas listed in Section 9.32 below and further they meet the following criteria: A. Have current licenses required for highway use. B. Are highway ready meaning on wheels or the internal jacking system, are attached to the site only by quick disconnect type utilities commonly used in campgrounds and recreational vehicle parks and the recreational vehicle has no permanent structural type additions attached to it. C. The recreational vehicle and associated use must be permissible in any pre-existing, underlying zoning use district. Subd. 2 Areas Exempted For Placement of Recreational Vehicles: A. Individual lots or parcels of record. B. Existing commercial recreational vehicle parks or campgrounds. C. Existing condominium type associations. Subd. 3 Recreational vehicles exempted in this Section lose this exemption when development occurs on the parcel exceeding $500 for a structural addition to the recreational vehicle or exceeding $500 for an accessory structure such as a garage or storage building. The recreational vehicle and all additions and accessory structures will then be treated as a new structure and shall be subject to the elevation/flood proofing requirements and the use of land restrictions specified in Sections 1335.4.0 and 5.0 of this Ordinance. There shall be no development or improvement on the parcel or attachment to the recreational vehicle that hinders the removal of the recreational vehicle to a flood free location should flooding occur. Subd. 4 New commercial recreational vehicle parks or campgrounds and new residential type subdivisions and condominium associations and the expansion of any existing similar use exceeding five (5) units or dwelling sites shall be subject to the following: A. Any new or replacement recreational vehicle will be allowed in the Floodway or Flood Fringe Districts provided said recreational vehicle and its contents are placed on fill above the regulatory flood protection elevation and proper elevated road access to the site exists in accordance with Section 5.51 of this Ordinance. No fill placed in the floodway to meet the requirements of this Section shall increase flood stages of the 100-year or regional flood. 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 12/17 B. All new or replacement recreational vehicles not meeting the criteria of (a) above may, as an alternative, be allowed as a conditional use if in accordance with the following provisions and the provisions of 10.4 of the Ordinance. The applicant must submit an emergency plan for the safe evacuation of all vehicles and people during the 100 year flood. Said plan shall be prepared by a registered engineer or other qualified individual, shall demonstrate that adequate time and personnel exist to carry out the evacuation, and shall demonstrate the provisions of Section 9.31 (a) and (b) of this Ordinance will be met. All attendant sewage and water facilities for new or replacement recreational vehicles must be protected or constructed so as to not be impaired or contaminated during times of flooding in accordance with Section 8.3 of this Ordinance. 1335.23 Administration. The City Administrator or other official designated by the City Council shall administer and enforce this Section. If the City Administrator finds a violation of the provisions of this Section the City Administrator shall notify the person responsible for the violation in accordance with the procedures. Subd. 1 Permit Required. A Permit issued by the City Administrator in conformity with the provisions of this Section shall be secured prior to the erection, addition, modification, rehabilitation (including normal maintenance and repair), or alteration of any building, structure, or portion thereof; prior to the construction of a dam, fence, or on-site septic system; prior to the change or extension of a nonconforming use; prior to the repair of a structure that has been damaged by flood, fire, tornado, or any other source; and prior to the placement of fill, excavation of materials, or the storage of materials or equipment within the flood plain. Subd. 2 Application for Permit. Application for a Permit shall be made in duplicate to the City Administrator on forms furnished by the City Administrator and shall include the following where applicable: plans in duplicate drawn to scale, showing the nature, location, dimensions, and elevations of the lot; existing or proposed structures, fill, or storage of materials; and the location of the foregoing in relation to the stream channel. Subd. 3 State and Federal Permits. Prior to granting a Permit or processing an application for a Conditional Use Permit or Variance, the City Administrator shall determine that the applicant has obtained all necessary State and Federal Permits. Subd. 4 Certificate of Zoning Compliance for a New, Altered, or Nonconforming Use. It shall be unlawful to use, occupy, or permit the use or occupancy of any building or premises or part thereof hereafter created, erected, changed, converted, altered, or enlarged in its use or structure until a certificate of zoning compliance shall have been issued by the Zoning Administrator stating that the use of the building or land conforms to the requirements of this Ordinance. Subd. 5 Construction and use to be as provided on applications, plans, permits, variances and certificates of zoning compliance. Permits, conditional use permits, or certificates of zoning compliance issued on the basis of approved plans and applications authorize only the use, arrangement, and construction set forth in such approved plans and applications, and no other use, arrangement, or construction. Any use, arrangement, or construction at variance with that authorized shall be deemed a violation of this Ordinance, and punishable as provided by this Section of this Ordinance. Subd. 6 Certification. The applicant shall be required to submit certification by a registered professional engineer, registered architect, or registered land surveyor that the finished fill and building elevations were accomplished in compliance with the provisions of this Section. Flood proofing measures shall be certified by a registered professional engineer or registered architect. Subd. 7 Record of First Floor Elevation. The Zoning Administrator shall maintain a record of the elevation of the lowest floor (including basement) of all new structures and alterations or additions to 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 13/17 existing structures in the flood plain. The Zoning Administrator shall also maintain a record of the elevation to which structures or alterations and additions to structures are flood proofed. Subd. 8 Notifications for Watercourse Alterations. The Zoning Administrator shall notify, in riverine situations, adjacent communities and the Commissioner of the Department of Natural Resources prior to the community authorizing any alteration or relocation of a watercourse. If the applicant has applied for a permit to work in the beds of public waters pursuant to Minnesota Statute, Chapter 103G, this shall suffice as adequate notice to the Commissioner of Natural Resources. A copy of said notification shall also be submitted to the Chicago Regional Office of the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA). Subd. 9 Notification to FEMA When Physical Changes Increase or Decrease the 100-year Flood Elevation. As soon as is practicable, but not later than six (6) months after the date such supporting information becomes available, the Zoning Administrator shall notify the Chicago Regional Office of FEMA of the changes by submitting a copy of said technical or scientific data. 1335.24 Board of Adjustment. Subd. 1 Rules. The Board of Adjustment shall adopt rules for the conduct of business and may exercise all of the powers conferred on such Boards by State law. Subd. 2 Administrative Review. The Board of Adjustment shall hear and decide appeals where it is alleged there is error in any order, requirement, decision, or determination made by an administrative official in the enforcement or administration of this Ordinance. Subd. 3 Variances. The City may authorize in specific cases such relief or variance from the terms of this section and code in accordance with Section 1355. No variance shall have the effect of allowing in any district uses that are prohibited in that district, permit a lower degree of flood protection than the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation for the particular area, or permit standards lower than those required by State law. The following additional variance criteria of the Federal Emergency Management Agency must be satisfied: A. Variances shall not be issued by a community within any designated regulatory floodway if any increase in flood levels during the base flood discharge would result. B. Variances shall only be issued by a community upon (i) a showing of good and sufficient cause, (ii) a determination that failure to grant the variance would result in exceptional hardship to the applicant, and (iii) a determination that the granting of a variance will not result in increased flood heights, additional threats to public safety, extraordinary public expense, create nuisances, cause fraud on or victimization of the public, or conflict with existing local laws or ordinances. C. Variances shall only be issued upon a determination that the variance is the minimum necessary, considering the flood hazard, to afford relief. Subd. 4 Conditional Uses. The City Council shall hear and decide applications for conditional uses permissible under this Section. Applications shall be submitted to the City Administrator who shall forward the application to the City Council for consideration. Subd. 5 Hearings. Upon filing with the Board of Adjustment of an appeal from a decision of the City Administrator, or an application for a variance or conditional use permit, the Board shall fix a reasonable time for a hearing and give due notice to the parties in interest as specified by law. The Board shall submit by mail to the Commissioner of Natural Resources a copy of the application for proposed variances sufficiently in advance so that the Commissioner shall receive at least ten (10) days notice of the hearing. Subd. 6 Decisions. The Board shall arrive at a decision on the appeal, variance, or conditional use permit in accordance with Section 1355. In granting a variance or conditional use permit the City may prescribe appropriate conditions and safeguards, which shall be in conformity with the purposes of this 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 14/17 Section. Violations of such conditions and safeguards, when made a part of the terms under which the variance or conditional use permit is granted, shall be punishable as described in Section 1335.36. A copy of all decisions granting variances or conditional use permits shall be forwarded by mail to the Commission of Natural Resources within ten (10) days of the action. Subd. 7 Appeals. Appeals from any decision of the Board may be made, as specified in the City's Official Controls and also Minnesota Statutes. Subd. 8 Flood Insurance Notice. The City Administrator shall notify the applicant for a variance that: A. The issuance of a variance to construct a structure below the base flood level will result in increased premium rates for flood insurance up to amounts as high as $25.00 for $100.00 of insurance coverage; and B. Such construction below the 100-year or regional flood level increases risks to life and property. The notification shall be maintained with a record of all variance actions. A community shall maintain a record of all variance actions, including justification for their issuance, and report such variances issued in its annual or biennial report submitted to the Administrator of the National Flood Insurance Program. Subd. 9 Procedures to be Followed by the City Council in Passing on Conditional Use Permit Applications within all Flood Plain Districts: A. The applicant shall furnish the following information and additional information as deemed necessary by the City Council for determining the suitability of the particular site for the proposed used: 1. Plans in triplicate drawn to scale showing the nature, location, dimensions, and elevation of the lot, existing or proposed structures, fill, storage of materials, flood proofing measures, and the relationship of the above to the location of the stream channel. 2. Specifications for building construction and materials, flood proofing, filling, dredging, grading, channel improvement, storage of materials, water supply and sanitary facilities. B. Transmit one copy of the information described above to a designated engineer or other expert person or agency for technical assistance, where necessary, in evaluating the proposed project in relation to flood heights and velocities, the seriousness of flood damage to the use, the adequacy of the plans for protection, and other technical matters. C. Based upon the technical evaluation of the designated engineer or expert, the City Council shall determine the specific flood hazard at the site and evaluate the suitability of the proposed use in relation to the flood hazard. Subd. 10 Factors upon Which the Decision of the City Council shall be based. In passing upon conditional use applications, the City Council shall consider all relevant factors specified in this Section, and: A. The danger to life and property due to increased flood heights or velocities caused by encroachments. B. The danger that materials may be swept onto other lands or downstream to the injury of others or they may block bridges, culverts or other hydraulic structures. C. The proposed water supply and sanitation systems and the ability of these systems to prevent disease, contamination, and unsanitary conditions. D. The susceptibility of the proposed facilities and its contents to flood damage and the effect of the damage on the individual owner. E. The importance of the services provided by the proposed facility to the community. F. The requirements of the facility for a waterfront location. 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 15/17 G. The availability of alternative locations not subject to flooding for the proposed use. H. The compatibility of the proposed use with existing development and development anticipated in the foreseeable future. I. The relationship of the proposed use to the comprehensive plan and flood plain management program for the area. J. The safety of access to the property in times of flood for ordinary and emergency vehicles. K. The expected heights, velocity, duration, rate of rise, and sediment transport of the flood waters expected at the site. L. Any other factors which shall be relevant to the purposes of this Section. Subd. 11 Time for Acting on Application. The City Council shall act on an application in the manner described above in accordance with Section 1355. Subd. 12 Conditions Attached to Conditional Use Permits. Upon consideration of the factors listed above and the purpose of this Section, the City Council shall attach such conditions to the granting of Conditional Use Permits as it deems necessary to fulfill the purposes of this Section. The conditions may include, but shall not be limited to, the following: A. Modifications of waste treatment and water supply facilities. B. Limitations on period of use, occupancy, and operation. C. Imposition of operational controls, sureties, and deed restrictions. D. Requirements for construction of channel modifications, compensatory storage, dikes, levees, and other protective measures. E. Flood proofing measures, in accordance with the State Building Code and this Section. The applicant shall submit a plan or document certified by a registered professional engineer or architect that the flood proofing measures are consistent with the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation and associated flood factors for the particular area. 1335.35 Non-Conforming Uses. A structure or the use of a structure or premises which was lawful before the passage or amendment of this Code but which shall not be in conformity with the provisions of this Section shall be subject to the following. Historic structures, as defined in Section 1305.04, Subd. 182, shall be subject to the provisions of Subds. 1 thru 5 of this Section Subd. 1 No such use shall be expanded, changed, enlarged, or altered in a way that increases its nonconformity. Subd. 2 Any structural alteration or addition to a nonconforming structure or nonconforming use which would result in increasing the flood damage potential of that structure or use shall be protected to the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation in accordance with any of the elevation on fill or flood proofing techniques (i.e., FP-1 thru FP-4 floodproofing classifications) allowable in the State Building Code, except as further restricted in Subd 3 and Subd 5 below. Subd. 3 The cost of all structural alterations or additions to any nonconforming structure over the life of the structure shall not exceed 50 percent of the market value of the structure unless the conditions of this Section are satisfied. The cost of all structural alterations and additions must include all costs such as construction materials and a reasonable cost placed on all manpower or labor. If the cost of all previous and proposed alterations and additions exceeds 50 percent of the market value of the structure, then the 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 16/17 structure must meet the standards of Sections 1335.25 and 1335.26 of this Ordinance for new structures depending upon whether the structure is in the Floodway or Flood Fringe District, respectively. Subd. 4 If any nonconforming use is discontinued for l2 consecutive months, any future use of the building premises shall conform to this Ordinance. The Assessor shall notify the Zoning Administrator in writing of instances of nonconforming uses that have been discontinued for a period of l2 months. Subd. 5 If any nonconforming use or structure is substantially damaged, as defined in this Ordinance, it shall not be reconstructed except in conformity with the provisions of this Ordinance. The applicable provisions for establishing new uses or new structures in Sections 1335.25, 1335.26, and 1335.27 will apply depending upon whether the use or structure is in the Floodway, Flood Fringe or General Flood Plain District, respectively. Subd. 6 If a substantial improvement occurs, as defined in this Ordinance, from any combination of a building addition to the outside dimensions of the existing building or a rehabilitation, reconstruction, alteration, or other improvement to the inside dimensions of an existing nonconforming building, then the building addition and the existing nonconforming building must meet the requirements of Sections 1335.25 and 1335.26 of this Ordinance for new structures, depending upon whether the structure is in the Floodway or Flood Fringe District, respectively. 1335.36 Enforcement and Penalties for Violation. Subd. 1 Misdemeanor. Violation of the provisions of this Ordinance or failure to comply with any of its requirements (including violations of conditions and safeguards established in connection with grants of variances or conditional uses) shall constitute a misdemeanor and shall be punishable as defined by state law. Subd. 2 Other Remedies. Nothing contained shall prevent the City from taking any other lawful action as is necessary to prevent or remedy any violation. Such actions may include but shall not be limited to: A. In responding to a suspected Code violation, the City Administrator and City Council may utilize the full array of enforcement actions available to it, including but not limited to, prosecution and fines, injunctions, after-the-fact permits, orders for corrective measures or a request to the National Flood Insurance Program for denial of flood insurance availability to the guilty party. The City shall act in good faith to enforce these official controls and to correct Code violations to the extent possible so as not to jeopardize its eligibility in the National Flood Insurance Program. B. When a Code violation is either discovered by or brought to the attention of the City Administrator, the City Administrator shall immediately investigate the violation of the official control. As soon as is reasonably possible, this information shall be submitted to the appropriate Department of Natural Resources' and Federal Emergency Management Agency Regional Office along with the City's plan of action to correct the violation to the degree possible. C. The City Administrator shall notify the suspected party of the requirements of this Section and all other Official Controls and the nature and extent of the suspected violation of these controls. If the structure and/or use is under construction or development, the City Administrator may order the construction or development immediately halted until a proper permit or approval is granted by the City. If the construction or development is already completed, then the City Administrator may either: 1. Issue an order identifying the corrective actions that shall be made within a specified time period to bring the use of structure into compliance with the official controls, or 2. Notify the responsible party to apply for an after-the-fact permit/development approval within a specified period of time not to exceed thirty (30) days. 7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 17/17 D. If the responsible party does not appropriately respond to the City Administrator within the specified period of time, each additional day that lapses shall constitute an additional violation of this Section and shall be prosecuted accordingly. The City Administrator shall also upon the lapse of the specified response period notify the land owner to restore the land to the condition which existed prior to the violation of this Section. 1335.37 Amendments. Subd. 1 Designation Removal. The flood plain designation of the Official Zoning Map shall not be removed from flood plain areas unless it can be shown that the designation is in error or that the area has been filled to or above the elevation of the regulatory flood protection elevation and is contiguous to lands outside the flood plain. Special exceptions to this rule may be permitted by the Commissioner of Natural Resources if he or she determines that, through other measures, lands are adequately protected for the intended use. Subd. 2 Agency Approval. All amendments to this Section, including amendments to the Official Zoning Map, shall be submitted to and approved by the Commissioner of Natural Resources prior to adoption. Changes in the Official Zoning Map shall meet the Federal Emergency Management Agency's (FEMA) Technical Conditions and Criteria and shall receive prior FEMA approval before adoption. The Commissioner of Natural Resources shall be given ten (10) days written notice of all hearings to consider an amendment to this Section and the notice shall include a draft of the Section amendment or technical study under consideration. 7/21/2017 Chapter 15 - Erosion and Sediment Control http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 1/8 Print Arden Hills, MN Code of Ordinances Chapter 15 - Erosion and Sediment Control Section 1500 - Purpose and Scope 1500.01 Purpose. The purpose of this regulation is to control or eliminate soil erosion and sedimentation within the City of Arden Hills. The regulation establishes standards and specifications for conservation practices and planning activities which minimize soil erosion and sedimentation and work to protect the City's natural resources for the health, safety, and welfare of the public. 1500.02 Scope. Except as exempted by the definition of the term "land disturbance activity" in Section 1510.01, any person, firm, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, state agency, or political subdivision thereof proposing land disturbance activity within the City shall apply to the Public Works Director or appointed designee (herein called "PWD") for the approval of the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan. No land shall be disturbed until the Plan is approved by the PWD and conforms to the standards set forth in this article. Section 1510 - Definitions 1510.01 Definitions. For the purposes of this ordinance, the following terms have the meanings given them in this section: ∙ Best Management Practices (BMP). Schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, general good housekeeping practices, pollution prevention and educational practices, maintenance procedures, and other management practices to prevent or reduce the discharge of pollutants directly or indirectly to stormwater, receiving waters, or stormwater conveyance systems. BMPs also include treatment practices, operating procedures, and practices to control site runoff, spillage or leaks, sludge or water disposal, or drainage from raw materials storage. ∙ Non-structural BMP: Practices that focus on preserving open space, protecting natural systems, and incorporating existing landscape features such as wetlands and stream corridors to manage storm water at its source. Other practices include clustering and concentrating development, minimizing disturbed areas, and reducing the size of impervious areas. ∙ Structural BMP: a physical device that is typically designed and constructed to trap or filter pollutants from runoff, or reduce runoff velocities. ∙ Bluff. A topographic feature such as a hill, cliff, or embankment having the following characteristics (an area with an average slope of less than 18 percent over a distance for 50 feet or more shall not be 7/21/2017 Chapter 15 - Erosion and Sediment Control http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 2/8 considered part of the bluff): ∙ Part or all of the topographic feature is located in a shoreland area; ∙ The slope rises at least twenty five (25) feet above the ordinary high water level of the waterbody; ∙ The grade of the slope from the toe, or bottom, of the bluff to a point twenty five (25) feet or more above the ordinary high water level averages thirty percent (30%) or greater; and ∙ The slope must drain toward the waterbody. ∙ Certificate of Completion. The certificate issued after the final inspection of the site has been completed, temporary erosion control has been removed and the site has been fully restored. ∙ Clearing and grubbing. The cutting and removal of trees, shrubs, bushes, windfalls and other vegetation including removal of stumps, roots, and other remains in the designated areas. ∙ Erosion. Any process that wears away the surface of the land by the action of water, wind, ice, gravity and/or land disturbance activities. Erosion can be accelerated by the activities of man and nature. ∙ Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Plan) is a plan which includes a set of best management practices or equivalent measures designed to control surface runoff and erosion and to retain sediment on a particular site during the period in which pre-construction and construction related land disturbances, fills, and soil storage occur, and before final improvements are completed, all in accordance with the specific requirements set forth in Section 1520. This Plan shall also include permanent measures and Best Management Practices to control post-construction surface runoff and sediment. ∙ Erosion and sediment control practice specifications and erosion and sediment control practices. The management procedures, techniques, and methods to control soil erosion and sedimentation as officially adopted by the City. ∙ Excavation. The mechanical removal of earth material. ∙ Fill. The deposit of soil or other earth materials placed by artificial means. ∙ General Storm Water Permit. The Minnesota Pollution Control Agency's (MPCA) general National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) construction storm water permit covering anyone conducting a land disturbing activity which disturbs one (1) or more acres of total land area. ∙ Grading. Excavation or fill of material, including the resulting conditions thereof. ∙ Land Disturbance Activity. Any land change greater than 5,000 square feet or 50 cubic yards, or land change on a parcel of land located within a shoreland area or adjacent to a surface water that may result in soil erosion from wind, water and/or ice and the movement of sediments into or upon waters or lands of the city, including but not limited to construction, clearing and grubbing, grading, excavating, transporting and filling of land. Land Disturbance Activity does not mean the following: ∙ Minor land disturbance activities such as home gardens and an individual's home landscaping, repairs and maintenance work; ∙ Additions or modifications to existing single-family dwellings or accessory structures that will result in creating under 2,500 square feet of exposed soil and/or impervious surface and less than 50 cubic yards in a shoreland area; ∙ Construction, installation and maintenance of electric, telephone, and cable television utility lines or individual service connection to these utilities, except where a minimum of 5,000 square feet of land disturbance can be anticipated; ∙ Tilling, planting or harvesting of agricultural, horticultural, or silvicultural crops; 7/21/2017 Chapter 15 - Erosion and Sediment Control http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 3/8 ∙ Installation of fence, sign, telephone, and electric poles and other kinds of posts, bollards or poles; and ∙ Emergency work to protect life, limb, or property and emergency repairs. However, if the land disturbing activity would have required an approved Erosion and Sediment Control Plan except for the emergency, then the land area disturbed shall be shaped and stabilized in accordance with the requirement of the PWD when applicable. ∙ Outfall. The point source where a storm sewer system discharges from a pipe, ditch, or other discrete conveyance to receiving waters, or to a storm sewer system owned and operated by another party. ∙ Permittee. A person, firm, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, state agency or political subdivision thereof engaged in a land disturbance activity who submits an application to the PWD for a permit pursuant to this ordinance. ∙ Phasing. Clearing a parcel of land in distinct phases, with the stabilization of each phase before the clearing of the next. ∙ Ramsey Conservation District. The Ramsey Soil and Water Conservation District. ∙ Rice Creek Watershed District. An organization which oversees the activities in the Rice Creek watershed as defined by Minnesota Statutes, Sections 103B,and 103D. ∙ Runoff. Rainfall, snowmelt, or irrigation water flowing over the ground surface. ∙ Sediment. Solid mineral or organic material that, in suspension, is being transported, or has been moved from its original site by air, water, gravity, or ice, and has been deposited at another location. ∙ Sedimentation. The process or action of depositing sediment, caused by erosion. ∙ Site. The entire area of land on which the land disturbance activity is proposed in the permit application. ∙ Site Plan. A plan or set of plans showing the details of any land disturbance activity of a site including but not limited to the construction of: structures, open and enclosed drainage facilities, stormwater management facilities, parking lots, driveways, curbs, pavements, sidewalks, bike paths, recreational facilities, ground covers, plantings, and landscaping. ∙ Shoreland. The land located within the following distances from protected waters: ∙ One thousand (1,000) feet from the ordinary high water mark of a lake, pond, or flowage; ∙ Three hundred (300) feet from a river or stream, or the landward extent of a flood plain on such rivers or streams, whichever is greater; and, ∙ The practical limits of shorelands may be less than the statutory limits where the limits are designated by natural drainage divides at lesser distances, as shown on the official map of the City. ∙ Stabilization. The use of measures which protect soil from the erosion forces of wind, rain and flowing water. ∙ Steep Slope. Land where agricultural activity or development is either not recommended or described as poorly suited due to slope steepness and the site's soil characteristics, as mapped and described in available county soil surveys or other technical reports, unless appropriate design and construction techniques and farming practices are used in accordance with the provisions of this chapter. Where specific information is not available, steep slopes are lands having average slopes over twelve percent (12%), as measured over horizontal distances of fifty (50) feet or more, that are not bluffs. ∙ Surface Water or Waters. All streams, lakes, ponds, marshes, wetlands, reservoirs, springs, rivers, drainage systems, waterways, watercourses, and irrigation systems whether natural or artificial, public or 7/21/2017 Chapter 15 - Erosion and Sediment Control http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 4/8 private. ∙ Utility. The owner/operator of any underground facility including an underground line, facility, system, and its appurtenances used to produce, store, convey, transmit, or distribute communications, data, electricity, power, heat, gas, oil, petroleum products, water (including stormwater), steam, sewage and other similar substances. ∙ Watercourse. Any natural or improved stream, river, creek, ditch, channel, canal, conduit, gutter, culvert, drain, gully, swale, or wash in which waters flow either continuously or intermittently. ∙ Watershed. A region draining to a specific river, river system, or body of water. ∙ Wetlands. A lowland area such as a marsh, that is saturated with moisture, as defined in Sec. 404, Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1987, or the Minnesota Wetland Conservation Act of 1991. Section 1520 - Erosion and Sediment Control Plans and Review 1520.01 Erosion and Sediment Control Plan. Subd. 1 Required. An Erosion and Sediment Control Plan must be submitted to the PWD for every project involving a land disturbance activity. No building permit, site plan approval, subdivision approval, or permit to allow land disturbing activities shall be issued and no earth disturbing activity shall commence until approval of the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan. Projects coordinated by Ramsey County or Mn/DOT do not require a permit; however, the PWD shall be notified of the project and be provided a copy of the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, as well as an estimated schedule for commencement and completion. The PWD shall notify the designated contact if erosion control measures should fail or require maintenance with the expectation that the deficiencies will be corrected. If no permit has been obtained, a stop work order may be issued on the construction and a fine may be issued in an amount equal to twice the required permit fee. A completed Erosion and Sediment Control Plan and permit application shall be submitted before construction will be allowed to resume. Obtaining a permit does not exempt the Permittee from obtaining permits required by other governmental agencies. Subd. 2 Application Fee. The Permittee shall submit an application fee as specified on the City's Fee Schedule as adopted and revised annually by the City Council by ordinance. The fee is non-refundable and shall cover any review costs accrued within one (1) year of the date of payment. Subd. 3 Criteria. The Erosion and Sediment Control Plan shall minimize soil erosion or sediment from damaging adjacent land. A Permittee engaged in a Land Disturbance Activity shall submit an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan that will minimize soil erosion or sediment from damaging adjacent land, bodies of water, watercourses or wetlands to the PWD for approval. The Erosion and Sediment Control Plan shall address the following criteria: A. Conform to the natural limitations presented by topography and soil so as to create the least potential for soil erosion. B. Stabilize all exposed soils and soil stockpiles; C. Establish permanent vegetation; 7/21/2017 Chapter 15 - Erosion and Sediment Control http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 5/8 D. Prevent sediment damage to adjacent properties and other designated areas; E. Schedule of erosion and sediment control practices; F. Use of temporary sedimentation basins; G. Stabilization of steep slopes and bluffs; H. Control the storm water leaving a site; I. Stabilize all waterways and outlets; J. Protect storm sewers and outfalls from the entrance of sediment, debris and trash; K. Control waste, such as discarded building materials, concrete truck washout, chemicals, litter and sanitary waste that may adversely impact water quality; L. When working in or crossing water bodies, take precautions to contain sediment; M. Re-stabilize utility construction areas as soon as possible; N. Protect paved roads from sediment and mud brought in from access routes; O. Dispose of temporary erosion and sediment control measures; P. Maintain all temporary and permanent erosion and sediment control practices; and, Q. Removal of sediment from streets at the end of each day Subd. 4 Plan Content. The Erosion and Sediment Control Plan content shall include the following unless waived by the PWD: A. Contact information for the Permittee; B. Address of site where the land disturbing activity is proposed; C. Signature(s) of the owner(s) of the site or an authorized representative; D. Project description including the nature and purpose of the land disturbing activity and the amount of grading involved; E. Phasing of construction and timeline; F. Existing and proposed site conditions, including topography, vegetation, and drainage; G. Adjacent areas, neighboring streams, lakes, wetlands, residential areas, roads, etc., which might be affected by the land disturbing activity; H. Soil data including soil names, mapping units, erodibility; I. Critical erosion areas, which are areas on the site that have potential for serious erosion problems; J. Erosion and sediment control measures to be used on the site, both during and after the construction process; K. Temporary and Permanent stabilization to show how the site will be stabilized during and after construction (is completed), including specifications; L. Storm water management to show how storm runoff will be managed, including methods to be used if the development will result in increased peak rates or volume of runoff; M. Maintenance and schedule of regular inspections and repair of erosion and sediment control structures; and, 7/21/2017 Chapter 15 - Erosion and Sediment Control http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 6/8 N. Any calculations that were made for the design of such items as sediment basins, diversions, waterways, and other applicable practices. O. A land disturbance activity equal to or greater than one (1) acre is required to comply with the conditions of the NPDES/SDS Construction Stormwater General Permit, Part IV – Construction Activity Requirements. 1520.02 Review of Permit Application Subd. 1 General. The PWD shall review the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan to ensure compliance with the erosion and sediment control practice specifications and erosion and sediment control practices. Subd. 2 Permit Approval. If the PWD determines that the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan meets the requirements of this ordinance, the PWD shall issue a permit, valid for a specified period of time that authorizes the land disturbance activity contingent on the implementation and completion of the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan. Subd. 3 Permit Denial. If the PWD determines that the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan does not meet the requirements of this article, the PWD shall not issue a permit for the land disturbance activity. The Erosion and Sediment Control Plan must be resubmitted for approval before the land disturbance activity begins. No land use and building permits shall be issued until the Permittee has an approved Erosion and Sediment Control Plan. 1520.03 Escrow Requirement. After approval of an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, the PWD may require the Permittee to escrow a sum of money sufficient to ensure the installation, completion, maintenance, inspection, and enforcement of the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan and practices. Escrow amounts shall be set by Ordinance in the City fee schedule. Upon project completion, the remaining escrow shall be returned to the Permittee. 1520.04 Modification of Plan. An approved Erosion and Sediment Control Plan may be modified upon submission of an application for modification to the PWD and subsequent approval by the PWD. In reviewing such application, the PWD may require additional reports and data. Section 1530 - Implementation and Maintenance 1530.01 Implementation and Maintenance of Plan. All storm water pollution controls noted on the approved Erosion and Sediment Control Plan shall be installed before commencing the land disturbing activity and shall not be removed without PWD approval or approval of a Certificate of Completion. Noncompliance with the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan shall constitute grounds for an order from the PWD to halt all construction. 1530.02 Implementation. The plan implementation shall incorporate the following: 7/21/2017 Chapter 15 - Erosion and Sediment Control http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 7/8 Subd. 1 Existing vegetation shall be retained whenever feasible. Subd. 2 Land shall be disturbed in increments of workable size such that adequate erosion and sediment control can be provided and maintained as construction progresses. The area exposed shall be stabilized in conformance with best management practices and with the maintenance requirements in the NPDES General Construction Permit. Soil stabilization measures should be selected to be appropriate for the time of year, site conditions, and estimated duration of use. Subd. 3 The location of areas not to be disturbed shall be identified with flags, stakes, signs, silt fence, etc. before construction begins. Subd. 4 Down-gradient sediment controls shall be in place before up-gradient land disturbing activity begins. Subd. 5 All storm drains, inlets and outfalls shall be protected until all sources of potential discharge are stabilized. Subd. 6 Temporary stockpiles shall have effective sediment control and cannot be placed in surface waters or storm water conveyance systems. Subd. 7 Vehicle tracking from the site shall be minimized with the use of stone pads, concrete or steel wash racks, or equivalent systems. Subd. 8 Street sweeping shall be used if BMPs are not adequate to prevent sediment from being tracked into the street. 1530.03 Responsibility. The Permittee shall be responsible for proper operation and maintenance of all stormwater pollution controls and soil stabilization measures in conformance with best management practices and with the maintenance requirements in the NPDES General Construction Permit. The Permittee is responsible for the operation and maintenance of temporary erosion at the site. The Permittee is responsible until another Permittee has assumed control over all areas of the site that have not been finally stabilized or the site has undergone final stabilization, and has received an approved Certificate of Completion. The Permittee is responsible for maintenance, clean-up and all damages caused by flooding of the site or surrounding area due to in-place erosion or sediment control. Section 1540 - Enforcement 1540.01 Erosion and Sediment Control Permit Enforcement. If the PWD determines that erosion and sedimentation control is not being implemented or maintained according to the approved Plan, the Permittee will be notified and provided with a list of corrective work to be performed. Notification may be given by personal delivery upon the Permittee, or an officer, partner, manager or designated representative of the Permittee, or by e-mail or facsimile by sending such notice to the e-mail address or facsimile number provided by the Permittee. Upon the receipt of a Non-Compliance Notice from the PWD, the Permittee shall undertake a corrective action. Subd. 1 Types of Corrective Actions. A. Violations Contained on the Construction Site. Permittee shall complete clean-up and restoration within forty-eight (48) hours of receipt of the Non-Compliance Notice. 7/21/2017 Chapter 15 - Erosion and Sediment Control http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 8/8 B. Violation Impacting Adjoining Property. Permittee shall develop and complete a clean-up and restoration plan within forty-eight (48) hours of receipt of a Non-Compliance Notice unless the affected adjoining property owner refuses Permittee access to the adjoining property. In all cases, clean-up and restoration shall be completed within seven (7) days of receipt of the Non-Compliance Notice, unless an extension is granted by the PWD. C. Violations Impacting Streets, Wetlands, or Water Bodies. Permittee shall develop and implement a clean-up and restoration plan immediately upon receipt of a Non-Compliance Notice. Subd. 2 Failure to Comply. If Permittee fails to implement the Plan or complete any required corrective action in a timely manner, the City may pursue one or more of the remedies specified herein. All costs incurred by the City shall be paid by Permittee. Escrow funds may be used by the City for this purpose and, if such funds do not adequately cover the City's cost, the Permittee shall reimburse the City for any deficiency before continuing work on the construction site. The City may: A. Withhold the scheduling of inspections and/or the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. B. Issue a stop work order, ceasing all land disturbance activity on the site until such time as corrective measures are completed to the satisfaction of the PWD. C. Revoke any permit issued by the City to the Permittee for the Site. D. Direct the correction of the deficiency by City forces or by a separate contract. E. Obtain a Compliance Order from the appropriate court. APPENDIX C Regulatory Responsibilities and Developer Guidelines APPENDIX C: REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND DEVELOPER GUIDELINES City of Arden Hills Appendix C: Regulatory Responsibilities and Developer Guidelines WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 1 The City of Arden Hills developed a Local Stormwater Management Plan to analyze and minimize the impact of existing and future development on the City’s natural resources. It is important to the City to have consistent analysis and data collection. Therefore, all hydrologic, hydraulic, and water quality analysis should be prepared in a common format. Data shall be submitted in a consistent format consistent with Rice Creek Watershed District guidelines that will allow for a timely review by City staff. KEY POINTS When preparing your engineering calculations, please remember these key points: • A pre-design meeting with the City and the appropriate Water Management Organization is encouraged before ANY data will be accepted. The purpose of the meeting is to specifically address approvals and permits, pond requirements, trunk storm drain analysis, wetland impacts, water quality treatment, erosion control and discharge to lakes and sensitive wetland resources. • Rate control is not required IF downstream systems (ponds and storm drains) can be shown to adequately detain/retain the runoff. • Regional sedimentation ponds may be used for some developments. ADMINISTRATIVE RESPONSIBILITIES Several entities will have administrative responsibilities within the planning area. For a local water management effort to be successful, each entity’s commitment and role must be clearly understood. Those currently having some level of administration responsibility include the City, Rice Creek Watershed District, Ramsey County, MnDNR, MPCA, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, and BWSR. City of Arden Hills The City of Arden Hills is responsible for issuing building permits for all land alteration thereby enforcing the policies and standards of this plan. The City is responsible for inspecting the construction sites within its boundaries which may impact water quantity and quality. The City is also responsible for the maintenance and repair of ditches within their own boundaries. The City’s administrative responsibilities include, but are not limited to the following: • Comprehensive plan update(s); • Land use regulation; • Ordinance review and amendment; • Local plat review and amendments; • Building permits; • Sediment and erosion control (subdivision ordinance); • Groundwater - wells; • Participation and cooperation with the programs of the WMOs, DNR and Ramsey County; • Hydrologic model update with comprehensive plan changes; • Financing Alternatives; • Capital improvements; and • Conveyance system/pond maintenance. City of Arden Hills Appendix C: Regulatory Responsibilities and Developer Guidelines WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 2 Watershed Management Organizations (WMOs) Responsibilities of Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD) include: • Water resources regulation; • Monitoring; • Local plan review and approval; • Projects of regional significance; • Verification of local plan implementation; • Wetland Management as LGU; • Stormwater Permitting; and • Inter-City concerns. Metropolitan Council: Comprehensive Plan Amendment Metropolitan Council has a regional review authority regarding surface water management including: • Local Plan Review; and • Regional controls related to nonpoint source pollution. This plan and all subsequent amendments will become part of the City’s Comprehensive Plan (adopted by reference), in accordance with Environmental Review 21040, 1995 revisions to Minnesota Statutes 103B.235, Subd. 3A and 473.859, Subd. 2 (Chapter 176, Laws of Minnesota 1995), as part of the adoption process for this plan. Metropolitan Council review of this plan is concurrent with the watershed review. Comments are forwarded to the WMOs. According to Metropolitan Council staff, the plan does not have to be resubmitted as a formal comprehensive plan amendment, subject to additional review, at a later date. The adopted City plan will meet Metropolitan Council’s requirements and will be thereby recognized as a comprehensive plan amendment. Federal and State Agencies Federal and state agencies will continue to have certain administrative responsibilities. These responsibilities include, but are not limited to: • Wetland alteration: o Department of National Resources for all issues relating to state protected waters and wetland; and o U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, U.S. EPA, and U.S. Fish and Wildlife for all issues related to all wetland are not under the jurisdiction of the DNR. • Groundwater Issues; • Individual sewage treatment systems; and • Hazardous waste/spill response. LOCAL ORDINANCES The City has most of the necessary official controls to implement this plan today. The following text includes a discussion of local controls as required by Rice Creek Watershed District and other agencies. Shoreland Management There is a DNR-approved shoreland ordinance in-place (Chapter 14 of the City’s code). City of Arden Hills Appendix C: Regulatory Responsibilities and Developer Guidelines WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 3 Floodplain Management The City of Arden Hills currently does participate in the National Flood Insurance Program. A minimum requirement for elevations of new structures is currently included in an existing City ordinance (ordinance number 331), Chapter 13 of the City’s code. In areas not regulated by floodplain management control, the lowest floor elevation shall be determined by an elevation of available flood information or placing the lowest floor at a level at least three feet above the highest known water level. Groundwater (Wellhead) Protection The groundwater protection ordinance would establish overlay districts for wellhead protection areas and any areas of spring activity or groundwater/surface water interaction. It would also address permitted uses in the various protection zones and could be further developed to address abandonment of wells. Wellhead Protection Wetland protection is provided by the Minnesota Wetland Conservation Act administrated by Rice Creek Watershed District acting as Local Government Unit (LGU). Erosion Control Arden Hills has adopted an erosion and sediment control ordinance (City Code Chapter 15). The regulation establishes standards and specifications for conservation practices and planning activities which minimize soil erosion and sedimentation. APPENDIX D Karth Lake Improvement District APPENDIX E MPCA Listed Pollutant Sources APPENDIX DSite Name Industrial Classification ID Type Active2009 Pavement Management Program C00027566 Stormwater N2010 Pavement Managment Program C00029408 Stormwater N2011 Pavement Mgmt Program C00031972 Stormwater N2013 Pavement Management Program C00035772 Stormwater N3M Filtration/Arden Hills Plant A00001382 Stormwater NABRA Auto Body & Glass ‐ Arden HillsAutomotive Body, Paint, and Interior Repair and Maintenance12300661; MN0000804492 Air Quality; Hazardous Waste NAdherent Laboratories Inc Testing Laboratories MNS000153833 Hazardous Waste YAdvantek Equipment Division MND985753516 Hazardous Waste NAHATS Field Maintenance Shop National Security C00033050; MNS000177030; SUB0034458 Hazardous Waste; Stormwater YAhats Mnarng National Security MNS000149641 Hazardous Waste YAHATS Readiness Center National Security C00029478; MNS000177048; SUB0032133 Hazardous Waste; Stormwater YAlliant Ammunition Systems Co LLCSmall Arms, Ordnance, and Ordnance Accessories Manufacturing12300238; 781714761 Air Quality; Stormwater NAlliant Techsystems Inc Ammunition (except Small Arms) ManufacturingMN7213820908; MND000819268; SA0008424; SR0000113; SR0000215; SR0000216; SR0000217; SR0000218; SR0000219; SR0000220; SR0000221; SR0000222; SR0000223; SR0000224; SR0000225; SR0000226; SR0000227; SR00002Hazardous Waste; Investigation and CleanupYAps MND985714468 Hazardous Waste YArden Hills 2003 PMP C00010413 Stormwater NArden Hills Army Training Site Readiness Center National Security MNS000301840 Hazardous Waste YArden Hills city of Other General Government Support MND040968141; VP22660Hazardous Waste; Investigation and CleanupNArden Hills Club Inc MND039799960 Hazardous Waste NArden Hills Eye Clinic HMO Medical Centers MNS000310576 Hazardous Waste YArden Hills Family Physicians MNR000005009 Hazardous Waste YArden Hills Gateway Center C00003979 Stormwater NArden Hills Library MND985759026 Hazardous Waste NArden Hills Shell LS0000102; TS0003938 Investigation and Cleanup; Tanks YArden Hills Truck Station CS0000800; CS0001100; LS0002593; LS0002803; LS0013336; LS0014688; SA0000108; VP33300Investigation and Cleanup YArden Hills Village Of MND985682376 Hazardous Waste NArden Medical Systems IncMeasuring, Analyzing & Controlling Instrmts; Photogr, Medical & Optical Goods; Watches & ClocksMND102281912 Hazardous Waste NArden Plaza BF0000125; C00033219 Investigation and Cleanup; Stormwater YArden Plaza ‐ Phase I C00033492 Stormwater NArden Village C00035247 Stormwater YArmy National Guard Bld Oms LS0003609 Investigation and Cleanup YATC Group Services Environmental Consulting Services MNS000302016 Hazardous Waste YCity of Arden HillsWSB Project No. 3455‐200Page 1 of 7 APPENDIX DSite Name Industrial Classification ID Type ActiveATS Steels Inc MND985744242; VP19980Hazardous Waste; Investigation and CleanupNB & L Fabricating MND982629396 Hazardous Waste NBethel ‐ Nelson Stair Entry Replacement C00036005 Stormwater NBethel College & Sem Residence Hall C00012219; LS0014512; LS0015293; TS0003487Investigation and Cleanup; Stormwater; TanksYBethel University Colleges, Universities, and Professional Schools 12300436; MND985685312 Air Quality; Hazardous Waste YBethel University ‐ 2 Pine Tree Dr Colleges, Universities, and Professional Schools MND985667781 Hazardous Waste NBethel University Commons ‐ CSW C00023000 Stormwater NBethel University East LS0019381; PB4490; TS0003680 Investigation and Cleanup; Tanks NBethel University Maintenance Shop Colleges, Universities, and Professional Schools MNR000021667 Hazardous Waste YBlue Fox Bar and Grill LS0019041 Investigation and Cleanup YBoston Scientific Building 3‐10 Skyway C00044056 Stormwater YButcher's Allotment VP8240; VP8241; VP8242; VP8243 Investigation and Cleanup YCardiac Pacemakers Inc/Boston Scientific Other Electronic Component Manufacturing MND058320011; TR‐gen Hazardous Waste; Pollution Prevention YCardiac Pacemakers Inc/Boston ScientificNavigational, Measuring, Electromedical, and Control Instruments Manufacturing12300622; MNRNE3577; MNRNE3946; MNRNE3BXFAir Quality; Stormwater YCatholic Aid Association MN0001024785 Hazardous Waste NCelesticaPrinted Circuit Assembly (Electronic Assembly) ManufacturingMNR000054445 Hazardous Waste NCeridian Corp Computing MNT280010604 Hazardous Waste YChampion Charter MNR000115089 Hazardous Waste YCity Of Arden Hills LS0006037; TS0003946 Investigation and Cleanup; Tanks NCleveland Avenue Bridge VP10090 Investigation and Cleanup YClutch & U‐Joint Proven Force ‐ Arden Hills General Automotive Repair MNS000105072 Hazardous Waste NContinental Can Co Inc Metal Can Manufacturing MND052732732 Hazardous Waste NCountry Insurance & Financial ServicesLessors of Nonresidential Buildings (except Miniwarehouses)12300713 Air Quality NCrown Auto Inc Auto and Home Supply Stores MND982062036 Hazardous Waste NCRS Appliance Household Appliance Stores MNR000065920 Hazardous Waste NCty Rd #10 Trail Segments 1‐5 Mounds View C00028334 Stormwater NCub Foods 1641Supermarkets and Other Grocery (except Convenience) StoresMNS000154120 Hazardous Waste YCummings Park Drive C00010395 Stormwater YDelta Environmental Consultant MND985769553 Hazardous Waste NDeluxe Corp ‐ Arden Hills Commercial Printing (except Screen and Books) MND985768985 Hazardous Waste YDriver License Examining Station TS0003494 Tanks NDynamark C00001862 Stormwater YE Street Flats C00035615 Stormwater YEllis Properties, LLP Nonresidential Property Managers MNS000307368 Hazardous Waste YElmer L Andersen Memorial Trail Connections C00028840 Stormwater NCity of Arden HillsWSB Project No. 3455‐200Page 2 of 7 APPENDIX DSite Name Industrial Classification ID Type ActiveEmpi Inc MND985763788 Hazardous Waste NExpedite Direct Mail MND985746601 Hazardous Waste YF & M Dental Health Services MND985670223 Hazardous Waste NFirst Group America LS0008592; LS0010142; TS0010228 Investigation and Cleanup; Tanks YFirst Student Inc 11730 School and Employee Bus Transportation MND982212334; MNR053555; MNR0538PK Hazardous Waste; Stormwater YFive Star Automotive General Automotive Repair MNS000165951 Hazardous Waste YFloren Residence LS0012785 Investigation and Cleanup YFormer Arden Hills Holiday Inn VP27080 Investigation and Cleanup YFormer House & Office Building Private Households LS0018444; MNS000174615Hazardous Waste; Investigation and CleanupYFort Snelling ARC OMS UHS C00029491 Stormwater NFox Ridge C00032229 Stormwater NFuture Systems MND985712587 Hazardous Waste NGage Tool CoFabricated Metal Products, Except Machinery and Transportation EquipmentMND094044856 Hazardous Waste NGateway Business Dist/ 14th St NE C00004843 Stormwater NGE SecurityOther Communications Equipment ManufacturingMND981791437; MNRNE35BB; MNRNE38L3 Hazardous Waste; Stormwater YGoodprinter The MND001627363 Hazardous Waste NGraingerMotor Vehicle Electrical and Electronic Equipment ManufacturingMNS000167023 Hazardous Waste NGrey Fox Technical Services MNR000023861 Hazardous Waste NGuidant Building N Addition C00011166 Stormwater NGuidant Corp Parking Ramp 1 C00011801 Stormwater NGuidant Corporation LS0008939; PB4820; TS0052451 Investigation and Cleanup; Tanks YHarrison Property LS0016376 Investigation and Cleanup YHB Fuller Co ‐ Data Center ‐ Arden Hills Data Processing, Hosting, and Related Services 12300697 Air Quality YHealthPartners Arden Hills Offices of Physicians MND985700798 Hazardous Waste YHealthPartners Arden Woods Clinic HMO Medical Centers MNS000303160 Hazardous Waste YHoigaards Inc MND985681873 Hazardous Waste NHoliday Stationstore #368 LS0012545; LS0018894; TS0124073 Investigation and Cleanup; Tanks NHood Packaging Corp ‐ Arden HillsCommercial Printing (except Screen and Books) ; Commercial Screen Printing ; Plastics Bag and Pouch Manufacturing ; Unlaminated Plastics Film and Sheet (except Packaging) Manufacturing12300718; A00009561; MNR000102509; MNRNE338L; MNRNE38M6Air Quality; Hazardous Waste; Stormwater YHood Packaging Corporation PB3489; TS0124898 Investigation and Cleanup; Tanks YHwy 96 btwn Lexington & TH 10 C00010443 Stormwater NHwy Corner Site LS0014245 Investigation and Cleanup YInfrastructure Upgrades & Improvements C00041486 Stormwater YInternational Paper Co Corrugated and Solid Fiber Box Manufacturing12300323; LS0005792; LS0005901; MND053417986; MNR05363F; MNR053B8F; SA0001010; TS0003490Air Quality; Hazardous Waste; Investigation and Cleanup; Stormwater; TanksYCity of Arden HillsWSB Project No. 3455‐200Page 3 of 7 APPENDIX DSite Name Industrial Classification ID Type ActiveIntriCon ‐ Arden HillsElectromedical and Electrotherapeutic Apparatus ManufacturingMND980791370; MNRNE34S2; MNRNE397B Hazardous Waste; Stormwater YINX International Ink Co Printing Ink Manufacturing MND985694199; MNRNE35BX Hazardous Waste; Stormwater NISD 621 ‐ Mounds View High School Elementary and Secondary SchoolsC00012085; LS0008703; MND982603177; TS0017436Hazardous Waste; Investigation and Cleanup; Stormwater; TanksYJohanna Shores Brownstones C00039556 Stormwater YJohanna Shores Presbytarian Homes Nursing Care Facilities (Skilled Nursing Facilities) LS0013287; MND985672500; TS0003657Hazardous Waste; Investigation and Cleanup; TanksYJohn Woitas Painting MNS000100941 Hazardous Waste NJohnson Residence LS0008021 Investigation and Cleanup YKennedy Transmission TS0013838 Tanks YKennedy Transmission ‐ Arden Hills Automotive Transmission Repair MND985676535 Hazardous Waste NLabel Technologies MN0000693283 Hazardous Waste NLaird Plastics MND006211049 Hazardous Waste NLake Johanna SA0000280 Investigation and Cleanup YLand O' Lakes ‐ West Parking Expansion C00033681 Stormwater YLand O Lakes Inc MND981530587 Hazardous Waste NLand O Lakes, Inc. Corporate Headquarters MNRNE35Q6; MNRNE3BCK Stormwater YLand O'Lakes ‐ Arden HillsCreamery Butter Manufacturing ; Cheese Manufacturing ; Dry, Condensed, and Evaporated Dairy Product Manufacturing006253835; 12300515; LS0000199; LS0020310; MND006253835; TS0003440Air Quality; Hazardous Waste; Investigation and Cleanup; Stormwater; TanksYLexington Station ‐ Phase 2 C00046082 Stormwater YLexington Station LLCAll Other Professional, Scientific, and Technical ServicesC00036310; MNS000194969 Hazardous Waste; Stormwater YLowry Avenue Bridge Demo ‐ Minneapolis C00027244 Stormwater NManeuver Damage Repair & Gravel Storage C00028853 Stormwater NMcDonald's Restaurant C00032088 Stormwater NMeasuretech MN0000017277 Hazardous Waste NMedtronic Arden Hills East & WestElectromedical and Electrotherapeutic ApparatusA00016842 Stormwater NMetropolitan Mosquito Control District MND985701366 Hazardous Waste NMiddle Rice Creek C00042272 Stormwater YMidwest Brass & Aluminum Foundry Waste SA0008406 Investigation and Cleanup YMilton Demolition Dump SA0008334 Investigation and Cleanup YMinnesota Power Center ‐ St Paul MNR000031294 Hazardous Waste NMinute Clinic 26 Pharmacies and Drug Stores MNS000219097 Hazardous Waste YMisc Site Work, Paving, Lighting C00038709 Stormwater YMNDOT Arden HillsRegulation and Administration of Transportation ProgramsMND981948367 Hazardous Waste YMNDOT TH 10/TCAAP ROW VP26410 Investigation and Cleanup YMNDOT Training Center Facility Police Protection MN0000134312 Hazardous Waste YMorris Communication VP14570 Investigation and Cleanup YMrc Tele Communications Inc MNR000003558 Hazardous Waste NMRP Properties Facility 9137 Petroleum Refineries MNG790123 Water Quality NCity of Arden HillsWSB Project No. 3455‐200Page 4 of 7 APPENDIX DSite Name Industrial Classification ID Type ActiveNational Surface Cleaning Inc Polish and Other Sanitation Good Manufacturing MND985712504 Hazardous Waste NNestle Purina Petcare Co Arden Hills Dog and Cat Food Manufacturing MND134231679 Hazardous Waste YNew Brighton Oms Complex (tcaap) LS0005753; TS0004032 Investigation and Cleanup; Tanks YNguyen Residence LS0017456 Investigation and Cleanup YNorth Heights Lutheran Church C00004176 Stormwater NNorthern Ingredients Passenger Car RentalLS0005106; LS0019342; MND982207060; TS0003578Hazardous Waste; Investigation and Cleanup; TanksYNorthwest Camera Repair Inc MND985712439 Hazardous Waste NNott Co ‐ Arden Hills MN0000060053 Hazardous Waste YNTW LLC d/b/a National Tire & Battery #453Automotive Mechanical and Electrical Repair and Maintenance; General Automotive RepairMND985675958 Hazardous Waste YOld Highway 8 and CSAH 3 Reconstruction / Old Highway 8 Extension C00046870 Stormwater YOld Highway Eight Site VP1760 Investigation and Cleanup YPainting Perfection Ltd ‐ Arden Hills Painting and Wall Covering Contractors MNS000118422 Hazardous Waste NPolansky Trucking SA0008404 Investigation and Cleanup YPrecision PaintingFabricated Metal Products, Except Machinery and Transportation EquipmentMND087683512 Hazardous Waste YPrecision Painting Inc 12300339 Air Quality YPresbyterian Homes & Services Redev 2011 C00032338 Stormwater NProex 1517 Photofinishing MND985765411 Hazardous Waste NProject Sapphire Sky C00043741 Stormwater YQwest Communications ‐ Arden Hills MN0000900332 Hazardous Waste NRamsey County Property Management LS0017538; TS0123986 Investigation and Cleanup; Tanks YRamsey County Sheriff's Patrol Station Police Protection MNS000171876 Hazardous Waste YRamsey Cty Arden Hills Yard Waste ‐ SWFertilizer (Mixing Only) Manufacturing ; Other Nonhazardous Waste Treatment and DisposalA00015648; PBR000653 Stormwater; Solid Waste YRamsey Cty HHW Arden Hills Site A00018380 Stormwater NRed Fox Business Center C00040249 Stormwater YRed Fox Road Improvements C00035925 Stormwater YResolution Graphics IncUnlaminated Plastics Film and Sheet (except Packaging) Manufacturing12300730; MND121198154; MNRNE33M4 Air Quality; Hazardous Waste; Stormwater YRice Creek Regional Trail VP26640 Investigation and Cleanup YRobert J Pugleasa Co Inc MND982207011 Hazardous Waste YRockwood Capital ManagementOffices of Other Holding Companies ; Corporate, Subsidiary, and Regional Managing OfficesMND985719186 Hazardous Waste NRound Lake Business Center VP6880 Investigation and Cleanup YRound Lake Road Improvements Project C00037712 Stormwater YSaint Paul Metalcraft Inc TS0055661 Tanks YScherer Brothers Lumber Medberry Yard Home Centers ; Other Building Material Dealers A00009001; MND156397515 Hazardous Waste; Stormwater YCity of Arden HillsWSB Project No. 3455‐200Page 5 of 7 APPENDIX DSite Name Industrial Classification ID Type ActiveSefar Printing Solutions Inc MND985724368 Hazardous Waste NSewall Bros Industrial Supply MNR000104927 Hazardous Waste NSewall Bros Industrial Supply Co Hardware Stores MNS000220111 Hazardous Waste YShaw Lumber Co TS0003630 Tanks NSherwin Williams Co Painting and Wall Covering Contractors MND982627150 Hazardous Waste YSimply Self Storage C00045611 Stormwater YSite Investigation/Rem TCAAP Site C00035287 Stormwater YSMI Holdings Inc dba Stealth Mark Passenger Car Leasing MND985679869; MNRNE3393 Hazardous Waste; Stormwater NSmiths Medical ASD Inc ‐ St Paul Surgical and Medical Instrument Manufacturing MND106712748; MNRNE357V; MNRNE3CLJ Hazardous Waste; Stormwater YSP 6281‐47 TH 35E MNPASS MANAGED LANE C00042889; CS‐gen Stormwater YSP 6284‐159 TH 35W C00033770 Stormwater NSP 6285‐135 (TH 694) C00032813 Stormwater NSP 6285‐142 ‐ New Brighton C00029215 Stormwater NSP 6285‐150 C00033447 Stormwater NSpecialty Lab The MNR000033860 Hazardous Waste NSplit Rock Studios Independent Artists, Writers, and Performers MNR000102624 Hazardous Waste YSt Jude Medical Inc MND080232168 Hazardous Waste NSt Paul Industrial Properties MND050736701 Hazardous Waste NSt Paul Metal Craft MNR000004671 Hazardous Waste NSt Paul Metalcraft VP9210 Investigation and Cleanup YState Emergency Operations Center VP29470 Investigation and Cleanup Ystate project # 6285‐148 C00039440 Stormwater YStreamworks MNRNE3C7B Stormwater YTCAAP Bid Package #1 Rice Creek Remeander Construction C00042127 Stormwater YTCAAP Building 576 VP15710 Investigation and Cleanup YTCAAP Redevelopment Project Other General Government Support MNS000190280; PB4302Hazardous Waste; Investigation and CleanupYTH‐10 & CSAH 96 Interchange PB4210; VP29030 Investigation and Cleanup YThe Goodprinter MND985709237; MNRNE36G6; MNRNE39CL Hazardous Waste; Stormwater YThe Tavern Grill C00043005 Stormwater YTony Schmidt County Park Site Improv C00005805 Stormwater NTownhomes of Lake Valentine C00003249 Stormwater YTrailwood Warehouse LLC ‐ Arden Hills MNRNE363V Stormwater YTraverse Erosion Control Project C00042621; CS‐gen Stormwater YTrw Inc MND092784156 Hazardous Waste NTwin Cities Army Ammunition Plant Facilities Support Services12300067; 213820908; LS0013886; MNR000112102Air Quality; Hazardous Waste; Investigation and Cleanup; StormwaterYTyson Companies Inc PB4655; TS0003316; TS0003471 Investigation and Cleanup; Tanks NUS Army Reserve Center ‐ Arden Hills National Security MN7210490564 Hazardous Waste YUS Army Reserve Ctr Arden Hills ‐ SW A00015651 Stormwater NUS Army Reserve TCAAP Ctr A00015765 Stormwater NCity of Arden HillsWSB Project No. 3455‐200Page 6 of 7 APPENDIX DSite Name Industrial Classification ID Type ActiveUS Army TCAAP Facilities Support ServicesCS0011730; LS0003188; LS0003635; LS0004852; LS0006996; LS0017797; MN7213820908; PB3668; PB4687; TS0004040; VP22890; VP22891; VP22892Hazardous Waste; Investigation and Cleanup; Stormwater; TanksYVacant Lot LS0011360 Investigation and Cleanup YValentine Bluff C00039854 Stormwater YValentine Park C00033687 Stormwater YVandal Dump SA0008402 Investigation and Cleanup YVenture Commercial Printing (except Screen and Books)A00012241; MNR000116194; MNRNE35TB; MNRNE3CKJHazardous Waste; Stormwater YVikings Stadium and Mixed Use Development PB3967; VP27360 Investigation and Cleanup YWalgreen's 15123 Pharmacies and Drug Stores MNS000175117 Hazardous Waste YWest Round Lake Rd Improv Phase I C00005769 Stormwater NXcel Productions IncPaper Bag and Coated and Treated Paper ManufacturingMNS000116079 Hazardous Waste NCity of Arden HillsWSB Project No. 3455‐200Page 7 of 7 APPENDIX F Previous Pond Modeling and Reference Materials APPENDIX F City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 HYDRAULIC AND WATER QUALITY ANALYSES Regional Stormwater Treatment Locations There are thirteen proposed potential regional ponds in Arden Hills that were identified in a 1999 comprehensive drainage study by BRW Inc. (Dames and Moore Group Company). The Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) property was not considered or modeled as part of this Plan. Two ponds within TCAAP, P-1 and P-13, will be completed as part of the reconstruction of TH 96, and will not be discussed in this Plan. The TCAAP Reuse Plan will include a preliminary layout of the stormwater management for the TCAAP property, meeting RCWD and other agencies requirements. The proposed regional ponds are mostly located in natural low lands or inlets to lakes. It should be noted that the City would need to further investigate the proposed regional pond locations with respect to jurisdictional wetlands and regulatory restrictions that may affect the construction of these facilities. Even though the BRW, Inc. study and this Plan evaluate the proposed construction of regional ponds, other stormwater treatment best management practices (such as infiltration BMP's) will be addressed in the feasibility study stage. The Minnesota Urban Small Sites BMP Manual (Metropolitan Council, 2001) outlines a three-step process to select a BMP or combination of BMP's for sites less than five acres. This process looks at stormwater treatment suitability, physical feasibility factors, and community and environmental factors. Summary Discharge Data HydroCAD® modeling was completed for the eleven proposed regional ponds. At this stage the ponds are only concepts, and therefore the modeling consisted of the drainage districts identified in the 1999 comprehensive drainage study by BRW, Inc. and the proposed concept pond. The concept pond was assumed to be rectangular in shape, with a ten-foot shelf below the normal water level, side slopes of 3:l everywhere else, and a depth of six feet. The 5, 10, and 100-year, 24-hour, storms were run, using antecedent moisture conditions II. The results of these models can be seen further in this Appendix. The 100-year design storm was used to calcu late a peak height of the pond and to determine if any potential damage or flooding could occur at the neighboring structures. Only one pond as calculated from this modeling, P-12, has the potential for flooding the low point on Nor th Hamline Avenue and will need more detailed analysis during the feasibility study/design stage to ensure no damage to the surrounding structures will occur. In addition to the HydroCAD modeling, stormwater quality and treatment modeling was undertaken using the P8 Urban Catchment model. Water Quality Analyses P-8 models were created for the proposed regional ponds. The ponds were designed to meet NURP (Nationwide Urban Runoff Program) standards, which are removal of 90% of total suspended solids (TSS) and 65% of total phosphorus (TP). As with the hydrologic modeling, no upstream drainage areas were used in the water quality modeling. The ponds were modeled using only the immediate drainage areas. Therefore, it is recommended to model the entire drainage system during either a feasibility study or final design to calculate the pollutant removal efficiencies of the entire system. The results from the P- 8 models can be found in this Appendix. APPENDIX F City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Lakes and Ponds The Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) and Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (MDNR) maintain lake information databases on many lakes in Minnesota. The data is available on the web at http://www.pca.state.mn.us/water/lakequality.html and www.dnr.state.mn.us/lakefind.html. Summary water quality data is available for all the lakes in Arden Hills except Sunfish Lake (no data) on the Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS) property. Table 5-1 provides summary data on the each of the lakes in Arden Hills. Trophic State Index (TSI) combines measures of summer Secchi Disk transparency and epilimnetic (upper portion of lake characterized by warmer and lighter water) concentrations of chlorophyll-a and total phosphorus to come up with the value. The index ranges from 0 to 100, with the higher values indicating more eutrophic (over nourished) conditions in the lake. For the ecoregion Arden Hills is located in, typically a TSI value of less than 59 fully supports swimming. Swimming is partially supported between a TSI value of 60 and 65. Josephine and Round lakes both fully support swimmable use classification, according to their TSI, although they are sensitive to increases in phosphorus nutrient loading. However, there is no access to Round Lake for swimming use. Lake Johanna only partially supports swimmable use classification due to algae blooms and low transparency for a significant portion of the summer. Karth, Little Lake Johanna and Valentine lakes do not support swimmable use classification due to severe and frequent algae blooms and low transparency for most of the summer. Round, Karth, Little Lake Johanna and Valentine lakes have either small surface areas or are quite shallow in average depth and therefore would not be considered likely candidates for swimmable use. However, water quality data in support or non-support of this use is important for wildlife management of these water bodies. Lake Josephine Assessment Report The MPCA along with MDNR, Ramsey County Public Works, RCWD and Josephine Lake Association issued a Lake Assessment Report for Josephine Lake in 1998. Pertinent portions from that report are as follows: (page iii) A good historical data base is available for assessing trends in water quality of Lake Josephine. These data include 22 years of Secchi data and several years of water chemistry data. Based on an analysis of 22 years of CLMP, MPCA, DNR, Met. Council, Ramsey County, and two environmental consulting firm's Secchi transparency data, Lake Josephine exhibited a significant improvement in transparency over time (RK = 0.52; p=0.0008). Summer mean Secchi transparency measures ranged from 2.3 to 4.3 feet from 1975-1979. In contrast, from 1981-1989 summer-mean Secchi ranged from 3.0 to 10.2 feet and from 1990-1998 summer-mean Secchi ranged from 5.2 to 12.1 feet. Summer-mean total phosphorus and chlorophyll-a concentrations exhibited a decline over this time period as well. (page 3) Lake Josephine's watershed is relatively small at about 734 acres, excluding the lake. The vast majority (96%) of the watershed is in urban/residential lake use. This percentage, although not typical for lakes in the North Central Hardwood Forest ecoregion, is rather typical for lakes in the Twin Cities metro area. APPENDIX F City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 Little Lake Josephine is about 12 acres in size, much of which is covered by cattails and emergent vegetation; however, the open water portion has maximum depth of 25 feet. Originally, about 260 acres drained through Little Lake Josephine prior to entering Lake Josephine. In 1980, a project conducted by the RCWD, in consultation with E.A Hickok Engineering, resulted in an additional 220 acres of direct drainage from Lake Josephine watershed. EXAMPLE AGREEMENT (REGARDING STORM WATER MANAGEMENT PRACTICES WATER QUALITY TREATMENT POND) I. THIS AGREEMENT made this ______ day of _____, 200__ by and among the City of Arden Hills, Minnesota (hereinafter referred to as the “City”) and, ______________________, a __________ corporation (hereinafter referred to as “_____________________________”) with reference to the following facts and circumstances: A. (*) is the fee owner of certain real property situated in the City of __________________, legally described as follows: (Legal) , (*) CAPS ( ) (hereinafter referred to as the “Subject Property”). B. As a condition of its approval of the development for the Subject Property, the City of Arden Hills has required that the parties hereto enter into an agreement, which makes provision for the maintenance of the Storm Water Management Practice located within the boundaries of the Subject Property as the same is described and depicted in those certain construction plans drawn by ________________________, approved by the City and constructed by ________________________. The Storm Water Management Practice is located in the platted drainage and utility easement in ____________________________. C. The parties hereto desire to set forth their agreement with respect to the maintenance of the Storm Water Management Practice and the costs of such maintenance. II. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing facts and circumstances, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows: A. For the purposes of this Agreement, maintenance of the Storm Water Management Practice shall mean the annual inspection and certification by a qualified individual that the pond is functioning in accordance with the approved plans and, if necessary, the periodic dredging of the silt buildup in the Storm Water Management Practice as necessary to maintain function, as established for the Storm Water Management Practice in the construction plans and to maintain the proper operation of the treatment function of the Storm Water Management Practice. B. (*) shall be solely responsible for the maintenance of the Storm Water Management Practice, and shall bear all costs of such maintenance, until such time as ________________________ (hereinafter referred to as the “Association”) is activated pursuant to Article _________________, Section ________________, of the Declaration of Covenants for _________________________, whereupon the Association shall bear the sole responsibility for such maintenance and shall bear all costs of such maintenance. If (*) , or after its incorporation, the Association, does not undertake the necessary maintenance within 30 days of notification by the City, or within 30 days provide the City with a schedule for undertaking the necessary maintenance, the City may undertake such maintenance, and the costs reasonably incurred by the City for performing such maintenance shall be reimbursed to the City within 30 days by the party responsible for such maintenance and, if the responsible party does not timely reimburse the City, then the City may recover its costs by levying a special assessment against all single family house lots in the Subject Property, each lot to bear an equal share. C. (*) , as present owner of the Subject Property, for itself and respective successors and assigns, hereby waives any statutory right which it may have to contest any such assessment by the City of its maintenance costs on the basis of the benefit to portions of the Subject Property. D. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event the city shall establish a policy for maintenance by the City of Storm Water Management Practices located elsewhere in the City of Arden Hills, Minnesota under which policy the costs of such maintenance are to be paid either out of general City revenues or by collection of utility or service fees or charges, then any owner of any portion of the Subject Property shall be entitled to petition the City for the inclusion of the Storm Water Management Practice under such maintenance program, and the City shall consent to such request and thereupon authorize the termination of this Agreement. The recording of a certified copy of the Resolution of the City Council of the City which sets forth the consent and authorization described in the foregoing sentence shall serve the terminate this Agreement, without further action on the part of any party hereto. E. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall insure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. III. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this document to be executed as of the day and year first above written. THIS INSTRUMENT DRAFTED BY ______________ Rice Creek Watershed District District Wide Modeling Final Report HEI Project No. R11.5555-060.19 Page 23 of 54 RCWD Account No. 60-19-4500 Table 8 Planning Region Peak Discharges and Runoff Volumes. Planning Region 2 year, 24 hour precipitation event 10 year, 24 hour precipitation event 100 year, 24 hour precipitation event 100 year, 10 day snowmelt runoff event Peak Discharge (cfs) Volume* (ac-ft) Peak Discharge (cfs) Volume* (ac-ft) Peak Discharge (cfs) Volume* (ac-ft) Peak Discharge (cfs) Volume* (ac-ft) Upper Rice Creek 178.3 925 289.3 1,734 413.5 2,978 439.4 7,068 Hardwood Creek 195.0 517 303.2 922 422.0 1,724 413.1 6,003 Clearwater Creek 91.6 657 180.8 1,436 491.4 3,182 907.5 9,392 Middle Rice Creek 111.2 1,165 272.6 2,967 575.6 6,315 1,207.2 18,136 Lower Rice Creek 349.2 2,705 743.5 6,247 1285.7 11,881 1534.7 27,413 *Volume for 24 hour event is the volume over a 7 day period following start of a 24-hr event, and 13 days following the start of the 10 day event 4.3.3 Intercommunity Flows The final category identified in the WMP as Regional Assessment Locations are intercommunity flows. The public drainage systems of the Rice Creek Watershed District convey much of the stormwater discharge between the cities within the District, and are relatively easy locations to quantify, assess, and manage stormwater discharge. Figure 10 shows the locations of intercommunity flows along the public drainage systems and public waterways of the District. A summary of modeled peak discharges for each of these locations is provided in Table 9. These discharges are based upon current land uses and provide a benchmark for evaluating potential intercommunity issues. In the future, the conveyance capacity of these locations can be compared to current and projected flows, and subsequently be assessed for any potential deficiencies. These values may also be used by the cities to assess the adequacy of capacity within the conveyance system. Rice Creek Watershed District District Wide Modeling Final Report HEI Project No. R11.5555-060.19 Page 24 of 54 RCWD Account No. 60-19-4500 Table 9 Intercommunity Flows. Discharging City Receiving City Watercourse Peak Flows (cfs) 2-Year, 24-Hour Rainfall 10-Year, 24-hour Rainfall 100-Year, 24-hour Rainfall 100-Year, 10-Day Snowmelt Arden Hills Mounds View Rice Creek 225 460 761 1377 Arden Hills New Brighton Lake Johanna Outlet 40 72 96 109 Arden Hills Shoreview RCD 1 Main Trunk 3 9 12 29 Blaine Circle Pines ACD 53-62 Main Trunk 48 88 132 153 Blaine Lino Lakes ACD 53-62 overflow to ACD 10-22-32 (Sunset Ave.) 3 5 13 24 Blaine Mounds View ARJD 1 Main Trunk 53 72 89 83 Blaine Shoreview Rice Creek 68 145 632 1326 Centerville Lino Lakes AWJD 3 Main Trunk 195 303 422 413 Circle Pines Blaine Rice Creek 113 284 632 1325 Columbus Lino Lakes Rice Creek 158 265 443 426 Columbus Lino Lakes ACD 10-22-32 Branch 4 1 3 7 7 Columbus Lino Lakes ACD 10-22-32 Main Trunk 2 6 14 15 Dellwood White Bear Twp. RWJD 1 Main Trunk 38 101 254 248 Forest Lake Columbus AWJD 4 Branch 4 5 13 20 30 Forest Lake Columbus AWJD 4 Branch 3 4 6 13 28 Forest Lake Columbus AWJD 4 Main Trunk 31 73 140 148 Forest Lake Columbus Rice Creek 11 21 36 37 Forest Lake Hugo AWJD 2 Main Trunk 83 235 713 1044 Grant Dellwood Private Open Channel 34 49 59 64 Grant Dellwood Private Open Channel 2 4 7 13 Hugo Forest Lake AWJD 2 Main Trunk 36 100 469 673 Hugo Grant Private Open Channel 26 47 54 33 Hugo Lino Lakes AWJD 2 Main Trunk 92 186 497 945 Hugo Lino Lakes AWJD 3 Main Trunk 145 245 341 346 Lino Lakes Centerville AWJD 3 Main Trunk 160 266 439 394 Lino Lakes Circle Pines RCD 8 Main Trunk 6 14 29 36 Lino Lakes Circle Pines Rice Creek 111 273 570 1206 Lino Lakes Hugo AWJD 3 Branch 4 25 40 66 34 Lino Lakes Hugo AWJD 3 Branch 1 8 14 25 24 Mounds View New Brighton Rice Creek 243 480 782 1376 Mounds View Shoreview ARJD1 Main Trunk 75 126 202 142 New Brighton Fridley Rice Creek 338 715 1093 1530 Roseville Arden Hills RCD 4 Main Trunk 290 423 594 298 Roseville New Brighton RCD 5 Main Trunk 36 35 36 31 Shoreview Arden Hills Rice Creek 195 397 667 1379 Shoreview Lino Lakes RCD 8 Main Trunk 3 8 19 28 St. Anthony New Brighton RCD 3 Main Trunk 164 225 173 151 White Bear Lake White Bear Twp. RCD 11 Main Trunk 17 29 44 37 APPENDIX G Southwest Urban Lakes Study – Arden Hills Lake Assessments and MAPs Prepared by: Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. for the Rice Creek Watershed District April 2009 Southwest Urban Lakes Study water ecology community Document Component Specs Text: Corporate Express • Signature white, 20 lb. text – 30% post-consumer fibers, Green Seal®Certified Back Cover: Neenah Paper • Esse • Texture, Sapphire • 100 lb. cover • 30% post-consumer fibers, Green Seal® Certified Wire Binding: Manufactured using recycled high carbon steel Table of Contents 1. Executive Summary............................................................................................................1 2. Introduction.........................................................................................................................2 A. RCWD, RMPs, Urban lakes..................................................................................................2 B. Lake Eutrophication Standards.............................................................................................3 C. Impaired Waters Program ....................................................................................................4 3. Phosphorus Analysis .........................................................................................................5 A. Nutrient Loading to Lakes.....................................................................................................5 Purpose of analysis...............................................................................................................5 Watershed loading................................................................................................................5 Internal loading....................................................................................................................11 B. Lake Response Modeling...................................................................................................17 Purpose of modeling...........................................................................................................17 Modeling approach..............................................................................................................17 Results................................................................................................................................19 4. Lake Management Action Plans......................................................................................21 A. Purpose ..............................................................................................................................21 B. Public Meetings ..................................................................................................................21 C. MAPs..................................................................................................................................21 5. Long-Term Management Strategy...................................................................................22 A. Priorities..............................................................................................................................22 B. Recommended Actions for 2009 ........................................................................................23 6. References.........................................................................................................................31 Appendix - Management Action Plans RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study i Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 1. Executive Summary Over the past few years, the Rice Creek Watershed District has prioritized its efforts on Resource Management Plans in the developing portions of the District. The District’s next focus is on more urbanized areas. Recently, RCWD has received numerous inquiries for assistance in cleaning up some fairly degraded urban lakes in the southwest portion of the watershed. These requests came from lake homeowners and/or associations on lakes that have been subjected to decades of concentrated urban runoff and are now showing the effects of that pollutant loading. The goal of this project is to assess the water quality of 24 lakes in the southwest portion of RCWD, particularly in relation to state standards, and to develop management action plans for each lake. The intent of the management action plans is to give the District a prioritized list of projects for further investigation. The prioritization exercise is NOT intended to make a final determination on the merits of a particular project. For most projects further feasibility assessments would be needed before the District proceeds with a particular project. The phosphorus loads to each lake were estimated in order to develop lake response models and to determine the magnitude of the load reductions that are needed for the lakes to achieve water quality standards. The watershed loads were estimated using an urban runoff model (P8), and the internal loads were modeled using sediment data, in-lake nutrient concentrations, and basic lake morphometry to predict internal loads due to anoxic release. Lake response models were developed for each lake in order to integrate the watershed loading with the internal loading into a predictive model. The Lake Management Action Plans (MAPs) presented here summarize lake characteristics and existing lake data, provide a diagnostic assessment of the data, summarize public input, identify water quality issues, and recommend remedial strategies on a lake-watershed basis. As such, each MAP provides a concise summary of the known issues and recommended management approaches for each lake. It is envisioned that the MAPs will be used to further define management strategies, guide development of the District’s Third Generation Plan, and serve as the basis for seeking project partners and grant funding for retrofit water quality improvements. Over 200 potential retrofit BMPs are identified in the MAPs. In order to prioritize further assessment and implementation feasibility, a simplified cost/benefit assessment was performed to assign each BMP as a Tier 1, 2 or 3 BMP (Tier 1 having the best cost-benefit ratio). Based on this prioritization, the recommended implementation strategy for 2009 includes: Initiation of feasibility studies on three Tier 1 BMPs Coordination with parks departments on six Tier 1 BMPs within community parks Solicitation of private party interest in potential cost share on nineteen Tier 1 BMPs Landowner notification of needed maintenance at three Tier 1 BMPs RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 2. Introduction A. RCWD, RMPS,URBAN LAKES Over the past few years, the Rice Creek Watershed District has prioritized its efforts on Resource Management Plans (RMPs) in the developing portions of the District. The RMP projects to date include topics such as wetland management, water quality to meet TMDL goals, and ditch repairs. Since RMPs are either approved or in the process of being written for the developing areas, RCWD’s next focus is on more urbanized areas. Recently, RCWD has received numerous inquiries for assistance in cleaning up some fairly degraded urban lakes in the southwest portion of the watershed. These requests come from lake homeowners and/or associations on lakes that have been subjected to decades of concentrated urban runoff and are now showing the effects of that pollutant loading. Some of the lakes in question include Little Johanna, Pike, Long, and Spring. The goal of this project is to assess the water quality of 24 lakes (Figure 1, Table 1) in the southwest portion of RCWD, particularly in relation to state standards, and to develop management action plans for each lake: Table 1. Study Lakes Lake Name DNR Lake ID Hart 02-0081 Island 62-0075 Johanna 62-0078 Jones 62-0076 Josephine 62-0057 Karth 62-0072 Langton 62-0049 Little Johanna 62-0058 Little Josephine 62-0201 Locke 02-0077 Long 62-0067 Marsden 62-0059 Martha 62-0064 Moore 02-0075 Pike 62-0069 Poplar 62-0077 Round 62-0070 Rush 62-0068 Spring 02-0071 Sunfish 62-0065 Turtle 62-0061 Valentine 62-0071 Walsh 62-0214 Zimmerman 62-0053 Figure 1. Location of Study Lakes B. LAKE EUTROPHICATION STANDARDS Water quality standards are established to protect the designated uses of the state’s waters. Amendments to Minnesota’s Rule 7050, approved in May 2008, include eutrophication standards for lakes (Table 2).Eutrophication is defined as “a process whereby water bodies receive excess nutrients that stimulate excessive plant growth” (USGS). “Excessive plant growth” often refers to algae blooms that can result in deceased water clarity (green, soupy appearance) or surface scums. Excessive algae growth can lead to a loss of native aquatic plants, decreased recreational use, unpleasant odors and appearance, and altered fish communities favoring undesirable species (rough fish). Eutrophication standards were developed for lakes in general, and for shallow lakes in particular. Standards are less stringent for shallow lakes, due to naturally higher levels of phosphorus in shallow lakes and different ecological characteristics. According to the MPCA definition of shallow lakes, a lake is considered shallow if its maximum depth is less than 15 ft, or if the littoral zone (area where depth is less than 15 ft) covers at least 80% of the lake’s surface area. RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 Table 2. MN Eutrophication Standards, North Central Hardwood Forests Ecoregion Parameter Eutrophication Standard, General Eutrophication Standard, Shallow Lakes Total Phosphorus (µg/l) TP < 40 TP < 60 Chlorophyll-a (algae) (µg/l)chl < 14 chl < 20 Secchi depth (clarity) (m) SD > 1.4 SD > 1.0 C. IMPAIRED WATERS PROGRAM Section 303(d) of the Federal Clean Water Act requires that states establish total maximum daily loads of pollutants to water bodies that do not meet water quality standards. The loading limits are to be calculated such that, if achieved, the water body would meet the applicable water quality standard. To comply with the Clean Water Act, the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) assesses the state’s waters, lists those water bodies that are impaired (i.e. do not meet water quality standards), and conducts studies to determine the pollutant loading limits for the impaired water bodies. These studies are known as TMDL studies, or total maximum daily load studies. In Minnesota, the pollutant that is often the cause of eutrophication is phosphorus. The MPCA sets target start and completion dates for individual TMDL studies. Studies are usually funded by either the MPCA or by local units of government. Each TMDL study describes the impairment, identifies the relevant pollutant(s), inventories the pollutant sources, calculates the capacity of the water body (i.e. the amount of pollutant the lake can process in its natural cycle), allocates the allowable loads to the different sources, and prescribes an implementation strategy to restore the water body to meet water quality standards. Within a year of completing the TMDL study, the MPCA requires the completion of an implementation plan, which provides more specific management details than are provided in the initial TMDL study. Several waters that are listed on the 303(d) list of impaired waters are located within the project area (Table 3). Table 3. Impaired Lakes Lake Name DNR Lake ID Year First Listed Impairment Target start/ completion dates Island Lake 62-0075 2002 Nutrient/Eutrophication Biological Indicators 2010 / 2014 Jones Lake 62-0076 2008 Aquatic macroinvertebrate bioassessments 2010 / 2014 Little Lake Johanna 62-0058 2004 Nutrient/Eutrophication Biological Indicators 2010 / 2014 Long Lake 62-0067 2002 Nutrient/Eutrophication Biological Indicators 2010 / 2014 Moore Lake, East 02-0075 2002 Nutrient/Eutrophication Biological Indicators 2009 / 2013 Pike Lake 62-0069 2002 Nutrient/Eutrophication Biological Indicators 2010 / 2014 Lake Valentine 62-0071 2002 Nutrient/Eutrophication Biological Indicators 2010 / 2014 3. Phosphorus Analysis A. NUTRIENT LOADING TO LAKES Purpose of analysis Phosphorus is the nutrient that, in excessive amounts, leads to eutrophication in lakes in Minnesota, and it is the nutrient that is used by the MPCA to set numeric standards for lakes. As such, phosphorus is the pollutant focused on in this report. The phosphorus loads to each lake were estimated in order to develop lake response models and to determine the magnitude of the load reductions that are needed for the lakes to achieve water quality standards. The watershed loads and the internal loads were estimated independently. Watershed loading Approach The general approach for determining the total phosphorus (TP) load entering each of the lakes in the study area was to estimate the load generated from each lake’s direct watershed and to account for all additional loads coming from upstream lakes, ponds, or watersheds. Watershed TP loading was determined using a reconnaissance level P8 Urban Catchment Model. The model predicts loads generated from urban watersheds based primarily on their size and level of imperviousness. The P8 model allows the user to account for the degree to which impervious surfaces are connected throughout the watershed and, ultimately, to the receiving water body. The portion of the impervious surfaces directly connected to the receiving water body was set at 85% for each of the watersheds in the study area. The other 15% of the area is indirectly connected to the receiving water body through pervious areas such as lawns or natural areas. No attempt was made to characterize the water quality treatment being provided by small ponds or other BMPs, such as street sweeping, throughout the watersheds. The P8 model was run using the 1995 water year (October 1994 through September 1995). This water year represents an average year for the Minneapolis-St. Paul area in terms of total precipitation and distribution of storm events. The NURP50 particle file was used in the P8 model. It represents the 50th percentile particle size distribution based on all NURP data and is recognized as the standard file for use in this type of analysis. General model parameters were established for all of the watersheds within the study area (Table 4). Table 4. P8 Model input parameters P8 model parameter Setting Curve Number 61 Pervious Load Factor 1 Depression Storage 0.02 inches Runoff Coefficient 0.9Impervious Load Factor 1 RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 Subwatersheds for the lakes were delineated from existing resources, based on best available data for the area. Data sources included: Ramsey County 2-foot topographic data USGS 10-foot topographic data (for Anoka and Hennepin County) 1998 RCWD Calibration Study subwatersheds City Local Plan subwatershed and stormsewer maps Institutional knowledge of the system It was originally envisioned that these preliminary subwatersheds would be refined with the District-wide SWMM modeling effort originally scheduled for the southwest lobe of the District in 2008. Because this modeling effort was postponed, it is recommended that, when the District pursues detailed modeling of the southwest area of the District, the watersheds should be refined utilizing LIDAR and field survey data. RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 Figure 2. Subwatershed Boundaries and Drainage Direction RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 7 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 Impervious surface estimates for each watershed were extracted from QuickBird satellite imagery using digital image processing techniques. A supervised maximum likelihood classification using a sample priori probability was performed using 79 training samples representing urban, urban shadow, vegetation, vegetation shadow, and open water land cover types. Some urban and water features were burned into the classification manually to obtain a higher accuracy classification. Burned-in water features included modeled lake outlines as well as polygon areas representing open water MLCCS codes. Some areas classified as urban were also manually burned into the classification using polygons created by heads up digitizing. After manual edits were finished, the final classification consisted of urban (100% impervious), vegetation (0% impervious), and water (100% impervious) land cover types. Percent impervious weighted averages per subwatershed were then extracted using a zonal statistics routine. The acreage and percent impervious for each lake’s direct watershed are listed in Table 5 (see also Figure 2 for subwatershed boundaries). In some cases, additional areas drain to the lakes in the study area and these areas were modeled separately from the direct watershed area. These additional areas were separated from the direct lake watershed because they are either large, distinct areas or contain a significant water body that provides water quality treatment. The acreage and impervious percentage for these areas are also listed in Table 5. RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 8 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 Table 5. Watershed specific P8 Model input parameters Direct Lake Watersheds Watershed Name Area (acres) Percent Impervious Hart 15.9 55% Island North 47.95 30% Island South 91.58 32% Johanna 207.21 22% Jones 1699.73 50% Josephine 279.76 27% Karth 117.74 35% Langton North 98.54 27% Langton South 109.45 69% Little Johanna 535.85 45% Little Josephine 449.77 31% Locke 2679.06 40% Long North 400.62 27% Long South 618.32 45% Marsden 790.38 18% Martha 76.76 43% Moore East 701.19 36% Moore West 47.27 40% Pike 1228.12 38% Poplar 108.49 43% Round 465.07 36% Rush 276.63 47% Spring 302.88 35% Sunfish 111.74 39% Turtle 287.58 18% Valentine 1655.41 38% Walsh 372.2 18% Zimmerman 531.23 46% Additional drainage areas - no treatment Watershed Name Area (acres) Percent Impervious Johanna East 325.45 35% Johanna West 114.52 28% Marsden East 116.41 26% Marsden North 86.38 30% Farrels 433.4 45% Farrels East 104.59 24% Farrels South 348.08 22% RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 9 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 Additional drainage areas - with treatment Watershed Name Area (acres) Percent Impervious 7th Street 1156.66 41% 96 & Lexington 71.86 47% Cleveland & C2 53.7 63% Iona 280.93 71% Oasis 663.97 59% Richmond 96.03 36% The P8 Model was used to calculate the volume of stormwater and the total phosphorus loading from each lake’s direct watershed as well as the additional areas that drain to the lakes. The model was also used to calculate the reduction in total phosphorus loading provided by the ponds located in the drainage areas with treatment shown in Table 5. Ponds in these drainage areas were modeled using configuration assumptions derived from their surface area shown in Table 6. Table 6. Pond Configuration Assumptions Permanent Pool Flood Pool Bottom Surface Area (known) Volume Surface Area x 2 feet deep Area 110% of the permanent pool area Volume Flood Pool area ½ foot deep Area ~ 1/2 Permanent Pool Pond Acres Acre-feet Acres Acre-feet Acres Oasis 6.94 13.88 7.63 3.82 3 Richmond Pond 11.59 23.18 12.75 6.37 6 Iona Pond 4.15 8.3 4.57 2.28 2 7th Street Pond 5.37 10.74 5.91 2.95 2.5 Cleveland C2 Pond 3.18 6.36 3.5 1.75 1.6 96Lex Pond 10.68 21.36 11.75 5.87 5.5 The volume of stormwater and the loading of total phosphorus to each lake were calculated as indicated in Table 7. In many cases, the direct drainage area was the only source of stormwater and TP loading. Other lakes have more complex drainage systems (see Figure 2 for subwatershed boundaries and drainage directions) and receive loading from upstream lakes, ponds, or drainage areas. The outflow volume and TP concentrations from upstream lakes were calculated using the Bathtub in-lake model as described in Section B: Lake Response Modeling, Modeling Approach (#2). Volume and TP loads from upstream ponds were calculated using the P8 model as described above. . RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 10 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 Table 7. Source of TP Load Estimates to Lakes Lake TP Load Calculation Approach Hart Direct drainage area only Island North Direct drainage area only Island South Direct drainage area only Johanna Direct drainage area, Johanna West drainage area, Johanna East outflow, Little Johanna Lake outflow Jones Direct drainage area, Poplar Lake outflow, Cleveland C2 Pond outflow, Walsh Lake outflow Josephine Direct drainage area, Little Josephine Lake outflow Karth Direct drainage area only Langton North Direct drainage area only Langton South Direct drainage area only Little Johanna Direct drainage area, Oasis Lake outflow, Zimmerman Lake outflow Little Josephine Direct drainage area only Locke Direct drainage area, Rice Creek inflow (drainage area x 6 in. runoff x monitored Rice Creek TP conc of 117 µg/L) Long North Direct drainage area, Long Lake South outflow, Rice Creek inflow (drainage area x 6 in. runoff x monitored Rice Creek TP conc of 153 µg/L) Long South Direct drainage area, Pike Lake outflow, Farrels drainage area Marsden Direct drainage area, Marsden East drainage area, Marsden North drainage area, 96Lex Pond outflow, Turtle Lake outflow, Sunfish Lake outflow Martha Direct drainage area only Moore East Direct drainage area only Moore West Direct drainage area only Pike Direct drainage area, 7th Street Pond outflow Poplar Direct drainage area only Round Direct drainage area only Rush Direct drainage area only Spring Direct drainage area only Sunfish Direct drainage area only Turtle Direct drainage area only Valentine Direct drainage area, Karth Lake outflow, Round Lake outflow, North Island Lake outflow Walsh Direct drainage area only Zimmerman Direct drainage area only Results Results from the P8 watershed modeling are presented as part of the lake modeling discussion, Section 2B. Lake Response Modeling. Internal loading Internal loading in lakes refers to the phosphorus load that originates in the bottom sediments and is released back into the water column. The phosphorus in the sediments was originally deposited in the lake sediments through the settling of particulates (attached to sediment that RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 11 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 entered the lake from watershed runoff, or as phosphorus incorporated into biomass) out of the water column. Internal loading can occur through various mechanisms: Anoxic (lack of oxygen) conditions in the overlying waters. Water at the sediment-water interface may remain anoxic for a portion of the growing season, and low oxygen concentrations result in phosphorus release from the sediments. If a lake’s hypolimnion (bottom area) remains anoxic for a portion of the growing season, the phosphorus released due to anoxia will be mixed throughout the water column when the lake loses its stratification at the time of fall mixing. Alternatively, in shallow lakes, the periods of anoxia can last for short periods of time; wind mixing can then destabilize the temporary stratification, thus releasing the phosphorus into the water column. Physical disturbance by bottom-feeding fish such as carp and bullhead. This is exacerbated in shallow lakes since bottom-feeding fish inhabit a greater portion of the lake bottom than in deeper lakes. Physical disturbance due to wind mixing. This is more common in shallow lakes than in deeper lakes. In shallower depths, wind energy can vertically mix the lake at numerous instances throughout the growing season. Phosphorus release from decaying curly-leaf pondweed (Potamogeton crispus). This is more common in shallow lakes since shallow lakes are more likely to have nuisance levels of curly-leaf pondweed. Internal loading due to the anoxic release in the epilimnion of each lake was estimated in this study. Internal loading due to physical disturbance and decaying curly-leaf pondweed is difficult to estimate reliably and was therefore not included in the lake phosphorus analyses. In lakes where internal loading due to these sources is believed to be substantial, the internal load estimates presented here are likely an underestimate of the actual internal load. Approach Internal loads due to anoxic release in the hypolimnion were calculated based on an approach developed by Nürnberg (1988, 1995) in which an anoxic factor is calculated based on in-lake TP concentrations, lake surface area, and lake mean depth, and a sediment phosphorus release rate is calculated based on sediment phosphorus concentrations. The internal load of a lake can be estimated by the following equation: Internal P loading rate = AF x RR Where AF = anoxic factor, and RR = release rate (Nürnberg 1987). These two parameters were calculated as follows. Anoxic Factor The anoxic factor describes the length of time (in days) that a sediment area equal to the lake’s surface area is anoxic (Nürnberg 1995). The correction for lake surface area makes the anoxic factor comparable among lakes of different sizes. The anoxic factor can be calculated by knowing the spatial extent and duration of anoxia. Nürnberg (1996) estimated the anoxic factor with the following equation, developed from a data set of lakes in central Ontario and eastern North America: RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 12 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 AFsummer = -36.2 + 50.1 log(TP) + 0.762z / A0.5, where Afsummer = summer anoxic factor (days/yr), TP = average summer in-lake TP concentration (µg/L), z = lake mean depth (m), and A = lake surface area (km2). Release Rate The release rate of phosphorus from lake sediments can be predicted by the phosphorus concentrations within the sediments (Nürnberg 1988) with the following equation: RR = -0.58 + 13.72(BD-P), where RR = release rate (mg/m2-day), and BD-P = bicarbonate dithionite extractable phosphorus (mg/g dry weight). BD-P analyzes iron-bound phosphorus, and has a better predictive ability than the total phosphorus in the sediment. Sediment collection Lake sediment samples were collected at each lake using a WaterMark Universal Core Head sediment corer. At the lakes that had a well-defined deep hole, two to three locations in the vicinity of the deep hole were sampled. At each location, two to three replicates were taken. All of the samples taken from these lakes were composited before preserving on ice. The deep hole samples were composited since lake sediments tend to be concentrated over time in the deepest part of the lake. At some of the more shallow lakes that did not have a well-defined deep hole, multiple samples were taken in different locations in the lake and were not composited, but rather were analyzed individually. This was done to examine spatial variability in the sediment phosphorus concentrations, since there is not one single location within the lake where the sediments tend to concentrate. At the remaining shallow lakes, sediment was sampled in only one location. When there was more than one sample analyzed per lake, the results were averaged for purposes of estimating the internal loading in the lake. Sediment samples were analyzed for total phosphorus, aluminum-adsorbed phosphorus, calcium- adsorbed phosphorus, iron-adsorbed phosphorus, labile phosphorus, percent organic matter, and percent solids. The iron-adsorbed phosphorus fraction (also known as BD-P, or bicarbonate dithionite extractable phosphorus) was used to predict the phosphorus release rate of the sediments. Results The iron-adsorbed phosphorus ranged from 17 to 1400 mg P/kg sediment (dry weight), and was positively correlated with total phosphorus (R2 = 0.91, Figure 3). The highest internal loading rates (anoxic factor x release rate) were in Little Lake Johanna, Little Lake Josephine, Long Lake North, and Pike Lake (Table 9). The lowest rates were in Langton Lake, Martha Lake, Moore Lake West, Spring Lake, and Turtle Lake. RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 13 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 Table 8. Sediment Laboratory Results Lake Name TP (mg/kg dry) P, Aluminum Adsorbed (mg/kg dry) P, Calcium Adsorbed (mg/kg dry) P, Iron Adsorbed (mg/kg dry) P, Labile (mg/kg dry) Percent Organic (%) % Solids Hart 770 180 280 120 <19 7.7 20 Island N 670 300 89 120 <17 13.3 20 Island S 680 370 61 120 <30 18.5 13 Johanna 950 30 180 250 <30 16.5 12 Jones 1200 390 130 420 <36 27.3 11 Josephine 1600 370 160 560 <59 32.6 6.3 Karth 750 240 150 130 <20 9.7 19 Langton N 560 360 42 86 <15 14 24 Langton S 88 33 23 17 <5.9 1 64 Little Johanna 2700 780 230 1200 <24 18 16 Little Josephine 2100 550 220 1400 <41 23.2 9.7 Locke 770 120 330 300 <13 8.7 30 Long N 2300 450 90 1300 74 32.6 7.8 Long S 2500 700 240 1300 <30 16 13 Marsden 690 180 38 310 <61 56.6 6.4 Martha 610 160 23 72 <53 63.9 7.4 Moore E 870 290 280 220 <16 10.8 24 Moore W 610 190 53 66 <37 46.5 11 Moore W 540 220 42 48 <37 53.2 10 Moore W 680 270 56 69 <35 49.7 11 Pike 2400 540 280 1200 <22 14.3 17 Poplar 790 150 290 140 <23 8.7 17 Poplar 870 170 270 150 <21 7.4 18 Poplar 640 150 210 100 <20 10.1 20 Round 850 230 81 170 <47 33.7 8.2 Rush 1500 560 75 460 <69 40.7 5.3 Spring 470 260 23 55 <110 34.2 16 Sunfish 630 260 110 130 <18 9.5 21 Turtle 1100 200 59 85 <90 28.5 4.1 Valentine 1100 140 320 360 <62 33.6 6.3 Walsh 1000 370 130 290 <29 15.0 13 Walsh 840 99 22 300 <13 9.1 28 Zimmerman 920 310 280 190 <19 11.0 20 RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 14 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 TP (mg P/kg dry weight) 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 P, Iron-Adsorbed (mg P/kg dry weight)Each point represents one lake Figure 3. TP and Iron-Adsorbed Phosphorus Relationship. RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 15 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 Table 9. Internal Load Calculations Release Rate Calculations Anoxic Factor Calculations Lake Name Iron- Adsorbed Phosphorus (mg/kg) P Release Rate, RR (mg/m2- day) Lake Area (ac) Mean depth (m) TP mean, GS (µg/L) AF (days/ summer) AF x RR (mg/m2- yr) Internal load (lbs/yr) Hart 120 1.07 8.1 0.61 168 77.9 83 6. Island N 120 1.07 18.6 0.86 100 66.4 71 12 Island S 120 1.07 43.6 1.43 84 62.9 67 26 Johanna 250 2.85 213.5 4.92 33 44.0 125 239 Jones1 420 5.18 37.5 0.24 207 80.3 416 139 Josephine 560 7.10 116.4 3.22 36 45.3 322 334 Karth 130 1.20 20.5 1.50 54 54.6 66 12 Langton N 86 0.60 13.3 1.20 66 58.9 35 4 Langton S 17 -0.35 10.3 1.20 55 55.5 -19 -2 2 Little Johanna 1,200 15.88 17.3 3.04 80 68.0 1,080 166 Little Josephine1 1,400 18.63 44.2 0.68 84 61.4 1,144 452 Locke1 300 3.54 22.4 1.20 117 70.5 249 50 Long N 1,300 17.26 73.1 1.65 145 74.4 1,284 838 Long S 1,300 17.26 118.9 3.44 54 54.4 938 995 Marsden1 310 3.67 271.5 0.50 61 53.6 197 477 Martha1 72 0.41 34.0 0.50 59 53.5 22 7 Moore E 220 2.44 29.5 1.66 44 49.9 122 32 Moore W 61 0.26 70.3 0.61 58 53.2 14 9 Pike 1,200 15.88 37.2 1.87 88 65.0 1,032 342 Poplar1 130 1.20 12.6 0.50 101 65.9 79 9 Round1 170 1.75 130.5 0.79 55 51.8 91 106 Rush1 460 5.73 54.7 0.50 85 61.3 351 172 Spring 55 0.17 46.4 1.50 29 39.4 7 3 Sunfish1 130 1.20 14.3 0.50 95 64.5 78 10 Turtle 85 0.59 447.7 3.21 21 31.9 19 75 Valentine 360 4.36 63.9 1.05 70 57.8 252 144 Walsh1 295 3.47 8.5 1.00 102 68.5 238 18 Zimmerman1 190 2.03 13.2 1.00 143 75.1 152 18 1In-lake phosphorus data not available and TP based on lake modeling; therefore internal loads should be considered preliminary. 2Low iron-adsorbed P lead to negative internal loading rate, assumed to be zero RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 16 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 B. LAKE RESPONSE MODELING Purpose of modeling Lake response models were developed for each lake in order to integrate the watershed loading with the internal loading into a predictive model. For those lakes that do not have in-lake monitoring data, the model was used to estimate the in-lake phosphorus concentrations. The model can also be used to predict the effect of phosphorus loading changes on the lakes’ water quality. Modeling approach In-lake water quality models were developed using Bathtub (Version 6.1), an empirical model of reservoir eutrophication developed by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. The following steps were taken to calibrate the models. Table 10 indicates the lakes that followed the different types of calibration approaches described under step 4 below. 1) Summarize available monitoring data: The 1998-2007 averages of total phosphorus (TP), chlorophyll-a, and Secchi depth were used for model calibration. 2) Input watershed load: For those lakes that do not have another modeled lake in their watershed, the watershed load was determined from the P8 watershed model. For those lakes with another modeled lake in the watershed, the load from the direct drainage area was determined from the P8 watershed model. The load from the upstream lake and its watershed was determined by multiplying the volume of runoff draining to the lake (from the P8 model) by the observed in-lake phosphorus concentration. If there were no in-lake monitoring data, the volume was multiplied by the in-lake phosphorus concentration predicted by the Bathtub model of the upstream lake. 3) Select phosphorus sedimentation model: The phosphorus model that best predicted the in-lake TP concentration was selected. The models most frequently used were the following: Second Order, Available P; Second Order, Fixed; and Canfield & Bachmann, General. 4) Calibrate phosphorus model: o If the T-statistic (absolute value) was < 2.0, no changes were made to the phosphorus calibration coefficient (Approach A in Table 10). In some cases the predicted TP was quite different from the observed TP; this is acceptable for model calibration due the amount of variability in the monitoring data and the level of error in the models. However, if the observed TP was above the lake TP standard and therefore it was necessary to calculate the phosphorus load reductions needed to meet the standard, a closer match of observed and predicted values was needed: If the predicted TP concentration was greater than the observed concentration, the inflow TP concentration (estimated in P8) was lowered (Approach B in Table 10). If the observed TP concentration was greater than the predicted concentration, an additional internal load was added to the model (Approach C in Table 10). RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 17 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 o If the T-statistic (absolute value) was > 2.0, the phosphorus calibration coefficient was adjusted so that T < 2.0 (Approach D in Table 10). In one case it was still necessary to lower the inflow TP concentration in order to obtain a closer match of observed and predicted values to estimate the load reductions needed to attain the standard (Approach E in Table 10). o If there were no in-lake monitoring data for model calibration, the phosphorus model most common in the lake set (Second Order, Fixed) was used and further adjustments were not made (Approach F in Table 10). Table 10. Model Calibration Approaches Approach* Lakes A Island S, Johanna, Josephine, Karth, Long N, Moore W, Turtle B Langton, Little Johanna, Long S, Pike, Valentine C Island N D Spring E Moore E F Hart, Jones, Little Josephine, Locke, Martha, Marsden, Poplar, Round, Rush, Sunfish, Walsh, Zimmerman *Approaches outlined in above modeling discussion 5) Incorporate internal loading: An average rate of internal loading is implicit in Bathtub since the model is based on empirical data. In the majority of the lake models, adjustments to internal loading were not necessary for model calibration. The internal loading estimate calculated from the lake sediment data was therefore not directly entered into the model, but was used to represent internal loading in the overall lake nutrient balance. In the case of Island N, an additional rate of internal loading was needed (Approach C above); this internal load was assumed to be in addition to the internal load calculated from the sediment data. 6) Calibrate chlorophyll and Secchi depth models: The chlorophyll and Secchi depth models that best predicted the observed concentrations were selected for each model. If there were no in-lake monitoring data for model calibration, the models most common in the lake set (chlorophyll: P, Linear; Secchi: vs. chl-a & turbidity) were used and further adjustments were not made. 7) Estimate watershed load reductions for lakes not currently meeting standards: After the model was calibrated to all parameters (TP, chlorophyll-a, and Secchi depth), the TP standard was then used as an endpoint, and the TP loads were adjusted until the model predicted that the in-lake TP standard would be reached. The model output also includes predictions of chlorophyll-a concentration and Secchi depth at the TP standard, in addition to predicted algal bloom frequencies, which are based on chlorophyll-a concentration. 8) Estimate internal load reductions for lakes not currently meeting standards: Since the internal loads were not directly incorporated into the lake response models, the internal load reductions weren’t based on the lake response model but rather were based on a target phosphorus release rate, set to 7 mg/m2-day for each lake. This rate is derived from the range of release rates in lakes of varying trophic state reported in Nürnberg (1988). The median release rate for mesotrophic lakes was approximately 5 mg/m2-day, and the median release rate for eutrophic lakes was approximately 10 mg/m2-day (Nürnberg 1988). The release rate goal of 7 mg/m2-day was selected to be fall in RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 18 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 19 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 between the two medians. If the calculated release rate was less than 7 mg/m2-day, then there were no recommended internal load reductions. If the rate was greater than 7 mg/m2-day, the internal loading goal was estimated based on the difference between the calculated rate and 7 mg/m2-day. Results Table 11. Lake Water Quality Data and Standard Summary TP = total phosphorus, chl-a = chlorophyll-a (a measure of algae), Secchi = clarity or transparency Water Quality Data Means, 1998-2007 Water Quality Standards Meeting Standards Lake TP (µg/L) Chl-a (µg/L) Secchi (m) TP (µg/L) Chl-a (µg/L) Secchi (m) TP (µg/L) Chl-a (µg/L) Secchi (m) Hart* 168 75 0.4 * * * N N N Island N 102 25 1.3 < 60 < 20 > 1.0 N N N Island S 86 34 1.1 < 60 < 20 > 1.0 N N Y Johanna 31 12 2.0 < 40 < 14 > 1.4 Y Y Y Jones ND ND ND < 60 < 20 > 1.0 ND ND ND Josephine 36 11 2.0 < 40 < 14 > 1.4 Y Y Y Karth 54 18 1.0 < 60 < 20 > 1.0 Y Y Y Langton N 60 17 1.1 < 60 < 20 > 1.0 Y Y Y Langton S 60 14 1.2 < 60 < 20 > 1.0 Y Y Y Little Johanna 80 25 1.5 < 40 < 14 > 1.4 N N Y Little Josephine ND ND ND < 60 < 20 > 1.0 ND ND ND Locke* ND ND ND * * * ND ND ND Long N 145 57 0.6 < 40 < 14 > 1.4 N N N Long S 54 25 1.4 < 40 < 14 > 1.4 N N Y Marsden ND ND ND < 60 < 20 > 1.0 ND ND ND Martha ND ND ND < 60 < 20 > 1.0 ND ND ND Moore E 44 18 1.7 < 40 < 14 > 1.4 N N Y Moore W 58 11 1.3 < 60 < 20 > 1.0 Y Y Y Pike 91 53 0.8 < 60 < 20 > 1.0 N N N Poplar ND ND ND < 60 < 20 > 1.0 ND ND ND Round ND ND ND < 60 < 20 > 1.0 ND ND ND Rush ND ND ND < 60 < 20 > 1.0 ND ND ND Spring 29 2.9 2.4 < 60 < 20 > 1.0 Y Y Y Sunfish 37 ND ND < 60 < 20 > 1.0 Y ND ND Turtle 20 4.9 2.4 < 40 < 14 > 1.4 Y Y Y Valentine 70 18 1.7 < 60 < 20 > 1.0 N Y Y Walsh* ND ND ND * * * ND ND ND Zimmerman* ND ND ND * * * ND ND ND *No bathymetric data available. Since water quality standards are based on depths, the standards are undefined at this time. ND = No data available RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 20Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 Table 12. Existing Load and Load Goal Summary LakeWatershed TP load (lbs/yr) Internalload(lbs/yr) Totalload(lbs/yr) %Watershed Load%InternalLoadWatershed Load Goal (lbs/yr) InternalLoad Goal (lbs/yr) Watershed LoadPercent Reduction InternalLoadPercent ReductionTotalLoadPercent Reduction Hart 13 6 19 68% 32% 2 6 88% 0% 60%Island S 47 26 73 64% 36% 47 26 0% 0% 0%Island N 23 96 120 20% 80% 23 18 0% 82% 66%Island 70 122 193 36% 64% 70 44 0% 64% 41%Johanna 670 239 908 74% 26% lake meeting WQ standards Jones* 1,647 139 1,786 92% 8% 396 139 76% 0% 70%Josephine 178 334 513 35% 65% lake meeting WQ standards Karth 66 12 79 85% 15% lake meeting WQ standards Langton N 21 4 25 84% 16% lake meeting WQ standards Langton S 46 0 46 100% 0% lake meeting WQ standards Langton 68 4 72 94% 6% lake meeting WQ standards Little Johanna 625 166 791 79% 21% 226 73 64% 56% 62%Little Josephine* 228 452 679 34% 66% 122 170 46% 62% 57%Locke* 17,364 50 17,414 100% 0% 9,053 50 48% 0% 48%Long N 19,129 836 19,966 96% 4% 6,832 340 64% 59% 64%Long S 476 996 1472 32% 68% 476 404 0% 59% 40%Long 19,606 1,832 21,438 91% 9% 7,308 743 63% 59% 62%Marsden* 509 477 986 52% 48%Martha* 53 7 59 89% 11%Moore E 173 32 205 84% 16% 121 32 30% 0% 25%Moore W 39 9 47 82% 18% lake meeting WQ standards Moore 212 41 252 84% 16% 160 41 24% 0% 21%Pike 1,605 342 1,947 82% 18% 951 151 41% 56% 43%Poplar* 75 10 85 88% 12% 30 10 61% 0% 53%Round* 268 106 374 72% 28%Rush* 210 172 381 55% 45% 108 172 48% 0% 27%Spring 171 3 174 98% 2% lake meeting WQ standards Sunfish* 69 10 79 88% 12% lake meeting WQ standards Turtle 84 75 159 53% 47% lake meeting WQ standards Valentine 575 144 719 80% 20% 429 144 25% 0% 20%Walsh* 108 18 126 86% 14% 44 18 59% 0% 51%Zimmerman* 394 18 412 96% 4% 105 18 73% 0% 70%*Limited or no monitoring data available, loads are based on modeling only and should be considered preliminary. Watershed loading values are summarized from Bathtub modeling output. Values may be slightly different from P8 output due to rounding in several unit conversion steps. 4. Lake Management Action Plans A. PURPOSE Lake Management Action Plans (MAPs) summarize lake characteristics and existing lake data, provide a diagnostic assessment of the data, summarize public input, identify water quality issues, and recommend remedial strategies on a lake-watershed basis. As such, each MAP provides a concise summary of the known issues and recommended management approaches for each lake. It is envisioned that the MAPs will be used to further define management strategies, guide development of the District’s Third Generation Plan, and serve as the basis for seeking project partners and grant funding for retrofit water quality improvements. B. PUBLIC MEETINGS Two public input meetings for each lake were conducted during the development of the MAPs. The first series of meetings, held in the summer of 2008, solicited input from citizens and LGU staff and officials regarding water quality concerns to further define impairments. At the second series of public meetings, held in January 2009, draft MAPs were reviewed, impairments described, and in-lake and watershed management strategies were summarized. Input received during the meetings as well as comments from LGU in response to draft MAPs were incorporated into the final MAPs. C. MAPS The appendix of the report presents the finalized MAPs. For each MAP one will find: An overview of the lake and watershed characteristics A summary of existing water quality data and comparison to applicable water quality standards A summary of public input received Identification of water quality issues Recommended management approaches for both watershed and in-lake activities A listing of additional data to be collected to tailor the management recommendations Because all 24 lakes are within fully or nearly fully developed watersheds, management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the identified impairments. Therefore, the identification of opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs is a significant element of each MAP. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance for each watershed was conducted to identify likely regional, local, and site- specific retrofit opportunities. It should be noted that the assigned BMP classifications (regional, local or site-specific) are qualitative in nature, intended to give perspective to the relative scale of the feature and potential treatment area. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 of each MAP and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of each MAP. RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 21 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 5. Long-Term Management Strategy A. PRIORITIES Over 200 potential retrofit BMPs are identified in the Field Reconnaissance Supplements appended to the Management Action Plans. The preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities that could be implemented to reduce watershed pollutant loading to downstream receiving waters. Again, it should be noted that the assigned BMP classifications (regional, local or site-specific) are qualitative in nature, intended to give perspective to the relative scale of the feature and potential treatment area. In order to prioritize the projects, a simplified cost/benefit assessment was performed. The following criteria were used to prioritize the projects: Landownership – the ease of acquiring the needed permissions to utilize the land required to implement the proposed BMP. Studies/Planning – the amount of effort needed to assess the feasibility of a project and generate the requirements needed to implement. Construction Cost – the cost to construct the potential BMP. Pollutant Removal Potential – the amount of pollutants the proposed BMP would have the potential to remove. Pollutant Removal Potential relative to the Lake – the potential pollutant removal relative to the total subwatershed loading to the lake. Qualitative rankings were based on the field investigations and institutional knowledge of the system. Projects within upstream lake subwatersheds were also considered as potential implementation projects for downstream lakes. The diminishing return of a potential project further upstream in the system was qualitatively taken into account when looking at upstream projects relative to a particular lake. The intent of this exercise is to give the District a prioritized list of projects for further investigation. The prioritization exercise is NOT intended to make a final determination on the merits of a particular project. For most projects further feasibility assessments would be needed before the District proceeds with a particular project. Using the raw rankings as general guidance, projects were prioritized in three tiers by lake as described below: Tier 1 Tier 1 projects consist of those projects that appear to have a very good cost benefit ratio based on the criteria described above. The projects included in Tier 1 for a particular lake are recommended as high priority for potential projects that could benefit that water body. Tier 2 Tier 2 projects are projects that appear to have good cost benefit ratios; however, they either were projects that fell below other higher priority projects or are projects that are more suited to be implemented during road reconstruction or redevelopment projects. RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 22 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 Tier 3 Tier 3 projects are projects that appeared to have lower cost benefit ratios than Tier 1 or Tier 2 projects and would not be recommended as current priorities. However, these projects would still warrant investigation particularly during permit review related to redevelopment or road reconstruction projects. Also, should Tier 1 and Tier 2 projects be implemented or determined to be unfeasible, Tier 3 projects could then be assessed (as needed) to meet the water quality goals of a particular lake. Projects within upstream watersheds of other lakes were not considered as candidates for Tier 3 projects. B. RECOMMENDED ACTIONS FOR 2009 1. For 2009 it is recommended that the District initiate feasibility studies on three of the projects included in Tier 1. These Tier 1 projects have the highest likely benefit, for a low level of additional feasibility. Little Johanna 2 Moore 7 combined with Moore 10 & 11 Pike 2 2. Contact the Parks Departments and solicit interest in partnerships for the following Tier 1 projects: Island 1 & 5 Langton 1 Long 17 Spring 2 Turtle 4 3. Solicit private party interest in cost shares through the Urban Stormwater Remediation Program for the following site-specific BMPs that were prioritized as Tier 1 projects. Jones 22 Karth 5 & 7 Josephine 3 Little Josephine 9 Langton 3 & 6 Locke 19 & 24 Long 14 Marsden 2 & 3 Moore 12 Pike 11 Poplar 4 Valentine 11 Walsh 7 Zimmerman 5 & 8 RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 23 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 24 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 4. Landowners should be notified of needed maintenance/attention at the following facilities. Karth 6 Little Johanna 17 Turtle 3 The following tables include all of the projects broken down by tiers for each lake. These tables can be used a guide for future planning and implementation of CIP projects. Estimated cost ranges for Tier 1 projects were included to give a general feel for the magnitude of the projects. Further feasibility assessment and cost estimates will be needed as the District moves towards implementation of a particular project. LakeTierProject ID Range of Probable Cost ($) Description / Notes HartNo Projects Identified Island 1 5-15k (Bio)filtration basin or swale between bituminous trail and lake Island 2 5-30k Multiple (in)filtration raingardens or larger retention basin Tier 1 Island 5 2-20k Repair existing basin skimmer and excavate 2nd cell downstream of trail Tier 2 Island 3, 4, 6 & 7 IslandTier 3 No Tier 3 Projects Identified Jones 12 25-100k Retrofit existing dry pond to provide (in)filtration or water quality storage Jones 21 25-50k Retrofit (in)filtration or wetland treatment system at existing wooded depression Tier 1 Jones 22 2-5k Retrofit (in)filtration raingarden into existing turf-grass swale Tier 2 Jones 7, 9, 10, 11, 14, 15, 16, 17 & 18, Poplar 1 Jones Tier 3 Jones 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 19, 20, 23 & 24 Johanna 2 50-200k Excavation of accumulated sediment and cattails from existing wetland basinLittle Johanna 1 30-60k Retrofit existing dry basin to provide (in)filtration storage, native vegetation Tier 1 Little Johanna 2 10-200k Weir repair or major basin enhancement, excavate & reduce short-circuiting Tier 2 Johanna 1, 4, 5, & 7, Little Johanna 3, 6, 8, & 9, Little Josephine 1 Johanna Tier 3 Johanna 3 & 6 RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 25Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 26Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 LakeTierProject ID Range of Probable Cost ($) Description / Notes Little Johanna 1 30-60k Retrofit existing dry basin to provide (in)filtration storage, native vegetation Tier 1 Little Johanna 2 10-200k Weir repair or major basin enhancement, excavate & reduce short-circuiting Tier 2 Little Johanna 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, 18 & 19, Zimmerman 5 LittleJohanna Tier 3 Little Johanna 5, 7, 10, 11, 15, 16, & 17 Josephine 2 15-40k (In)filtration swale or outfall basin along lot-lines Tier 1 Josephine 3 10-40k Retrofit existing dry basin to provide (in)filtration storage Tier 2 Josephine 1 & 4, Little Josephine 1, 3 & 6 Josephine Tier 3 No Tier 3 Projects Identified Little Josephine 1 50-200k Sediment forebay, energy dissipation and wetland treatment ponding Little Josephine 4 10-25k Convert swale to filter with native vegetation, consider with LJos 5 Little Josephine 5 10-25k Expand existing pond, consider combined project with LJos 4 Little Josephine 6 20-50k Excavate sediment forebay and wetland treatment ponding Tier 1 Little Josephine 9 2-10k Retrofit (in)filtration raingarden into existing turf-grass swale Tier 2 Little Josephine 3, 7 & 12 LittleJosephine Tier 3 Little Josephine 2, 8, 10 & 11 Karth 1 35-50k Ponding, (in)filtration or wetland treatment at existing depression Karth 5 25-150k Island (in)filtration features or porous pavement / underground filtration Karth 6 <1k Vegetative amendments Tier 1 Karth 7 1-2k Outfall/channel stabilization Tier 2 Karth 2, 3 & 4 KarthTier 3 No Tier 3 Projects Identified RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 27Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 LakeTierProject ID Range of Probable Cost ($) Description / Notes Langton 1 15-30k Relocate playground, incorporate filtration or water quality ponding Langton 3 15-40k Remove tree, incorporate filtration or water quality ponding Langton 4 15-30k Smaller alternate to Langton 3 Tier 1 Langton 6 25-40k Pavement reduction, linear filtration Tier 2 Langton 5 Langton Tier 3 Langton 2 Locke 2 20-75k 1 or 2 cell wetland treatment ponding Locke 14 15-50k Reroute stormsewer outfall east, under trail, to floodplain terrace for filtration Locke 19 2-5k Linear filtration along existing lot-line swale Tier 1 Locke 24 5-20k Retrofit existing dry pond, provide (in)filtration storage, native vegetation Tier 2 Locke 1, 13, 16, 17, 18, 23, 25, & 27, Long 1, Pike 1 LockeTier 3 Locke 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20, 21, 22 & 26 Long 1 100-500k Reconstruct weir, consider additional upstream impoundments & excavation Long 14 5-25k Excavate shallow storage areas adjacent to existing onsite catchbasins Long 17 10-30k Expand and enhance existing rock storage/filter feature Pike 1 50-300k Hanson Pond - Excavate sediment, expand, vegetation and carp mgmt. Tier 1 Pike 2 50-250k Mirror Pond - sediment sealing and/or chemical treatment (add annual costs)Tier 2 Long 3, 4, 5 & 10, Little Johanna 2, Pike 9 & 27 LongTier 3 Long 2, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 13, 15 & 16 RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 28Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 LakeTierProject ID Range of Probable Cost ($) Description / Notes Marsden 2 5-15k (In)filtration raingarden for local drainage Tier 1 Marsden 3 5-15k Retrofit dry basin to incorporate (in)filtration Tier 2 Marsden 4, Martha 1, 2 & 3 Marsden Tier 3 Marsden 1 Tier 1 Martha 1 5-20k Vegetative filter and/or shallow (in)filtration raingarden Tier 2 Martha 2 & 3 MarthaTier 3 No Tier 3 Projects Identified Moore 7 10-40k Enhance/expand existing swale, sediment forebay with downstream filtration Moore 10 5-10k Convert turf to filtration raingardens Moore 11 10-20k Remove bituminous flume, create linear filtration swale Tier 1 Moore 12 1-3k Expanded storage and native vegetation amendments Tier 2 Moore 1, 2, 4, 5, 8 & 9 MooreTier 3 Moore 3 & 6 Pike 1 50-300k Excavate accumulated sediment, expand, vegetation and carp management Pike 2 50-250k Sediment sealing and/or chemical treatment (additional annual costs) Pike 9 5-15k Divert west stormsewer & 7th St runoff to filtration or water quality basin Pike 11 5-20k Retrofit (in)filtration storage into dry basin Pike 13 20-50k Expand or create upstream (in)filtration cell at existing basin/wetland Pike 27 10-25k Ramsey County Ditch 3 outfall energy dissipation and bank stabilization Tier 1 Jones 12 25-100k Retrofit existing dry pond to provide (in)filtration or water quality storage Tier 2 Pike 6, 10, 12, 14, 16, 19, 20, 21, 23, 25 & 26 Pike Tier 3 Pike 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 15, 17, 18, 22 & 24 RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 29Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 LakeTierProject ID Range of Probable Cost ($) Description / Notes Poplar 1 20-100k Need to first determine if and when the pond discharges to Poplar Lake Tier 1 Poplar 4 5-20k Depressional storage and vegetation amendments Tier 2 Poplar 2 & 3 PoplarTier 3 No Tier 3 Projects Identified Tier 1 No Tier 1 Projects Identified Tier 2 Round 1, 2 & 3 Round Tier 3 No Tier 3 Projects Identified Rush 2 5-20k Wetland treatment or filtration at stormsewer outfall, assess with 3 & 4 Rush 3 5-20k Wetland treatment or filtration at stormsewer outfall, assess with 2 & 4 Tier 1 Rush 4 5-20k Wetland treatment or filtration at stormsewer outfall, assess with 2 & 3 Tier 2 Rush 1 Rush Tier 3 No Tier 3 Projects Identified Tier 1 Spring 2 5-15k Demonstration/Education raingarden at parking lot outfall Tier 2 Spring 1, 3, 4, 5 & 6 SpringTier 3 No Tier 3 Projects Identified SunfishNo Projects Identified RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 30Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 LakeTierProject ID Range of Probable Cost ($) Description / Notes Turtle 3 <1k May need minor site modifications to ensure water is routed to existing BMP Tier 1 Turtle 4 5-20k Increase treatment capacity & creatively tuck second cell to south Tier 2 Turtle 1 & 2 TurtleTier 3 No Tier 3 Projects Identified Valentine 2 10-20k Small wetland treatment system or filtration basin Valentine 3 5-20k (In)filtration storage & vegetation enhancement of swale upstream of culvert Valentine 4 20-60k Expand & enhance swale to create shallow filtration basin, relocate parking Tier 1 Valentine 11 5-20k Retrofit additional storage, native vegetation amendments to reduce geese Tier 2 Valentine 1, 6, 8, 9, 10, 13 & 14 ValentineTier 3 Valentine 5, 7 & 12 Walsh 6 5-15k Sediment excavation, pond expansion, native vegetation amendments and skimmer Tier 1 Walsh 7 3-6k Native vegetation buffer Tier 2 Walsh 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 8 Walsh Tier 3 No Tier 3 Projects Identified Zimmerman 5 5-10k Retrofit dry basin, incorporate (in)filtration storage, native vegetation amendments Tier 1 Zimmerman 8 2-5k Retrofit dry swale, incorporate (in)filtration storage, native vegetation amendments Tier 2 Zimmerman 1, 3 , 4 & 6 Zimmerman Tier 3 Zimmerman 2 & 7 6. References Nürnberg, G.K. 1987. A comparison of internal phosphorus loads in lakes with anoxic hypolimnia: Laboratory incubation versus in situ hypolimnetic phosphorus accumulation. Limnol. Oceanogr. 32(5): 1160-1164. Nürnberg, G.K. 1988. Prediction of phosphorus release rates from total and reductant-soluble phosphorus in anoxic lake sediments. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 45:453-462. Nürnberg, G.K. 1995. Quantifying anoxia in lakes. Limnol. Oceanogr. 40(6):1100-1111. Nürnberg, G.K. 1996. Trophic state of clear and colored, soft- and hardwater lakes with special consideration of nutrients, anoxia, phytoplankton and fish. Journal of Lake and Reservoir Management 12(4):432-447. RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 31 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 Appendix – Management Actions Plans RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study Appendix Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Hart Lake 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Hart Lake Management Action Plan Hart Lake (02-0081) is located in the City of Columbia Heights, Hennepin County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of 8 acres, a maximum depth of 5 feet 1 . Based on its low estimated maximum depth, it is considered a shallow lake according to MPCA’s definition. The lake has a very small watershed of only 14 acres and is tributary to Silver Lake. A TMDL study for Silver Lake is currently being completed and will contain allowable phosphorus loading within the entire Silver Lake watershed, which includes Hart Lake. Because the drainage area to Hart Lake is predominantly residential backyards or commercial areas that have recently retrofitted water quality treatment BMPs, it is not anticipated that additional water quality improvements will be made within the Hart Lake watershed as a result of the TMDL. The surrounding watershed area is a mix commercial and residential land use. The east shore of the lake is a very steep, slightly vegetated slope. Exposed fill rubble has been observed. The primary use of the lake is for local lakeshore owner enjoyment. The DNR does not stock the lake with fish, and a fisheries survey is not available. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos. No bathymetric data were available for this lake. The maximum depth was estimated using depth data collected during sediment sampling. Figure 1. Hart Lake RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Hart Lake 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Water Quality Summary Water quality data for Hart Lake were collected through the Metropolitan Council’s Citizen Assisted Monitoring Program (CAMP) from 2004-2006. A summary of the three years of monitoring data suggest that the lake is not currently meeting lake water quality standards (Table 1). Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (2004-2006) and Standards Parameter Hart Lake Shallow Lakes Standard TP (µg/L) 168 60 Chl (µg/L) 75 20 Secchi Depth (m) 0.4 1.0 Figures 2 through 4 show the growing season total phosphorous (TP), chlorophyll-a and Secchi depth (clarity) data from Hart Lake. The average water quality did not vary much during the three years of data collection. The large error bars are due to small sample size in some years (n~3). During an August 2007 site visit, the lake was chocolate brown from construction runoff from the east side of the lake. Data were not collected during 2007 when the effects of construction were seen. 2004 2005 2006 Year -300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Total Phosphorus (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 2. Hart Lake Total Phosphorus RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Hart Lake 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 2004 2005 2006 Year -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 Chlorophyll-a (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 3. Hart Lake Chlorophyll-a 2004 2005 2006 Year 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0Secchi Depth (m) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 4. Hart Lake Secchi Depth RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Hart Lake 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that watershed inputs account for approximately 68% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 32% (Figure 5). To reach the in-lake goal of 60 µg/L TP, the phosphorous loading to the lake would need to be reduced by approximately 60%. Internal, 32% Watershed, 68% Internal, 32% Watershed, 68% Figure 5. Hart Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution Public Input At the public input meeting held on June 2, 2008, no attendees spoke on issues related to Hart Lake. Water Quality Issues Watershed runoff can negatively impact the water quality, as observed in 2007 by local construction east of the lake. Judging by the small watershed to lake ratio and the very high in-lake phosphorus concentrations, internal loading is likely a problem in Hart Lake. Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations It appears that most of the runoff entering the lake does so untreated, except for the recently redeveloped commercial area east of the lake. This area is now served by a water quality pond near the south east corner of the lake. While no BMP retrofit opportunities were identified during the preliminary field reconnaissance, there are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate and erosion control RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Hart Lake 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization and runoff management Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control. The RCWD is currently working to remedy insufficient stormwater treatment from the construction site to the east. Internal Lake Management Recommendations With very little in-lake biological data for Hart Lake, specific in-lake management recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management principles will likely apply to Hart Lake: If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants senesce. Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be undertaken. The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance. If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is possible, work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery. Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Hart Lake. There are only two years of in-lake data for Hart Lake; if the implementation of management practices for the lake were to move forward, in-lake data and bathymetric data would be needed and should be considered a high priority. Bathymetric data collection TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect data for one to two additional years, with at least five sampling dates per year. Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Hart Lake 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Hart Lake 7 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate. Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake. Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Island Lake Management Action Plan Island Lake (62-0075) is located in the City of Shoreview, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The lake is divided by I-694 into two basins, north and south. The south basin is 43.6 acres (Figure 2), with a maximum depth of 9 feet 1 . The north basin is 18.6 acres in size, with a maximum depth of 9 feet. Both basins are 100% littoral and, based on the maximum depth, are both considered shallow lakes according to MPCA’s definition. Island Lake is listed as an impaired lake on the EPA’s 303(d) list of impaired water bodies. It is impaired for aquatic recreation due to high nutrients. The watershed draining to the south basin of Island Lake is approximately 92 acres and the watershed draining to the north basin is approximately 183 acres. Both sub-watersheds are quite small compared to the size of the lake. The east side of the south basin is bordered by Island Lake County Park. This park provides swimming, boating, fishing, and passive recreational access to Island Lake. The west side of the south basin and most of the north basin are surrounded by residential area, with some open space and ponds. I-694 cuts between the two basins and spans a small bridge connection between them. The south basin is bordered on the northwest side by Island Lake Golf Center. On the northwest side of the lake, Island Lake discharges out of the north basin to the northwest. It discharges into the Valentine Lake watershed and eventually to Long Lake. Both Valentine and Long are on the EPA’s list of impaired water bodies due to high nutrients. Eurasian watermilfoil was detected in Island Lake beginning in 1991 and was treated with 2, 4-D herbicide in 1994. A Eurasian watermilfoil management plan was completed by Ramsey County in the late 1990s. An August 2004 DNR Lake Survey found that Eurasian watermilfoil and coontail are the most abundant aquatic plants present in Island Lake. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the maximum depth was taken from the Rice Creek Watershed District website. The lake is stocked by DNR with walleye, yellow perch, channel catfish, tiger muskellunge, and bluegill. A 2004 fisheries survey indicated a high density of bluegill and indicated the presence of carp in the lake. A 1995 DNR Lake Management Plan states that the long range goal for the lake is “to provide a gamefish population of legal size hybrid muskellunge that will support 225 man-hours/acre of fishing.” The report lists a 1974 rotenone fish eradication as a past management as well as the use of Antimycin partial chemical treatments to decrease young-of- the-year bluegills from 1975-1977. In 1989 an aeration system was installed by the county to prevent winter fish kills. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 1. Island Lake and Potential BMP Locations RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 2. Island Lake Bathymetry RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Water Quality Summary Water quality data for Island Lake were collected from 1985-2007. Data were collected by Ramsey County Public Works and the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency. A summary of the most recent 10 years of monitoring data (Table 1) suggests that the total phosphorous (TP) and chlorophyll-a concentrations did not meet the MPCA water quality standards, while the Secchi depth (clarity) narrowly met standards. Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (1998-2007) and Standards Parameter Island Lake North Basin Island Lake South Basin Shallow Lakes Standard TP (µg/L) 102 86 60 Chl (µg/L) 25 34 20 Secchi Depth (m) 1.3 1.1 1.0 Figures 3 through 5 show the growing season total phosphorus (TP), chlorophyll-a, and Secchi depth (clarity) data over that period for the north basin of Island Lake. The same series of data is shown in Figures 6 through 8 for the south basin. Overall, the water quality of Island Lake has worsened since the 1990s. 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 Year 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Total Phosphorus (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 3. Island Lake North Basin Total Phosphorus RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 Year -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Chlorophyll-a (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 4. Island Lake North Basin Chlorophyll-a 1980 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 Year -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8Secchi Depth (m) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 5. Island Lake North Basin Secchi Depth RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 Year 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 Total Phosphorus (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 6. Island Lake South Basin Lake Total Phosphorus 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 Year -80 0 20 40 60 80 180 Chlorophyll-a (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 7. Island Lake South Basin Chlorophyll-a RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 7 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 1980 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 Year -1 0 1 2 3 4Secchi Depth (m) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 8. Island Lake South Basin Secchi Depth A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that watershed inputs account for approximately 36% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for 64% (Figure 9). To reach the in-lake goal of 60 µg/L TP, phosphorus loading would need to be reduced by approximately 41%. Watershed, 36% Internal, 64% Watershed, 36% Internal, 64% Figure 9. Island Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 8 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Public Input At the public input meeting held on June 5, 2008, no attendees spoke on issues related to Island Lake. Water Quality Issues Internal loading is high and likely has a big influence on the lake’s water quality conditions. Although Island Lake has a relatively small watershed, it appears that the watershed load is still negatively impacting water quality. Both basins of the lake are directly adjacent to Interstate-694 and likely receive highway runoff. The presence of carp and high densities of bluegill likely contribute to the high rates of internal loading, through the disturbance of bottom sediments and through high grazing pressure on the zooplankton community. The prevalence of Eurasian watermilfoil displaces native plants and negatively impacts the habitat quality in the lake. Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the nutrient impairment. Because the Island Lake watershed is nearly fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site- specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, seven BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the four potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. Reduce runoff coming directly from the parking lots and impervious areas at the county park. Coordinate with Mn/DOT during the MS4 process when highway upgrades and re- construction occurs to seek out opportunities to decrease runoff from the I-694 bridge. Develop BMPs between the road surface of CSAH 52 and the lake to decrease runoff. Coordinate with Ramsey County on opportunities to reduce runoff from Ramsey County property surrounding the lake. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 9 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control Internal Lake Management Recommendations Develop an aquatic vegetation management plan, focusing on Eurasian watermilfoil. The bluegill population size is well above the medial level for this type of lake. Planktivore size structure outlined in the DNR fisheries survey suggests that the population is dominated by small individuals; 97% of bluegills were less than 5 inches. This could indicate planktivore ‘stunting,’ where intraspecific competition limits growth. Dense populations of small planktivores are capable of limiting zooplankton populations, leaving no biological check on algae growth. Work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery. Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Island Lake. Since there is a long record of in-lake water quality data for Island Lake, additional data collection is not a high priority at this time. TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect at least five sampling dates per year. The TMDL can be based on the existing monitoring data; additional data should be collected after management actions are implemented to track the response of the lake. Macrophyte surveys: Complete macrophyte surveys before and after aquatic vegetation management practices are implemented. Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This will supplement the existing fisheries information regarding the food web, which influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality. Work with city to identify all stormwater input locations. The watershed drainage to Island Lake is all direct drainage; there are no incoming tributaries that could be monitored to better define the watershed phosphorus loads to the lake. Occasional grab samples could be taken from the many stormwater outfalls to the lake to provide information on the TP concentration in the watershed’s runoff. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 10 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Island Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Local Management BMPs Island #1 Location: South end of Milton Street west of Island Lake Description: Area at stormsewer outlet Possible Improvements: Squeeze in feature to treat piped outlet at this location Island #2 Location: South of County Road E and east of Vivian Avenue Description: Ditch / swale areas at corner Possible Improvements: Rain gardens for roof outlet (seen in pic) or larger feature at corner also picking up adjacent street and parking (larger feature would need to be quite deep and may not be practical). Island #3 Location: South side of Randy Avenue north of Island Lake Description: Small green space areas Possible Improvements: Incorporate small treatment areas for street runoff going directly to the lake Island #4 Location: South side of Randy Avenue north of Island Lake Description: Small green space areas Possible Improvements: Incorporate small treatment areas for street runoff going directly to the lake RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 11 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Site Specific Management BMPs Island #5 Location: In park on east side of Island Lake Description: Existing water quality pond Possible Improvements: Excavation of second cell of pond downstream of bituminous trail; fix existing skimmer that has been heaved by ice and has been rendered ineffective. Island #6 Location: South of County Road E and west of Vivian Avenue Description: Green space next to parking lot Possible Improvements: Provide treatment for parking lot in open space Island #7 Location: In park west side of Island Lake Description: Parking lot at boat launch draining via curb cut Possible Improvements: Lower grade downstream of curb cut to improve drainage and consider enhancement of existing treatment area RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 12 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Lake Johanna Management Action Plan Lake Johanna (62-0078) is located in the City of Arden Hills, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of 214 acres, a maximum depth of 41 feet, and a mean depth of approximately 17 feet (Figure 2)1 . Lake Johanna is listed on the EPA’s 303(d) list of impaired waters due to the mercury content in fish. The MPCA completed a statewide TMDL study and implementation plan to address the state’s mercury impairments. The watershed draining to Lake Johanna is 3,413 acres. The surrounding watershed area is primarily residential with some commercial and transportation land uses. The campus of Northwestern College sits on the south shore of the lake. An aquatic vegetation survey was performed by the DNR in late July of 2001. Coontail, bushy pondweed, and water celery were listed as common in abundance, while curly-leaf pondweed was listed as rare. In past years the lake has been stocked with walleye, tiger muskellunge, and northern pike. According to a 2002 DNR fisheries assessment, the most abundant species of fish within Lake Johanna is bluegill. Other fish found in the lake include yellow perch, pumpkinseed sunfish, hybrid sunfish, green sunfish, northern pike and black crappie. The City of Arden Hills’s 2030 Comprehensive Plan states that the fish within Lake Johanna had elevated levels of perfluorooctane sulfonate (PFOS) in 2007; however, the source is unknown. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the maximum depth was taken from the Rice Creek Watershed District website. Figure 1. Lake Johanna and Potential BMP Locations RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 2. Lake Johanna Bathymetry RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Water Quality Summary Water quality data for Lake Johanna have been collected from 1971-2007. Data are collected by Ramsey County Public Works, Metropolitan Council Environmental Services, and the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency. A summary of the most recent 10 years of monitoring data suggest that the lake is currently meeting water quality standards (Table 1). Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (1998-2007) and Standards Parameter Lake Johanna Standard TP (µg/L) 31 40 Chl (µg/L) 12 14 Secchi Depth (m) 2.0 1.4 Figures 3 through 5 show the growing season total phosphorus (TP), chlorophyll- a, and Secchi depth (clarity) for Lake Johanna. 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 Year 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Total Phosphorus (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 3. Lake Johanna Total Phosphorus RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 Year 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 Chlorophyll-a (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 4. Lake Johanna Chlorophyll-a 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 Year 0 1 2 3 4 5 6Secchi Depth (m) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 5. Lake Johanna Secchi Depth A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 watershed inputs account for approximately 74% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 26% (Figure 6). Internal, 26% Watershed, 74% Internal, 26% Watershed, 74% Figure 6. Lake Johanna Phosphorus Load Distribution Public Input At the public meeting held on June 5, 2008 issues facing Lake Johanna were addressed. Some of the comments refer to a previous Clean Water Partnership study for Long Lake that included recommendations for the Johanna and Little Johanna watershed. Many of the recommendations in that project were implemented and have proven successful to some degree, but problems continue to exist with the lake. Many of the comments for Lake Johanna pertained to the need to clean-up Little Lake Johanna so that it would stop discharging highly nutrient-laden water into Lake Johanna and degrading its quality. The lake has traditionally been very good quality, but this year has started off recognizably bad and all fingers pointed to Little Johanna inflows. The attendees indicated their top priority would be cleaning up the Little Johanna inflow into the south side of the lake. It was pointed out that runoff from essentially all of the land on the west side of the lake enters the lake untreated. This should be a focal point for retrofitting BMPs with a phosphorus reduction emphasis. Lametti’s Addition, Northwestern College (east side of the lake), and Bussard Ct. were mentioned as examples of locations in need of treatment. There was mention that at times the outlet to the lake plugs and is in need of maintenance, but no one knew who to call. It has since been determined that the RCWD owns the structure. Field staff from the District inspected and cleaned the outlet in August 2008. District personnel will regularly inspect the structure in the future. Several residents are concerned that the DNR will eliminate the ability of lakeshore owners to chemically treat weeds. They believe that the agency has cut back their permitting of these applications and might eventually eliminate this as a macrophyte management tool. The residents currently spray three times a year with a chemical they could not off-hand identify. They do not currently harvest plants. The suggestion should RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 be made that the homeowners work with the RCWD and DNR on an overall macrophyte management plan to identify a long-term plan for nuisance weed control on the lake. This approach would allow the homeowners to engage in direct communication with DNR on which approaches will be allowed in the future and which might be curtailed. The smell of algae on the lake was raised by some attendees. Solving the nutrient influx into the lake would go a long way toward reducing algal blooms, but it was recognized that short-term improvements are not likely. However, due to the fact that Little Johanna is impaired for excess nutrients, the MPCA will be required to complete a TMDL study in the future. Street sweeping was a popular recommendation by meeting attendees. It was stated that the City of Roseville sweeps its streets only once per year and that the Rosedale shopping Center does not do a good job of keeping its parking lots clean. Attendees recommended that the city increase its sweeping frequency and that the shopping center(s), including others in the sub-watershed, also be asked to do a better job of sweeping. Spot sweeping of critical areas, such as those directly tributary to lakes, was encouraged. It was noted that detention ponds on the Northwestern College campus, one located west of Snelling and south of Co. Rd. C, and at EagleCrest Retirement Community, were in need of deepening to restore their ability to adequately handle runoff. Some attendees expressed their unhappiness with runoff leaving some of the construction underway at the Northwestern College campus. The attendees urged the RCWD to do a better job of site inspection for construction activities within the watershed. Residents would like some attention placed on fish management. Nuisance rough fish are currently a problem. The number of panfish (planktivores) is unusually high, although most are very small in size. In addition to the public input provided at the meeting held on June 5, 2008, members of both the Lake Johanna Improvement Society and the Arden Hills Beach Club expressed concern about the condition of Lake Johanna’s outlet structure. Visits by RCWD staff revealed that the structure had been damaged, and was allowing water to pass approximately 0.02 feet lower than designed (Figure 7). RCWD engineers produced a technical memo recommending repair of the structure. Repair is slated for 2009. Figure 7. Photos of damaged outlet structure, Sept 9, 2008 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 7 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Water Quality Issues Curly-leaf pondweed was found in the lake at a rare abundance in a late July 2001 aquatic plant survey. Since curly-leaf pondweed usually dies back after June, its presence in late July could indicate that it is abundant earlier in the growing season. Curly-leaf pondweed can contribute to internal loading. The poor water quality of Little Lake Johanna may negatively influence the water quality of Lake Johanna. Approximately half of the watershed load comes from the Little Lake Johanna outlet. High densities of bluegill and other panfish may contribute to periodic high algal concentrations through grazing pressure on the zooplankton community. Nuisance rough fish have also been observed, which can increase internal loading rates. Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the nutrient impairment of Little Lake Johanna and the overall health of Johanna. Because the Lake Johanna watershed is nearly fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, seven BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. Feasibility and Benefit Level Assessment of the potential regional BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the four potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. As stated in The City of Arden Hills 2030 Comprehensive Plan, stormwater treatment systems are being evaluated as part of the city’s pavement management program to reduce pollutants entering Lake Johanna. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 8 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control Internal Lake Management Recommendations Develop an aquatic vegetation management plan to prevent curly-leaf pondweed abundance from increasing within the lake. The bluegill population size is well above the medial level for lakes of this type. Planktivore size structure outlined in the DNR fisheries survey suggests that the population is dominated by small individuals; 65% of bluegills were less than 5 inches, and no black crappie larger than 8 inches were sampled. This could indicate planktivore ‘stunting,’ where intraspecific competition limits growth. Dense populations of small planktivores are capable of limiting zooplankton populations, leaving no biological check on algae growth. Work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery. Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Lake Johanna. Since there is a long record of in-lake water quality data for Lake Johanna, additional data collection is not a high priority at this time. TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Continue to collect at least five sampling dates per year. Macrophyte surveys: A late spring / early summer macrophyte survey should be completed to better assess plant communities, especially in regards to curlyleaf pondweed occurrence and abundance. Macrophyte surveys should also be conducted pre-planning and post-implementation of an aquatic vegetation management plan. Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This will supplement the existing fisheries information regarding the food web, which influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 9 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Johanna Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Regional Management BMPs Johanna #1 Location: North of the intersection of Richmond Avenue and Richmond Court Description: Wetland areas receiving upstream stormwater discharges. Potential Improvements: Enhancements to the existing wetlands to provide more saturation and reduce ditched conditions that may exist in the complex. An assessment of the water quality leaving the wetland complex and the quality of the existing wetland vegetation should be assessed to determine the need for alterations. Johanna #2 Location: Northeast of the intersection of Edgewater Avenue and Ridgewood Road Description: Large wetland area, currently receiving water from a sizable drainage area. Potential Improvements: Potential excavation/cattail removal. Assess the current water quality treatment being provided by the basin and assess options for improvement if warranted. Local Management BMPs Johanna #3 Location: North of County Road E and west of Oak Avenue Description: Low open area at the corner Potential Improvements: Use for treatment of adjacent roadways. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 10 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Johanna #4 Location: North of Harriet Avenue and west of Lexington Avenue Description: Mowed swale area Potential Improvements: Use and enhance to provide treatment for adjacent business and/or roadway. Johanna #5 Location: South of Ingerson Road and east of Hamline Avenue Description: Open green space at the corner Potential Improvements: Incorporate large raingarden to provide treatment for adjacent roadways. Johanna #6 Location: West of Snelling Avenue and north of Hamline Avenue Description: Open space at corner Potential Improvements: Use for wetland treatment or ponding for Snelling Avenue. Site Specific Management BMPs Johanna #7 Location: North of County Road E and west of Lexington Avenue Description: Green space at edge of parking lot Potential Improvements: Incorporate raingarden areas for treatment of adjacent parking lot. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 11 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Jones Lake Management Action Plan Jones Lake (62-0076) is located in the City of New Brighton, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of 37.5 acres (Figure 2) and a maximum depth of approximately 1 foot 1 . The lake has a very large watershed of about 2,775 acres and is tributary to Pike and Long Lakes. Jones Lake meets the MPCA definition of wetland and is classified as a Class 2D (wetland) water in accordance with Minn. Rules Ch. 7050. Furthermore its designation as a Public Water Wetland [“W” 62-76] by the DNR Protected Water Inventory and the lack of an aquatic recreational resource management history (MPCA (Guidance Manual for Assessing the Quality of Minnesota Surface Waters for the Determination of Impairment, 2007) substantiates the designation as a Class 2D water. The Class 2D designation means that the wetland resource is protected for the “maintenance of a healthy wetland aquatic community and for wetland based aquatic recreation.” Numeric nutrient standards developed for shallow lakes (i.e. 60 µg/L TP) do not apply to Class 2D wetlands. Jones Lake is listed as an impaired wetland on the EPA’s 303(d) list of impaired waters. It is impaired for aquatic life, based on aquatic macroinvertebrate and aquatic plant bioassessments. In the 2008 listing cycle, the MPCA began listing wetlands that are tributary to other impaired water bodies; in the case of Jones Lake, both Pike Lake and Long Lake are on the 303(d) list of impaired water bodies. The intent of listing wetlands is to highlight the potential of wetland restoration within the context of restoring the downstream impaired water body, while avoiding the use of the wetland as a treatment basin, which might improve the downstream resource but would further degrade the wetland. The MPCA will be developing guidance on how an impaired wetland will be addressed through the TMDL program. In its report on the reasoning behind the recommendation to list Jones Lake as an impaired wetland, the MPCA acknowledged that the potential to restore Jones Lake will be limited due to history of watershed disturbance and management practices in the Jones Lake watershed. The primary use of the wetland is for temporary detention of stormwater. The biological impairment is likely the result of years of urban runoff passing into and through this stormwater feature, in addition to substantial water level fluctuations. In the 1960s, the water level in Jones Lake dropped by approximately 18 inches after projects were implemented in the Jones Lake watershed to alleviate flooding. In response to the lowered water level, a weir was installed in the late 1970s to restore the lake’s water level. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the maximum depth was taken from the Rice Creek Watershed District website. Jones Lake is a wetland with a dense population of cattails around the fringes and open water in the middle. It is currently used to treat stormwater runoff from an urbanized watershed and has suffered from water level fluctuations and high nutrient loading. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 1. Jones Lake and Potential BMP Locations RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 2. Jones Lake Bathymetry. Map from DNR files, unknown date. Water Quality Summary Water quality and biological data for Jones Lake are very limited. A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. There are no in-lake monitoring data to calibrate the lake model. Water quality modeling indicates that watershed inputs account for approximately 92% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 8% (Figure 3). Without any in-lake nutrient data for the lake for model calibration, the modeling results should be considered preliminary. In 2001, RCWD undertook a phosphorus budget study of Jones Lake, which concluded that Jones Lake was capturing approximately 13% of the TP entering it. The study noted the dense plant growth in the lake, with even the open water areas having almost complete coverage from the dense amount of submerged macrophytes. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Internal, 8% Watershed, 92% Internal, 8% Watershed, 92% Figure 3. Jones Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution Public Input At the public input meeting held on June 2, 2008, no attendees spoke on issues related to Jones Lake. Water Quality Issues Historically, Jones Lake has been used for stormwater management and not treated as its own water body. The resulting water level fluctuations and the stormwater runoff to the lake have degraded the ecological health of the wetland. In addition to decreasing phosphorus loading to the lake, the degraded plant community in Jones Lake will need to be restored. This will provide improved habitat for aquatic macroinvertebrates and will lead to an overall improved ecological health. Recommended Management Approach A watershed-level TMDL study should be completed for the Jones Lake, Pike Lake, and Long Lake impairments. Although the approach to developing a wetland TMDL has not yet been defined by the MPCA 2 , this watershed could be used as a pilot study that would demonstrate how to incorporate a wetland biological impairment with other downstream impairments. The following recommendations would be further refined in a TMDL study. Watershed Management Recommendations Management of land in the watershed may not be as critical an element as in-lake management in addressing the biotic impairment of Jones Lake. However, improvements within the watershed will have effects not only for Jones Lake but also on nutrient impaired downstream receiving waters (i.e. Pike and Long Lakes). The Jones Lake watershed is fully developed, with the bulk of the watershed developed without any onsite water quality treatment. Therefore, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify 2 US EPA has recently (Dec 2008) developed draft guidance for watershed TMDLs. The document is titled “Handbook for Developing Watershed TMDLs,” and can be found at www.epa.gov/owow/tmdl. likely regional, local, and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, 24 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. Feasibility and Benefit Level Assessment of the three potential regional BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. The sub-watershed draining to Jones Lake contains a long ditch paralleling railroad tracks on the west side of I-35W. There is a small detention pond on the ditch near the top of the watershed; this pond has a substantial sediment delta and is not likely operating at its design capacity. At a minimum, this pond should be restored to its original design. A retrofit opportunity should also be assessed to increase its storage capacity and stormwater treatment effectiveness. Runoff from the sub-watershed to the southeast of Jones Lake is delivered by Ramsey County Ditch 5 (RCD 5). This ditch drains the Langton Lake sub-watershed, as well as other areas adjacent to the I-35W corridor. This part of the Jones Lake watershed contains some small-scale drainage ponds that should be evaluated for performance. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization and runoff management. Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control Internal Lake Management Recommendations The poor plant and macroinvertebrate communities in Jones Lake suggest that in-lake management practices will be needed to address the poor quality habitat. However, the water level fluctuations and the high nutrient loading create an environment that makes it difficult for the establishment of native plant communities, and supports cattail dominance. Any in-lake restoration project will have a greater likelihood of success after the rate and volume of stormwater runoff to Jones Lake is controlled. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Jones Lake: RCWD should use the recent draft EPA Handbook for Developing Watershed TMDLs and work with the MPCA to define data needs for a potential watershed TMDL. TMDLs for wetland impairments have not yet been completed by the MPCA and therefore the process is not well-defined. Work closely with MPCA on data collection efforts aimed at completing the TMDL for Jones Lake. Ramsey County Ditch 5 should be monitored close to the inlet to Jones Lake to provide flow and phosphorus loading estimates. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 7 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Jones Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Regional Management BMPs Jones Lake #1 Location: North of County Road D and west of Cleveland Avenue Description: Large open area south of an apartment complex Potential Improvements: Area could be used for a significantly sized feature depending on the drainage area that could be routed to this area. Jones Lake #2 Location: South of County Road D and west of New Brighton Blvd Description: Large open/wooded area with drainage running southeast under New Brighton Blvd. Potential Improvements: Create regional treatment feature for drainage area west of this location. An assessment of grades and routing would be required. Jones Lake #3 Location: South of Terminal Road and west of railroad tracks Description: Large vacant lot Potential Improvements: A large treatment area could be incorporated here to serve untreated industrial areas. Further assessment of the drainage area that could be routed to this location would be required. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 8 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Local Management BMPs Jones Lake #4 Location: County Road B and TH 280 Description: Road closed off due to TH 280 expansion Potential Improvements: If County Road B and TH 280 will no longer be connected, this area could be converted to a stormwater BMP Jones Lake #5 Location: North of County Road B and west of Saint Stephen Street Description: Open corner lot Potential Improvements: Route road runoff to this area and provide treatment Jones Lake #6 Location: South of County Road B and east of Cleveland Avenue Description: Large open green space with no apparent current use Potential Improvements: Use this area to treat adjacent roads. The site sits higher than roads so additional excavation would be required if this site were to be used. Jones Lake #7 Location: West side of Rosegate and south of County Road B2 Description: Large grass swales along Rosegate with catch basins at the bottom Potential Improvements: Convert into treatment areas to provide storage/infiltration RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 9 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Jones Lake #8 Location:East of Long Lake Road and north of County Road B2 Description: Green space at the corner Potential Improvements: Incorporate infiltration/water quality treatment BMP to treat roads or the adjacent business Jones Lake #9 Location:West of the intersection of Oakcrest Avenue and Cleveland Avenue Description: Triangular open space between 35W and Cleveland Avenue Potential Improvements: Potentially incorporate large treatment area. Would need to assess what areas could be routed to this area. Jones Lake #10 Location:East of Cleveland Avenue and South of Brenner Avenue Description: Low wetland area Potential Improvements: Enhance wetland to provide additional water quality treatment. Would need assessment to evaluate need, the quality of the wetland, and what could be routed to it. Jones Lake #11 Location:South of the intersection of Brenner Avenue and Mount Ridge Road Description: Green space that could be used to treat adjacent roads Potential Improvements: Infiltration or ponding feature. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 10 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Jones Lake #12 Location: South of County Road D and east of Mount Ridge Road Description: Large dry pond Potential Improvements: Retrofit to provide infiltration or water quality storage. Jones Lake #13 Location: North of County Road D and west of New Brighton Blvd Description: Large open area Potential Improvements: Use area to treat New Brighton road and/or adjacent businesses. Jones Lake #14 Location: West side of New Brighton Blvd and north of County Road D Description: Large grass swale areas Potential Improvements: Could easily be enhanced to provide additional treatment and infiltration. Jones Lake #15 Location: North of the intersection of Manson Street and Stanbridge Street Description: Green space next to trail Potential Improvements: Incorporate raingarden RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 11 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Jones Lake #16 Location:North of County Road C2 and east of New Brighton Blvd Description: Large grass swale area Potential Improvements: Could be enhanced to provide additional treatment. Jones Lake #17 Location:South of Foss Road and west of 9th Avenue Description: Low green space Potential Improvements: Retrofit to provide treatment for adjacent roads. Jones Lake #18 Location:North of 5th Street and east of Old Highway 8 Description: Open space behind water tower Potential Improvements: Use area to treat adjacent untreated industrial areas. Would need to assess adjacent drainage area to evaluate what could be routed here. Jones Lake #19 Location:East side of Jones Lake Description: Large open area, perhaps used as raspberry patch. Potential Improvements: Use to treat industrial areas to the north. Would need further assessment of the drainage area and would have to get water under railroad tracks. A smaller feature north of this location and closer to the drainage connection under the railroad tracks might be more practical. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 12 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Site Specific Management BMPs Jones Lake #20 Location: North of Lakeview Point Drive just south of Jones Lake Description: Large amounts of impervious area routed directly to Jones Lake Potential Improvements: Remove some impervious area and install treatment features or incorporate underground treatment devices. Jones Lake #21 Location: North of County Road D and west of New Brighton Blvd Description: Large amounts of impervious areas from warehouse site routed through wooded area directly into culvert with no treatment. Potential Improvements: Plenty of room to incorporate wetland treatment or an infiltration feature depending on site soils. Jones Lake #22 Location: West of St. Croix Street and North of Frontage (north of I-35W) Description: Grass swale to pipe outlet Potential Improvements: Easy retrofit into raingarden area for adjacent business. Jones Lake #23 Location: West of Walnut Street and south of Terminal Road Description: Large parking lot routed directly to piped outlet. Area in front of pipe has been collecting sediment with vegetation growing. Potential Improvements: Remove this corner of flood- prone parking and incorporate a ponding or infiltration feature. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 13 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Jones Lake #24 Location: West of Long Lake Road and south of Terminal Road Description: Parking area draining straight to a catch basin. Potential Improvements: Retrofit to provide treatment in the available green space. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 14 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Josephine 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Lake Josephine Management Action Plan Lake Josephine (62-0057) is located in the cities of Arden Hills and Roseville, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of 116 acres (Figure 2), a maximum depth of 44 feet, and a mean depth of approximately 20 feet 1 . The watershed that drains to Lake Josephine is 774 acres. The surrounding watershed area is primarily residential with some commercial and transportation land uses. The lake is bordered on the southeast side by Lake Josephine Park. Little Lake Josephine and its watershed are contained within the Lake Josephine watershed. Lake Josephine is on the EPA’s 303(d) list of impaired waters due to the mercury content in fish. The MPCA completed a statewide TMDL study and implementation plan to address the state’s mercury impairments. An aquatic vegetation survey was performed by the DNR in late July of 2001. Coontail was found to be abundant and clasping-leaf pondweed was common. The lake has a history of aquatic vegetation control, including the treatment of approximately 10 acres of aquatic vegetation in 1996. In the last 4 years, the DNR has stocked Lake Josephine with walleye and largemouth bass. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the maximum depth was taken from the Rice Creek Watershed District website. Figure 1. Lake Josephine and Potential BMP Locations RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Josephine 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 2. Josephine (and Little Josephine) Lake Bathymetry RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Josephine 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Water Quality Summary Lake Josephine has an abundance of water quality data that have been collected over recent years. Data are collected by Ramsey County Public Works, Metropolitan Council Environmental Services, and the Pollution Control Agency. A summary of the most recent 10 years of monitoring data suggests that the lake is currently meeting water quality standards (Table 1), although the average water quality conditions are close to the standards. Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (1998-2007) and Standards Parameter Lake Josephine Standard TP (µg/L) 36 40 Chl (µg/L) 11 14 Secchi Depth (m) 2.0 1.4 Figures 3 through 5 show the total phosphorus (TP), chlorophyll-a, and Secchi depth (clarity) data for Lake Josephine. The figures show that in some years the standards are exceeded. Water quality improved through the 1980s and 1990s and appears to have stabilized. However, the last two years of chlorophyll-a and Secchi depth data show that water quality worsened during that time period. 1978 1980 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 Year 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Total Phosphorus (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 3. Lake Josephine Total Phosphorus RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Josephine 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 1978 1980 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 Year 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 Chlorophyll-a (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 4. Lake Josephine Chlorophyll-a 1978 1981 1984 1987 1990 1993 1996 1999 2002 2005 Year 0 1 2 3 4 5 6Secchi Depth (m) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 5. Lake Josephine Secchi Depth A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Josephine 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 watershed inputs account for approximately 35% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for 65% (Figure 6). Watershed, 35% Internal, 65% Watershed, 35% Internal, 65% Figure 6. Lake Josephine Phosphorus Load Distribution Public Input At the public input meeting held on June 5, 2008, issues facing Lake Josephine were addressed. Preparation for this meeting and some comments offered refer to a previous Clean Water Partnership study for Long Lake that included recommendations for the Lake Josephine watershed. Many of the recommendations in that project were implemented and have proven successful to some degree, but problems continue to exist with the lake. Attendees at the public meeting recognized the good quality of Lake Josephine and acknowledged their desire to keep it clean. Lake residents did note the presence of nuisance algae this year. Also noted were problems with carp and dense curly-leaf pondweed. A DNR 2001 survey from late July did not identify the presence of curly-leaf pondweed. However, curly-leaf pondweed dies back after June and therefore could have been missed in the late July survey. Runoff management programs in the watershed focusing on nutrient control were indicated as a desirable approach to pursue. The attendees also indicated the need for more education on runoff control for residents of the watershed. Water Quality Issues Algae reaches nuisance levels in mid-summer. Curly-leaf pondweed is present in the lake and likely contributes to internal loading. Bluegill are present in high densities in the lake, potentially leading to overgrazing of zooplankton. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Josephine 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations Because the Lake Josephine watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site- specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, 4 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the two potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control Internal Lake Management Recommendations Although the water quality of Lake Josephine is relatively good, it is close to water quality standards and should be managed to prevent any degradation in water quality. If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants senesce. The abundance of coontail and other macrophytes have in the past created conflicts with the recreational use of the lake, in that they inhibit boating. Efforts to remove vegetation could be potential stressors to the stability of the lake’s water quality; aquatic macrophytes tend to hold back the growth of planktonic algae and stabilize lake sediments from re-suspension. If removal of aquatic vegetation besides curly-leaf RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Josephine 7 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 pondweed is desired by residents, care should be taken to only remove nuisance species, and to encourage the growth of non-invasive native species. All vegetation management actions should be coordinated and permitted with the DNR. Although there is a substantial population of northern pike and other piscivorous fish in the lake, there are also very high densities of planktivores, including bluegill and sunfish. In addition to the high numbers, planktivores are mostly small in size – 97% of bluegill were less than 5 inches. This could indicate planktivore ‘stunting,’ where intraspecific competition limits growth. High densities of small planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance. Work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery. Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Lake Josephine. Since there is a long record of in-lake water quality data for Lake Josephine, additional data collection is not a high priority at this time. TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Continue to collect at least five sampling dates per year. Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation. Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate. Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This will supplement the existing fisheries information regarding the food web, which influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Josephine 8 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Josephine Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Local Management BMPs Josephine #1 Location: South of Josephine Road and east of Hamline Avenue Description: Large openspace at church Potential Improvements: Use area for treatment of church or adjacent roads. Josephine #2 Location: East of the intersection of Hamline Avenue and Clarmar Lane Description: Stormsewer outfall through large estate lot(s). Roseville apparently installed a control structure at this location. Potential Improvements: Assess effectiveness of structure and consider if additional opportunities exist to provide treatment prior to discharge to the lake. Site Specific Management BMPs Josephine #3 Location: South of Cannon Avenue and east of Lexington Avenue Description: Large dry pond on church lot Potential Improvements: Retrofit to provide infiltration / water quality treatment. Josephine #4 Location: Lake Josephine Park Description: Green space adjacent to parking lot and boat launch. Potential Improvements: Incorporate raingarden area in green space. (Note: impervious areas are routed to a ponding area to the north.) RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Josephine 9 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Karth Lake 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Karth Lake Management Action Plan Karth Lake (62-0072) is located in the City of Arden Hills, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The surface area of the lake is approximately 20 acres (Figure 2) and the lake has a maximum depth of 14 ft.1 Based on its low maximum depth, it is considered a shallow lake according to MPCA’s definition. The watershed draining to Karth is approximately 118 acres and includes mixed commercial and residential areas, while the immediate lakeshore is primarily residential with a city park (Karth Lake Park) on the south and southwest sides. The primary use of the lake is by the residents or the public visiting the park. No motors are allowed on the lake. Public access for non-motorized boating is available from the park. Flooding has occurred in the past at Karth Lake so an outlet pump was installed in 2004 on the south side of the lake. This is the only current outlet from the lake and it flows to Valentine Lake. Limited environmental and fish monitoring data are available, with a single DNR Lake Survey Summary available from 1980. This survey notes a problem with winter fish-kills, but no information is available on the fish community in the lake. DNR does not currently stock the lake with fish. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the maximum depth was taken from DNR files. Figure 1. Karth Lake and Potential BMP Locations RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Karth Lake 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 2. Karth Lake Bathymetry. Map from DNR files, unknown date. Water Quality Summary Limited historic data exist on the quality of Karth Lake. The Metropolitan Council’s Citizen Assisted Monitoring Program (CAMP) has had the lake as part of its program since 2006. A summary of the CAMP data taken over the last two years (Table 1) shows that Karth Lake is meeting the water quality standards for shallow lakes. Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (2006-2007) and Standards Parameter Karth Lake Shallow Lakes Standard TP (µg/L) 54 60 Chl (µg/L) 18 20 Secchi Depth (m) 1.0 1.0 Figures 3 through 5 show the total phosphorus (TP), chlorophyll-a, and Secchi depth (clarity) data from Karth Lake. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Karth Lake 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 2006 2007 Year 0 20 40 60 80 100 Total Phosphorus (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 3. Karth Lake Total Phosphorus 2006 2007 Year -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Chlorophyll-a (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 4. Karth Lake Chlorophyll-a RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Karth Lake 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 2007 Year 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2Secchi Depth (m) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 5. Karth Lake Secchi Depth A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that the watershed inputs account for approximately 85% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 15% (Figure 6). Internal, 15% Watershed, 85% Internal, 15% Watershed, 85% Figure 6. Karth Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Karth Lake 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Public Input At the public input meeting held on May 29, 2008, lake residents offered local insight on Karth Lake. Residents are very interested in keeping the lake at its current quality or even in reducing the TP level further. A homeowners group, the Karth Lake Improvement District, has attempted to establish technical assistance from RCWD in framing issues and defining problems and solutions. Attendees noted that they have seen an orange discharge entering the lake occasionally from the Cummings stormsewer outlet on the southeast side of the lake. The nature of this discharge is unknown. The RCWD was urged to collect a sample if this colored discharge is seen again by residents. It was mentioned that it could be simply an iron coloring from groundwater seepage into the pipe. The residents felt that additional BMPs should be identified and retrofit opportunities sought. Several general approaches were recognized within the immediate watershed for retrofits whenever redevelopment or road projects are undertaken. The residents were also interested in undertaking a fish stocking program to attain a better ecological balance. They would like to either invite DNR to stock the lake or do some stocking themselves if an affordable supplier could be found and permission granted from DNR. The residents were interested in conducting a fish survey to see what fish are present and then determining a proper mix that would restore ecological balance among the planktivores (plankton eaters) and piscivores (fish eaters). The presence of curly-leaf pondweed (a nuisance macrophyte) was noted by attendees at the meeting. RCWD staff confirmed the presence of curly-leaf, but also noted that some native macrophytes (like coontail) were also present in the lake. A plant management program could target curly-leaf pondweed eradication and fostering of natives. Residents would like to pursue curly-leaf pondweed control either through chemical addition or control of sediment pH. The residents are interested in how such a program could be initiated, perhaps in cooperation with the RCWD. Various methods of chemical control were discussed at the meeting. Residents are currently controlling buckthorn along the shore of the lake to improve overall habitat and bank stability. Water Quality Issues Curly-leaf pondweed, a nuisance macrophyte, is present in the lake. Curly-leaf may contribute to internal loading of phosphorus. Soil erosion has been observed at the site of the outlet pump on the south side of the lake. There is an access/parking street between the commercial/industrial area and the lake that slopes steeply to the east and discharges water at a high velocity into a channel draining to the lake. Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations Because the Karth Lake watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site- RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Karth Lake 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, four BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the 4 potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Notice/letter to FairIssac (business area south of the lake) educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. All of this area (BMP #5) discharges directly to the lake untreated. There would be opportunity for easy (surface) retrofits in this area during pavement maintenance activities. Erosion control measures could be put in place to address soil erosion at the site of the outlet pump (BMP #6) on the south side of the lake. Erosion at the bottom of the slope that discharges water at a high velocity into a channel (BMP #7) draining to the lake should be stabilized. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Internal Lake Management Recommendations With very little in-lake biological data for Karth Lake, specific in-lake management recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management principles will likely apply to Karth Lake: If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants senesce. Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be undertaken. The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Karth Lake 7 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance. If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is possible, work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery. Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Karth Lake. Since there are only two years of in-lake data on Karth Lake and the lake is close to the water quality standards, additional in-lake data collection on the lake should be considered high priority. Updated bathymetric data collection TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect data for one to two additional years, with at least five sampling dates per year. Continued support of data collection through the CAMP program will provide sufficient information. Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation. Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate. Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake. Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Karth Lake 8 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Karth Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Local Management BMPs Karth #1 Location: South end of Karth Lake Description: Low wooded area that could be used to treat the large manufacturing business south of lake. There is room to incorporate a good sized feature, which would be needed for that large amount of impervious draining to this location. Potential Improvements: Incorporate ponding, infiltration, or wetland treatment depending on soils and water table. Karth #2 Location: Cul-de-sac at the end of Karth Lake Drive Description: Catch basins drain directly to lake Potential Improvements: Incorporate island with treatment in cul-de-sac to treat adjacent impervious. Karth #3 Location: North of Nursery Hill Court and west of Dellwood Street Description: Low wooded wetland area Potential Improvements: Incorporate treatment for adjacent roads (would need to asses current quality and function of the wetland) RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Karth Lake 9 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Karth #4 Location: Cul-de-sac on Nursery Hill Lane Description: A lot of unnecessary impervious, typical of several neighborhood streets around Karth Lake. Potential Improvements: Incorporate islands with treatment in cul-de-sacs and reduce street widths. Reclaimed green space could also be used for raingardens. Site Specific Management BMPs Karth #5 Location: Parking lot serving manufacturing business south of Karth Lake Description: The flume for storm water runoff from the large parking area currently discharges offsite untreated. Potential Improvements: Incorporate stormwater treatment retrofits onsite during pavement maintenance. Vegetation Management BMPs Karth #6 Location: South end of Karth Lake Description: Outlet pump and associated erosion. Potential Improvements: Incorporate erosion control measures to prevent sediments from entering the lake. No Photo Karth #7 Location: East end of private drive on FairIssac site Description: Erosion at the bottom of the slope that discharges water at a high velocity into a channel. Potential Improvements: Stabilize outfall to prevent further erosion. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Karth Lake 10 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Langton Lake Management Action Plan Langton Lake (62-0049) is located in the City of Roseville, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The 30-acre lake has three connected basins defined by trail crossings. There is a wetland to the north of the lake that is dominated by wetland macrophytes; this wetland is connected to the other lake basins but is isolated under low flow conditions. The north and south basins of the lake are separated by the southern-most trail crossing. Langton Lake has a maximum depth of 5 feet, and is 100% littoral 1 . The watershed area draining to Langton is approximately 208 acres with a mixed commercial-residential landuse, while the immediate lakeshore is primarily a city park. Langton Lake meets the MPCA definition of a wetland and used to be classified as a Class 2D (wetland) water. In 2001, it was reclassified as a public water (not a wetland) as the request of a local legislator. Due to its shallow depth, it is considered a shallow lake according to MPCA’s definition and, as a public water, is held to the state nutrient standards. An aquatic plant survey was completed by the DNR in late June of 2000. The plant community consisted of both submerged vegetation (flatstem pondweed, Canada waterweed, sago pondweed, and narrowleaf pondweed) and emergent vegetation (cattail, arrowhead, bulrush, and spikerush). White waterlily is abundant in the northern wetland and common in the middle basin (referred to as Langton North in this report). The DNR field notes from the survey indicate that the City of Roseville has cooperated with local residents to control waterlily; this effort was initiated in 1996 to control white waterlily in the northern wetland, and the effort was expanded in 2000 to portions of the middle basin. The DNR manages the fishery on Langton Lake as part of their Fishing in the Neighborhood (FIN) program. The FIN program provides fishing opportunities to local residents by stocking panfish and providing access; a fishing pier is located on the west shore of the south basin. Langton is a shallow lake subject to winterkill, so stocking efforts are active and continuous to replace fish that are caught or killed. The most recent DNR fisheries survey was conducted in 2000. In addition to high numbers of bluegill and sunfish, black bullheads were also sampled. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the maximum depth was taken from the Rice Creek Watershed District website. Figure 1. Langton Lake and Potential BMP Locations RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Water Quality Summary Water quality data for Langton Lake has been collected by the Metropolitan Council’s Citizen Assisted Monitoring Program (CAMP) since 2005. A summary of the monitoring data suggests that the lake is currently meeting lake water quality standards (Table 1). The phosphorus concentration is just meeting the standard, while the chlorophyll and Secchi depth are slightly better than the standards. Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (2005-2007) and Standards Parameter Langton Lake North Basin Langton Lake South Basin Shallow Lakes Standard TP (µg/L) 60 60 60 Chl (µg/L) 17 14 20 Secchi Depth (m) 1.1 1.2 1.0 Figures 2-7 show the TP, chlorophyll-a, and clarity (Secchi depth) data from both basins of Langton Lake. 2005 2006 2007 Year 0 20 40 60 80 100 Total Phosphorus (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 2. Langton Lake North Basin TP RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 2005 2006 2007 Year 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 Chlorophyll-a (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 3. Langton Lake North Basin Chlorophyll-a. 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 Year 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4Secchi Depth (m) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 4. Langton Lake North Basin Secchi Depth RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 2005 2006 2007 Year 0 20 40 60 80 100 Total Phosphorus (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 5. Langton Lake South Basin TP. 2005 2006 2007 Year 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 Chlorophyll-a (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 6. Langton Lake South Basin Chlorophyll-a. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 2008 Year -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5Secchi Depth (m) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 7. Langton Lake South Basin Secchi Depth A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that the watershed inputs account for approximately 94% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 6% (Figure 8). (The northern wetland was not included in lake modeling.) Internal, 6% Watershed, 94% Internal, 6% Watershed, 94% Figure 8. Langton Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Public Input At the public input meeting held on June 2, 2008, a lake resident offered her insight on Langton Lake. This resident discussed the lake’s water quality problems and suggested that untreated runoff from the surrounding area directly discharging into the lake was the obvious source of the problem. She suggested identifying major stormsewer inlets and getting some treatment upstream of those points. Specifically, she identified as one possible retrofit BMP site the parking lot on the west side of the lake that runs directly off into the lake. Installation of a treatment swale or rain garden would be an easy and inexpensive retrofit for this situation. The citizen urged that any new BMPs be adequately maintained because she has noticed that they often are ignored after installation. The resident also noted that there is an area in the south basin where there is no evident plant life. She also noted there is at least one barrel and some assorted debris (fence, old dock) visible in the south basin. Because she did not know the nature of the barrel or whether it was structurally intact, it is recommended that the MPCA or the county be contacted to assess it prior to removal. The barrel was reported to an MPCA Duty Officer on January 6, 2009 – reference #100698. The attendee also noted that her feeling is that concerned citizens want to do as much as they can to protect their lakes of interest, but often do not know what they can or should do. Some guidance from the RCWD, the city, and MPCA on lake protection activities for citizens would be appreciated. She also noted a past problem with agency responsiveness, wherein the buck was often passed to some other agency when action is requested. She specifically mentioned this in terms of the city, RCWD, the county, and MPCA. Although specific details were not offered, frustration resulted when she tried to find out which agency should be addressing the problems with Langton Lake. The resident also noted that she has observed the degradation of the wildlife corridor extending from Langton Lake to the east to Little Johanna Lake. She attributes the decline to development and the lack of concern for maintenance of the corridor. Shoreline erosion, especially near the access point on the south basin, is an issue. Rapid expansion of white waterlily, particularly in the north basin, has been noted as a problem by both the DNR and local residents. Residents suggested that the clarity (Secchi) data could be misleading. Dense aquatic vegetation often blocks viewing of the disk, suggesting that the average Secchi depth may be better than what the data indicate. Water Quality Issues There appears to be a high phosphorus load originating in the watershed and several areas that are untreated that drain directly to the lake. The lake is meeting water quality standards, but a slight degradation in water quality could cause the lake to not meet standards. Additionally, a slight degradation in water quality could cause the lake to shift from the clear-water, macrophyte dominated phase to the turbid, algal-dominated phase common in shallow lakes. The waterlily removal effort is a potential stressor to the stability of the lake’s water quality, in that aquatic macrophytes tend to stabilize the lake in the clear-water phase. White waterlily also provides excellent fish habitat. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 7 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 High densities of planktivores (bluegill and sunfish) can also stress the stability of the lake’s water quality through overgrazing zooplankton, which normally keep the algal density under control. Although the lake is subject to winterkill, the continual stocking of the lake with panfish and the lack of piscivores in the lake ensure that the panfish densities remain high throughout the growing season. Although they don’t appear to be a nuisance in Langton Lake, black bullhead are present in the lake. Black bullhead are benthivorous fish that can disturb bottom sediments, releasing sediment phosphorus into the water column. Recommended Management Approach Lake improvements could be achieved if additional watershed and internal lake management practices are pursued. Watershed Management Recommendations Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the water quality of Langton Lake. Because the Langton Lake watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, 6 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. Continue to coordinate closely with the City of Roseville and developers of the Twin Lakes Area to ensure that District Rules are achieved or exceeded as this area develops. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management. Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs. Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 8 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Internal Lake Management Recommendations Although the lake is currently in the clear-water, macrophyte dominated phase, several stressors currently exist in the lake that could tip the balance and lead to a shift to the turbid, algal- dominated phase. Internal lake management should address these stressors and prevent the accumulation of additional stressors. Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. Floating macrophytes can help keep a shallow lake in the clear-water phase by shading out algae and keeping the nutrients within aquatic macrophyte biomass instead of algal biomass. Although dense populations of white waterlily (a floating macrophyte) can inhibit boating, lake management should balance the recreational uses of the lake against the lake’s water quality. Removal of aquatic macrophytes can destabilize the lake and make it more likely to shift to the turbid algal-dominated state commonly observed in shallow lakes. The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance. The fisheries stocking plan should take into account the potential impact of high densities of panfish. The black bullhead population should be tracked to determine if it reaches nuisance levels. Work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery. Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Langton Lake. Bathymetric data collection TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect data for one to two additional years, with at least five sampling dates per year. Continued support of the CAMP program should ensure sufficient water quality data are collected. Macrophyte surveys: To update the survey from 2000, complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation. Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate. Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This will supplement the information from the existing fish data regarding the food web, which influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 9 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Langton Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Local Management BMPs Langton #1 Location: West of Arthur Place and north of County Road C2 Description: Playground area on the east side of Langton Lake Park. Potential Improvements: Coordinate with Roseville Parks & Rec to incorporate water quality BMP at the location of the playground equipment. Capture adjacent parking and street runoff. Move playground equipment to the east on higher ground. Langton #2 Location: Brenner Avenue just north of Langton Lake Description: Open area currently being used as small basketball court. Potential Improvements: Coordinate with Roseville Parks & Rec., consider this area for treatment of street runoff prior to discharge to lake. An assessment would need to be made with respect to how much drainage area could be routed to this location. Langton #3 Location: Industrial area west of Langton Lake and north of County Road C2 Description: Open space with trees just north of County Road C2. Potential Improvements: Coordinate with Roseville Parks & Rec and private landowner. Consider tree remove tree and excavation of large filtration or ponding. This location could potentially pick up a large amount of impervious area from the adjacent roads and industrial sites. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 10 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Langton #4 Location: South of County Road C2 and west of Langton Lake Description: Open space with trees just south of County Road C2. (Note: area to the left of fire hydrant is lower and more suitable than the area in the center of the photo.) Potential Improvements: Coordinate with Roseville Parks & Rec Dept. Consider tree remove tree and excavation of large filtration or ponding. This location could potentially pick up a large amount of impervious area from the adjacent roads and industrial sites. Site Specific Management BMPs Langton #5 Location: Eagle Crest at the corner of Brenner Avenue and Arthur Street Description: Open area with swale currently receiving parking runoff Potential Improvements: Swale could be enhanced to provide more treatment / depressional storage prior to discharge to the lake. Langton #6 Location: Industrial area west of Langton Lake north of County Road C2 Description: Large amounts of impervious (parking and roof top) ponding in parking area before discharging to Langton Lake. Potential Improvements: Create a ponding/treatment area for this runoff at discharge location. This would require removal of trees and/or pavement area. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 11 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Little Lake Johanna Management Action Plan Little Lake Johanna (62-0058) is located in the cities of Arden Hills and Roseville, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of 17 acres, a maximum depth of 28 feet (Figure 2)1 . The watershed area draining to Little Lake Johanna is 1,751 acres; the majority of the watershed runoff reaches the lake through Ramsey County Ditch 4. The watershed’s land use is primarily residential with some commercial and transportation uses. Little Lake Johanna is listed as impaired on the EPA’s 303(d) list for aquatic recreation due to high nutrient concentrations. According to a 1984 DNR fisheries assessment, the carp, black bullhead, and black crappie are abundant. The lake also supports populations of northern pike and brown bullhead. A more current fisheries assessment is not available. Currently the lake is not stocked by the DNR. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the maximum depth was taken from the DNR Lake Finder website. Figure 1. Little Lake Johanna and Potential BMP Locations RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 2. Little Lake Johanna Bathymetry Water Quality Summary Water quality data were collected for Lake Johanna from 2001 through 2006. Data were collected by volunteers through the Citizen Assisted Monitoring Program (CAMP). A summary of the six years of monitoring data (Table 1) suggests that the lake is not meeting the state water quality standards for total phosphorus (TP) or chlorophyll-a, but is meeting the standard for Secchi depth (clarity). Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (2001-2006) and Standards Parameter Little Lake Johanna Standard TP (µg/L) 80 40 Chl (µg/L) 25 14 Secchi Depth (m) 1.5 1.4 Figures 3 through 5 show the growing season total phosphorus (TP), chlorophyll-a, and Secchi depth (clarity) for Little Lake Johanna. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 Year 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 Total Phosphorus (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 3. Little Lake Johanna Total Phosphorus 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 Year -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Chlorophyll-a (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 4. Little Lake Johanna Chlorophyll-a RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 Year -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 Secchi Depth (m) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 5. Little Lake Johanna Secchi Depth A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that watershed inputs account for approximately 79% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 21% (Figure 6). To reach the in-lake goal of 40 µg/L TP, the phosphorous load needs to be reduced by 62%. Water quality and flow were measured in Ramsey County Ditch 4 during the summer of 2008. The RCWD plans to use this data to better estimate watershed loading. Internal, 21% Watershed, 79% Internal, 21% Watershed, 79% Figure 6. Little Lake Johanna Phosphorus Load Distribution RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Public Input At the public input meeting on June 5, 2008 issues facing Little Lake Johanna were addressed. Some comments offered refer to a previous Clean Water Partnership study for Long Lake that included recommendations for the Johanna and Little Johanna watershed. Many of the recommendations in that project were implemented and have proven successful to some degree, but problems continue to exist with the lake. Residents around the lake referenced the successful repair of the lake outlet by Ramsey County in early 2008. This repair appears to have addressed a low water problem that affected the lake for the last three years. Some residents supported the idea of dredging within the lake to remove material accumulated from the many years of watershed discharge. They also spoke of the fact that a 30+ foot hole still exists in the lake even though several areas of sediment accumulation also exist. The inflow from Ramsey County Ditch 4 (RCD 4) is the major input for problems encountered on the lake. Complaints about the erosive nature of this ditch and the lack of runoff treatment for the area draining to it are the basis for many of the recommendations for improvement. Curly-leaf pondweed is present in the lake at relatively high densities, and the lake was chemically treated for it in 2008. The smell of algae on the lake was raised by some attendees. Solving the nutrient influx into the lake would go a long way toward reducing algal blooms, but it was recognized that short-term improvements are not likely. However, the attention that Little Johanna is receiving now and will receive as an impaired water makes the future look a lot better. Street sweeping was a popular recommendation by meeting attendees. It was stated that the City of Roseville sweeps its streets only once per year and that the Rosedale shopping center does not do a good job of keeping its parking lots clean. Attendees recommended that the city increase its sweeping frequency and that the shopping center(s), including others in the sub-watershed, also be asked to do a better job of sweeping. Spot sweeping of critical areas, such as those directly draining to lakes, was encouraged. It was noted that detention ponds on the Northwestern College campus, one located west of Snelling Avenue and south of County Road C, and one at EagleCrest Retirement Homes, were in need of deepening to restore their ability to adequately handle runoff. Some attendees expressed their unhappiness with runoff leaving some of the construction underway at the Northwestern College campus. The attendees urged the RCWD to do a better job of site inspection for construction activities within the watershed. Residents suggested that the clarity (Secchi) data could be misleading. Although water clarity appears to meet state standards, dense algae colonies are often observed during the middle of summer. Colonies tend to be pushed to one shore or another (depending on wind), and clarity readings are usually taken in the middle of the lake, thus underestimating algal productivity (Figure 7). Finally, residents would like some attention placed on fish management. Nuisance rough fish are currently a problem. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 7. Dense algae mats in the Little Lake Johanna outlet on June 29, 2008. Water Quality Issues Ramsey County Ditch 4 likely carries a high phosphorus and sediment load to Little Lake Johanna. Portions of the ditch are eroding, and portions of the watershed draining to it remain untreated. Shopping centers and construction sites in the watershed may also be substantial sources of phosphorus and sediment. Detention ponds within the watershed are in need of maintenance. Carp densities were high in the 1984 fisheries survey. They are likely still a problem in the lake, contributing to internal loading rates. Curly-leaf pondweed is present in the lake and likely contributes to internal loading. Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the nutrient impairment. Because the Little Lake Johanna watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, 19 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. Feasibility and Benefit Level Assessment of the three potential regional BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 7 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the six potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. The entire reach of Ramsey County Ditch 4 (RCD 4) from Co. Rd. C to Terrace Drive should be cleaned of debris scattered throughout. Within this reach, numerous adjacent commercial/transportation sites discharge runoff without any controls. Several areas of channel erosion also exist because of this unmanaged runoff. The use of rate reduction BMPs and BMPs to treat oil and grease and other toxic runoff components from these hot-spot locations is recommended. Oil and grease separators, and BMPs with sorbent pads, are needed to address the polluted runoff noted at these sites. Although these recommendations specifically address the more toxic content of urban stormwater runoff, they are also fairly effective at phosphorus removal and should benefit both Little Johanna and Johanna Lakes. The amount of untreated impervious runoff from the quadrant generally encompassed by Terrace Drive, Snelling Avenue, County Road C and Fairview is significant. While this area is routed to the Oasis Pond, additional field reconnaissance and cost-share opportunities should be identified as it is unlikely that Oasis Pond can adequately remove all of the pollutants being generated by this area. In addition, it is not anticipated that the Oasis Pond outlet could be retrofitted to provide substantially more water quality storage than exists today considering the lack of freeboard from streets, stormsewer and low floors north of the pond. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control Internal Lake Management Recommendations The lake survey from 1984 showed an abundance of carp and high densities of panfish such as bluegill and black crappie. If this is still the case, the fisheries composition likely leads to high rates of internal loading, which should be addressed. If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be continued. Curly-leaf RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 8 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants senesce. The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance. If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Little Lake Johanna. Six years of in-lake water quality data exist for the lake and therefore additional in-lake data collection is not a priority at this time. Data collection at the lake’s inlet (Ramsey County Ditch 4) is a high priority so that watershed loads can be estimated and loading goals developed for the future TMDL study. TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect at least five sampling dates per year. The TMDL can be based on the existing monitoring data; additional data should be collected after management actions are implemented to track the response of the lake. Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during early June to evaluate the presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation. Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate. Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake. Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality. Ramsey County Ditch 4 should continue to be monitored close to the inlet to Little Lake Johanna to provide flow and phosphorus loading estimates. These data will be needed in order to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake for the TMDL study. In addition, the data could serve to evaluate watershed BMP effectiveness. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 9 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Little Johanna Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Regional Management BMPs Little Johanna #1 Location: South of Oakcrest Avenue and west of Herschel Street Description: Ramsey County Ditch 4 concrete flume, appears to be designed as a surge basin. Located on City drainage parcel Potential Improvements: Retrofit to provide additional infiltration/filtration for small storm events. Convert to native vegetation and get low flows out of the concrete flume. Little Johanna #2 Location: North of Terrace Drive and west of Lincoln Drive Description: Oasis Pond (Outlet maintained by Roseville) Potential Improvements: Reroute inlet to reduce short circuiting; maintenance of sheetpile weir outlet. The sheet piling has some holes in it that were plugged but have rusted out, allowing water to pass at a lower-than- intended elevation. Little Johanna #3 Location: East of Snelling Avenue and south of County Road C Description: Treatment pond inline with Ramsey County Ditch 4 Potential Improvements: It appears that there may be potential area available for expansion. It would make sense to first monitor the outlet of this pond to determine the need for additional treatment. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 10 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Local Management BMPs Little Johanna #4 Location: West of Snelling Avenue and south of County Road C2 Description: Green space Potential Improvements: Use for infiltration/ biofiltration features to treat adjacent drives/parking. Little Johanna #5 Location: East of Snelling Avenue and north of County Road C2 Description: Green space Potential Improvements: Use for treatment of Snelling Avenue. Note: There are several green space areas that appear to have the potential to be better used for treatment. Little Johanna #6 Location: North of the intersection of Sharondale Avenue and Prior Avenue Description: Swale area Potential Improvements: Convert to raingarden. Little Johanna #7 Location: South of Gluek Lane N Description: Low areas adjacent and behind homes in this neighborhood. Stormwater from Gluek Lane appears to be routed directly to stormsewer and does not use these low areas. Potential Improvements: Consider retrofits to provide treatment for Gluek Lane. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 11 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Little Johanna #8 Location: Intersection of Highway 36 and Fairview Avenue Description: Green space in ramp loops Potential Improvements: All three loops at this location could potentially be better used for treatment of adjacent roadways. Little Johanna #9 Location: North of Rose Place and west of Wheeler Street Description: City owner lot – open green space. Ramsey County Ditch 4 flows through a pipe below the green space. Potential Improvements: Depending on depth and location of the pipe, a surface feature could be incorporated to treat local street runoff from Rose Place and Beacon Street. Site Specific Management BMPs Little Johanna #10 Location: East of Fairview Avenue and south of Terrace Drive Description: Open space adjacent to parking areas Potential Improvements: Use for area infiltration or biofiltration feature to treat adjacent parking. Little Johanna #11 Location: East of Lincoln Drive and south of County Road C2 Description: Green space Potential Improvements: Use for infiltration/ biofiltration features to treat adjacent drives/parking. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 12 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Little Johanna #12 Location: East of Snelling Avenue and south of County Road C2 Description: Green space adjacent to church parking lot Potential Improvements: Incorporate infiltration or biofiltration feature for treatment of church parking lot. Little Johanna #13 Location: East of Snelling Drive and south of Lydia Avenue Description: Green space adjacent to parking. Potential Improvements: Incorporate raingarden areas to treat adjacent parking. Little Johanna #14 Location: South of Lydia Avenue and west of Lincoln Drive on the Presbyterian Homes property. Description: A small detention pond on the SW side of the Presbyterian Homes looks as though it drains a portion of the parking lot for the home and possibly the street. Potential Improvements: Retrofit existing pond, but only a small amount of local storage would likely result. Little Johanna #15 Location: SALA truck/loading facility just south of Terrace Drive Description: Runoff from the entire lot drains to some lot inlets and a surface pipe at the RCD 4 ditch bank. Potential Improvements: Incorporation of a proprietary treatment device that both settles solids and adsorbs hydrocarbons. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 13 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Little Johanna #16 Location: Monarch Bus Company parking lot south of RCD 4. Description: Parking lot runoff flows to northwest corner of site. Outfall in picture has been reconstructed to prevent bank erosion; however, parking lot is still not afforded any treatment before discharge to RCD 4. Potential Improvements: Incorporation of a proprietary treatment device that both settles solids and adsorbs hydrocarbons. Vegetation Management / Stabilization BMPs Little Johanna #17 Location: Stormsewer outfall to RCD 4. Description: Hanging stormsewer pipe on the west side of the channel midway between Lydia and the lake. Potential Improvements: Outfall stabilization with reinforcement (ex. rip-rap, concrete, blocks) between the outlet and the channel; also the pipe itself should be supported so that it does not collapse. Roseville noted it will address this stability issue. Little Johanna #18 Location: RCD 4 Outfall to Little Lake Johanna Description: As the channel transitions from ditch to lake inflow, there is a break in the concrete and a drop of approximately one foot. Potential Improvements: Stabilize with additional rock and/or concrete repair to stop undercutting and movement upstream. Little Johanna #19 Location: Upstream of the Lydia Avenue crossing of RCD 4 Description: Homeowners west of the channel have removed a lot of the trees and planted grass down to the level of the rock emplacement; there is some erosion where the grass (sod) stops and the channel starts. Potential Improvements: Education and buffer establishment in this stretch would address this erosion potential before a big event causes some wash-out. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 14 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Josephine 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Little Lake Josephine Management Action Plan Little Lake Josephine (62-0201) is located in Roseville, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of 44 acres (Figure 2), a maximum depth of 25 feet, and is 90% littoral 1 . Little Lake Josephine meets the MPCA definition of wetland and is classified as a Class 2D (wetland) water in accordance with Minn. Rules Ch. 7050. Furthermore its designation as a Public Water Wetland [“W” 62-201] by the DNR Protected Water Inventory and the lack of an aquatic recreational resource management history (MPCA (Guidance Manual for Assessing the Quality of Minnesota Surface Waters for the Determination of Impairment, 2007) substantiates the designation as a Class 2D water. The Class 2D designation means that the wetland resource is protected for the “maintenance of a healthy wetland aquatic community and for wetland based aquatic recreation.” Numeric nutrient standards developed for shallow lakes (i.e. 60 µg/L TP) do not apply to Class 2D wetlands. The watershed area draining to Little Lake Josephine is 450 acres. The watershed is primarily residential with some commercial and transportation uses. The lake is surrounding by much of Lake Josephine Park. Little Lake Josephine and its watershed are contained within the Lake Josephine watershed. According to a 1984 DNR fisheries survey, the lake has an abundance of bluegill, bullhead, carp, and green sunfish. A more recent fisheries survey is not available. The DNR does not stock this lake. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the maximum depth and percent littoral were taken from the DNR Lake Finder website. Figure 1. Little Lake Josephine and Potential BMP Locations RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Josephine 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 2. Little Lake Josephine Bathymetry Water Quality Summary There are no water quality data for Little Lake Josephine, and biological data are very limited. A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in- lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. There are no in-lake monitoring data to calibrate the lake model. Water quality modeling indicates that watershed inputs account for approximately 34% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 66% (Figure 3). Without any in-lake nutrient data for the lake for model calibration, the modeling results should be considered preliminary. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Josephine 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Watershed, 34% Internal, 66% Watershed, 34% Internal, 66% Figure 3. Little Lake Josephine Phosphorus Load Distribution Public Input At the public input meeting on June 5, 2008 issues facing Little Lake Josephine were addressed. Preparation for this meeting and some comments offered refer to a previous Clean Water Partnership study for Long Lake that included recommendations for the Little Lake Josephine watershed. Many of the recommendations in that project were implemented and have proven successful to some degree, but problems continue to exist with the lake. The attendees also indicated the need for more education on runoff control for residents of the watershed. Water Quality Issues The fish community in 1984 was composed mainly of bluegill, bullhead, carp, and green sunfish. If the fish community composition is similar today, this prevalence of rough fish and planktivorous fish could lead to high rates of internal loading due to disturbance of the lake bottom sediments. Without further data or public input, additional water quality issues were not able to be defined. Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations Because the Little Josephine Lake watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, 11 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Josephine 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Feasibility and Benefit Level Assessment of the two potential regional BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the seven potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. A trunk stormsewer from the west discharges to Little Josephine north of County Road C2. This trunk stormsewer could be further investigated for possible daylighting to a regional treatment pond within Cottontail Park and/or the open space east of the park. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control Internal Lake Management Recommendations With very little in-lake biological data for Little Lake Josephine, specific in-lake management recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management principles will likely apply: If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants senesce. Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be undertaken. The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance. If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Josephine 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 possible, work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery. Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Little Lake Josephine. There are no in-lake water quality data for the lake; if the implementation of management practices for the lake were to move forward, in-lake data would be needed and should be considered a high priority. TP and chlorophyll data: Grab water quality samples should be collected if there is cause to believe that the water body is enriched with nutrients (as evidenced by mid-summer algae blooms) AND the waterbody is contributing flow to adjacent lakes. Macrophyte and/or aquatic invertebrate data should be collected in cooperation with the MPCA to determine if the water body is meeting the “healthy aquatic community standards.” RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Josephine 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Little Josephine Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Regional Management BMPs Little Josephine #1 Location: South of the intersection of Brenner Avenue and Churchill Street Description: Large piped outlet that flows through woods and then into Little Josephine Lake. Potential Improvements: Install wetland treatment ponding between outfall and Little Josephine Lake. Little Josephine #2 Location: South of County Road C2 and east of Lexington Avenue Description: Low wooded area Potential Improvements: Use for treatment of the neighborhood to the west and County Road C2. Little Josephine #3 Location: Cottontail Park Description: The trunk stormsewer line that runs through the park and across subwatershed divides per City of Roseville storm sewer mapping. Potential Improvements: Daylight and provide treatment within Cottontail park or open space east of the park. The depth of this trunk line has not been investigated and will have significant effects on the feasibility and cost of this potential project. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Josephine 7 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Local Management BMPs Little Josephine #4 Location: North of County Road D and east of Richmond Avenue Description: Swale running through school property. Swale receives runoff from adjacent neighborhood. Potential Improvements: Convert swale into a series of raingardens. Little Josephine #5 Location: North of County Road D and east of Richmond Avenue Description: Pond at the end of the swale (#4) appears to be undersized. Potential Improvements: Expand pond (however it would seem to make sense to explore Little Josephine #4 first). Little Josephine #6 Location: West of the intersection of Chatsworth Street North and Millwood Avenue Description: Stormsewer outflow swaled to lake Potential Improvements: Incorporate wetland treatment feature at outlet Little Josephine #7 Location: North of Woodhill Drive and east of Griggs Street Description: Open green space adjacent to Veterans Park parking lot and VFW Potential Improvements: Use area for volume control/infiltration BMP. (This area is routed to a treatment pond.) RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Josephine 8 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Little Josephine #8 Location: North of Millwood Avenue and west of Hamline Avenue Description: Vacant Lot (redeveloping) Potential Improvements: Use part of lot to provide treatment for adjacent roads / neighbor hood areas. Little Josephine #9 Location: East of Hamline Avenue and south of Lydia Avenue Description: Catch basin at the bottom of green space area Potential Improvements: Retrofit to provide infiltration and better treatment. Little Josephine #10 Location: Intersection of Glen Paul Court and Churchill Street Description: Large cul-de-sec Potential Improvements: Incorporate center island and provide infiltration/treatment for adjacent impervious. Site Specific Management BMPs Little Josephine #11 Location: North of Woodlynn Avenue and east of Milton Street Description: Open green space adjacent to parking lot Potential Improvements: Use area for treatment of parking lot. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Josephine 9 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Little Josephine #12 Location: East of Lexington Avenue and just north of Jones Lake Description: Parking areas sheet flowing to Little Josephine Potential Improvements: Incorporate water quality treatment prior to discharge to Little Josephine. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Josephine 10 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Locke Lake Management Action Plan Locke Lake (02-0077) is located in the City of Fridley, Hennepin County, Minnesota (Figure 1). Locke Lake is a flow-through lake located on Rice Creek and is at the end of the creek just before its confluence with the Mississippi River. The lake has a surface area of approximately 26.5 acres and a maximum depth of 6 feet 1 . Based on its low estimated maximum depth, it is considered a shallow lake according to MPCA’s definition. The watershed draining to Locke Lake is 115,583 acres and includes the entire Rice Creek drainage area and all of the various rural to urban land uses within it. The watershed to lake area ratio is approximately 4361:1. There are many improvements and studies underway in the watershed, all of which should lead in the long-term to improvement of Locke Lake. The east basin of Locke Lake essentially acts as a sediment basin for the lake. Locke Lake is predominantly an aesthetic and habitat lake that residents use for recreational boating. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos. No bathymetric data were available for this lake. The maximum depth was estimated using depth data collected during sediment sampling. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 1. Locke Lake and Potential BMP Locations RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Water Quality Summary Water quality data were collected by RCWD in 2008. Preliminary phosphorus data were available at the time of the report, and are shown in Table 1. In 2008, Locke Lake was not meeting the MPCA phosphorus standard for shallow lakes. Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (2008) and Standards Parameter Locke Lake Shallow Lakes Standard TP (µg/L) 84 60 Figure 2 shows the total phosphorus (TP) data for Locke Lake. 2008 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Total Phosphorus (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 2. Locke Lake Total Phosphorus A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. Modeling indicates that watershed inputs account for nearly the entire nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for a negligible amount (Figure 3). Phosphorus data collected in 2008 were not used in the P8 model, and modeling results should be considered preliminary. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Internal, 0% Watershed, 100% Internal, 0% Watershed, 100% Figure 3. Locke Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution Public Input A public input meeting was held on June 3, 2008, no attendee spoke on issues concerning Locke Lake. A second public input meeting was held on January 19, 2008, during which a resident described difficulty reestablishing macrophytes and continuing shoreline erosion due to water elevation bounce on the lake. Water Quality Issues The phosphorus concentration in Locke Lake is high due to its location as a flow-through lake along Rice Creek. Although secondary to watershed loading, the lack of aquatic shoreline vegetation coupled with water level fluctuations contributes to shoreline erosion and additional phosphorus inputs to the lake. Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations Because the Locke Lake watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site- specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. Note that most retrofit opportunities identified in the supplement would not only address Locke Lake, but lower Rice Creek as well. In summary, 27 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. Feasibility and Benefit Level Assessment of the two potential regional BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the 21 potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. Routine monitoring of sediment accumulation and maintenance excavation of the in-lake sedimentation basin in eastern portion of the lake. Lower Rice Creek bank stability assessment and installation of bank stabilization amendments for areas with severe bank erosion. Continued project related improvements and the studies currently underway in the watershed. Various structural projects, such as critical weir replacements, maintenance projects, such as routine clean-out of the Long Lake sediment basin, and studies with implementation plans, such as the numerous TMDL studies, should all result in incremental improvements within the watershed. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Continued shoreline restoration / buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Continued public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control Internal Lake Management Recommendations With very little in-lake biological data for Locke Lake, specific in-lake management recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management principles will likely apply to Locke Lake: If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants senesce. Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be undertaken. The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance. If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is possible, work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery. Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Locke Lake. If the implementation of management practices for the lake were to move forward, bathymetric data would be needed and should be considered a high priority. Bathymetric data collection TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect data for several years, with at least five sampling dates per year. Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation. Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate. Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake. Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Locke Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Regional Management BMPs Locke 1 Location: East of Old Central Avenue and north of 81st Avenue Description: Large existing wetland receiving drainage from adjacent industrial area. Potential Improvements: Assess current treatment capacity and assess options for enhancements to improve water quality treatment. Locke 2 Location: North of the intersection of Brookview Drive Rice Creek Terrace Description: Stormsewer outfall from adjacent roadways from the south, runs through woods/swale into Rice Creek Potential Improvements: Create wetland treatment/ ponding area to provide treatment for stormsewer flows. Local Management BMPs Locke 3 Location: West of Hayes Street and north of 80th Avenue Description: Green space on corner Potential Improvements: Incorporation of a large raingarden for treatment of adjacent roadways. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 7 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Locke 4 Location: West of Silver Lake Road and south of Woodcrest Drive Description: Open space/small trees on corner Potential Improvements: Incorporation of a large raingarden to treat street runoff. Locke 5 Location: West of Silver Lake Road and north of Woodcrest Drive Description: Open space/small trees on corner Potential Improvements: Incorporation of a large raingarden to treat street runoff. Locke 6 Location: West of Stinson Boulevard and south of Onondaga Street Description: Open low area at the corner. Potential Improvements: Incorporation of infiltration basin or ponding area for treatment of adjacent roadways. Locke 7 Location: East of the intersection of Arthur Street and 76th Avenue Description: Large vacant lot. Potential Improvements: Utilize area for treatment of adjacent roadways. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 8 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Locke 8 Location: West of Old Central Avenue and south of 76th Avenue Description: Large vacant lot adjacent to industrial areas. Potential Improvements: Utilize for a large treatment basin for Old Central Avenue and or adjacent industrial sites. Locke 9 Location: West of Old Central Avenue and north of Lakeview Lane Description: Large vacant lot adjacent to industrial and residential areas. Potential Improvements: Utilize for a large treatment basin for Old Central Avenue and or adjacent impervious areas. Locke 10 Location: East of Old Central Avenue and north of 81st Avenue Description: Large open and wooded areas (current use unknown) Potential Improvements: Utilize for treatment of adjacent highway and/or adjacent industrial park. Locke 11 Location: North of Fireside Drive and east of Highway 65 Description: Example of large swales along Highway 65 providing treatment. Potential Improvements: Maintain and or enhance rural section drainage. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 9 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Locke 12 Location: North of the intersection of Mississippi Street and Mississippi Circle Description: Green space between Mississippi Street and existing trail. Potential Improvements: Incorporate raingarden area for treatment of a portion of Mississippi Street. Locke 13 Location: North of Mississippi Street and east of Violet Lane Description: Wooded area west of the creek. Potential Improvements: Route stormsewer to this area and construct a wetland treatment area. Locke 14 Location: South of the intersection of Anoka Street and Timber Ridge South Description: Stormsewer discharge from Timber Ridge Condos and Rice Creek Condos routed directly into Rice Creek. Potential Improvements: Reroute outlet into existing wetland area and eliminate direct connection to creek. The quality of the existing wetland and potential impacts from stormsewer discharges would need to be assessed before rerouting/reconfiguring the system. Locke 15 Location: South of Mississippi Street and west of Ashton Avenue Description: Open green space at the corner. Potential Improvements: Utilize for treatment of adjacent roadways with a large raingarden. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 10 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Locke 16 Location: South of 66 ½ Way and west of Ashton Avenue Description: Open space adjacent to an existing church. Potential Improvements: Utilize area for treatment of the church parking lot or the adjacent roadways. Locke 17 Location: East of Ashton Avenue and north of 66th Way Description: Open space within Edgewater Gardens Park Potential Improvements: Incorporate raingardens along right-of-way to treat Ashton Avenue. Locke 18 Location: East of 7th Street and south of 63rd Avenue Description: Large open space located within Commons Park Potential Improvements: Incorporate treatment features for adjacent parking lot and/or 7th Avenue. Locke 19 Location: North of the cul-de-sac at the end of Thorndale Avenue Description: Stormsewer outlet discharging through swale along lot line into Rice Creek Potential Improvements: Create a linear treatment feature along the lot line prior to discharge to Rice Creek. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 11 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Locke 20 Location: North of Mound Avenue and west of Thorndale Avenue Description: Stormsewer pipe running along lot line and discharging into Rice Creek Potential Improvements: Daylight stormsewer discharge and create at raingarden providing treatment prior to discharge to Rice Creek. Locke 21 Location: North of Rice Creek Terrace and east of Pleasant View Drive Description: Unnecessary impervious area Potential Improvements: Extend driveways to road and use remaining area for creation of raingardens to treat adjacent roadway. Locke 22 Location: North of the intersection of Stinson Boulevard and 66 ½ Avenue Description: Stormsewer outfall discharging in woods flowing into Rice Creek Potential Improvements: Create wetland treatment/ponding areas at stormsewer outfall. Locke 23 Location: North of the intersection of Brookview Drive Rice Creek Terrace Description: Local street discharge into PVC pipe connecting into stormsewer. Potential Improvements: Convert area into a raingarden. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 12 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Site Specific Management BMPs Locke 24 Location: North of Fireside Drive and west of Old Central Avenue Description: Existing treatment facility adjacent to Fridley Chevrolet parking lot. Appears that the feature may provide rate control but limited water quality benefit. Potential Improvements: Feature could be enhanced to provide additional infiltration and water quality treatment. Locke 25 Location: West of Main Street and south of Rice Creek Terrace Description: Low open space adjacent to industrial building Potential Improvements: Enhance/retrofit low area and utilize for treatment of adjacent building. Stabilization / Other BMPs Locke 26 Location: Locke Lake Outlet Description: Dam controlling water levels in Locke Lake. The dam is an obstruction to natural fish migration upstream. Potential Improvements: Consider reestablishment of fish passage from the Mississippi into Locke Lake and Rice Creek. Establish a smallmouth fishery in the lower stretch of Rice Creek. The pros and cons of allowing Mississippi River fish (game and rough) to migrate upstream would need to be considered before proceeding with any studies/assessments. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 13 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Locke 27 Location: Rice Creek South of Timber Ridge South Description: Ground water seepage beneath an undercut bank. Just one example of a failing bank along Rice Creek. Potential Improvements: Incorporate bank stabilization for areas along Rice Creek with severe bank erosion. Continue to reduce rates and flows from upstream sources that are the cause accelerated bank erosion. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 14 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Long Lake Management Action Plan Long Lake (62-0067) is located in the City of New Brighton, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The lake consists of a north and a south basin. The north basin has a surface area of approximately 73 acres, a maximum depth of 24 feet. (Figure 2)1 . The south basin has a surface area of 119 acres, a maximum depth of 24 feet. The watershed area draining to Long Lake is 105,082 acres (164 square miles) and includes the entire Rice Creek watershed draining into the lake from the northeast, plus the contributing area from the south, including the Lake Johanna, Valentine Lake, and Jones Lake sub-watersheds. The watershed to lake area ratio is approximately 547:1. Long Lake is surrounded on the west, north, and south sides by residential, transportation, and some open space. I-694 is in close proximity to the southern side of the lake. The east side of the lake is contained within the Long Lake Regional Park and a municipal park managed by the City of New Brighton. Recreational facilities on the east side include a swimming beach, boat launch, and fishing pier. The use of the east side as a major recreational resource in the region is a primary reason for seeking to improve Long Lake. Long Lake is listed as an impaired lake on the EPA’s 303(d) list of impaired waters. It is impaired for aquatic recreation due to high nutrients. There are other impaired waters tributary to the south basin of Long Lake, including Pike Lake (nutrients), Valentine Lake (nutrients), Jones Lake (wetland impaired for aquatic life), Little Lake Johanna (nutrients), Silver Lake 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the maximum depth was taken from DNR files. (nutrients), and Island Lake (nutrients). The remaining impaired waters in RCWD are tributary to the north basin of Long Lake. Long Lake was the subject of a major Clean Lakes Partnership study in the 1980-90s that resulted in the implementation of numerous projects. The completion and follow-up report indicated some progress being made toward clean-up, but also acknowledged that many of the watershed improvements did not result in measureable success. Curly-leaf pondweed reaches a moderate growth level in Long Lake. A macrophyte survey completed in early August of 2008 by the Ramsey Conservation District and Ramsey County Public Works showed light densities of curly-leaf pondweed in many of the littoral areas of the lake. Since curly-leaf pondweed usually dies back after June, it was assumed that peak densities are higher in June than what was observed in the August survey. A lack of vegetation was observed in some of the shallow areas of both basins. Extensive fisheries data exist for Long Lake in surveys dating back to 1953. The most recent information from 2003 indicates that a mix of fish exist in the lake as a result of migration up from the Mississippi River when the Locke Lake dam was being repaired. The lake supports populations of rough fish (carp, bullhead, sucker, and buffalo) and bluegill. Survey data indicate that the carp population size is above the normal range (i.e. higher than the third quartile) expected for lakes of this type. The bluegill population, although higher than the medial level for lakes of this type, exhibits good growth rates and a well balanced size structure. The DNR stocks the lake with walleye and northern pike. Low concentrations of trichloroethylene (TCE) and cis-1,2-dichloroethylene (DCE), a breakdown product of TCE, have been found in Long Lake and local ground water. The occurrence of these chemicals is likely due to industries in the watershed that in the past handled solvents, degreasers, and petroleum products. The in-lake concentrations are lower than the TCE water quality standards and the DCE water quality guidance value, both based on protecting aquatic organisms and human health for fish consumption and incidental intake of water during swimming. The Minnesota Department of Health completed the Long Lake Health Consultation and concluded that levels of TCE, DCE, and vinyl chloride were well below levels of health concern. The concentrations have been decreasing over time, but it appears that there is a continuing source of the contaminants. The source is currently unknown. Recent MPCA monitoring of shallow aquifers did not show any elevated concentrations of TCE or DCE in shallow groundwater that would explain the detections found in Long Lake. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 1. Long Lake and Potential BMP Locations RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 2. Long Lake Bathymetry Water Quality Summary Water quality data for Long Lake in recent history has been collected since the 1980s. Data were collected by Ramsey County Public Works. A summary of the most recent ten years of water quality information for the north and south basins of the lake suggest that the state water quality standards are not being met except for the Secchi depth (clarity) of the south basin. The north basin drains the entire upper Rice Creek watershed and reflects a high phosphorus load coming into the basin from the northeast. The south basin drains a large sub-watershed, but is buffered by flow through from many lakes in the sub-watershed and by Pike Lake immediately upstream of the inflow into the south basin. Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (1998-2007) and Standards Parameter Long Lake, North Basin Long Lake, South Basin Standard TP (µg/L) 145 54 40 Chl (µg/L) 57 25 14 Secchi Depth (m) 0.6 1.4 1.4 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figures 3 through 5 show the growing season total phosphorus (TP), chlorophyll-a, and Secchi depth (clarity) data for the north basin of Long Lake. The same series of data is shown in Figures 6 through 8 for the south basin. 1981 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 Year 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 Total Phosphorus (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 3. Long Lake North Basin Total Phosphorus 1981 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 Year 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 Chlorophyll-a (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 4. Long Lake North Basin Chlorophyll-a RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 1981 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 Year 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6Secchi Depth (m) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 5. Long Lake North Basin Secchi Depth 1981 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 Year 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 Total Phosphorus (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 6. Long Lake South Basin Total Phosphorus RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 1981 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 Year 0 20 40 60 80 100 Chlorophyll-a (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 7. Long Lake South Basin Chlorophyll-a 1981 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 Year -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5Secchi Depth (m) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 8. Long Lake South Basin Secchi Depth RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 7 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to both basins of the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the basins to phosphorus loading. The lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that for the north basin, watershed inputs account for 96% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 4% (Figure 9). To reach the in-lake goal of 40µg/L TP, the phosphorus loading to the lake would need to be reduced by approximately 64%. Internal, 4% Watershed, 96% Internal, 4% Watershed, 96% Figure 9. Long Lake North Phosphorus Load Distribution The south basin modeling indicates that watershed inputs account for 68% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 32% (Figure 10). To reach the in-lake goal of 40µg/L TP, the phosphorus loading to the lake would need to be reduced by approximately 40%. Watershed, 32% Internal, 68% Watershed, 32% Internal, 68% Figure 10. Long Lake South Phosphorus Load Distribution RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 8 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Public Input At the public input meetings on June 3, 2008 and January 19, 2009 issues facing Long Lake were addressed. The attendees were in support of continued follow-up maintenance for the many Long Lake Chain of Lakes Clean Lakes Partnership (CLP) BMPs that were installed in the 1990s. This effort is intended to keep the installed BMPs in optimum working order. Some attention to macrophyte management was also suggested to supplement the practices already in place. The sediment basin that treats Rice Creek inflow just prior to discharge to the lake was cleaned in early 2008. The very large load of TP entering the north basin of the lake can be reduced through effective and routine cleaning of this sediment trap. The attendees acknowledged this key maintenance operation and would like to see it happen as often as needed. Residents from around the lake stated their dissatisfaction with the “weedy and green” characteristic of the lake after so much attention was paid to improving it in the CLP effort. Actions they supported include additional BMPs, effective implementation of city and RCWD rules, volume control and infiltration practices, cost-share initiatives, BMP retrofits, and plan coordination. Attendees agreed with staff that no quick fixes are available, but that a long term effort is needed. The attendees were interested in what might happen to spur things forward as a result of the lake’s impaired status. RCWD staff explained that the Southwest RCWD Lake Study has many attributes of a pre-TMDL study and will likely set the stage for a full-scale TMDL study. Shoreline erosion occurs due to wakes from motorized boating. Water Quality Issues The north basin of Long Lake has high phosphorus concentrations mostly due to the high load from Rice Creek, which flows through Long Lake. Both basins are impaired. Curly-leaf pondweed is present in moderate densities in both basins. There is a lack of vegetation in many of the shallow areas of the lake. High densities of both black bullhead and carp stir up bottom sediments and lead to high rates of internal loading. The south basin is directly adjacent to Interstate-694 and likely receives highway runoff. Low levels of TCE and DCE have been found in Long Lake. The concentrations are not high enough to warrant concern for human or aquatic life health; however, it appears that there is a continuing source of the chemicals into the lake and it is not known what the source is. The lack of aquatic shoreline vegetation coupled with water level fluctuations increases susceptibility to shoreline erosion from motorized recreation and results in additional phosphorus inputs to the lake. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 9 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the nutrient impairment. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, 17 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. The entire southeast portion of the Long Lake watershed flows through Farrel’s Wetland, also known as the E-2 Wetland from the Long Lake Chain of lakes CLP. This large wetland serves as a principal treatment site for the flow originating in the Lake Johanna and Valentine Lake chains. In a memo from EOR to RCWD dated January 29, 2008, the poor condition of the weir controlling flow out of the wetland was documented. Figure 11 illustrates the corrosion noted in the memo. It is clear from this picture that the level of water in the wetland is largely controlled by the corroded holes rather than the design weir elevations. Repair or replacement of this structure to its original or revised design is recommended for the treatment of Farrel’s Wetland to again be effective. The recommendation in the memo was that RCWD consider replacement of the weir for an approximate cost of $80,000. The memo also indicates that restoring the weir at a slightly higher elevation than current could remove an additional 345 pounds of TP per year, or roughly 60% of the load reductions needed to achieve the water quality standard in the south basin of Long Lake. In addition to repair/replacement of the E-2 outlet, additional assessment of the upstream wetland basins within the overall wetland complex could be completed with an eye towards additional control structures to provide added treatment storage. Feasibility and Benefit Level Assessment of the three potential regional BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the 10 potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Follow-up inspection, operation and maintenance of all Long Lake Chain of Lakes Clean Lakes Partnership (CLP) BMPs. Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 10 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 11. Outlet Weir Corrosion at Farrel’s (E-2) Wetland. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control Internal Lake Management Recommendations Develop an aquatic vegetation management plan, focusing on curly-leaf pondweed. Shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be undertaken. Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the sediments and provide RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 11 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 refugia for zooplankton, but the macrophyte communities are sparse in the shallow regions of the lake. Local ordinances to control motorized boating could be developed to reduce the amount of shoreline erosion occurring from boat wakes. A fisheries management plan should be developed that will aim to restore the balance of fish in the lake. The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the lake’s water quality, and benthivores have been found at high densities in Long Lake. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance. Work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery. Work with MPCA and MDH to further investigate the source of TCE and DCE in Long Lake and to ensure that it does not become a human or aquatic life health risk. Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Long Lake. Since there is a long record of in-lake water quality data for Long Lake, additional in-lake data collection is not a high priority at this time. Watershed phosphorus loading data are a high priority, as they will be needed for the future TMDL study. TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect at least five sampling dates per year. The TMDL can be based on the existing monitoring data; additional data should be collected after management actions are implemented to track the response of the lake. Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during early June to evaluate the density of curly-leaf pondweed. Complete macrophyte surveys after aquatic vegetation management practices are implemented, to monitor the success. Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality. Ramsey County Ditch 2 should be monitored close to the inlet to Long Lake South, and Rice Creek should be monitored close to the inlet to Long Lake North, to provide flow and phosphorus loading estimates. These data will be needed in order to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake for the TMDL study. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 12 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Long Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Regional Management BMPs Long 1 Location: E2 wetland looking from the east Description: E2 wetland looking from 6th Street and 1st Avenue across freeway Potential Improvements: Enhancements or improvements throughout the E2 wetland complex. An assessment of current effectiveness of the upstream wetland systems should be completed and outlet structure should be replaced. Long 2 Location: West of New Brighton Road and south of RR tracks Description: Large low green space (appears to not get much use, except for some storage) Potential Improvements: Potentially could construct a regional treatment feature (infiltration basin or wetland treatment basin) to serve the drainage area to the south. Long 3 Location: East of Long Lake Road and south of 17th Street Description: Large stormsewer pipe running beneath green space. Potential Improvements: Daylight pipe and create wetland treatment/ponding area. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 13 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Local Management BMPs Long 4 Location: South of 6th Street and west of 1st Avenue Description: Open green space Potential Improvements: Pick up street runoff and incorporate a large raingarden. Long 5 Location: North of County Road E and east of New Brighton Road Description: Large open green space (appears to be park property) Potential Improvements: Incorporate ponding or infiltration areas, however appears slightly high and may not be able to route much drainage area to this site. Long 6 Location: West side of Cleveland Avenue south of 2nd Street Description: Large open green space Potential Improvements: Incorporate ponding or infiltration areas for treatment of adjacent roads. Long 7 Location: West side of Cleveland Avenue south of 1st Street Description: Large open green space Potential Improvements: Incorporate ponding or infiltration areas for treatment of adjacent roads. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 14 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Long 8 Location: West of Round Lake Road and south of County Road 96 Description: Green space along Round Lake Road Potential Improvements: Incorporate raingardens for treatment of adjacent roadway. Long 9 Location: North of 10th Street and east of Old Highway 8 Description: Green space at the corner. Potential Improvements: Use area for treatment of adjacent roadways. Long 10 Location: North of 10th Street and west of 9th Avenue Description: Existing ponding basin receiving stormsewer discharges from the east and south. Potential Improvements: Excavate to provide additional dead storage. Long 11 Location: South of 10th Street and west of 9th Avenue Description: Low area adjacent to a small ditch running from south to north. Potential Improvements: Use low area for creation of a small wetland treatment feature. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 15 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Long 12 Location: North of Mississippi Street and east of Long Lake Road Description: Open space adjacent to roadway Potential Improvements: Install raingarden to treat a portion of Mississippi Street. Long 13 Location: East of the intersection of Long Lake Road and 14th Street Description: Open space adjacent to Long Lake Road. Potential Improvements: Incorporate raingarden areas for treatment of a portion of Long Lake Road (note: this would require the removal of some trees). Site Specific Management BMPs Long 14 Location: East of 8th Avenue and south of 7th Street Description: Catch basin located at the edge of the parking lot. Potential Improvements: Use green space behind catch basin to provide treatment. Numerous areas are available onsite for treatment of impervious area. Long 15 Location: North of 10th Street and west of 7th Street Description: Green space adjacent to apartment parking lots. Potential Improvements: Create raingarden or sand filter area for treatment of adjacent parking lots. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 16 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Long 16 Location: North of 10th Street and east of Old Highway 8 Description: Green space adjacent to parking lot. Potential Improvements: Use green space for a raingarden to treat a portion of the adjacent parking lot (note: this maybe within railroad ROW). Long 17 Location: At the east end of the I-694 service road. Description: The service road and parking lot at the boat launch all drain to a small treatment feature before discharging to Long Lake. Feature appears undersized for its drainage area. Potential Improvements: Expand and enhance existing feature. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 17 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Marsden Lake Management Action Plan Marsden Lake (62-0059) is located in the City of Arden Hills, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1) and is within the boundaries of the Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS). Although termed a lake, Marsden is physically and ecologically closer to a wetland. The surface area of the lake is approximately 271 acres with an estimated maximum depth of 5.5 ft 1 . Based on its low estimated maximum depth, it is considered a shallow lake according to MPCA’s definition. The watershed draining to the lake is approximately 2285 acres. Marsden Lake is surrounded on all sides by the AHATS facility, although its watershed extends beyond the AHATS property to the east and south. Marsden Lake has very limited public use at the current time because of its location within the AHATS boundaries. There is some limited access granted by the federal government for study and nature walks, but the general public is not allowed within the AHATS property. 1 No bathymetric data were available for this lake. The maximum depth was estimated using depth data collected during sediment sampling. The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Marsden Lake 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 1. Marsden Lake Potential BMP Location RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Marsden Lake 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Water Quality Summary Water quality and biological data are not available for Marsden Lake. Water clarity data inferred from satellite imagery suggest that the water clarity depth of Marsden Lake is approximately 3 to 6 feet. A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. There are no in-lake monitoring data to calibrate the lake model. Modeling indicates that watershed inputs account for approximately 52% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 48% (Figure 2). Without any in-lake nutrient data for the lake for model calibration, the modeling results should be considered preliminary. Internal, 48% Watershed, 52% Internal, 48% Watershed, 52% Figure 2. Marsden Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution In 2007, the U.S. Army tested Marsden Lake for TSS (total suspended solids), total and dissolved aluminum, total and dissolved lead, and total hardness. The total lead standard was exceeded once at two of the three monitoring sites; all other lead samples and all aluminum samples were below the state standard for Class 2B waters. The U.S. Army has completed an ecological risk assessment on Marsden Lake. Public Input No attendees spoke on issues related to Marsden Lake at the public input meeting on May 29, 2008. Water Quality Issues Sediment within the lake may be contaminated with toxic substances due to past land use. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Marsden Lake 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations Residential and commercial areas east of Lexington Avenue were developed prior to water quality BMP rules and regulations. While the City of Shoreview retrofitted a regional pond north of and to serve the Shoreview Mall site, further targeting of areas east of Lexington Avenue for future BMP retrofits or for redevelopment attention will help to improve runoff quality reaching the lake. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, 4 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the three potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowner educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. Currently all of the area directly surrounding Marsden Lake is under the control of the U.S. Army because the lake is entirely within the AHATS boundary. The Army should maintain its existing management plan for the lake unless water quality data collected in the future dictates that a need in management is warranted. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control Internal Lake Management Recommendations With very little in-lake biological data for Marsden Lake, specific in-lake management recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management principles will likely apply to Marsden Lake: RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Marsden Lake 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants senesce. Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be undertaken. The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance. If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is possible, work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery. Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Marsden Lake. There are no in-lake water quality data for the lake; if the implementation of management practices for the lake were to move forward, in-lake data would be needed and should be considered a high priority. Bathymetric data collection TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect data for several years, with at least five sampling dates per year. Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation. Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate. Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake. Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Marsden Lake 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Marsden Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Local Management BMPs Marsden #1 Location: South of County Road I and west of Chatsworth Street N Description: Large open area in front yard along County Road I. Potential Improvements: Incorporate infiltration/ biofiltration feature for treatment of County Road I (note: treatment may already be occurring in downstream wetlands and ponds) Marsden #2 Location: Southwest of Carmel Court loop Description: Shallow swale flowing from pavement area back to wetland. Potential Improvements: Create raingarden for local drainage or pick up stormsewer from Carmel Court and incorporate a slightly larger treatment feature. Marsden #3 Location: Inside Carmel Court loop Description: Grass depressional area with catch basin at the bottom. Potential Improvements: Retrofit to provide infiltration/water quality treatment. Site Specific Management BMPs Marsden #4 Location: North of County Road 96 and west of Churchill Street Description: Appears to be an existing infiltration feature, which outlets to the road. Potential Improvements: Might be working as is, however the vegetation and storage of features onsite could likely be enhanced to provide more infiltration and treatment. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Marsden Lake 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Martha Lake 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Martha Lake Management Action Plan Martha Lake (62-0064) is located in the City of Shoreview, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The surface area of the lake is approximately 34 acres with a maximum depth of 3.5 feet 1 (Figure 2). The lake is a mix of standing water in pools and vegetation (mostly cattails and lily pads). Martha Lake meets the MPCA definition of wetland and is classified as a Class 2D (wetland) water in accordance with Minn. Rules Ch. 7050. Furthermore its designation as a Public Water Wetland [“W” 62-64] by the DNR Protected Water Inventory and the lack of an aquatic recreational resource management history (MPCA (Guidance Manual for Assessing the Quality of Minnesota Surface Waters for the Determination of Impairment, 2007) substantiates the designation as a Class 2D water. The Class 2D designation means that the wetland resource is protected for the “maintenance of a healthy wetland aquatic community and for wetland based aquatic recreation.” Numeric nutrient standards developed for shallow lakes (i.e. 60 µg/L TP) do not apply to Class 2D wetlands. The watershed draining to Martha Lake is approximately 77 acres and is primarily a mix of light industrial, neighborhood commercial, single family and multi-family residential uses. The lake drains into the Marsden Lake watershed. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the maximum depth was taken from DNR files. Figure 1. Martha Lake and Potential BMP Locations RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Martha Lake 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 2. Martha Lake Bathymetry. Map from DNR files, unknown date. Water Quality Summary Water quality and biological data are not available for Martha Lake. A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. There are no in-lake monitoring data to calibrate the lake model. Water quality modeling indicates that watershed inputs account for approximately 89% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 11% (Figure 3). Without any in-lake nutrient data for the lake for model calibration, the modeling results should be considered preliminary. Internal, 11% Watershed, 89% Internal, 11% Watershed, 89% Figure 3. Martha Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Martha Lake 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Public Input No attendees spoke on issues related to Martha Lake at the public input meeting on May 29, 2008. Water Quality Issues The high density of cattails in Martha Lake suggests that the wetland has been impacted by nutrient enrichment and/or modified surface hydrology. Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations Because the Martha Lake watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site- specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, three BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the three potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Notice/letter to landowners in the commercial/industrial area in the southwest area of the lake educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. All of this is area running directly to the lake untreated. While there is little opportunity for easy (surface) retrofits, this area could be considered for subsurface retrofits during pavement maintenance or redevelopment activities. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Martha Lake 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Internal Lake Management Recommendations The water level fluctuations and/or the high nutrient loading presumed in Martha Lake create an environment that makes it difficult for the establishment of native plant communities and supports a dense stands of cattails. Any in-lake restoration project will have a greater likelihood of success after the rate and volume of stormwater runoff to Martha Lake is controlled. Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Martha Lake. There are no in-lake water quality data for the lake; if the implementation of management practices for the lake were to move forward, in-lake data would be needed and should be considered a high priority. Updated bathymetric data collection TP and chlorophyll data: Grab water quality samples should be collected if there is cause to believe that the water body is enriched with nutrients (as evidenced by mid-summer algae blooms) AND the waterbody is contributing flow to adjacent lakes. Macrophyte and/or aquatic invertebrate data should be collected in cooperation with the MPCA to determine if the water body is meeting the “healthy aquatic community standards.” RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Martha Lake 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Martha Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Local Management BMPs Martha #1 Location: Southeast corner of Martha Lake Description: Backside of Shoreview Public Works / Maintenance building. The yard area is immediately adjacent to the lake and appears to be draining to the lake untreated. Potential Improvements: Assess runoff reaching lake and install BMPs prior to discharge to the lake as needed. Martha #2 Location: North end of Martha Lake, south of Monterey Drive Description: Stormsewer from Monterey Drive outlets directly to Martha Lake. Potential Improvements: Incorporate water quality BMP in green space. Martha #3 Location: South of Monterey Drive and east of Monterey Court Description: Stormsewer from Monterey Court outlets directly to Martha Lake. Potential Improvements: Incorporate water quality BMP in green space. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Martha Lake 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Moore Lake Management Action Plan Note: This document was updated in November of 2009 by the RCWD to add Possible BMP Location #13 – Fridley Middle School stormwater infiltration. Moore Lake (02-0075) is located in the City of Fridley, Anoka County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The lake is bisected by Highway 65 into eastern and western basins connected by a storm-pipe. The western basin is 70 acres, has a maximum depth of 5 feet and is 100% littoral (Figure 2)1. Based on its low maximum depth, the western basin is considered a shallow lake according to MPCA’s definition. The eastern basin of Moore Lake is approximately 30 acres with a maximum depth of 22 feet and is 79% littoral, and it is not considered a shallow lake according to MPCA’s definition. East Moore Lake is listed as an impaired lake on the EPA’s 303(d) list of impaired waters. It is impaired for aquatic recreation due to high nutrients. The lake was bordered by a floating bog to the north in the 1960s but today open water is present up to the developed northern shore. East Moore Lake’s watershed is 664 acres; West Moore Lake’s watershed is 778 acres (including East Moore Lake and its watershed, which both drain to West Moore Lake). Both watersheds are a highly developed mix of residential and commercial uses with some areas of municipal park. There is a municipal beach on the eastern shore of the lake that is the most visited park in Fridley. There is a smaller park on the western basin connected to the larger Fridley Common Park, primarily composed of managed turf-grass sports fields. Both East and West Moore Lakes have ditched inflows adjacent to Highway 65 at the south end of the basins, with the western basin receiving runoff from the Medtronic facility along I-694 and the eastern basin receiving runoff from commercial and residential areas. Four additional stormwater inlets to the lake were re-engineered in the late 1980s to improve water quality. These changes were effective in reducing some nutrient and sediment problems according to DNR reports. A DNR aquatic vegetation survey was performed on Moore East during the end of July in 2004. Curly-leaf pondweed was listed as rare. Water quality in Moore Lake has been consistently recorded as poor, with eutrophic conditions prevailing and frequent fecal coliform and E. Coli alerts at the public beaches (mentioned in the minutes of the Fridley City Parks and Recreation Commission meeting in 2005). Excretion by waterfowl was noted by local stakeholders as the primary cause of bacterial outbreaks and beach closings. In 2005 the Fridley City Parks and Recreation Commission discussed a ban on feeding geese and other waterfowl. The City of Fridley participates in a fowl removal program and plans to continue this program as part of their 2030 Comprehensive Plan. DNR documents show that, in the late 1980s, stormwater system changes appeared to improve total phosphorus (TP) and Secchi depth (but not algal concentrations) in both basins of the lake. In 1986 a plastic sheet was installed in the bottom of the east basin to control macrophytes, including invasive species. In 2004, the DNR reported that this sheet was present but failing. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos. The maximum depth was taken from the DNR Lake Finder. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 The fishery of Moore Lake has been managed by the DNR and the City of Fridley as part of the Fishing in the Neighborhood (FIN) program since 1986. The FIN program creates neighborhood fishing opportunities by stocking and providing fishing access. The lake is stocked with bluegill, black crappie, largemouth bass, and channel catfish. Walleye, northern pike, and carp have been sampled in DNR fisheries surveys, but in low numbers. The most recent fisheries survey was conducted in 2004. Spawning habitat is poor for centrarchids (bluegill and crappie) and pike. The major inflow tributary in the southeast corner of East Moore Lake has been the best known spawning run, but now drains a highly developed area, and recent images show that it may no longer exist. Bullhead dominated fish composition until 1986, when chemical agents were used to kill off fish before re-stocking with centrarchids. Both basins of Moore Lake are subject to winterkill, the western basin likely due to freezing and the eastern due to anoxic hypolimnion (suggested by 2004 data from the DNR). Aeration has been implemented by the City of Fridley for both the east and west basins. The west basin aerator is an on-shore unit that pulls water from the lake. It is under assessment for replacement and typically runs from November to April. The east basin aerator is in the lake and runs year-round. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 1. Moore Lake and Potential BMP Locations RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 2. Moore Lake Bathymetry Water Quality Summary Water quality data for Moore Lake has been collected since the mid-1970s. Data were collected by the Anoka Conservation District, the MPCA, and the MPCA’s Citizen Lake Monitoring Program. Table 1 summarizes the most recent 10 years of water quality information for the lake. Moore West appears to be meeting its standards for all three values, while Moore East is not meeting the standards for TP or chlorophyll-a. Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (1998-2007) and Standards Parameter Moore East Lake Lakes Standard TP (µg/L) 44 40 Chl (µg/L) 18 14 Secchi Depth (m) 1.7 1.4 Parameter Moore West Lake Shallow Lakes Standard TP (µg/L) 58 60 Chl (µg/L) 11 20 Secchi Depth (m) 1.3 1.0 Figures 3 through 5 show the growing season total phosphorus (TP), chlorophyll-a, and Secchi depth (clarity) data for the west basin of Moore Lake. The same series of data is shown in Figures 6 through 8 for the east basin. Recent trends show increasing chlorophyll concentrations in both basins. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 1981 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 Year 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 Total Phosphorus (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 3. West Moore Lake Total Phosphorus 1981 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 Year -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Chlorophyll-a (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 4. West Moore Lake Chlorophyll-a RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1993 1994 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2005 Year 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5Secchi Depth (m) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 5. West Moore Lake Secchi Depth 1981 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 Year 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 Total Phosphorus (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Water Quality Standard Figure 6. East Moore Lake Total Phosphorus RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 7 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 1981 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 Year 0 10 20 30 40 50 Chlorophyll-a (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Water Quality Standard Figure 7. East Moore Lake Chlorophyll-a 1981 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 Year 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0Secchi Depth (m) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Water Quality Standard Figure 8. East Moore Lake Secchi Depth RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 8 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to both basins of the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the basins to phosphorus loading. The lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling for West Moore Lake indicates watershed inputs account for 82% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 18% (Figure 9). Internal, 18% Watershed, 82% Internal, 18% Watershed, 82% Figure 9. West Moore Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution The modeling for East Moore Lake indicates that watershed inputs account for 84% of nutrient loading, with only 16% coming from internal loading (Figure 10). In order to achieve a water quality goal of 40 µg/L TP, phosphorus loads in East Moore Lake need to be reduced by 25%. Internal, 16% Watershed, 84% Internal, 16% Watershed, 84% Figure 10. East Moore Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution Public Input At the public input meeting held on June 3, 2008, no attendees were present to comment on Moore Lake. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 9 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Water Quality Issues High densities of planktivorous centrarchids (panfish) can result in higher algal concentrations and/or shift algal species toward more noxious groups. Aeration to prevent winterkill and to reduce the anoxic release of sediment may agitate sediment and also keep non-target (rough) fish alive. These factors can have a large impact on internal phosphorus loading. Watershed phosphorus loads contribute to the high phosphorus concentrations observed in East Moore Lake. Waterfowl contribute to the high E. Coli in the lake. Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the nutrient impairment. Because the Moore Lake watershed is nearly fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site- specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, twelve BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the three potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. The City of Fridley manages the park near Moore Lake. BMPs could be implemented at the park to manage stormwater as well as serve as an example for homeowners within the watershed to institute positive changes. An example of a BMP would be conversion of the channel that drains to the lake through the south-central part of the park (Figure 11 & Field Recon Supplement BMP #7). This channel currently accommodates runoff with very little, if any, water quality treatment. Converting this to a water quality BMP, such as a bioretention swale, could yield some movement toward the 25% TP reduction needed for the lake to meet its goal. Identify possible retrofitting opportunities in some of the less effective detention ponds throughout the East Moore sub-watershed. Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 10 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 11. Drainage Channel through Moore Lake Park The Moore Lake watershed is almost 70% impervious surface. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control Internal Lake Management Recommendations The internal biology of Moore Lake needs to be better understood to identify the factors mediating the causal chain from nutrient input to algal blooms. After the storm drainage changes in the late 1980s, nutrient conditions improved but algal conditions did not (based on DNR records and narrative), most likely because they were mediated by other factors. Internal recycling of phosphorus and low densities of zooplankton are likely culprits. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 11 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Attention to aeration policy is recommended to be able to balance the benefit to fisheries of preventing winterkills and reducing the anoxic release of phosphorus with the drawbacks of sediment disturbance and the absence of winterkill (winterkills can help water quality). More detailed biological information would make a more rigorous assessment of these processes possible. Evaluate long term impacts of winter aeration, particularly if it is linked to anoxic summer stratification. Work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery. Lake-shore development has decreased the spawning habitat for fish as well as removed buffers that reduce nutrient impacts. These changes increase eutrophication and reduce the value of the lake for fishing and swimming. Future management plans should clearly identify the target uses and coordinate efforts to improve water quality while addressing fishing concerns. Involving all the stakeholders is critical to success in this regard. Evaluate the benefits and costs (ecologically and economically) of the plastic lining relative to primary user objectives. In order to control non-native macrophytes, a plastic lining was installed in the 1980s in the eastern basin, but this lining is now degrading. The dominance of invasive macrophytes does not appear to have changed due to this management practice. A detailed evaluation of the relative merits of maintaining the lining should be studied and discussed publicly. Other, more natural methods of removing invasive macrophytes and encouraging native plant species ought to be discussed as well. Native macrophyte stands and buffer zones would act as refugia for zooplankton, which can help reduce algal production and increase water clarity. Increase buffers (particularly of native macrophytes) along the lakeshore. Waterfowl are targeted as contributing a large portion of the nutrient load and causing fecal coliform outbreaks. Managing waterfowl is notoriously difficult, but buffer zones seem to help greatly with this input as well. Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Moore Lake. Since there is a long record of in-lake water quality data for Moore Lake, additional data collection is not a high priority at this time. TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect at least five sampling dates per year. The TMDL can be based on the existing monitoring data; additional data should be collected after management actions are implemented to track the response of the lake. Macrophyte surveys: Complete macrophyte surveys after aquatic vegetation management practices are implemented, to monitor the success. Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This will supplement the information from fish surveys regarding the food web, which influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality. If a better understanding of internal loading is needed for an eventual TMDL, collection of these data will be a high priority. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 12 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Fish survey: Complete a fish survey during the same year as the plankton survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake. The inlets (or a subset) to East Moore Lake should be monitored to provide flow and phosphorus loading estimates. These data will be needed in order to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake for the TMDL study. Monitor dissolved oxygen profiles on East Moore Lake during winter and summer to evaluate effectiveness of the aerator. If the aerator is not effective at alleviating hypolimnetic anoxia during the summer, sediment-phosphorus release may be contributing to internal loading. Monitor TSS (with attention to volatile:non-volatile ratios) at the surface and at depth on East Moore to determine if the aerator is disturbing sediment. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 13 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Moore Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Local Management BMPs Moore 1 Location: South of Mississippi Street and west of Fridley Street Description: Green space in Harris Lake Park Potential Improvements: Incorporate raingardens to provide treatment of Mississippi Street. Moore 2 Location: East of Rice Creek Drive and south of Briardale Road Description: Green space in Briardale Park Potential Improvements: Use open space for treatment of adjacent roadways. Moore 3 Location: South of Rice Creek Road and east of Old Central Avenue Description: Open wooded lot adjacent to Rice Creek Road. Potential Improvements: Use to provide treatment for Rice Creek Road. Moore 4 Location: North of Rice Creek Road and east of Old Central Avenue Description: Wetland area adjacent to Rice Creek Road Potential Improvements: Enhance and use for treatment of adjacent roadways. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 14 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Moore 5 Location: South of Moore Lake Drive and east of Highway 65 Description: Existing basin providing minimal treatment. Potential Improvements: Enhance to provide additional water quality treatment. Moore 6 Location: West of Old Central Avenue and south of Heather Place Description: Large open space adjacent to Old Central Avenue Potential Improvements: Use for treatment of adjacent roadways. Moore 7 Location: West of Old Central Avenue and south of Gardena Avenue Description: Stormsewer discharge through park into Moore Lake Potential Improvements: Enhance area to provide additional treatment (note: current configuration of bridge could limit treatment capacity). If dissolved phosphorus is an issue a permeable limestone weir could potentially be considered as an option. Moore 8 Location: East of Fillmore Street and north of Regis Lane Description: Green space on school property Potential Improvements: Use area for infiltration and/or ponding for adjacent roads and school parking lot. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 15 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Moore 9 Location: East of Hackman Avenue and west of Hackman Circle Description: Open space within Hackman Park Potential Improvements: Incorporate infiltration areas for treatment of Hackman Circle. Site Specific Management BMPs Moore 10 Location: West of Old Central Avenue and south of Gardena Lane Description: Green space currently receiving runoff from the park parking lot. Potential Improvements: Enhance area and convert to raingardens prior to discharge to Moore Lake. Moore 11 Location: Moore Lake Description: Looking west from park Potential Improvements: Remove bituminous flume and incorporate treatment. Moore 12 Location: South of Moore Lake Drive and west of Highway 65 Description: Treatment swale south of Saint Phillips Lutheran Church parking lot Potential Improvements: Enhance vegetation and treatment storage prior to discharge to Moore Lake. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 16 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Moore 13 Location:Fridley Middle School and surrounding property Description: Raingardens adjacent to Fridley Middle School parking lot and West Moore Lake Drive Potential Improvements: Infiltrate stormwater from Fridley Middle school rooftop and parking lot, as well as West Moore Lake Drive. Would divert water that current is discharged to West Moore Lake without treatment RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Pike Lake Management Action Plan Pike Lake (62-0069) is located in the City of New Brighton, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of about 37 acres, a maximum depth of 16 feet 1 and is 91% littoral (Figure 2). Based on its high percentage of littoral habitat, it is considered a shallow lake according to MPCA’s definition. Pike Lake is listed as an impaired lake on the EPA’s 303(d) list of impaired water bodies. It is impaired for aquatic recreation due to high nutrients. The watershed draining to Pike Lake is about 5,888 acres, extending all the way southward to Falcon Heights. The watershed to lake area ratio for Pike Lake is about 160:1. The watershed is fully developed; land use consists primarily of residential and industrial/utility. Interstate 694 is adjacent to the lake on the south side, and the Pike Lake watershed includes portions of Interstate 35E and Minnesota Highway 36. Pike Lake flows directly east into Long Lake, which is impaired for nutrients. In the period from 1978 to 1990 the RCWD completed an in-depth study of the Long Lake Chain of Lakes. This federally and state funded study evaluated the entire Long Lake watershed, including Pike Lake, and implemented a channel stabilization project (Hansen Park Pond) on RCD2 in New Brighton south of the lake. A city project also increased the size of the detention pond on the south side of Pike Lake. Both of these projects likely reduce the amount of sediment reaching the lake from the watershed. In an early August 1995 aquatic plant survey completed by the DNR, curly-leaf pondweed was identified in rare abundance. Other plants found were Canada waterweed, blue flag, and narrowleaf pondweed. A 1995 DNR fisheries survey noted that occasional winter fish kills occurred in Pike Lake. The survey indicated that panfish (mostly black crappie and bluegill), carp, and bullhead were dominant. Some piscivores (perch, walleye, and northern pike) were present, but in small numbers; the piscivores likely migrated from Long Lake. Pike Lake has no public access and the DNR has not conducted a fish stocking program on the lake. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the maximum depth was taken from the Rice Creek Watershed District website. Figure 1. Pike Lake and Potential BMP Locations RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 2. Pike Lake Bathymetry Water Quality Summary Data have been collected for Pike Lake water quality from 1980 to 2007. Data are collected by a volunteer through the Citizen Assisted Monitoring Program (CAMP). A summary of the 10 most recent years of water quality data for the lake suggest that Pike Lake is not meeting state water quality standards for any parameters (Table 1). Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (1998 – 2007) and Standards Parameter Pike Lake Shallow Lakes Standard TP (µg/L) 91 60 Chl (µg/L) 53 20 Secchi Depth (m) 0.8 1.1 Figure 3-5 shows the growing season TP, chlorophyll-a and Secchi depth (clarity) data for the lake. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 1981 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 Year 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 Total Phosphorus (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 3. Pike Lake Total Phosphorus 1981 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 Year 0 20 40 60 80 100 Chlorophyll-a (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 4. Pike Lake Chlorophyll-a RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 1981 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 Year 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4Secchi Depth (m) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 5. Pike Lake Secchi Depth A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that 82% of nutrient input to Pike Lake comes from its watershed, with the remaining 18% coming from internal lake loading (Figure 6). To reach the in-lake goal of 60 µg/L TP, the phosphorous load needs to be reduced by 43%. Internal, 18% Watershed, 82% Internal, 18% Watershed, 82% Figure 6. Pike Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Public Input At the public input meeting on June 2, 2008, concerns regarding Pike Lake were addressed. Pike Lake has been impacted by its watershed as it developed. Long-time residents of the lake have remarked on its gradual slip in water quality as they watched the watershed develop. One attendee stated that she is still concerned about the runoff entering the lake from I- 694 and the Venetian Village apartment complex south of the highway. She referenced a long list of objectionable debris and litter that move through the detention pond on the south end of the lake. She would like the RCWD to investigate measures to decrease this debris. She also requested a study of the effectiveness of the detention pond because she does not believe that it is effective in reducing any pollution. The pond is in place to treat runoff coming from I-694. The same attendee verified the deterioration in water quality since she has lived on the lake and mentioned that she no longer swims or fishes in the lake because of it. She asked for both a fish survey to see why the fish population is so bad and for a macrophyte survey to document why little vegetation of any kind is currently in the lake. The same attendee identified the need for more BMPs and for better management of those BMPs already in place. She has watched as BMPs were installed and subsequently forgotten. She hoped that more attention to BMPs might clear-up the pea-soup condition that dominates the lake during the growing season. She asked the RCWD to take charge and actually get something done, stating that nothing has really happened to improve the lake since she moved there in the 1970s; it continues to degrade. The resident told her story of repeated passing of the buck for responsibility for Pike Lake with none of the agencies she has contacted ever taking charge. Her requests to the city have not been followed through on behalf of the city, leading again to her frustration in trying to find an agency responsible for the lake. She reiterated several times that the lake owners are willing to do their part, but they need agency action to lead the way. A common theme expressed by lake residents at the public meeting dealt with government cooperation. All residents felt that state and local government entities needed to improve cooperation related to water quality monitoring, BMP maintenance, and improvement projects. Water Quality Issues Pike Lake is the first lake downstream of Ramsey County Ditch 3, which would appear to be a source of high nutrient concentrations (photo below). Pike Lake is directly adjacent to Interstate-694 and likely receives highway runoff. DNR surveys and resident comments suggest a lack of aquatic vegetation in the lake. This could indicate that the lake is currently in the turbid, algal-dominated phase common in shallow lakes. Curly-leaf pondweed was found in the lake at a rare abundance in an early August 1995 aquatic plant survey. Since curly-leaf pondweed usually dies back after June, its presence in August could indicate that it is abundant earlier in the growing season. Curly-leaf pondweed can contribute to internal loading. The fish community in 1995 was composed mainly of bullhead, carp, crappie, and bluegill, with low densities of piscivorous fish. If the fish community composition is RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 similar today, this prevalence of rough fish and planktivorous fish could lead to high rates of internal loading due to disturbance of the lake bottom sediments and overgrazing of zooplankton. Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the nutrient impairment. Because the Pike Lake watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, 28 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. Feasibility and Benefit Level Assessment of the four potential regional BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. Perform an evaluation of the effectiveness of the I-694 detention pond to make sure it is as effective as it was designed to be. There are also now available on the market sewer and catch basin inserts that effectively remove debris and litter from stormwater. This kind of device should be installed on all of the runoff inlets coming from the Venetian Village apartment complex. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 7 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 The original project on RCD2 (Hansen Park Pond) should be inspected by the RCWD and City of New Brighton to see if any repairs or upgrades are needed at this time. This facility (wetland enhancement) drains a very large watershed and should be removing a lot of the suspended material that otherwise makes its way to Pike Lake. Some additional retrofitted storage could be available at this facility. Additionally, RCWD staff has observed high carp densities in the pond. Re-suspension of fine sediment associated with carp feeding behavior may be limiting the pond’s effectiveness. Work with DNR to develop a carp management strategy for the pond. The New Brighton 2000 Surface Water Management Plan mapped the areas of the city that are not treated with any runoff BMPs. The largest amount of this acreage occurs directly adjacent to Pike Lake, entering the lake from direct runoff, and in small parcels scattered throughout the city. The date on the map is 1999, so some efforts to treat this previously untreated area could have occurred since then. Work with New Brighton to update the map, and use this map to help target areas that do not currently treat stormwater runoff. The City of New Brighton has a street sweeping priority system that has as highest priority the sweeping of streets that directly discharge to major water bodies, which includes some streets around Pike Lake and RCD2. Work with New Brighton to continue this program and encourage additional street sweeping in the area. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management. Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs. Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control. Internal Lake Management Recommendations With very little in-lake biological data for Pike Lake, specific in-lake management recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management principles will likely apply to Pike Lake: If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants senesce. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 8 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be undertaken. The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep algae populations in check. Despite the high densities of panfish, their size structure was more balanced than other lakes in the area; 46% of crappie and 27% of bluegill were larger than 6 inches. Work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery. Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Pike Lake. Since there is a long record of in-lake water quality data for Pike Lake, additional data collection is not a high priority at this time. TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect at least five sampling dates per year. The TMDL can be based on the existing monitoring data; additional data should be collected after management actions are implemented to track the response of the lake. Continued support of the CAMP program should ensure sufficient water quality data collection in the future. Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation. Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate. Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake. Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality. Ramsey County Ditch 2 should be monitored close to the inlet to Pike Lake to provide flow and phosphorus loading estimates. These data will be needed in order to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake for the TMDL study. Water quality monitoring of discharge from Ramsey County Ditch 3. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 9 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Pike Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Regional Management BMPs Pike Lake #1 Location: Hanson Park Description: Large wetland/pond treatment area previously enhanced by RCWD Potential Improvements: An assessment of the current storage capacity versus the original design and the need for maintenance/excavation of accumulated material could be done. Other vegetation enhancements or management strategies could also be evaluated. Carp management/eradication options for small ponds should be reviewed. Pike Lake #2 Location: North of County Road D and east of Oakwood Drive Description: Mirror Pond – the water was very green the day of the site visit. This could potentially be a contributing source of the poor water quality at the outlet of RCD 3. Potential Improvements: Assessment of Mirror Pond should be done. Options could be to chemically treat the outlet or seal sediments to reduce downstream loading. Pike Lake #3 Location: Immediately southeast of Pike Lake Description: Fenced-in play area on wooded lot. Potential Improvements: This area could potentially be used as a regional treatment facility. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 10 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Local Management BMPs Pike Lake #4 Location: North of Wendhurst Ave and east of Chelmsford Road Description: Open grass area next to recently repaved church parking lot Potential Improvements: Raingarden/water quality BMPs could be installed for runoff from the church parking area or adjacent road. The sloped nature of the area would limit the opportunities to utilize the space. Pike Lake #5 Location: South of 1st Street and west of Old Highway 8 Description: Large grass area on corner. Potential Improvements: This site could be used for infiltration or ponding for runoff from adjacent road ways. Pike Lake #6 Location: North of 5th Street and east of 8th Avenue Description: Open grass area at New Brighton Public works building. Potential Improvements: Raingarden/water quality BMPs could be installed for runoff from adjacent roads/buildings. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 11 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Pike Lake #7 Location: East of 8th Avenue and north of 6th Street Description: Large open areas Potential Improvements: Install ponding or infiltration areas for runoff from adjacent roads Pike Lake #8 Location: East of 8th Avenue and north of 6th Street Description: Large open areas. Potential Improvements: Install ponding or infiltration areas for runoff from adjacent roads. Pike Lake #9 Location: South of 7th Street and east of 17th Avenue Description: Open grass area (current use is unclear). Potential Improvements: Pick up pipe inlet from southwest and provide additional treatment prior to discharge to the regional pond. This area could also be used to treat 7th Street runoff. Pike Lake #10 Location: South of 14th Street and west of 20th Avenue Description: Open grass area on school grounds. Potential Improvements: Utilize this area to treat school runoff or adjacent roads. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 12 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Pike Lake #11 Location: Northwest of intersection of Robin Lane and 12th Street Description: Dry ponding area along with additional swales/green space onsite. Potential Improvements: Incorporate water quality treatment prior to discharge (e.g. infiltration and/or ponding). Pike Lake #12 Location: South of 14th Street and east of Silver Lake Road Description: Greenspace on school property behind baseball field. Potential Improvements: Use this area to treat runoff from school or adjacent streets. Pike Lake #13 Location: West of the intersection of Robin Lane and 13th Street Description: Large dry pond. Potential Improvements: Retrofit this site to include water quality treatment and infiltration. Pike Lake #14 Location: South of the intersection of 5th Street and Driftwood Road Description: Large open green space. Potential Improvements: Incorporate a large infiltration area for adjacent road runoff (area is likely already treated by water quality ponds). RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 13 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Pike Lake #15 Location: East of Heights Drive and south of Maiden Lane Description: Open green space. Potential Improvements: Utilize to treat runoff from the adjacent roadway. Pike Lake #16 Location: East of the intersection of Heights Drive and Golf Place Description: Open green space. Potential Improvements: Utilize to treat runoff from the adjacent roadway. Pike Lake #17 Location: South of 3rd Street and west of 23rd Avenue Description: Wooded lot Potential Improvements: Utilize to treat runoff from the adjacent roadways or impervious areas from the south and west (note: the lot has significant grade change from south to north). Pike Lake #18 Location:South of 1st Street and east of 13th Avenue Description: Large unused green space. Potential Improvements: Possibly use the area to treat runoff from the adjacent neighborhood to the west. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 14 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Pike Lake #19 Location: South of Windsor Way and west of 20th Avenue Description: Large grass area at Winsor Park (private common area) Potential Improvements: Incorporate a large infiltration/filtration feature for treatment of runoff from adjacent roadways. Pike Lake #20 Location: 11th Avenue looking north from 4th Street Description: A general example of a neighborhood that would be easy to retrofit raingardens into. Potential Improvements: Incorporate raingardens throughout the area during road reconstruction projects. Site Specific Management BMPs Pike Lake #21 Location: North of 7th Street and east of 22nd Avenue Description: Existing ponding area on church site. Potential Improvements: Clean out and expand the pond for additional treatment. Pike Lake #22 Location: North of 7th Street and west of Oakwood Drive Description: Grass swale on church site. Potential Improvements: Retrofit the swale to an infiltration area treating runoff from the adjacent drive. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 15 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Pike Lake #23 Location: North of 7th Street and east of Patton Road Description: Ramsey County Ditch #2 and offline pond (in the background), parking lot flumes straight to ditch (in the foreground). The adjacent Venetian Village apartment complex and parking drains directly to RCD- 2 and receives no treatment prior to reaching Pike Lake Potential Improvements: Assess options that would, at a minimum, remove debris before entering the ditch. Pike Lake #24 Location: South of 694 and east of Patton Road Description: Swale adjacent to apartment drive with exposed soils. Potential Improvements: Improve/enhance the swale to provide treatment for runoff from the adjacent drive. Pike Lake #25 Location: West of 8th Avenue and south of 5th Street Description: Roof drainage directed to parking area @ J & B Auto Repair Potential Improvements: Green space could easily be converted into a raingarden area that could treat the roof top and possibly some of the parking area. Pike Lake #26 Location: West of Macalaster Drive and south of 39th Avenue Description: Open green space areas around apartment complex. Potential Improvements: This location along with other areas onsite could be converted to raingarden areas for treatment of the adjacent apartments and associated parking. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 16 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Vegetation Management/Stabilization BMPs Pike Lake #27 Location: West of Old Highway 8 and south of 1st Street Description: Confluence of Ramsey County Ditch #2 and Ramsey County Ditch #3 Potential Improvements: Bank Stabilization is needed at the outlet of Ramsey County Ditch #3. Additional Regional BMP suggested by New Brighton Pike Lake #28 Location: West of 3rd Terrace NW Description: Future treatment area suggested by City of New Brighton, existing open space area in Hansen Park Potential Improvements: Excavation of large, shallow biofiltration feature potentially receiving runoff from redirected stormsewer outfalls currently discharging directly to Ramsey County Ditch 2 from 3rd and 4th Streets NW. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 17 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Poplar Lake 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Poplar Lake Management Action Plan Poplar Lake (62-0077) is located in the City of New Brighton, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of 13 acres and a maximum depth of 5 feet 1 (Figure 2). Based on its low maximum depth, it is considered a shallow lake according to MPCA’s definition. Poplar lake watershed is approximately 108 acres and is tributary to Jones Lake, Pike Lake, and Long Lake, which are all on the EPA’s 303(d) list of impaired waters. The area immediately surrounding the lake is a mobile home park on the west and south sides, with railroad tracks on the north and a commercial facility on the northeast. The rest of the watershed area, predominantly to the south, is single family residential. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the maximum depth was taken from DNR files. Figure 1. Poplar Lake and Potential BMP Locations RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Poplar Lake 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 2. Poplar Lake Bathymetry. Map from DNR files, unknown date. Water Quality Summary Water quality and biological data are not available for Poplar Lake. A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. There are no in-lake monitoring data to calibrate the lake model. Water quality modeling indicates that watershed inputs account for approximately 88% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 12% (Figure 3). Internal, 12% Watershed, 88% Internal, 12% Watershed, 88% Figure 3. Poplar Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Poplar Lake 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Public Input At the public input meeting held on June 2, 2008, no attendees were present to discuss Poplar Lake. In a phone conversation, a representative of Lakeside Homes, Inc., the mobile home park, mentioned there is a well/pump appropriating water from the lake for the industrial area on the northeast side of the lake. He wondered if the appropriations were related to the low water levels observed in the lake that year (2007). Water Quality Issues Without further data or public input, water quality issues were not able to be defined. Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the water quality of Poplar Lake. Because the Poplar Lake watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, 4 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. Feasibility and Benefit Level Assessment of the potential regional BMP location identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. Re-establishing a vegetated buffer strip around the lakeshore would help stabilize the shoreline and prevent erosion and sediment wash-off. The existing BMPs on the south side of the lake and in the southern part of the watershed should be evaluated as to their effectiveness in reducing nutrient inflow to the lake. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Poplar Lake 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control Internal Lake Management Recommendations With no in-lake biological data for Poplar Lake, specific in-lake management recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management principles will likely apply to Poplar Lake: If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants senesce. Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be undertaken. The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance. If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is possible, work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery. Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Poplar Lake. There are no in-lake water quality data for the lake; if the implementation of management practices for the lake were to move forward, in-lake data and bathymetric data would be needed and should be considered a high priority Updated bathymetric data collection TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect data for several years, with at least five sampling dates per year. Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation. Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate. Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake. Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Poplar Lake 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Poplar Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Regional Management BMPs Poplar Lake #1 Location: South of Foss Road and west of Imperial Lane Description: Large ponding area receiving runoff from neighborhoods to the south. Pond was pea-soup green the day of the photo. Potential Improvements: Assess the effectiveness and perform maintenance or other improvements as needed to ensure that the pond is providing the treatment needed before discharging to Poplar Lake. Local Management BMPs Poplar Lake #2 Location: Near parking area north of Mooney Drive and just east of Poplar Lake Description: Curb cut from parking area and an additional piped discharge enter a grassed swale that then flows through a small patch of woods before reaching Poplar Lake. Potential Improvements: A raingarden could be incorporated in the available green space. Removal of some trees would allow for a larger feature. Appropriate sizing would be dependent on a determination of the drainage area from the piped discharge. Poplar Lake #3 Location: Intersection of Champion Drive and West Road Description: Stormsewer discharge into swale area flows into wooded swale and eventually discharges at the northwest corner of Poplar Lake. Possible Improvements: Swale could easily be expanded into a treatment feature providing storage or infiltration as needed. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Poplar Lake 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Site Specific Management BMPs Poplar Lake #4 Location: Trend Enterprises west of 9th Avenue SW Description: Site has swales and low areas currently collecting stormwater. Possible Improvements: Some fairly simple retrofits and vegetation enhancements onsite may provide water quality/quantity benefits for Poplar Lake. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Poplar Lake 7 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Round Lake 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Round Lake Management Action Plan Round Lake (62-0070) is located in the City of Arden Hills, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of 130 acres, a maximum depth of 7 feet and is 100% littoral 1 . Based on its low maximum depth, it is considered a shallow lake according to MPCA’s definition. The watershed draining into Round Lake is 465 acres. Round Lake is located within a transportation triangle bounded by Highway 10 to the east and north, I-35W to the west, and I-694 to the south. It has some homes located along its shoreline and in the watershed to the north, and commercial uses to the west. It also drains the southwest corner of the Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP), which is under consideration for re-development by the City of Arden Hills. Round Lake drains southeast into the Valentine Lake sub-watershed, which eventually drains to Long Lake. Both Long Lake and Valentine Lake are on the EPA’s 303(d) list of impaired waters, due to excessive nutrients. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the maximum depth was taken from the Rice Creek Watershed District website. Figure 1. Round Lake and Potential BMP Locations RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Round Lake 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Water Quality Summary Water quality and biological data are not available for Round Lake within the past 10 years. MPCA collected water quality data between 1985 and 1992. The mean TP concentration over that time period was 49 µg/L. A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. Water quality modeling indicates that watershed inputs account for approximately 70% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 30% (Figure 2). The model suggests that the in-lake goal of 60 µg/L TP is being met. Without current in-lake nutrient data for the lake for model calibration, the modeling results should be considered preliminary. Internal, 28% Watershed, 72% Internal, 28% Watershed, 72% Figure 2. Round Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution Public Input At the public input meeting on June 3, 2008 issues facing Round Lake were addressed. Round Lake has received toxic material input from past industrial land use in its watershed related to the production of ammunition. It was stated that the U.S. Army still controls the lake surface and that use of the surface for any recreation is not allowed because of the potential to disturb bottom sediments and re-introduce settled contaminants. This was not verified with the US Army. A City of Arden Hills employee spoke about the purchase of TCAAP land by the city. Arden Hills is in the process of acquiring over 500 acres from the western part of TCAAP. A portion of this property drains into Round Lake. Water Quality Issues Sediment within the lake may be contaminated with toxic substances due to past land use. The purchase of TCAAP land by the City of Arden Hills may lead to increased development in the watershed. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Round Lake 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations The primary management recommendation for the lake’s watershed is to make sure strict application of RCWD and local runoff related regulations are followed throughout the watershed draining to the lake, especially during the future re-development of the TCAAP site. RCWD and the city should also look for BMP retrofit opportunities as they review other re-development and transportation projects within the watershed. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, three BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the potential local BMP location identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control Internal Lake Management Recommendations Any assessment of internal management control should include the consideration of possible re- suspension of toxic contamination from the sediment. With no in-lake biological data for Round Lake, specific in-lake management recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management principles will likely apply to Round Lake: If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants senesce. Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Round Lake 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be undertaken. The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep algae populations in check. If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is possible, work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery. Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Round Lake. There are no in-lake water quality data for the lake; if the implementation of management practices for the lake were to move forward, in-lake data and bathymetric data would be needed and should be considered a high priority. Sediment analysis: If in-lake management practices are implemented, further study of the lake sediments should be completed to determine the extent of the contamination and the possibilities of containing the contamination so as not to release it or transport it downstream. This work would be done in cooperation with state agencies, such as the MPCA and MN Department of Health. Bathymetric data collection TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect data for several years, with at least five sampling dates per year. Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation. Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate. Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake. Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Round Lake 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Round Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Local Management BMPs Round 1 Location: North of County Road 96 and west of Highway 10 Description: Cul-de-sac at the south end of the Highway 10 service road. Southern end of road (and cul-de-sac) does not appear to serve any homes or businesses. Possible Improvements: Shorten roadway and remove or relocate cul-de-sac. Use current cul-de-sac area for treatment of Highway 10. Site Specific Management BMPs Round 2 Location: South of County Road 96 and west of Snelling Avenue Description: Open space adjacent to church parking lot. Possible Improvements: Incorporate raingardens (likely filtration) to treat sheet flow runoff from the northern North Heights Lutheran Church parking lot. Round 3 Location: East of Round Lake Road and north of Gateway Court Description: Green space east of parking lot Possible Improvements: Incorporate raingarden to treat adjacent parking lot. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Round Lake 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Rush Lake 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Rush Lake Management Action Plan Rush Lake (62-0068) is located in the City of New Brighton, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The surface area of the lake is about 55 acres, with a maximum depth estimated at 6 feet 1 . Based on its low estimated maximum depth, it is considered a shallow lake according to MPCA’s definition. Rush Lake drains to the north, eventually into Rice Creek. The watershed draining to Rush Lake is approximately 277 acres and includes Long Lake Regional Park and surrounding commercial/residential land. A portion of the drainage area contains the Northwest Quadrant re-development project in New Brighton. This effort involves the re-development of underutilized land into a mixed-used neighborhood with retail, residential, office, and parkland uses. The project also addresses some long-standing contamination problems from a previous dump site. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos. No bathymetric data were available for this lake. The maximum depth was estimated using depth data collected during sediment sampling. Figure 1. Rush Lake and Potential BMP Location RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Rush Lake 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Water Quality Summary Water quality and biological data are not available for Rush Lake. A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. There are no in-lake monitoring data to calibrate the lake model. Water quality modeling indicates that watershed inputs account for approximately 55% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 45% (Figure 2). Without any in-lake nutrient data for the lake for model calibration, the modeling results should be considered preliminary. Internal, 45% Watershed, 55% Internal, 45% Watershed, 55% Figure 2. Rush Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution Public Input At a public meeting held on June 3, 2008 by the RCWD, an attendee offered his opinion that the former stockyards surrounding Rush Lake likely contributed a large amount of nutrient-laden runoff that probably still resides in the lake sediments. Water Quality Issues Without further data or public input, water quality issues were not able to be defined. Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations The primary management recommendation for the lake’s watershed is to make sure strict application of RCWD and local runoff related regulations are followed throughout the watershed draining to the lake, especially during the future re-development of the TCAAP site. RCWD and the city should also look for BMP retrofit opportunities as they review other re-development and transportation projects within the watershed. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, four BMP retrofit RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Rush Lake 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the four potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control Internal Lake Management Recommendations With no in-lake biological data for Rush Lake, specific in-lake management recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management principles will likely apply to Rush Lake: If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants senesce. Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be undertaken. The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance. If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is possible, work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Rush Lake 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Rush Lake. There are no in-lake water quality data for the lake; if the implementation of management practices for the lake were to move forward, in-lake data and bathymetric data would be needed and should be considered a high priority. Bathymetric data collection TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect data for several years, with at least five sampling dates per year. Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation. Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate. Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake. Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Rush Lake 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Rush Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Local Management BMPs Rush 1 Location: West of the intersection of Old Highway 8 and Mound Street Description: Large open space behind an existing home. Possible Improvements: Use for treatment of adjacent businesses or Old Highway 8. Rush 2 Location: West of the intersection of Old Highway 8 and County Road 96 Description: Open space near outlet of stormsewer from Old Highway 8 Possible Improvements: Incorporate wetland treatment/ponding area. Rush 3 Location: West of Old Highway 8 and south of County Road 96 Description: Open space near outlet of stormsewer from Old Highway 8 Possible Improvements: Incorporate wetland treatment/ponding area. Rush 4 Location: West of Old Highway 8 and north of 1st Avenue Description: Open space near outlet of stormsewer from Old Highway 8 Possible Improvements: Incorporate wetland treatment/ponding area. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Rush Lake 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Spring Lake Management Action Plan Spring Lake (02-0071) is located in the Cities of Spring Lake Park and Mounds View, on the boundary of Anoka and Ramsey Counties, Minnesota (Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of approximately 46 acres, a maximum depth of 18 feet and is over 95% littoral (Figure 2). Based on its high percentage of littoral habitat it is classified as a shallow lake according to MPCA’s definition.1 The watershed draining to Spring Lake is approximately 303 acres and consists of primarily residential, with some commercial, institutional, and mixed use areas. Much of the north western shoreline is Lakeside Park, a park managed by the City of Spring Lake Park, which includes a swimming beach and a fishing dock. A presence of curly-leaf pondweed has been reported by residents. A macrophyte survey completed in late June of 2007 by RCWD did not show a presence of curly-leaf pondweed, but instead an abundance of coontail, white water lily, and clasping leaf pondweed. Another macrophyte survey completed by DNR in early June 2008 found curlyleaf at nearly all sampling locations throughout the lake, but in moderate density. A 2003 DNR lake survey found the lake to have northern pike and abundant populations of bluegill and black bullheads. Largemouth bass have also been observed by RCWD staff. The lake is susceptible to winterkill. In 2007 a winter aeration pump was installed in the lake to prevent winterkill. Water level in Spring Lake has fluctuated dramatically over the years (Figure 3). Most of the periods of low water level are preceded by periods of low precipitation, suggesting that the lake is fed by surficial groundwater and that water levels are tied to long-term precipitation patterns. Historical records show that water levels in the lake used to be maintained by the county through groundwater pumping. However, after this practice contributed to the spread of several non- native plant and animal species in other water bodies, the DNR restricted pumping of groundwater for the maintenance of surface water levels in the late 1980s. Currently, other than encouraging practices that infiltrate water in the watershed, there are few (if any) options for augmenting surface water levels. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos. The maximum depth was taken from the Rice Creek Watershed District website. Figure 1. Spring Lake and Potential BMP Locations RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 2. Spring Lake Bathymetry RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 02/18/82 11/14/84 08/11/87 05/07/90 01/31/93 10/28/95 07/24/98 04/19/01 01/14/04 10/10/06 07/06/09 DateElevation (ft)0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 Annual Precipitation (in)Elevation Precipitation Figure 3. Spring Lake Water Levels Water Quality Summary One full year of water quality data exist for Spring Lake. Data were collected by MPCA. Water quality data were also collected in 2008 by RCWD, although only the phosphorus data were ready in time for this report. A summary of data from 2001 suggests that the lake is meeting all of the shallow lake water quality standards (Table 1). Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (2001) and Standards Parameter Spring Lake Shallow Lakes Standard TP (µg/L) 33 2 60 Chl (µg/L) 2.9 20 Secchi Depth (m) 2.4 1.0 Figures 4-6 show the growing season available TP, chlorophyll-a, and clarity (Secchi depth) data from Spring Lake. 2 Includes preliminary data collected in 2008 by RCWD. 2001 2008 Year 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Total Phosphorus (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 4. Spring Lake Total Phosphorus 2001 Year 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 Chlorophyll-a (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 5. Spring Lake Chlorophyll-a RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 Year 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5Secchi Depth (m) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 6. Spring Lake Secchi Depth A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that the primary source of nutrients affecting the lake’s quality originates from watershed runoff. Watershed inputs account for about 98% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 2% (Figure 7). With only one year of monitoring data for model calibration, these results should be considered preliminary. Internal, 2% Watershed, 98% Internal, 2% Watershed, 98% Figure 7. Spring Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Public Input The water level of Spring Lake has been a point of discussion for the past few years and is a main concern of residents. The decrease in water levels is promoting the growth of vegetation that does not support the recreational goals of the lake. Residents suggest that curly-leaf pondweed is present in the lake. According to a certificate of title from 1955, the county is responsible for maintaining or attempting to maintain the water level at 903 feet above sea level. The most current water level data from the MPCA from June of 2007 has the water level at 899.81 feet above sea level. Data show that, over time, there is a natural fluctuation in the water levels of Spring Lake. Further study needs to be done to look into what the natural water level should be and what is a natural amount of water level fluctuation for this particular lake. Residents have discussed that if water is needed to bring the lake level up, water could be supplied to the lake from the Mississippi River with DNR approval. RCWD felt this option was not feasible, and it was unlikely that DNR would permit it. Additional concerns have been shared over erosion filling in the northwest portion of the lake and continued development in that area. Residents feel that the increased runoff and sediment coming from the northwest area could be causing the decrease in water levels. It should be noted that these areas were developed in accordance with RCWD stormwater management rules. Residents worked to get a winter aerator to prevent the winter kill of fish due to the low water levels. Water Quality Issues Water levels in the lake fluctuate over time, impeding certain recreational uses of Spring Lake. These fluctuations have been determined to be driven by natural changes in groundwater levels and precipitation. Curly-leaf pondweed is present in the lake, and contributing to internal loading. Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations Because the Spring Lake watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site- specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, six BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the two potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 7 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control Given the concerns regarding lake levels, and the likelihood that lake levels are dependent on surficial groundwater, RCWD should work to educate local land owners on the importance of infiltration features. Infiltrating rainwater in hopes of boosting local surficial groundwater levels is likely the best course of action for increasing lake water levels. Internal Lake Management Recommendations Develop an aquatic vegetation management plan. Shoreline restoration should be undertaken and actively managed to improve the habitat of the areas of the lake that dry up under low water conditions. A model and monitoring plan could be developed that would predict changes in lake level based on parameters such as precipitation and nearby groundwater levels. This would allow proactive management of the lake’s shoreline in anticipation of low surface water levels. Assess the feasibility and cost of curly-leaf pondweed control options. Whole lake treatments would require an aquatic vegetation management plan. Controlling curlyleaf pondweed may be the key to reducing internal loading. (The internal loading estimate presented here is based solely on sediment phosphorus release and does not include internal loads from curlyleaf pondweed senescence. The actual internal load therefore may be greater than indicated here.) Recommended Data Collection With two years of in-lake data showing that Spring Lake has high water quality, additional data collection is not a high priority at this time. TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect data for several years, with at least five sampling dates per year. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 8 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the density of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation. . Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate. Although the focus of this study is on water quality, water levels are also addressed here since it is an issue that local residents are concerned about. To confirm the cause of the water level fluctuations, groundwater data could be collected to better identify the surrounding shallow groundwater depths, flow patterns, natural fluctuations, and the groundwater connection to Spring Lake. From the results of the study, targeted BMP recommendations addressing water level fluctuations could be made. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 9 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Spring Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Site Specific Management BMPs Spring 1 Location: North of Hill View Road and east of Pleasant View Drive Description: Open space adjacent to church. Possible Improvements: Incorporate raingarden area for treatment of church and/or adjacent roadways. Spring 2 Location: South of the intersection of Pleasant View Drive and 79th Avenue Description: Swale receiving runoff from the Lakeside Park parking lot located within the park north of Spring Lake. Possible Improvements: Incorporate raingarden prior to discharge to Spring Lake. Spring 3 Location: West of Pleasant View Drive and south of 81st Avenue Description: Large bituminous parking lot at VFW Possible Improvements: Remove east stalls or southeast corner of parking and incorporate treatment feature. Spring 4 Location: East of Spring Lake Road and south of County Road 10 Description: Green space adjacent to parking lot Possible Improvements: Incorporate raingarden area for treatment of adjacent parking lot. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 10 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Spring 5 Location: East of Spring Lake Road and south of County Road 10 Description: Green space adjacent to parking lot at Spring Lake Park Auto Possible Improvements: Incorporate raingarden area for treatment of adjacent parking lot. Spring 6 Location: West of Spring Lake Road and north of County Road 10 Description: Green space adjacent to parking lot at Thrifty Car Rental Possible Improvements: Incorporate raingarden area for treatment of adjacent parking lot. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 11 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Sunfish Lake 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Sunfish Lake Management Action Plan Sunfish Lake (02-0065) is located in the City of Arden Hills, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1) and fully within the borders of the Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS). The surface area of the lake is about 14 acres, with a maximum depth of approximately 5 feet (Figure 2)1 . Based on its low maximum depth, it is considered a shallow lake according to MPCA’s definition. The watershed draining into Sunfish Lake is approximately 112 acres and contains a stretch of Highway 96 and part of the Ramsey County Public Works facility. The majority of runoff from impervious surfaces is served by the treatment pond located on the southeast corner of the Public Works facility before discharge to Sunfish Lake. Sunfish Lake has very limited public use at the current time because of its location within the AHATS boundaries. There is some limited access granted by the federal government for study and nature walks, but the general public is not allowed within the AHATS property. A significant portion of the Sunfish Lake watershed is impervious, most notably the Ramsey County government building complex to the west. This facility stores large salt piles in the winter and all stormwater from this complex is routed through a large stormwater pond, located just west of Hamline Avenue, to Sunfish Lake. 1The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the maximum depth was taken from DNR files. Figure 1. Sunfish Lake RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Sunfish Lake 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 2. Sunfish Lake Bathymetry. Map from DNR files, unknown date. Water Quality Summary Water quality in Sunfish Lake was monitored by the RCWD in 2008. A preliminary data summary (Table 1) suggests that that lake is meeting the state water quality standards for total phosphorus (TP). Chlorophyll-a data were not available at the time of the report. Secchi depth (clarity) data were deemed unreliable; dense macrophyte growth in the lake prevented accurate readings. Field observations suggest good clarity, generally 3 to 5 feet. Water clarity data inferred from satellite imagery suggest that the water clarity depth of Sunfish Lake is approximately 3 to 6 feet, and it has ranged from the 1.5 to 3 feet category to the 6 to 12 feet category since 1985. Low phosphorus concentrations, good clarity, and abundant macrophyte growth suggest that Sunfish Lake is functioning as a healthy shallow lake in the “clear-water” state. Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (2008) and Standards Parameter Sunfish Standard TP (µg/L) 37 60 Chl (µg/L) n/a 20 Secchi Depth (m) n/a 1.0 A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. There were no in-lake monitoring data available to calibrate the lake model. Water quality modeling indicates that watershed inputs account for approximately 88% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 12% (Figure 3). Without any in-lake nutrient data for the lake for model calibration, the modeling results should be considered preliminary. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Sunfish Lake 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Internal, 12% Watershed, 88% Internal, 12% Watershed, 88% Figure 3. Sunfish Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution In 2008, high levels of conductivity (~750 to 780 µS/cm) were measured in Sunfish Lake. It is not known if the high conductivity is due to high chloride concentrations in the lake or due to other dissolved solids. Chloride should be sampled in the lake to help identify the cause of the high conductivity. Public Input At the public input meeting held on May 29, 2008, the following was brought up by the participants: Some speculation was heard that the sediment in the lake is contaminated from past waste on the AHATS property. Water Quality Issues Sediment within the lake may be contaminated with toxic substances due to past land use. There is some evidence of a sediment delta in the stormwater pond pipe inlet at the west end of the lake. High conductivity has been observed in the lake, although cause is unknown. Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations Currently all of the area directly surrounding Sunfish Lake is under the control of the U.S. Army because the lake is entirely within the AHATS boundary. The Army should maintain its existing management plan for the lake unless water quality data collected in the future dictates that a need in management is warranted. The following are general practices will decrease nutrient loads to the lake: Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Sunfish Lake 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Sunfish Lake 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Internal Lake Management Recommendations With very little in-lake biological data for Sunfish Lake, specific in-lake management recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management principles will likely apply to Sunfish Lake: If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants senesce. The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance. If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is possible, work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery. If it is determined that there is a sediment delta on the west inlet to the lake, removal should be considered. Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Sunfish Lake. There is currently only one year of in-lake water quality data for Sunfish Lake; if the implementation of management practices for the lake were to move forward, updated bathymetric data and at least an additional year of in-lake data (including chloride data) would be needed and should be considered a high priority. Updated bathymetric data collection TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect data for several years, with at least five sampling dates per year. Chloride data: Collect data for at least one year (including early spring during snowmelt runoff) to determine if chloride in the lake is high. Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation. Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate. Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake. Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Turtle Lake Management Action Plan Turtle Lake (62-0061) is located in the City of Shoreview, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of 447 acres, a maximum depth of 28 feet, and a mean depth of about 10 feet 1 (Figure 2). Turtle Lake is on the state’s 303(d) list of impaired water bodies due to the mercury content in fish. The MPCA has completed a statewide TMDL study and implementation plan to address the state’s mercury impairments. The watershed draining to Turtle Lake is approximately 288 acres. The watershed is relatively small compared to the surface area of the lake. This leads to a smaller amount of surface water runoff into the lake, but also means water levels can be hard to maintain. The surrounding watershed area is primarily residential with some commercial uses nearby. Turtle Lake Park is on the southeast side of the lake and is a major recreation attraction for swimming, boating, and picnicking. A macrophyte survey performed by the DNR during the first week of July in 2002 indicated that Eurasian watermilfoil is present but rare. The lake is popular as a recreational fishing lake. A 2007 DNR fisheries survey indicates that bluegills are the most abundant species in the lake, although the average size is smaller than normal. Crappies, sunfish, largemouth bass, and northern pike are also present. The lake has been stocked by the DNR in the past with walleye. The lake has been managed as a largemouth bass experimental lake since 1997. The goal of this program is to establish a population characterized by 40% of the bass exceeding 16 inches in length. A DNR regulation requires the release of all largemouth bass. Overall, Turtle Lake has a healthy and balanced fish population that helps maintain the lake’s excellent quality. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the maximum depth and percent littoral were taken from the DNR Lake Finder website. Figure 1. Turtle Lake and Potential BMP Locations RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Figure 2. Turtle Lake Bathymetric Map Water Quality Summary Turtle Lake has an abundance of water quality data that have been collected over recent years. Data are collected by Ramsey County Public Works and Metropolitan Council Environmental Services. A summary of the most recent ten years of water quality data suggest that it is meeting all of the state standards. The lake is the second highest quality lake in the RCWD (behind only White Bear Lake). Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (1998-2007) and Standards Parameter Turtle Lake Standard TP (µg/L) 20 40 Chl (µg/L) 4.9 14 Secchi Depth (m) 2.4 1.4 Figures 3 through 5 show the TP, chlorophyll-a and Secchi depth (clarity) data from Turtle Lake for the period of record for the CAMP data. Turtle Lake has exceeded the TP standard of 40 µg/L only once since 1980 (Figure 3), and it has never exceeded the chlorophyll or Secchi depth standards. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 1978 1980 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 Year -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Total Phosphorus (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 3. Turtle Lake Total Phosphorus 1978 1980 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 Year -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 Chlorophyll-a (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 4. Turtle Lake Chlorophyll-a RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 1978 1980 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 Year 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5Secchi Depth (m) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 5. Turtle Lake Secchi Depth A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that the sources of nutrients affecting overall lake quality are almost evenly split between watershed runoff (53%) and internal (47%) loading (Figure 6). Internal, 47% Watershed, 53% Internal, 47% Watershed, 53% Figure 6. Turtle Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Public Input At the public input meeting held on May 29, 2008, lake residents offered local insight into Turtle Lake. Residents are very interested in keeping the lake at its current excellent quality, recognizing the value that this lake holds for the watershed. Attendees noted that there are some opportunities for BMP retrofitting that could yield further nutrient load reductions for the lake. The northeast corner of the lake receives runoff that passes through what was referred to as a treatment chamber. The resident noted that the chamber is very ineffective and that it could be supplemented with additional treatment possibly via a bioretention system. The resident also referenced the Lexicon BMP system as likely an effective approach and suggested that the RCWD work with Ramsey County (Terry Noonan) to monitor its effectiveness. The Lexicon BMP system was installed in 2008 near the SW stormwater inlet to the lake. Residents at the meeting also wondered if water levels in the lake decrease as a result of pervious lake sediment in the southeast corner of the lake and if this could be sealed. RCWD and EOR staff discussed the small watershed draining to the lake and the difficulty of maintaining lake levels with the small contributing drainage area. Under these situations, it is not likely that lowered lake levels result from seepage out the bottom of the lake. Also with respect to water levels in the lake, residents question whether the reconstruction of County Road I has limited the influx of groundwater from the north. Based on the information available, shallow groundwater flow in this area is northwest towards Rice Creek. Therefore it is unlikely that the reconstruction of County Road I have negatively impacted the groundwater influx to Turtle Lake. Subsequent communications from one of the attendees indicates that he is interested in seeing if the pump and treat system at TCAAP is affecting the water level of Turtle Lake. Figure 7 shows the water levels for the lake: the top graph illustrates data since 1929, and the bottom graph focuses in on the last ten years of data. An overall fluctuation of over 2.5 feet has occurred over this ten year period. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 1913 1927 1941 1954 1968 1982 1995 2009 2023 Date 888.5 889.0 889.5 890.0 890.5 891.0 891.5 892.0 892.5 893.0 893.5 Elevation (ft)1998 1999 2001 2002 2004 2005 2006 2008 2009 Date 889.5 890.0 890.5 891.0 891.5 892.0 892.5 893.0 Elevation (ft)Figure 7. Turtle Lake Water Levels RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 7 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Water Quality Issues Residents are concerned about water level fluctuation. However, water levels have fluctuated over the years, and the current downward trend in water level fits within the historical range of water levels observed since the 1930s. Precipitation has been low over the last several years, and, due to the lake’s small watershed size, the lake takes longer than other nearby lakes to return to higher water levels. The lake sediment data suggests that internal loading rates in Turtle Lake are high. However, due to the good water quality of the lake, internal loading does not appear to be an issue. Recommended Management Approach Turtle Lake is overall a high quality lake that is used for different types of recreation. New runoff control efforts are not needed to meet state standards, but managers and residents should protect the existing water quality conditions and prevent any degradation of lake water quality. Effective enforcement of RCWD Rules should help protect the lake as development and re- development occur. Watershed Management Recommendations Some of the runoff entering Turtle Lake is untreated or under-treated. Opportunities to incorporate or improve BMPs would ensure that the existing conditions are at least maintained or potentially improved. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local, and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, four BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. The Turtle Lake Pre-treatment Facility Project (Local BMP #3) was recently constructed by the City of Shoreview for the southwest side of the lake, through the RCWD Urban Remediation Grant Program. This project on Turtle Lane treats stormwater from an 11- acre area via an underground infiltration system. The RCWD predicts that about 65% of the TP from this area would be eliminated. Survey of the pavement elevations is warranted to ensure that runoff is not bypassing the infiltration system. Another possibility is in the Birch St. neighborhood on the east side of the lake (BMP#5). Although some infiltration tubes exist in this neighborhood, residual stormwater enters the lake via a rip-rap channel. Retrofit of this rip-rap channel to incorporate biofiltration could improve the runoff from this sub-watershed and help to further improve the lake. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 8 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 The following general practices will decrease nutrient loads to the lake: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control Internal Lake Management Recommendations No specific internal lake management recommendations are warranted, due to the high quality of Turtle Lake. The existing water quality conditions should be protected to prevent any degradation of lake water quality. Recommended Data Collection Turtle Lake is fortunate to have a large amount of water quality and fish data collected in the past. At this time, continuing the current level of data collection is sufficient. If problems persist with water levels and citizens remain concerned, a water level study looking at runoff into the lake and losses from it could be undertaken to quantify the fluctuation and its causes. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 9 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Turtle Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Local Management BMPs Turtle #1 Location: West of Saint Albans Street and north of Taylor Avenue Description: Open area in front/side yard Potential Improvements: Incorporate large raingarden to treat adjacent roadways. Turtle #2 Location: West of Carlson Street and south of County Road I Description: Stormwater discharge into Turtle Lake from adjacent neighborhood. Potential Improvements: Incorporate infiltration/ biofiltration BMPs at this location. This site would require using areas that already appear to have uses (e.g. tennis court or garden areas). Turtle #3 Location: North end of Turtle Lane Loop Description: Catch basin intended to route water across the street to an underground infiltration feature. It appears that some of the runoff may bypass to the inlet behind the catch basin that flow directly to Turtle Lake. Potential Improvements: Assess whether flows are bypassing the treatment feature, and if so, modify grades to ensure that runoff is directed to the treatment feature prior to discharge to Turtle Lake. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 10 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Site Specific Management BMPs Turtle #4 Location: West of Hodgson Road and north of Schifsky Road Description: Existing small treatment feature (4-6 inches of storage with a skimming structure) treating a large amount of the park’s drives and parking lots Potential Improvements: Increase treatment capacity. The onsite oak trees are an issue; however, with some creativity another cell could be added to the south of the existing feature. Turtle #5 Location: Western terminus of Birch Lane South Description: Existing grouted rip rap open channel with dead pool storage Potential Improvements: Retrofit this channel to incorporate biofiltration in lieu of dead pool storage. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 11 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008 Valentine Lake Management Action Plan Valentine Lake (62-0071) is located in the City of Arden Hills, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of about 64 acres, with a maximum depth of 14 feet and a mean depth of 4.5 ft 1 (Figure 2). Based on its low maximum depth, it is considered a shallow lake according to MPCA’s definition. The watershed that flows into Valentine Lake is approximately 2,566 acres and is fully developed with mixed use commercial, transportation, industrial and residential land uses. Valentine Lake is directly surrounded on three sides by Bethel University. Valentine Lake is listed as an impaired lake on the EPA’s 303(d) list of impaired water bodies. It is impaired for aquatic recreation due to high nutrients. High chloride concentrations may also be an issue. Valentine Lake is the only monitored lake in Ramsey County that has an average chloride concentration near the state standard. Bethel University has collected data on plants in or near Lake Valentine from 1986 through 2000. Of the species identified, curly-leaf pondweed has the potential to become a nuisance species. A 2000 fish survey available from Bethel University shows a presence of bluegills, bullhead, pumpkinseed sunfish, crappie, perch, and shiners. In 2001, the university reported a partial winter fish kill that included carp, northern pike, and bluegills. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the maximum depth was taken from the Rice Creek Watershed District website. Figure 1. Valentine Lake and Potential BMP Locations RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008 Figure 2. Valentine Lake Bathymetry Water Quality Summary Water quality data for Valentine Lake are available from 1980-2007. Data are collected by Ramsey County Public Works and through the Citizen Assisted Monitoring Program (CAMP). A summary of the most recent 10 years of water quality information for the lake suggest that Valentine Lake is meeting water quality standards for chlorophyll-a and Secchi depth (clarity) but not for total phosphorus (TP). Although the TP is moderately high, the lake appears to be functioning as a healthy shallow lake, with suspended algal growth under control and relatively high water clarity. Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (1998-2007) and Standards Parameter Valentine Lake Shallow Lakes Standard TP (µg/L) 70 60 Chl (µg/L) 18 20 Secchi Depth (m) 1.7 1.0 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008 Figures 3-5 show the growing season TP, chlorophyll-a and Secchi depth (clarity) data over that period. Water quality was poorer in the early 1990s and has improved since then. 1980 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 Year 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 Total Phosphorus (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 3. Valentine Lake Total Phosphorus 1980 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 Year 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Chlorophyll-a (µg/L) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 4. Valentine Lake Chlorophyll-a RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008 1980 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 Year 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5Secchi Depth (m) Mean Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Shallow Lake Water Quality Standard Figure 5. Valentine Lake Secchi Depth A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality indicates that watershed inputs account for approximately 80% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 20% (Figure 6). To reach the in-lake goal of 60 µg/L TP, the phosphorus load needs to be reduced by 13%. Internal, 20% Watershed, 80% Internal, 20% Watershed, 80% Figure 6. Valentine Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution Average chloride concentrations are available in Valentine Lake from 1990 – 2007 (Figure 7). The data seems to indicate an upward trend, with the most recent year’s data exceeding the water RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008 quality standard. However, the state chloride standard is based on a 4-day average, not a seasonal average; it is possible that the chloride concentrations exceeded the 4-day standard in many years during spring runoff. Prolonged chloride concentrations exceeding approximately 230 mg/L can have lethal effects for fish and invertebrates. 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 2008 Year 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 Chloride (mg/L), Mean EpilimneticWater Quality Standard Figure 7. Valentine Lake Chloride Concentrations Public Input At the public input meeting on May 29, 2008, concerns surrounding Valentine Lake were addressed. A possible shift from a turbid lake condition to a clear lake condition might have occurred when a new diversion cut off flow from a large portion of the watershed to the east and was diverted through a wetland treatment system prior to discharge into the lake. Concerns were expressed over the possible change back to turbid conditions since the lake is still over the 60 µg/L TP goal. Continued careful monitoring of the lake’s condition, with some additional ecological monitoring was noted as important. The possible shift from the turbid- to clear-water state was observed in the late 1980s – these observations are consistent with observed changes in the water quality dataset. At the time of the “switch,” large colonies of filamentous blue-green algae were replaced with coontail. A Bethel University representative discussed some of the efforts underway on the campus to improve water quality of runoff to the lake. The university is also undertaking a buckthorn removal effort on the lake shoreline. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008 It was noted that occasional high flow and assumedly high nutrient input problems have occurred when the outflow of Round Lake (tributary to Valentine) is plugged and suddenly releases. The outflow from Valentine similarly plugs. Water Quality Issues Total phosphorus concentrations in the lake exceed the standard and the lake is listed as impaired. Bullhead are present in the lake and may contribute to high internal loading rates. Bluegill are the most abundant fish found in Valentine Lake. Without any piscivorous fish, the bluegill density may get high enough to overgraze the lake’s zooplankton. Sudden inflows from Round Lake may be leading to water quality problems within Lake Valentine. Curly-leaf pondweed is present in the lake, potentially contributing to internal phosphorus loading. The north lobe of the lake is directly adjacent to Interstate-694 and likely receives highway runoff. High concentrations of chloride have been measured in Valentine Lake, possibly having negative effects on biota. Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the nutrient impairment. Because the Valentine Lake watershed is nearly fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, 14 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. Feasibility and Benefit Level Assessment of the potential regional BMP location identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. Continue working with Bethel University on water quality stewardship to Valentine Lake. In 2001, a study was done by the RCWD looking at infiltration BMP feasibility on the Bethel University Campus. After finding that the soils were not conducive for large- scale infiltration BMPs, the report suggests a number of non-infiltration BMPs, such as bio-swales, rain gardens and biofiltration, along with stability measures to control swale slope. Continue working with Boston Scientific (formerly Guidant Campus) on the Master Stormwater Management Plan for phased redevelopment of the site. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 7 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008 Work with the Minnesota Department of Transportation during road improvement projects to provide additional treatment for sections of Interstate 694 and Highway 10. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control Internal Lake Management Recommendations A number of shallow lake management principles likely apply to Valentine Lake: Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be undertaken. A more recent fisheries survey will indicate the balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments thereby releasing phosphorus into the water column, and planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance. If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as bullhead, which were found in the 2000 survey) or an overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is possible, work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery. Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Valentine Lake. Since there is a long record of in-lake water quality data for Valentine Lake, additional in-lake data collection is not a high priority at this time. Watershed phosphorus loading data are a high priority, as they will be needed for the future TMDL study RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 8 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008 TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect at least five sampling dates per year. The TMDL can be based on the existing monitoring data; additional data should be collected after management actions are implemented to track the response of the lake. Chloride data: Collect chloride data for at least one year (including early spring during snowmelt runoff) to determine if chloride in the lake is high. Due to the proximity of the northern part of the lake to highways and other roads, samples should be taken from this northern lobe, in addition to the main sampling location. Since high chloride can be due to road salt in watershed runoff or to high chloride concentrations in the groundwater, samples should be taken throughout the year to examine fluctuations in chloride and how they relate to weather and road salt. Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation. Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate. Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake. Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality. The following inlets to Valentine Lake should be monitored to provide flow and phosphorus loading estimates. These data will be needed in order to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake for the TMDL study; the data will also provide guidance on site selection for larger scale improvement projects. o Northern inlet from Round Lake: This inlet also receives drainage from the developed area to the northeast of Valentine Lake. Additional data collection could be undertaken further upstream in this subwatershed to differentiate the Round Lake load from the northeast load. o Eastern inlet from Bethel Ditch: This inlet receives drainage from the large portion of the subwatershed to the east of the lake, including Bethel University. Additional data collection could be undertaken further upstream in this subwatershed to differentiate loads between the two branches of the ditch. There are multiple other smaller-scale inlets (ditches and pipes) to the lake that have a lower monitoring priority. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 9 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008 Valentine Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Regional Management BMPs Valentine #1 Location: North of I-694 and west of Highway 10 Description: Large open space with ditch running to the south under I-694 and then into Valentine Lake (large contributing drainage area). Potential Improvements: Use space for large regional facility to treat the highways and upstream discharges. An assessment should first be done to assess the effectiveness of the upstream treatment features and determine if this ditch is a significant source of phosphorous to the Lake. Additional treatment may not be needed for upstream discharges because portions of the drainage area are already routed through wetland treatment features, however the area should at a minimum be considered for treatment of the adjacent highways when this area is reconstructed. Local Management BMPs Valentine #2 Location: North end of Valentine Lake Description: Area receiving stormwater from I-694. Potential Improvements: Enhance area to provide better treatment prior to discharge to Valentine Lake Valentine #3 Location: North end of Valentine Lake Description: Rusted out pipe delivering runoff from Mn/DOT right-of-way Potential Improvements: Repair pipe and look into upstream BMPs to reduce sediment transport from I- 694 to Valentine Lake. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 10 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008 Valentine #4 Location: West of Snelling Avenue and south of Valentine Road Description: Swale/ditch draining neighborhood from the west and draining under Snelling Avenue to Valentine Lake. Parking lot is in poor shape and not much higher than Valentine Lake. Water in photo is backwater from Valentine Lake. Potential Improvements: Enhance/expand swale or remove parking and incorporate larger wetland treatment feature. Parking could be potentially moved out along Valentine Road. Valentine #5 Location: West of Snelling Avenue and north of Lake Johanna Boulevard Description: Low open space northwest of the intersection of Snelling Avenue and Lake Johanna Boulevard Potential Improvements: Use for infiltration/ treatment of adjacent roadway Valentine #6 Location: Dunlap street between Grey Fox Road and Red Fox Road Description: Large green spaces between road and adjacent businesses Potential Improvements: Use green spaces to treat impervious from adjacent businesses. Valentine #7 Location: South of Gramsie Road and west of Randy Avenue Description: Open space Potential Improvements: Use to provide treatment for Gramsie Road RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 11 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008 Valentine #8 Location: North of County Road E Description: Large gravel area adjacent to County Road E Potential Improvements: Use area for a new treatment feature when County Road E is repaired or upgraded. Valentine #9 Location: SE Loop at Snelling and County Road E Description: Both loops at Snelling and County Road E could be better used for stormwater treatment. Potential Improvements: Provide additional treatment within loops (e.g. infiltration or ponding) Site Specific Management BMPs Valentine #10 Location: South of Grey Fox Road and east of Dunlap Street Description: Treatment swale receiving runoff from adjacent parking areas. Potential Improvements: Maintain/enhance to provide additional treatment. Valentine #11 Location: North of Grey Fox Road and west of Dunlap Street Description: Existing treatment pond Potential Improvements: Maintain and retrofit to provide additional treatment. Remove concrete, add native vegetation, and get rid of geese. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 12 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008 Valentine #12 Location: North of Red Fox Road and east of Northwoods Drive Description: Open areas adjacent parking lot. Potential Improvements: Incorporate infiltration/ water quality treatment BMPs Valentine #13 Location: North of County Road F and east of Lexington Avenue Description: Apartment complex, no onsite treatment. This area is treated by a downstream pond; however, infiltration/biofiltration could be incorporated in the onsite green spaces to provide volume control and additional water quality treatment for a large amount of impervious area routed directly to stormsewer. Potential Improvements: Incorporate infiltration/ biofiltration BMPs. Valentine #14 Location: Mounds View High School Description: Large swale running to a dry pond Potential Improvements: Enhance swale and dry pond to provide additional infiltration/water quality treatment. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 13 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Walsh Lake 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Walsh Lake Management Action Plan Walsh Lake (62-0214) is located in the City of Roseville, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of about 8.5 acres, a maximum depth of 16 ft 1 , and a watershed of 372 acres. Walsh Lake meets the MPCA definition of wetland and is classified as a Class 2D (wetland) water in accordance with Minn. Rules Ch. 7050. Furthermore its designation as a Public Water Wetland [“W” 62-214] by the DNR Protected Water Inventory and the lack of an aquatic recreational resource management history (MPCA (Guidance Manual for Assessing the Quality of Minnesota Surface Waters for the Determination of Impairment, 2007) substantiates the designation as a Class 2D water. The Class 2D designation means that the wetland resource is protected for the “maintenance of a healthy wetland aquatic community and for wetland based aquatic recreation.” Numeric nutrient standards developed for shallow lakes (i.e. 60 µg/L TP) do not apply to Class 2D wetlands. The watershed draining to Walsh Lake includes residential area, the Midland Hills Country Club golf course, and the University of Minnesota Les Bolstad golf course. The lake consists of a north and smaller south basin. The lake has two outlets to control water levels on the lake with the lift station utilized to control the bounce of Walsh Lake. The lift station pumps water north into the Jones Lake watershed and a small gravity pipe drains west leaving the Rice Creek Watershed District. The drainage to the north eventually drains to Jones Lake via a series of holding ponds and drainage ditches entering Jones Lake just after joining RCD 5. Jones Lake is on the EPA’s 303(d) list of impaired waters as an impaired wetland, and therefore Walsh Lake and its watershed will be addressed in the Jones Lake TMDL study. Walsh Lake is at times used by the Midland Hills Country Club for golf course irrigation. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; No bathymetric data were available for this lake. The maximum depth was estimated from the depth data collected during sediment sampling. Figure 1. Walsh Lake and Potential BMP Locations RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Walsh Lake 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Water Quality Summary Water quality and biological data are not available for Walsh Lake. A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. There are no in-lake monitoring data to calibrate the lake model. Water quality modeling indicates that watershed inputs account for approximately 86% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 14% (Figure 2). Without any in-lake nutrient data for the lake for model calibration, the modeling results should be considered preliminary. Internal, 14% Watershed, 86% Internal, 14% Watershed, 86% Figure 2. Walsh Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution Public Input No attendees spoke on issues related to Walsh Lake at the public input meeting on June 5, 2008. However, a resident lakeshore homeowner indicated in the past that there is occasional flooding of the west side of the south basin. The homeowner described flow coming from Roselawn Avenue and north on Pleasant Street. The homeowner has seen water mid-way up his driveway on past flooding occasions. The property is located in Roseville, with runoff water causing the problem originating in both Roseville and Falcon Heights adjacent to Roselawn Ave. It is the District’s understanding that this concern has been minimized to the extent feasible through a modeling and pump operation assessment by the City of Lauderdale. Water Quality Issues Without further data or public input, water quality issues were not able to be defined. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Walsh Lake 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the water quality of Walsh Lake. Because the Walsh Lake watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, 8 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. The primary management recommendation for the lake’s watershed is to make sure strict application of RCWD and local runoff related regulations are followed throughout the watershed draining to the lake. BMP retrofit opportunities should be identified during future re-development processes within the watershed. Nutrient management for the two golf courses (Midland Hills Country Club and the University of Minnesota) with tributaries to the lake should be considered. The U of M course is located to the east of the lake, on the south side of Roselawn Ave. and is slightly buffered from directly discharging to the lake. It does, however, contribute runoff to the lake via runoff down Roselawn. The Midland Hills Country Club directly surrounds the north basin of the lake. Nutrient management practices on this course directly affect the quality of the lake. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Walsh Lake 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Internal Lake Management Recommendations With very little in-lake biological data for Walsh Lake, specific in-lake management recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management principles will likely apply to Walsh Lake: If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants senesce. Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be undertaken. A fisheries survey will indicate the balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments thereby releasing phosphorus into the water column, and planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance. If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Walsh Lake. There are no in-lake water quality data for the lake; if the implementation of management practices for the lake were to move forward, in-lake data would be needed and should be considered a high priority. Bathymetric data collection TP and chlorophyll data: Grab water quality samples should be collected if there is cause to believe that the waterbody is enriched with nutrients (as evidenced by mid-summer algae blooms) AND the water body is contributing flow to adjacent lakes. Macrophyte and/or aquatic invertebrate data should be collected in cooperation with the MPCA to determine if the water body is meeting the “healthy aquatic community standards.” RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Walsh Lake 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Walsh Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Local Management BMPs Walsh Lake #1 Location: South of Summer Street and east of Carl Street Description: Private corner lot Potential Improvements: Create stormwater treatment feature for adjacent street runoff. Walsh Lake #2 Location: West side of Lauderdale Community Park off of Pleasant Street Description: Open park space Potential Improvements: Create stormwater treatment feature for adjacent street runoff. Walsh Lake #3 Location: Fulham Street-between Ione St. and Roselawn Avenue Description: Swales/green space in right-of-way Potential Improvements: Maintain/improve routing of runoff through green space or convert to raingarden areas. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Walsh Lake 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Walsh Lake #4 Location: East side of Lauderdale Community Park off of Fulham Street Description: Large grass swale areas both north and south of parking lot drive. The swale north of the entrance is supposed to be filled with sandy soils and a large raingarden was to be created in northeast corner to promote infiltration per RCWD Permit 00-001. Potential Improvements: Verify presence of sandy soils in swale, and improve treatment via excavation of depressional storage and vegetation enhancement in northeast corner. Walsh Lake #5 Location: East of Midland Hills Road and North of Rosewood Lane North Description: Wetland area Potential Improvements: Looks fairly good as is, however an assessment could be made to determine the benefit of increasing storage or other modifications that could be made to provide additional treatment. (Note: there may have low floor issues with 2211 Rosewood Lane.) Roseville has identified this area for implementation of an expansion project in 2009. Walsh Lake #6 Location: Midland Hills Golf course, north of Walsh Lake Description: Ponding area that receives several stormsewer inputs and discharges to Walsh Lake Potential Improvements: Excavation/maintenance to increase storage, native vegetation around pond perimeter, and the addition of a skimming structure at the outlet. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Walsh Lake 7 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Vegetation Management BMPs Walsh Lake #7 Location: West side of Walsh Lake Description: Golf course area immediately adjacent to Walsh Lake Potential Improvements: Replace turf with native vegetation buffer along western shore of the lake. Walsh Lake #8 Location: Pond at the corner of Roselawn Avenue and Cleveland Avenue Description: Large pond, very green, and several geese on the day of the site visit. Potential Improvements: Replace grass with native vegetation along the shoreline on the adjacent church property. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Walsh Lake 8 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Zimmerman Lake 1 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Zimmerman Lake Management Action Plan Zimmerman Lake (62-0053) is located in the City of Roseville, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of about 13 acres with a mean depth of approximately 4 feet.1 Zimmerman Lake meets the MPCA definition of wetland and is classified as a Class 2D (wetland) water in accordance with Minn. Rules Ch. 7050. Furthermore its designation as a Public Water Wetland [“W” 62-53] by the DNR Protected Water Inventory and the lack of an aquatic recreational resource management history (MPCA (Guidance Manual for Assessing the Quality of Minnesota Surface Waters for the Determination of Impairment, 2007) substantiates the designation as a Class 2D water. The Class 2D designation means that the wetland resource is protected for the “maintenance of a healthy wetland aquatic community and for wetland based aquatic recreation.” Numeric nutrient standards developed for shallow lakes (i.e. 60 µg/L TP) do not apply to Class 2D wetlands. The watershed draining to Zimmerman Lake is 531 acres and is a heavily developed mix of commercial, transportation, and residential uses. It drains northward through Ramsey County Ditch 4, eventually draining to Little Johanna Lake, which is on the EPA’s 303(d) list of impaired waters. Zimmerman Lake provides an amenity to the golf course located to its east and the Mn/DOT office building to its west. 1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos. No bathymetric data were available for this lake. The maximum depth was estimated using depth data collected during sediment sampling. Figure 1. Zimmerman Lake and Potential BMP Locations RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Zimmerman Lake 2 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Water Quality Summary There are no nutrient or biological data for Zimmerman Lake. A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. There are no in-lake monitoring data to calibrate the lake model. Water quality modeling indicates that watershed inputs account for approximately 96% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for 4% (Figure 2). Without any in-lake nutrient data for the lake for model calibration, the modeling results should be considered preliminary. Water clarity data inferred from satellite imagery suggest that the water clarity depth of Zimmerman Lake is less than 1.5 feet. Figure 2. Zimmerman Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution Internal, 4% Watershed, 96% Internal, 4% Watershed, 96% Public Input No attendees spoke on issues related to Zimmerman Lake at the public input meeting on June 5, 2008. Water Quality Issues Without further data or public input, water quality issues were not able to be defined. Recommended Management Approach Watershed Management Recommendations Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing downstream impairments. Because the Zimmerman Lake watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, eight BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Zimmerman Lake 3 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the four potential local BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement. Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program. Ensure that strict application of RCWD and other local stormwater regulations are followed throughout the watershed draining to the lake. There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general practices include: Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems and fish survival) Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed stormwater BMPs Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion and sediment control Internal Lake Management Recommendations With no biological or water quality data for Zimmerman Lake, specific in-lake management recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management principles will likely apply to Zimmerman Lake: If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants senesce. Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be undertaken. A fisheries survey will indicate the balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments thereby releasing phosphorus into the water column, and planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance. If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is possible, work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Zimmerman Lake 4 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Recommended Data Collection The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Zimmerman Lake. There are no in-lake water quality data for the lake; if the implementation of management practices for the lake were to move forward, in-lake data and bathymetric data would be needed and should be considered a high priority. Bathymetric data collection TP and chlorophyll data: Grab water quality samples should be collected if there is cause to believe that the water body is enriched with nutrients (as evidenced by mid-summer algae blooms) AND the waterbody is contributing flow to adjacent lakes. Macrophyte and/or aquatic invertebrate data should be collected in cooperation with the MPCA to determine if the waterbody is meeting the “healthy aquatic community standards.” RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Zimmerman Lake 5 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Zimmerman Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement Local Management BMPs Zimmerman #1 Location: South side of Ryan Avenue W and west of Hamline Avenue N Description: Example of large open areas in front yards Potential Improvements: Install raingardens along road corridors; many opportunities in this area will exist when streets are reconstructed. (Note: there are also large boulevard trees limiting some areas.) Zimmerman #2 Location: North of Eldridge Avenue W and west of Hamline Avenue N Description: Large open lot Potential Improvements: Room for good-sized infiltration or water quality feature (might not be able to get enough drainage area to the location to necessitate using the entire lot). Zimmerman #3 Location: North of County Road B2 W and east of Snelling Avenue Description: Southeast exit ramp loop Potential Improvements: It appears that the loop areas adjacent to Snelling Ave. could be better used for treatment. These areas should be assessed for opportunities during road improvement projects. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Zimmerman Lake 6 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Zimmerman #4 Location: South of County Road B and west of Midlothian Road Description: Large open area at school Potential Improvements: Incorporate feature for school and or adjacent roads. Note there are lots of opportunities on the school site to provide treatment (as needed). It appears that a raingarden was recently incorporated for a small paving project on site. Site Specific Management BMPs Zimmerman #5 Location: North of Commerce Street and west of Albert Street (or commerce Street to EB Hwy 36) Description: Swale and dry pond picking up large parking area Potential Improvements: Improve feature to include infiltration and/or water quality improvement. Zimmerman #6 Location: West of Snelling Avenue and South of Hwy 36 Description: Swale picking up parking via curb cuts. No storage currently provided and curb cuts not draining properly. Potential Improvements: Enhance area to provide depressional storage / create raingardens or bio-filtration areas. Zimmerman #7 Location: West of Snelling Avenue and south of Hwy 36 Description: Green space area in apartment complex Potential Improvements: Green space areas in apartment ground could be better used to provide treatment. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Zimmerman Lake 7 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 Zimmerman #8 Location: South of County Road B and east of Midlothian Road Description: Swale flowing to storm sewer at St. Michael Church Potential Improvements: Convert to raingarden/ biofiltration area. RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Zimmerman Lake 8 Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009 APPENDIX H Previous Study Summary – Lake Josephine APPENDIX G City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 PREVIOUS STUDY SUMMARY – LAKE JOSEPHINE Lake Josephine Assessment Report The MPCA along with MDNR, Ramsey County Public Works, RCWD and Josephine Lake Association issued a Lake Assessment Report for Josephine Lake in 1998. Pertinent portions from that report are as follows: (page iii) A good historical data base is available for assessing trends in water quality of Lake Josephine. These data include 22 years of Secchi data and several years of water chemistry data. Based on an analysis of 22 years of CLMP, MPCA, DNR, Met. Council, Ramsey County, and two environmental consulting firm’s Secchi transparency data, Lake Josephine exhibited a significant improvement in transparency over time (Rк = 0.52; p=0.0008). Summer mean Secchi transparency measures ranged from 2.3 to 4.3 feet from 1975-1979. In contrast, from 1981-1989 summermeanSecchi ranged from 3.0 to 10.2 feet and from 1990-1998 summer-mean Secchi ranged from 5.2 to 12.1 feet. Summer-mean total phosphorus and chlorophyll-a concentrations exhibited a decline over this time period as well. (page 3) Lake Josephine’s watershed is relatively small at about 734 acres, excluding the lake. The vast majority (96%) of the watershed is in urban/residential lake use. This percentage, although not typical for lakes in the North Central Hardwood Forest ecoregion, is rather typical for lakes in the Twin Cities metro area. Little Lake Josephine is about 12 acres in size, much of which is covered by cattails and emergent vegetation; however, the open water portion has maximum depth of 25 feet. Originally, about 260 acres drained through Little Lake Josephine prior to entering Lake Josephine. In 1980, a project conducted by the RCWD, in consultation with E.A. Hickok Engineering, resulted in an additional 220 acres of direct drainage from Lake Josephine watershed to Little Lake Josephine. As a result, about 480 acres (65%) drained through Little Lake Josephine prior to entering Lake Josephine. This would result in dramatic improvements in the quality of Lake Josephine (emphasis added). It is noted that only half of Lake Josephine is within the boundaries of the City of Arden Hills while the remainder is within the City of Roseville. Also, the RCWD storm sewer diversion project took place in Roseville. This importance of this discussion is three-fold. First, a value judgement was made by all agencies involved in the 1980 project that resulted in diverting storm water from one public water into another for treatment. Second, Little Lake Josephine has operated much like a NURP storm water detention pond and thus has improved Lake Josephine’s water quality. Third and most important, some of the proposed eleven ponds may involve existing wetlands similar, but much smaller in surface area and depth than Little Lake Josephine, and their use may come into play with implementation of the City’s LSWMP. APPENDIX I Grant Opportunities APPENDIX H City of Arden Hills WSB Project No. 3455-200 GRANT OPPORTUNITIES Grants State grants are available for surface water management and non-point source pollution. Examples of some available grants include: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): Section 319 Grants The MPCA applies annually to the United States EPA for Clean Water Act Section 319(h) grant funds. A significant portion of these funds are competitively awarded to local government units and other groups to work on projects that address nonpoint-source water pollution. Fund availability varies. Some programs include:  319 Developmental, Education and Research matching grants to support education, training and research projects that are implementation oriented.  319 Implementation (non-TMDL) matching grants to support BMP implementation and technical assistance.  319 TMDL Implementation matching grants to support the implementation of TMDL’s. MPCA Clean Water Partnership Grants These are funds appropriated by the Minnesota State Legislature. Funds are awarded to local government units or other groups for work on projects that address non-point source water pollution. Fund availability varies. MPCA Clean Water Legacy These are funds established through the Minnesota Clean Water Legacy Act of 2006. Appropriations fund a variety of projects including:  Surface Water Assessments  TMDL Development  TMDL Implementation  Local Wastewater and Stormwater Projects MPCA Low Interest Loans Typically used for wastewater treatment and collection systems, MPCA’s State Revolving Loan Fund dollars can be used in watershed or non-point source control. APPENDIX J 2006-2011 SWPPPs  You are currently logged in as: Arden Hills City MS4  If this is correct, click the 'Next' button. If this information is incorrect, contact Cole Landgraf (651­757­2880, cole.landgraf@state.mn.us) or Rachel Stangl (651­757­2879, rachel.stangl@state.mn.us). Before you begin... The MS4 Annual Report for 2014 will automatically save your answers when you hit the ‘Next’ button at the bottom of each page. If you wish to leave the MS4 Annual Report for 2014 and complete the document at another time, you may do so by hitting ‘Next’ at the bottom of your current page to save your progress before exiting the document. Return to the survey by following the previously used web link, and again login using your email and assigned password credentials. Once you successfully log in, your previous answers will appear. You may print a copy of the MS4 Annual Report for 2014 for your records at any time by pressing the ‘Print’ button at the bottom of the page. Additionally, it is possible to save a PDF copy of the MS4 Annual Report for 2014 if you are working on a computer with OneNote (a program often included in Microsoft Office packages). Detailed saving instructions are available at stormwater.pca.state.mn.us/index.php/Guidance_for_saving_MS4_annual_reports. MS4 Annual Report for 2014 Reporting period: January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014 Due: June 30, 2015 Instructions: Complete this annual report to provide a summary of your activities under the 2013 MS4 Permit (Permit) between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014. You may provide additional explanation and/or information in an email with the subject YourMS4NameHere_2014AR to ms4permitprogram.pca@state.mn.us. MPCA staff may also contact you for additional information. Questions: Contact Cole Landgraf at 651­757­2880 or cole.landgraf@state.mn.us or Rachel Stangl at 651­ 757­2879 or rachel.stangl@state.mn.us.  MS4 General Contact Information  Last name Anderson    First name John    Title Assistant City Engineer    Mailing address 1245 West Highway 96    C ity Arden Hills    State MN    Zip code 55112    Phone 651­792­7846    Email janderson@cityofardenhills.org   MCM 1: Public Education and Outreach The following questions refer to Part III.D.1. of the Permit. Q2 Did you select a stormwater­related issue of high priority to be emphasized during this Permit term? [Part III.D.1.a.(1)] Yes No Q3 What is your stormwater­related issue(s)? Check all that apply. TMD L(s) Local businesses R esidential BMPs Pet waste Yard waste D eicing materials H ousehold chemicals C onstruction activities Post­construction activities Other Q4 Did you begin to educate the public on illicit discharge recognition and reporting? [Part III.D.1.a.(2)] Yes No Q5 How did you distribute educational materials or equivalent outreach? Check all that apply and provide circulation/audience associated with each item. [Part III.D.1.a.] Brochure N ew sletter U tility bill insert N ew spaper ad R adio ad Television ad C able access channel Stormwater­related event School presentation or project Website Other (1) Other (2) Other (3) Q6 Intended audience? Check all that apply.  Residents  Loc al Businesses  Dev elopers  Students  Employees  Other    N ew sletter         Website        Q7 Enter the total circulation/audience (if unknown, use best estimate):  N ew sletter 2800    Website 6000   Provide a brief description of each activity related to public education and outreach (e.g. rain garden workshop, school presentation, public works open house) held and the date each activity was held from January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014. [Part III.D.1.c.(4)] Q8 Date of activity Q9 Description of activity  Date (mm/dd/yyyy)2/15/2014    newsletter ­ tips for greener 2014    Date (mm/dd/yyyy)3/14/2014    newsletter ­ rain barrel sale    Date (mm/dd/yyyy)4/15/2014    newsletter ­annual clean up day notice    Date (mm/dd/yyyy)5/15/2014    newsletter ­ yard waste    Date (mm/dd/yyyy)6/15/2015    newsletter ­ karth lake water quality efforts, recycling automotive fluids    Date (mm/dd/yyyy)9/15/2015    newsletter ­ recycling and disposal of household products    Date (mm/dd/yyyy)        Date (mm/dd/yyyy)       Q10 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future plans for your public education and outreach program? [Part IV.B.] Yes No MCM 2: Public Participation/Involvement The following questions refer to Part III.D.2.a. of the Permit. Q11 You must provide a minimum of one opportunity each year for the public to provide input on the adequacy of your Stormwater Pollution Prevention Program (SWPPP). Did you provide this opportunity between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014? [Part III.D.2.a.(1)] Yes No Q12 What was the opportunity that you provided? Check all that apply. Public meeting Public event Other Q13 Did you hold a stand­alone meeting or combine it with another event? Stand­alone C ombined  Enter the date of the public meeting (mm/dd/yyyy): 3/9/2015    Enter the number of citizens that attended and were informed about your SWPPP: 0   Q16 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, did you receive any input regarding your SWPPP? Yes No Q18 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future plans for your public participation/involvement program? [Part IV.B.] Yes No MCM 3: Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination The following questions refer to Part III.D.3. of the Permit. Q19 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, did you update your regulatory mechanism(s) which prohibits non­stormwater discharges to your MS4? Yes No Q20 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, what was the status of this regulatory mechanism(s)? C urrent regulatory mechanism sufficient  Optional, describe status: current ordinance on IDDE was reviewed in 2014 and found to be adequate to meet goals of the permit  Q21 Did you identify any illicit discharges between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014? [Part III.D.3.h.(4)] Yes No Q30 Do you have written Enforcement Response Procedures (ERPs) to compel compliance with your illicit discharge regulatory mechanism(s)? [Part III.B.] Yes No Q32 Did you train all field staff in illicit discharge recognition (including conditions which could cause illicit discharges) and reporting illicit discharges for further investigations? [Part III.D.3.e.] Yes No Q33 How did you train your field staff? Check all that apply. Email Pow erPoint Presentation Video Field Training Other The following questions refer to Part III.C.1. of the Permit. Q34 Did you update your storm sewer system map between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014? [Part III.C.1.] Yes No Q35 Does your storm sewer map include all pipes 12 inches or greater in diameter and the direction of stormwater flow in those pipes? [Part III.C.1.a.] Yes No Q36 Does your storm sewer map include outfalls, including a unique identification (ID) number and an associated geographic coordinate? [Part III.C.1.b.] Yes No Q37 Does your storm sewer map include all structural stormwater BMPs that are part of your MS4? [Part III.C.1.c.] Yes No Q38 Does your storm sewer map include all receiving waters? [Part III.C.1.d.] Yes No   Q39 In what format is your storm sewer map available? Hardcopy only GIS CAD Other Q40 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future plans for your illicit discharge detection and elimination (IDDE) program? [Part IV.B.] Yes No MCM 4: Construction Site Stormwater Runoff Control The following questions refer to Part III.D.4. of the Permit. Q41 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, did you update your regulatory mechanism to be at least as stringent as the Agency's general permit to Discharge Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity (CSW Permit) No. MN R100001 (http://www.pca.state.mn.us/index.php/view­document.html?gid=18984) for erosion and sediment controls and waste controls? [Part III.D.4.a.] Yes No Q42 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, what was the status of this regulatory mechanism? R esearch  Optional, describe status: completed ordinance revision in May of 2015  Q43 Have you developed written procedures for site plan reviews as required by the Permit? [Part III.D.4.b.] Yes No Q44 Have you documented each site plan review as required by the Permit? [Part III.D.4.f.] Yes No Q45 Enter the number of site plan reviews conducted for sites an acre or greater between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014: 5  Q46 What types of enforcement actions do you have available to compel compliance with your regulatory mechanism? Check all that apply and enter the number of each used from January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014. Verbal w arnings N otice of violation Administrative orders Stop­work orders Fines Forfeit of security of bond money Withholding of certificate of occupancy C riminal actions C ivil penalties Other  Enter the number of verbal w arnings issued:60    Enter the number of notice of violations issued:30    Enter the number of stop­ w ork orders issued:0    Enter the number of w ithholdings of certificate of occupancy issued: 0   Q47 Do you have written Enforcement Response Procedures (ERPs) to compel compliance with your construction site stormwater runoff control regulatory mechanism(s)? [Part III.B.] Yes No Q49 Enter the number of active construction sites an acre or greater that were in your jurisdiction between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014: 6  Q50 Do you have written procedures for identifying priority sites? [Part III.D.4.d.(1)] Yes No Q52 Do you have a checklist or other written means to document site inspections when determining compliance? [Part III.D.4.d.(4)] Yes No Q53 Enter the number of site inspections conducted for sites an acre or greater between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014: 1  Q54 Enter the frequency at which site inspections are conducted (e.g. daily, weekly, monthly): [Part III.D.4.d.(2)] every two weeks  Q55 Enter the number of trained inspectors that were available for construction site inspections between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014: 1  Q56 Provide the contact information for the inspector(s) and/or organization that conducts construction stormwater inspections for your MS4.  List your primary construction stormwater contact first if you have multiple inspectors.  (1) Inspector name Samantha Kreibich         Organization Ramsey Conservation District         Phone (Office)651­266­7274         Phone (Work C ell)612­210­6975         Email samantha.krebich@co.ramsey.mn.us         Preferred contact method email    (2) Inspector name         Organization         Phone (Office)        Phone (Work C ell)        Email         Preferred contact method    (3) Inspector name         Organization         Phone (Office)        Phone (Work C ell)        Email         Preferred contact method   Q57 What training did inspectors receive? Check all that apply. U niversity of Minnesota Erosion and Stormw ater Management C ertification Program Qualified Compliance Inspector of Stormw ater (QC IS) Minnesota Laborers Training C enter Stormw ater Pollution Prevention Plan Installer or Supervisor Minnesota Utility C ontractors Association Erosion Control Training C ertified Professional in Erosion and Sediment C ontrol (C PESC) C ertified Professional in Stormw ater Quality (C PSWQ) C ertified Erosion, Sediment and Storm Water Inspector (CESSWI) Other Q58 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future plans for your construction site stormwater runoff control program? [Part IV.B.] Yes No MCM 5: Post­Construction Stormwater Management The following questions refer to Part III.D.5. of the Permit. Q59 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, did you update your regulatory mechanism(s) to incorporate all requirements as specified in Part III.D.5.a. of the Permit? Yes No Q61 What approach are you using, or planning to use, to meet the performance standard for Volume, Total Suspended Solids (TSS), and Total Phosphorus (TP) as required by the Permit? [Part III.D.5.a.(2)] Check all that apply. Refer to the link http://www.pca.state.mn.us/index.php/view­document.html?gid=17815 for guidance on stormwater management approaches. R etain a runoff volume equal to one inch times the area of the proposed increase of impervious surfaces on­site R etain the post­construction runoff volume on site for the 95th percentile storm Match the pre­development runoff conditions Adopt the Minimal Impact Design Standards (MIDS) An approach has not been selected Other method (Must be technically defensible­­e.g. based on modeling, research and acceptable engineering practices)  Other, describe: require performance standards adopted by Rice Creek Watershed district are met by site design.  Q62 Do you have written Enforcement Response Procedures (ERPs) to compel compliance with your post­ construction stormwater management regulatory mechanism(s)? [Part III.B.] Yes No Q64 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future plans for your post­construction stormwater management program? [Part IV.B.] Yes No  Describe those modifications: city ordinance was updated to include a requirement that post construction treatment systems meet design criteria setforth by Rice Watershed District. This ordinance was adopted in May of 2015  MCM 6: Pollution Prevention/Good Housekeeping for Municipal Operations The following questions refer to Part III.D.6. of the Permit. Q65 Enter the total number of structural stormwater BMPs, outfalls (excluding underground outfalls), and ponds within your MS4 (exclude privately owned).  Structural stormwater BMPs 92    Outfalls 256    Ponds 69   Q66 Enter the number of structural stormwater BMPs, outfalls (excluding underground outfalls), and ponds that were inspected from January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014 within your MS4 (exclude privately owned). [Part III.D.6.e.]  Structural stormwater BMPs 92    Outfalls 0    Ponds 0   Q67 Have you developed an alternative inspection frequency for any structural stormwater BMPs, as allowed in Part III.D.6.e.(1) of the Permit? Yes No Q68 Based on inspection findings, did you conduct any maintenance on any structural stormwater BMPs? [Part III.D.6.e.(1)] Yes No Q69 Briefly describe the maintenance that was conducted: Rain Garden maintenance of 52 sites including remove sediment, weeding, add plantings, place mulch. Pump all 9 grit chambers to remove collected sediment  Q70 Do you own or operate any stockpiles, and/or storage and material handling areas? [Part III.D.6.e.(3)] Yes No Q74 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future plans for your pollution prevention/good housekeeping for municipal operations program? [Part IV.B.] Yes No Partnerships Q83 Did you rely on any other regulated MS4s to satisfy one or more Permit requirements? Yes No Q84 Describe the agreements you have with other regulated MS4s and which Permit requirements the other regulated MS4s help satisfy: [Part IV.B.6.] we contract with Ramsey Conservation District to inspect construction sites for compliance with our Construction stormwater permit program. We partner with Rice Creek Watershed District to provide us educational materials.  Additional Information If you would like to provide any additional files to accompany your annual report, use the space below to upload those files.  For each space, you may attach one file. Q85 Click the "up arrow" icon below to upload a file. When it has uploaded successfully, a unique ID will appear in the box. Only files 6 MB or less will upload. Q86 Click the "up arrow" icon below to upload a file. When it has uploaded successfully, a unique ID will appear in the box. Only files 6 MB or less will upload. Q87 Click the "up arrow" icon below to upload a file. When it has uploaded successfully, a unique ID will appear in the box. Only files 6 MB or less will upload. Q88 Optional, describe the file(s) uploaded: Owner or Operator Certification The person with overall administrative responsibility for SWPPP implementation and Permit compliance must certify this MS4 Annual Report. This person must be duly authorized and should be either a principal executive (i.e., Director of Public Works, City Administrator) or ranking elected official (i.e., Mayor, Township Supervisor).  I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete (Minn. R. 7001.0070). I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment (Minn. R. 7001.0540). Yes  By typing my name in the following box, I certify the above statements to be true and correct, to the best of my knowledge, and that information can be used for the purpose of processing my MS4 Annual Report.  N ame:John Anderson    Title:Assistant City Engineer    D ate: (mm/dd/yyyy)06/25/2015   Before you submit... Print or save a copy of your completed MS4 Annual Report for 2014 for your records.  The MPCA will not be able to provide you with a copy. You may print a copy of the MS4 Annual Report for 2014 for your records by pressing the ‘Print’ button at the bottom of the page. Additionally, it is possible to save a PDF copy of the MS4 Annual Report for 2014 if you are working on a computer with OneNote (a program often included in Microsoft Office packages). Detailed saving instructions are available at stormwater.pca.state.mn.us/index.php/Guidance_for_saving_MS4_annual_reports. If you have any questions, contact MPCA staff Cole Landgraf (cole.landgraf@state.mn.us, 651­757­2880) or Rachel Stangl (rachel.stangl@state.mn.us, 651­757­2879). MS4 General Contact Information Full Name: Title: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip Code: Phone: Email: Preparer Contact Information (if different from the MS4 General Contact ) Full Name: Title: Organization: Mailing Address: City: State: Zip Code: Phone: Email: MCM 1: Public Education and Outreach The following questions refer to Part III.D.1. of the Permit. Q2 Did you select a stormwater-related issue of high priority to be emphasized during this Permit term? [Part III.D.1.a.(1)] Yes Q3 If 'Yes' in Q2, what is your stormwater-related issue(s)? Check all that apply. Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDLs) Local businesses X Residential best management practices (BMPs) Pet waste Yard waste Deicing materials Household chemicals X Construction activities Post-construction activities Other If 'Other ,' describe: Q4 Have you distributed educational materials or equivalent outreach to the public focused on illicit discharge recognition and reporting? [Part III.D.1.a.(2)] Yes Q5 Yes MS4 Annual Report for 2016 Reporting period: January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016 Due: June 30, 2017 Instructions: Complete this annual report to provide a summary of your activities under the 2013 MS4 Permit (Permit) between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016. MPCA staff may also contact you for additional information. Questions: Contact Cole Landgraf (cole.landgraf@state.mn.us, 651-757-2880) or Megan Handt (megan.handt@state.mn.us, 651-757-2843) Arden Hills MN 55112 651-792-7846 spolka@cityofardenhills.org Kelsey Gelhar Graduate Engineer City of Arden Hills 1245 Highway 96 Sue Polka City Engineer 1245 Highway 96 Arden Hills MN 55112 6127094897 kgelhar@cityofardenhills.org Do you have an implementation plan as required by the Permit? [Part III.D.1.b.] Q6 How did you distribute educational materials or equivalent outreach? [Part III.D.1.a.] Check all that apply in the table below. Q7 For the items checked in Q6 below, who is the intended audience? Check all that apply in the table below. Q8 For the items checked in Q6 below, enter the total circulation/audience in the table below (if unknown, use best estimate). How did you distribute educational materials or equivalent outreach?Local Check all that apply:Residents businesses Developers Students Employees Other Brochure X Newsletter X Utility bill insert Newspaper ad Radio ad Television ad Cable access channel X Stormwater-related event X School project or presentation X Website X X Other (1) Describe: Other (2) Describe: Other (3) Describe: Q9 Q10 Q11 Between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future plans for your public education and outreach program? [Part IV.B.] If 'Yes ,' describe those modifications: No MCM 2: Public Participation/Involvement The following questions refer to Part III.D.2.a. of the Permit. Q12 You must provide a minimum of one opportunity each year for the public to provide input on the adequacy of your Stormwater Pollution Prevention Program (SWPPP). Did you provide this opportunity between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016? [Part III.D.2.a.(1)] Yes 11/1/2016 Arden Notes Story - Environment 12/1/2016 Arden Notes Story - "Green" Holiday Season 6/1/2016 Arden Notes Story - Recycling Bulky Items 7/1/2016 Arden Notes Story - Recycling 8/1/2016 Arden Notes Story - Lawn Tips (RCWD) 3/1/2016 Arden Notes Story - Rain Barrels 4/1/2016 Arden Notes Story - Spring Clean Up Day 5/1/2016 Arden Notes Story - Composting For Q9 and Q10 below, provide a brief description of each activity related to public education and outreach (e.g. rain garden workshop, school presentation, public works open house) held and the date each activity was held from January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016. [Part III.D.1.c.(4)] Date of Activity Description of Activity 200 250 2500 Total circulation/audience: (if unknown, best est.) Q8Q6Q7 Intended audience? Check all that apply: Q13 If 'Yes ' in Q12, what was the opportunity that you provided? Check all that apply. X Public meeting Public event Other Q14 If 'Public meeting ' in Q13, did you hold a stand-alone meeting or combine it with another event? Enter the date of the public meeting: Enter the number of citizens that attended and were informed about your SWPPP: Q15 If 'Public Event' in Q13, Describe: Q15 Enter the date of the public event: Enter the number of citizens that attended and were informed about your SWPPP: Q16 If 'Other' in Q13, Describe: Enter the date of the 'other' event: Enter the number of citizens that attended and were informed about your SWPPP: Q17 Between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016, did you receive any input regarding your SWPPP? No If 'Yes ,' enter the total number of individuals or organizations that provided comments on your SWPPP: Q18 If 'Yes' in Q17, did you modify your SWPPP as a result of written input received? [Part III.D.2.b.(2)] If 'Yes ,' describe those modifications: Q19 Between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future plans for your public education and outreach program? [Part IV.B.] If 'Yes ,' describe those modifications: No MCM 3: Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination The following questions refer to Part III.D.3. of the Permit. Q20 Do you have a regulatory mechanism which prohibits non-stormwater discharges to your MS4? Yes Q21 Did you identify any illicit discharges between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016? [Part III.D.3.h.(4)] No Q22 If 'Yes ' in Q21, enter the number of illicit discharges detected: Q23 If 'Yes ' in Q21, how did you discover these illicit discharges? Check all that apply. Public complaint Staff Q24 If 'Public complaint ' in Q23, enter the number discovered by the public: Q25 If 'Staff ' in Q23, enter the number discovered by staff: 0 5/31/2016 0 0 Combined Q26 If 'Yes ' in Q21, did any of the discovered illicit discharges result in an enforcement action (this includes verbal warnings)? Q27 If 'Yes ' in Q26, what type of enforcement action(s) was taken and how many of each action were issued between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016? Check all that apply. Number issued: If 'Other ,' describe: Q28 If 'Yes ' in Q26, did the enforcement action(s) taken sufficiently address the illicit discharge(s)? Q29 If 'No' in Q28, why was the enforcement not sufficient to address the illicit discharge(s)? Q30 Do you have written Enforcement Response Procedures (ERPs) to compel compliance with your illicit discharge regulatory mechanism(s)? [Part III.B.] Yes Q31 Between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016, did you train all field staff in illicit discharge recognition (including conditions which could cause illicit discharges) and reporting illicit discharges for further investigations? [Part III.D.3.e.] Yes Q32 If 'Yes ' in Q31, how did you train your field staff? Check all that apply. X If 'Other ,' describe: The following questions refer to Part III.C.1. of the Permit. Q33 Did you update your storm sewer system map between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016? [Part III.C.1.] Yes Q34 Does your storm sewer map include all pipes 12 inches or greater in diameter and the direction of stormwater flow in those pipes? [Part III.C.1.a.] Yes Q35 Does your storm sewer map include outfalls, including a unique identification (ID) number and an associated geographic coordinate? [Part III.C.1.b.] Yes Q36 Does your storm sewer map include all structural stormwater BMPs that are part of your MS4? [Part III.C.1.c.] Yes Q37 Does your storm sewer map include all receiving waters? [Part III.C.1.d.] Yes Q38 In what format is your storm sewer map available? If 'Other ,' describe: Q39 Between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future plans for your illicit discharge detection and elimination (IDDE) program? [Part IV.B.] If 'Yes,' describe those modifications: No MCM 4: Construction Site Stormwater Runoff Control The following questions refer to Part III.D.4. of the Permit. Q40 Do you have a regulatory mechanism that is at least as stringent as the Agency's general permit to Discharge Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity (CSW Permit) No. MN R100001 (http://www.pca.state.mn.us/index.php/view-document.html?gid=18984) for erosion and sediment controls and waste controls? [Part III.D.4.a.] Yes Video Field Training Other Email Powerpoint Presentation GIS Criminal action Civil penalty Other Verbal warning Notice of violation Fine Q41 Have you developed written procedures for site plan reviews as required by the Permit? [Part III.D.4.b.] Yes Q42 Have you documented each site plan review as required by the Permit? [Part III.D.4.f.] Yes Q43 Enter the number of site plan reviews conducted for sites an acre or greater between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016: 6 Q44 What types of enforcement actions do you have available to compel compliance with your regulatory mechanism? Check all that apply and enter the number of each used from January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016. Number issued: X Verbal warning 89 X Notice of violation 0 Administrative order 0 X Stop-work order 0 Fine 0 Forfeit of security bond money 0 X Withholding of certificate of occupancy 0 Criminal action 0 Civil penalty 0 Other 0 If 'Other ,' describe: Q45 Do you have written Enforcement Response Procedures (ERPs) to compel compliance with your construction site stormwater runoff control regulatory mechanisms? [Part III.B.] Yes Q46 Enter the number of active construction sites an acre or greater that were in your jurisdiction between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016: 16 Q47 Do you have written procedures for identifying priority sites for inspections? [Part III.D.4.d.(1)] Yes Q48 If 'Yes' in Q47 , how are sites prioritized for inspections? Check all that apply. Site topography Soil characteristics Types of receiving water(s) Stage of construction X Compliance history X Weather conditions X Citizen complaints Project size Other If 'Other ,' describe: Q49 Do you have a checklist or other written means to document site inspections when determining compliance? [Part III.D.4.d.(4)] Yes Q50 Enter the number of site inspections conducted for sites an acre or greater between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016: 146 Q51 Enter the frequency at which site inspections are conducted (e.g. daily, weekly, monthly): [Part III.D.4.d.(2)] Q52 Enter the number of trained inspectors that were available for construction site inspections between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016: 1 Q53 Provide the contact information for the inspector(s) and/or organization that conducts construction stormwater inspections for your MS4. List your primary construction stormwater contact first if you have multiple inspectors. 1 Inspector Name Organization Phone (Office) Phone (Work Cell) Email Preferred contact method 2 Inspector Name Organization Phone (Office) Phone (Work Cell) Email Preferred contact method 3 Inspector Name Organization Phone (Office) Phone (Work Cell) Email Preferred contact method Every two weeks, more frequently if follow up is needed Andrea Prichard Ramsey Conservation District 651-266-7274 andrea.prichard@co.ramsey.mn.us Email Q54 What training did inspectors receive? Check all that apply. X University of Minnesota Erosion and Stormwater Management Certification Program Qualified Compliance Inspector of Stormwater (QCIS) Minnesota Laborers Training Center Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Installer or Supervisor Minnesota Utility Contractors Assocation Erosion Control Training Certified Professional in Erosion and Sediment Control (CPESC) Certified Professional in Stormwater Quality (CPSWQ) Certified Erosion Sediment and Storm Water Inspector (CESSWI) Other If 'Other ,' describe: Q55 Between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future plans for your construction site stormwater runoff control program? [Part IV.B.] If 'Yes ,' describe those modifications: No MCM 5: Post-Construction Stormwater Management The following questions refer to Part III.D.5. of the Permit. Q56 Do you have a regulatory mechanism which meets all requirements as specified in Part III.D.5.a of the Permit? Yes Q57 What approach are you using to meet the performance standard for Volume, Total Suspended Solids (TSS), and Total Phosphorus (TP) as required by the Permit? [Part III.D.5.a.(2)] Check all that apply. Refer to the link http://www.pca.state.mn.us/index.php/view-document.html?gid=17815 for guidance on stormwater management approaches. X Retain a runoff volume equal to one inch times the area of the proposed increase of impervious surface on-site Retain the post-construction runoff volume on site for the 95th percentile storm Match the predevelopment runoff conditions Adopt the Minimal Impact Design Standards (MIDS) An approach has not been selected Other method (Must be technically defensible - e.g., based on modeling, research and acceptable engineering practices) If 'Other ,' describe: Q58 Do you have written Enforcement Response Procedures (ERPs) to compel compliance with your post-construction stormwater management regulatory mechanism(s)? [Part III.B.] Yes Q59 Between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future plans for your post-construction site stormwater management program? [Part IV.B.] If 'Yes ,' describe those modifications: No MCM 6: Pollution Prevention/Good Housekeeping for Municipal Operations The following questions refer to Part III.D.6. of the Permit. Q60 Enter the total number of structural stormwater BMPs, outfalls (excluding underground outfalls), and ponds within your MS4 (exclude privately owned). Q61 Enter the number of structural stormwater BMPs, outfalls (excluding underground outfalls), and ponds that were inspected from January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016 within your MS4 (exclude privately owned). [Part III.D.6.e.] Q62 Have you developed an alternative inspection frequency for any structural stormwater BMPs, as allowed in Part III.D.6.e.(1) of the Permit? No Ponds 69 Ponds 69 Structural stormwater BMPs 92 Outfalls 200 Structural stormwater BMPs 92 Outfalls 256 Q63 Based on inspection findings, did you conduct any maintenance on any structural stormwater BMPs? [Part III.D.6.e.(1)] Yes Q64 If 'Yes ,' briefly describe the maintenance that was conducted: Q65 Do you own or operate any stockpiles, and/or storage and material handling areas? [Part III.D.6.e.(3)] No Q66 If 'Yes' in Q65, did you inspect all stockpiles and storage and material handling areas quarterly? [Part III.D.6.e.(3)] Q67 If 'Yes ' in Q66, based on inspection findings, did you conduct maintenance at any of the stockpiles and/or storage and material handling areas? Q68 If 'Yes' in Q67, briefly describe the maintenance that was conducted: Q69 Between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future plans for your pollution prevention/good housekeeping for municipal operations program? [Part IV.B.] If 'Yes ,' describe those modifications: No Discharges to Impaired Waters with a USEPA-Approved TMDL that Includes an applicable WLA If required, you must complete the TMDL Annual Report Form, available at: http://stormwater.pca.state.mn.us/index.php/Upload_page_with_TMDL_forms. Attach your completed TMDL Annual Report Form to this Annual Report as instructed below. [Part III.E] Q71 Successfully uploaded file: Alum or Ferric Chloride Phosphorus Treatment Systems The following questions refer to Part III.F.3.a. of the Permit. Provide the information below as it pertains to your alum or ferric chloride phosphorus treatment system. Q72 Date(s) of operation (mm/dd/yyyy - mm/dd/yyyy) Q74 Calculated pounds of phosphorus removed: Q76 Chemical(s) used for treatment: Q73 Q75 Gallons of alum or ferric chloride treatment:Gallons of water treated: September October July August November December May June March April January February October November December July August September April May June 'Alum or Ferric Chloride Phosphorus Treatment Systems' section not required for Arden Hills City MS4. January February March City-wide rain garden weeding, mulching, and removal of debris, pumped all grit chambers TMDL form not required for Arden Hills City MS4. Q77 Any performance issues and corrective action(s), including the date(s) when corrective action(s) were taken, between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016: Partnerships Q78 Did you rely on any other regulated MS4s to satisfy one or more Permit requirements? Yes Q79 If 'Yes ' in Q78, describe the agreements you have with other regulated MS4s and which Permit requirements the other regulated MS4s help satisfy: [Part IV.B.6.] Additional Information Q80 Successfully uploaded file: Q81 Successfully uploaded file: Q82 Successfully uploaded file: Q83 Optional, describe the file(s) uploaded: Owner of Operator Certification The person with overall administrative responsibility for SWPPP implementation and Permit compliance must certify this MS4 Annual Report. This person must be duly authorized and should be either a principal executive (i.e., Director of Public Works, City Administrator) or ranking elected official (i.e., Mayor, Township Supervisor). I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete (Minn. R. 7001.0070). I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment (Minn. R. 7001.0540). X Yes By typing my name in the following box, I certify the above statements to be true and correct, to the best of my knowledge, and that information can be used for the purpose of processing my MS4 Annual Report. Name: Title: Date: Susan Polka Public Works Director/City Engineer 6/16/2016 No file attached. No file attached. No file attached. We have a contract with the Ramsey Conservation District to inspect construction sites permitted through City issued Grading and Erosion Control permits. The City also collaborates with Rice Creek Watershed District on education and outreach for MCM 1 and 2. If you would like to provide any additional files to accompany your annual report, use the space below to upload those files. For each space, you may attach one file. You may provide additional explanation and/or information in an email with the subject YourMS4NameHere_2016AR to ms4permitprogram.pca@state.mn.us. APPENDIX K Current MPCA MS4 Coverage Letter wq-strm4-59p · 1/16/14 · Doc Type: Permit Approval March 17, 2014 John Anderson City of Arden Hills 1245 W Hwy 96 Arden Hills, MN 55112-5743 RE: Issuance of Coverage under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System/State Disposal System (NPDES/SDS) General Permit MNR040000 for Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems for City of Arden Hills MS4 Dear Mr. Anderson: In accordance with Minn. R. 7001.0140, the Commissioner of the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) has made a final determination to issue coverage under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System/State Disposal System (NPDES/SDS) General Permit MNR040000 for Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems (MS4 General Permit) to the City of Arden Hills, effective March 17, 2014. Please find enclosed a copy of the above referenced MS4 General Permit. The MPCA’s final decision to issue permit coverage is based on the following:  MPCA staff has reviewed your MS4 General Permit application and Stormwater Pollution Prevention Program (SWPPP) Document.  Public notice and opportunity for comment on your MS4 General Permit application and SWPPP Document has been provided, and no comments were received. As you know, it is the responsibility of the MS4 owner and/or operator to comply with the requirements of the MS4 General Permit and your SWPPP Document . This issuance of coverage does not preclude the MPCA from following up with an inspection or audit to verify compli ance with the MS4 General Permit and SWPPP Document. Also, be aware that as a condition of recordkeeping, Part IV.C.3. of the MS4 General Permit requires that the permittee retain their SWPPP Document and all records pertinent to it for at least three (3) years beyond the term of the MS4 General Permit. In addition, for an MS4 that was covered under the previous MS4 General Permit (issuance date June 1, 2006), coverage under that permit is terminated on the coverage date as specified above. An MS4 covered under the new MS4 General Permit is required to report on activities that were required or committed to under the previous permit. wq-strm4-59p · 1/16/14 · Doc Type: Permit Approval City of Arden Hills Page 2 March 17, 2014 Finally, the MPCA thanks you for your cooperation in the permitting process . Please retain this letter as documentation of your MS4 General Permit coverage under the NPDES/SDS Permit MNR040000. Please contact MS4 team member Claudia Hochstein at 651-757-2881 with any questions. Sincerely, Duane Duncanson This document has been electronically signed. Duane Duncanson Supervisor, Municipal Compliance Unit I St. Paul Office Municipal Division cc: City of Arden Hills MS4 File City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 G-1 APPENDIX G: ZONING DISTRICT REGULATIONS Arden Hills Zoning District Regulations taken from the Arden Hills Code (AHC) of Ordinances Chapter 13 and the TCAAP Redevelopment Code (TRC) as of September 25, 2017. 1. R-1 Single Family Residential District (AHC): A. To establish areas for the development of single family detached housing at a maximum density of approximately three (3) units per net acre. B. To reserve development areas for single-family housing. C. To restrict encroachment of incompatible uses. D. To maintain density limitations. E. To take advantage of municipal utilities. F. To preserve open space. 2. R-2 Single Family and Two Family Residential District (AHC): A. To establish areas for the development of single and two (2) family housing at a maximum density of approximately five units per net acre. B. To reserve development areas for single and two family housing. C. To restrict encroachment of incompatible uses. D. To maintain density limitations. E. To take advantage of municipal utilities. F. To preserve open space. 3. R-3 Townhouse and Low Density Multiple Dwelling District (AHC): A. To provide areas offering a broad development range in housing units with a maximum density of eight (8) units per net acre. B. To retain the environment and character of less intensive residence areas through carefully established bulk and lot area requirements. 4. R-4 Multiple Dwelling District (AHC): A. To establish areas for the development of multiple dwelling structures with a maximum density of twelve (12) units per net acre. B. To permit the most intensive residential development allowed in the City. C. To maintain an essentially residential character in areas developed at a more intensive density. 5. NB Neighborhood Business District (AHC): A. To be located at the edge of residential neighborhoods. B. To provide a limited range of over-the-counter, convenience, retail, and service uses to accommodate the needs of the adjacent residents. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 G-2 C. To place limitations on the type, size and intensity of uses within this district, given its proximity to residential uses. D. To place emphasis on convenience for pedestrian, bicycle, and public transportation access to the use. E. To accommodate, where possible, a public commons giving residents a place to gather and interact with one another. F. To ensure adequate buffering is provided on these sites for the adjacent residential uses. G. To require, where applicable, compliance with the City’s gateway requirements. 6. B-1 Limited Business District (AHC): A. To establish areas for the location and development of administrative office buildings and related office uses which are subject to more restrictive controls. B. To provide a district which is related to and may reasonably adjoin high density or other residential districts. C. To establish a business district in which there is limited contact with the public and no exterior display or selling of merchandise to the general public. 7. B-2 General Business District (AHC): A. To be a place in which people can live, work and play. B. To create a compact, architecturally diverse, pedestrian - and bicycle- friendly community with a distinct identity. C. To provide a connected sidewalk system and places for people to gather and socialize. D. To implement design standards to promote an attractive environment with lasting and sustainable value. E. To group compatible retail and service business uses that tend to draw trade that is naturally interchangeable and promotes business prosperity. F. To provide an adequate supply of businesses and professional service areas to meet the needs of the residents. G. To minimize the effects of traffic congestion, noise, odor, glare and similar safety problems. H. To implement the Plan known as the “Guiding Plan for the B2 District,” which was adopted by the City Council on October 27, 2008. 8. B-3 Service Business District (AHC): A. To accommodate an adequate supply of businesses and services that serve the community and motorists traveling through the community with a broad range of services and goods. B. To provide locations for uses that may be incompatible with retail centers, thereby keeping the retail centers compact and convenient. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 G-3 C. To keep services in close proximity to arterial streets or highways in areas that are appropriately designated on the Comprehensive Plan. D. To encourage grouping of compatible and mutually supportive business uses and services. E. To promote business prosperity. F. To establish a high standard of development and design that produces a positive visual image and minimizes the effects of traffic congestion, noise, odor and glare. G. To allow a transitional reuse of existing buildings until market conditions warrant redevelopment. H. To enhance redevelopment potential by prohibiting uses that would impede redevelopment. I. To ensure acceptable traffic operations on local streets. J. To promote flexibility in land uses and site development standards to achieve the purposes of the district. 9. B-4 Retail Center District (AHC): A. To meet retail shopping needs of the surrounding community by providing a district that will accommodate a wide range of retail goods and services. B. To promote business prosperity by creating an attractive and functional retail center. C. To provide an integrated retail trade center that groups compatible retail uses in one or more multiple-occupancy buildings. Free standing, single- occupancy buildings will be allowed if planned and constructed as part of a unified development that contains a retail center or is developed after such a retail center is developed. D. To produce a positive visual image by establishing a high standard of design and development. E. To allow transitional uses that will allow an orderly phasing out of existing uses and development that are not appropriate in a contemporary retail center and a phasing in of uses and development as warranted by market conditions. F. To encourage grouping of uses that are mutually supportive and have similar requirements for vehicular and pedestrian accessibility and exposure. G. To alleviate potential traffic congestion on local streets by the design of the circulation pattern and arrangement of uses. 10. CC Civic Center District (AHC): A. To implement that part of City of Arden Hills Comprehensive Plan known as the Civic Center (CC) area. B. To create a destination-oriented area that serves as focal point for the Community where a mix of uses including public, small retail, educational, semi-public facilities and some mid-to-high-density housing are located. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 G-4 C. To bring forth a government center that would integrate Sunfish Lake with a civic campus and commercial area, and create a gathering/activity place that is unified in purpose, design and use. D. To require strict development standards and building materials to create a high quality civic environment. E. To preserve, protect, and enhance existing development adjacent to the district. F. To promote compact, unified development that takes advantage of the proximity to the adjacent open space areas and regional transportation facilities. G. To minimize the effects of traffic congestion. H. To allow development that will insure reasonable traffic operation on the internal and surrounding transportation systems including Lexington, Hamline, and Highway 96. I. To encourage arrangement of uses that are mutually supportive and have similar requirements for vehicular and pedestrian accessibility and exposure. 11. GB Gateway Business District (AHC): A. To implement that part of Arden Hills Comprehensive Development Plan known as the I-694/I-35W Plan. B. To promote high quality, unified, large-scale development in a manner similar to a planned unit development. C. To take full advantage of the site's location as documented and described in the NE I-694/I-35W Plan. D. To allow only development that will create an attractive environment and a positive image for this site, which is one of the most visible in the community and represents the City's last major development site. E. To protect the site's environmental resources. F. To promote flexibility in land uses and development standards to achieve the objectives of the I-694/I-35W Plan. G. To allow development that will insure reasonable traffic operation on the internal and surrounding transportation systems. 12. I-1 Limited Industrial District (AHC): A. To allow only those types and intensities of industrial uses that do not detract from the surrounding area. B. To maintain performance standards to keep the intensity of land utilization lower than in the general Industrial District. 13. I-2 General Industrial District (AHC): A. To provide an area where more intensive light industrial land uses may locate. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 G-5 B. To present the least deleterious effect to adjacent, less intensive land uses. 14. I-FLEX District (AHC): A. To preserve, protect, enhance and perpetuate existing development in the district. B. To attract new development that is compatible with existing development in the district in terms of use, performance, character, quality and appearance of buildings and sites. C. To permit only those uses that will have traffic generation characteristics that are compatible with existing development in the district and that will ensure reasonable traffic operation on streets in the vicinity. D. To encourage new site development that will be compatible with existing site development standards of existing development in the district. E. To promote flexibility in land uses and site development standards to achieve the objectives of the I-Flex District. 15. Planned Unit Development (PUD) Overlay District (AHC): A. To allow flexibility in land development to benefit from new technology in building design and construction and in land development. B. To encourage variety in the organization of site elements, land uses (residential and non-residential), building densities, and building and dwelling types. C. To promote higher standards of site and building design through the use of trained and experienced professional land planners, landscape architects, registered architects, engineers and surveyors to prepare plans for all PUD's. D. To preserve and enhance desirable site characteristics and open space. E. To promote more efficient and effective use of land, open space and public facilities. F. To effectuate the policies and standards of the Arden Hills Comprehensive Development Plan. 16. POS Parks and Open Space District (AHC): A. To support the Arden Hills Parks, Trails, and Open Space Plan and the Ramsey County Parks and Recreation System Plan. B. To provide an area for publicly owned lands that have recognized outdoor recreational or open space resources. C. To support community health through the provision of active and passive outdoor recreational opportunities. D. To promote natural and ecological stewardship. E. To conserve vital environmental resources. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 G-6 17. CD Conservation District (AHC): A. To provide a “holding” zone for federally owned lands on the Arden Hills Army Training Site to ensure that future development is staged, maintains a sustainable level of public expenditures for utilities and services, and protects those areas generally determined to be unsuitable for development due to the presence of wetlands, floodplains, steep slopes, certain drainage and soil conditions, and critical wildlife habitat. 18. INST Institutional District (AHC): A. To establish areas for the post-secondary education of general public. B. To establish areas for the training of well-educated and talented workforce. C. To provide for the ability of the post-secondary students to live and have their daily needs met on the campus of the post-secondary education institution. D. To provide the opportunity for athletic programs to be created for the post- secondary students while providing opportunities for the general public to experience these athletic programs. 19. Neighborhood District (TRC): A. The Neighborhood Zoning District: Provides a range of attached and detached single-family and small multi-family residential uses. 1) NR-1 Residential (Neighborhood Sub-District 1): Maximum density of 2.5 dwelling units per acre. 2) NR-2 Residential (Neighborhood Sub-District 2): Minimum density of 2.5 dwelling units per acre and a maximum density of 4 dwelling units per acre. 3) NR-3 Residential (Neighborhood Sub-District 3): Minimum density of 4 dwelling units per acre and a maximum density of 6.75 dwelling units per acre. 4) NR-4 Residential (Neighborhood Sub-District 4): Minimum density of 4 dwelling units per acre and a maximum density of 8 dwelling units per acre. 20. C - Civic (TRC): A. The Civic Zoning District provides opportunities for civic functions that potentially are operated by the City of Arden Hills, Ramsey County, and/or civic focused non-profits. B. The civic use is intended to both bring visitors outside of the TCAAP redevelopment site to the Town Center and serve as a transition between the Town Center and the park and open space areas to the east. 21. TC - Town Center (TRC): City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 G-7 A. The Town Center Zoning District creates a vibrant commercial and residential environment that maximizes the potential for an outdoor experience. B. This district promotes walkability through allowing for housing, office, retail, restaurant, and civic uses all within close proximity of each other. C. Residential uses permitted at a maximum density of 67 units per acre. 22. OMU - Office Mixed-Use (TRC): A. The Office Mixed-Use Zoning District creates a flexible zone that allows and promotes a seamless transition from Retail Mixed-Use but focuses on employment and other compatible uses. B. This district promotes employment as a primary use, but allows for other commercial uses to be incorporated as vertical mixed-use buildings. 23. RMU - Retail Mixed-Use (TRC): A. The Retail Mixed-Use Zoning District creates a flexible zone that allows and promotes a seamless transition from Office Mixed-Use but focuses on retail and compatible uses. B. This district promotes retail as a primary use and allows for other commercial uses to be incorporated as vertical mixed-use buildings. 24. FO - Flex Office (TRC): A. The Flex Office Zoning District creates an opportunity for large scale development for employment and manufacturing uses that take advantage of the highway frontage and automobile access. 25. CC - Campus Commercial (TRC): A. The Campus Commercial Zoning District facilitates a building format that allows multiple, single tenant buildings or campuses within the northern “Thumb” site of the Plan Area. B. The goal is to allow for an individual plan approach for each campus or building, based on user preferences within a range of requirements. 26. OS - Open Space (TRC): A. Open Space within the TRC shall be categorized as Required Open Space. B. The detailed Open Space Standards for different open space types are included in Section 9.0 and Attachment 2 of the TRC. These standards include general character, typical size, frontage requirements and typical uses. 27. GO - Gateway Overlay (TRC) City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 G-8 A. The Gateway Overlay District indicates where additional aesthetic treatments are required to create a welcoming environment that establishes the character of the TCAAP Redevelopment Area. The specific standards are included in Section 7.6 of the TRC. 28. Water Infrastructure (TRC) A. The Natural Resources Corridor within the TCAAP Site Redevelopment will be designed with the goal of maximizing compatibility and functionality of regional storm water, wetland mitigation, the Rice Creek re -meander, floodplain restoration, and groundwater requirements. B. An additional goal is to provide visual and active and passive recreational features to support adjacent land uses. The Natural Resources Corridor is intended to be an amenity to the site’s uses and users. City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 G-9 Table G.1: Zoning District Regulations (Table G.1 does not include the Zoning Districts within the TCAAP Redevelopment Code (TRC)) City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan Approved: January 14, 2019 G-10 R-1 R-2 R-3 R-4 NB B-1 B-2 *B-3 *B-4 CC *G-B I-1 I-2 I-FLEX CD POS INST 1. Minimum Lot Area (SF per Dwelling Unit) Single Family 14,000 11,000 11,000 11,000 ========================== Two Family 14,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 ========================== Multiple Family PUD ====5,450 3,630 ====2,178 ==================== 2. Minimum Lot Area (SF) Non-Residential Uses 14,000 11,000 11,000 11,000 13,000 13,000 13,000 13,000 ==20,000 5 AC 30,000 24,000 24,000 ====13,000 Mixed Use Project or == Multiple Occupancy Center ==========13,000 ==5 AC ==20 AC ====== Single Use Project or Free Standing Building ==========13,000 ==2 AC ==10 AC ============ 3. Minimum Lot Size (ft) Width/Depth Non-residential ========100/130 100/130 100/130 100/130 100/130 100/100 100/130 100/130 100/130 100/130 ====100/130 Single Family 95/130 85/120 85/120 85/120 ========================== Two Family 95/130 85/120 85/120 85/120 ========================== 4. Height (ft.)35 35 35 35 35 35 50 35 35 35 35 35 45 45 35 35 35 5. Floor Area Ratio (F.A.R.)0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.3 0.8 ==0.6 0.8 0.8 0.3 0.3 0.7 6. Lot Covered by Structure 25%25%25%25%35%35%45%40%25%40%==30%40%40%25%25%35% 7. Min. Landscape Lot Area 65%65%65%65%35%25%20%25%25%20%35%35%25%25%65%65%25% 8. Minimum Building Setbacks (ft) Front yard 40 40 40 40 20 50 20 50 50 20 50 55 50 50 40 40 50 Rear Yard (Principle)30 30 30 30 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 20 Rear Yard (Accessory)10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Side Yard Interior - Principal (Min/total both yards on lot)10/25 5/15 5/15 5/15 5/15 20/40 10-20 20/40 20/40 10-20 20/40 ** 20/40 20/40 20/40 10/20 10/20 20/40 Side Yard Interior - Accessory 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Side Yard Corner 40 40 40 40 20 50 20 50 50 20 50 50 50 50 40 40 50 Other Setbacks Lakeshore - High Water Mark*** Abutting Residential Zoning District ========30 100 ==100 100 60 100 100 100 100 100 = = = = 100 20 12 ========== 9. PUD & SUP Maximum Dwelling Unit Density Per Net Acre 3 5.5 8 12 ==== ==== 20 ==== == == Page 1 of 1 DATE: January 14, 2019 TO: Honorable Mayor and City Councilmembers David Perrault, City Administrator FROM: Sue Polka, Public Works Director/City Engineer SUBJECT: County Road I/Old Highway 8 Roundabout and Old Highway 8 Extension Cooperative Agreement Council Should Consider Adopt Resolution 2019-004 Entering into Cooperative Agreement PUBW2017-09(R) with Ramsey County for cost participation of $47,566.40 for the construction of the County Road I/Old Highway 8 Roundabout and Old Highway 8 Extension. Background/Discussion In 2017 Ramsey County constructed the County Road I/Old Highway 8 Roundabout and Old Highway 8 Extension project. The City requested conduit for future fiber optics be installed with the project, resulting in a cost of $47,566.40. This number is based on the unit prices contained in the low bid and actual quantities installed. The total project cost was $4,336,102.17. The Cooperative Agreement outlines the City’s funding responsibility as well as maintenance responsibilities. The City will be responsible for sanitary sewer, water, sidewalk/trail and fiber conduit that was constructed with the project. A copy of the Cooperative Agreement is attached (Attachment A). Staff recommends adoption of Resolution 2019-004 entering into Cooperative Agreement PUBW2017-09(R). Attachments Attachment A: Cooperative Agreement Attachment B: Resolution 2019-004 CONSENT ITEM – 7O MEMORANDUM Agreement PUBW2017-09(R) RAMSEY COUNTY COOPERATIVE AGREEMENT WITH THE CITY OF ARDEN HILLS FOR County Road I (County State Aid Highway 3)/Old Highway 8 Roundabout and Extension of Old Highway 8 S.P. 6284-176, 062-603-018, 062-593-006, 062-593-007, S.A.P. 187-020-020 Total Project Cost: $ 4,336,102.17 City of Arden Hills Cost: $ 47,566.40 This Agreement is between the City of Arden Hills, a municipal corporation ("City") and Ramsey County, a political subdivision of the State of Minnesota, ("County") for construction of the County Road I/Old Highway 8 Roundabout and extension of Old Highway 8 between County Road I and County Road H (“Project”). RECITALS 1. The Project is identified in Ramsey County’s 2017 – 2021 Transportation Improvement Program. 2. Old Highway 8, in the area of the project, is designated as a State Trunk Highway. Following completion of project construction, MnDOT will convey Old Highway 8 between County Road I/County State Aid Highway (CSAH) 3 and County Road H/CSAH 9 to the County. 3. Portions of the Project have been designated by the Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) as eligible for CSAH, MSA, and Local Road Improvement Program (LRIP) funds. 4. There are two sets of construction plans for the Project Improvements, one for the County Road I/Old Highway 8 Roundabout and one for the Old Highway 8 Extension. 5. The Project has been designated as State Project (S.P.) 6284-176 and State Aid Project (S.A.P.) 062-603-018, 062-593-006, 062-593-007, and 187-020-020. 6. The subject road segment is located within the City. AGREEMENTS 1. Responsibility for Design Engineering 1.1. Plans, specifications, and proposals will be prepared in accordance with MnDOT State Aid requirements. 1.2. The County will prepare plans, specifications, and proposals for the Project, which will include, among other things, the proposed construction, alignment, profiles, grades, cross sections, paving, concrete curb and gutter, medians, storm sewer, storm water treatment, pedestrian curb ramps, lighting, turf establishment, and utilities. 1.3. Plans for the Project showing proposed construction will be presented to the City and will be on file at Ramsey County Public Works Department. 1.4. Any costs associated with Project revisions after the completion of plans and specifications will be paid for by the party requesting the revisions. Revisions are subject to approval by the County. 2. Procurement and Award of Contract 2.1. The County will take bids in accordance with state law and County procedures. 2.2. The County will prepare an abstract of bids and a cost participation summary based on the lowest responsible bidder’s proposal, and will provide the same to the City. 2.3. The County will request the City’s concurrence to award a contract to the lowest responsible bidder. 2.4. The County will award a contract, and pay the contractor from the LRIP, CSAH, and local funds identified for the Project. 3. Responsibility for Construction Engineering 3.1. The County shall perform or contract the performance of the construction engineering for all elements of the Project. 4. Project Costs 4.1. Except as provided herein, the County and City will participate in the costs of construction in accordance with the Ramsey County Cost Participation Policy and approved in the 2017 – 2021 Ramsey County Transportation Improvement Plan. If there is a conflict between the Cost Participation Policy and this Agreement, this Agreement will prevail. 4.2. A list of the construction pay items and percentages of City funding responsibility as well as the total estimated City Project cost is included below. Quantities are estimates. Actual costs shall be based on the contract unit prices and the quantities constructed. Item No. Item Description Unit Unit Price Estimated Quantity Total Estimated Cost 2545.52300078 3” Non- metallic Conduit Lin Ft $7.95 2,800 $22,260.00 2545.53300010 Handhole Each $2300.00 7 $16,100.00 $38,360.00 4.3. The County will pay costs related to Non-Participating/Arden Hills/City Utilities. The County plans to recover these costs from the developer at the time that the Thumb portion of the TCAAP Redevelopment Site is developed. 4.4. The City will pay 100% of the cost of the conduit and handholes for future fiber optic as the City requested the conduit be installed with the Project. 4.5. Design Engineering Costs 4.5.1. The City shall pay the County a design engineering fee equal to 12% of the City’s share of the project items identified in 4.2 above. 4.5.2. Design engineering fees shall be calculated based on the quantities and unit prices at the time of contract award. 4.6. Construction Engineering and Administration Costs 4.6.1. The City shall pay the County a construction engineering fee equal to 12% of the City’s share of the project items identified in 4.2 above. 4.6.2. Construction engineering and administration fees shall be calculated based on the final contract quantities and unit prices. 5. Payment Schedule 5.1. Design engineering will be invoiced at the time of contract award. 5.2. The County will invoice the City for construction costs incurred on a monthly basis or as determined by the payment schedule for the contractor. 5.3. Construction engineering will be invoiced at the time of substantial project completion, as determined by the County. 5.4. Payment will be made within 30 days of receipt of an invoice. 6. Ownership and Maintenance Responsibility for Project Elements 6.1. The County shall own and maintain the roadway and associated roadway elements, except as detailed below. 6.2. The County shall own and maintain all of the components of the stormsewer system including catch basins, catch basin leads, and BMPs. 6.3. The County shall own and maintain the street lights. 6.4. The City shall own and maintain all of the components of the sanitary sewer and water distribution system. 6.5. The City shall own and maintain the sidewalk/trail located within the City, including snow removal and sidewalk panel replacement. 6.6. The City shall own and maintain all of the components of the fiber conduit and handholes. 7. The City and County shall indemnify, defend, and hold each other harmless against any and all liability, losses, costs, damages, expenses, claims, or actions, including attorney’s fees, which the indemnified party, its officials, agents, or employees may hereafter sustain, incur, or be required to pay, arising out of or by reason of any act or omission of the indemnifying party, its officials, agents, or employees, in the execution, performance, or failure to adequately perform the indemnifying party’s obligation pursuant to this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute a waiver by the County or the City of any statutory or common law immunities, limits, or exceptions on liability. 8. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until terminated by mutual agreement of the parties. THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IN INTENTIALLY BLANK. CITY OF ARDEN HILLS, MINNESOTA By: _______________________________ Date:_______________________ Mayor By: _______________________________ Date:_______________________ Director of Public Works Approved as to Form: By: _______________________________ City Attorney RAMSEY COUNTY, MINNESOTA _________________________________ Date: ____________________________ Ryan O’Connor, County Manager Approval recommended: _________________________________ Ted Schoenecker, Director Public Works Department Approved as to form: _________________________________ Assistant County Attorney CITY OF ARDEN HILLS COUNTY OF RAMSEY STATE OF MINNESOTA RESOLUTION NO. 2019-004 RESOLUTION ENTERING INTO RAMSEY COUNTY COOPERATIVE AGREEMENT NO. PUBW2017-09(R) FOR COUNTY ROAD I (COUNTY STATE AID HIGHWAY 3)/OLD HIGHWAY 8 ROUNDABOUT AND EXTENSION OF OLD HIGHWAY 8 WHEREAS, Ramsey County completed a project to construct the County Road I/Old Highway 8 Roundabout and the Extension of Old Highway 8, and WHEREAS, the City of Arden Hills has some cost responsibility for the construction, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF ARDEN HILLS, MINNESOTA 1. That the City of Arden Hills enter into Ramsey County Cooperative Agreement No. PUBW2017-09(R) with the Ramsey County, for the following purposes: To provide for payment by the City to the County of the City’s share of the costs of the county Road I/Old Highway 8 Roundabout and the Old Highway 8 Extension construction within the corporate City limits under State Project No. 6284-17. 2. That the Mayor and the Public Works Director are authorized to execute the Agreement and any amendments to the Agreement. ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ARDEN HILLS THIS 14TH DAY OF JANUARY, 2019. ____________________________________ David Grant, Mayor ATTEST: ______________________________________ Julie Hanson, City Clerk Page 1 of 1 CONSENT ITEM – 7P MEMORANDUM DATE: January 14, 2019 TO: Honorable Mayor and City Councilmembers Dave Perrault, City Administrator FROM: Julie Hanson, City Clerk SUBJECT: Nutmeg Liquor License Budgeted Amount: Actual Amount: Funding Source: $ $ $ Council Should Consider Approving a full liquor license for Nutmeg Brewing. Background At its meeting on December 17, 2018, the City Council approved 2019 liquor license renewals, including that for Nutmeg Brewing (wine and beer only). Near the end of December, a representative from Nutmeg Brewing reached out to the City Clerk regarding changing its approved liquor license to a full liquor license. A full liquor license includes intoxicating liquor and has an increased fee amount from that of the wine and beer license, and it also requires a new State liquor application be submitted to the State following formal City approval. Discussion Staff is in receipt of the difference in associated fees as well as a revised City liquor application and a new State liquor application form. The State’s application form has been signed and approved by the Ramsey County Sheriff’s Office and background checks were conducted a few weeks ago. Following Council approval, the City Clerk must then sign the State’s application and submit it to the State in order to finalize the process.